Quantcast
Channel: Articles – The American Foundation for Syriac Studies
Viewing all 134 articles
Browse latest View live

Journal of Early Christian Studies The Johns Hopkins University Press Porphyry on Christians and Others: “Barbarian Wisdom,” Identity Politics, and Anti-Christian Polemics on the Eve of the Great Persecution*

$
0
0

Journal of Early Christian Studies 13:3, 277–314 © 2005 The Johns Hopkins University Press

Porphyry on Christians and

Others: “Barbarian Wisdom,”

Identity Politics, and

Anti-Christian Polemics on the

Eve of the Great Persecution*

JEREMY M. SCHOTT

This paper argues that we can better appreciate the motivations behind

Porphyry of Tyre’s anti-Christian polemics if they are placed in the context of

his larger philosophical project. Porphyry’s investigations of “foreign” religions

and philosophies were based on asymmetrical distinctions between Greeks and

barbarians that paralleled, and in many cases dovetailed with, the division of

the Roman Empire into metropolitan center and provincial periphery.

Christian intellectuals, however, imitated Porphyry’s project in ways that

disrupted these distinctions. Porphyry’s polemics were motivated by a need to

contain the threat that this disruption posed to the social and material

privilege he enjoyed as a Greek philosopher in the Roman Empire. By situating

Porphyry’s polemics in the contexts of imperial power and subjugation, this

paper challenges the divisions between “philosophical” and “political” fields

of knowledge and action that underlie many discussions of political and

religious change in late antiquity.

At the turn of the fourth century, the philosopher Porphyry was nearing

the end of his long career.1 Besides authoring numerous works on ethics,

* Earlier versions of portions of this article were presented at the Fourteenth

International Conference on Patristic Studies, 2003, and at the Society for Late

Antiquity’s Shifting Frontiers in Late Antiquity VI conference, 2005.

1. The date of Porphyry’s birth and the basic outline of his career can be

reconstructed from the few autobiographical comments he makes in the Vita Plotini

(text in Plotini Opera, ed. P. Henry and H. R. Schwyzer [Oxford: Clarendon, 1964];

trans. in Mark Edwards, Neoplatonic Saints: The Lives of Plotinus and Proclus by

278 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

physics, music, rhetoric, and religion,2 he was responsible for the standard

edition of Plotinus’ Enneads and would exert an influence on both

pagan and Christian philosophers for centuries to come. Despite his age

(he was in his late sixties at the opening of the new century), Porphyry

married Marcella, a widowed Roman matron with several children.3

After only a few months of marriage, however, Porphyry undertook a

major journey “because the needs of the Greeks called, and the gods

confirmed their appeal.”4 Porphyry’s itinerary is unknown, but some

scholars have proffered strong arguments that he traveled to Nicomedia,

where during the winter of 302–303 c.e. Diocletian and his advisors were

debating the “Christian problem.”5 They argue that Porphryry’s anti-

Christian polemics may have had a direct impact on the policies that

would result in the outbreak of the Great Persecution on February 23,

303.6 Although some scholars do not agree in associating Porphyry’s

polemics directly with Diocletian’s policies, there is a growing consensus

in placing his polemics in the more general context of growing anti-

Christian sentiment at the turn of the fourth century. A repressive streak

was certainly a component of Porphyry’s anti-Christian polemics: “To

what punishments,” he wrote, “may fugitives from ancestral customs,

who have become zealots for the foreign mythologies of the Jews which

Their Students [Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 2000]). On the chronology of

Porphyry’s life, see Edwards, “Appendix,” in Neoplatonic Saints, 117–19.

2. Joseph Bidez, Vie de Porphyrye. Le philosophe néoplatonicien (Ghent, 1913;

repr. Hildesheim: Georg Olms, 1964), 65*–73*, lists at least seventy-seven works; A.

Smith, ed., Porphyrii Philosophi Fragmenta (Stutgart: Teubner, 1993), L–LIII, an

equally impressive sixty-nine.

3. Ad Marc. 1 (Porphyrii Philosophi Platonici Opuscula Selecta, ed. Augustus

Nauck [Leipzig: Teubner, 1886], 273–74).

4. Ad Marc. 4 (Nauck, 275).

5. See most recently Pier Franco Beatrice, “Antistes Philosophiae. Ein Christenfeindlicher

Propagandist am Hofe Diokletians nach dem Zeugnis des Laktanz,” Aug

33 (1993): 1–47; and Elizabeth Digeser, The Making of a Christian Empire:

Lactantius and Rome (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 2000); and see the in-depth

discussion below.

6. De Mort. 12.1 (CSEL 27:186); the first edict was promulgated on the day of the

Terminalia, quae sunt a.d. septimum Kalendas Martias. The history of the Great

Persecution must be reconstructed from the highly biased accounts of Christian

writers, especially Lactantius and Eusebius. Modern literature on the subject is vast,

but see Stephen Williams, Diocletian and the Roman Recovery (London: Batsford

Ltd., 1985), esp. ch. 14 (“The Great Persecution”); T. D. Barnes, Constantine and

Eusebius (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1981), 18–24; and K. H.

Schwarte, “Diokletians Christengesetz,” in E fontibus haurire: Beiträge zur römischen

Geschichte und zu ihren Hilfswissenschaften, ed. R. Günther and S. Rebenich

(Paderborn: F. Schöningh, 1994), 203–40.

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 279

are slandered by all, not be subjected?”7 Once the philological, textual,

and historical details of Porphyry’s relationship with the Great Persecution

have been worked out, however, a more substantive question remains:

why was Porphyry so antipathetic to Christianity, and why would

his distaste for Christians have driven him and the pro-persecution party

in Diocletian’s court to become odd allies against the Christians?

Porphyry understood himself as heir to the “pure” tradition of Plato

and Pythagoras, as bequeathed to him by his teacher Plotinus. Following

the example of Plotinus’ Middle Platonic predecessors such as Plutarch

and Numenius, however, Porphyry also researched and wrote about Egyptian,

Persian, Indian, Phoenician, and Jewish religious and philosophical

traditions.8 Although not stated explicitly in his extant writings, implicit

assumptions about the relationship between cultural universality and particularity

undergirded Porphyry’s methodology. Porphyry’s interest in “barbarian

wisdom” has led to his being labeled “eclectic” or even “orientalizing.”

9 For all of his interest in other cultures and traditions, though,

Porphyry staunchly identified himself as Greek. If he examined other

cultures and traditions, it was only in so far as he could mine them for

contributions to his own philosophical projects. Thanks to this encyclopedic

knowledge, Porphyry believed he was able to distill a truly ecumenical

philosophy that transcended cultural and ethnic particularity. His

philosophy was universal, and therefore authentic.

Such radical assertions of universality had a particular tenor in the

context of Roman imperialism. In the Roman world, difference was

polarized and hierarchical, with Greco-Roman cultural formations privileged

as universally authentic and other provincial (or “barbaric”) literatures,

religions, and philosophies considered ethnically specific, contextually

bound by geography and history in a way that Greco-Roman culture

was not. Porphyry’s writings on religion and philosophy deploy an asymmetrical

distinction between Greek and barbarian that parallels, and

7. Porphyry, Contra Christianos fr. 1 (text in Porphyrius, ‘Gegen Die Christen,’ 15

Bücher. Zeugnisse, Fragmente und Referate, ed. Adolph von Harnack, Abhandlungen

der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische

Klasse 1 [Berlin: Verlag der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften,

1916], 45). This and all other unattributed translations are my own.

8. On Porphyry’s relationship with Middle Platonism, see Heinrich Dörrie, “Die

Schultradition im Mittelplatonismus und Porphyrios,” in Porphyre, Entretiens sur

l’antiquité classique 12 (Geneva: Fondation Hardt, 1966), 1–32; J.-H. Waszink,

“Porphyrios und Numenios,” in ibid., 35–83; and Marco Zambon, Porphyre et le

moyen-platonisme (Paris: J. Vrin, 2002).

9. E.g., Mark Edwards, “Introduction,” in Neoplatonic Saints, xxx–xxxi.

280 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

dovetails with, the division of the Roman Empire into imperial center and

provincial periphery.

But the difference between center and periphery was not always as

secure as it appeared.10 One of the most potent threats to imperial hegemony

are “mimic men”—provincial subjects who successfully imitate the

habits, literature, religion, language, or other discourses of their imperial

masters.11 Straddling the supposedly fixed gulf between ruler and ruled,

mimic men are “almost totally the same, but not quite,” and “almost

totally different, but not quite,” nearly identical to those who occupy the

metropolitan center, yet threateningly foreign at the same time.12 Christians

disrupted the polarized Greek/barbarian distinction by mimicking

Greco-Roman philosophers like Porphyry. Throughout the centuries leading

up to Porphyry’s clash with Christianity, Christians echoed Paul’s

assertion that “there is no longer Jew nor Greek.”13 Eusebius of Caesarea

summarized Porphyry’s quandary at encountering such liminal figures:

“In the first place, one might well raise the aporia—who are we [i.e., the

Christians]? . . . [are] we Greeks or Barbarians, or what could there

possibly be in between these?”14 Christians originated in the provinces

(Palestine) and centered their religion on a set of admittedly barbarian

(Jewish) texts. Yet like Porphyry, Christians claimed that their religion

and philosophy was universal and transcended cultural particularity. Porphyry’s

conflict with the Christians, then, was one between remarkably

similar yet competing attempts to negotiate cultural and ethnic difference

within the context of Roman imperialism.15 Christians imitated Greco-

10. Homi Bhabha, “The Other Question: Stereotype, Discrimination and the

Discourse of Colonialism,” in idem, The Location of Culture (London: Routledge,

1994), 67, notes that the fixity and immutability of boundaries between rulers and

ruled in imperial regimes in fact “enables a transgression of these limits from the

space of that otherness.”

11. “The menace of mimicry is its double vision which in disclosing the

ambivalence of colonial discourse also disrupts its authority” (Homi Bhabha, “Of

Mimicry and Man: The Ambivalence of Colonial Discourse,” in idem, Location of

Culture, 88).

12. Bhabha, “Of Mimicry and Man,” 91.

13. Gal 3.28.

14. Porphyry, Contra Christianos fr. 1 (Harnack, 45) (= Eusebius PE 1.2.1).

15. I have opted for the terms “ethnicity” and “culture,” and their derivatives, to

translate the fluid and overlapping vocabularies Porphyry deploys to indicate group

identity. These terms have particular meanings in the twenty-first century and come to

us fraught with their associations with European imperialism and American identity

politics. Rather than introducing a less contentious, and necessarily more artificial,

terminology, I follow Patrick Geary’s suggestion that it is more important to consider

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 281

Roman philosophers so well, in fact, that they threatened to turn Porphyry’s

carefully polarized world upside down. When the tenuous boundaries

between center and periphery are threatened by this sort of mimicry,

stereotypical distinctions between civilized and savage, metropolis and

province, Greek and barbarian must be reasserted.16 While Porphyry

certainly had many philosophical, theological, and philological bones to

pick with the Christians, I will argue that his polemics were also motivated

by a need to reestablish the difference between Greek and barbarian

and thus contain the threat that Christians posed to the social and material

privilege he enjoyed as a Greek philosopher in the Roman Empire.

the specific historical uses of this terminology in specific historical contexts, ancient,

medieval, and modern (The Myth of Nations. The Medieval Origins of Europe

[Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2002], 41–42). To describe “peoplehood”

based on shared geography, language, and “descent from a putative ancestor,”

Porphyry uses the terms ¶ynow and g°now, both of which have a long history in Greek

literature, going back at least to Herodotus (see esp. Jonathan Hall, Ethnic Identity in

Greek Antiquity [Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997]). At the same time,

Porphyry uses a set of terms including paide.a and polite.a to describe collectivities

based on shared cultural forms, such as a common constitution (i.e., the citizens of

Athens or Rome), religion, or literature. In general, “ethnic” identity differs from

“cultural” identity in that the former is held to be indelible, in contrast to the latter,

which is not held to be determined entirely by geography or biology and is to some

extent elective. Thus, one may become “acculturated”; e.g., Timothy Whitmarsh,

“‘Greece is the World’: Exile and Identity in the Second Sophistic,” in Being Greek

under Rome: Cultural Identity, the Second Sophistic, and the Development of

Empire, ed. Simon Goldhill (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2001), 299–

303, points to Favorinus’ ascription of Greekness to himself gained through paide.a.

The vocabulary of “ethnicity” and “culture,” however, is never rigidly separated, and

the connotation of various ancient terms is better determined based on context than

on fixed lexicographical rules. My approach here has benefited from the recent work

of Denise Kimber Buell, “Race and Universalism in Early Christianity,” JECS 10

(2002): 432–33, who argues that “far more important than the presence of specific

vocabulary are the maneuvers performed . . . by rhetoric about peoplehood.” As I will

demonstrate in the third section of this article, it is the complex interplay of these

categories, their simultaneous malleability and apparent solidity, that makes them

potent polemical tools for Porphyry.

16. When the secure, fixed identities posited by stereotype are threatened, these

stereotypes are asserted all the more vehemently: “. . . the same old stories of the

Negro’s animality, the Coolie’s inscrutability or the stupidity of the Irish must be told

(compulsively) again and afresh, and are differently gratifying and terrifying each

time” (Bhabha, “Other Question,” 77).

282 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

I. AGAINST THE CHRISTIANS: TEXTUAL AND

HISTORICAL QUESTIONS

Like so many of Porphyry’s treatises, Against the Christians survives only

in fragments.17 In his edition, Harnack ascribed ninety-seven fragments to

Against the Christians; most are found in the writings of the late fourthcentury

apologist Macarius Magnes, Jerome, and Eusebius. A few years

before Harnack’s edition, Joseph Bidez dated Against the Christians to ca.

270 c.e., based on Eusebius’ testimony that “Porphyry, who settled in

Sicily in our time, issued treatises against us, attempting in them to

slander the sacred scriptures,” along with Porphyry’s own testimony that

he traveled to Sicily to recover from a bout of depression ca. 270 c.e.18

Noting Porphyry’s use of Callinicus Sutorius’ History of Alexandria (a

text known to have been written in the early 270’s), Alan Cameron has

argued for a terminus post quem of 271–275.19 T. D. Barnes, however,

pushes for a much later date, asserting that scholars have misread Eusebius’

remarks about the composition of Against the Christians. According to

Barnes, Eusebius’ phrase NO kayE ≤mcw §n sikel.& katastaw PorfEriow

does not refer to the time or place of composition, but rather is a descriptive

phrase intended to insult Porphyry for living in an “intellectual backwater.”

20 Barnes goes further, identifying Harnack’s Fragment 1, in which

Porphyry calls down “just punishments” on apostates from ancestral

traditions, as a summary of Porphyry’s argument. This intolerant tone, in

Barnes’s estimation, makes ca. 300 c.e., with anti-Christian sentiment

growing and the Great Persecution looming, a likely date of composition.21

17. That so little is left of Against the Christians may be due to the issuance of two

imperial edicts ordering Porphyry’s text destroyed. Constantine issued the first edict at

the Council of Nicea (Gelasius HE 2.36, Socrates HE 1.9.30). The second edict was

issued over a century later by the emperors Theodosius II and Valentinian III (Cod.

Just. 1.1.3).

18. Bidez, Porphyrye, 67. Eusebius HE 6.19.2 (GCS 6:558); Porphyry went to

Sicily on Plotinus’ advice, Vita Plotini 11 (Henry and Schwyzer, 15–16).

19. This history was dedicated to the Palmyrine queen Zenobia, who conquered

Egypt as part of her short-lived empire in the early 270’s c.e. Extrapolating from the

amount of time it would likely have taken Callinicus to research and compose a work

of history and Porphyry to acquire this text and subsequently write a fifteen-book

polemic, Cameron, “The Date of Porphyry’s kata Xristian≪n,” Classical Quarterly

17:2 (1967): 382–84, argues that Against the Christians dates, at the earliest, to late

271 and may have been composed as late as 275 c.e.

20. Barnes, “Scholarship or Propaganda? Porphyry Against the Christians and Its

Historical Setting,” Bulletin of the Institute for Classical Studies 37 (1994): 61, argues

that Eusebius uses the participle with the definite article descriptively, not temporally.

21. Barnes, “Scholarship or Propaganda,” 65.

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 283

Harnack argued that Against the Christians consisted of fifteen books,

but the exact structure of the text is impossible to discern from the extant

fragments.22 The title Against the Christians is itself a construct; Eusebius

introduces quotations from the work with descriptive phrases such as

suggrammata kayE ≤m≪n. . . (ktl.) and ı kayE ≤mcw tOn kayE ≤m≪n

pepoihm°now suskeuOn §n dA t∞w prUw ≤mcw Ipoy°sevw . . . (ktl.).23 The title

Against the Christians will be used in this article, however, for the sake of

convenience. Aside from the discovery of several “new” fragments,

Harnack’s edition remained largely unchallenged for over half a century.

In the early nineteen-seventies, however, T. D. Barnes called for a more

rigorous approach to the fragments, arguing for the rejection of the fifty

fragments taken from the Apocriticus of Macarius Magnes.24 In his recent

critical edition of Macarius, however, Richard Goulet argues convincingly

for the authenticity of the fragments based on parallel vocabulary

and similarity of style and argument.25 Harnack’s division of the extant

fragments into five categories is still a fairly accurate outline of the treatise:

(1) criticism of the character and the reliability of the evangelists and

apostles, (2) criticism of the Old Testament (including a long fragment on

the historicity of the book of Daniel), (3) mockery of Jesus as a crucified

criminal, (4) dogmatic criticisms, and finally (5) denigration of the contemporary

church.26

In addition to the textual and historical criticism of Against the Christians,

Porphyry also attacked Christianity in his Philosophy from Oracles.27

22. Harnack’s assumption was based on the Suda, which lists the title and number

of books as Kata Xristian≪n lOgouw i° (Harnack testimonia III); however, the extant

fragments do not provide enough information to corroborate this assertion.

23. HE 6.19.2 (GCS n.f. 6:558); PE 1.9.20 (GCS 43:39).

24. T. D. Barnes, “Porphyry Against the Christians: Date and the Attribution of

Fragments,” JTS 24:2 (1973): 424–42; reiterated by Anthony Meredith, “Porphyry

and Julian Against the Christians,” ANRW II.23.2 (1980): 1127–28.

25. Richard Goulet, Macarios de Magnésie: Le Monogénès (Paris: J. Vrin, 2003).

26. Harnack, Porphyrius ‘Gegen die Christen’, 43.

27. First pointed out by Robert Wilken, “Pagan Criticism of Christianity: Greek

Religion and Christian Faith,” in Early Christian Literature and the Classical Intellectual

Tradition, ed. W. Schoedel and R. Wilken, Théologie historique 53 (Paris:

Éditions Beauchesne, 1979); and reiterated in Wilken, The Christians as the Romans

Saw Them, 2nd ed. (New Haven: Yale University Press, 2003), 148–56. Variations on

Wilken’s thesis have been argued more recently by Pier Franco Beatrice, “Le Traité de

Porphyre contre les chrétiens: L’État de la question,” Kernos 4 (1991): 119–38, and

idem “Towards a New Edition of Porphyry’s Fragments Against the Christians,” in

Sof.hw maiAtorew: Chercheurs de sagesse. Hommage a Jean Pépin, ed. M. Goulet-

Cazé, G. Madec, and D. O’Brien (Paris: Études Augustiniennes, 1992), 347–55; and

by Digeser, Christian Empire, 93–102.

284 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

This work was esoteric; Porphyry warns his readers “not to make these

things public, or cast them before the uninitiated.”28 The extant fragments

suggest a compilation of oracles glossed by Porphyry’s own exegeses

and commentary in which he presented an ecumenical philosophy, or

as Porphyry puts it: “Our present collection will contain a record of many

philosophical doctrines according as the gods through oracles declared

the truth to be.”29 The extant fragments come from three books, though

the total number of books remains disputed.30 Of the known books, the

first concerned the worship of the gods, the second dealt with daimones,

and the third with heroes and holy men.31 In addition to discussing the

nature of these various divine entities, Porphyry also commented on the

forms of cult each should receive.32 Porphyry’s anti-Christian polemics

come in the third book, as part of his discussion of heroes and holy men.

Augustine preserves three of these oracles, two from Apollo and one from

Hecate. Porphyry quotes and glosses these oracles to argue two points:

(1) the Jews, like all peoples of good repute, worship the highest god,

while Christians mistakenly worship a crucified man; and (2) Jesus is a

wise, but entirely human, sage. We will see shortly that this oblique attack

in Philosophy from Oracles was at least as damaging as the philological

and historical arguments of Against the Christians.

Because he could discern no clear Plotinian influence in the text and

thought that it expressed a “superstitious” concern for traditional religion,

Bidez surmised that Philosophy from Oracles must have been composed

before Porphyry joined Plotinus’ school.33 Bidez’s notion of developmental

periods continues to exert an influence on contemporary

scholarship, but this method of dating Porphyry’s works has been challenged.

Andrew Smith, in particular, points to the inappropriateness of

28. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 304F, lines 4–6 (in Smith, Porphyrii Philosophi Fragmenta,

353) (= PE 4.7.2).

29. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 303F, lines 30–34 (Smith, 353) (= PE 4.7.2).

30. Pier Franco Beatrice notes that two early studies publish a fragment from a

purported tenth book of the Philosophy from Oracles (Augustine Steuchus, De

perenni philosophia III, 14 [Lugdunum, 1540], 155–57; and Angelo Mai, Philonis

Iudaei, Porphyrii philosophi, Eusebii Pamphili opera inedita [Milan, 1816], 59–64;

both cited in Beatrice, “Towards a New Edition,” 351 nn. 28, 29). See also A. E.

Chaignet, “La Philosophie des Oracles,” RHR 41 (1900): 337; H. Kellner, “Der

Neuplatoniker Porphyrius und sein Verhältnis zum Christentum,” TQ 47 (1865): 86–

87; and the discussion in Beatrice, “Towards a New Edition,” 351–52.

31. Gustavus Wolff, Porphyrii De Philosophia ex Oraculis Haurienda (Berlin,

1856; repr. Hildesheim: Georg Olms, 1962), 42–43.

32. Wilken, Christians as the Romans Saw Them, 150–51.

33. Bidez, Porphyre, 25–26, 28.

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 285

importing contemporary distinctions between “superstition” and “authentic

philosophy” into ancient contexts.34 In general, more recent scholarship

focuses on two related issues: dating the text more securely and

understanding its relationship to other Porphyrian compositions. By pointing

out important similarities in theme and content, John O’Meara has

argued for identifying the fragments of Porphyry’s On the Return of the

Soul, preserved only by Augustine, with the Philosophy from Oracles.35

Other reshufflings of Porphyry’s works have also been proposed. For

example, Pier Franco Beatrice has proposed that all of the fragments of

Against the Christians and Philosophy from Oracles must come from the

same work.36 More recently, Elizabeth Digeser has given a weaker version

of Beatrice’s argument, asserting that certain fragments ascribed to Against

the Christians should be counted among the fragments of Philosophy

from Oracles.37 Nevertheless, it does not seem likely that Against the

Christians and On Philosophy from Oracles are one and the same. Although

Beatrice and Digeser are correct in arguing that the exact structure

of each work is unknown, it is important to note that Porphyry’s

anti-Christian fragments do fall into two distinct categories: those based

on polemical interpretations of oracles and those focused on critiques of

Christian texts and exegetical practices. The former belong to the Philosophy

from Oracles and the latter to the work known as Against the

Christians.

The 270’s c.e. may be a secure terminus post quem for Against the

Christians, but when, and more importantly why, did Porphyry compose

his polemics? While Barnes argues for a loose connection with rising anti-

Christian sentiment ca. 300, other scholars have sought for a more specific

context. Considerable debate has focused around a passage in Lactantius’

Divine Institutes in which the Christian apologist reports hearing two

anti-Christian polemicists speak at Diocletian’s court immediately before

the outbreak of the persecution.38 One of these polemicists was Sossianus

34. The methodologies of the late twentieth century, he notes, show that “theurgy

and critical philosophy could exist side by side” (Andrew Smith, “Porphyrian Studies

since 1913,” ANRW II.36.2 [1987]: 731).

35. John O’Meara, Porphyry’s On Philosophy from Oracles in Augustine (Paris:

Études Augustiniennes, 1959); and idem, “Porphyry’s Philosophy from Oracles in

Eusebius’ Preparation for the Gospel and Augustine’s Dialogues of Cassiciacum,”

RecAug 6 (1969): 103–39.

36. Beatrice, “Traité de Porphyre,” 119–38; and idem, “Towards a New Edition,”

355.

37. Digeser, Christian Empire, 101.

38. Lactantius Inst. Div. 5.2.2 (CSEL 19:403).

286 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

Hierocles, governor of Bithynia and author of The Lover of Truth, which

unfavorably compared Jesus with the pagan holy man Apollonius of

Tyana.39 Lactantius does not identify the other polemicist, but several

pieces of evidence suggest that he may have been Porphyry. First, Lactantius

reports that the speaker claimed to be a “priest of philosophy.”40 These

are precisely the terms Porphyry himself uses to describe a true philosopher

in his Letter to Marcella, a document that dates, perhaps not coincidentally,

to the turn of the fourth century.41 Second, the gist of the unnamed

speaker’s attack on Christianity, at least as reported by Lactantius,

is remarkably similar to the plan of Porphyry’s polemics.42 Finally, in the

Letter to Marcella Porphyry himself reports that the reason for his absence

from Rome and from his wife is because “the needs of the Greeks

called and the gods confirmed their appeal.”43 A trip to Diocletian’s conferences

in Nicomedia—an affair explicitly concerned with the preservation

of traditional religion and the worship of the gods—would explain

this otherwise enigmatic passage.44

Two pieces of evidence mitigate against identifying Porphyry as Lactantius’

unnamed philosopher. First, Lactantius states that this polemicist

“vomited forth three books against the Christian religion and name.”45

Against the Christians, however, is known to have been a fifteen-book

treatise. Second, some assert that the depraved and licentious lifestyle

Lactantius ascribes to the unnamed philosopher simply cannot square

with Porphyry, who was known for his abstemious lifestyle.46 The second

of these arguments is easier to discredit than the first. Lactantius’ description

is clearly polemical, in the same way that Porphyry’s own descriptions

of Christians are polemical. It would be more surprising if Lactantius

39. Lactantius describes Hierocles’ polemics in Inst. Div. 5.2.12–17 (CSEL

19:405–6) and mentions him by name in De Mort. 16.4 (CSEL 27:189).

40. Inst. Div. 5.2.3 (CSEL 19:403–4): antistitem se philosophiae profitebatur.

41. Ad Marc. 16 (Nauck, 285): mOnow oOn flereAw ı sofOw. Pier Franco Beatrice

offers a detailed argument in “Antistes Philosophiae,” 31–47.

42. Compare Lactantius Inst. Div. 5.2.5–6 (CSEL 19:404) and Contra Christianos

fr. 1 (Harnack, 45) (= Eusebius PE 1.2.1–4): both Lactantius’ unnamed critic and

Porphyry accuse the Christians of “wandering” (errare/error; planh) from the truth

and encourage the use of coercion to encourage a return to ancestral traditions.

43. Ad Marc. 4 (Nauck, 275).

44. Henry Chadwick, Sentences of Sextus, Texts and Studies 5 (Cambridge:

Cambridge University Press, 1959), 66; reiterated by Digeser, Christian Empire, 91–

102.

45. Inst. Div. 5.2.4 (CSEL 19:404).

46. First argued by Barnes, “Porphyry: Date and Attribution,” 438–39; and often

reiterated, most recently by Anthony Bowen and Peter Garnsey, “Introduction,” in

Lactantius: Divine Institutes (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 2004), 2.

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 287

failed to cast aspersions on the moral fitness of his opponent. As for the

discrepancy between the three books presented by Lactantius’ unnamed

opponent and the fifteen books of Against the Christians, Digeser and

Beatrice argue that it was not Against the Christians that Porphyry presented

at Nicomedia, but the three books of Philosophy from Oracles.47

As a constructive treatise that offered a philosophical paganism to an

educated elite,48 they argue, Philosophy from Oracles better fits the conferences

at Nicomedia, at which the emperor and the court were concerned

as much with the renewal and protection of traditional religion as

dealing with the Christians.

The exact circumstances in which Porphyry composed his polemics

remain difficult to discern. Porphyry’s attendance at Diocletian’s conferences

remains hotly contested. Without more data, unfortunately, a conclusive

historical answer may be impossible. Left only with recourse to

educated conjecture, one could posit a number of possible scenarios.

Porphyry may have composed Philosophy from Oracles for the conferences

at Nicomedia, and written Against the Christians at almost the

same time. Or Porphyry may have presented an early three-book draft of

Against the Christians at Nicomedia, a draft which he later expanded into

a fifteen-book treatise. Or Porphyry may have brought an entirely different

text to Nicomedia, one that was neither Against the Christians nor

Philosophy from Oracles. He may have composed both treatises in the

middle of his career, yet traveled to Nicomedia later in life to avail himself

of an opportunity to influence imperial religious policy against his old

rivals.49 Or, finally, Porphyry may never have visited Nicomedia. Perhaps,

as Barnes suggests, Porphyry did compose his polemics amid the heightened

anti-Christian sentiment of the early fourth century, but had no

direct impact on imperial policy.50 One piece of evidence that is beyond

dispute, however, is the prominence of Porphyry and his polemics for

Christian apologists writing during and immediately after the Great Persecution.

These questions of date and circumstance aside, a more substantial

question remains: why did Porphyry so despise the Christians? If we

consider Against the Christians and Philosophy from Oracles in light of

47. Digeser, Christian Empire, 101–7.

48. Digeser, Christian Empire, 102, calls Phil. ex Orac. an “apologia for traditional

religion.”

49. Is this the scenario behind Eusebius’ description of Porphyry as “that friend of

the demons who, living in our time, distinguished himself by means of his lies against

us” (PE 4.6.2 [GCS 43:176])?

50. Barnes, “Scholarship or Propaganda,” 65.

288 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

Porphyry’s attitudes toward ethnic and cultural difference, a clearer picture

of the motivations behind his antipathy to Christianity emerges.

II. BARBARIAN WISDOM AND

PORPHYRY’S ECUMENICAL PHILOSOPHY

We can better appreciate Porphyry’s attitudes toward foreign philosophies

and religions by juxtaposing passages from two Porphyrian texts. In

the tenth book of the City of God, Augustine of Hippo offers a curious

summary of Porphyry’s On the Return of the Soul. According to Augustine:

“Porphyry states that there is no tradition in any one particular sect

[unam quondam secta] that contains a universal way for the liberation of

the soul—not in any philosophy [in the strictest sense], nor in the discipline

and practices of the Indians, nor in the learning of the Chaldeans,

nor in any other tradition [via].”51 Porphyry thought that a thorough

investigation of foreign religions and philosophies was an important part

of the philosopher’s task, but Augustine suggests that Porphyry ultimately

failed in his quest. “He confesses without doubt that some such way

exists,” Augustine jibes, “but that it had not yet come to his attention.”52

Eusebius of Caesarea, in contrast, preserves a fragment of Porphyry’s

Philosophy from Oracles suggesting that Porphyry’s cross-cultural approach

was fruitful. According to Eusebius, Porphyry’s Philosophy from

Oracles also had universal philosophy, or “‘theosophy,’ as he liked to call

it,” as its subject.53 Porphyry included an oracle that suggests an ecumenical

approach to philosophy:

The way of the blessed is difficult and rough.

The entrance is through brass gates.

The paths within are beyond number,

which the earliest of humans revealed for eternal use—

those who drink the fine water of the Nile.

Later, the Phoenicians learned the ways of the blessed,

as did the Assyrians, Lydians, and the Hebrew people.54

51. De Reg. An. fr. 302F (in Smith, Porphyrii Philosophi Fragmenta, 347–50)

(= Augustine De Civ. Dei 10.32.5–16).

52. Ibid.

53. Eusebius PE 4.6.3 (GCS 43:176).

54. Porphyry Phil. ex Orac. fr. 303F (Smith, 351–53) (= PE 9.10.2). It should be

noted that this is an oracle in Porphyry’s collection and not his “own” words.

Nevertheless, there are several reasons to take this and other oracles from Philosophy

from Oracles as expressions or indications of Porphyry’s own thought. The extant

passages of Philosophy from Oracles give the strong impression that Porphyry only

included oracles that served his “theosophy.” Philosophy from Oracles, like Porphyry’s

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 289

Indeed, this ecumenical “way of the blessed” was the principal subject of

Philosophy from Oracles. Here, in apparent contrast to the doubts expressed

in On the Return of the Soul, Porphyry tells his readers: “Secure

and steady is he who takes his hope of salvation from this as from the

only secure source.”55 In other words, Porphyry claims to have discovered

a via universalis. How is this claim to offer a universal philosophy reconcilable

with On the Return of the Soul?

The relationship of these two texts remains a problem for Porphyrian

studies. Did Porphyry, as Joseph Bidez argues, write Philosophy from

Oracles, which extols the wisdom of the barbarians and purports to offer

an ecumenical philosophy, during a period of youthful exuberance, only

to retract this assertion years later in On the Return of the Soul?56 Or is

On the Return of the Soul the earlier work and Philosophy from Oracles

a later attempt to craft a more inclusive philosophical theology?57 I would

like to suggest that there is no contradiction between these two works.

Rather, in both texts the goal of Porphyry’s intellectual peregrinations

was the discovery a universal, and therefore truly authentic, philosophy.

To explain the relationship between Porphyry’s apparently contradictory

remarks in Philosophy from Oracles and On the Return of the Soul

and to understand fully his quest for a via universalis, one must first grasp

the complexity of Porphyry’s negotiations of Greek and barbarian identity.

On the one hand, Plato held a central place in Porphyry’s conception of

philosophy. On the other hand, Porphyry did not think that truth was to

be found in Plato alone. As Porphyry admits in On the Return of the Soul,

other exegetical texts (such as On Statues and On the Cave of the Nymphs), does

consider various interpretations of texts, though Porphyry invariably prefers Platonic

allegories to the “physical” allegories and etymologies of the Stoics. Eusebius often

edits Porphyry’s work to make it appear that the philosopher advocated contradictory

exegeses, but nowhere does Eusebius include an oracle out of which Porphyry did not

extract some aspect of his “theosophy.” Moreover, Porphyry states (Phil. ex Orac. fr.

303F [Smith, 351–53]) that he has edited the oracles in his collection, which

strengthens the impression that he has edited the oracles to make them conducive to

his Platonic exegeses. Furthermore, Robin Lane Fox, Pagans and Christians (San

Francisco: Harper and Row, 1986), 196–97, has noted that Porphyry’s collection of

oracles was likely composed of oracles that were themselves “Platonic,” much as the

third-century collection of Chaldean Oracles was a product of later Platonism.

55. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 303F (Smith, 351–53).

56. Bidez, Porphyre, 18–19, 95–97.

57. As argued by Michael Bland Simmons, “Via universalis salutis animae

liberandae: The Pagan-Christian Debate on Universalism in the Later Roman Empire

(A.D. 260–325),” forthcoming in Studia Patristica. My sincerest thanks to Dr.

Simmons for permission to cite his manuscript and for his helpful criticisms of this

portion of this paper.

290 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

the via universalis was not to be found in any particular philosophical

school or among any single people (unam quondam sectam).58 Wisdom

and knowledge were not uniquely Greek. Although Augustine relishes

Porphyry’s apparent failure to discover the via universalis, he seems to

have missed the point of Porphyry’s remark, or twisted it for polemical

effect.59 Porphyry does not mean that such a via universalis does not exist,

nor does he mean that he has failed to discern it. Instead, his claim is that

the via universalis is not bounded by the limits of any single people or

tradition. As such, the via universalis is only discernible when one’s

pursuit of philosophy is sufficiently ecumenical. Philosophy from Oracles

confirms this ecumenical imperative. Porphyry alerts the reader to his

cross-cultural methods: “The way [ıdUw] of the blessed is difficult and

rough,” he notes, but “the paths [etrapito‹] . . . are beyond number.”60

Porphyry’s choice of vocabulary is not simply a function of meter. There is

one ıdUw, but it can be known only by investigating the diverse etrapitoi.

For Porphyry, even language, that quintessential marker of difference,

is no boundary to the ecumenical investigation of these diverse foreign

traditions. At the opening of the third book of On Abstinence, Porphyry

compares human and animal language to help prove that animals participate

in the logos. To prove his point, he mocks the classic, chauvinistic

Greek attitude to language. Those who assert that language is solely the

province of humans, Porphyry asserts, err in the same way as “the people

of Attica [who said] that Attic is the only language, and thought that

others who do not share the Attic way of speaking lack logos. Yet the

Attic speaker would understand a raven sooner than he would a Syrian or

Persian speaking Syrian or Persian.”61 Porphyry also places Greeks and

barbarians on the same plane in the fourth book of On Abstinence when

he draws upon examples from Greek, Egyptian, Jewish, Syrian, Persian,

and Indian sources to argue that all peoples impose dietary restrictions on

religious functionaries. Porphyry hopes to prove the general rule by collating

specific examples: “[Abstinence] applies whether you consider Greek

or barbarian custom, but different peoples have different restrictions; so

58. De Reg. An. fr. 302F (Smith, 347–50); and see quotation at opening of this

section.

59. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 302F (Smith, 347–50) (= De Civ. Dei 10.32).

60. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 323F (Smith, 371).

61. De Abst. 3.5.2–3 (Nauck, Porphyrii Philosophi Platonici Opuscula Selecta,

192; trans. Gillian Clark, Porphyry: On Abstinence from Killing Animals [Ithaca:

Cornell University Press, 2000], 83); see also Gillian Clark, “Translate into Greek:

Porphyry of Tyre on the New Barbarians,” in Constructing Identities in Late

Antiquity, ed. R. Miles (London: Routledge, 1999), 119–21.

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 291

that if you consider them all together, it will be apparent that those taken

from all regions abstain from all animals.”62 Porphyry can discern a genuinely

universal ethic only by looking beyond Greece.

On Abstinence is an example of Porphyry’s cross-cultural project at its

best. In Book 4, Porphyry draws from Egyptian, Phoenician, Mesopotamian,

and Jewish sources to construct a consensus concerning philosophical

asceticism. Porphyry appropriates Chaeremon the Stoic’s “account of

Egyptian priests” to recount the temperate lifestyle of Egyptian philosophy.

63 This way of life included periodic sexual continence and a rigorous

regimen of bathing and other purificatory rites along with abstinence

from animal food. He cites Neanthes of Cyzicus and Asklepiades of

Cyprus for material on Phoenician customs.64 According to Asklepiades,

“at first no animate creature was sacrificed to the gods.”65 Porphyry’s

sources for Persian and Mithraic traditions are more difficult to discern.66

In support of vegetarianism, Porphyry describes the importance of animal

symbolism in Mithraism: “They symbolize our community with animals

by giving us the names of animals: thus initiates who take part in their

rites are called lions, and women hyenas, and servants ravens.”67 For

information on Indian customs, Porphyry looks to the Book of the Laws

of Countries, a document from the school of Bardaisan. The vegetarianism

of Indian Brahmins supports the ascetic consensus.68 Porphyry also

compares Brahmin asceticism more broadly with the philosophical life

practiced by Greek philosophers such as the Pythagoreans. Finally, Porphyry

draws upon Josephus’ and Philo of Alexandria’s accounts of the

Essenes. He is impressed by Essene svfrosEnh: “They shun pleasure as

vice . . . they despise wealth, and the community of goods among them is

remarkable.”69 More to the main point of Porphyry’s argument, the Jews

avoid alimentary excess. In one of the few passages in pagan literature in

praise of kashrut, Porphyry praises Jewish abstinence from pork, fish

without scales, and the meat of animals without cloven hooves.70

62. De Abst. 4.5.5 (Nauck, 236; trans. Clark, 104).

63. De Abst. 4.6–10 (Nauck, 236–45).

64. De Abst. 4.15 (Nauck, 252–53).

65. De Abst. 4.15 (Nauck, 252; trans. Clark, 111).

66. He cites a “Eubulus” as a source on Mithraism in De Abst. 4.16 (Nauck, 253–

55). This may have been the Eubulus who ran a Platonist school in Athens (cf. Vita

Plotini 15 [Henry and Schwyzer, 18–19]); see Clark, Porphyry, 187 n. 634.

67. De Abst. 4.16 (Nauck, 253–54; trans. Clark, 112).

68. De Abst. 4.17 (Nauck, 256–58).

69. De Abst. 4.11.4–5 (Nauck, 246; trans. Clark, 108).

70. De Abst. 4.14.1–2 (Nauck, 251).

292 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

Porphyry takes a similarly comparative approach to religion and philosophy.

In Philosophy from Oracles, he blends various traditions to offer

“an account of many philosophical doctrines that the gods declared to be

true.”71 The oracular material Porphyry collects supports a “syncretistic”

theology combining Greek, Egyptian, Phoenician, and Hebrew sources.

For example, Porphyry quotes from an oracle in which Apollo identifies

himself with Osiris, Horus, and Helios.72 Laying out his demonology,

moreover, Porphyry equates Sarapis and Pluto; and in analyzing the symbolism

of his cult for information on how to drive away evil daimones, he

writes: “Among the Egyptians and Phoenicians, and among all peoples

who are wise concerning divine matters, whips are cracked in the temples,

and animals are dashed to the ground in the rites of the gods as the priests

drive away these demons by giving them the breath and blood of the

animals.”73 Some have argued that the Chaldean Oracles also figured in

Porphyry’s oracular compilation, but this remains contested.74 The Chaldean

Oracles had an important role, however, in On the Return of the

Soul.75 Summarizing the work, Augustine reports that Porphyry “could

not keep quiet about his borrowing of ‘divine oracles’ from the Chaldeans,

those oracles which he refers to so continuously.”76 Several Byzantine

sources also credit Porphyry with a commentary on the Chaldean Oracles.77

A cross-cultural impetus also lies at the heart of Porphyry’s religious

musings in his Letter to Anebo. In this text, Porphyry looks to the ancient

wisdom of Egypt to find answers to a series of theological questions

concerning the nature of the gods,78 the differences between the gods

assigned to various “spheres,”79 and how material objects (like the sun

and moon) can be called “gods” if divinity is incorporeal.80 Porphyry also

poses specifically “Egyptian” questions. He asks Anebo to explain the

71. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 303F (Smith, 353) (= PE 4.7.2).

72. PE 3.15.3 (GCS 43:155).

73. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 326F (Smith, 376) (= PE 4.23.1–2).

74. Hans Lewy, Chaldaean Oracles and Theurgy, ed. Michel Tardieu, new edition

(Paris: Études Augustiniennes, 1978), 449–59; and Pierre Hadot, “Bilan et perspectives

sur les Oracles Chaldaïques,” in Lewy, Chaldean Oracles, 711–12.

75. Hadot, “Bilan et perspectives,” 712.

76. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 302aF (Smith, 350) (= De Civ. Dei 10.32; trans. Henry

Bettenson, St. Augustine: City of God [London: Penguin, 1984], 421).

77. Chaldean Oracles fr. 362T, 363T; 364aF–368F (in Smith, Porphyrii Philosophi

Fragmenta, 435–40).

78. Ep. ad An. 1.1b (Porfirio Lettera ad Anebo, ed. A. R. Sodano [Naples: L’Arte

Tipografica, 1958], 3).

79. Ep. ad An. 1.2b (Sodano, 4).

80. Ep. ad An. 1.3c (Sodano, 6).

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 293

myth of Isis and Osiris and wonders why Egyptian priests keep their

knowledge of philosophy and religion secret.81 Finally, he inquires after

“the way of happiness.”82 Porphyry’s interest in foreign theologies, philosophies,

and histories reveals a Greek intellectual who, like Herodotus,

might justly be termed a filobarbarow.83 But if Porphyry thought that the

intellectual traditions, myths, and religions of other peoples were valuable,

did he believe that all peoples were of equal value?

Although Porphyry compares Greeks and other peoples in ways that

appear, initially, to place them on the same level, he never allows his

comparative project to threaten the security of Greek identity. Consequently,

he never abandons the asymmetrical distinction between Greeks

and barbarians. Barbarow and its derivatives appear thirty-nine times in

Porphyry’s corpus, and in at least eighteen of these instances they are set

in explicit contrast to UEllhnew and its derivatives.84 While Porphyry

draws many favorable comparisons between Greeks and barbarians to

bolster his arguments in On Abstinence, elsewhere in the same treatise he

denigrates barbarians with stock stereotypes. For example, he mocks the

masses who take Egyptian animal worship too literally.85 Against someone

who might claim that abstinence would compromise the practice of

divination, Porphyry jibes: “This person should destroy people too, for

they say that the future is more apparent in human entrails; indeed many

barbarians use humans for divination by entrails.”86 By imputing human

sacrifice to his opponents Porphyry hoped to make them seem savage,

worse perhaps than the animals they were wont to consume. Finally, even

when he wishes to posit the most basic commonality among peoples—

their common humanity—Porphyry does so by asserting a distinction

between Greeks and barbarians: “Thus also we say that Greek is related

and kin to Greek, barbarian to barbarian, all human beings to each other.”87

Shared humanness cannot bridge the gulf between Greeks and others.

But where does Porphyry situate himself in respect to the Greek/barbarian

divide? He prefaces his cross-cultural examples in Book 4 by stating

81. Isis and Osiris: Ep. ad An. 2.8c (Sodano, 20); priestly secrecy: Ep. ad An. 2.12a

(Sodano, 23).

82. Ep. ad An. 2.19a (Sodano, 29).

83. Plutarch, De Herodoti malignitate 2.857a.

84. Quaest. Hom. ad Od. 1.42.9; 1.42.13; 2.362.4; 8.267.10; Quaest. Hom ad Il.

3.236.48; 20.67.56; Phil. ex Orac. fr. 317F (Smith, 365); Contra Christianos fr. 1 (3

times, in lines 2, 5, and 11), 39, 69 (Harnack, 45, 64–66, 88); De Abst. 1.13.25;

1.42.3; 2.51.6; 3.3.12; 3.25.13; 4.5.33 (Nauck, 96, 117, 177, 188, 221, 236).

85. De Abst. 4.9.10 (Nauck, 243).

86. De Abst. 2.51.1 (Nauck, 177; trans. Clark, 75).

87. De Abst. 3.25.2 (Nauck, 221; trans. Clark, 96).

294 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

that he will proceed “people by people: the Greeks, as the most closely

related to us among the witnesses, shall lead off.”88 Porphyry thus ranks

himself (and Castricius, his addressee) among the Greeks. The difference

between the locutions Porphyry uses to discuss his Greek and barbarian

examples of abstinence also indicates his self-identification with the Greeks.

In his account of Greek customs, Porphyry recounts the ethical ideas of

individual Greeks—Dicaearchus and Lycurgus. In contrast, when providing

Egyptian, Jewish, Syrian, Persian, or Indian examples of abstinence,

Porphyry employs the third person plural and its derivatives almost exclusively

to denote his subjects. Porphyry also employs a partitive genitive

to introduce his account of Jewish customs: t≪n d¢ ginvskom°nvn ≤min

EIouda›oi. . . .89 This construction draws attention to the differences between

the collectivity of ethnic otherness and “we” Greeks. These grammatical

choices help Porphyry to construct an ethnographic distance between

his own (Greek) perspective and the various barbarian objects of

his research.

The ethnographic material in Book 4 of On Abstinence, moreover, does

not come from his own firsthand observations. This is “armchair ethnography”;

Porphyry’s journeys to Egypt, Palestine, Persia, and India took

place in the library. Indeed, his source material is itself written in Greek:

his knowledge of the Jews comes entirely from the Greek of Josephus; and

Chaeremon, his source for Egyptian traditions, was an Alexandrian philosopher

of the first century c.e., while his comments on Persian and

Indian traditions are so common among Greek ethnography that it is

difficult to name a specific source.90 And although Porphyry asserts that

Philosophy from Oracles will consider barbarian oracles alongside those

of the Greeks, in actual practice his citation of foreign sources is rather

limited. Likewise, Porphyry’s knowledge of Egyptian tradition in his Letter

to Anebo comes almost exclusively from his reading of other Greek

philosophers—Plutarch, perhaps, or the Hermetic Corpus.91 Moreover,

Porphyry owes his account of Mithraic cosmology in his allegorical On

the Cave of the Nymphs to the Greek allegorical tradition, rather than to

any direct knowledge of Persian religion. Porphyry is immersed in foreign

wisdom, but nothing from Egypt, Phoenicia, Judaea, or any other province

is valuable unless it can be filtered through a Greek lens.

88. De Abst. 4.2.1 (Nauck, 228; trans. Clark, 100).

89. De Abst. 4.11 (Nauck, 245).

90. Smith, “Porphyrian Studies since 1913,” 764.

91. Clark, “Translate into Greek,” 124.

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 295

Considering Porphyry’s own origins, this Hellenocentric approach to

barbarian wisdom is somewhat ironic. His Greekness resounds throughout

his works, but in at least one important respect Porphyry was not

Greek: he was born in the Phoenician city of Tyre, in the Roman province

of Syria.92 In fact, “Porphyry” was not his given name. For the first

decades of his life, this scion of later Greek philosophy was known by his

original, Semitic name “Malchus.”93 As Malchus traveled, first to Longinus

in Athens and then to Plotinus in Rome, his name began to change.

Eunapius reports that it was Longinus who first called Malchus “Porphyry,”

after the color of royal garments.94 After learning philology with

Longinus, Porphyry traveled to Rome, where, Porphyry reports, his fellow

student Amelius translated his name more literally as “Basileus.”95

These translations of Porphyry’s name are indicative of a much deeper

transformation, that from Syrian provincial to Greco-Roman philosopher.

The journey from Tyre to Athens to Rome involved, in fact, an

erasure of Porphyry’s ethnicity. Porphyry, who famously refers to himself

in the third person throughout the Life of Plotinus, never calls himself

“Malchus.” The Semitic name of his birth is simply a palimpsest. Plotinus

too had translated himself from the East to Rome. In the Life of Plotinus,

Porphyry recounts how little he really knew about his teacher’s origins:

“[H]e could not endure to talk about his race, his parents, or his country

of birth.”96 Of Plotinus’ life before his teaching career in Rome, we are

told only that he was born in Egypt and that his first teacher was the

Alexandrian Ammonius.97 Yearning to explore barbarian wisdom, he

enlisted in the Roman army for Gordian’s eastern campaigns.98 That

Porphyry found Plotinus’ past impenetrable was due partly to his teacher’s

design. Plotinus’ goal of dissociation from all corporeal particularity

included eliminating ethnic specificity. For Porphyry and Plotinus, this

meant abandoning the culturally specific world of the provinces for the

more ecumenical perspective of Rome itself. In becoming Greek philosophers

in Rome, Plotinus and Porphyry established themselves in the intellectual

and political centers of the Greco-Roman world. No wonder, then,

92. Eunapius, Vitae Philosophorum 355 (text and trans. in W. C. Wright,

Philostratus and Eunapius: The Lives of the Sophists [Cambridge, MA: Harvard

University Press, 1922], 352).

93. Vita Plotini 17, 21 (Henry and Schwyzer, 20–21, 27–28).

94. Eunapius, Vitae Philosophorum 456.

95. Vita Plotini 17 (Henry and Schwyzer, 20–21).

96. Vita Plotini 1 (Henry and Schwyzer, 1; trans. Edwards, Neoplatonic Saints, 1).

97. Vita Plotini 3 (Henry and Schwyzer, 3–5).

98. Ibid.

296 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

that Porphyry approached foreign wisdom with a chauvinism that mirrored

the hegemonic relationship between Rome and her provinces.

Porphyry’s attitudes toward religious texts and religious practices parallel

his disposition toward his own origins. The many texts that Porphyry

plumbed for universal truth made no claims of their own to transcend

their specific Greek, Egyptian, or Persian contexts. Articulating a

universal philosophy based on a cross-cultural synthesis of these diverse

traditions required the application of particular interpretive strategies.

Just as his journey from Syria to Rome marked a translation from the

specific to the ecumenical, so also Porphyry’s figurative reading of texts

and intellectualizations of traditional cult served to establish a hierarchical

distinction between that which is universally (and therefore truly)

authentic and that which is merely culturally specific.

Porphyry’s commentaries on Homer are some of the earliest and bestpreserved

examples of figurative readings of Greek poetry and myth.99

Figurative readings of Homer developed largely in response to critics who

called the morality of Homer’s poetry into question,100 or as a means of

recovering ancient philosophical concepts hidden in the mythical compositions.

101 Nonliteral reading practices, however, were more than academic

exercises in interpretation. The quest for meanings beyond the

literal could serve important social and political functions. Figurative

readings can never be dissociated from historical conflicts and negotiations

of identity, authority, and power.102 Most important for the present

study, moreover, figurative reading offered a means to differentiate between

the apparent, explicit meanings of texts and less evident, but more

authentic, readings.103 Under Middle Platonic and Plotinian influence the

99. I follow David Dawson in opting for the more general term “figurative” to

describe a wide range of nonliteral reading practices, including allegorical, typological,

and etymological readings. As Dawson, Allegorical Readers and Cultural

Revision in Ancient Alexandria (Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California

Press, 1992), 5, notes, concentrating on rigid distinctions between interpretive

strategies runs the risk of “minimizing the extent to which different non-literal

strategies inform one another.”

100. Robert Lamberton, Homer the Theologian (Berkeley and Los Angeles:

University of California Press, 1989), 19–20.

101. The Stoic exegete Cornutus, e.g., is not an apologist for Homer, but rather

seeks to uncover the hidden physical and philosophical allegories contained in the

epics (Dawson, Allegorical Readers, 38).

102. “The very tensions between literal and non-literal readings that characterized

ancient allegory stemmed from efforts by readers to secure for themselves and their

communities social and cultural identity, authority, and power” (Dawson, Allegorical

Readers, 2).

103. Dawson, Allegorical Readers, 8–9.

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 297

discovery of these more obscure meanings became equated with the discovery

of universal meanings; Homer “the poet” became Homer “the

theologian,” whose poetry conveyed truths about the human soul and the

cosmos.104 As Porphyry intimates in his treatise On the Cave of the

Nymphs, the Odyssey is more than a Greek epic from the eighth century

b.c.e. It is a text with universal implications. Odysseus’ adventure is a

representation of the soul’s travails in the material world and its ascent to

the noetic realm. Odysseus, for instance, “bears a symbol of the one who

passes through the stages of genesis and, in doing so, returns to those

beyond every wave who have no knowledge of the sea. . . . the deep, the

sea, and the sea-well are . . . material substance.”105

Just as Porphyry differentiates the authentic meaning of the Odyssey

from its Greek context, so too does he subject barbarian myths and texts

to figurative readings that serve to sift universal truths out of otherwise

culturally specific artifacts. In the course of discussing the significance of

caves, for example, Porphyry crafts a figurative reading of Mithraic traditions

to support his claim that “caves” signify “the cosmos.” “The Persians,”

he writes, “call the place a cave where they introduce an initiate

into the mysteries, revealing to him the path by which souls descend and

go back again.”106 The first of these caves was built by Zoroaster to

represent “the Cosmos which Mithras created and the things which the

cave contained, by their proportionate arrangement, provided him with

symbols of the elements and climates of the Cosmos.”107 Similarly, Porphyry

glosses many of the oracles he compiles in Philosophy from Oracles

with figurative readings in order to draw universalizing conclusions. Porphyry

explains the symbolic meanings of the different sacrifices described

in an oracle of Apollo: “Four-footed land animals,” he elaborates, are

sacrificed to terrestrial gods because “like rejoices in like.”108 The mode in

which one sacrifices is also symbolic. For example, sacrifices are carried

out in the spheres assigned to different classes of deity; terrestrial gods

receive sacrifices on altars set up on the ground, while sacrifices to subterranean

deities are performed in trenches.109

104. Lamberton, Homer the Theologian, 22–31.

105. De Antro Nympharum 34 (text and trans. in Porphyry: The Cave of the

Nymphs in the Odyssey, rev. text with translation by Seminar Classics 609, State

University of New York at Buffalo, Arethusa Monographs 1 [Buffalo: Dept. of

Classics, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1969]).

106. De Antro Nympharum 6.

107. De Antro Nympharum 6.

108. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 315F, line 30 (Smith, 363) (= PE 4.9.3–7).

109. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 315F, lines 21–45 (Smith, 363–64) (= PE 4.9.3–7).

298 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

Porphyry also extended the interpretive strategies he used to understand

Homer beyond texts to offer figurative readings of various cultic

practices. In his On Statues, for example, Porphyry proposes “to teach

how to read from statues, just as from books, the things written there

concerning the gods.”110 There was more to statuary than wood and

stone: “It is remarkable that the uneducated believe that the statues are

nothing but wood and stone, just as the unintelligent see steles as stones,

tablets as pieces of wood, and books as nothing other than woven papyrus.”

111 This special literacy to which Porphyry lays claim helps him to

find universal truths in otherwise embarrassing aspects of traditional

iconography. Anthropomorphic representations of Zeus, for instance, are

not the result of theological immaturity. Instead, “theologians . . . have

made the representation of Zeus anthropomorphic because mind was

that according to which he wrought, and by generative laws brought all

things to perfection; and he is seated, indicating the steadfastness of his

power; and he is naked on top, because he is evident in the intellectual

and heavenly parts of the cosmos; but his feet are clothed, because he is

not evident in the hidden things below.”112

Yet Porphyry does not limit his reading of iconography to Greek sources.

Eusebius preserves a lengthy passage from On Statues in which Porphyry

distills a late Platonic cosmogony out of Egyptian iconography. Porphyry

interprets the Egyptian god Cneph as “the demiurge” because “they say

that this god produces an egg from his mouth, from which a god is born

whom they call Phtha . . . and the egg they interpret as the cosmos.”113

Egyptian zoological iconography is also explicable: “They consecrate the

hawk to the sun and make it their symbol of light and breath, because of

its swift motion and its soaring up on high, where the light is. And the

hippopotamus represents the western sky, because of its swallowing up

into itself the stars that traverse it.”114 Porphyry also interprets this zoological

iconography symbolically in On Abstinence to buttress his argument

that humans should refrain from consuming animals. The Egyptian

sages recognized that animals, as well as humans, had souls; and “for this

reason they used every animal to represent the gods . . . for they have

images which are human in form up to the neck, but with the face of a

bird or a lion or of some other animal, or alternatively the head may be

110. Per‹ egalmatvn fr. 351F, lines 18–20 (in Smith, Porphyrii Philosophi

Fragmenta, 408) (= PE 3.6.7–7.1).

111. Per‹ egalmatvn fr. 351F, lines 20–24 (Smith, 408) (= PE 3.6.7–7.1).

112. Per‹ egalmatvn fr. 354F, lines 48–55 (Smith, 413–14) (= PE 3.8.2–9.9).

113. Per‹ egalmatvn fr. 360F, lines 11–13 (Smith, 429) (= PE 3.11.45).

114. Per‹ egalmatvn fr. 360F, lines 62–67 (Smith, 432) (= PE 3.12).

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 299

human and the rest of the body from other animals. In this way they show

that . . . these creatures are in community with each other. . . .”115

All of these interpretive strategies are intended to reveal universally

authentic truths about theology and philosophy. None of these strategies,

however, disavows more explicit, literal meanings. The precise relationship

between these two levels of meaning is hierarchical; the more authentic

meanings of statues, myths, or poems are primary, while the culturally

contextual meanings are secondary. Porphyry never denies that the Iliad

and Odyssey contain narratives that are potentially scandalous. Nor does

he deny that Greek iconography is anthropomorphic or that animals are

central to Egyptian cult. Although these texts, iconographies, and rituals

are culturally specific, they yield universal truths if properly excavated.

Having sifted his barbarian artifacts, Porphyry removes “universal” meanings

from their “native” contexts. Fitting these “universal” elements into

his ecumenical bricolage, he leaves behind everything specifically “Greek”

or “Egyptian.”

Recognizing that Porphyry posits this hierarchical relationship between

higher and lower meanings in texts and religious iconographies helps in

making sense of his attitudes toward traditional religion. On the one

hand, Porphyry never denies the validity of sacrificial religion; in fact, he

offers explicit praise of tradition: “For this is the greatest fruit of piety, to

honor the divine according to ancestral customs.”116 On the other hand,

an intelligent person, who is able to discern the different levels of signification

in ritual acts, recognizes that “the consecrated altars of god do not

harm and, if neglected, do not help.”117 Porphyry draws an important

distinction between the cult of the highest Platonic god and the cults of all

other, culturally specific, deities. An intelligent person should offer sacrifice,

but “to the god who rules over all . . . we shall offer nothing

perceived by the senses, either by burning [i.e., traditional animal sacrifice]

or in words [i.e., praying aloud].”118 The intellectual cult of the Platonic

One may be found in different instantiations in different cultures. Nonetheless,

the universal—and therefore singular—cult of the One is not to

be confused with the plurality of culturally specific cults.

The difference that Porphyry posits between levels of meaning and

forms of cult also correlates with a distinction among various peoples.

Porphyry does not mince words about those who do not comprehend the

115. De Abst. 4.9 (Nauck, 241; trans. Clark, 106).

116. Ad Marc. 18 (Nauck, 286).

117. Ibid.

118. De Abst. 2.34.2 (Nauck, 163; trans. Clark, 69).

300 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

deeper meanings within various cultural expressions: such people are

ignorant and live in error.119 Porphyry’s estimation of Egyptian animal

worship provides an excellent example of this differentiation between

those who truly comprehend Egyptian religion and those who do not:

An ignorant person would not even suspect that they [the wise people

among the Egyptians] have not been carried away by the general opinion

which knows nothing, and do not themselves walk in the ways of stupidity,

but that they have passed beyond ignorance of the multitude which

everyone encounters first, and have found worthy of veneration that which

to the multitude is worthless.120

While Porphyry indicates that the more authentic meanings behind zoological

iconography signify truths about the relationship between animals

and humans, he denigrates a more literal reading of this iconography

simultaneously. Here too one can see the power dynamic that Porphyry

establishes through his readings of cultural artifacts. A true philosopher

like Porphyry can see and understand things that the natives cannot. This

knowledge grants Porphyry a privileged relationship with Egypt: by so

thoroughly and accurately understanding the universal truths behind animal

iconography, Porphyry can stake a claim to Egyptian tradition that

the mass of ignorant Egyptian natives cannot properly claim as their own.

Porphyry’s readings of ethnic traditions help him to establish mastery

over the traditions of various peoples, and by extension to establish

power and control over the peoples themselves.

Porphyry and others looked abroad in their search for a universal

philosophy, but they did not consider philosophy to be a free-for-all. If

Porphyry’s knowledge brought great privilege and authority, it also brought

great responsibility; the authentic philosopher was also a guardian of the

truth. Wisdom could be found among many peoples, but “truth” was

singular. Polemics were part and parcel of a philosopher’s training: knowing

the truth was not enough; one must be able to defend it as well.

Dissention was an integral part of Porphyry’s philosophical career; he

wrote a polemical critique of Plotinus before he ever became his student.121

His most famous polemics, however, are those he composed against the

Christians. Setting Porphyry’s anti-Christian texts in the context of his

attitudes toward universalism and cultural difference will result in a more

nuanced understanding of his antipathy toward Christianity.

119. De Abst. 4.9.10 (Nauck, 243).

120. De Abst. 4.9.10 (Nauck, 243; trans. Clark, 107).

121. Vita Plotini 18 (Henry and Schwyzer, 21–22).

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 301

III. THE CHRISTIAN MENACE: PORPHYRY’S

ATTACK ON CHRISTIAN IDENTITY

In the Life of Plotinus, Porphyry offers an instructive portrait of the

important place of polemics in Plotinus’ school. Plotinus did not hesitate

to criticize and refute “Christians of many kinds” in his lectures.122 Plotinus

also offered a textual refutation of gnostics in Ennead 2.9, which Porphyry

would later title Against the Gnostics. Plotinus had focused his

polemics on the general doctrines of his opponents, but Porphyry, ever the

philologist and literary aesthete, attacks their texts. Porphyry recounts

that he and his fellow student Amelius each composed extensive refutations

of gnostic texts. Amelius wrote no less than forty books to refute the

book of Zostrianus, while Porphyry, for his part, wrote “numerous refutations

of the book of Zoroaster.”123 His polemics were aimed at “proving

the book to be entirely spurious and recent, a fabrication of those who

upheld this heresy to make it seem that the doctrines which they had

chosen to acclaim were those of the ancient Zoroaster.”124 Porphyry’s

assault on the historicity and literary value of his opponents’ text, along

with the aspersions he casts on the moral fiber of its authors, is remarkably

similar to the methods he uses in Against the Christians.

The extant fragments of Against the Christians reveal a critic who is

quite familiar with the texts of his enemies. Porphyry’s criticism of the

gospels concentrates on discrepancies in individual gospels and among

the gospel accounts. For example, he critiques both Mark and Matthew

for misquoting and conflating citations of the Hebrew Bible.125 He also

points out the inconsistencies between the birth narratives in Matthew

and Luke.126 Moreover, Porphyry levels an attack against Paul, arguing

that the disagreements Paul reports in Galatians are evidence for both

Paul’s error and the factiousness of Christianity.127 Porphyry also chastised

Christian readings of the Hebrew Bible. Porphyry’s critical acumen

rivals that of many modern biblical critics. Two of these fragments concern

the date of Moses.128 The context of these passages is difficult to

determine, but they likely countered the apologetic claims of Christians

122. Vita Plotini 16 (Henry and Schwyzer, 19–20).

123. Vita Plotini 16 (Henry and Schwyzer, 19–20; trans. Edwards, 29).

124. Ibid.

125. Contra Christianos fr. 9, 10 (Harnack, 48–49).

126. Contra Christianos fr. 12 (Harnack, 49–50).

127. Contra Christianos fr. 21 (Harnack, 53).

128. Contra Christianos fr. 40, 41 (Harnack, 66–67).

302 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

about the antiquity, and therefore primacy, of Moses.129 By far the most

incisive of Porphyry’s critiques, however, concern the book of Daniel.

Porphyry argues very astutely that this prophetic book cannot have been

written during the Babylonian captivity, as the Christians claim, but

rather is an example of prophecy ex eventu that dates to the time of

Antiochus IV Epiphanes.130 Porphyry based his attack on careful philological

and historical analyses. He realized, for example, that some of the

word play in the narrative of Susanna works only in Greek.131 Moreover,

while Christians interpreted the “four beasts” in Daniel’s vision as four

world empires (Babylonian, Persian, Macedonian, and Roman), Porphyry

argues that they signify only three; for according to Jerome, Porphyry

“assigned the last two beasts to the single reign of the Macedonians,

wishing the leopard to be understood as Alexander himself, but the beast

different from all the other beasts as the four successors of Alexander.”132

Reading Against the Christians with an eye toward the imperial context

in which Porphyry penned his polemics, however, reveals a text

concerned as much with issues of power and identity as with matters of

history and literary taste. We have already seen Porphyry use figurative

reading strategies to take possession of Egyptian tradition while simultaneously

positing a hierarchical difference between himself and ignorant

Egyptian natives. The philosopher’s attack on Christian literature and

reading strategies is similar. First, Porphyry counters the Christian threat

129. On this motif in Christian apologetics, see Arthur Droge, Homer or Moses?

Early Christian Interpretations of the History of Culture (Tübingen: J. C. B. Mohr,

1989); and Daniel Ridings, The Attic Moses: The Dependency Theme in Some Early

Christian Writers (Göteborg: Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis, 1995).

130. Contra Christianos fr. 43A (Harnack, 67) (= Jerome Comm. in Daniel.

Prologue): Contra prophetam Danielem XII librum scripsit Porphyrius, nolens cum

ab ipso, cuius inscriptus est nomine, esse compositum, sed a quodam qui temporibus

Antiochi, qui appellatus est Epiphanes, fuerit in Judaea, et non tam Danielem ventura

dixisse, quam illum narasse praeterita. Denique quidquid usque ad Antiochum

dixerit, veram historiam continere; si quid autem ultra opinatus sit, quia futura

nescierit, esse mentitum.

131. Contra Christianos fr. 43B (Harnack, 68) (= Jerome Comm. in Daniel.

Prologue): Et hoc nosse debemus inter cetera Porphyrium de Danielis libro nobis

obicere, idcirco illum apparere confictum nec haberi apud Hebraeos, sed Graeci

sermonis esse commentum, quia in Susannae fibula contineatur dicente Daniele ad

presbyteros epU toE sx.nou sx.sai ka‹ epU toE pr.nou pr.sai quam etymologiam

magis Graeco sermoni convenire quam Hebraeo.

132. Contra Christianos fr. 43L (Harnack, 68) (= Jerome Comm. in Daniel.

Prologue): Porphyrius duas posteriores bestias Macedonum et Romanorum in uno

Macedonem regno ponit et dividit, Pardum volens intellegi ipsum Alexandrum,

bestiam autem dissimilem ceteris bestiis IV Alexandri successors . . . (etc.).

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 303

by eliminating any appeal to the writings of the New Testament. Egyptian,

Chaldean, Indian, or Phoenician texts are ancient, and therefore worthy

to be investigated as potential sources for a universal philosophy. The

writings of the evangelists and Paul, however, are new. The sages of Egypt

and the Persian Magi were ancient philosophers who carefully veiled the

truth so that it could be discovered by educated philosophers like Porphyry.

The apostles and evangelists, on the other hand, were “poor country

bumpkins [rusticani et pauperes] who performed second-rate magic

merely ‘for profit.’”133 Similarly, wise barbarians like Philo of Byblos

provide philosophers with reliable histories upon which to base their

research, while the apostles are guilty of simplemindedness and extreme

ignorance when it comes to history.134

Porphyry goes on to castigate his Christian contemporaries for their

misguided reading practices. First, Porphyry rejects any figurative interpretations

of the New Testament for the same reasons he rejected the

gnostic book of Zoroaster—texts that are recent fabrications do not merit

figurative readings. Because “the evangelists were such vulgar people, not

only in the way they lived, but also in their sacred writings,” their texts

simply cannot contain anything that is universally authentic.135 Christian

exegesis of the Hebrew Bible is a different sort of problem for Porphyry.

Porphyry had included the Hebrews among those peoples with a knowledge

of the via universalis in Philosophy from Oracles. Indeed, Christians

read the Hebrew Bible in much the same way that Porphyry read Egyptian,

Chaldean, and Phoenician texts, as sources of universal truth. How

could Porphyry criticize Christians for reading texts that he too believed

contained “barbarian wisdom”? This similarity lies at the heart of

Porphyry’s antipathy toward the Christians.

Since they first began to respond to the criticisms of philosophically

minded pagans, Christian apologists had been articulating a specifically

Christocentric ecumenical philosophy that stood in direct opposition to

the Hellenocentric projects of Porphyry and his Middle Platonic predecessors.

136 Christian intellectuals used the same cross-cultural methods to

133. Contra Christianos fr. 4 (Harnack, 46).

134. Contra Christianos fr. 6 (Harnack, 47): Arguit in hoc loco Porphyrius et

Julianus Augustus vel imperitiam historici mentientis vel stultitiam eorum qui statim

secuti sunt salvatorem.

135. Contra Christianos fr. 9 (Harnack, 48–49).

136. The limits of this article do not permit a detailed excursus on the relationship

between Porphyry and the Middle Platonists, but see Heinrich Dörrie, “Schultradition,”

1–32; and Waszink, “Porphyrios und Numenios,” 35–83. On the important relationship

between Porphyry’s uses of foreign traditions and the interest of Middle

304 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

arrive at conclusions similar to Porphyry’s: no single ¶ynow monopolizes

truth, and the authentic philosophy has no borders. But where Porphyry

and his Middle Platonic predecessors focused their readings of barbarian

wisdom through a Greek (i.e., Platonic) lens, Christians argued for the

privilege of decidedly barbarian texts (i.e., the Hebrew scriptures). Christian

intellectuals thus mimicked Greek philosophers like Porphyry by

using the same comparative studies of “barbarian wisdom” to construct

asymmetrical relationships between the traditions of different peoples.

Having subjected Greek and Christian wisdom to a critical comparison,

for instance, Justin argues for the superiority of the latter “not because

Plato’s teaching is something different from Christ’s, but because they are

not in every respect equal. . . . What has been said correctly among all

people is ours, the Christians’.”137 Justin’s student Tatian went even further

in challenging Greek philosophical chauvinism. In his estimation,

Greek paide.a was itself nothing more than an incoherent bricolage of

found objects: “If each city was to take away its own teaching from your

own, they would deprive your sophistries of all power.”138 Consequently,

Greek identity is merely a chimera: “What I ought to call ‘Greek’ perplexes

me,” Tatian mocks.139 In the early third century, Clement of Alexandria

would accuse the Greeks, saying: “You have learned geometry

from the Egyptians, astronomy from the Babylonians, . . . you are indebted

to the Hebrews.”140

Porphyry’s riposte was simple: Christians did not know how to read the

Hebrew Bible properly. Jerome and Augustine each preserve examples of

Porphyry’s attack on the Christian interpretation of the Hebrew Bible. In

Porphyry’s estimation, Christians attempted figurative readings of passages

that had overtly objectionable meanings on a literal level. Jerome

reports that Porphyry refused to accept a figurative reading of Hosea 1.2,

in which God urges the prophet Hosea to marry a prostitute. While

exegetes like Jerome could provide figurative exegeses for such objectionable

passages, Porphyry argues that some texts are not worthy of a true

philosopher’s attention. Augustine records another Porphyrian objection

Platonists such as Plutarch and Numenius in “barbarian wisdom,” see especially

Zambon, Porphyre et le moyen-platonisme.

137. Justin Martyr 2 Apol. 13.2; 13.4 (Iustini Martyris Apologiae Pro Christianis,

ed. Miroslav Marcovich [Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1994], 157).

138. Tatian Orat. ad Gr. 26.1 (Tatiani Oratio Ad Graecos, ed. Miroslav

Marcovich [Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1995], 50).

139. Tatian Orat. Ad Gr. 1.4 (Marcovich, 8).

140. Clement of Alexandria Protr. 70.2 (Clementis Alexandrini Protrepticus, ed.

Miroslav Marcovich [Leiden: Brill, 1995], 106).

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 305

to Christian exegesis. “What ought one to think of Jonah,” the critic asks,

“who is thought to have been in the belly of a whale for three days? It is

ridiculous and unbelievable for him to have been swallowed with all his

clothes and to have been inside the fish. But if this is to be taken figuratively,

then deign to explain it!”141 Porphyry’s opposition to Christian reading

practices is especially clear in a passage preserved by Eusebius:

Some, being zealous to find a way to exculpate the wickedness of the Jewish

writings rather than to simply abandon them, turned to interpretations that

are inconsistent and inharmonious with what has been written, and they

offer no defense of the foreign aspects of their work, but rather offer

approval and praise of their own work. Bragging that the things said plainly

by Moses are enigmas and conjuring them up as oracles full of hidden

mysteries and enchanting critical abilities with obscurities, they offer their

interpretations.142

Not all literature should be read figuratively. Some texts, like the more

“offensive” parts of the Hebrew Bible, have nothing to offer a philosopher,

no matter how hard one may try to conceal the inadequacies of his

or her critical abilities. In Porphyry’s judgment, a philosopher should use

barbarian texts only if exegesis will reveal ecumenical wisdom that can be

separated from its “foreign” context. In the hands of Christian exegetes,

the Hebrew Bible fails to yield any universal, authentic philosophical

knowledge. Among Christians, the Hebrew Bible—like Egyptian animal

worship—is simply barbaric.

As we have seen already, Porphyry’s readings of various traditions are

marked by a process of sifting the wheat of universal truth from the chaff

of cultural specificity. Gillian Clark has noted the ambivalent character of

Porphyry’s attitudes toward cultural diversity: “Porphyry saw in religion

both a common philosophical culture uniting all devotees of truth, and a

Herodotean display of cultural diversity.”143 Cultural particularity was

perfectly acceptable when interpreted correctly and packaged for the consumption

of Greco-Roman philosophers. Culturally specific traditions,

like Egyptian zoological iconography or even Greek sacrifice, were thus

perfectly acceptable—provided that the uneducated masses that practiced

such traditions made no universalizing claims of their own. The masses

should know their place. It was quite unacceptable, however, for the

barbarians to make universalizing claims of their own. Christians, who

by their own admission claimed to possess an ecumenical philosophy

141. Contra Christianos fr. 46 (Harnack, 74).

142. Eusebius HE 6.19.4 (GCS 6:558).

143. Clark, “Translate into Greek,” 126.

306 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

based on a set of barbarian texts from the very edges of the Greco-Roman

world, were disrupting Porphyry’s carefully constructed, hierarchical world.

Porphyry attacks Christians’ rival universalizing claims explicitly in

Against the Christians: “Why did a compassionate and merciful god

allow all peoples, from the time of Adam to Moses, and from Moses to

the advent of Christ, to perish through ignorance of the laws and regulations

of God?”144 Porphyry impugns Christianity on the grounds that it is

not a universal philosophy at all, but something novel. A tradition that is

newly revealed (or “invented”) cannot offer a via universalis: “If Christ

claims to be the way of salvation . . . what did the people of the world do

before Christ?”145 Christianity, moreover, bases its claims on a set of

Jewish texts with little or no currency outside of Judaea: “For Britain . . .

and the people of Scotland, and all barbarian peoples throughout the

entire circuit of the Ocean are ignorant of Moses and the prophets.”146

Christians cannot offer a truly universal philosophy because they originated

at a specific time in a specific cultural context:

Why did the one who is called “savior” hide himself for so many centuries?

But do not let them claim that the human race was saved by the ancient

Jewish law, for the law of the Jews appeared only after a long while, and

was in force over only a small region of Syria . . . later it spread across the

borders of Italy, after Caesar or during his reign. What then happened to

the souls of the Romans and Latins, which were deprived of the advent of

Christ until the time of the Caesars?147

Unlike Porphyry’s own philosophy, which he claims transcends cultural

particularity, Christianity belongs to a specific time and place: first century

Judaea, an insignificant region of Syria. Moreover, Porphyry’s temporal

location of Christianity in the time of the Caesars is an effective

retorsion of Christian arguments for the synchrony of Christ’s advent and

the beginning of the Principate. Porphyry slyly reminds Christians that

they are mere provincials subject to Roman hegemony.

Christian assertions of philosophical and soteriological universalism

were a direct affront to Porphyry’s own ecumenical endeavors. But the

Christian threat ran even deeper. Christians claimed that their faith rendered

all cultural and ethnic specificity irrelevant. Always the skilled

philologist, Porphyry responded by returning to primary sources. Por-

144. Contra Christianos fr. 82 (Harnack, 95).

145. Contra Christianos fr. 81 (Harnack, 94–95).

146. Contra Christianos fr. 82 (Harnack, 95).

147. Contra Christianos fr. 81 (Harnack, 94–95).

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 307

phyry attacks this radical challenge to traditional identity by going to its

source: Paul’s declaration that he had become everything to everyone in

order to save some.148 Porphyry castigates Paul: “How good, or rather

how stupid, such sayings are! . . . If he was without the Law to those

without the Law, as he himself says, and was a Jew to the Jews, and did

likewise for all peoples, then he was really a captive of many-faced wickedness

and a stranger and foreigner to the truth.”149 For historical proof of

Paul’s mendacity, Porphyry looks to Acts. How could Paul declare to the

tribune that he was “a Jew born in Tarsus” when later he would declare

his Roman citizenship to the same tribune?150 Porphyry’s criticism is far

from airtight. Paul’s declaration of Roman citizenship was in no legal

sense a denial of his Jewish identity. Porphyry would surely have known

this, if not from a basic knowledge of Roman citizenship before 212 c.e.

then from reading the conclusion of the narrative in Acts, where Paul’s

citizenship is acknowledged by the tribune and later by the governor

Festus as he grants Paul a trial in Rome before the emperor.151 But Porphyry’s

concern is not with the finer points of Roman enfranchisement; rather, he

intends to draw attention to Paul’s protean ability to pass as Roman, Jew,

or anything else depending on the circumstance. Paul’s slippage from Jew

to Roman, along with his geographic migration (albeit under armed

guard) from Caesarea to Rome, may have reminded Porphyry of his own

move from Tyre to Rome. Even the geography is similar; Caesarea lies

just south of Tyre on the Phoenician coast. But whereas Porphyry erased

his provincial origins to become a scion of Rome’s metropolitan culture,

Paul passed as a Roman only to infiltrate the imperial capital with his

barbaric doctrines. For Porphyry, Paul’s identity play does not signal a

transcendence of provincialism, but a dangerous form of miscegenation:

He who says “I am a Jew” and “I am a Roman” is neither, because he

inclines both ways. . . . Wearing a mask of deception, besieging the

thoughts of the soul with ambivalence, and enslaving the simpleminded with

magical arts, he beguiles plain reality and robs the truth. . . . If Paul,

playing his roles, is a Jew then a Roman, someone without the Law then a

Greek, and whenever he wishes is something foreign and hostile to

something else, then by assuming each identity he renders each impotent,

taking away the distinct identity of each with flattery.152

148. 1 Cor 9.19–23.

149. Apocr. 3.30.3 (= Harnack fr. 27) (text and French trans. in Goulet, Macarios).

150. Apocr. 3.31.1 (= Harnack fr. 28).

151. Acts 23.26; 25.10–12.

152. Apocr. 3.31.4 (= Harnack fr. 28).

308 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

Paul’s mimicry of Roman and Greek renders traditional categories of

identity sterile, reducing imperial geography to absurdity. Porphyry responds

by turning Paul into a joke: “Such acrobatics! These theatrics

adorn such laughable scenes!”153 Using theatrical metaphors, Porphyry

turns Paul into a fool whose subversion is really nothing more than a

comic fiction.

To his chagrin, Porphyry saw contemporary Christians engaged in the

same hucksterism as Paul. Eusebius quotes a fascinating fragment of

Against the Christians in which Porphyry denounces the Christian exegete

Origen.154 Porphyry claims that Origen was a student of Ammonius

Saccas, who had also been Plotinus’ teacher, and even claims to have met

153. Apocr. 3.30.2 (= Harnack fr. 27).

154. Scholars continue to disagree about the identities of the “Origens” in

Porphyry’s treatises. In Vita Plotini 3 and 20 (Henry and Schwyzer, 3–5, 23–27),

Porphyry identifies an “Origen” (Origen the Neoplatonist, author of a treatise On

Demons that has been lost) as Plotinus’ compatriot in the school of Ammonius

Saccas. Although some have attempted to identify this Origen with the Christian

exegete, the two Origens are distinct. In the passage of Against the Christians

preserved by Eusebius (HE 6.19.5–8 [GCS n.f. 6:556–60]), Porphyry clearly and

unambiguously refers to the Christian exegete. Confusion arises because Porphyry

also identifies the Christian exegete as a disciple of Ammonius (ekroatOw gar otow

EAmmvn.ou . . .). Some scholars have argued that Porphyry was confused about the

identities of the two Origens (R. Goulet, “Porphyre, Ammonius, les Deux Origénes et

les Autres,” Revue de l’Histoire de Philosophie et Religion 57 [1977]: 471–96), while

other scholars have argued that Porphyry conflated multiple Ammonii (Heinrich

Dörrie, “Ammonios, der Lehrer Plotins,” Hermes 83 [1955]: 439–77; and Mark

Edwards, “Ammonius, Teacher of Origen,” JEH 44 [1993]: 1–13). Wolfram Kinzig,

“War der Neuplatoniker Porphyrios ursprünglich Christ?” in Mousopolos Stephanos:

Festschrift für Herwig Görgemanns, ed. M. Baumbach, H. Köhler, and A. M. Ritter

(Heidelberg: Universitätsverlag C. Winter, 1998), 320–32, has also explored the

identity of the Origens in the context of later traditions that make Porphyry an

apostate Christian who had made the acquaintance of the Christian Origen. On the

other hand, Pier Franco Beatrice, “Porphyry’s Judgement on Origen,” in Origeniana

Quinta: Historica, text and method, biblica, philosophica, theologica, Origenism and

later developments. Papers of the 5th International Origen Congress, Boston College,

14–18 August 1989, ed. R. J. Daly (Leuven: Peeters, 1992), 351–67, maintains that

Porphyry has not confused two Origens, but in fact had direct knowledge of Origen

during a sojourn to Caesarea early in Porphyry’s career. Beatrice argues that the

aspersions Eusebius casts on the veracity of Porphyry’s account owe more to the

polemical character of Eusebius’ own citation of Porphyry than to an objective

critique of Porphyry’s remarks. Whatever the “historical” value of Porphyry’s

remarks, it is absolutely clear that Porphyry intends to refer to the Christian exegete.

Any “confusion” of Origens or Ammonius may well be the result of Porphyry’s own

deliberate polemical machinations, rather than “forgetfulness” or “confusion.” It is

quite clear that Porphyry is mentioning both Ammonius and the Christian Origen to

draw a polemical comparison between them, not to offer an objective historical

commentary.

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 309

Origen.155 Porphyry acknowledges that Origen was highly conversant in

the same philosophical traditions that influenced his own philosophy:

He [Origen] was always consorting with Plato, and he was conversant in

the writings of Numenius and Cronius, Apollophanes and Longinus, and

Moderatus, Nicomachus, and the distinguished men among the

Pythagoreans; he used the book of Chaeremon the Stoic and Cornutus,

from whom he learned figurative interpretation, as employed in the Greek

mysteries, but he applied it to the Jewish writings.156

It is not Origen’s interest in barbarian wisdom (in itself) that is objectionable.

What Porphyry found insufferable was Origen’s use of Porphyry’s

own “Greek” interpretive strategies to replace Greek philosophy with a

“foreign” tradition. Porphyry assures his readers (and himself) that Origen

was nothing more than a fool whose research into barbarian wisdom

lacked the necessary critical acumen. Porphyry confronts the problem of

Christian identity by drawing a contrast between Ammonius and Origen:

For Ammonius was a Christian, brought up in Christian doctrine by his

parents; yet when he began to think and study philosophy, he immediately

changed his way of life conformably to the laws; but Origen, a Greek

educated in Greek learning, drove headlong towards barbarian recklessness;

. . . and while his manner of life was Christian [kata m¢n tUn b.on

Xristian≪w z≪n] and contrary to the law, in his opinions about material

things and the Deity he played the Greek, and introduced Greek ideas into

foreign fables [•llhn.zvn te ka‹ ta NEllAnvn to›w Uyne.oiw IpoballOmenow

mEyoiw].157

In Porphyry’s account, both Ammonius and Origen straddle the supposedly

fixed gulf between Greek and barbarian. In Porphyry’s staunchly

polarized world, however, such hybridity threatened the carefully constructed,

hierarchical dichotomy between Greeks and others. Ammonius

resolved this identity crisis by opting for the better (Greek) option. It is

not accidental that Ammonius’ transformation from Christian to Greek

parallels Porphyry’s own abandonment of the provinces for Athens and

Rome. Origen, on the other hand, is merely playacting. Though Origen

and other Christians may hide their barbarism behind the mask of Greek

language and reading practices, Porphyry can see through this disguise.

155. HE 6.19.5 (GCS n.f. 6:558). Among those who argue for the authenticity of

Porphyry’s meeting with Origen, see Beatrice, “Porphyry’s Judgement,” 351–67.

156. HE 6.19.8 (GCS n.f. 6:560).

157. Contra Christianos fr. 39 (Harnack, 64–65) (= HE 6.19.5–9; trans. J. E. H.

Oulton, Eusebius: Ecclesiastical History, Books VI–X, LCL [Cambridge, MA:

Harvard University Press, 1932], 59, emphasis added).

310 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

The anti-Christian oracles in Philosophy from Oracles are of a piece

with this attack on Christian identity. The oracles fall into two general

categories: comparisons of Christianity with Judaism and oracles concerning

Christian worship of Jesus. The first of these anti-Christian oracles

is preserved in the nineteenth book of Augustine’s City of God. Porphyry

reports an oracle of Apollo in response to a pagan man who wishes to

know how he should deal with a Christian wife. It is futile to make an

apostate of a wife who has turned to Christianity, Apollo prophesizes:

“Let her go as she pleases, persisting in her vain delusions, singing in

lamentation for a god who died in delusions, who was condemned by

right-thinking judges, and killed in hideous fashion by the worst of

deaths.”158 This oracle repeats a stock anti-Christian polemic. Pagan critics

of Christianity often denigrated what they saw as the worship of a

crucified criminal. But according to Augustine, Porphyry followed this

oracle with a comparison of Christian and Jewish worship. First, Porphyry

asserts that the oracle indicated not only the “incurability” of the

Christians, but also “that the Jews uphold god more than the Christians.”

159 Porphyry, it will be remembered, ranked the “Hebrews” among

the peoples who had “learned the ways of the blessed.”160 Augustine

claims that Porphyry “denigrate[s] Christ in preferring the Jews to the

Christians.”161 Augustine then quotes again from Porphyry’s compilation,

this time citing an oracle that locates elements of universal philosophy

within Judaism: “Truly, at god, the begetter and king before all, the

heavens and earth and sea and the hidden places of the underworld

tremble and the daimones themselves shudder; their law is the father

whom the holy Hebrews honor.”162 It appears that Porphyry wished to

draw a distinction between the Jews, whose traditions contain elements

of universal validity, and the Christians, who in his estimation worship a

mere human. The Jews might be provincials, but the Christians were even

worse, for Jewish traditions, at least, evinced some aspects of universal

truth. Judaism was perfectly acceptable to Porphyry because it was the

158. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 343F, lines 8–16 (Smith, 392–93) (= De Civ. Dei 19.23;

trans. Bettenson, City of God, 884–85).

159. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 343F (Smith, 392–93) (= De Civ. Dei. 19.23; trans.

Bettenson, City of God, 885).

160. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 323F (Smith, 371) (= PE 9.10.1–2).

161. Augustine De Civ. Dei 19.23 (trans. Bettenson, City of God, 885).

162. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 344F (Smith, 393) (= De Civ. Dei 19.23, 30–37); note that

Lactantius, De ira Dei 23.12, preserves the same oracle in Greek: §w d¢ yeUn basil∞a

ka‹ §w genet∞ra prU pantvn, ˘n trom°ei ka‹ ga›a ka‹ oEranUw }d¢ yalassa tartareo.

te muxo‹ ka‹ da.monew §rr.gasin.

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 311

ancestral tradition of a distinct people. This sort of locatedness assured

that Porphyry could easily “map” Jews into his ecumenical philosophy.

Straddling the border between Greek and barbarian, however, Christians

disavowed any cultural or geographic rootedness.

In order to reposition Christianity within his ecumenical philosophy,

Porphyry took a somewhat radical approach. If some of Porphyry’s oracles

of Apollo reiterate standard criticisms of Christianity, Porphyry’s second

anti-Christian oracle is something quite different among anti-Christian

polemics. “That which we are about to say may appear to be paradoxical

to some,” Porphyry boasts, “for the gods declared Christ to be most

pious and to have become immortal, and they remember him with

praise.”163 While “Apollo” had uttered a standard denigration of Jesus,

“Hecate” appears to praise Christ as a wise man whose soul has become

immortal after death.164 Hecate’s opinion of Christ is quite different from

that of other anti-Christian polemicists. Most of these polemicists preferred

to disparage Christ in comparison with pagan holy men. Hierocles,

for example, focused his Lover of Truth around a negative comparison of

Jesus with Apollonius of Tyana. Some have argued that Porphyry uses the

Hecatean oracle to establish a kind of entente with the Christians, that is,

on condition that they recognize their error in deifying Jesus and recognize

that he in fact preached the one true religious philosophy shared by

all people of good common sense.165

Though the oracle is preserved by both Eusebius and Augustine, Eusebius

edits the oracle so as to obscure Porphyry’s polemical intentions.166 Eusebius

softens the oracle by excising lines that are much more critical of Christ

and Christianity. Augustine, however, preserves these important lines:

Now that soul of which we speak gave a fatal gift to other souls, . . . that

fatal gift is entanglement in error. That is why they [Christians] were hated

by the gods, because not being fated to know god or to receive gifts from

the gods, they were given by this man the fatal gift of entanglement in error.

For all that, he himself was devout and, like other devout men, passed into

heaven. And so you shall not slander him, but pity the insanity of men.

From him comes for them a ready peril of headlong disaster.167

163. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 345F (Smith, 395–98) (= Eusebius DE 3.7.1); and compare

fr. 345aF (Smith, 395–98) (= De Civ. Dei. 19.23).

164. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 345aF, line 34 (Smith, 397) (= De Civ. Dei 19.23).

165. Wilken, Christians as the Romans Saw Them, 152–53.

166. Michael Bland Simmons, Arnobius of Sicca. Religious Conflict and Competition

in the Age of Diocletian (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1995), 222–29.

167. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 345aF, lines 46–60 (Smith, 397) (= De Civ. Dei 19.23; trans.

Bettenson, City of God, 886).

312 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

In its reluctant acceptance of Jesus as a blessed soul at the same time that

it impugns Christians and Christianity, this was an insidiously effective

polemic. Instead of rejecting Jesus out of hand, Hecate usurps the very

object of Christian worship. By assimilating the founder of Christianity

within his universal philosophy, Porphyry makes Jesus innocuous. Christ

becomes one more entry in Porphyry’s encyclopedic collection of foreign

sages, another example of the liberation of the soul—a path open to all

who can understand the philosophy to be gained from oracles (or all

those who can understand Porphyry’s Philosophy from Oracles).

It was bad enough that Christians placed their hope of salvation in a

mere human being; it was worse that Christians claimed this man as the

sole and universal source of salvation. In reality, Porphyry argued, Jesus

was as mortal as any other human being, and like other souls, Jesus’ soul

was rewarded with immortality only because it had achieved wisdom.168

This misperception about Jesus’ true identity was symptomatic of a confusion

Porphyry thought endemic to Christianity, and Porphyry intended

to put Christians back in their place. The Hecatean oracle helped Porphyry

disabuse Christians of their misplaced universal claims about Jesus.

Similarly, if Christians denied that they were reducible to the hierarchical

differences on which Porphyry’s authority and privilege as a Greek philosopher

in the Roman Empire depended, if they claimed to be neither

Jew nor Greek, Porphyry took it upon himself to remind them that they

were really nothing other than a group of Greeks and barbarians confused

about their own identities.

CONCLUSION

Diocletian’s conservative religious policies were aimed at securing and

revitalizing the empire through the revival of tradition.169 Galerius’ edict

ending the persecution in 311 c.e confirms that concern for tradition was

one of the principal reasons for beginning the persecution eight years

earlier: Christians had “abandoned the way of life of their own fathers.”170

The notion that the safety and success of the empire depended on the

traditional worship of the gods was shared by emperors and intellectuals.

168. Phil. ex Orac. fr. 345aF, lines 22–39 (Smith, 396–97) (= De Civ. Dei 19.23);

and see Simmons, Arnobius, 226–27.

169. For a brief discussion of Diocletian’s conservative policies, see W. H. C. Frend,

Martyrdom and Persecution in the Early Church (Oxford: Oxford University Press,

1965), 477–81. For an in-depth discussion, see Williams, Diocletian.

170. HE 8.17.6 (GCS n.f. 6:792; trans. N. Baynes, “The Great Persecution,” in

Cambridge Ancient History [Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1939; repr.,

1989], 12:672).

SCHOTT/PORPHYRY ON CHRISTIANS 313

An anonymous panegyrist captured this sentiment in an oration in praise

of Diocletian’s co-Augustus, Maximian: “You have earned, best of Emperors,

that felicity of yours by your piety.”171 Porphyry, however, was a

philosopher and man of letters whose polemics are focused on philological

and historical critiques of Christian texts. If Porphyry had anything in

common with the persecution hawks in Diocletian’s court, some argue, it

was only this shared distaste for the Christian neglect of tradition.172 In

his Letter to Marcella, Porphyry echoes Maximian’s panegyrist: “This is

the greatest fruit of piety—to honor the divine according to ancestral

custom.”173 According to Eusebius, moreover, Porphyry’s rationale for

the forced repression of Christianity stressed the relationship between the

social good and traditional piety: “How are those who reject the ancestral

gods, on account of whom every people and every city has endured, not in

all ways impious and atheists?”174 Porphyry, of course, had his own

rationale for supporting tradition. While the simpleminded might cultivate

piety merely to avoid the wrath of neglected gods, Porphyry thought

that traditional religion was of real benefit to the worshiper.175 By adhering

to tradition, the human soul progressed in virtue and became more

like God;176 this was the sort of cultivation that made cities and peoples

endure.

There was no point-for-point correlation between the “official” grounds

for persecution and any given individual’s reasons for supporting the

persecution. At the same time, we should be wary of the tendency to

distinguish between “pure” academic or religious discourses and the

overtly political discourse of imperial edicts. To do so ignores the political

reality in which an intellectual like Porphyry operated.177 Porphyry and

171. Panegyrici Latini 11.18.5 (text and trans. in C. E. V. Nixon and B. S. Rodgers,

In Praise of Later Roman Emperors: The Panegyrici Latini [Berkeley: University of

California Press, 1994], 102).

172. Bidez, Porphyre, 67–68; reiterated by Baynes, “Great Persecution,” 660; and

Beatrice, “Towards a New Edition,” 355.

173. Ad Marc. 18 (Nauck, 286).

174. PE 1.2.2 (GCS 43:8).

175. Ad Marc. 18 (Nauck, 286): “The altars of God, when consecrated, do no

harm, but when they are neglected, they do no good, either.”

176. Ad Marc. 19 (Nauck, 286–87): “Neither many sacrifices nor numerous

offerings honor God, but the finely established god-filled intellect is joined to God, for

it is necessary that like return to like.”

177. “. . . the general liberal consensus that ‘true’ knowledge is fundamentally nonpolitical

(and conversely, that overtly political knowledge is not ‘true’ knowledge)

obscures the highly if obscurely organized political circumstances obtaining when

knowledge is produced” (Edward Said, Orientalism [New York: Vintage, 1978; repr.,

1994], 10).

314 JOURNAL OF EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES

the emperors perceived the Christians as a threat to imperial order, an

order that depended on stark contrasts between ruler and ruled, metropolis

and province. Christians, so similar to Greek philosophers at the same

time that they seemed so entirely barbaric, transgressed these boundaries.

If Christians claimed to be neither Jew nor Greek, they would be put

back in their place. As Lactantius saw it, for instance, officials such as

Hierocles persecuted the Christians “as though he had subjugated a barbarian

people.”178 In Porphyry’s estimation, Christians had done more

than reject tradition; they had exchanged their ancestral gods in favor of

barbaric traditions:

To what punishments may fugitives from ancestral customs, who have

become zealots for the foreign mythologies of the Jews which are slandered

by all [Uyne.vn ka‹ para pcsi diabeblhm°nvn EIoudaik≪n muyologhmatvn

genOmenoi zhlvta.;], not be subjected? How is it not extremely depraved

and reckless to exchange native traditions [tU metay°syai . . . t≪n ofike.vn]

casually and take up, with unreasonable and unreflective faith, those of the

impious enemies of all peoples?179

Porphyry has chosen his words carefully. The antonyms Uyne.ow and

ofike.ow stress the differences between the traditions of one’s home city and

those of outsiders. Not a common word, Uyne.ow connotes an otherness

that is hostile and dangerous as well as “foreign.” Porphyry ascribed the

same sort of “foreignness” to Paul’s masquerade and Origen’s misguided

interpretive practices.180 He can tolerate a Jewish Paul or a Greek Origen,

but he cannot abide either’s attempts to pass as something else. Porphyry’s

vocabulary betrays his anxiety over Christian transgressions of identity at

the same time that it reasserts a difference between center and periphery.

As Christians “cut some sort of new directionless desert path, keeping

neither to the ways of the Greeks or the Jews,”181 Porphyry welcomed the

use of imperial force as a means to give teeth to his verbal efforts to

reestablish imperial geography in the face of its desertification at the

hands of the Christians.

Jeremy M. Schott is Assistant Professor of Religious Studies at the

University of North Carolina at Charlotte

178. Inst. Div. 5.11.15 (CSEL 19:435).

179. PE 1.2.3 (GCS 43:9) (= Contra Christianos fr. 1).

180. Paul: ı polAw §n t“ l°gein Asper t≪n ofike.vn lOgvn §pilayOmenOw . . . ktl.

(Apocr. 3.31.1 [= Contra Christianos fr. 28]); Origen: ta NEllAnvn to›w Uyne.oiw

EpoballOmenow mEyoiw (HE 6.19.7 [= Contra Christianos fr. 39]).

181. PE 1.2.4 (GCS 43:9) (= Contra Christianos fr. 1).


ARABIC ISLAMIC CONQUESTS IN THE CHRONICLE OF SAINT MICHAEL THE GREAT Archbishop George Saliba

$
0
0

-The book is substantial and great since the beginning of creation until 1193, but therein you read about events which happened in 1195.

-It deals with history in general but particularly the church, and the mention of political events and news of wars and kings is often mentioned in connection with the church.

 

-History adopts many calendars, of which the years of creation.. The foundation of Babel.. The incarnation of God in the flesh… The history or Greece, which starts with Alexander in 311 BC which is adopted in the book, and which is adopted by the Syriarn writers and historians until the early twentieth century , and was then neglected. .Sometimes the year of a reigning monarch is relied upon, or a king, or a person in responsibility, by saying the year … of the reign of king …. , being … Greek year…

 

He always comes to the conclusion that God blessed or punished somebody, and always gives his opinion about an event or a fact, and comments on most events and deals with natural circumstances such as earthquakes, seismic activities, epidemics, drought, floods, abundance of crops and others.. It covers many stories of good persons, or the behaviors of evil persons who lead the reader to greater knowledge. .It treats with the Islamic conquests starting with the arrival of Mohammed the prophet of the Muslims, passing through the Rashideen Caliphas (Abu Baker, Othman, Omar ben Al Kllattab and Ali bin Abi Taleb) arriving to their military leaders and conquests till 1195 AD, the year with which he ends his book, and this is a subject with a very wide scope, which cannot be limited to one or several lectures, therefore I selected for this subject stages from the history of Saint Michael to put the audience and readers in the picture of what I have found suitable for my lecture.

 

I have adopted for this lecture the Syriac text and the Arabic translation for His eminence Mar Gregorios Saliba ChaInoun, Bishop of Mosul, Dar Mardin publications belonging to his eminence Mar Gregorios Youhanna Ibrahim, Bishop of Aleppo in 1996.

 

The year 451 the date of the holding of the Chalcedonian synod which is considered the worst period of Christian history, when the church was split and its internal and external situations worsened, and matters became aggravated, the situation of believers was troubled from the spiritual, belief, social and political points of view. Leon, bishop of Rome, is held chiefly responsible for the corruption and dissipation of the church and persecution of believers through the evil man, the real enemy of Christianity, Army commander, who later became King Marqaian, husband of Bulcharia, the nun who breached her religious vows and took revenge against her brother King Theodoseus the Great, who died in 450, after which the Roman Byzantine kingdom was inherited by his sole sister Bulcharia who was the first woman ever to sit on the throne of Byzantia itl all its History .

 

The goal of holding of the Chalcedonian synod was to destroy all that King Theodoseus and his successors that had built, in the church’s glories, confirmation of its true belief. This synod was the cause of the church’s disaster from the time it was held, which affected Christians in the following eras… Instead of spreading to reach all corners of the world to realize the beloved Christ’s will (go everywhere in the world, preach the Bible in witness of all creation). All attention was turned to the infighting behveen Christians to reach a void glory, a worthless authority in this world. The bishops and priests, and after them the people of influence and those seeking privilege and rank all forgot God’s word (those amongst you who would be first let them be your servants).. This is w hat made Leon the Roman and Marqaian, and later on Hercules and others seek powerand leadership, turning the church from a congregation of believers in our God Jesus Christ to a place of disputes, struggles, disaster, dissention and division of members of the household amongst themselves, which paved the way for other faiths and religions contradicting Christianity, and that in the persecutions exercised by the political authority, and the Church of Rome and Constantinople, imprisoning people, killing, exiling and attacking all those who contradict its belief and do not agree with its authority, which fact led believers and plain and pious folk to ask God for relief to be rid of their oppression as they were persecuted in the name of the Church and Christ, pursued and their priests, bishops and leaders killed by torture and vengeance.

 

In the face of this bitter fact and the corruption which proliferated througllout the Empire, East and West, drove the believers in God to seek deliverance from these tyrants who persecuted in an unbelievable way by any means possible. As a result of this situation Islam appeared under the leadership of and Arab nlan from Qureish who is (Mohamed the Prophet of God) who raised his call in the Arabian Peninsula (Allah wu Akbar). The audience responded to him and followed His call and waged their wars against the (polytheists) and all those that did not accept them and obey their orders and believe in their mission, imposing themselves by the power of the sword.

 

Due to the extent of the oppression from which the Syriacs and others suffered at the hands of the Byzantines and their allies, they cooperated with the conquerors coming from the Arabian peninsula and supported them against the oppressors, who were Christian in name, but in their acts far from Christianity and its concepts.

 

We read about these facts and data in details in the history of Saint Michael the Great and in the writings of all writers and historians who recorded the facts of the Arabic Islamic. conquests and their relations with the area’ s inhabitmlts with all the woes inflicted by them on the Christians… The Syriacs considered that all the sufferings they suffered at the hands of these conquerors were more merciflll than those suffered at the hands of the Byzantines.

 

A hard and painful history , but a fact and reality, which led the Syriacs, and at their head, their Patriarchs and Bishops to express their feelings in what Saint Michael the Great stated: “We thank you Oh God for delivering us from the hands of the vicious Byzantines and delivered us into the hands of the merciful Islamic Arabs. .so reflect. .”

 

And now we highlight the news of these conquests as they are related in the history of Saint Michael the Great and choose some stages staing from the appearance of the Arab prophet Mohamed, reaching the year 1195 ending this history passing by the Caliphas and leaders and kings, Islamic sultans and the circumstance through which the church lived during this difficult era, which in spite of its bitterness was more merciful during the Byzantine rule.

 

Saint Michael the Great starts the news of the coming of Islatn and its prophet Mohammed and the Arab Islamic conquests with article 11 as follows:

 

The period from the beginning of 6115 to Adam and year 593 AD and the Jewish year 992 in which Hercules reigned and Persia was ruled by Kisra and in this period the Arab Kingdom of (Muslims) started at the hand of Mohamed.

 

The beginning of Hercules’ reign and the events that took place in the church at that time

 

in the year Hercules ruled over the Greeks there was an eclipse for a period or four hours, the rain ceased, and all the plants died. There were no cereals so there was famine. During this year people from the Arabian Peninsula came to Syria, captured the women, stole, and destroyed several regions killing many and set on fire mercilessly.

 

The Persians invade the Greek regions

 

It is said about one of the Greek kings that he knew that his army was preparing itself to mutiny against him, so he incited them to fight amongst themselves, he told some of them to wear yellow clothes and others red clothes and they fought. By this trick he was able to rid himself of their evil and mutiny. But the Greek kings like Moriki and Foka and Hercules they lost their wisdom as they were far from God, so God delivered them to an unacceptable way of thinking « as he wrote: they started killing each other. For this reason there were great troubles in A1 Ruha. Kisra appointed one of the nobles Governor of the city, and he was greatly envied by the Ruhans, who complained about him, but Kisra rejected their complaints. They came to Kora regretfully and he believed tllem and did not rej~ct them, they requested him to visit Kisra and to ask him to decrease the taxes, which he did, and he took an order to behave in their interest as he wished. Upon his return two impudent Ruhans as delegates of the Ruhans to denounce him met him. When he learnt this he returned to Kisra and left them cursing him with the strength given to them by the devil, and he returned and told Kisra about the large amount of silver in Ruha, he instructed him to collect the silver from the population at large, from the churches, from the leaders and everywhere. He transferred from Ruha to Persia 120,000 pounds of silver .

 

Hercules ruled in 922 Hebrew, 611 AD, 21 Kisra; Foka was killed by the Greeks who killed Moziki and his sons. When he ascended the throne of the Kingdom, Hercules sent a delegation to Kisra, King of Persia, asking him to make peace, saying: We have killed Foka because he killed your friend King Moriki. Thinking that it is possible to reconcile by such deviousness, but Kisra was not deceived, for he was not satisfied with not concluding peace with the Greeks, but took from them several regions during this year in which Hercules ruled, when they invaded Antioch and occupied it, the Greek armies warred with the Persians. The Greeks were defeated after the Persians killed large numbers of them. During Hercules’ second years, Kisra’ s twenty-second year, Behram, Persia’s army commander occupied Kabadoukia, the Caesars’ place, and many of its inhabitants were killed, captured their women and pillaged and returned. In Hercules’ fourth year Shahrbarz subjugated Damascus to the Persians, and in the following year occupied al Khalil and the Jordan basin. In Hercules’ sixth year Shahrbarz occupied Jerusalem, entered therein and killed ninety thousand of its inhabitants.

 

The Jews used to buy the Christians from the Persians for a very low price and killed them.

 

The emergance of Islam and Mohamed

 

In the Hebrew year 933, 622 AD the twelfth year of Hercules, the thirty third year of Kisra the Kingdom of the Arabs (Muslims) started after the appearance in the Yasrib region of Mohamed, who Was a member of the Qureish tribe, and he said he Was the prophet, and his followers « Muslims » or « Ismailis » or « Hajiriin » after Hajir and Ismail, Sirkiin after Sara, Midyaniin sons Of Qatoor, but even if they had many names, their main name was the « Arabs » after the fertile Arabian peninsula, their nation, bordered by the Euphrates in the North to the Southern Sea, and from the Read Sea to the Persian Gulf in the East.

 

Mohamed bin Abdullah used to go to Palestine to trade, he was acquainted with the Jewish dogrna and with the uniqueness of God through his talks with them, and when he saw his people worshipping stones, timber and the like he preferred the Jewish dogma and had a penchant for it. When he returned to his nation, he launched this dogma on his people; in the beginning few obeyed but they slowly increased. Wllen he became strong he ordered them officially to obey hirn, sometimes threatening them and sometimes praising Palestine, saying: this good land was given to these people due to their belief in one God, adding: if you obey me and refuse these false Gods, and believe in one God, God will give you that good land. He started to send delegations to Palestine so that they will hear Words to believe him and recognize him. He went himself several times without being hurt. He brought much money and booty. They believed what he said because they had an inclination for money, which made the matter a habit, so they started to go there, even those who were not yet obeying him. They Went to steal because they saw his companions becoming wealthy, which they Wanted also to be. When the number of his followers grew, he no Jonger went as the head of the delegation who accompanied him, but sent others at the head of his army, staying peacefully in his city, he no longer used persuasion, but the sword, and those against him were killed. After a time his armies started to invade certain regions and capture, and when he had a big influence he stat1ed to tax these regions.

 

A permanent Kingdom was established, which became stronger after the succession from one person to another, and they ruled many Greek regions. Then Persia fell to them. He laid down the law to them considering it handed down to him by God, so he taught them to believe in one God creator of everything and in the one hypostasis not born and not begotten, without a likeness or partner.

 

He did not accept the books of Moses and the prophets and a part of the New Testament, but left most of it and had a penchant for the simple things.

 

His view of Christ is :

 

Christ is the person whose coming was proclaimed by the prophets, but as a good person and a prophet, like all the other prophets, not a God or the son of God, like we the Christians believe, but he is greater than the other prophets because he was not born of a marriage, but by the word of God to Mary, as he created Adam from the Earth, then he instilled him the Holy Spirit, and he became good. That is why they sometimes refer to him as « the word and spirit of God considering him God’s servant and born of God’s word, rather than « the Son of God » which we the Christians use, because he was born of him without pain, as the word from the mind.

They look upon it materially, and accuse us that we believe that God created him from a woman, in their view Mary daughter of Amran, sister of Haroun and Moses. But as to the crucifixion of Jesus by the Jews, most of them do not admit this, but the say »: God created a likeness of Jesus in one of his disciples, who was crucified and died, but Jesus disappeared because God took him to Paradise, their belief in Paradise being silly. They say: Paradise contains material food and drink, marriage and sleeping on gold beds and mattresses of ostrich feathers, and rivers of milk and honey and trees bearing delicious fruits ».

They attribute to God destiny and luck, and they may marry four women and as many slaves as they want. If one of them divorces his wife by oath, he may not recover her without first giving her to another man, Who dissolves his oath, at which time he may return her to him.

They pray five times per day, and at each prayer perform four kneelings. They believe in the resurrection of the dead and the day of reckoning, and compensation for good deeds, each according to his deeds. They are fond of love of people and their physical cravings. Food, drink, clothes, severalty of spouses, no objection to divorcing one wife and marrying another.

They fast for thirty days and feast for thirty night until dawn. They perfonn their ablutions in water before prayer and wash their members and in case of coming near a woman or wet dreams, they purify their whole body and then pray. Their orientation is towards AL Qa’ aba, wherever they are and they practice circumcision on males and females without adhering to Moses’ law which dictates that the circumcision is performed on the eighth day, but they perfonn it in any year they want”

 

The situation of the Persians after their victory over the GreeKs and occupation of their country, where there Was division befween them and lost their victories. And the Greeks who persecuted us as was their custom after they ruled over several countries, and the start of the Arab (Muslim) Kingdom in the twelfth year of Hercules the Roman, 35th year of Kisra King of the Persians. He ruled first in Yasrib in Hebrew year 933, 622 AD, 6103 of Adam.

 

During this period Anastas, Orthodox patriarch of A.Iexandria died. lie was I succeeded by Androniches who sent a letter to the Patriarch of Antioch Athanasios to renew the union between them. The Chalcedonians had a patriarch in Alexandria named Koros.

 

The Greek again occupied Egypt and expelled the Persians. Koros’ presence caused the persecution there of the believers, and the believers of Syria and between Tigris and the Euphrates. Hercules came to Syria, reached Al Ruha, and was well received by the clergy and monks. The large number of monks surprised him, and when he knew about their dogma he told some of the people with him how can we leave this wonderful people far from us? He entered the city and attended to reconciliation of the two sides. During the feast he visited our Orthodox Church and showed excessive respect to the people. At the end of the service he came forward to take communion in the habit of the Christian kings, but was prevented by Ishaya, the city’s bishop, from taking communion and said: If you do not excommunicate the synod of Chalcedonia and Thomas Leon in writing, I do not allow you to touch the sacraments. Hercules was angry and expelled the bishop from the church and handed it over to the Chalcedonians, and the leaders who were at the head of the Al Rasafiya, Talmahri, Kosma bin Arabay families and others also went out of the church with the bishop, they who had equipped the church with all its fittings and Waqfs, expecting to return to the church with the bishop after the King left. When the king went to Mambij, Patriarch Athanasius met him, accompanied by twelve bishops and spent twelve days with him in discussion, and he asked them for a leaflet on tlleir dogma. They presented him with the above mentioned leaflet, when he read it he praised their belief, and asked them to give him communion, and accept the document which he had issued in which he recognized two unified natures for Christ and one will and one act like Kerillos, but they noticed that he confonned with Mistoor and Leon, so they rejected it, so Hercules was angry and wrote to all regions of the Kingdom: Anyone who does not agree with Chalcedonia’s synod will have his nose and ears cut off, and hi5house robbed. All tllis persecution continued for a not inconsiderable time, so many of the priests accepted this synod. The trickery of the monks of Maroun, the monks of Mambij and Horns, and the Southern regions became apparent. Thus most of the accepted this synod, violated the churches and convents, and Hercules did not allow any of the Orthhodox to visit him and did not accept their complaints regarding the violation of tlleir churches.

 

God alone has power over everything, and he changes rule as he wishes, and gives it to whoever he wants, and helps the weak, He saw the treachery of the Greeks who robbed our churches and monasteries whenever they became strong in rule and judged us mercilessly, he sent the sons of Ismail from the South to be our deliverance from the hands of the Greeks (Byzantines). But the churches we lost due to the violation of the Chalcedonians remained in their hands, because when the Arabs entered the city they left to each sect their own churches. We lost during this period the great church of Ruha, the church of Harran, but we our benefit was not mall because we were liberated from the hypocrisy of the Greeks (Byzantines) and from their evil, savagery and their bitter rancor against us and we enjoyed tranquility.

 

In Mohamed’s first year Shahbarzar the Persian occupied Ankora, then Rhodes and Kisra treated those who fell under his hands viciously. The tongue cromot express the horrors of the thefts, taxes, violations and killings, which happened after Kisra’ s victory.

 

In Hebrew year 936, year 15 Kisra, 4 Hegira (Mohamed) Shaharbaraz and Kidrikin invaded Constantinople and their annies reached Turkey and from there they invaded the Western side and occupied the city for a period of one year and tightened the grip around the city until hope of his removal subsided, but deliverance crone unexpectedly. Kisra heard that Shaharbaraz did not take him into consideration and regarded him as haughty proud of a victery not of his making. He instructed Kadrikin to behead him, but the Greeks captured the messenger, and when Hercules returned with the order, he called for Shaharbaraz and swore to him that it was true that Kisra had plotted against him. Shallarbaraz I thought of a trick and changed Kisra’s letter inserting the phrase: “and 300 of the leaders will be killed with Shaharbaraz” .When the letter was read Shaharbaraz told Kidrikin, “can you do this?” The leaders were very angry and mocked Kisra and made a truce with Hercules and the Persians gave Hercules some hostages fulfilling the agreement between them, and amongst the hostages the son of Shaharbaraz. The Persians returned. Hercules sent to Khakan king of Kharaz asking for 40,000 soldiers to wage war against the king of the Persians. He replied to him the army will leave Kasfiah gate and meet with you wherever you wish. Hercules promised against that to marry his daughter Odessa to Khakan. Hercules set off towards Armenia. He expelled the Persians from each region he reached, and populated them with Romans. When Kisra heard that Shaharbaraz had mutinied and that Hercules was heading for his country he was very upset, he united the Persians with the Romans and he defeated tlle Persians and killed their leader. When Kisra heard that his forces had been killed he escaped from Sakarta (Hamrata -is it Malltnarata) leaving behind his money and his wealth. Hercules pursued and entered the fortress of Sakarta, stole the wealth and burnt the city .He released Shiri bin Kisra from prison where his father had imprisoned. When he knew about his father’ escape he chased him, caught him, killed him and became the ruler.

 

Hercules returned to spend winter in Athur, hoping to chase Kisra later on, but Shiri told him that he had killed his father, so he made peace with him, in which he stipulated that the Persians should leave the G reek’ region and return to their countries. Hercules oriented himself to the Syrian regions, which the Persians had left and sent his brother Thawidriki there. When the Persians learnt about the conciliation from the letters of Shiri and Shaharbaraz, they did not take notice and said: we shall not bow down to Shiri. The Jews helped the Persians because of their rancor against the Christians. When Thawidriki reached Ruha, they cursed him, mocked him, resisted him and the Persians gathered and promised to leave the city. A Jewish man named Joseph was afraid the people would perish, threw himself from the fence at night and went to Hercules in Tilala and solicited him to instruct Thawidriki to forgive them their mistreatment. Thawidriki entered Ruha, expelled the Persian, gathered the Jews, and when he started to kill them Joseph arrived carrying an order not to harm them, then Hercules came to Ruha and from there crossed into the cities of Syria.

 

The Persian Shiri died in Hebrew year 940 after ruling for nine months, and was succeeded by his son Ardashir, but Shaharbaraz killed him and took over the reign and confirmed the agreements between the Greeks and himself. In Hebrew year 941. 20 Hercules, 2 Abi Baker the Persians left Egypt and Palestine and all the regions of Greece and returned to Persia were they split and some followed Shaharbaraz and others attached themselves to Kidrikin. Shaharbaraz asked Hercules for help, who sent an army to help him and killed Kidrikin and ruled for one year. Then he was killed by one of his relatives, a friend of Kisra, Barim succeeded him, daughter of Kisra, for a few months after which she died and her sister Zarundacht succeeded her. Within two years many people ruled Persia and died.

 

Various events

After Mohamed ruled for seven years he died and Abu Bakr came after him for a period of two years and seven months, the Ruhans returned from Persia, and those who did not were considered a colony. Herclues fell because he contradicted the Law by marrying Martina his brother’s daughter and he had an illegitimate son by her named Harkalon.

 

After Kora punished Ruha and the old silver and vases of the church were stolen as well as the silver which decorated the altars, as well as the domes and four pillars and other pillars, and sent to Kisra more that 100,000 pounds, Kisra ordered that the Ruhans be captured and sent to Persia as soon as possible. Satrap was a wise man who believed it was not a good idea that they be sent at one time but in stages, hoping that a reprieve would arrive from the king. After he sent the first consignment he heard that Hercules was on his way to Persia and the remainder of the people stayed in Ruha. Sergi bin Iwanis Rasfiya who we mentioned earlier was amongst the captured from whom Patriarch Talmahri got his history for six centuries: in Hebrew year 932, 17 Hercules, 37 Kisra, 6 Mohamed half the light of the sun disappeared and continued from October until June and the people thought the sun’s globe would not return as before. In this year there was a plague which spread in Palestine and which claimed victims.

 

The exodus of the Muslims to the Greek and Persian regions and the union made between Athanasius with Tikrits.

 

We mentioned how the kingdom of the Muslims was created, who invaded, robbed, ambushed and bothered in Mohamed’s time. After Mohamed’s death Abu Baker succeeded him and he sent four leaders at the head of armies, one to Palestine and another to Egypt and a third to Persia and a fom1h against Arab Christian and they all came back triumphant. The one that went to Palestine arrived to Caesaria. The Bitrik Sergi gathered an army composed of Greeks and Samaritans composed of five thousand foot soldiers and prepared to fight the Muslims. But the Muslim side was stronger and they overcame the Greeks and eliminated the Samaritans first. When the Bitrik saw this he turned his back and fled. The Muslims expelled and defeated them. Suddenly Bitrik fell from his horse, so they remounted him on his horse from which he fell a second time and he again remounted the horse. He was chased and fell for the third time. He told those with him leave me and save yourselves, lest you drink with me the cup of death which God has imposed on our kingdom because there is no justice, they left him and fled, the attackers reached him and killed him with a blow from the sword. The Muslim continued to chase the Greeks until evening and only a few of them survived. This news was spread in Caesaria, and thus the efforts of Muslims was fruitful wherever they  went, and kings and their armies always took them into account.

 

In September Hebrew year 945, 634AD, there was a violent earthquake, followed by a sign from sky, similar in appearance to the freedom coming from the South towards the North remaining thirty days, and many though this a sign of the coming of the Muslims. During this period Hercules king of the Greeks issued orders that all the Jews in his kingdom should be baptized and become Christians. Some of them escaped from the Greek regions and came to Ruha and when they were squeezed they escaped to Persia, while many of them were baptized and becatne Christians.

 

The beginning of the Arab Islamic kingdom and the death of his beautitude Patriarch Mar Athanasius.

 

In Hebrew year 942 Patriarch Mar Athanasius died and was buried in Jeremiah monastery , he was succeeded by his disciple Youha.nna known as Abi Assadarat of Osepona monastery .In Alexandna Andromki ruled after Anastas to be succeeded by Benjamin and both of them sent letters of allegiance to Mar Athanasius before his death. At the same time the Muslims killed a large number of monks in Deir Kadar and Deir el Banat upon their entry into Persia and arrival at Jebel Mardin near Ras el Ain when they  were accused of being Persian spies. The remaining monks lived in the desert west of a sour river, and they found a spring, and built a monastery along side it which they called Deir Bith Rihir. The head of Deir al Banat had called it by this name after the egg of a certain bird found by Jacob the founder of this monastery.

 

In Hebrew year 946, 24 Hercules, 13 Hegira Abu Bakr died after ruling for two years and was succeeded by Omar bin al Khattab, so he sent an army to the Arabian peninsula and occupied Basra and destroyed several cities. The following year Omar sent an army to Persia, and the Persians were divided and in conflicts, as some of them wanted Yazdajard bin Kisra and others Hurmazad, the war raged between them and the Muslims triumphed, the Persians were killed and their kingdom was weakened, and later on Hurmazad was killed, so Yazdajard ruled.  The Muslims triumphed over the Persians and the Greeks.

 

Fall of the Church of the resurrection

 

At this time there was a terrible earthquake, and at the same time there was a solar eclipse; as a result of the earthquake the Churches of the resurrection and Jiljilah and other places fell down, bishop Madostos the Chalcedonian rebuilt them. At this time the Persians attacked the Greeks and Ashaya bishop of Ruha was expelled with all the Orthodox bishops and the Chalcedonians entered the churches. After a while the Mllslims rllled over the area between the Tigris and the Euphrates, and the Chalcedonian bishop Koros was expelled from Ruha, and the Orthodox bishops returned to their sees thrughout the areas of Muslim influence. In this period there was a deadly epidemic tllfoughout the regions of Syria and Phoenicia and a huge star in the shape of a Greek person appeared, and an earthquake shook the region of Armenia and destroyed several places.

 

The decline of the Persian kingdom and the progress of Muslims

 

In the fourth year of Omar bin al Khattab, Calipha of Muslims, the Muslims invaded the Syrian regions to the banks of the Euphrates. In the fifth year of Omar, the Greeks of the Arab region waged war on the Arabs and the city of Bou Satra known as al Mukhtara .located on the river known as « al Yarmouk » the Greeks were heavily defeated and left the region and the war took place as follows: the leader Banis and ibn Shaharbaraz both Persians gathered an army and proceeded towards Damascus to protect this region. The Muslim Calipha opposed them, and a great number of them were killed and when they reached Damascus they made their camp near the river Farfar, known by Muslims as « Karoun ». In the following year Muslims came to Damascus, the Batrik was afraid and contacted the king’s agent in Ruha, he gathered ten thousand soldiers and met Batrik in Horns with sixty thousand, they fought and lost. On that day forty thousand soldiers of the Greek army were killed with Banis and the King’s agent. Most of them were drowned in « al Yannouk » river. But the ibn Shaharbaraz survived and surrendered to the Muslims. Omar came to Horns and wrote a letter to the Calipha Omar in which he said give me the command and an army and I will go to Persia and subjugate it completely. When Omar read the letter he wanted to execute its contents but Kisra’ s daughters who were captured in Harran told the Calipha «do not be tricked by his lying words » and they told him what Shaharbaraz and his son did with Kisra and his sons. He who does not respect his oath to his king and sons and kills them by treachery , how will he keep his oath to you ? He wants to mutiny and rule. Omar listened to their words and caught ibn Shaharbaraz and crucified him in Horns.

 

The Muslim conquests

 

After their triumph over the Greeks Muslims came to Datnascus and gave peace to its inhabitants then they subjugated other cities. From there Omar sent Khaled (ibn al Walid) at the head of an army to Aleppo and Antioch regions. They killed a large number of people, none of whom were able to escape. No matter how much we talk about the hardships endured by Syria, we are still unable to speak about all of them because they are many. These catastrophes were due to God’s rage. At this time Saad left Yasrib and made camp in Aakoula near the city of el Koufa. Yazdajard king of the Persians gathered an army and sent it to fight the Muslim army; they made camp at the banks of the Eupluates near Aakoula and sent one of the sons of el Hira well versed in Arabic to spy on them, when he came near to them he thought to himself and said I will know from the answer of the one who meets me fIrst whose will be the victory. He saw a Bedouin sitting evacuating his bowels, eating bread and delousing his shirt. El Hiri spoke with the Bedouin in Arabic saying “what are you doing?” he answered ”as you can see I am ingesting the new and evacuating the old and killing my enemies. ” El Hiri was disturbed by these words and said to himself: ” A new people will enter, and the old will go away, and the Persians will be killed. ” He returned and told this to the Persians, saying: “you have found a naked, weak people without shoes, but courageous”, he disclosed to the leader what he saw and his thoughts. When the two armies met the Persians were defeated and he expelled them till Qatsafoon located near the Tigris and one of the leaders of the Persians escaped armed with armor, and he was chased by a Bedouin anned only with a spear. In one of the villages the Persian found a person in a field and asked him to direct him to place where he could escape the person chasing him. He hid him. He remained hidden for some time thinking he was being chased by many. After a while a man came not wearing battle dress, riding a horse, not appearing like a soldier, he was surprised and said: “How does a man with all this armor and various weapons, with a large body and imposing look run away afraid from an ugly man?” That man was angry and held the Persian in low esteem because he ran away and disappeared before a Bedouin. The Persian said to him: “Don’t blame me, but listen to me and look with your eyes to believe, he removed an arrow and threw it at a metal wire and pierced it and said: “with such a throw I attacked the Bedouin several times but his sleeve threw off the arrows as if they were flies. You see their victory is through God, which is what made me run away. ”

 

When the Muslims learnt of the ceremony which was to be held in Saint Simon al Amoody’s monastery in Koura Antioch they came and captured so many people, countless men women and children, and the Christians were disappointed and asked: “why did God allow this?”. If one thinks carefully about this one knows that Justice allowed this to happen because the Christians got drunk and gorged themselves and danced during the martyrs’ feasts, instead of fasting, praying, thus angering God who by his justice punishes us and makes us weep.

 

The killing of Marwan and unification of the Arab nation. Constantine king of the Greeks and the congress he held in Constantinople known as the seventh congress at which decisions were taken banning prostration and excommunicated Iwani bin Mansour, Georgy the Damascenes, Georgy the Cypriot. The Orthodox Church within which there were disagreements caused by Athanasius the cobbler by envy of the devil.

 

A strange apparition

 

While Abdullah prince of the Muslims was encamped somewhere in the West, a loud noise erupted in the camp, and the people were walking quickly to the cemetery shouting, so the prince went with his entourage to investigate and see with his eyes what had happened. They saw that eight of the dead had risen. Some of them appeared up to their chests above the ground, and some up to their back, others to their knees and amongst them there were those who had dyed their beards with Henna, as was the habit amongst the Muslims, and many recognized them, when they spoke to them they did not reply. Amidst everybody’s amazement the army commander ordered that they should be left alone, and no one approached them, hoping they would later talk to say their stories. Each went to his home on that day, with the exception of those who had been posted guards on them. On the following day he came to them and found them not speaking. The commander ordered them to be reburied, and the people returned to their houses in amazement.

 

On Sunday Hebrew year 1065, 754AD  there was total darkness and no one could find their way back from the church. They lit the lanterns. The darkness continued for about three hours. This was repeated in April for a period of three days, but not as dark as in February In that year the plague spread allover the place, particularly in Athur, Mosul. In the same year , before the sun rose, the star known as the sword appeared stretching to the East from the West. In this year Constantine the King held a synod of Chalcedonian bishops in Constantinople, Alada, Kilikia and Sicily to study the matter of image worshiping. They decided that they should not be worshipped at all, and this synod was named the seventh.

 

Some of them objected to its being considered an official synod as it did not deal with dogmatic definitions. The Chalcedonians hate this king and named him hater of icons because he convened a synod and decreed icon were not to be worshipped, he excommunicated Iwanis and Georgy the Damascenes and Georgy the Cypriot, because they accepted Maximus’ teachings. King Constantine was wise in his thinking, of sound faith so the Chalcedonians hated him.

 

After his defeat and return in failure, Marwan was ashamed to stay in Harran, so he loaded his wealth on three thousand camels and traveled to Askalan on the seacoast, he was pursued by Abdullah bin, so he escaped. Abdullah sent an army to catch up with him and they found him camped at the Nile in the city of Siwani at the Nubian border, there was a war between them in which Marwan was killed and Abdullah was the sole ruler in all Muslim countries.

 

In that year Constantine laid siege to Malatia and erected catapults on it alld destroyed part of its wall. Eventually he told the Muslims living there not to be afraid and left them to their own devices, he captured the people of Modia and other Armenian villages. In the same year Hebrew year 1064, 753AD, 135AH Abdullah Abu al Abbas died after ruling for four years and ten months. When Abdullah bin Ali heard of the death of Abdullah Abu al Abbas, he became king of the Persians and Muslims, and there was a conflict between them because Abu al Abbas, before he died, ordered Abu al Abbas that the king should be Abu Jaafar,  who was preparing to travel to Mecca on a pilgrimage, bin Ali roamed about the cities as if he were the king, however Abu Jaafar, after becoming the ruler made battle with him in el Koufa with an army commanded by Abu Muslim and defeated him. Abu Muslim mutinied against Abu Jaafar in an attempt to become ruler, he wanted to kidnap the prince and Abu Jaafar learnt of this and sent a man called Abu Issa who tricked and brought him to him, and by order of Abu Jaafar he killed Abu Muslim, so the matters of Muslims were settled and were united under Abu Jaafar.

 

During this period Hebrew year 1124, 813AD, there appeared many rebels in the Muslim state like Nasr and Omar. Nasr and Omar went to Tarsanin and Bazbidi and Bmarin and Tishfa they plundered and burnt until they reached the village Chadiq and found in a small monastery outside the village a hermit who gave them all his possessions and those of his ilk, they then set fire to him and his hut. Omar went to Shmishat and built its fortress and lived there, but Nasr proceeded to Sarooj and imposed the tribute on it. The people in the Muslim state would gather around any man riding a horse and shout loudly. It was also like this in the Greek kingdom.

 

Five months after Satoriki bin Nikifoor’s reign the Berjerioun crone to the capital to fight him; during the war the king was wounded in his thigh, which swelled and exploded so he died. Some of the people said that his sister, Farookofia, daughter of Nikifoor had nominated him to be king after her husband. Then Michael became king, the Berjerioun came as far as the capital but he did not resist them, and he delegated the matter to commander Leon, who fought and defeated them, and killed their king, so the Greeks removed Michael and nominated Leon king over them, so he expelled Michael from the palace, shaved his head and put him in a monastery and overcame his children, Leon made a truce with the Berjerioun and gave them the salina for which they were fighting, Leon was from the village of Arkmanicus and reigned for seven and a half years, then he was killed by

another Michael who became king after him.

 

When Mohamed prince of the Muslims heard about the catastrophes caused by the rebels between the two rivers and the West he sent Hussein and released Abdulmalik from prison to attack the rebels. When the rebels learnt what was to happen, they stopped for awhile, Abdulmalik, the wise man, invited the rebels to make a truce, when his intention was otherwise, he had instructed the blacksmiths to make heavy chains with which to tie the rebels and send them to Baghdad. While the truce negotiations between Abdulmalik on the one had and Nasr and Omar on the other hand were taking place, a Persian saw a Muslim in the city of Qalinikoos and recognized him from the horse he was riding because it belonged to his father who was killed by Muslims in Sarooj. The Persian took this event as a pretext to fight the Muslims and a large number died from each side, then the rebels Nasr and Omar set fire to the road that links Rafika with Qalinikoos, they burnt al Amood monastery and fled. Hussein went to Baghdad to complain against Abdulmalik, but death overtook Abdulmalik in Qalinikoos.

 

On 11 May 1123 Hebrew calendar, 812AD there was a tofal eclipse which started at 9 and continued until 11, there was a darkness like the night and the starts appeared, the people lit the lamps, tllen the sun appeared for one hour..When the rebels learnt of the death of Abdulmalik, they once again plundered and stealing and controlling some areas, and the population rebuilt the wall of Shamishat with the hands of the poor Christians, Abu Shaq al Janwi built the wall of Ruha at the expense of the Ruhans, and he gathered the people of the South who were in Tishfa and let them live in the houses of Christians there.. Nasr controlled Ras Kifa, Sarouj, Kayshoom, and surrounded Kayshoom with three walls (16th other buildings were built by the eagles of Al Ruha Shamishat and Kayshoom during the reign of the Muslims 1125 and after a while the walls of Shmaishat and Kayshoom fell down.

 

Abdullal1 bin Hashim conquered Harran, and after him it was controlled by lbrahim while Omar conquered Tilla, and Habib: Ras el Ain, Abdullah: Mardin, Abbas: Koros. Othman ruled Qansharin and Antioch and Afamia. Mohamed was settled in Kilikia and erected accesses between the protectorates, and placed guards on them so that the district of Kilikia could be a safe haven for all those poor persecuted people. .Prince Mohamed sent Abdullah, prince of el Jezira to fight the rebels. They agreed, but there was no war by a stroke of intelligence, as he left each in his place, and opened the prince’s treasuries, which were in Rafika and stole the treasures. After that the rebels attacked Harran to conquer and rob it but they failed.

 

But Hussein went to Baghdad and complained about Andulmalik. His complaint was rejected and he started to consider rebelling.

 

The events that took place in the state of the Muslims in the reign of Al M.a’amoon, and those that took place in the.Greek nation.during the reign of King Michael. The events that happened in the church in the reign of Mar Dionisius.

 

While Ibrahim ibn Harran was walking in his high garden he saw new buildings, so he asked his drinking partners about them, they said they are new churches built by the Christians during your reign, matter which made the Muslims lose faith in you because you allowed those to build what had not been built during the time of the Greeks, and they accuse you of accepting bribes, he became angry and ordered the demolition of those new churches. Before sunset the altar of our great church in Harran and the altar of the church of the mother of God had been destroyed, as was part of the church of Saint George, and some of the churches of the Chalcedonians, Jews and Nestorians. The communities started to pray for mercy, In that night God changed his mind, and he was regretful. In the morning he called the Christians and requested them to rebuild what he had Pulled down, which they completed within a few days.

 

In that year there was no rain, and the crops did not bear fruit, there was insufficient wheat, wine and oil. In that year the people resisted Basilios, bishop of Tikrit, for his haughtiness and impolite behavior not only towards the believers, but also the pagans of Tikrit. He was not content to interfere only in the affairs of the church, but also interfered in the general taxes which were not his concern, and became very close to the ruler, he also interfered in the tribute until he imposed the tribute on the Muslims, the population was harmed because of him, and all the pigs were slaughtered in the streets, and despite all that he did not repent, but took a group with him to Baghdad to complain against Muslims, who went after him and entered first and presented a memorandum against the Christians concerning church bells, crosses, wine claiming that the pigs were entering the mosques, and they accused bishop Basilios and president Abdoun of blaspheming their prophet. A decree was issued banning all Christian rituals and the arrest of Basilio, and Abdoun, so the bishop fled, but Abdoun was given as a sacrifice to Christ, after he had been tempted to become a Muslim with the monies and ranks promised to him by Ma’amoun, then Ma’amoun used threats and torture in vain, so he threw him in jail and after he spent seven months in jail under torture he was martyred by decapitation by the sword in the middle of the court and was crucified, his martyrdom was accompanied by many great facts and miracles. As to Basilios who threatened the Muslims with expulsion from their homes, he was unable to even enter Tikrit. He left his see with the intention of rebelling against the see of Antioch. The worse than this he did not learn from what  happened to him.

 

In the Hebrew year 1130, 819AD, Ma’amoun returned to Baghdad frolll Kharasan, after he heard that his uncle Ibrahim had assumed the rule, and about the divisions and wars of the people of Baghdad and the presence of Hassan in el Koufa and Tahir in Rafika separately. When al Ma’amoun reached Baghdad, the Baghdadis left Ibrahim, and installed him on his father’s throne. But Ibrahim escaped and disappeared, Tahir went to meet Al Ma’amoun who accepted him and appointed him ruler in Kharasan in the Hebrew year 1132 as he trusted Ilim, and after his departure he called for his son Abdullah, received him warmly and placed him in his father’s place and ordered that he be in charge of justice for all his life, so the rebels became active, and Nasr bought the fortress of Deir Balesh and gathered his forces and went to Hani river near al Riqqa. When Isa turned against with a group of rabbles, he killed all of them and devastated the villages, stealing and capturing, which annoyed al Ma’ amoun, so he sent Chabib, the army commander, at the head of seven thousand men to face Nasr, so he was afraid and he sent al Ma’amoun a letter of allegiance, he answered him: “if you are sincere, come and walk on my carpet and I will reward you”, But his intention was to delay al Calipha, and Chabib prepared for war, and Nasr divided his forces into three and forbade the Persians from giving them food, but he was obliged by hunger, to go to war, and there were many casualties from both sides, and the Muslims escaped and Persians robbed the rabbles and eat and drink and squandering and insulting those inside the wall. The haughty Persian soldiers became cowards, Nasr returned to them, and they were defeated. Chabib felt the Arab weakness and went to Antioch to bring the gold that had been brought from Egypt during Hercules’ reign, so he sneaked in at night, Nasir felt his presence and was able to divert three thousand of his men and ordered them to throw down their weapons, which they did, and he arrested them and thereafter went after Chabib and caught him. The Persians were afraid and Nasr cried saying I shall give a horse and a thousand Dinars to anyone who follows me, a large numbel followed him and Chabib was forced to flee and returned to Baghdad with the few who remained with him in a sorry state which he deserved because he never prevented his forces from perpetrating crimes against the poor people. Nasr controlled the Persians with his army and killed even those who followed him and threw down their arms. After he returned from. his fight with Chabib he knew that the Yemeni group who were in Mambij had rebuilt the villages on the coast of Shaghour river known to the Muslims as Sajoor. He made an ambush with his army as they went work, and killed them including the women of all ages. The survivor went to Deir Bureen, which he burnt down killing them all. The soldiers killed all those throwing themselves with the sword and that is how the sword killed a large number of those and the soldiers took their heads and went to Sarooj.

 

In the reign of Rominos bin Basil King of the Greeks, and Abi al Abbas Qadir, Calipha of the Muslims. And patriarch Mar Youhanna bin Abdoun whom the Calchedonians banished to Constantinople where he died.

 

In the Hebrew year 1348, 1037 AD there was a great famine in the world. There was an increase in the deaths of humans, animals and wild animals, birds so that everybody thought the world would end. The Calchedonians increased tlleir persecution of the Orthodox in Malatia and its environs and forcefully sent patriarch Mar Youhanna bin Abdolln and the bishops to Constantinople and banished them without mercy as reported in the biography of Mar Youhanna.

 

Romanos went to fight the Muslims, he was defeated and fled. The Muslims entered his camp and stole vases made of gold and silver and wandered about in the areas which were under the control of the Greeks, and when they reached Aleppo the Greeks left and the Muslims reasserted their rule over it, it did not occur to the Greek tyrants that the successors of this king did not cease to persecute Christians everywhere. They now returned to their old habits, so they expelled the patriarch and the bishops which is why God defeated them before their enemies and their enemies ruled over them everywhere.

 

Thursday 5 July 1348 the patriarch saint Mar Youhanna was ordained in the monastery of the Mother of God in Judky known as Bandaqa. The blessing was given by Mar Butros, bishop of Hanan who ordained forty-nine bishops. During his term in office Agnatios bin Atonis was ordained for Maltia who becatne a Chalcedonian later on as we shall explain later. Athanasius ordained Aghnatios ibn Kiki who became a Muslim and after him the same Mar Youhanna ordained Athanasius for Tikrit and the Levant.

 

From the biography of Mar Youhanna bin Abdoun

 

The parents of this beatified lived in Malatia where he was born and lived virtuously. When he reached the age of eighteen he was eager to live the life of a holy monk and went to the monastery at Deir el Sai’i where he put on the holy habit. Wllen his father learnt of this he forcefully returned him to the city and insisted that he leave the holy costume and to enter the working life to inherit his wealth. According to the advice of Mar Aglmatius al Sai’i this saint lefi the monastery and went to the monastery of Mar Barsoum and prayed before the saint’s tomb. To get away from his parents he went to the shore of the Euphrates and lived in a wild cave and exhausted himself in meditation and efforts, and God blessed him with the power to perfom miracles and cure people and with the spirit of prophecy, for he knew beforehand the matters that would be put to him, so he became very famous in many countries. On a certain day a poor man sought him asking for alms and the brothers were not present, so he took their wheat and gave it to the poor man who took it to his house where he ate from it for one and a half years when the famine was over. At one time they brought to him a child afflicted by the devil whose mouth was distorted and whose hands and feet were limp and placed him on the stone where the beatified used to offer his nine o’clock prayers, and when he came he found him there alone. He felt pity towards him and placed his fingers on his eyes and ears; he was cured immediately and stood up. His father was watching from a distance, so he ran and knelt before the beatified who instructed him not to say that he was the one who cured the boy.

 

In spite of the important virtues of Ibn Abdoun the Chalcedonians and Byzantines were not ashamed to persecute him and to expel him. How hard you are, oh man…

 

CONCERNING THE MASSACRE THAT TOOK PLACE IN DAMASCUS. THE CONSPIRACY AGAINST THE ARAB SULTAN IN EGHPT. THE WAR AMONGST THE TURKISH SULTANS IN KHARASSAN AND SO ON.

 

At the beginning of July, 1444 H -1133 A.D a strong earthquake took place and at the midnight, a planet appeared moving in a speed way and reaching the moon, it appeared that it has gone through .On the Second of August, two planets fall down, and the incident has been repeated on September, 23, followed by heavy rain, the lightning shocked seven oxen and a boy, and in Simendo a Turkish fellow was shocked and remained unburied by Turkish considering that the God is the one who burnt him and he do not deserve to be buried. ..during this year an earthquake took place in the Great Armenia the city of Dokodon crashed down.

 

The winter season of this year was very cold. In Malatia, red snow has fallen – this is a signal of a miracle of another kind.

 

On May grasshoppers invaded the area but without causing damages. In the midnight of July, 21 a light similar to the lantern appeared in the Levant towards the southern area in front of it the light of the moon and planets disappeared, and remained until the dawn. And in the same month while the Muslims where praying as usual on Friday in the big Mosque at the city of Kachkar in Kharasan an earthquake took place the land was cracked and swallowed arotmd ten thousand.

 

The winter of 1447 H was moderate, the partridges and other birds started to enter the houses what caused great amazement of the people there. On January a very cold winter started, the Euphrates was frozen with the other rivers, snows has fallen down heavily. …In Amed the ruler issued an order not to do any harm to birds and gazelles and other animals using to enter the houses,  and to offer food for them until April.

 

They say that these birds that used to eat from the cities and towns died in their nests when going to the mountain. This is a proof that any order of punishment over anyone of the creatures is from the heaven and nobody can be an obstacle toward its execution.

 

During this period, Taj El Moulouk Boury Tighdwin reigned in Damascus with his Ishmaelite Minister named Abu Ali, through this latter the lshmaelite possessed a house in Damascus known as the Dar El Karia (the house of the village)

 

The people belonging to them were exempted from taxes, they becalne influent The manager of this house was a man from Kadmous also named Abu Ali Nicknamed as EL-CHEIKH .One of the leaders of the Town the named Roukn El Dawla Bin Soufi by an order from the Prince faced him and killed him,so the envy started among the Ishrnaelite,they gathered themselves in their house,took their swords and started killing and extenninating, the people of the town opposed them, the sons of the city. On this day 70000 Muslims were killed. The Ismahis infiltrated secretly and assassinated King Bouri.. At this time an Arab was ruling “Damascus and another one in Egypt. His son plotted against him to gain power. When the king knew the people had a liking for his son he called On The Annenians in Egypt to support him. They had settled there since the exodus of Annenians to Syria, when their number increased and they had Jathaliq aJ1d bishops in Egypt, the Jathaliq had a brother named Bahram who led the Annenians, so they supported him and fought the Muslims supporting his son, and killed thousands of them and arrested the king’s son and killed him with his pennlsslon.

 

At this time lmad el Din Zinki, Governor of Mosul, started to feel above the princes of Mardin and Hosn Kifa, Tamartab and Daoud al Artkiine. While Tamartab Hussar el Din in Marja between Dara and Nassibin his cousin Ruknidin came to him and they surrounded Zanki, he was unable to oppose them, he was afraid and ordered everyone of his soldiers to wear their armor and carry his sword and stand at the entrance of his tent. They appeared as an iron fence, and remained standing from morning until dusk. There was a sudden division amongst Hussam el Din and his cousin so he took his army and went up the mountain. A large number of them were scattered, so Zinc’s moral was raised and he went after Hussam el Din and the horsemen went to Mardin, while a large number of infantrymen died. Finally they made peace through delegations, because Zinki had to go to Syria to arrest seif el Dawla Doubis bin Saddiq, the only Arab prince who remained of Arab origin. He arrested him in Palestine and brought him to Mosul and placed under arrest. Al Calipha al Mistarshid Billah Atish Zanki promised to send him to Dobis bin Saddiq to torture and kill him as he hated him greatly. Zanki refused to hand him over, so the two sides fought, Zanki was defeated and fled, and he was chased by the Calipha’s forces up to Tikrit’s wall, they let him down from the wall at night by ropes, so he escaped and reached Mosul, and released Prince Doubis from detention, gave him money and sent him to gather the Arabs, while Zanki gathered the Turks, and he fought al Calipha to Mosul to remove Zanki from power, Zanki fortified Mosul, and Naser el Din stood firm, was unable to defeat them and returned. While Calipha al Mustarshid was having a siesta in his tent in the camp of Massoud Sultan Kharasan, at the entrance of the city Marka, ten men attacked and killed him, Rashid succeeded him. Prince Doubis felt while he was at the Sultan’s that they were trying to kill him, he wanted to escape but could not and said sadly: “How long will I remain pursued? There is nothing better than dying”. One day after eating bread at the Sultan’s table, the Sultan entered to the inner hall, and a eunuch came and said to him “the Sultan orders you not to leave, take this letter and read it”, As soon as he started reading, one of those standing behind him hit and killed him. After that Massoud, Sultan Hamian, betrothed his daughter to Sultan Daoud, which frightened the Calipha, who plotted secretly to separate them. He came to fight Massoud, his son in law did not come to his aid, he understood that the Caliplla had promised him the power. .Massoud attacked al Calipha and won, arrested him and put him in chains then chased Daoud. At this stage what had been written happened “al Calipha was killed in Massoud’s camp at the Marka gate” and was succeeded by Rashid. Massoud continued to chase Daoud who escaped to Armenia. He captured many and returned to Mosul to Zanki.

 

Whereas Massoud always opposed Atij, Zanki accompanied Daoud to Baghdad and asked al Calipha to grant him power. The Calipha procrastinated for ten months fearing Massoud, which made them angry so they robbed the Western part of Baghdad, Calipha was obliged to appoint Daoud. Massoud came to Baghdad, Calipha left it for Mosul at Zinki’s. While he was there they were told secretly that the Governor of Nissibine had rebelled against Zinki and joined Hussam el Din, ruler of Mardin, Zinki came to Nissibine with Calipha of Baghdad, and Sultan Daoud, and he stabilized it and returned to Mosul, Calipha went to Baghdad and made peace with Massoud by exchange of delegations. Then Calipha Rashid went to Kharasan, and bowed down to the Turks, and the Arab State ended.

 

DESTRUCTION OF AL RUHA

 

In Hebrew year 1458, 1147 AD the Westerners (Ifranj) met, when they heard of Zinki’s killing, with Jocelyne and Baghedwine, ruler of Kaisoun, And proceeded on November towards al Ruha, the infantrymen went up the ladders at night to Burjine with the Armenians’ help, who were watching the wall, the Turks escaped to the citadel. In the morning the water was released, and Jocelyne entered, and the Turks sent delegations to Aleppo and Mosul asking for help. The entrance of the Ifranj happened on Monday November 26, and they spent six days discussing how to attack the citadel. However the Turks gathered from all sides like locusts, so the Ifranj were afraid because they knew God’s help had deserted them, so they deviated from the good mentality and took an unacceptable path and obliged the citizens to follow them, thinking that they would be delivered from the hands of the Turks who surrounded them in huge numbers. It did not occur to them how impotent they were in their resistance to them within the wall, so how would they fare in the plain? Their hearts became hard like the Pharaohs, and they dragged the unarmed population and went out at two o’clock in the night and lit a fire in the square. The people started crying and envied those who had died in the first occupation, because they saw how the fire, which had been started by the Ifranj, burnt their houses and properties, with the sword of the Turks over their heads. The people became crowded with the Ifranj soldiers at the city gate. A large number of people and animals were killed. Those who took refuge in the churches and other places or those who remained because they were old or weak, were attacked by the Turks who descended on them from the citadel without mercy and met the same fate as those who were rescued from suffocation and crowded conditions, they were pursued by the Ifranj, who killed them with arrows and spears.

 

Saint Michael was very upset upon hearing this news and its recording, so he wrote:

 

Oh how much anger there is that the people have no mercy and the punishtnents on the people of al Ruha were doubled, it is the night of death, the morning of health, the day of death, which descended suddenly on the citizens of this unfortunate city. Who can hear of this without shedding a tear. They attack the mother and her baby with one spear and nobody comes to their help. The people being chased are run over under the horses’ hoofs, and the people were crushed by anger. The arrows rained upon them at night In the morning the darkness was deeper from the swords and spears which fell on them until nine o’clock as they were on the road of blood, when the Ifranj horsemen saw they could not save the people, they decided to flee and were pursued by the Turks. Their infantrymen took shelter in a nearby deserted fortress, and entered it with the hopeless people, the earth cried at the great catastrophe that had afflicted the Christians, because the sword had fallen upon them as it does on the wheat, and the fire on the thorns, the bodies of the priests and deacons and monks and noblemen and poor people were piled up high. Despite the sad death of those people they did not suffer like those who remained alive, because they fell and suffered the rancor of the Turks. They took off their clothes and shoes. They obliged them to follow the horses by beating them, naked men and women, after pulling their hands behind them, and those amongst them who fell were slashed in their bellies and left to die in the street, and became food for the animals and birds, and the air became heavy with the smell of the corpses, and Arthur was filled with captives.

 

Most of the Ifranj horsemen were killed, and Baghdawine, ruler of Kaisoun’s body was not found. But Jocelyne the evil, escaped and went to Shmishat, as also Bishop Basilios escaped. The Bishop of the Armenians was captured with a large number of Armenians and some of the Ifranj. In the deserted fortress of Kawkab they fought the Turks who had pursued them there, defending themselves, and in the night the Turks retreated to the plain to steal the wealth of gold and the like, which had been stored for generations in the unfortunate city, which had been put there by their owners who had fled because they were under the sword and no longer cared about anything. After the Turks’ retreat those inside the fortress fled at night to Shmishat.

 

The total number killed in the two occupations was 30000, and the number of exiled 16000, only 1000 men survived, as to the women and children none survived, as some of them were killed and the others were displaced to other countries. Al Ruha was deserted and became a synonym for fear, wore black and was drunk with blood stinking with the corpses of its citizens, full of wild animals at night eating the human corpses and became a refuge for foxes, and no one entered therein apart from those trying to find its treasures. Its enemies, bani Haarran and others started to search the churches and noble houses saying, “ha ha we have seen it”.

 

The death of Mosul’s ruler and the Calipha of Baghdad. Noureddin went to Mosul and the pillage of Mar Matta monastery. The meeting of the synod of the Mar Hanania monastery.

 

In that year the priest Hassan Bin Koumib became a Muslim because of a dispute between him and his fellow priests, so the Muslims occupied their monastery known as El Ibkar monastery in Mardin mountain and transfonned it into a place of prayer for the Kurdish Muslims.. In this year the bishop al Milfan Mardeyonisius started to renew the church of the mother of God in Amed, and placed therein his clerk the deacon Ibrahim who opened a school for children. He renewed the church’s flooring with his own and the believers’ money. In the same year we erected the church of the monastery of Abi Ghaleb at the locality of Birta in Jarjar and we held in it the third synod in Mar Hanania monastery and Ighnatius was ordained bishop for Tel Arsinos, Iwanis bishop for Sibirik, one of them is from Sirgisia monastery , the other from Fiskin, Maltia locality.

 

In Hebrew year 1482 August, 1171 AD Atapek Akbaj Kotob ed Din ruler of Mosul and Athur died, his brother incited the religious men as he had treated them well and his adherence in praying on time and avoidance of alcohol until he was called by the Muslims “al Nabi”. He became hard on the Christians to be better in the eyes of the Muslims. He ordered the demolition of all new church and monastery buildings. They demolished the wall of the great church of Saint Jacob at Nasibine, which had been under the control of the Nestorians since the era of Barsoum al Hartouki and plundered its properties and about 1000 books. They did the same in several places. Nour ed Din appointed a jurist amongst his relatives who hated the Cluistians named Ibn Asroun, appointed as a judge and he sent him to roam and to demolish any new church building during the mandates of his father and brother, and he was bribed wherever he went to swear the building was old. If they did not bribe him generously he demolished and destroyed until Nour ed Dine heard about this and removed him. Then Nour ed Dine went from Nisibin to Sinjar and conquered it without resistance. In December of the same year he laid siege to Mosul. At the same time Calipha al Mustanjid died and was succeeded by his Son al Muhtadi who diminished Nour ed Dine’s hatred of the Christians for reasons which would be clarified with the years. The flood which overtook us because of our sins reached even the monastery of Mar Matta in the region of Ninawah and Mosul after Ibn Kutiddine’s death he was succeeded by his son Seifeddine. During this year the ruler of Aleppo Nureddine reached the region to fight. The Kurds near the monastery learnt of this and understood that Noureddine was attacking the Christians and they took that as an opportunity and decided to demolish the monastery, they tried to rob it at night, but the monks were up late, and they broke the ladders and killed some of the Kurds. They gathered and came during the daytime to fight, the people from the region of Ninawah came to the monks’ aid and defeated the Kurds.

 

The Kurds resorted to trickery and made false peace with the monks, paid them 30 Dinars as a deposit of chariy. The monks were tricked and started building the villages. Presently the Kurds gathered and rolled a large rock from the top of the mountain, this hit the wall of the fortress where the water went into the monastery. It made a hole. The rock is there until now. The monks gathered to close the hole with stones and chalk. The Kurds attacked them and threw spears on them. When they felt the monks were retreating they shouted in one voice, carried their swords and attacked them killing some of them. Others took shelter in the upper citadel of the monastery and were saved, the two monks Matta and Danha the hermit died. The Kurds numbered 2500. They loaded their animals with the contents of the monastery, with what they carried in their hands of property left by the region’s inhabitants, who had placed their funds in the monastery for safety.

 

After the Kurds left the monks took the books and all that was in the upper citadel and went down to Mosul, So the monastery was void of inllabitants and workers. It was a sight invoking pity. The people of the area hired guards to guard the monastery to prevent the demolition of its buildings by enemies. They paid them 30 Dinars monthly. When the rulers of Mosul learnt of what the Kurds had done to the monastery they sent an army and killed large numbers of them. As a reaction to this the Kurds demolished nine villages in the Nasatira area and killed their inhabitants and animals and stole their property and burnt the houses.

 

The murder of the Prince of Maltia ands Millih, the ruler of Kilikia and Amin ed Din, the responsible of Mardin and the minister of the Khalifa in Baghdad, this is one period of time. And all the events and the murder of the bishop of Tour Abdine and Salaheddine el Masri who ruled the Arabian Peninsula, the ruler of Mosul who recovered from him the occupied areas. The Turks who ruled Sasoon mountain.

 

In the Hebrew year 1486. 1175AD, Ighnatius bishop of Tour Abdine was killed for the following reason: he was very fond of money, which is the object of worship of the pagans. He was always looking to collect money by any means, he was admonished, but did not relent or obey the Sharia, instead he increased in his evil ways, neglected God and relied on the temporal ruler to be able to collect money with the king’s power. God forsook him. In the morning of Sunday he left prayers and went to the ruler to put in prison as was his habit the monks, priests and laics under various accusations, and in the night he came face to face with the Kurds, so the evil one fell in the hands of the evil many, those with him escaped. He was harshly beaten and tortured. In the end they inserted a pointed stick in his seat. They left him at the edge of the brink of death. Some of them found him, and when they removed the stick he died. A short time earlier a number of believers of al Kyriakos had been killed in Hah. Pastor Marzouk and his brother Barsoum, their children and it was believed that they had been killed at the instigation of the bad bishop, when this latter was killed it was believed that he had been murdered by those seeking vengeance. Whatever the case God forgives.

 

On Sunday February 15 Hebrew year 1486, 1175AD the governor of Maltia was assassinated by his brother and heir who fled and lived decadently for five years until he was arrested by Nour ed Dine but was later able to escape and joined the Ifranj in Antioch. When he no longer enjoyed it there he went to the Turks and the Sultan gave him Heraklia at the time he was hoping to be given Malatia, but he did not get it. Even Heraklia was taken from him, so he went to the Turks in the East he was arrested by Nour ed Dine who imprisoned him in Pira on the shore of the Euphrates so he lived there on alms tortured and the monks of the monastery of Dar Barsoum dared to send him alms because he had shown love for the monastery during his rule. This initiative gave good results as we shall relate. After Nour ed Din’s he went out of prison and learnt that his brother’s wife left Malatia because she hated it and returned to her parents in Hosn Ziad, so he went there and its inhabitants encouraged him, he returned secretly and later on declared that he had mediated Saint Barsoum and had taken vows and undertook to exempt the monastery from taxes in the event of his regaining power in Malatia and entered the city gate in the evening as a pauper without anyone noticing apart from the two persons who were with him, they took him to the house of a Turkish sympathizer and he disappeared there for two days.

 

On Sunday evening he risked his life and infiltrated with his companions into the houses without the guards noticing and entered the gardens, and found a ladder on the ground, they placed it on the wall and climbed it and went down into the house, where they found the poor man sleeping with an old nanny. They woke up and were very afraid, he beat the man to death and took the keys of the city and citadel gates and held his brother’s head in his hand and visited first the leaders, houses whom he trusted, and then visited the others. Whenever one of them awoke and saw his brother’s head in his hand he swore allegiance, and after fifteen of them had sworn allegiance to him, and day broke he went to the citadel accompanied by about] 00 persons and in the morning there was a clamor and declaration of a new prince was made, and all were surprised and the Christians disappeared into their houses and the Turks met at the entrance of the citadel, and girted themselves With their swords and rode their horses, and they differed in their opinions about the death of the prince until his head was thrown from the fence and their hope was dashed and they were obliged to swear allegiance to Mohamed. When he assumed power he suspended taxes on Deir Mar Barsum, but the monks proposed .to pay 300 Dinars annually and asked to be exempted only from the increase imposed by Prince Ghazi. Because the monastery did not feel the weight of the taxes before Prince Ghazi who imposed on the monks to pay 700 Dinars annually. Thus this monastery rid itself of this burden, pal1icularly as this prince had promised to abolish all taxes, but the monks insisted on paying to avoid the envy of the Muslims. Against this he gave them the monastery of Mar Doumit.

 

The sudden death of the Turkish rulers of the two rivers. The coming of Sultan of Maltia, invitation of Saint Michael the Great to meet him. The catastrophic event of the burning of Mar Barsum monastery which happened at this period.

 

In the year 1182 Hebrew year, 1492 AD there was a dispute between Sultan Klaighennan and his son in law Nour ed Dine erupted because he expelled the Sultan’s daughter and his loving a woman of sin. Nour ed Dine asked for the help of Salaheddin, ruler of Egypt, who answered his call. The Sultan ordered the demolition of the walls of Kaisum and eviction of its inhabitants. Nour ed Dine confederated with Salaheddin at the river Sinja. If it were not for God’s compassion and the intervention of the wise man Hassan, who was sent by the Sultan to negotiate peace with Salaheddin, that area would have been destroyed. The Sultan came to Maltia and repaired the two walls and Salaheddin returned to Egypt… In that year Fairness ruler of Antioch divorced his legal wife whom he married in Constantinople at the time of King Manuel and married a whore and did not abide by the laws imposed by Patriarch of Roumieh, so they were excommunicated by the Patriarch of Antioch with the priest who had married him to the whore, and even excommunicated the whole city because of him, and cancelled bell ringing, stopped sacrifices, even the dead were not buried. As to Farniz he became more aggressive to the law by robbing the churches and monasteries.

 

After a while the judges and noblemen met with the Patriarch of Jerusalem, and by their intervention Farniz returned what he had stolen, his marriage to that woman was legitimized and the truce was complete….In that year, the prince who ruled Harran and al Ruha rebelled against the ruler of Mosul, and joined Salaheddin and helped him to rule over the two rivers, Nourredin also became his ally. The rulers of Mousl, Mardin, Amid and Armenia met to face the Egyptian, but they were terrified of him, so they were dispersed without making war. Then the King of Egypt reaclled Mousl and laid siege to it then left it because of the heavy rain or another reason and turned back. The rulers of Mardin and Sinjar surrendered to him, he laid siege to Amid and promised it to Noureddin and started to attack it on Palm Sunday. There was a violent battle and in a few days he took the wall, Ibn Nissan the evil was obliged to hand it over and left defeated and Noureddin nuler of Hosn Kifa ruled it in Hebrew year 1463, 1182 AD.

 

In Hebrew year 1495, 1184AD Koutbeldine ruler of Mardin died, and his uncle Shahraman gave reign to his child. .In Hebrew year 1493, 1182AD Saleh rlller of Aleppo died and had given it to Izzedin ruler of Mousl who ruled after his brother Seifeddine. He in turn gave it to his brother in return for asylum, and this with the intention of separating them. In Hebrew year 1494, 1183AD Andronykos ruled Greece after he had been exiled by King Manuel, he had entered Constantinople by stealth pretending to obey young king Alex but he began killing, he threw Manuel’s wife, his daughter and her husband into the sea and killed young Alex, and burnt 1000 leaders, put out the eyes of others, raped their property and that dirty old man married young Alex’s widow and caused untold of catastrophes expelling the Ifranj from the city because they had helped young Alex considering him to be the son of one of their women, and after those had left tlleir houses they burnt 14000 monasteries and villages in the various Green regions and they came to Roumieh with the Ifranj army, then the king of Slokia came and attacked most of Syria’s cities which were under Greece, totally destroyed them and left them ruined and empty.

 

In Hebrew year 1492, 1181AD Sultan Maighsalan came to Maltia and asked about Doafy and sent me a letter of love, a walking stick and twenty gold Dinars, which surprised everybody. In the following year he came to Maltia, and before entering it he heard about the troubles which was raised by Tadros bin Wahboun, so he sent a letter to Doafy calling me to see him. I went to Maltia and noticed a strange matter. I was surprised. In the day following my arrival three princes came to me with a large number of horsemen to accompany me with all veneration and it is true to say that I doubted and feared that the honey contained poison. On the morning of Thursday July 8 Hebrew year 1493, 1182AD we arrived at the entrances of Malatia and saw the Sultan, his army and citizens coming out to meet us, and he sent somebody to say: “The Sultan has ordered the Patriarch to go to him according to the Christian customs and habits with crosses and bibles, the Christians carried torches and hanged crosses from their spears and started singing hymns. The Sultan came near to me and forbade me to come down or to shake his hand but embraced me, and in my talk with him through a translator he listened to intently. When I saw he had a strong desire to listen I spoke at length and supported my sayings with verses from the Bible and nature with some instructions. His tears rolled down his cheeks, and I thanked God and the Christians were glad and felt glorious when they saw the cross being raised above the king’s head and those of the Muslims. That is how we entered the church. In the glorious end we said God bless the King and the people.

 

In the following day the Sultan informed us he had cancelled the tax imposed on the monastery, and gave a written Royal release. On Sunday, he sent us a hand covered with gold and encrusted with jewels containing the treasures of Saint Peter the greatest of the Apostles, and we stayed in Maltia for one month. He sent us gifts daily, and we exchanged questions and answers about our God Christ and the prophets and apostles and other matters. Upon his leaving Maltia the Sultan asked us to accompany him, we had a long talk on the way with a Persian philosopher companion of his named Kamaleddin. With the Sultan listening as was the custom we read more verses from the Bible and he praised the wisdom of the Syriacs, and expressed his pleasure with them. This took place not because we deserved this dignity -put this aside -but because God’s mercy wished to condole his small flock and its church which had been weakened because of the calomnies of Ibn Wahbun as the mother does her child with a little milk. We were afflicted by the weakness we deserved. On Saturday July 30 H 1494, 1183AD justice noticed of our sin and we were punished by fire being put in our envied monastery, monastery of our master Saint Barsum. This happened as follows:

 

There was an old monk in the monastery called Danha, who entered his internal room at dawn and forgot to put out the candle -maybe by God’s pennission when he went out to the field, the fire spread from the candle allover the place, because not only were the roofs of the room made of wood, but even its foundations were wooden, and it was all inter connected in its four and five floors in some areas which matter made the blaze stronger. As we said 3 o’clock prayers we heard the cries for help so we rushed to the cupboard containing the saint’s remains and extracted the box containing his right hand. This increased the punishment and rage of anger, and we believed this was God’s will so we left the monastery leaving all to the fire with the exception of the two saints’ relics Mar Barsum and Mar Butros so the fire spread to all the monks’ rooms or those allocated to the people or servants, and destroyed the old church including the books, silver and copper vases, melted the metal and turned the stones to chalk, melted the metal doors of the monastery, all the fences fell down, in brief the fire left nothing except the new church which was under construction, the monastery’s upper tower, the hole of the oven, the external gate known as Jarjar gate, everything else was piles of ash.

 

On Sunday what remained of the building fell down and a young man from Jarjar who had come to steal was killed. Three miracles were seen during this event. No harm came to any of the monastery’s residents whether from the monks or the servants despite their entering into the fire to save what they could from the property, and the ruins falling on them in several places. This miracle is like the one in the story of the Saint when God was asked and hail fell and destroyed the fields surrounding the believers field without it or any person being harmed, and today the Saint asks God to burn the property and keep the souls, because we had become used to liking money.

 

The second miracle: The wooden box containing the saint’s relics kept in the closet. Does this not resemble what happened to the three youngsters in Athur who were thrown into the fire in Babel and were not harmed because the Son of God was with them? This is the case of these relics which were touched by Jesus son of God and preserved them to encourage believers.

 

Third miracle: Buring of the books which were not opened or read by anyone as if they were excess, whereas the books which were in use were not harmed despite being surrounded by fire. These were the three copies of the Bible and the large book of sermons and letters of Saint Jacob and Fankhisan for the year.

 

We stayed With the monks for a whole month in the highest tower until this rage then we started to rebuild the monastery and completed it in three years in a better way by far than it had been, and the construction of the new church took twelve years and was completed thanks to God.

 

The death of each of the King of the Turks and the Sultan of Bithonia Kabadokia and lesser Armenia and Salaheddin Sultan of Egypt and Arabia and Palestine and Syria. And other events that happened at this time.

 

We mentioned that Krikor the jathelik of Armenian in Kilikia died on July H (1504, 1193AD. The Armenian ordained his nephew the young Krikor nicknarned Diraso.. During this year Hamry the Antioch, Patriarch of Ifranj, died in the fortress of Kosir which he owned. They carried his body and buried it in the great church of Antioch. He left a great fortune, they appointed an old pastor named Danqal in his place.

 

During this period, Mar Iwanis, Patriarch of Alexandria and Egypt sent us the old bishop Butros a man of learning, smart and well mannered with a letter in Arabic and Coptic full of faith, charity, modesty and pure love. When the Turkrnan wars started in 1096 the hits of anger started and were repeated. The extreme famine increased until people ate the corpses of the dead and all kinds of garbage, and many sold their children. For example in the region of ShabaKhtan alone about 22000 male and female children at least were sold in slavery to Babel, the locusts continued until this year H 1506, 1195AD destroying the crops and vineyards from the borders of Egypt to Iberia, and from Paris to the Pontus sea, and the price of a measure or large cereal in Maltia went up to 16 Sultan Dinars… In H 1506, 1190AD king al Adel ruler of Al Ruha forbade the church bells from tolling in the churches of Al Ruha. The Christians were very upset “God have mercy”. After his children had attacked him Migharsalan started to move from house to house so the people of Kounia were very supportive of him and brought him to reign while his eldest son ruled Ansara (which may be Ankara). This old man gathered an army in order to fight his son, but he fell in and returned to Kounia and died on the way. He was accompanied by one of his younger children, who placed his father’s body next to that of his ancestors and assumed power in Kounia. Sultan Migharsalan ruled very successfully for a period of thirty eight years after which his twelve sons succeeded him. In H 1193, 1504AD Salaheddine died in Damascus leaving after him twenty three children and gave the presidency before his death to his eldest son and he placed him in Damascus, and placed the second son in Egypt, the third in Aleppo and gave all three the title of “Sultan ” and gave each of the others a specific region, he also granted the title of “Sultan” al malik al Adel, and gave him Harran and Al Ruha and Mia Far qat Shmishat and the citadel of Jobeli and Karakh and Sheikh.

 

The ruler of Mosul made an alliance with his two brothers who were in Sinjar and el Jezira, which the ruler of Mardin joined, they proceeded to Harran to fight king al Adel and conquer his territories, he gathered an army and opposed them. Suddenly the ruler of Mosul fell in and returned, and those with him were scattered. In this way king al Adel took Al Rikka and Habboura by force and laid siege to Nissibine, they all surrendered to him out of fear, as they had previously surrendered to his brother. He returned Habboura to them, and they made peace. Then he went to conquer Armenia, but returned disappointed… When Izzedine ruler of Mosil died his son Noureddin succeeded him.

 

That is how Saint Michael the Great ends his history extending from the beginning of creation until 1195 after recording very interesting events particula.iy the news of the Arab Muslims and their conquests and their relations with Christians in general, and the Syrians in particular to conclude that all that had afflicted the Christians was as a result of their being far from God, so he sent the Muslims to disipline them …

 

We don’t know what future holds, but we know who hold the future.

 

Matters did not stop with Saint Michael at the end of the twelfth century, but extended  to the twentieth century, and who knows until when things will continue as they are … Only God knows. ..and he is the hoped for in the beginning and at the end …

 

 

Archbishopr George Saliba

Syriac Orthodox Bishop of Mount Lebanon

 

 

ARABIC ISLAMIC CONQUESTS

IN THE CHRONICLE OF SAINT MICHAEL THE GREAT

Archbishop George Saliba

SUMERIAN AND BABYLONIAN SCIENCE

$
0
0

SUMERIAN AND BABYLONIAN SCIENCE

1. THE SUMERIAN SCIENCE OF LISTS AS A SCIENCE OF ORDER

Source: Von Soden, Wolfram (1985) Chapter 11 – Sumerian and Babylonian Science. In: The Ancient Orient – an introduction to the Study of the Ancient Near East. William B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, Grand Rapids, Michigan, USA. Translated by Donald G. Schley.

Soon after the invention of their writing system, the Sumerians began to compile smaller lists of cuneiform signs. With a system of word signs, sign lists are simultaneously word lists, having even a certain somewhat topical material arrangement. With the gradual transition to cuneiform, the signs, which were increasingly employed as syllabic sings, were becoming less pictorial. Thus, lists arranged according to the signs could remain simultaneously word lists with a topical arrangement of the signs only in the case of a minority of signs. For this reason, distinct lists of objects were created as early as the 3rd Millennium. These contained primarily compoud words: in addition to objects designated by determinatives, including those objects made from wood, reed, leather, metals, stone, wool and so forth, the lists enumerated plants with particular subgroups, such as trees and grains, as well as domesticated and wild animals, and certain classifications of people with designations for body parts, geographic names, stars and divine names. The tendency toward a fifmly established sequence within the individual groups, however, had still not been fully realized by the Old Babylonian period. Among the local scholastic traditions, which from the beginning had diverged widely from one another, that of Nippur came increasingly to prevail after the time of the Third Dynasty of Ur. The word lists migrated to some extent with the writing system to both Elam and Syria, where independent native traditions developed, as the archives of Ebla (about 2400 Before Common Era) impressively show, though they preserve the adopted lists in a form which has undergone manifold changes.

When such lists were first compiled, practical criteria may have stood in the foreground, and these always retained a great significance for the scribal schools. At the same time, however, these considerations were increasingly surpassed by goals of a more theoretical sort. The Sumerians believed in a means of ordering the world which brought with it confirmation of the working of the gods . The lists had the task of making this order manifest in connection with the main groups of objects and living creatures, including the gods. This could be accomplished, however, only by people who knew how to handle the lists. The Sumerians were unable to present their ideas in a connected fashion, either in the realms of nature, abstract matters, and theology, or in those of mathematics or jurisprudence.

Thus, Sumerian science lacked the conceptual framework of formulated principIes (what in the West has been called «natural laws”), and simply ordered nominal expressions one after the other in a one-dimensional fashion, without any kind of elucidation. Verbs in finite form and abstract terms are found only in those sign lists which are not topically ordered, but not in the lists which have been ordered according to systematic criteria. Mythic literature served to illustrate the conception of order . During the Neo-Sumerian period, the compilers of several lists were apparently concerned to comprehend the nominal expressions in many areas nearly completely as possible; in other cases, as with the stars, they were satisfied with a small selection of that which was accessible to observation; the reasons for these variations are still unclear.

History, for its part, was presented in the form of king lists, which were composed on the basis of the fiction (Lishtar´s Note: Instead of fiction, I prefer myth and oral mythologized tradition) that there had always been only a single king in the land. For the earlier as well as the later period, the king lists set simultaneously reigning dynasties in successive order without any explanation. Nor were mythical and historical kings differentiated; three to four place numbers for regnal periods are occasionally encountered, even for historical monarchs. In mathematics, an equally equally one-dimensional arithmetic table replaced the one-dimensional lists. .

2. BILINGUAL LEXICAL LISTS IN EBLA AND BABYLON: TRI AND QUADRILINGUAL LISTS IN ASIA MINOR AND SYRIA

The Semites in Syria and Babylonia carne to know the Sumerian sign and word lists, but they only partially understood the sense and function of the lists. These people recognized quite early, however, that one could create two-dimensional lists by the addition of a second column, or line, in their own language, as was done at Ebla; these two-dimensionallists could then aid the study of the other language. The Sumerian words and expressions were rendered with Akkadian or, as the case may be, Eblaite words, genitive constructs, or brief relative clauses, which in turn were only of provisional assistance due to the vast differences in the languages. The bilinguallists thus became the first lexical aid in human history, and for a long time nothing similar followed outside the cuneiform cultures, since the Greeks had little interest in other languages; not until the Renaissance did Western lexicography begin to develop. Until a short time ago we only knew of bilinguallists from the second millennium, so we assumed that the beginnings of lexicography lay in the early part of the Old Babylonian period. The discovery of the archive of tablets from Ebla forced us to revise our position: at about 2500 Before Common Era, Sumerian – Eblaite lists of considerable scope already existed. Here, as in later Babylon, verbs were presented by juxtaposing the Semitic infinitive to the Sumerian verbal root. Unfortunately, many Sumerian words in these lists were left untranslated, including particularly frequent words as well as those used less often. According to the present reconstruction, the bilingual lists were first created in northern Syria around 2400 Before Common Era; afterward, they were created anew in Babylon shortly after 2000 without knowledge of Eblaite. It is not unthinkable, however, that the bilinguallists of Ebla were patterned after northern Babylonian models which have yet to be discovered.

For a long time, the Sumerian lists of objects were handed on in monolingual form, and not until late in the second millennium were they first prepared with the Akkadian column. Conversely, lists of different types, arranged according to signs, and even lists of grammatical forms, which were conceived from the outset in bicolumnar torm, were transmitted as early as the Old Babylonian period. Certain of these lists attest a multifaceted concern with the Sumerian language and with their own. Still, grammatical rules were never formulated in terms of precepts, and one learned instead from the multitude of examples, which of course were not always of equal merit. In the age following the Old Babylonian period, certain types of lists were canonized by the creation of series of tablets, most of which were named after the initial line and which consisted of up to forty numbered tablets. To these were added completely new compilations of lists. The compilers of these new lists collected synonyms and homonyrns, for example, or Akkadian root words with their multifarious usages and their real or supposed derivations, without shrinking from assembling wild etymologies. To put it mildly, these lists are still in need of thorough study. Very brief explanations, introduced by the determinative pronoun sa, comprised a completely novel element in the later lists. The equivalencies of the earlier lists, rightly understood, often present indeterminate relationships. This happened because the compiler was unable to formulate his knowledge clearly, owing to the fact that the Sumerian and Akkadian words often were not actually equivalent. In the later lists we find many hundreds of partial equivalencies of the type, zi-zi = qa-ta-pu sa basburi, “to pluck, [said] of apples:’ Naturally, even such equivalencies as these must be read critically.

During the first millennium, numerous commentaries led beyond the lists. These commentaries maintained the form of the bicolumnar lists only in part. They also contained many citations from the bilingual lists and the lists of synonyms (see below) and included the verbal infinitive along with many verbal forms. Factual commentaries of different sorts, which also contain clarifications of many words, existed alongside the predominantly philological word commentaries. We will have to refer frequently to these commentaries below. Along with the commentaries, the bicolumnar Akkadian synonym lists first carne into being during the first millennium and were transmitted primarily in Assyria. The synonyms enumerated in these lists are overwhelmingly “partial synonyms”:a fact which is rarely mentioned.

These same lists often survey little-used words of literature and poetry and therefore become a particularly important aid for understanding works of these genres. That Akkadian could for a time become the language of diplomacy and commerce from about 1400 to 1200 Before Common Era, even as far as Egypt and the Hittite Empire, was made possible by the fact that the schools there took over, selected, and even expanded considerable portions of the Sumerian object lists and the bilingual Sumerian-Akkadian lists. Since the native languages then had to be surveyed, these were introduced into third or even fourth columns. >From the Hittite capital of Hattusas we possess many Sumerian-Akkadian-Hittite word lists alongside merely Akkadian-Hittite lists; there are even quadrilingual Sumerian-AkkadianUgaritic-Hurrian word lists from Ugarit. These are quite helpful, of course, despite their extremely fragmentary state of preservation. It would have been quite simple to introduce into such lists the Aramaic which prevailed primarily in the West during the Neo-Assyrian period.

We know of no such lists, however, but only smaller groups of West Semitic words in the Akkadian synonym lists. In isolated cases, very late copies of lists contain Greek transcriptions. Still, classical antiquity neither adopted the bilinguallists nor offered something better in their place.

3. FURTHER FUNCTIONS OF BABYLONIAN WORD AND NAME LISTS: INVENTORY ROLLS

The purpose of the topically ordered, monolingual Neo-Sumerian lists was not to present ideas of the cosmic order, but rather to depict inventory rolls according to the main categories in the world of objects and living creatures. The Old Babylonian period expanded the corpus of compiled lists. Nevertheless, the development of these into bicolumnar and bilinguallists did not occur until toward the end of the second millennium. During this process of transition and expansion, however, there were many kinds of additions, omissions, and transpositions. In many cases particular principles were presupposed in the arrangement within individual tablets as well as within entire series of tablets, which were named after their beginning line urra = bubulla, “interest obligations.” In addition, external associations often played a role, as did perhaps even chance. Trees were treated exhaustively in Tablet III, but the rest of the plants were not found until Tablet XVII. So also, most domestic and wild animals carne in Tablets XIII-XIV, but birds and fish not until Tablet XVIII. There are also many kinds of explanatory additions, though much more frequently these are completely lacking or are encountered only in commentaries running parallel to the lists.8 One would scarcely have been able to read the work at many places without preliminary instructions. Altogether the work comprises a comprehensive survey of the animate and inanimate world, geography, and stars, as well as artificially produced objects, victuals, and many other things.

Similarly, the work was perceived early on as inadequate form for some important categories; thus, further compilations were created, though generally not in the form of \vord lists. These will be treated below. Furthermore, occasional distinctions between the real and the mythical world were overlooked, especially when dealing with animals. In later copies, supplements were only sporadically inserted.

At the same time, because of their bicolumnar nature the lists could have functions completely different from those of the SumerianAkkadian word lists. Thus the great “god list:’ perhaps formed in the twelfth century by the insertion of much later additions into various monocolumnar Sumerian god lists, begins with an = Anu and generally lists in the left-hand column divine names which stand in quite different relationships to the god in the right-hand column, which often remains the same for many lines. There are variations on divine names, gods who bear essential similarities (such as the gods of the Elamites, Kassites, and other peoples), but above all, many names of originally independent gods who had evaporated into the syncretistic theology within the framework of a polytheism which reinterpreted much, and which made many divine names subsidiary names to other gods or simply relegated them to the status of hypostases of other gods. More will be said of this theology, which the Babylonians were unable to develop systematically. Further differences are found in the functions of bicolumnar works of astronomical instruction. This list form is used in certain bicolumnar lists of pharmaceutical plants and stones which are no longer bilingual, in order to present side-by-side alternatively applicable f1oral, faunal, or mineral drugs, in most cases without explanation . Bicolumnar king lists play only a subordinate role beside the monocolumnar king lists which the Babylonians and Assyrians had taken over from the Sumerians with some modifications. These bicolumnar king lists juxtapose the actual or sometimes conjectural concurrent rulers of Babylonia and Assyria without indicating the length of time they reigned concurrently.

In summary, we could say that the bicolumnar lists offered the Babylonians quite diverse possibilities of expression, but that these lists were seldom able to bring to tolerably adequate expression what should have been understood from them. The same is especially true even for the Sumerian and Akkadian grammatical forms preserved in many instructive lists.

4. LISTS OF ANALOGOUS VERBAL EXPRESSIONS

To the Sumerian lists of words and nominal expressions, the Babylonians added not only the previously identified lists of similar types, which generally were bilingual, but often quite comprehensive compilations of lists which arranged hundreds and even thousands of similar verbal phrases in serial order without tying them together logically or syntactically in the way we have been accustomed to do in academic study since the time of the Greeks. Moreover, no conclusions at all are drawn from the heaps of individual expressions, and no conclusions are formulated as general principles of knowledge. That conclusions and knowledge, as well as premises, were not formulated should not mislead us into thinking that the Babylonians were not interested in such forms of knowledge. Their mathematics, especially, shows clearly that they had at their disposal a type of knowledge which comprised many details, yet which was not formulated in terms of basic principles. Because of our schooling, we will perhaps never understand how they were able to realize such knowledge without either predicates or deductions. We must, however, recognize that this was possible under the determinative presuppositions of Babylonian culture. Even knowledge without formulations could be quite fruitful, though only to a limited extent. We must now attempt to explicate for ourselves some areas of science which the Babylonians especially nurtured, but which we would scarcely be prepared to regard as sciences. It could thus be considered sensible to set the word “science” in the folllowing treatment in quotation marks; I would not want to do this, however, since this too frequently signifies a degree of denigration which would be inappropriate here.

5. THE BABYLONIAN SCIENCE OF OMENS

The term “science of omens” will estrange some from the outset because the belief in good or evil omens sent by the gods, which was present everywhere in antiquity, is a superstition to us. Manifold references to omens of the most diverse sorts are found throughout ancient literature, and people were convinced that these had proven true. Lesser or greater collections of omens with their interpretations were frequently compiled, and sporadically appear even as early as the Sumerians. Yet the Babylonians and Assyrians were the first to order thousands and later tens of thousands of omens with their respective interpretations according to similar categories, thereby creating a science of omens which the Hittites took over in many particulars and which stimulated the assembling of some collections. These collections must be treated here briefly according to formal criteria.

Each omen consists of a conditional clause with a final clause containing the interpretation: for example, “When the blind are numerous in a city, there will be trouble in the city”; or “When a serpent falls upon a sick person, it draws that person’s sickness out; he will regain his health.” In all probability only a small minority of omens were ever observed. The rest were added in the endeavor to comprehend particular categories of omens as fully as possible, since some of these could possibly take place once. What is important to us, however, are those rare cases when historical events are referred to in connection with an omen. By the arrangement of interpretations of the omens, some principles can be established, as, for example, left = good, right = bad, and vice versa. Quite often, however, no rational principle can be discerned, though one must note that there is still a dearth of studies on this subject.

In the Old Babylonian period, the collections of omens were for the most part still rather small. Omens which took place without human agency, such as encounters with animals or anomalies of birth, were given less attention, and astrology was almost completely absent. People were mostly concerned with inducing omens, primarily through inspection of the liver of sacrificial sheep, but also in figures which were formed when small quantities of oil were poured into a basin of water, or even in the curves of a rising plume of smoke. In the case of liver divination, a question which could be answered either positively or negatively was probably always posed prior to the slaughter of the sheep. The majority of these questions concerned public life, for example, the prospects of a military campaign or the acceptance of a public office. A person inquired about the appearance of twelve different parts of the liver.

Usually the result was then a partial “yes” and a partial “no.” In such cases, the yes and no characteristics were counted, and the greater number determined the answer. If the result was six to six, the liver divination was unsuccessful and had to be repeated, if no additional features permitted an answer to be inferred. One could also derive more sharply differentiated answers from the lists of actual or fictitious liver diagnoses which had become quite comprehensive as early as the Old Babylonian period, and which were ordered primarily according to the parts of the liver. lndividuals were concerned with omina addressing the fate and relations of the family, house and property, and the chances of recovery for the sick. ln the later period, none of the Old Babylonian omen collections was adopted in toto, but they were nevertheless widely exploited for new text compilations, even in Asia Minor. New comprehensive texts are first attested from the period after 1200 Before Common Era, but the great series of tablets known primarily from Assyria were most likely not assembled until the first millennium. The liver divination texts comprise a great part of the aggregate omen literature down into the Hellenistic Age. Further, many omens are based on a combination of features, and clarifications are often inserted or collated for special commentary tablets. Only sporadic mention is made of oil divination.

Besides liver divination, the observation of the far more numerous non-induced omens emerged in the first millennium. These omens, supplemented through thousands of others construed according to particular schemata, were compiled into the greatest tablet series of Babylonian literature, whose most comprehensive form comprised far more than ten thousand terrestrial and astrological omens. To these must be added several thousand birth omens, calendar omens – held to be especially important for the choice of the best possible day or month – and diagnostic omens, in addition to somewhat smaller classifications, such as physiological omens and dream omens. Clear organizational principles are recognizable in all of these series, even if these are not strictly adhered to in every case. Nevertheless, only specialists with years of schooling, who are called “seers” or “gazers” ( as are those who divine by sacrifice; Akk. bãrú), were able to work with these masses of texts. lt took many generations to compile this massive amount of material, and the great series in its entirety, with its hundreds of serially numbered tablets, was probably first brought together in the eighth and seventh centuries in Babylonia or Assyria.ll These collections associate the immense number of omens with a much smaller number of mostly quite general interpretations from the spheres of public and private life.

If it were merely a question of mantic prophecy in the narrower sense of the term in these collections, supplemented by the commentaries, the collections would hold a preeminent position in a history of superstition, but they would command quite limited interest beyond this.

However, the omen collections are of far greater importance. The desire to understand as fully as possible the ominous constellations manipulated by the gods, even to the extent that one could even organize trade arrangements by them, led to ever more precise observations. Thus for the sheep livers, of which no two were alike in every respect, even the smallest oddities were observed, registered, and recorded on clay tablets. Other organs were observed as well, insofar as a diagnosis could be drawn. The same was true of new-born infants and their anomalies, as well as miscarriages. The body structure and behavior of various animals in highly diverse situations was observed very preciselyas well, and special attention was paid to snakes. The result was a level of zoological knowledge which was quite unusual in ancient times. Many plants carne under observation too, though they did not receive the same attention as animals. Several kinds of omens were deduced from water, particularly the floodwaters of the rivers, as well as from meteorological phenomena of all types. In accord with the Babylonian worldview, weather omens were incorporated into the astrological omen series.

Humanity was studied with special intensity, and in this regard the science of omens worked closely with medicine . The basic questions regarding human behavior had to do with morality and ethics. We learn much about the moral values then in force (, as well as of the consequences of outbursts of temper, from the interpretation of good and evil omens, which were important for the fate of the individual. Finally, dreams were also recorded in very great numbers. Since people are able to remember only a small part of these, a great many dreams admittedly may have been invented for the omen collections. From dreams, sicknesses were also diagnosed. One can derive many observations relating to psychology and the study of human behavior from all of these omens and their interpretations. Still, one can speak of no more than the beginnings of these and other modern sciences nurtured on the fringes of divination in ancient Babylo.

The situation is completely different in the case of astrology. In contrast to the later periods, the early Babylonians did not deduce from the stars the fate of the individual – that happened on occasion first in the Seleucid period – but rather, the fate of noble families, the state, and larger groups, and not least of all the prospects for the harvest. In these areas, astrology primarily supplemented liver divination. But astrology could not attain a greater significance until astronomy, which was pursued from time to time for astrological purposes, had access to a sufficient number of observations. That would scarcely have been possible prior to 1200 Before Common Era. Astronomy will be treated in its own right (see below). Here, reference will be made solely to the many thousands of astrological omens which we know from the first millennium.In hardly any other instance has superstition been as fruitful for the emergence and development of a science as in the case of astronomy, which was scarcely nurtured, in contrast to opinions often represented regarding the Sumerians.

6. THEOLOGY, HISTORIOGRAPHY AND GEOGRAPHY

Theology will be treated only briefly here, and under formal criteria; its contents will be dealt with in the chapter on religion. Theology was primarily the teachings about the gods, but the Sumerians could only express these in monocolumnar, one-dimensional lists of deities without suggesting any clarification. The mostly bicolumnar Babylonian god lists reveal essentially more, since they have been illuminated in numerous ways, so that much more can be deduced from them about the relationships of the gods to one another. Nevertheless, they still leave the reader ignorant of much crucial information. The first millennium added cultic commentaries to these lists, drawing quite colorful pronouncements from the lists of gods, the myths, and the rituals) but scarcely exhibiting a systematic viewpoint. Wildly rampant speculations frequently based on etymological wordplays, often find expression in these pronouncements. These scarcely ever had a binding character) and they are only witnesses to Babylonian science in a very limited sense. Central theological ideas, which must be deduced from prayers and mythic poetry, were never formulated or linked together systematically.

There was fertile ground for a scientific approach to history in Babylonia and Assyria insofar as there was often a pronounced interest in the distant past. This interest was expressed among the Sumerians, although only in the monocolumnar one-dimensional king lists and in mythic poems relating to earlier kings such as Gilgamesh. Political criteria were determinative for the exclusion of a number of dynasties from the lists. The alleged regnal years were not always correct, even for the period after the middle of the third millennium, and the listing in successive order of dynasties which were actually contemporary certainly led to false understandings for periods in the more distant past. Both the Babylonians and Assyrians continued these lists.

The year lists down to 1530 Before Common Era served primarily practical purposes, but were interpreted for the king lists in the same way as the eponymal year lists in Assyria, which were constructed for similar reasons. Interest in particular kings was expressed primarily in epic sagas, among which those on the kings of Akkad, Sargon, and Naram-Sin were especially beloved and were repeatedly revised. However, from the Sumerian period on, times of trouble also served as themes of such poetry, for example, such events as the incursions of Elamite armies. The wrath of the gods was often referred to in these poetic compositions.

The king lists were enriched early in the second millennium by additional information, for example, concerning a change of dynasty. It is not entirely correct to regard as chronicles later texts which, from a particular perspective, briefly recount significant events for selected kings. After about 1100 Before Common Era, we find texts in Assyria as well as Babylonia which give brief reports primarily on wars during the preceding 250 years or so. An Assyrian chronicle from the eighth century treats the conflict between Assyria and Babylonia after around 1500 Before Common Era with a strong anti-Babylonian slant, and similar works exist in Babylonia. The so-called Babylonian Chronicle begins with the year 747 . This work registers the most important events for each king in annalistic form, but subsequently gives shorter or more detailed treatment to each year. Some political bias can frequently be detected behind the otherwise very factual reports. Moreover, no recollection of the list form can be recognized in any of these works, though the texts themselves offer merely the raw materials for an actual historiography. From the seventh century on, even the “astronomical diaries” (see below) contain short historical reports.

Geographical lists of lands, cities, bodies of water, and occasionally mountain ranges were handed down in Babylon, and for a brief period in Ebla, from the middle of the third millennium. These were altered in later centuries through omissions and additions, but from the Old Babylonian period on they offered an increasingly historical geography, which is still more oriented to earlier than to contemporary names.

Conversely, the itineraries and lists of Assyrian provinces from the later period are not part of the geographical literature. Some narrative texts, and especially Assyrian campaign reports, show that the landscape of foreign lands was observed as well.21

7. THE BEGINNINGS OF NATURAL SCIENCES

The names of trees and other plants, animaIs of alI kinds, and minerals were included by the Sumerians in their expanded monolinguaI word Iists, and were recorded by the Babylonians in essentially more Comprehensive, mostly bilingual, and sometimes very briefly expanded Iists. The principIes which determined the arrangement are only partially recognizable for us, primarily because we are unable to interpret very many of the names. In comparison to the other categories, hoWever, we know most about the Iand animaIs, under which the insects and Worms are ordered; we know Iess of the birds, and even Iess of the fish. The body parts of animals are treated along with those of people.

The distinctions made between a great many types in all areas attest to intensive observation, although naturally all types were not treated in the same manner. The initial words of word phrases allow us to discern a pre-scientific order among the Sumerians, Who in any case had at their disposaI only a Iimited number of words to be used as names; for example, ur designates dogs, woIves, and so forth, as well as the great predatory cats. In the first millennium, the word Iists were supplemented by the above-noted Iists of floral, faunal, and mineral drugs, which present a far greater number of plants than the other lists. Where these Iists are ordered according to the illnesses that the drugs served to combat, numerous drugs are to be found. Names derived from foreign Iands testify to the importation of many medicinal herbs at an early date.

Medicinal commentaries contain further important disclosures. The works sammu sikin-su and abnu sikin-su – “the plants with respect to their appearance:’ “the stones with respect to their appearance” which emerged in the first millennium, bring new insights and serve to facilitate the recognition of plants and mineraIs. In the case of the plants, the Iist names severaI parts from the flower to the root and Compares these without any differentiation to the Corresponding parts of other plants, following the pattern, “Plant a: its flower is plant b, its stem is plant c,” and so forth. Naturally, the inquirer thereby gains little exact knowledge. The schema for the mineraIs is simpler still. Nevertheless, these descriptions presuppose multifarious observations, though the scope of both works cannot be discerned from the portions preserved. On pharmacology, see below, section 8.

The great lists of terrestrial omens ( see above) treat flora and fauna at length. Here the primary concern \vith animaIs is their behavior, \vhile with plants it is their location, especially unusual locations. Unfortunatel:., as is else\vhere the case, floral and faunal omens based on actual observation are found alongside a great many others which were invented according to some analogy or other. The latter are easy to recognize if they make obviously absurd pronouncements, as, for example, the claim that someone had observed a lamb with ten feet; but in many other cases the invented omens can be recognized only \vith difficulty, or not at all. There is still need for someone to undertake a comprehensive evaluation of the omens. Certain literary texts give quite valuable pointers for identifying birds, and also render the birdcalls in vocalized form. Collective descriptions of the body structure and behavior of certain types of animaIs are completeIly lacking: these lay beyond the possibilities of Babylonian science.

The Babylonians never possessed even the beginnings of an understanding of physics, though they did have at their disposal some knowledge of physical principIes, such as the laws of leverage, which had to be used in transporting the heaviest blocks. One can speak of Babylonian-Assyrian chemistry in only the most limited sense that many kinds of experiences \vith the properties and behavior of elements, and their relationships, had been assembled. This accomplishment in the middle of the second millennium made it increasingly possible to reproduce chemical relationships going well beyond those of metallurgy, which had been known at a far earlier date. Thus was attained the means of working \vith many kinds of glazes and cosmetic media. They must have learned much from chemical analysis; but we also possess, primarily from Assyria, collections of formulas for the production of glazes and cosmetic pastes. Yet these collections of formulas should not be reckoned among the scientific writings in the strict sense of the term.

8. THE SCIENTIFIC STUDY OF HUMANITY MEDICINE AND PHARMACOLOGY

As for the scientific study of humanity, the focal point is either groups and communities or the individual person. The study of individuals attained a considerable significance in Mesopotamia, but scarcely the beginnings can be found for the collective focus. Thus, in the area of law, we are quite familar with collections of laws but find no discussion of legal questions of a more fundamental sort. One finds programs for better conduct of the affairs of state in some royal inscriptions, but nothing which one could designate as the beginnings of a political science. It scarcely needs mentioning that even the very presuppositions are lacking for more wide-ranging approaches to knowledge, such as philosophy with its various subdisciplines. Still, the so-called wisdom texts contain interesting pronouncements regarding these fields, as well as pedagogy and ethics (see below..

In the same way, there was no intensive concern for the healthy individual outside the religious literature. All manner of individual observations on psychology are found in the omen collections, especially among the physiognomic omens, which often deal with human behavior. Particular interest in the anatomy and physiology of the human body is shown predominantly within the framework of that form of medicine concerned with the means of healing illnesses; especially intensive concern was devoted to this area. It must at the same time be noted that, in contrast to Egypt, surgery is only rarely treated in the great mass of medical texts. As in Europe during the Middle Ages,surgery was considered more of a tradesman’s activity. The doctor (Sum. a-ZU, “fluids expert”; Akk. asu) ,worked primarily with orally taken or externa1ly applied medicaments of the most diverse sort, and with magical means. lndeed, medicine and magic were so intertwined that it is completely impossible to draw a sharp line between the tWo. Here Babylonian-Assyrian medicine can be shown to be archaic on the one hand, while on the other the combination of medicine and magic anticipates modern psychosomatic methods. The magical practices stimulated the patient’s will to be well, without which no successful healing can be expected.lncantations and prayers supplemented treatment with drugs, and one can scarcely distinguish bet\veen the magical and actual medical effects of these applications. Our understanding of the methods of that period is made much more difficult by our inability to interpret many words for plants and minerals. The situation is even worse with the designations of diseases, which primarily denote the external appearance of a disease, and so in our own medical terminology are ambiguous ( cf. the treatment of leprosy in Leviticus 13-14, where “leprosy” can apply to a house or garment, as well as the human body); in many cases we do not even have a clue as to the meaning of the word.

Still, an intensive study of the numerous pertinent texts would certainly bring forth new knowledge and information. Only occasional, modest collections of prescriptions and diagnostic texts, which lack exact descriptions of symptoms, are preserved from the Old Babylonian period. These lack any systematic organization and have the appearance of the records of individual doctors. The texts from the last third of the second millennium are more numerous and often far more comprehensive, as we1l as better arranged, and attest to considerable advances in medicine and pharmacology. The great medical works, however, did not emerge until the first millennium, and the copies on hand mostly stem from the time after 700 Before Common Era. Letters provide us with extremely important supplementary information to the medical texts, since they often report on individual cases in great depth and make known to us famous doctors of their age, as, for example, Urad-Nanâ, who served in the royal court of Nineveh after 680 Before Common Era. Occasionally these letters even contain the patients’ questions to the doctor. There are two large groups of medical texts. Those in the first group present the diagnostic omens and generally give only a few symptoms of the illness. They also state quite briefly whether the disease can be healed and, depending on the case, how long it will take, or whether death will come after a shorter or longer period. In place of this last statement one often finds “the hand of the god ( or the demon) X”; the hand of each god was not equally malevolent. Such a reference may intend to indicate either that the help of the designated god should be sought, or that a ritual should be carried out against the particular demon. One such example reads,

If he [ the patient] is sick all day long, then his head is “devouring” him he lays his hand repeatedly on his stomach and cries out, he stretches his hand out again he will die.

The omen series begins with incidents which should enable the incanter to approach the case of the patient, then cites many diagnoses from the head to the feet, as well as the internal organs, then many maladies with various symptoms, and finally a great number of infantile diseases. As with other portents, there are certainly many invented combinations of symptoms here. But there is nowhere any mention of what the doctor can do or usually does. The collections of prescriptions, which were not assembled in as great a tablet collection as the diagnostic omens ( comprising forty tablets), also begin each section with a brief, or in some cases very detailed, diagnosis. Several magical-medicinal prescriptions, and sometimes incantations which the doctor can try usually follow upon these. Occasionally, the series of plants, trees or woods, or minerals are very long.

 A very large part of the tablets which have come down to us are tablets which individual doctors or incanters had abstracted for themselves from larger compilations. The prescribed medicaments frequently were mixed with water, milk, beer, or more seldom wine, and point to a developed pharmacology. It is of course improbable that all the given components of any prescription were always available. Not a few medicaments contained substances completely similar to those used today for the same sicknesses, and the doctors of the first millennium were able to build upon the experiences of many previous generations. That is true, for example, of the application of fish gall for the healing of blindness caused by a speck upon the cornea.32 Beyond the diagnostic omens and the various prescription texts with numerous commentaries appended, there was no further medical literature in Babylonia and Assyria. The situation was the same in medicine as in other areas of science: knowledge formulated in terms of general principles was not deduced from the many individual observations which each doctor knew how to apply. Nor was there any physiological theory as was found among the early Greeks. For these reasons, narrow boundaries constricted ancient Oriental medicine despite all of its respectable achievements. At the same time, however, it attained an entirely unique position in the history of medicine.

9. MATHEMATICS AND ASTRONOMY

Babylonian mathematics presents us with particularly difficult problems, because in many respects it is completely different from that of the Greeks and ourselves. In the early period, mathematics was determined by entirely practical demands, namely the measuring of fields and the necessities of administration, which already by the time writing was invented required quite complex means of reckoning. Because only a limited amount of fertile ground was available in Mesopotamia, land parcels had to be measured with great exactitude so that the land could be used to its best advantage. Not only were there rectangular and triangular parcels, but also some in the form of irregular polygons. In order that the area of such fields could be calculated, they had to be broken down into triangles and rectangles, once the boundaries had been measured and recorded. The sum of the areas of these simple figures was then the same as the total area. One Old Babylonian tablet, in a sketch not true to scale, depicts a field which had been divided into four rectangles, three trapezoids, and seven right triangles.33 Moreover, even cubic entities, such as pits, walls, and the like, had to be calculated quickly, or at least estimated, so one could know how much material had been excavated, or how many bricks would be needed, or even how many workers were needed and for how long. The yields of the harvests had to be figured too, along with great quantities of livestock and fish, as well as payments in kind, often to thousands of workers.

While reckoning in Syria, at Ebla, and in Assyria was done primarily according to a numerical system based on ten, the Sumerians and Babylonians used mostly a sexagesimal system ( one based on sixty), which had as its basic numbers 1, 10, 60, 600, 3600, 36,000, 2,160,000, and so forth, and as the reciprocals to this the fractional numbers ex. 1/60, and so forth. The smaller cardinal numbers originally had not only their own numerical names, but also their own numerical symbols which could be repeated for the multiples of these numbers and used in varying combinations. After about 2200 Before Common Era, however, the numbers also carne to be written in cuneiform signs, and, like other cuneiform signs, could not be allowed to exceed the normal height of aline. Thus, the vertical difference between the perpendicular wedge of the 60 and that of the 1 disappeared. Sometime later, this development provided the mathematicians with the occasion to retain only the broad, slanted wedge of the 10, and the vertical wedge for the (respective) 60-,3600-, etc., multiples of 1 as well as the fractions of 1 (1/60, etc.). In this manner, a purely positional system of numerical writing was invented, as was later found in the decimal systems of the Indus valley, the Arabs, and our own. Since, however, no sign was employed which corresponded to our comma, the positional value of numbers with multiple places was not normally evident. Thus, a sexagesimal number such as 58 45 40 corresponded not only to the decimal numeral 208800 + 2700 + 40 = 211540, but also to the sixtieth multiple of the sarne, and so forth, as well as to V60 of it, and so forth, inasmuch as no designation followed to make the numerical value clear. The Babylonians understood the problem in such a way as to make a virtue of necessity, and thus to reckon with great sophistication without any unequivocal place va1ue, since as far as they were concerned a protracted reckoning of the place value was of no concern in the case of the intermediate sums. Only the fina1 sums had to be unequivocally identified. Moreover, within the sexagesima1 system division by 3 and its powers always led to finite sexagesimal fractions which were more exact than the abbreviated, interminable decima1 fractions of our system. In the case of the measures of length, area, and volume, as well as of weights, quite diverse multiples were used, since a very ancient measuring system had been adopted. For instance, the spatial measurement bur corresponded to 5400 = 18 X 5 x 6 X 10 qa (approximately 0.8-11.).34 The primary difficulty for reckoning in the ancient Orient was that one could work OUt addition and subtraction for very large numbers, but the same was not true of mu1tiplication and division. This forced the Sumerians early on to prepare multiplication tables as well as reciproca1 tables, because division cou1d be conceived only as multiplication with the reciproca1 of the divisor.35 In addition, there were tables of powers and roots. Tables other than those necessary for ca1cu1ation had been created at least by the Old Babylonian period, and these al1ow us to deduce a theoretical interest in the properties of numbers. Thus the number 225, which appears as the sexagesima1 3 45, was carried OUt to the tenth power, since there are unusually similar numerical series with this number. The tables of powers for the number 2 led a scholar through to 230, and then formed in addition the reciproca1s to what is for us a ten-place number, which sexagesimally is an even longer numerica1 series. Such unusua1 tables could have no practical interest, but we have no indication of why someone would prepare them.

The situation was similar in geometry, which had grown far beyond the various practical purposes. Nevertheless, this discipline developed without formulated theorems, and a proof of a geometric fact was never attempted. People could work with the Pythagorean Theorem and even knew that there are pythagorean triplets in considerable number, according to the equation [a2 + b2 = c2], in which every number is a whole number. One tablet arranges fifteen select triplets with predominantly high numbers, as for example the decimal 13,5002 + 12,7092 = 18,5412. As for how could someone have come up with this, there are a number of conjectures.The starting point was naturally the basic triplet, 32 + 42 = 52, which was easily ascertained by trial and error, along with its multiples (e.g., 62 + 82 = 102).

The Babylonians of the period before and after Hammurabi added to these tables thousands of texts of mathematical problems, both with and without the accompanying computations. Individual tablets compiled up to 247 problems of similar type without computations. A part of these was algebraically formulated, and among these were multifarious problems pertaining to divisions of inheritances which never appeared in actual praxis. Some texts show that the Babylonians could work with arithmetic progressions. The geometric problems are of a quite diverse sort; many have to do with building construction and excavation, including military purposes such as sieges. Often, however, only the terminology is geometric, as shown by the addition of linear and quadratic quantities, among other things, and such problems are therefore to be understood algebraically. We would formulate many of them as equations, both linear and quadratic. Still, the Babylonians never formed an equation, though they could solve numerous algebraic problems notwithstanding and only rarely had to be satisfied with estimates, which could not be avoided in geometry through circular calcu lations. .Ajmost all problems work with concrete numbers. It is only in rare instances that we find problems without such concrete numbers, in which “,’e “,’ould insert general numbers or variables, such as a, b, and the like.37

The completely unique phenomenon of Old Babylonian mathematics, whose achievement we can only sketch briefly here, has still not been satisfactorily interpreted, largely because this field is examined too one-sidedly, from the perspective of the history of methodology. Such a consideration is, of course, both necessary and indispensable, but it leaves open the decisive question: How is it possible that one form of mathematics, which was far more productive in its inception than Greek mathematics, developed without any systematic formulation of the knowledge of which it made such manifold use? It has often been maintained that oral instruction had supplied the principles of mathematics which cannot be found in any texts. If so, the intellectual structure of oral instruction must have been fundamentally different from that which had determined the form of the texts. This theory is made even less probable by the fact that other scientific texts contain no systematic formulations of scientific knowledge. Thus one comes with difficulty to the assumption that there was in Babylonia a nonverbal form of thought which was able to work quite efficiently without sYstematically formulated principles of knowledge, yet was never able to surmount certain limitations. This conclusion stands in direct conflict with what passes everywhere else as almost certain knowledge. What these limitations signified is shown quite impressively by the fact that after the great advance of Old Babylonian period, Babylonian mathematics stagnated for a thousand years, and in all probability sharply declined in productivity. There are only a few textual witnesses that during this period mathematics remained a subject of instruction.

The most important witness for the nurture of mathematics in Babylonia and Assyria in the first millennium is astronomy. As has already been mentioned ( see above, section 5) , astronomy emerged from the study of astrology. Astrology played a totally subordinate role during the period when mathematics flourished, but it won increasing significance toward the end of the second millennium and thus necessitated a far more exacting observation of the stars than earlier. This development then led to the demarcation of a larger number of constellations; the so-called astrolabe divided thirty-six of these among the three circles of the gods Anu, Ellil, and Ea. Bicolumnar lists of stars showed in the usual indeterminate manner the arrangement of fixed stars and planets with respect to one another. The series MUL.APIN (“Plow-star”) uses complete sentences and explanatory relative clauses, and makes substantially more concrete pronouncements. The sun, moon, planets, and fixed stars were even more carefully observed in the first millennium, and the high temples were often used in this endeavor as observatories. In Assyria, whose kings had bestowed upon astronomy a quite unique position after the ninth century, the royal residence-city Calah was the center of astronomical observations. The new capital cities Dur-Sharrukin and especially Nineveh, with their observatories, carne later. We know a great many astronomers by name from letters and from the numerous astronomic-astrological reports of the period after 700 Before Common Era. Drawings of noteworthy phenomena in the heavens were already being made at an early date; according to Ptolemy, lists of eclipses were kept after 747 Before Common Erawith absolute precision. An initial result of this practice was that lunar eclipses could be reckoned with approximate accuracy after 700 Before Common Era; previously these had been seen as signs of the wrath of the gods. The same was also true with the much rarer solar eclipses, as in the case of the total solar eclipse of June 15,763 (see above, V.l). Nevertheless, the astrological texts often mention “untimely” eclipses that took place before they were expected. Thales of Miletus, however, was able to predict accurately the momentous solar eclipse of May 28,585, on the basis of Babylonian series of observations. Otherwise, there were only sporadic astronomical calcu lations in the Assyrian period.

The beginnings of astronomical calculations in Babylonia, which could be tied to the great and as yet unquenched tradition of mathematics, may lie in the sixth century. Babylonian astronomy was comprehensively pursued until the Achaemenaean period, when Greek and Babylonian astronomers began to work together; it was developed further still in the Seleucid and Parthian periods. The Babylonians contributed to this process the series of observations, which extended in part centuries into the past, while the Greeks brought their ability for systematic thinking and the formulation of scientific and mathematica1 results as well as problems. Famous Babylonian astronomers even carne to bear Hellenized names. Thus, the man regarded as the creator of System A of Babylonian lunar ca1culations, Nabu-rimanni (about 500?) was a1so ca1led Naburianos; later one finds Kidinnu (Cidenas) and Belussur (Berossos; about 300 Before Common Era. Of course, the astronomical calculations were presented without any basic discussion, as typical in Babylonia. Therefore, ifhistorians of astronomy often speak of Late Babylonian lunar or planetary theories, they nowhere refer to formulated concepts which can be deduced from the highly complicated numerical series found in the texts, and which the Greeks could have formulated in terms of a theory. The mathematical methods of the later astronomers far surpass those which the Old Babylonian algebra had been able to achieve. Presented in the form of a graph, the figures for the size of lunar eclipses result in “peaked curves.” The cooperation of the Babylonian astronomers, some of whom emigrated to Greek territory, with their Greek counterparts was a development whose significance for scientific progress can scarcely be overestimated. Great advances in the practica1 aspects of the calendar accrued as a by- product of these astronomica1 calculations. The fact that there was no connection between day, month, and year which could be expressed in terms of whole numbers created problems all over the world. For the most part these problems could be resolved fairly well by provisiona1 alterations in the nature of the calendar. For example, the Babylonians added an extra month, Vlb or, more frequently, XIlb, to the twelve months of the lunar year as often as necessary, with the aim of equalizing the lunar and solar years. For centuries this was done from time to time only by specia1 decree of the royal administration; corresponding directives are extant.

The astronomers knew approximately seven hundred intercalary periods for this kind of calendrical adjustment, which were never put into practice. After abut 380 Before common era, there was a 19 year period with 8 leap years which produced a tolerable approximation of reality. For the purpose of simplifying calculations, astronomers often worked with 12 monts of thirty days each. The names of the months from the Neo-Babylonian period were adopted at na early date by the Judeans, and later by the Syrians as well.

Back to the Introduction Overview

Home

The Christians Under Turkish Rule

$
0
0

The Christians Under Turkish Rule

Dr. Matti Moosa

More than any other Muslim writer, Ibn al-Athir has discussed the character and achievements of Nur al-Din Zangi, who he says died from al-khawaniq (angina) in 1173-74.[46] Ibn al-Athir says he read the history of the rulers before and after Islam and found no sovereign except al-Khulafa al-Rashidun (the Rightly Guided Caliphs) and the Umayyad Caliph Umar ibn Abd al-Aziz (reigned 717-720) to be more praiseworthy for his conduct, justice, and fairness than al-Malik al-Adil Nur al-Din. He lauds Nur al-Din for his indifference to worldly things and for his strict adherence to Islamic law, devotion and piety, adding that he spent long hours in prayer, even at midnight and early morning. He was a very strict Muslim who practiced the rules of the Muslim faith seriously. A part of his faith was Jihad (holy war), for which he was called to make Islam triumph. He was a Sunnite of the Hanafite school, but without prejudice against Muslims of other schools. He was abstemious in his food, simple in his dress, and chaste in sexual matters. He glorified the Islamic Shari’a (law), which impacted his work and conduct. Ibn al-Athir goes on to enumerate Nur al-Din’s achievements, like the establishment of Dar al-Adl (The House of Justice) in Damascus, the building of schools in Aleppo, Hama, and Damascus not only for the Sunnites but also for the Shafiites, and the founding of a great hospital in Damascus where rich and poor Muslim people were treated alike. He also built inns and lodges for the Sufis and homes for the orphans, staffed by men who taught the Quran. The most famous of the many mosques he built is the one that bore his name, al-Jami al-Nuri (The Nuri Mosque) in Mosul, with the tallest minaret in the whole Muslim world, known today as al-Jami al-Kabir (the Great Mosque).[47] In brief, if one follows Ibn al-Athir, he will conclude that Nur al-Din Zangi was “the most  ideal Muslim” in every respect. His domain extended far and wide, from Mosul to all of Syria, Egypt, and Yemen.[48]

But Ibn al-Athir shows a dark side of Nur al-Din Zangi’s character in discussing his treatment of the Christians. He says “Nur al-Din (May God have mercy on his soul)” used a great deal of trickery, duplicity, and deception in dealing with the Franks, and thus was able to control most of the regions they had formerly held. An example of his stratagem is what he did to the Armenian Malih (Mleh), son of Leo I, Roupenid ruler of Cilicia (1173-1175). He kept deceiving, coaxing him and offering him estates until he won him over and used him to fight against the Franks,.the Byzantines, and even his own people. Supported by Nur al-Din, Malih captured the major cities of Adana, Mamistra (al-Mississa) and Tarsus in Cilicia in 1173 and defeated the Byzantine forces, killing many. He sent thirty of their leaders as prisoners and plenty of booty to Nur al-Din, who in turn sent some of them along with the booty to the Abbasid Caliph al-Mustadi bi Amr Allah (1170-1180) with a letter informing him of the victory, because some of the caliph’s troops had participated in it. Asked why he dealt with Malih as he did, Nur al-Din said that he used him to fight against his own people and  to stop him  from challenging his (Nur al-Din’s) troops.[49] The Armenian writer K. L. Astarjian says that Malih had a bad upbringing which affected his life and behavior. He vacillated between several religions and at one time joined the Templars, but then turned against them. Malih embraced Islam before he became involved with Nur al-Din Zangi, who influenced him to invade Cilicia and conspire against his own brother Thoros.[50]

To William of Tyre, Malih was a most wicked man. When his brother Thoros II died in 1168, the nobles chose Thomas, a nephew of Thoros and Malih on his sister’s side, as administrator of Thoros’s principality. Thomas was well-born but totally unqualified for this position, and Malih, taking advantage of his weakness, quickly seized control of the principality. To buttress his power, he betrayed his own people and defected to Nur al-Din Zangi and offered him allegiance. Nur al-Din welcomed this renegade and, on well-defined terms favorable to himself, provided Malih with a sizable cavalry force. Malih was the first of his [Armenian] people to violate the customs of his ancestors. He not only invaded and occupied the major cities of Cilicia, but also dispossessed the Knights Templar of their holdings there, although at one time he had belonged to their order. He formed an alliance with Nur al-Din and the Turks, on terms appropriate for brothers. By his actions, says William, he rejected the law of God and did immense injury to the Christians. Realizing that Malih and Nur al-Din repesented a great danger to their domains, King Amalric I of Jerusalem (1163-1174) and the governor of Antioch joined forces to fight Malih. Amalric sent several envoys to Malih asking to meet and discuss the situation with him, but without success. War became inevitable. No sooner did he march against Malih in Cilicia than reports reached him that Nur al-Din had attacked Petra in Arabia Secunda. As Amalric and the Franks continued to drive toward Cilicia, however, another messenger brought word that Nur al-Din, who apparently was not yet in a position to challenge the Franks, had abandoned the siege.[51]

The Syriac sources partly agree with this account. They say that before Thoros II, governor of Cilicia, died in 1168, he gave instructions that his youngest son (apparently under age) was to succeed him, and Thomas, the son of his aunt, should serve as his administrator. Deprived of the chance to succeed his brother, Malih became furious and contacted Nur al-Din, who supplied him with an army of Turks. He attacked and ravaged Cilicia, capturing 16,000 youths and maidens, men and women, and monks and bishops, and carried them to Aleppo; there he sold them to merchants and gave the proceeds to the Turks who had supported him. Hoping to appease him, the Armenians of Cilicia met with him and offered him half the country. Malih accepted the offer and assured them under oath that the other half would go to Thoros’s young son, but soon he broke his oath and took possession of all Cilicia, with its towns and fortresses. He then took his vengeance on his opponents. He gouged the eyes of many bishops and governors and cut off their hands and feet. He flayed others alive and  cast their bodies to wild animals.[52] When Amalric learned of Malih’s ill treatment of the Christians, he came to fight against him. Malih sought the Turks’ help, but the king routed them and Malih sought refuge in his fortress. When the king besieged the fortress, he began to feel pain. Finally, he repented and apologized for his bad deeds, swore an oath of fealty to the king, and promised never to join the Turks.[53] Malih’s end came in 1175, when his army commanders revolted against him because of his abominable deeds. He left his camp at night and fled to one of his fortresses. The guards, who were in collusion with the army leaders, captured Malih, cut him into pieces, and threw him to the dogs. They brought his cousin Roupen, son of Stephen, who had been hiding in Tarsus out of fear of Malih, and installed him as their king. As soon as he took power, however, Roupen retaliated by killing those who had murdered Malih, on the pretext that they had treated him cruelly.[54]

The Anonymous Edessan’s view of Nur al-Din is similar to that of Ibn al-Athir. He says that Nur al-Din was a schemer, cunning, and very strict in observing Islamic laws. It is said that he neither drank wine nor allowed others to do so. He banned the singing, merriment and dancing enjoyed by other Muslim sovereigns. It is even said that no one heard him laugh. He ate alone, and only once a day. He was not lecherous, nor did he marry many women, as was the reprehensible custom of the Muslim sovereigns. He wore simple dress, fasted constantly, and read the Quran. He acted with justice and  offered alms to poor Muslims and even to pious Christians. He persisted in strengthening Islamic laws and customs in the countries he had conquered, and abolished all taxes and excises in the countries under his control. And if he learned that an injustice had been done, he was quick to compensate the victim. He never punished anyone without a trial and reliable testimony. His camp was free from rowdiness, frivolous play, and clamor.[55]

But the Anonymous Edessan, Michael Rabo, and William of Tyre show this Turkish ruler in an unfavorable light when they describe his treatment of the native Christians. William of Tyre says that Nur al-Din was a just prince, valiant and wise, and a religious man according to the traditions of his people, but also a persecutor of the Christian name and faith.[56] Michael Rabo and the Anonymous Edessan show that the Christians suffered greatly from Nur al-Din’s oppression and persecution. When his brother Qutb al-Din Mawdud, lord of Mosul died in 1170, he went to take control of the city and instigated the Muslim jurists against the Christians, whom his brother had treated kindly. He was extremely strict about observing the times of prayer and not drinking wine, and was so devoted to observing the tenets of Islam that the Muslims nicknamed him “al-Nabi” (The Prophet), because he believed that he was like Muhammad, the Prophet of Islam. He even expected Allah to talk to him face to face, as he did to Moses. Some of the Muslims who mocked him for his belief and called him a “prophet” sarcastically told him that he, being a divine personage, had appeared to them in the masjid, and he believed them.[57]

To endear himself more to the Muslims, Nur al-Din hardened his heart against the Christians and ordered that new Christian churches and monasteries be demolished. When he reached the city of Nisibin, the Muslims clamored that the Christians were restoring their churches, and he ordered them destroyed. The Muslims pulled down the wall of the Great Church of St. Jacob of Nisibin, which had been held by the Nestorians since the fifth century (when Iraq was part of the Persian empire), and stole religious articles and about a thousand books. They did the same thing to churches elsewhere. Because Nur al-Din hated the Christians, says Michael Rabo, he appointed one of his relatives, Ibn Asrun, as judge and sent him throughout Syria to demolish every new addition to the churches built in the time of his father and his brother. Everywhere he went, Ibn Asrun asked the Christians for a bribe. If he received it, he would swear that the buildings added to the church were old, thus saving it from destruction; otherwise, he ordered it demolished. When Nur al-Din learned what Ibn Asrun had done, he fired him. Meanwhile, encouraged by his oppression of the Christians, the Muslims of Mardin usurped the Church of the Forty Martyrs.[58]

From Nisibin, Nur al-Din marched to capture Sinjar, north of Mosul, and then laid siege to Mosul itself.[59] When he reached the city, the Kurds who lived in the neighborhood of the Monastery of Mar Matta (today called the Monastery of Shaykh Matti, 25 kilometers northeast of Mosul), having heard that Nur al-Din was oppressing the Christians, seized the opportunity to destroy the monastery. They attacked it at night, but the monks, who were ready to repel them, destroyed their ladders and even killed some of the marauders. The Kurds then attacked the monastery in daylight, but the Syrians in the neighboring villages came to its aid and drove them away. The Kurds finally resorted to trickery and made a false peace with the monks, who paid them thirty dinars as a sign of their peaceful intention. The monks fell into the trap and told the villagers to go home. As they were leaving, the Kurds immediately gathered on top of the mountain and rolled down a huge rock that hit the monastery wall, creating an opening close to the aqueduct leading to the monastery’s cistern. (The rock is still lodged in the wall of the monastery, as this author has personally observed during several visits there.) The monks immediately filled the opening with stones and lime, but the Kurds attacked them with arrows; as they retreated, the Kurds unsheathed their swords and chased them inside, killing fifteen of them.[60] The monks, few in number, were no match for the 1500 Kurds; only those who had taken refuge in the monastery’s upper citadel escaped death. The Kurds pillaged the monastery, carried off whatever they could load onto their beasts, and left. After they had gone, the monks in the citadel removed the rest of the books and religious objects and went to Mosul. The Monastery of Mar Matta was desolate, and the monks would not dare to live in it. The Syrians of Mosul hired men and paid them thirty dinars to guard and prevent the Kurds from doing more damage. On learning what the Kurds had done to the monastery, the governor of Mosul sent troops out and killed a great number of them. In retaliation, the Kurds destroyed nine villages in the Nestorian district, looted and burned the houses, and killed their inhabitants.[61] The Anonymous Edessan adds that the Kurds also attacked the Monastery of Mar Sergius (also called al-Mu’allaq Monastery) in the Barren Mountain.[62]

When Nur al-Din Zangi occupied Mosul, it was ruled by Sayf al-Din Ghazi II, the son of his brother Qutb al-Din Mawdud who had originally chosen his son Imad al-Din to succeed him as atabeg of Mosul, but then changed his mind and designated his younger son, named for his uncle, Sayf al-Din Ghazi I (d. 1149). This change was made through the machinations of the eunuch Fakhr al-Din Abd al-Masih, the tutor of Qutb al-Din’s children. Although he was a Christian from the province of Antioch, he pretended to be a Muslim. He plotted with Khatun, the daughter of Husam al-Din Timurtash and mother of Sayf al-Din, to have her son replace Imad al-Din as lord of Mosul.  On learning of the conspiracy, Imad al-Din asked his uncle Nur al-Din for help in reclaiming the governorship. According to Ibn al-Athir, Nur al-Din not only disparaged Fakhr al-Din Abd al-Masih for his injustice, but detested him both for his part in the conspiracy and for his Christian faith. Abd al-Masih offended the Muslims of Mosul because he loved the Christians and helped them. Others say Nur al-Din tried to subjugate Mosul because of his jealousy of Abd al-Masih, who administered the city so wisely and capably that Sayf al-Din was governor only in name.[63]

Realizing that the people of Mosul would not resist Nur al-Din’s attack because they were inclined toward him, Abd al-Masih sent emissaries to sue for peace. According to Ibn al-Athir (and Bar Hebraeus, who appears to follow him), Abd al-Masih demanded a pledge of safety for his own life and a promise that Nur al-Din would not usurp power from his nephew. Nur al-Din replied that he had come not to snatch the city or the kingdom from his brother’s sons, but to save the people from the authority of Abd al-Masih; he pledged to spare Abd al-Masih but said he would expel him from Mosul. Peace then prevailed, and Nur al-Din entered Mosul. He took quarters in the citadel and appointed another eunuch, Sa’d al-Din Gümüshtigin, to administer the city’s affairs. But he left the government of the city and the whole province of Mosul to his nephew Sayf al-Din Ghazi II, and after seventeen days he departed for Syria. He took Fakhr al-Din Abd al-Masih with him, but changed his name from Abd al-Masih (Servant of Christ) to Abd Allah (Servant of Allah) and offered him a generous living allowance.[64]

When Nur al-Din Zangi was in Mosul, says Michael Rabo, he “was intoxicated with vainglory because the Muslims considered him a prophet.”[65] He oppressed the Christians by introducing new measures against them. He burdened them with taxes and the jizya. He ordered them to wear sashes around their waists and not to grow their hair long, so that they could  be distinguished from the Muslims (making them the object of mockery). He ordered that the Byzantine Christians wear a red patch on their shoulders, to distinguish them from other people.[66] He also ordered that no Christian should ride a saddled horse or mule. He expelled all Christian secretaries from government departments and from the governor’s court except Deacon Abdun, a wealthy old man known for his wisdom and knowledge. Soon after Nur al-Din left Mosul, however, the Christians were relieved  from his iniquitous measures through the magnanimity of his nephew, the good governor Sayf al-Din Ghazi II (atabeg of Mosul, 1170-1176).[67]

To enhance his standing among the Muslims, Nur al-Din used every conceivable method to humiliate the Christians. He became more arrogant, especially after capturing Syria, Egypt and Athur (northern Iraq). Michael Rabo says Nur al-Din acted as if he had conquered the whole earth and tried through various measures to denigrate the Christians so that the Muslims would regard him as their Imam (religious leader). As if instigated by Satan, Nur al-Din wrote to the caliph (the Abbasid Caliph al-Mustanjid, 1160-1170), “The words of the Prophet Muhammad in the Quran, indicating that the Muslims should do no harm to the Christians for five hundred years, have become invalid because of the passage of those years. Therefore, it is imperative to annihilate the Christians in the regions under the influence of the Muslims. Any Christian who refuses to embrace Islam should be killed.”[68] He also expressed his desire to have an audience with the caliph to explain further the letter’s contents. The letter scared the caliph, who thought Nur al-Din’s intention was to deceive him, capture Baghdad, and become caliph in his place. The caliph, all the more suspicious because he knew that Nur al-Din fancied himself a prophet, did not respond to his initiatives.

When al-Mustanjid died, he was succeeded by his son al-Mustadi (1170-1180), who had his Vizir killed because he hated the Christians. Much to the relief of the Christians, the new caliph was favorably disposed toward them, as if to spite the Vizir. As a sign of his tolerance, the caliph released the Syrian dignitaries of the Tuma family, who had been detained by his father, and restored their homes and churches to them. The released Syrians told the caliph how his father had discovered the deception of Nur al-Din and rejected his emissaries. The new caliph wrote to Nur al-Din, “You have no right to pretend to be a prophet and enact laws like Allah. You have misunderstood the true words of Muhammad regarding the years. Allah did not order us to kill people without cause.”[69] After receiving this message, Nur al-Din Zangi felt ashamed and sent other messengers asking the caliph to let him visit his father’s tomb. The caliph, knowing his real intention was to occupy Baghdad, rejected this request and even threatened to challenge him if he did so. His action certainly favored the Christians, whom Nur al-Din hated. To Michael Rabo, it was a divine action showing that God had not forgotten His people. Doleful but thankful, he wrote, “Although God had caused the Muslim Arabs and Turks to rule over us because of our sins, He did not for one day deny us His mercy, but always protected us from our haters and showed mercy to His church.”[70]

Nur al-Din Zangi’s persecution of the Christians appears to have encouraged other Muslim rulers to usurp Christian churches. In 1170 the eunuch Mu’ayyid al-Din, governor of Mardin, appropriated the nave of the Syrian Church of the Forty Martyrs and gave it to the Muslims, who annexed it to their mosque. The next day he fell off his mount and felt guilty, believing that his fall was a divine punishment for what he had done to the church. He wanted to restore the nave to the church, but did not for fear of offending the Muslims.[71] This incident was followed the same year by another, no less grievous to the Christians, involving a monk, Hasan bar Kulaib (or Kumaib) of the Abkar Monastery in the Mountain of Mardin.[72] A conflict apparently arose involving him, his two brothers (also monks), and other inmate monks of the monastery over his bad conduct, for which Hasan bar Kulaib was stripped of his position as a monk. In a fit of anger, he embraced Islam and fled to Jerusalem, where he felt guilty and returned to Christianity. The governor of Mardin arrested his two brothers and the other monks, who were tortured to death.  The  Muslims of Mardin used his conversion to Islam as a pretext to capture the Abkar Monastery and convert it to a masjid for the use of Muslim Kurds.[73] In 1172, the Muslims of Mardin also seized the Syrian Church of St. Thomas after a Syrian man named Barsoum committed adultery with a Muslim woman. He was arrested and tortured almost to death, and his possessions were confiscated. Because Barsoum had renovated the Church of St. Thomas at his own expense in the time of the governor Husam al-Din, the Muslims, arguing that the church was his personal property, claimed it and converted it into a mosque. The Christians of Mardin, grieved  to the extent that they blasphemed against divine justice, tried to reclaim the church, but their action angered the Muslims more against them. They lodged a complaint and asked the governor to restore their church to them, but his heart was hardened and he rejected their complaint, thus creating more aggravation and pressure for the Christians.[74]

Not surprisingly, Nur al-Din’s death in May 1174 brought feelings of relief not only to the Christians, but to Muslim rulers who were discontented with his strict observance of the Islamic law, particularly because he forbade them to drink wine or engage in any kind of merriment.[75] The chief reaction to Nur al-Din’s death came from his nephew Sayf al-Din Ghazi II, who occupied Nisibin and abrogated the laws enacted by his uncle. Al-Isfahani says he destroyed the place in the mosque where Nur al-Din had inscribed the restrictive laws and allowed the public drinking of wine.[76] It is more plausible that, as the Anonymous Edessan says, Sayf al-Din destroyed the stone tablet over the door of the masjid of Nisibin, on which Nur al-Din had inscribed his instructions including the anathemas on those who violated them. Also, although he allowed public consumption of wine, he restored the poll and land taxes that his uncle had abolished. Shortly after Nur al-Din Zangi died, the Muslims demolished the Great Church of Hagia Sophia in Edessa. They used some of the stones to rebuild the city’s wall and fortress, but carried most of them away to build a masjid in Harran. The Muslims also tore down the northern part of  the Great Church of the Apostles (the part left intact later fell down) and carried the stone to the fortress. At the same time, they tore down the chancel of the Church of St. Stephen and the chancel of the Church of Forty Martyrs, which was adjacent to their masjid.[77]

Although Sayf al-Din Ghazi seems to have been more tolerant than Nur al-Din, the Christians were still harassed by the Turks, whose rulers were clearly partial to the Muslims and frequently interfered in the religious or ecclesiastical affairs of the church, as Michael Rabo relates firsthand. As patriarch, Michael Rabo was often opposed by rebellious and recalcitrant bishops and clergy who could not abide his strict observance of the church’s canon laws. When he was called to serve as  patriarch, he says, he felt it his duty to respect and defend holy laws against accepting a bribe to ordain a clergyman or usurping a diocese or congregation because of the influence of a political ruler, laws which had been violated or ignored. For this reason he was opposed by several bishops, including Iwannis Denha of al-Raqqa (Callinicus), whose congregation had lost confidence in him because of alleged misconduct and wanted him replaced. The patriarch convened a council at the Monastery of Mar Hananya (now the Za’faran Monastery near Mardin in Turkey) to consider the case. After the testimony, the council was convinced of the bishops irreligious actions and decided to confine him to a monastery for three years until he improved his conduct. Denha at first accepted the council’s verdict, but then went to Mardin to complain to Nestorian leaders against Patriarch Michael Rabo. When the Nestorians learned the truth about his case, they expelled him.

Bishop Denha then turned to Najm al-Din, the Muslim governor of Mardin, and offered him a bribe to have Michael Rabo killed. The governor sent some men who arrested the patriarch and made him appear before the governor as a criminal, accompanied only by Abu Kir, archdeacon of the church of Mardin. The governor addressed the patriarch harshly but, after hearing the case, expelled Bishop Denha and dismissed his complaint. The bishop, still determined to spite the patriarch, went to Mosul and slandered Patriarch Michael Rabo to Sayf al-Din, the lord of Mosul, promising to pay him a thousand dinars. Soldiers arrested Michael Rabo and brought him to Sayf al-Din, who was then in Nisibin. The soldiers ushered the patriarch, together with two bishops and a number of monks, into the presence of Sayf al-Din’s deputy, who said, “Since Allah has placed you [the Christians] under our control, you should not resist the royal decree. You should fulfill the royal order of  the victorious king (Sayf al-Din), or else you will be humiliated and tortured. Our king has ordered that this bishop should have jurisdiction over the dioceses of al-Raqqa, Harran, Saruj, and Habura (al-Khabur). Accordingly, you should return peacefully to your place or something harmful will take place.”

Michael Rabo courageously answered that divine laws are instituted by three Books: the Torah (Old Testament) of the Hebrews, the Gospel of the Christians, and the Quran of the Muslims. He asked the deputy to search these three books and see for himself if God had ordered the rulers to administer the countries by their worldly authority. Faith, he contended, should be administered by choice and not by compulsion. He declared that the just Muslim rulers who came after Muhammad had to the present day observed the interdicts of God and never violated them. According to the command of God, these rulers imposed on the Christians the jizya (poll tax) and obedience, but they did not interfere in matters of faith. “If  you try to alter the course followed by former Muslim rulers,” he added, “then know that what you do is not against me but against Moses, Jesus, and Muhammad. You would violate their Books, or in other words you would be violating the commands of God.” Worse still, he said, the deputy believed Bishop Denha’s complaints against him. If he would do more investigation, he would easily find they were lies. In fact, the dioceses which the deputy said were in the bishop’s jurisdiction were still under the control of Sayf al-Din Ghazi II. Said Michael Rabo, “If he (the bishop) was appointed by your order, why then he is rejected by their congregations? He has committed a crime against our laws and resorted to your royal authority to force me to violate the laws of God. I would rather have my head cut off than step on these laws.” At this point he extended his neck and told the deputy to cut off his head. The deputy entered Sayf al-Din’s tent, then came out and led the patriarch into his presence, forbidding anyone to accompany him. When Michael Rabo stood before Sayf al-Din, he invoked God’s blessing on him. The deputy said, “O patriarch, ask God’s blessing because Sayf al-Din Ghazi has ordered that your laws should be executed, and no one will disobey you.” Michael Rabo repeated his blessing and thanks, then left with tears in his eyes. The bishops and monks were jubilant, while the slanderer (Bishop Iwannis Denha) was disappointed.

Persisting in his evildoing, the bishop tried another tactic to have Michael Rabo condemned. He shouted in the midst of the Muslim throng, “Know all of you that this old man is a deceiver. He is laboring in the lands of the Muslims to convert them to Christianity, and here is the evidence.” The bishop began to read a letter Michael Rabo had written about the monk Hasan bar Kulaib, who had converted to Islam. The Muslims, greatly agitated by it, tried to stone the patriarch. The monks with him fled, and he stood alone before the Muslims carrying stones in their hands to kill him. By chance some Muslims from Mardin, the city of Hasan bar Kulaib, were present and testified that he was a Christian monk, not a Muslim. The angry crowd apparently believed them and let the patriarch go in peace. Sayf al-Din Ghazi II provided him with a letter of authority and the patriarch returned to his place safe. But this was not the end of the wickedness of Bishop Iwannis Denha. He went to Baghdad and lodged a complaint with the Abbasid caliph, but Patriarch Michael Rabo wrote to the Syrian believers in Baghdad about the case, and the caliph expelled Bishop Denha. The bishop returned to Antioch, where he met with Patriarch Michael Rabo and asked his forgiveness. In a true gesture of Christian love, the patriarch accepted the bishop’s apology and sent him to the Edessan Mountain to await appointment to an available diocese.[78]

Michael Rabo relates another episode involving clergymen who from sheer avarice turned to earthly (i.e., Muslim) rulers to oppress their own Syrian people and achieve their goals. The antagonist in this case was Ignatius, the avaricious bishop of Tur Abdin, who obtained money through various means. Michael Rabo admonished him to abandon his unworthy behavior and adhere to the laws of the church, but he did not lobey. One Sunday morning he left the worship service and went to the governor, as was his custom, asking him to throw into prison monks, priests, and laymen on a variety of charges. That night, a group of Kurds captured him and beat him badly, but his companions managed to flee. Not satisfied with merely beating him, the Kurds drove a stake into his buttocks and left him near death. Some passersby found him, and as they pulled the stake from his bottom he died. It is said that he was responsible for the deaths of a number of Syrian believers, but it is not known whether they were killed by Ignatius himself or by those whom he had instigated.[79] His case clearly shows that there were renegade and outright immoral clergymen within the church who oppressed their own people, as did their worldly rulers. It also shows the sad state of the patriarchs of the Syrian Church, who had to struggle to save their church and authority not only from the Muslim Turks and their rulers, but from bishops and other clergy whose immoral and evil actions aggravated their situation and weakened the church’s spiritual authority.

The men who created particular difficulty for Patriarch Michael Rabo by seeking the aid of Muslim rulers against him were Theodore bar Wahbun and Karim bar Masih. Theodore was a native of Melitene, the son of the priest Sohda bar Wahbun. His godfather, the patriarch, brought him to the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, made him his personal secretary, and treated him with kindness and love. At the monastery, Theodore proved to be an avid reader, acquiring profound secular and spiritual knowledge, but he lacked spiritual wisdom and particularly the fear of God. He was rebellious and arrogant, with an inflated ego because of his knowledge.[80]  Blinded by false pride and ambition, Theodore turned against his benefactor, seeking to usurp the office of the patriarchate. To achieve this goal he resorted to treachery, manipulation, and bribery of Muslim governors. In 1180 he plotted to split the church with the aid of some bishops who were displeased with the patriarch for his strict implementation of canon laws, which they had violated. Theodore bar Wahbun tried to stir trouble in Melitene, but the congregation had him expelled from the city. He fled to Edessa and then to Jerusalem, inciting the congregations against the patriarch. He failed at this, but succeeded in convincing four bishops to help him become a patriarch. They contacted the governor of Amid, Abu al-Qasim Hasan (Abu al-Qasim Nisan, according to Bar Hebraeus), and offered him money if he would help them to install Theodore as patriarch. The governor was ready not only to violate the canons of the Christian church, which he did not respect or understand, but to violate the laws of Islam for money. Shortly afterwards, he invited Bar Wahbun to become patriarch. Bishop Ibrahim of Amid, who had been removed from his diocese for violating church laws, was to deliver the invitation, disguised as a Turkish officer, but his mission failed due to the sudden death of the governor, who was succeeded by his son.[81] The rebellious bishops called on the new governor and showed him the invitation his father had sent, offering him more money if he would help make Bar Wahbun patriarch. The bishops’ action enraged the Syrian congregation of Amid, who told the new governor, “We will never permit our faith to be destroyed.” He replied, “If your patriarch visits us, we will expel Bar Wahbun.” After the congregation invited the patriarch, he agreed to go to Amid and meet with the governor, but the subsequent evil action of his opponents disturbed him and the church. As the patriarch left the Monastery of Mar Barsoum to travel to Amid, the rebellious bishops entered the church in Mardin, locked the doors, and ordained Theodore bar Wahbun as patriarch in a night service. In the morning they disguised themselves in different clothing and left for Mosul to meet with the Maphrian Mar Yuhanna.[82]

Karim Bar Masih had a hand in the ordination of Bar Wahbun. Bar Masih came to Mardin, the seat of the patriarch’s diocese, and usurped it  by offering gold to the governor. He invited Theodore to Mardin and proclaimed him patriarch, even though he had been condemned not only by the patriarch and his clergy, but by the maphrian and the clergy of the East. Upon hearing of Bar Masih’s action, the Syrians of Mardin, together with the monks of the neighboring monasteries, notably the Monastery of Mar Hananya (Za’faran Monastery), appealed to Patriarch Michael Rabo to appoint a bishop for them. The patriarch chose a learned and articulate monk named Modyana (Confessor),  from the Edessan mountain, and ordained him as bishop of Mardin. But the new bishop, unable to become an officer of the church without the governor’s approval, was forced to offer the governor the same amount of gold Bar Wahbun had offered him to obtain his investiture as a bishop.[83]

In Mosul, Theodore Bar Wahbun and his collaborators asked the Maphrian Mar Yuhanna (d. 1189) to approve Bar Wahbun as patriarch, but he refused. Disappointed, the conspirators traveled aimlessly from place to place. At the town of Dara, between Nisibin and Mardin, the leading Syrian dignitaries urged them to forsake their machinations and obey the patriarch (Michael Rabo). After learning that the conspirators were in Dara, the Maphrian Yuhanna and some bishops went there, captured them, and brought them to the patriarch in chains. At a council convened by the patriarch, they admitted their guilt in writing and asked his forgiveness. Soon, however, Theodore Bar Wahbun, violating his promise to forsake his evil ways, resorted again to deception. Some of his allies hired ruffian Kurds to hide him at night until the patriarch had left the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, where the council met. The patriarch convened another council which also condemned Bar Wahbun, but he refused to leave the monastery, asking instead for forgiveness. The meek, compassionate patriarch accepted Theodore’s false apology, allotted him a cell at the monastery for his residence, and promised to ask the council to reconsider his condemnation. But no sooner did the patriarch leave to go to the Monastery of Mar Hananya than some other rebellious monks helped Bar Wahbun escape by lowering him in a basket from the monastery’s wall. He fled to Damascus, where he approached Salah al-Din al-Ayyubi (Saladin) and offered him money to proclaim him as patriarch in the regions under his authority. He even wrote a letter slandering  the patriarch, hoping that Saladin would destroy him. When the letter was read to him, Saladin inquired about Theodore and, after learning from some Christian believers in his service about his odious conduct, had him expelled.

Frustrated, Theodore Bar Wahbun went to Jerusalem and began stirring trouble between the Franks and the Syrian minority, especially against Metropolitan Athanasius, who had been chosen to head the diocese of Jerusalem in 1184. Athanasius already had strained relations with the Franks because of a dispute over the Monastery of Mary Magdalene, which belonged to the Syrians but had been usurped by the Franks.[84] He had offered the Latin patriarch of Jerusalem a thousand dinars to return the monastery to the Syrians. The Syrian Church endured deplorable hardships because of the ownership dispute, which was further prolonged because of the Muslims’ occupation of Jerusalem. Bar Wahbun then went to Mardin and Mosul, where he offered bribes to the Turkish governor and his associates, hoping they would proclaim him a patriarch. His action encouraged Muslim governors everywhere to demand money for their help. Next, he turned to the Armenian Catholicos (Gregory IV, 1173-1193), then residing in the Qal’at Romaitha, asking his assistance as he had done with the Latin patriarch in Jerusalem. The catholicos, believing Theodore’s false promises, expelled the Syrian bishop from his diocese and placed the Syrians of Cilicia under his authority, and Theodore Bar Wahbun dared to call himself patriarch. He continued his actions against Patriarch Michael Rabo and lavished enormous amounts of money and gifts on the Turkish governors in Syria and Beth Nahrin, hoping they too would declare him patriarch. Bar Wahbun’s efforts were frustrated when his principal supporter, Catholicos Gregory, died in 1193, and his machinations ended when he died forty days later.[85]

The death of the miscreant Theodore Bar Wahbun brought some relief to Patriarch Michael Rabo and his church, but he had still to deal with Karim Bar Masih, a monk from the Monastery of Mar Matta. Karim bar Masih belonged to the family of Jabir, which was originally from Takrit but, like many Syrian Takritians, had settled in Mosul. Rebellious and ambitious, he was as much a troublemaker as Bar Wahbun, whose ordination as patriarch he had supported in 1192. Mosul had  a Muslim judge named Muhyi al-Din whom the governor greatly respected, and whose advice he always heeded (the governor’s lieutenants hated him, but did not dare harm him). Judge Muhyi al-Din was in charge of collecting the tribute imposed on all the monasteries and their properties, including the Monastery of Mar Matta. After Maphrian Yuhanna died in 1189, Bar Masih, hoping to succeed him, sought the aid of this judge to achieve this goal. He took a boat  down the Tigris to Takrit, the maphrian’s seat, to usurp the See of the Maphrianate.[86] The archimandrite and some monks of the Monastery of Mar Matta, some Syrian Takritian leaders from Mosul, and four bishops (Ignatius Gabriel Yuhanna bar Hindi, bishop of Urmia in Azerbaijan, Yuhanna Ruwad Marqia, bishop of Ba’arbaya, Saliba, bishop of the Monastery of Mar Matta, and Basilius Matta bar Shuwayk, bishop of Baghdad) wrote in support of Bar Masih and brought him to the patriarch to be ordained a maphrian. But other clerics, including the priest Abu Mansur Bar Tibun and the monks Yaqub and Shamtah of the Monastery of Mar Matta, wrote to the patriarch that Bar Masih was an insolent person who had surrounded himself with a band of wicked men.[87] Michael Rabo says that the Syrian congregations of Mosul and Takrit had informed him that they would never accept him as their maphrian because of his immoral conduct. The patriarch, who had also heard about Bar Masih’s conduct from the late Maphrian Yuhanna, felt he had to find a suitable person for this high office. To foil the plan of Bar Masih and his collaborators, the clergymen prevailed on the patriarch to choose his nephew Yaqub, a learned and venerable man who was ordained a maphrian at the Monastery of Saint Dumit in the province of Mardin in 1189, taking the name Gregorius.[88] When the other bishops, whom Michael Rabo calls “the gang of Bar Masih,” learned that their plan had failed, they bribed the governor, who issued an order naming Karim Bar Masih as maphrian.[89] At the Monastery of Mar Matta, they ordained Bar Masih a maphrian and named him Dionysius.[90]

But things did not turn out as Bar Masih had wished, for judge Muhyi al-Din died soon afterwards. The Christians of Mosul asked the eunuch Mujahid al-Din, who hated Muhyi al-Din, to help restore their lawful Maphrian Gregorius, who for two years had been barred from entering Mosul because Muhyi al-Din had subjected them to Bar Masih’s authority, in violation of church laws. Mujahid al-Din agreed to help and provided them with letters of passage and a messenger, and they sent a delegation to fetch the maphrian, then at the Monastery of Mar Hananya, and brought him to Mosul with great joy and pomp. When Bar Masih reached Takrit, the Syrian congregation rejected him and he returned to Mosul, frustrated. As soon as he arrived, the officers of the Syrian Church had him placed in their custody. The maphrian and the bishops met to discuss his case and demanded that he return all the gold he had extorted from the Syrian churches. When he did not comply, they met with the clergy and congregation in the Church of the Takritians in Mosul and defrocked him, then sent him back to prison. A year later, his brother paid four hundred dinars, and Bar Masih was freed.

Curiously, Michael Rabo says that in 1190, under pressure from his bishops, he delegated Bishop Gabriel, abbot of the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, and Bishop Abu al-Faraj, then in charge of the patriarchal office, to Sultan Salah al-Din (Saladin) to explain Bar Masih’s machinations to him. Before they reached Damascus, while Saladin was besieging Akka (Acre), the two bishops were arrested as spies and thrown into prison, losing everything in their possession. But they were rescued through the effort of Muzaffar al-Din, son of Zayn al-Din, lord of Edessa, and finally obtained letters of support from Saladin.[91]

After three years of humiliation and condemnation, Bar Masih returned to his old ways. After paying the governor of Mosul 1000 dinars, he was allowed to proclaim himself bishop of Mosul and its environs. Encouraged by the Muslim governor’s support, he donned the garb of a bishop and traveled around the province of Mosul hoping to gather followers, but failed. Meanwhile, he was hounded by his creditors, who demanded that he settle his debts. Since he had no money, he was thrown into prison and remained there for eighteen months. Out of goodness and perhaps pity, Maphrian Gregorius had him released from prison. A year after his release he was finally forced to pay his debts. At the very end of his Chronicle, Michael Rabo states that toward the end of 1194, Maphrian Gregorius and four bishops came to see him at the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and offer allegiance to him. But as soon as they returned to their dioceses, Bar Masih slandered the maphrian to the governor, stating that he had left his diocese and would never return. But when the maphrian and the bishops returned in early 1195, Bar Masih was put to shame, and the maphrian was received warmly by his flock and the governor.[92]

After Patriarch Michael Rabo died in 1199, Bar Masih caused more trouble for the church. He was imprisoned again and then released through the intercession of Maphrian Gregorius. Because he could not pay the huge debts he had incurred, he fled from Mosul to Mardin, then to Amid, and from there to Miyafarqin, where with the governor’s help he was able to become a bishop of the Syrian flock. But he was condemned by a church council and later absolved by the new Patriarch, Athanasius Saliba the Bald. On December 24, 1204, he died in Miyafarqin; he was buried by the Nestorians, who felt sorry for him after the Syrian Church refused to bury him because of his evil actions and the contention and discord he had caused within the church.[93]

Around 1175, a sharp conflict arose between the Armenians and the Turks over the Samson (Sasun) Mountain, above Miyafarqin, which the Armenians had controlled since the time of the Assyrians (some Kurds also lived in the mountain and claimed it was theirs). With the help of the governor of Miyafarqin, the Turks occupied its fortresses and expelled the Armenians, and for five years they fought the Armenians living in Miyafarqin and Mardin. The governor oppressed and starved the Armenians, forcing them to surrender the fortresses to the great Armenian lord of Khilat (Akhlat) on Lake Van, Sukman II, Nasir al-Din Muhammad (1128-1183), known as Shah Armen.[94] A miscreant Armenian lord named Bakhyan lost his share of the mountain to the Turks and sought to control one of the fortresses. The Armenians gave him several villages, but this gift was not sufficient to satisfy his ambition. He converted to Islam, thinking the Muslim Turks would offer him a fortress. Much to his disappointment, he was repulsed, and his conversion to Islam benefited him nothing.[95]

About 1201, before the death of Bar Masih, trouble arose between the Syrians of the village of Bartulli, east of Mosul, and the village’s Muslim khatib (preacher). The Anonymous Edessan says that the Syrian Christians complained against him to the village head, who had him whipped. The preacher went one Friday to the Great Mosque in Mosul (built by Nur al-Din Zangi) and provoked a disturbance against the Christians. A large mob of Muslims joined him and left the mosque to go to Bartulli and destroy it.  But when they reached the city gate (Bab al-Jisr, the gate of the bridge over the River Tigris), they found it locked. Disappointed, they returned and vented their anger on the Great Church of the Syrian Takritians. They smashed its doors and sanctuary and pillaged everything inside — beautiful church vessels, splendid curtains, crosses, Gospels, golden patens and chalices, and other magnificent brass items. They broke into the office of the maphrian, who was absent, and stole his belongings. They destroyed the closets and doors, and even dug into the floor and took great quantities of provisions, including seeds and grains stored in parts of the church.[96]

The persecution of the Christian communities, particularly the Syrians of the diocese of the Monastery of Mar Matta, worsened beginning in the first quarter of the thirteenth century. The whole northern region of Iraq was a theater of conflict between the lords of Mosul, descendants of Imad al-Din Zangi, and the lords of Arbil. On his deathbed, al-Malik al-Qahir Izz al-Din Mas’ud II (reigned 1210-1218) made his freed slave Badr al-Din Lulu (1180-1259) the administrator for his ten-year-old son Nur al-Din Arslan Shah II (1218-1219), who succeeded him as atabeg of Mosul; he gave the citadels of ‘Aqra and Shush to his younger son, Imad al-Din, who later made Aqra the seat of his government.[97] Because of Nur al-Din’s  tender age, his uncle Imad al-Din tried to gain control of his state. The able administrator, Badr al-Din Lulu, obtained from the Abbasid Caliph al-Nasir li Din Allah (1180-1225) a patent of investiture for Nur al-Din, but he still had to face the ambitious Imad al-Din, who was supported by Muzaffar al-Din Kukburi, lord of Arbil.[98] Nur al-Din died in 1219 and was succeeded by his brother Nasir al-Din Mahmud, then only three years old.

After the death of Nasir al-Din in 1233, Muzaffar al-Din and Imad al-Din attacked the fortress of Imadiyya in northern Iraq, and Badr al-Din Lulu had his hands full trying to repel their forces and protect his state. This conflict seriously impacted the lives and safety of the Christians in the region. In the battle against Muzaffar al-Din Kukburi, Badr al-Din fled to Mosul and then to Balad, hoping to gather sufficient troops. Muzaffar al-Din chased after him and camped behind the hill of the fortress of Nineveh, but when he saw that Badr al-Din was about to crush him, he departed for Arbil.[99] While he was on his way there, some Kurds of Shahrzur in his company kidnaped a Syrian Christian bride from the village of Beth Sakhraya (today called Basakhra). The villagers pursued the Kurds, killed some of them, and freed the kidnaped bride. When Muzaffar al-Din heard of this he became furious, especially when he learned that the villagers had disgraced themselves and honored his enemy by shouting, “Long live the staff of gold, Badr al-Din!”  In his anger, he sent troops who attacked the village of Beth Sakhraya and killed 300 villagers who had taken refuge in its church. Then the troops marched to the village of Bartulli  and cut off the hands of young men with their swords.[100] In 1220 some chiefs of the Yezidis (known today as the Devil Worshipers) in the villages north of Mosul rebelled against Badr al-Din Lulu and plundered the village of Jabbara in the region of Nineveh, whose inhabitants were Syrian Christians, and killed its men, women and children.[101]

After the death of Nasir al-Din Mahmud, Badr al-Din Lulu became the atabeg of Mosul.[102] At  his death in 1259, he was succeeded by his son al-Malik al-Salih Isma’il (reigned1259-1261).  In 1261, the Christians of Mosul and the province of Nineveh suffered tragedy when al-Malik al-Salih Isma’il, accompanied by Kurds, decided to force the Christians of the province of Nineveh to plunder and kill other Christians. His plan was foiled by Shams al-Din ibn Yunus of Bashiqa, who alerted the people of the province to the forthcoming danger and urged them to leave with him for Arbil. Many Christians believed him and departed to Arbil on the Thursday evening of Pentecost. On learning of the their departure, al-Malik al-Salih Isma’il changed his mind and abandoned the idea of slaughtering them, but in the confusion, the Kurds in Mosul attacked the Christians, plundering their possessions and killing everyone who refused to embrace Islam. A great majority of priests, deacons, and dignitaries converted to Islam to save their lives as the Kurds ravaged the country outside Nineveh, killing and robbing Christians. They attacked a convent in the village of Beth Khudayda (modern Qaraqosh) and killed the Christians hiding there.[103] They assembled thousands of horsemen and footsoldiers, attacked the Monastery of Mar Matta, and made war on the monks for four months. They set up ladders, planning to scale the wall, but the monks prevailed and burned the ladders. The Kurds hewed a mass of stone from the mountain above the monastery and rolled it toward the wall. The stone split in two; each part made a breach in the wall, but one remained stuck in it. The Kurds rushed toward the monastery, but the monks and the Syrian villagers inside fought back fiercely with stones and arrows and prevented them from entering. In the foray the archimandrite Abu Nasr of Bartulli was knocked out, and a few men were wounded slightly by arrows.[104] Weary of fighting, the monks sued for peace and pledged to give the Kurds all the hangings, curtains, and equipment of the church, and to collect gold, silver and jewelry for them. The Kurds were also anxious for peace because they had heard that the Mongols were coming to invade the region. Before they departed, they took a very large amount of property from the monastery, valued at 1000 gold dinars.[105]

At that time the Syrian inhabitants of Beth Sakhraya and other natives of Nineveh took refuge in the Monastery of Mar Daniyal (St. Daniel), also known as Dayr al-Khanafis, or the Monastery of Beetles, near the village of Bartulli. But when they left it and crossed the river Zab to go to Arbil, the amir Kutulbeg accused them of coming from the side of the enemy and killed them all, men and women alike. When Sayf al-Din, lord of Jazirat ibn Umar, heard that his brother al-Malik al-Salih Isma’il had fled to Syria, he also prepared to flee. But before he fled, he rounded up the Christians and threw them into prison until they paid him 2000  gold dinars. On Ascension Day 1261, as the Christians remained in prison in a state of despair, Sayf al-Din distributed the gold among his troops, but finally 70,000 Kurds surrounded him and carried him off to Syria, and Jazirat ibn Umar was left without a lord. Two scouts, Izaz Bash and Muhammad, a captain of the guards, made themselves rulers of the region. They released the imprisoned Christians after exacting 7000 dinars from them, killing only two of them who had had communication with the Mongols.[106] Abu Nasr of Bartulli (d. 1290), who was archimandrite of the Monastery of Mar Matta, lamented these events in a 36-page ode which has fortunately survived.[107] He says that the wicked Kurds forced the priests to deny their Apostolic faith and plunged the deacons into the abyss of apostasy. They  ruined the monks’ chastity and kept the believers from confessing the Holy Trinity. Those who refused to recant their faith were crowned with martyrdom. Out of envy, the evil marauders destroyed the churches and monasteries and had no mercy on the altars, the Table of Life, and the holy books. They even violated the Holy Scriptures. No church in all Athur, Nineveh, Rahubuth, Banuhadra (modern Duhuk), and Jazirat ibn Umar was left undefiled. The celebrations of the Holy Eucharist ceased because of the adversities which befell the believers, and the Monastery of Mar Matta it became the fortress of refuge for those who fled the sword and sought peace and tranquility.[108]

Thus, it is apparent that the native Christian communities of  Syrians and Armenians suffered external oppression by their rulers and, especially in the case of the Syrians, internal dissension. This dissension, stirred by mutinous clergymen like Bar Wahbun and Bar Masih, caused the high officers of the church and their communities to fall prey to greedy Muslim rulers, who relished the hefty bribes the rebellious clergy paid them. This was an unspeakably sad period for the native Christians, because it brought boundless pain to honorable leaders like Patriarch Michael Rabo and tremendously weakened their churches and communities, causing many people to embrace Islam in order to escape external oppression and internal conflict caused not only by avaricious Muslim rulers but by the clergy, who were contending for money or the control of more dioceses. One has only to read what is left of the Chronicle of the Anonymous Edessan to realize how deplorable was the internal state of the Syrian Church shortly after Michael Rabo died in 1199.[109]

The Christian communities also had the misfortune of being the victims of warfare between two Muslim groups, the Turks and the Kurds. Starting in 1185, the Turkomans waged war for eight years against their neighboring countries — Armenia, Athur (northern Iraq), Syria, and Cappadocia. The Turkomans, says Michael Rabo, were nomads and tent dwellers. They spent the winter in the abundantly verdant plains south of Syria, where there was no snow or frozen ground. In the spring they moved to the northern region, where there was plenty of grass for their cattle, moving in herds so large they blocked the highways. The Kurds, who often committed robbery, stole the Turkomans’ horses, cows, camels and other animals, and skirmishes between the two sides occasionally brought casualties. To protect their cattle, the Turks began traveling in caravans. After they learned that two hundred Kurds were about to ambush them in the region of Shabakhtan, near Mardin, the hostilities escalated into warfare, with the result that 10,000 men fell on both sides. Angered, the Kurds brought together 30,000 men from the regions of Nisibin and Tur Abdin, while the Turkomans massed near Khabur. The Kurds were beaten and fled, and the bodies of their dead littered the area between the River Khabur and Nisibin. Soon afterwards, two more battles between the Turkomans and the Kurds took place in the district of Mosul. The Kurds were again defeated and fled to the mountain areas bordering Cilicia to protect their families and cattle, but the Turkomans attacked, stole their possessions, and annihilated them — men, women, and children. The Turks sent groups of scouts into the mountains and plains of Syria and Mesopotamia, and whenever they found Kurds, they killed them without mercy and for no reason.[110]

The other Eastern sources shed little light on the conflict between the Turkomans and the Kurds. Ibn Shaddad notes briefly states that in 1183 a battle was fought between the two sides, and that many men were killed.[111] Indeed, there was severe ethnic conflict in Saladin’s army between the Turks and the Kurds, who did not trust each other.[112] This conflict between the Kurds and the Mamluks apparently was so vehement and disruptive that it attracted the attention of the Franks. The Muslims’ aim was to capture King Richard Lion-Heart and bring him to Saladin.[113] The Anonymous Edessan says that the Turkomans became more ferocious when Saladin fell ill for four months in 1183 at Harran, to which he returned after failing to capture Mosul. The Kurds did not dare appear openly on the highways. The Turkomans invaded their villages and drove them from their mountain abodes, forcing them to live in towns under most miserable conditions. Thereafter, the Turkomans became inured to bloodshed, pillage and annihilation.[114]

Michael Rabo says the Christians suffered little harm in the first years of the Turkomans’ conflict with the Kurds, i.e., before 1185. But as it turned into warfare, the Turks became aware that the Kurds often hid their possessions in Christian villages. Moreover, because the Turkish governors did not stop the Turkomans from looting and killing, the Kurds moved into Greater Armenia. After annihilating the Kurds, the Turkomans attacked Armenia and took 26,000 Armenians captive and sold them as slaves. They set fire to the villages and to the Garabed Monastery, and killed all its monks and pillaged its books and possessions. Their troops occupied Tall al-Arabs fortress in the region of Shabakhtan and sold its occupants into slavery. Next they slaughtered 170 Syrian men in Tall Bisme, near Mardin. When the rulers saw the destruction of their territory and the decimation of their village populations, they fought against the Turkomans, especially in the provinces of Claudia and Melitene. In the village of Amrun in Claudia, the Turkomans killed many people, including 200 Syrian men. Says Michael Rabo, no one can describe the carnage and devastation during eight years (1185-1193) of warfare among the Turkomans, Kurds, and Arab Muslims.[115] The Syrians and the Armenians, who had no stake in this warfare, paid the price in lives and possessions. Even small Syrian Christian communities like Bartulli and Mosul were not immune to the antagonism and destructive acts of their Muslim neighbors. Not surprisingly, the numbers of the Christian Syrians and Armenians in greater Syria, Mesopotamia and southern Turkey fell drastically, while the number of Muslims increased.

Michael Rabo relates several events that shed light on the Turkish rulers’ treatment of the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and their recognition of the saint’s power. In one case Feridun, lord of Melitene, and his profligate brother Muhammad fought over control of the city. Muhammad was soundly beaten and fled Melitene to join the Franks in Antioch. When conditions there did not suit him, he went to Sultan Kilij Arslan II of the Seljuks of Rum, hoping that the sultan would give him Melitene, but instead he received Heraclea (present day Ereghli in Turkey). Soon, however, Heraclea was taken from him. Muhammad went to the Turks in the East (Syria), only to be captured by Nur al-Din Zangi and imprisoned at al-Bira, on the bank of the Euphrates, where he lived off the charity of the people. While he was in prison the monks of  the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, who feared Nur al-Din Zangi, bravely extended charity to him because he loved their monastery. When Nur al-Din died in 1174, Muhammad was released from prison; he learned that his brother’s wife, who hated her husband, had alredy left Melitene and gone to her family in Hisn Ziyad (modern Kharput in Turkey). He followed her there, and her family encouraged him to seize control of Melitene. He sought the divine intercession of Mar Barsoum and pledged that if he was successful, he would exempt the monastery from taxes. Disguised as a beggar, he went by night to Melitene with two of his followers. They took him to the house of one of his supporters, where he remained in hiding for two days. On Sunday, February 15, 1175, Muhammad and his companions sneaked into his brother’s palace. They found a ladder on the ground, set it against the wall, and climbed down into the garden, where they found Feridun and an aged nanny sleeping. Muhammad struck his brother a fatal blow to the head, cut off his head, and took the keys of the city and the citadel. He boldly went through Melitene carrying his brother’s head, and everyone who saw him rushed to offer support. Fifteen men swore allegiance to him that night. The next morning he went with a hundred men to the citadel, to proclaim that the city had a new lord. The Christians of Melitene, scared, hid in their homes. But the Turks mounted their horses and gathered at the entrance of the citadel, with swords in hands. There was a great commotion, and rumors about the fate of their lord swirled. When Muhammad dropped his brother’s head from the wall, they faced the reality that their prince had been killed and pledged allegiance to Muhammad. After taking control of Melitene, Muhammad proposed exempting the Monastery of Mar Barsoum from taxes, but the monks felt that such a gesture would outrage the Muslims of Melitene against them and insisted on paying the taxes imposed on them. They proposed to pay him 300 dinars annually and asked to be exempted only from the additional tax of 700 dinars imposed by Feridun. It appears that Muhammad finally gave in to the monks, but as compensation he gave them the Monastery of Mar Dumit (Demete), near Melitene.[116]

But the most remarkable episode Michael Rabo relates is in connection with Kilij Arslan II, Seljuk Sultan of Rum (1155-1192), who came to Melitene in 1181 and inquired about Michael Rabo, then the patriarch. He sent him a friendly letter, together with a patriarchal staff and twenty red (gold) dinars, which caused much astonishment. The next year Kilij Arslan came again; having heard of the trouble Theodore bar Wahbun had caused, he sent a letter inviting the patriarch to Melitene. When he arrived, he was uncertain but felt that something unusual was happening. The sultan sent a messenger to tell him that he had ordered that the patriarch should enter into his presence according to the tradition and practice of the Christians, preceded by crosses and the gospel. The following day, three amirs and a host of horsemen came to accompany him with honor to meet Sultan Kilij Arslan, but the patriarch remained suspicious. On the morning of Thursday, July 8, 1182, he and his companions entered Melitene. To his surprise, the sultan, his troops, and the townsmen came out to welcome him. The Christians, with torches lit and crosses fixed on their spears, raised their voices, chanting. The sultan approached the patriarch and asked him not to dismount or shake his hand, then opened his arms and embraced Michael Rabo. The two men communicated through an interpreter, and when the patriarch felt that the sultan was truly attentive, he began to talk freely, supporting his points with testimonies from the Scriptures and from nature, interspersed with exhortations. As the sultan listened, his eyes filled with tears, and the patriarch thanked God.  Overjoyed, the Christians raised a cry of thanks and praise when they saw the Worshiped Cross hoisted over the heads of the sultan and the Muslims. In this manner the throng entered the church, and at the end of his sermon, the patriarch blessed the sultan and the people. The next day the sultan informed the patriarch that he had abolished the taxes imposed on the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and confirmed his order with a royal rescript.[117] On Sunday, the sultan sent the patriarch a hand, plated with gold and silver and inlaid with jewels, along with relics of St. Peter. Michael Rabo stayed in Melitene a month, and every day  the sultan sent him gifts. The two discussed questions about God, Christ, the prophets, the apostles, and other matters. When the sultan left Melitene, he invited the patriarch to accompany him, and on the way the patriarch engaged in a lengthy conversation with Kamal al-Din, a Persian philosopher traveling with the sultan. As the patriarch offered more testimonies from the Scriptures, the sultan praised the Syrians’ wisdom and expressed joy over them. The patriarch attributes the attitude of Sultan Kilij Arslan II not to himself but to the mercy of God, who chose to comfort his small flock and the Syrian Church. Although the sultan’s purpose in conferring such great honor on the Syrian patriarch is not known, his magnanimous attitude stands in contrast to that of the Christian prince, Joscelin II, who unashamedly robbed the Monastery of Mar Barsoum.[118]
After he departed Melitene, Kilij Arslan invaded the Byzantine territory and captured twelve fortresses. Later, in a letter to Michael Rabo, the sultan attributed his victory over the Byzantines to the power of the patriarch’s prayer:

From Kilij Arslan, the great Sultan of Cappadocia, Syria and Armenia to Patriarch Michael,
the friend of our state, who resides in the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and who prays for
our success. We declare that God has glorified the affairs of our state at this time by your
prayer. From ancient Philadelphia (Alashehr, Turkey), the son of the king of the Rum
[apparently Emperor Andronicus Comnenus (1183-1185), grandson of Alexius I] came with
his sons to offer submission to our throne. We dispatched with him an army of forty
thousand men. The enemies gathered in large numbers in the Great City (Constantinople)
and prepared for war. But God gave victory to our army and chased and defeated the enemies
of our state so badly that they will never be able to rise against us for a long time to come.
Our army occupied the great fortress of Diyadin and controlled the region extending
beyond the fortress and the seashore, which has become subject to us. Now we administer
that region, which has not been subject to the Turks before, according to the laws of our state.
It should be said that verily God has given us all this [victory] because of the power of your
prayer. Therefore, we beseech you not to cease praying for our state. Farewell.[119]

Never had a Byzantine emperor or a Frankish prince asked a Syrian patriarch to pray for his triumph over his Muslim enemies. The letter clearly shows the sultan’s genuine belief in the power of prayer. Why else would Kilij Arslan have written this letter, knowing that the patriarch had no political or military  power? Did he hope to coax the Syrian Christians to support him? This is doubtful, for in his Chronicle Michael Rabo never even suggests that his people were military aggressors or voluntarily took part in the warfare involving the

Bibliogaphy

[46] Ibn al-Athir, al-Kamil fi al-Tarikh, 1: 602, and al-Tarikh al-Bahir fi al-Dawla al-Atabegiyya, 161; Ibn Shaddad, al-Nawadir al-Sultaniyya wa al-Mahasin al-Yusufiyya, in R.H.C. Or., 3: 55;  Abu Shama, 1: 228, follows Ibn Shaddad; Ibn al-Adim, Zubdat al-Halab min Tarikh Halab, 2: 340; Ibn Wasil, Mufarrij al-Kurub, 1: 262-263; Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 107 of the Syriac text, and trans. Budge, 302, where khawaniq is rendered as strangury, a disease marked by the painful and slow discharge of urine; Reinhold Röhricht, Geschichte des Königreichs Jerusalem 1100-1291 (Innsbrug, 1898), 358; William of Tyre, 2: 394, n. 62.

[47] Ibn al-Athir, al-Kamil fi al-Tarikh, 1: 576-577.

[48] Ibn al-Athir, al-Tarikh al-Bahir, 162-175, al-Kamil fi al-Tarikh, 1: 602-606; Sulayman Sai’gh, Tarikh al-Mawsil, 1 (Cairo; al-Matba’a al-Salafiyya, 1923), 179-181, 219; Sa’id al-Daywachi, Tarikh al-Mawsil, 1 (Baghdad: The Iraqi Academy, 1982): 335; Husayn Mu’nis, Nur al-Din Mahmud, 180-182; N. Elisséeff, Nur al-Din: un grand prince musulman de Syrie au temps des Croisades (Damascus, 1967), 64-65; Carole Hillenbrand, The Crusades: Islamic Perspectives (New York, 1999-2000), pp. 132-141.

[49] Ibn al-Athir, al-Kamil fi al-Tarikh, 1: 588-589, and al-Tarikh al-Bahir, 169; Ibn Wasil, 1: 235; Iorga,
L’Armenie Cilicienne, 98.

[50] K. L. Astarjian, Tarikh al-Umma al-Armaniyya (Mosul, 1951),  214-215.

[51] William of Tyre, 2: 386-387.

[52] Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 103 of the Syriac text, 292 of the English translation.

[53] Michael Rabo, 695-696 of the Syriac text, 337 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, 103 of the Syriac text,. 295 of the English translation.

[54] Michael Rabo, 710-711 of the Syriac text, 361 of the French translation; the Anonymous Edessan, 176-177 of the Syriac text, 205 of the Arabic translation; Bar Hebraeus, 108 of the Syriac text, 305 of the English translation; Frédéric Macler, “Armenia,” Cambridge Medieval History, 4: 1170-1171.

[55] The Anonymous Edessan,  169 of the Syriac text,  197-198 of the Arabic translation.

[56] William of Tyre, 2: 394.

[57] Michael Rabo, 705-706 of the Syriac text,  353 of the French translation.

[58] Michael Rabo, 705 of the Syriac text, 352 of the French translation; the Anonymous Edessan, 168 of the Syriac text, 196 of the Arabic translation.

[59] Michael Rabo, 697-698 of the Syriac text,  339-340 of the French translation; the Anonymous Edessan, 168 of the Syriac text,  195-196 of the Arabic translation.

[60] The Anonymous Edessan, 169 of the Syriac text, 197 of the Arabic translation.

[61] Michael Rabo, 678-679 of the Syriac text, 340-341 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, 3: 263-265; Patriarch Ignatius.Yaqub, Dafaqat al-Tib fi Tarikh Dayr al-Qiddis Mar Matta al-Ajib (Zahla, Lebanon, 1961), 88.

[62] The Anonymous Edessan, 169 of the Syriac text, 197 of the Arabic translation. In the spring of 1951 this author, with the students of St. Ephraim the Syrian Seminary in Mosul and its principal Rev. Bulus Behnam (ordained a bishop the next year), visited this monastery, which stands partly in ruins. Moses Bar Kipha (d. 903), a prominent Syrian writer, philosopher, and theologian, was educated at the Barren Monastery, between Sinjar and Balad in northern Iraq. For his biography, see Patriarch Aphram Barsoum, al-Lulu al-Manthur fi Tarikh al-Ulum wa al-Adab al-Syrianiyya, 2nd ed. (Hims, Syria, 1956), 434-441, and trans. Matti Moosa with the title The History of Syriac Literature and Sciences (Pueblo, Colorado: Passeggiata Press, 2000, 131-133, rpt. Gorgias Press, 2003),  398-404.

[63] Ibn al-Athir, al-Kamil fi al-Tarikh, 1: 573-576, and al-Tarikh al-Bahir, 146; Abu Shama, 1: 186, who follows Ibn al-Athir; Ibn al-Adim, Zubdat al-Halab, 2: 331; Ibn Wasil, 1: 191-193; Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, p. 295, and Tarikh Mukhtasar al-Duwal, 213-214; Sa’igh, 1: 178-179; Imad al-Din al-Isfahani, Sana al-Barq al-Shami, abridged by Qiwam al-Din al-Fath ibn Ali al-Bundari, ed. Ramadan Sheshen (Beirut: Dar al-Kitab al-Jadid, 1971), 93-94. Another edition of this work is by Fathiyya al-Nabrawi (Cairo: Maktabat al-Khanji bi Misr, 1979).

[64] Ibn al-Athir, al-Kamil fi al-Tarikh, 1: 574-577, and al-Tarikh al-Bahir, 153; Ibn al-Adim, 2: 332-333; Ibn Wasil, 1: 192-193; Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 105-106 of the Syriac text and trans. Budge, 295-297, and Tarikh Mukhtasar al-Duwal, ed. Anton Salihani (Beirut, 1958), 213-214.

[65] Michael Rabo, 697 of the Syriac text, 340 of the French translation.

[66] Michael Rabo, 698 of the Syriac text, p. 342 of the French translation.

[67] The Anonymous Edessan, 168 of the Syriac text, 196 of the Arabic translation; Michael Rabo, 710 of the Syriac text, 360-361 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 302 of the English translation.

[68] Michael Rabo,  698-700 of the Syriac text, 344-345 of the French translation.

[69] Michael Rabo, 699-700 of the Syriac text, 344-345 of the French translation.

[70] Michael Rabo, 698-700 of the Syriac text, 344-345 of the French translation.

[71] Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, biography of Michael Rabo; Michael Rabo, 695 of the Syriac text, 337-338 of the French translation (because of a lacuna in the Syriac manuscript, the name of the eunuch is missing; Chabot, p. 337, apparently relying on Bar Hebraeus, writes the name as Amin al-Din, though Bar Hebraeus gives it as Mu’ayyid al-Din); the Anonymous Edessan, 168 of the Syriac text, 196 of the Arabic translation.

[72] Michael Rabo, 709 of the Syriac text, 360 of the French translation, gives the name as Bar Kumaib. Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, biography of Michael Rabo, writes it as Bar Kulaib.

[73] Michael Rabo, 698 of the Syriac text, 340 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, ibid.

[74] Michael Rabo, 700-701 of the Syriac text, 347-349 of the French translation.

[75] Michael Rabo, 705-706 of the Syriac text, 352 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 107 of the Syriac text, 302 of the English translation.

[76] Imad al-Din al-Isfahani, Sana al-Barq al-Shami, 161-162; Ibn Wasil, 2: 9, appears to follow al-Isfahani. Michael Rabo, 709-710 of the Syriac text, 360-361 of the French translation, says Sayf al-Din Ghazi did the same thing after occupying Saruj and al-Raqqa.

[77] The Anonymous Edessan, 171 of the Syriac text, 199 of the Arabic translation.

[78] Michael Rabo, 707-709 of the Syriac text, 357-360 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, the biography of Michael Rabo.

[79] Michael Rabo,  710-711 of the Syriac text,  362-363 of the French translation.
[80] The Anonymous Edessan, 312 of the Syriac text, 350 of the Arabic translation.

[81] J. B. Chabot, ed., Michael Rabo, p. 384, n. 4 of the French translation, says Abu al-Qasim’s son was Baha al-Din Mas’ud, later deposed by Salah al-Din (Saladin), but does not cite any source for this assertion.

[82] Michael Rabo, 721-723 of the Syriac text, 382-384 of the French translation.

[83] The Anonymous Edessan, 316-318 of  the Syriac text, 355-357 of the Arabic translation.

[84] On the Syrian Monastery of Mary Magdalene, see Rev. Yuhanna Dolabani, “Al-Suryan fi Filistin aw Dayr Maryam al-Majdaliyya,” al-Hikma, No. 9 (Jerusalem: June, 1928): 434-443.

[85] Michael Rabo, 722-724 of the Syriac text, 386-388 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, the biography of Michael Rabo.

[86] The Anonymous Edessan, 323 of the Syriac text, 362 of the Arabic translation.

[87] See Patriarch Ignatius Yaqub III, Dafaqat al-Tib fi Tarikh Dayr al-Qiddis Mar Matta al-Ajib (Zahla, Lebanon, 1961),  85.

[88] Michael Rabo, 732 of the Syriac text, 402-403 of the French translation.

[89] Michael Rabo, 734 of the Syriac text, 406 of the French translation, says they paid him 2000 gold pieces and 500 red pieces.

[90] Patriarch Yaqub III, Dafaqat al-Tib, 85.

[91] Michael Rabo, 734 of the Syriac text, 406 of the French translation. Unfortunately, he does not explain why he sought Saladin’s intervention of Saladin in the case of Bar Masih and what role Saladin played in this matter.

[92] Michael Rabo,  738 of the Syriac text,  412 of the French translation,

[93] The Anonymous Edessan,  328-330, 340-341 of the Syriac text, 367-368, 379-380 of the Arabic translation.

[94] Michael Rabo, 710 of the Syriac text, 361 of the French translation; the Anonymous Edessan, 147 of the Syriac text, 202 of the Arabic translation, faults the governor of Mardin, rather than Miyafarqin. Bar Hebraeus, Chronography,  107 of the Syriac text, 303 of the English translation, apparently places this event in the year 1174.

[95] Michael Rabo, 730 of the Syriac text, 369 of the French translation; the Anonymous Edessan, 147 of the Syriac text, 202 of the Arabic translation.

[96] The Anonymous Edessan, 210 of the Syriac text, 239 of the Arabic translation,
[97] Ibn al-Athir, 2: 126-127; Abu Shama, 2: 227; Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 132 of the Syriac text, 371 of the English translation, and Tarikh Mukhtasar al-Duwal,  229, 232; al-Daywachi, Tarikh al-Mawsil, 1: 309-310.

[98] Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 132 of the Syriac text, 371 of the English translation, and Tarikh Mukhtasar al-Duwal,  229, 232.

[99] For details see Ibn al-Athir, 2: 128-137.

[100] Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 133 of the Syriac text, 374-375 of the English translation; Patriarch Ignatius Yaqub III, 94.

[101] Ignatius Yaqub III,  94

[102] Sulayman Sa’igh, Tarikh al-Mawsil, 1: 166; Sa’id al-Daywachi, 1: 321-323.

[103] Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 159 of the Syriac text, 439-441, and Tarikh Mukhtasar al-Duwal, 282-284.

[104] On Abu Nasr of Bartulli, see Aphram Barsoum, al-Lulu al-Manthur fi Tarikh al-Ulum was al-Adab al-Suryaniyya (Aleppo, 1956), 539-540, and trans. Matti Moosa as The History of Syriac Literature and Science (Pueblo, Colorado: Passeggiata Press, 2000, 159-160, rpt. Gorgias Press, 2003), 484-485.

[105] Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 441 of the English translation.

[106] Bar Hebraeus, 160 of the Syriac text, 441 of the English translation.

[107] Barsoum, al-Lulu al-Manthur, 540, trans. Moosa, Passagiata, 160 and Gorgias, 484 says he found a copy of this ode in Diyarbakr, copied in the handwriting of the Maphrian Barsoum II al-Ma’dani.

[108] Patriarch Ignatius Yaqub III, Dafaqat al-Tib, 96, gives a translation of this ode.

[109] The Anonymous Edessan, 335-345, 348-350 of the Syriac text, 374, 379, 380-384, 386-388 of the Arabic translation. Unfortunately, there are many gaps in the cited pages, and we lack information which would have shed more light on the dissension within the Syrian Church.

[110] Michael Rabo, 732 of the Syriac text,  400-402 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, 114 of the Syriac text, pp. 321-322 of the English translation.

[111] Ibn Shaddad, al-Nawadir al-Sultaniyya, R.H.C. Or., 3: 87.

[112] Ibn Shaddad, 3: 313; Abu Shama, Kitab al-Rawdatayn fi Akhbar al-Dawlatayn, 2: 199.

[113] Ambroise, L’Estoire de la guerre Sainte, ed. Gaston Paris, in Collection de documents inédits sur l’histoire de France (Paris, 1897), 453-454, and trans. Merton Jerome Hubert in verse as The Crusade of Richard Lion-Heart, with notes by J. L. La Monte (New York, 1941, rpt. New York: Octagon Books, 1976), 414-415, and trans. Edward Noble Stone as The History of the Holy War (Seattle: The University of Washington, 1939), 148-149; Itinerarium Peregrinorum et Gesta Regis Ricardi, trans. and ed. Helen J. Nicholson as Chronicle of the Third Crusade (Ashgate, 1997), 359.

[114] The Anonymous Edessan, 195 of the Syriac text, 225 of the Arabic translation.

[115] Michael Rabo, 732 of the Syriac text,  400-402 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, 114 of the Syriac text,  321-322 of the English translation.

[116] Michael Rabo, 710-712 of the Syriac text, 362-364 of the French translation.

[117] Michael Rabo, 725 of the Syriac text, p. 391 of the French translation; the Anonymous Edessan, ed. Albert Abouna, 187 of the Syriac text, 216 of the Arabic translation, esp. n. 4. Abouna erroneously says that Kilij Arslan imposed a tax on the Monastery of Mar Barsoum.

[118] Michael Rabo,  725-727 of the Syriac text,  390-393 of the French translation.

[119] Michael Rabo, 728 of the Syriac text, 394-395 of the French translation.

Get ideas on sharing photos from people like you. Find new ways to share. Get Ideas Here!

 Please feel free to browse our website:

SyriacStudies.com

The Franks and the Syrian Christians

$
0
0

The Franks and the Syrian Christians

Dr. Matti Moosa

The Franks’ interference in the affairs of the Syrian Church seriously weakened their ability to keep the allegiance of the native population in Edessa and elsewhere. This interference was particularly evident in the case of Abu Ghalib bar Sabuni, brother of Bishop Sa’id bar Sabuni, which alienated the Syrians and turned them against the Franks. Abu Ghalib, a monk from the Arnish Monastery near Kesum and Ra’ban, was chosen as bishop of Edessa by Patriarch Abu al-Faraj Athanasius VI in 1101 and took the name Basilius at his ordination. Learned like his brother, but also impetuous and rebellious, he disobeyed both the patriarch and canon law. Forty days after his ordination he became involved in a dispute with the patriarch over some copies of the Gospels deposited at the church in Edessa. The rebellious priest Abdun had sold these Gospels, the property of the patriarchate, to the Syrian congregation of Edessa, using the proceeds to bribe the men in authority to help him keep his position. When the patriarch demanded their return, Abu Ghalib signed a pledge that he would not carry out his religious duties as bishop until he had returned the Gospels. But as soon as he was ordained, he broke his word, claiming that the Syrian dignitaries of Edessa would not allow him to hand over the Gospels. The patriarch sent Abu Ghalib a letter suspending him from service as bishop and denying him the right to style himself as chief priest. Abu Ghalib answered that the patriarch had no right to suspend him from service because the Edessans, not he, refused to deliver the Gospels to him. As a result the Syrian congregation of Edessa was split into two factions, one backing the defiant bishop, the other supporting the patriarch. Abu Ghalib challenged the patriarch’s authority and angered him still further by continuing to ordain priests and deacons. The church in Edessa was thus in a chaotic condition.

What is important, says Michael Rabo, is that the Frankish governor of Edessa, Baldwin II of Le Bourg, supported Bishop Abu Ghalib. Syrian and Frankish delegations asked the patriarch to pardon Abu Ghalib, but even when Bishop Dionysius bar Modyana of Melitene (d. 1120) and seventy Syrian leaders went to the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and prostrated themselves before him, he refused. The patriarch promised to convene a synod to look into Abu Ghalib’s case, but did not keep his word. Worse still, he removed the old and learned Bishop Dionysius from his diocese for supporting Abu Ghalib.[1] As the dispute between himself and Patriarch Athanasius went from bad to worse, Abu Ghalib turned to the Franks to solve his problem. He took his case to Bernard of Valence, the Latin Patriarch of Antioch (1100-1136), making the Orthodox (i.e., Syrian) Church the subject of criticism by outsiders. Patriarch Athanasius, who was then at the Aqshar Monastery near Antioch, was commanded by the Latin patriarch to proceed to Antioch. The Franks took him to St. Peter’s Cathedral (called Cassianus) and asked him to pardon Abu Ghalib bar Sabuni, but again he refused.

The Franks used this refusal as a pretext to act against Patriarch Athanasius and the Syrians. They brought him to their church, treated him with deference and respect, and told him, “Be kind and pray over this bishop (Abu Ghalib) for the sake of our city Edessa.” The patriarch replied, “The bishop has outdone his iniquity.” The interpreter misunderstood him and told the Franks he was asking for money. The Franks said, “This is simony (selling church offices for money) and not in the spirit of St. Peter. It is not worthy of Christians to dismiss a chief priest from his office for money.” As no one who understood the patriarch could be found, the Frankish interpreter said to him, “If you are dealing with money according to your church canons, consider that today you have been offered 10,000 dinars, and therefore you will release this bishop, who resorted to us.” Patriarch Athanasius did not answer (evidently because he did not understand the interpreter), but promised to pray for Bar Sabuni. The Franks gave him a sheet of paper and asked him to absolve the bishop in writing. As he took the paper and started writing, he looked at Bishop Sabuni and said, “Abu Ghalib, look what you have dragged me into.” Abu Ghalib answered insolently, “If I am Abu Ghalib (father of the victorious one), know that you are Abu al-Faraj (father of release from grief and sorrow).” At this the patriarch lost his temper and threw away the paper. He stretched out his neck and said, “Cut off my head; I will not absolve this man.”

The Franks ordered the patriarch and the bishop beaten. A Frankish bishop told the Latin patriarch, “Although these two wretches have acted disgracefully and deserve to be beaten, it is not appropriate to use beating inside the cathedral.” Shortly the Franks’ anger cooled down, and they let the patriarch and those in his company go to the Syrian Church of the Mother of God in Antioch. But they forbade him to leave the city until they had convened a council to decide the case, and invited their bishops to attend the council. Patriarch Athanasius remained in the church, dejected, locked in a cell, permitted to talk to no one. Grief overcame the Syrian clergy and congregation. Five days later the Syrian priests asked the philosopher Abd al-Masih ibn Abi Durra of Edessa, a Chalcedonian who loved the patriarch and admired his piety, to see him. Abd al-Masih visited the patriarch in his cell and, in a friendly conversation, evidently convinced him that if he hoped to be released, he should offer money to Roger of Salerno, then governor of Antioch (1112-1119). The patriarch accepted this advice, and Roger ordered that he be allowed to leave Antioch and return to his monastery, telling the Latin patriarch, “You have no authority over the Syrians.”[2]

The patriarch went soon afterwards to Amid and settled in the Monastery of Qanqart. Because of the controversy over Abu Ghalib, the bishop of Edessa, Patriarch Athanasius VI tightened his grip on the city’s Syrian Christians. He ordered that the Syrian cathedral be closed and its bells stop ringing, with the result that disturbances in the city intensified. The Syrian priests rebelled and attacked one another. Thereafter, the communicants began to baptize their children in the churches of the Franks.[3]

As if the trouble over Abu Ghalib bar Sabuni were not enough, another dispute arose between Al Camra, the patriarch’s family, and the leaders of the Qarya family, who lived in Qanqart, regarding the ownership of certain land and other properties. These dignitaries complained to the governor of Amid against the patriarch, who in response excommunicated one of them, the deacon Ishaq (Isaac) of Qarya. Consequently, the dispute within the church became uncontrollable. Deacon Ishaq urged the governor to let the patriarch leave Amid, since he was old and did not have much longer to live. The governor, anxious to expropriate the patriarch’s possessions and impatient for him to die, visited the Monastery of Qanqart and asked him to pardon Ishaq, but the patriarch refused. The governor became angry, but the patriarch calmed him down by offering him gold. He realized he was a prisoner in Amid and desired freedom of movement. He sent Mikha’il Bar Shumanna, from the Syrian renowned Shumanna family, to appeal to Count Joscelin I to intercede on his behalf with the governor of Amid to let him leave the city. Joscelin responded by threatening to destroy Amid if the patriarch was not permitted to leave, and the governor of Amid reluctantly acquiesced. The grateful patriarch went to see Joscelin in Tall Bashir (Turbessel) and thank him for his support. He stayed there a few days and then returned to the Monastery of Mar Barsoum. On Pentecost Day, as he was performing the Eucharistic Service, just before praying for the Holy Spirit to descend and sanctify the Elements, he suffered a stroke and asked Bishop Timothy of Gargar to finish the service (Bishop Abu Ghalib also attended). Six days later, on June, 8, 1130 he died and was buried in the Monastery of Mar Barsoum.[4]

A synod headed by Bishop Dionysius of Kesum selected Yuhanna Modyana (the Confessor) as the new patriarch. The bishops took the patriarch-designate to Tall Bashir to meet with Joscelin, who pledged to support him, and Yuhanna Modyana was ordained on February 17, 1129, at the Great Church of the Franks, in the presence of Joscelin and other prominent men. Through Joscelin’s mediation, the new patriarch issued an order pardoning Abu Ghalib bar Sabuni along with the bishop of Sijistan, whom the former patriarch had excommunicated and expelled from his diocese. In compensation for the loss of his diocese, the bishop was offered the dioceses of Samosata and Samha, but was rejected by their congregations. Eventually, he went to Jerusalem and joined the Friars (Knights Templar). Ironically, he fell into an oven and was burned to death, fulfilling a prophetic warning by Patriarch Athanasius, who had once told him, “If you desert the diocese of Sijistan, you will never deserve to be buried [according to church canons].”[5]
For many centuries, no saint held the love and adoration of the Syrians more than Mar (Saint) Barsoum (d. 458), the chief ascetic Syrian monk of his time. Like his contemporaries, Patriarch Severus of Antioch and Philoxenus of Mabug, he was an avid opponent of the controversial Council of Chalcedon and a defender of the faith of One Incarnate Nature of the Divine Logos. After he died, his right hand was preserved in a gilded coffin; when a monastery bearing his name was founded in 790 near Melitene, the monks kept the hand as a relic. The monastery of Mar Barsoum thrived until Joscelin II ravaged it in 1148 and carried its treasures to Tall Bashir, but then declined until the seventeenth century, when it stood deserted and in ruins.[6]

In the twelfth century, the preserved hand of Mar Barsoum was the cause of controversy for both the Byzantines and the Franks. The Syrians believed it possessed divine power to heal and perform miracles (even today, Syrian Christians are known for their ardent belief in the intercession of saints). The Greeks (Byzantines) scoffed at them, claiming that the miraculous power of the saint’s hand was sheer fiction. The test came in 1134, when swarms of locusts invaded the city of Edessa, leading the Christians to seek Mar Barsoum’s help. They brought out the coffin containing the saint’s hand to ward off the locusts. The Greeks (as was their bad custom, says Michael Rabo) urged the Franks to open the coffin to see whether it contained the saint’s right hand. The monks refused, saying that doing so would cause havoc to the region. The Greeks in turn claimed that the coffin was empty. The monks were forced to take the coffin to the Franks’ church and open it. Immediately a violent sound like thunder shook the place. A dark cloud covered the sky and began to pour down hailstones. The people shouted, “Lord, have mercy! Help, Saint Barsoum!” The Franks, laymen and clergy alike, fell on their faces before the coffin, weeping. The Greeks fled and went into hiding. When the hailstorm subsided, the people conducted prayers for three days. The miracle wrought by the hand of Mar Barsoum astonished even the Muslims. When the Muslims of Harran learned of it, they asked the monks to visit them, but the monks preferred to return to the monastery. Crowds of people of all faiths went out to receive them with prayers and supplications. The locusts did not harm the crops but moved to unplanted grounds, where they devoured grass. Those who saw the miracle glorified God, each in his own tongue.[7]

The Franks’ presence in southern Asia Minor, where there was a large Syrian and Armenian population, clearly irritated the Byzantines, who had lost dominion over their former subjects and for better or worse had to deal with the Franks. The Byzantines, frustrated at losing power and prestige, tried to use doctrinal controversies to drive a wedge between the Franks and the area’s Christians. After the Franks established their own religious hierarchies in Jerusalem and many cities of Asia Minor, a conflict among the Latin dioceses required the intervention of the pope. According to Michael Rabo, the pope sent a legate to Jerusalem to investigate the situation, establish peace and order in the churches and monasteries, and conciliate the clergy. But no sooner did he begin the investigation than he died — by poisoning, some say.[8] After the death of the first legate, the pope sent another, identified as Albéric, bishop of Ostie, to pursue the investigation.[9] The new legate removed the Latin Patriarch Radulf from office in November 1139 and put in place another patriarch, who succeeded in reconciling the clergy and controlling the situation. While the legate carried out his duties, the Byzantines stirred him up against the Syrians and the Armenians, telling him they were “heretics,” i.e., anti-Chalcedonians. The legate went to Duluk (Doliche) and met with the Armenian Catholicos Krikor (Gregory III, 1113-1166), whom he took by force to Jerusalem.[10]

On Whit-Monday in April 1140, Albéric convened a church meeting attended by the Frankish patriarch and clergy and the Armenian Catholicos and clergy. Also present were Ignatius, the Syrian bishop of Jerusalem, Armenian princes, and Joscelin and other Frankish leaders. The council told the Byzantines, “You have accused the Syrians and the Armenians of heresy. Explain this heresy to us.” They answered, “We will never attend a council unless our [emperor] attends it too.” Thus their hypocrisy was exposed, and all those attending the council realized that they were far from the truth. Meanwhile, the Syrians and the Armenians presented tracts containing their doctrines, in their own languages. These were read and translated into Italian, and the council acknowledged the orthodoxy of their doctrines. The Franks asked the Syrians and the Armenians to swear not to change their doctrine, which contradicted that formulated by the Council of Chalcedon. The Syrians agreed, but the Armenians refused to do so and were accused of being Phantasiasts and Simonites.[11]
What Joscelin II said at the council or how he reacted is not known. But shortly afterwards, he again interfered in the affairs of the Syrian Church, this time in connection with the ordination of a new Syrian patriarch. Yeshu Bar Qatra, a pious deacon chosen by a synod of twelve bishops, was ordained in 1139 and took the name Athanasius. Some unnamed people, apparently including the bishop of Jihan, slandered the new patriarch to Joscelin II, claiming his ordination was uncanonical. Joscelin then summoned Timothy, bishop of Gargar, to Samosata to inquire whether the patriarch’s ordination was legal, but Timothy did not support the bishops’ claim. Joscelin, already angry at the patriarch for not having visited him (presumably to pay homage), ordered that his name should not be proclaimed in the region under his influence.

Patriarch Bar Qatra, unable to challenge Joscelin’s authority, left Melitene for the Monastery of Mar Barsoum. There he learned that Joscelin II had arbitrarily transferred Bishop Basilius Bar Shumanna from Kesum and proclaimed him as bishop of Edessa. Faced with the unpleasant prospect of losing the congregation in Edessa on account of this appointment, the patriarch chose the lesser evil by confirming Basilius bar Shumanna as the new bishop of Edessa. In his place he ordained Iliyya, a learned man, as bishop of Kesum, giving him the name of Iwannis (John) at his ordination. Not until early 1144, when Joscelin II returned from the coronation of Baldwin III at Jerusalem on December 23, 1143, did Patriarch Athanasius visit Joscelin II at Tall Bashir and reconcile with him and with the bishops who opposed him in the case of Bishop Basilius Bar Shumanna.[12]

After Imad al-Din Zangi captured Edessa in late December 1144, Bishop Basilius Bar Shumanna fled to Samosata for safety. Some people from Edessa betrayed him to Joscelin II on the grounds that he was plotting with the Turks. They told Joscelin, “If he (the bishop) slipped from your hand, he will return to the Turks. Therefore, he should die, lest he entice those who fled and bring them back to the Turks.” Joscelin arrested the bishop and imprisoned him alongside Muslim captives in the fortress of Romaita, where he remained for three years. After his release he went about collecting charity to ransom some of his own people who had been taken captive by the Turks. He went to Antioch and then to Jerusalem, where King Baldwin III and the Latin patriarch welcomed him. Next he traveled to Mosul, where he met Zangi’s deputy Zayn al-Din, who showed him compassion and appropriated a stipend for his living expenses. He then went to Amid to see Patriarch Athanasius Bar Qatra, who assigned him the diocese of Sebaberk, then under the authority of the bishop of Edessa. Bishop Basilius died in 1169.[13]

Joscelin II, short of funds, had set his eye on the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, planning to steal its sacred objects and furnishings. In this regard he resembles King Henry VIII of England, who centuries later looted the wealth of the monasteries of his country. Michael Rabo offers two reasons for Joscelin’s plundering of the monastery: first, his action was the wages of the sins of its inmates, who chose the broad path that leads to perdition; second, just as King Solomon of Israel forsook the God of his forefathers and succumbed to pagan worship and abominable lusts, Joscelin likewise hardened his heart and gave himself over to vile action, making light of the great power dwelling in the remains of Saint Barsoum. He did not reveal his evil intent to any of his men, lest they inform the monks that Joscelin was about to loot their monastery. To carry out his devilish scheme, Joscelin gathered his forces and pretended he was marching to pillage the Muslim territory. Three days after reaching Harran in northern Mesopotamia, he climbed the Hura (White) Mountain and camped at the Iza fountain, in northwestern Claudia. When the Muslims learned of his invasion, they fled. Joscelin told his men that since his plan to invade the Muslims’ region had failed, they should offer prayers at the nearest monastery before returning home.

On the fateful morning of Saturday, June 18, 1148, Joscelin II sent a messenger to the Monastery of Mar Barsoum to inform the monks that he wished to visit. The monks were joyful that the Prince of the Christians planned to visit their monastery and offer prayer. They went to the south gate to welcome him, raising the Cross and the Gospels. Joscelin dismounted and prostrated himself before the Cross with seeming humility. He and his men approached, accompanied by some Franks who had just arrived in the East. The monks did not try to prevent them from entering the monastery, even though they were armed. While the monks were hopeful that they had come to donate gold and money to the monastery, however, the miscreant Joscelin actually intended to rob it. The monks decked out the church, brought out the relics of Mar Barsoum, and set them on a stool  before the Franks. Joscelin offered prayers before the relics, placed a piece of paper on the altar, and left to sit on the porch outside the church.

He gathered the monks and said, pointing to a Frank standing nearby, “This is my cousin who has just come from Rome, and he wishes to see the tower in the upper part of the monastery.” The abbot ordered that his wish be granted. When the Frank, who was actually a military commander, entered the tower with his soldiers, Joscelin ordered the infantrymen to shut the gate and position themselves at the tower. He sent five of his men to search the tower for valuables, but they found only an old monk and two attendants. Disappointed, Joscelin gathered the monks and locked them up in the church. He then summoned some of their elders and accused them of informing the Turks of his arrival in the nearby city of Melitene and thus allowing them to escape. The monks assured Joscelin of their innocence. If what they said was true, he said, then they should give him the possessions of the region of Melitene which the Muslims had deposited with them, for he was told that the Muslims had left enormous wealth in their custody: “You have the obligation to give these possessions to the Christians (Franks), to make them more powerful and take revenge on the Muslims who have pillaged the monasteries of the region of Zabar. I am now in need of these possessions.” The monks said that if they did so, they would no longer be able to live safely with the Muslims in the Melitene region. At this point, Joscelin grew angry and asked the elder monks to leave the church. He locked them up in the house of Saba, called Kano. He sent Frankish priests to the church to take all the silver patens, chalices, incense bowls, censors, crosses, candles, fans (rounded, with bells and portraits of Cherubim and Seraphim), Gospels, and books. His men also searched the monks’ cells and took whatever they found, including gold, silver, brass, iron objects, vestments, and church furniture. When some of the Friars (Knights of the Temple) saw what had happened, they told Joscelin, “We joined you to fight the Muslims and help the Christians, not to plunder churches and monasteries.” They left without eating or drinking.[14]

Joscelin and his men spent all Saturday plundering. They searched the monks’ cells and the attendants’ rooms again, seeking more valuables. Joscelin found a golden cross and smashed it into pieces, distributing them to his men. He loaded the booty on twelve mules belonging to the monastery and left, taking fifty monks with him. On the evening of Sunday, June 19, 1148, he came to a place called “The Elephant’s Vineyard,” where he left a garrison of 155 Frank and Armenian thugs. On Monday he released the monks, who arrived at Hisn Mansur the next day. Before doing so, however, he told them not to leave the monastery empty, lest the Muslims return to occupy it, and demanded that they pay him 10,000 dinars to leave the monastery alone. The frightened monks by then had nothing to pay Joscelin with, for he had stolen all they had. In their desperation, they brought him their most precious possession, the coffin containing the hand of Saint Barsoum, along with the vessels of four monasteries (Mar Abhai, Sarjisiyya, Madiq and Harsafta) which had been deposited with them for safekeeping. Joscelin’s henchmen stole quantities of wheat, wine, honey, clothing, and other goods, and carried them with the coffin containing Mar Barsoum’s hand to Tall Bashir, Joscelin’s stronghold.

The Syrians and Armenians of Tall Bashir implored Joscelin to send the monks back to the monastery. He agreed after taking 10,000 dinars as bond from some Edessans who were then at Tall Bashir, keeping five monks and three elders in his custody along with the relics of Mar Barsoum. He let the rest of the monks return to the Monastery of Mar Barsoum in August 1148, accompanied by Iwannis, bishop of Kesum, and the abbot Lazarus. Joscelin’s egregious action against the monks of the monastery must have affected the conscience of some of his men.  In a dream, three of his men saw the monastery glimmering with light and the figure of Mar Barsoum standing majestically at its highest point, asking them to go and tell Joscelin to bring the monks back to the monastery. After they related their dream, Joscelin, whom Michael Rabo calls “the second Pharaoh,” promised to free the monks but then stalled. His heart was softened only when members of his family told him that they had seen the coffin of Mar Barsoum’s hand shining like the sun and a sword of fire issuing from it, and heard a voice saying, “O Joscelin, if you do not let me alone and repatriate the monks to the monastery, I will annihilate this region with the sword.” Upon hearing this, he allowed the two monks, David and Jacob, to return to the monastery on September 5, 1149. But he kept the coffin containing the saint’s hand until the monks of the monastery paid him an additional 5000 dinars.[15]

On returning, the monks and their Bishop Iwwanis immediately expelled the Armenians from the monastery. When they saw that the altar of the church lay in ruins, they wept bitterly all day long. They proceeded to rebuild the altar and the rest of the monastery. The troops Joscelin had left behind asked the monks to swear that they would not bar Joscelin or his son, should either wish to enter the monastery. The monks reluctantly complied. The troops remained at the monastery for seventy days, during which no Divine Eucharist (Holy Communion) or any other service was conducted. Following the patriarch’s orders, Bishop Iwannis rededicated the altar of the church, confirmed Lazarus as abbot, and appointed a sexton and a supervisor for the monastery. The monks and attendants donated whatever they could to save the monastery from Joscelin’s grip. They collected 5000 dinars from the faithful who visited the monastery and brought the money to Joscelin in December 1150. He gave them back the hand of Mar Barsoum, but admonished them to pay the balance. They presented to him a certain person who offered a surety for the payment of the other 5000 dinars. Thus, the monks brought back the holy hand of Mar Barsoum.[16] Sadly, Michael Rabo says the Byzantines rejoiced at Joscelin’s plundering of the monastery.[17]

Ironically Joscelin, a Christian Frankish prince, was rebuked by a Turkish Muslim ruler, Dawla, for violating Christian principles by plundering the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, on which his own father Ghazi, the Turkish governor of Melitene, had imposed heavy taxes. When Dawla heard that Joscelin had invaded the monastery, he thought that the monks had deliberately surrendered it to escape paying the taxes. He told the people of Melitene, “I will take revenge on you because you delivered the fortress (monastery) to the Franks.” Thus the monks, who had already seen their monastery plundered, now had to face Dawla’s vengeance. They were so distressed that they suspended prayer and the pealing of the church’s bell for three days. Relief came when Dawla discovered that the monks had not simply handed the monastery over. His wrath against the Christians of Melitene abated, and he assembled an army to fight the small garrison Joscelin had stationed in the monastery, captured it, and evicted the Franks

Through providence, twelve monks and fifty attendants managed to take some of the oxen and other property belonging to the monastery and went to Melitene to await their destiny. An old monk named Ibrahim, nicknamed “Sorodim,” went to see Dawla.  He told him, “Coming to the region of Melitene will cause you great loss because you cannot occupy the region militarily. Also, the method of robbery will not succeed. Wait a little, and we will draw up a plan for the occupation of the region.” Dawla, appreciating this counsel, lavished gifts on the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and exempted the monks from paying taxes for that year. He asked them to swear to abide by this covenant, and they did. Joscelin asked for peace and sent Dawla this message: “You have plundered the monasteries of the region of Zabar under my authority. But I have taken the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, which is more important than any other. It is like an eagle among the fowls of the air. See, I have returned the monastery to you.” Dawla answered, “We, like you, seek peace. But tell me, how can you affirm your quest for peace while you have proven that you have no faith? The Muslims swear by their Book, and the Christians swear by the Cross and the Gospel. But you yourself have violated the sanctity of the Gospel and have broken the Cross into pieces. You have nothing to do with the Christian faith. Reveal your true faith, whether you are a Jew or a pagan, that we may establish peace with you on the basis of your faith.” Thus, says Michael Rabo, “The barbarous Muslim Turk censured the Christian liar.” Finally Joscelin II was defeated and captured by the Muslims, the monks returned to the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, and through God’s providence things were straightened out between the Muslims and the monks.[18]

Joscelin’s iniquities and barbarous treatment of the Syrians were not unpunished. He was struck with disaster en route to Antioch with 200 horsemen. It is not clear whether he was trying to have a showdown with the Muslims or to escape. Although Michael Rabo says Joscelin thought he could face a thousand Muslims with that small force, Bar Hebraeus says he left Tall Bashir hoping to meet with a ship in the harbor of Antioch, which indicates that he and his men intended to escape by sea.[19] When they reached Azaz (Hazart) at night, they were frightened by a noisy band of Turkomans and fled. As Joscelin ran, he thought he saw a tree in his way and stumbled to the ground. (In fact, the men with him said there was no tree.) A Turkoman saw him lying on the ground, hurt by the fall. He did not recognize him but, knowing that he was probably a Frank, thought he could sell him to the Christians. He carried him to a nearby village and met a Jew who saw him and told the villagers that it was Joscelin. Realizing that he had a fortune in his hands, the Turkoman carried Joscelin to Aleppo, whose governor, Nur al-Din Zangi, bought him for a thousand dinars. Nur al-Din had Joscelin II chained and thrown into prison.[20] While Joscelin was in prison, the Muslims showered him with gifts and coaxed him to recant Christianity and embrace Islam, but he adamantly resisted. Then he was threatened with torture, but he courageously withstood the threats and persisted in his Christian faith, confessing that what had happened to him was because of his sins. Joscelin II sent a message to the monks of the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and to the Christians in that region, asking them to pray God to accept his penance. He spent nine years in prison, from 1150 to 1159. As his end drew near, he asked to be taken from his cell to Ignatius, the Syrian bishop of Aleppo, who received his confession and administered the Holy Communion. After his death the Muslims handed his body over to the Christians, who buried him in the church. A great number of Christians and Muslims attended his funeral, bewildered by all that had taken place.[21]

The Anonymous Edessan offers a slightly different account of Joscelin’s capture and his treatment by Nur al-Din Zangi. He says that when Joscelin heard that the lord of Mar’ash had been killed, he left Azaz and marched with a band of troops to capture Antioch. When he came to Cyrrhus, between Homs and Hama, as he prepared to cross to the village of Shaykh al-Dayr, a group of Turkomans jumped out of the bushes and seized him. Joscelin asked them to take him to Azaz and offered to give them whatever they asked. They took him to Shaykh al-Dayr, not knowing who he was. The Christians of the village, recognizing him, tried to buy him from the Turkomans for sixty dinars. But when a Jew passing through the village, a dyer by trade, told the Turkomans that the man was Joscelin, they took him to Aleppo. Nur al-Din Zangi had his eyes gouged out and cast him into prison, where he remained in heavy chains for nine years until his death.[22] William of Tyre, showing no sympathy for Joscelin, says that while he was in prison, bound with heavy chains, wasted by mental and physical suffering, “He reaped the result of his dissolute ways and came to a wretched end.”[23]

Among Muslim writers, Ibn al-Athir gives the most detailed account of Joscelin’s end. In 1151, he says, Nur al-Din marched to the country of Joscelin the Frank north of Aleppo, including Tall Bashir, Ayntab, and Azaz, with the intention of besieging and capturing them. Although he praises Joscelin for his courage and prudence and mostly for being “the undisputed Frankish knight,” he says that upon learning Nur al-Din Zangi had assembled an army to fight him, Joscelin went to challenge him. He defeated the Muslims and captured Nur al-Din’s armor-bearer and took him to Mas’ud, sultan of the Seljuks of Rum, telling him, “This is the armor-bearer of your son-in-law; you will face what is much worse.” Nur al-Din, greatly distressed, decided to take revenge. He summoned a group of Turkoman chiefs and promised them a generous bounty if they captured and delivered Joscelin to him, dead or alive. They sent spies to locate him. When Joscelin went out hunting one day, a band of Turkomans captured him. He offered them money to set him free, and they agreed to do so if he delivered the money immediately, whereupon he sent someone to bring it. Meanwhile, a Turkoman went to Abu Bakr Majd al-Din ibn al-Daya, Nur al-Din’s deputy in Aleppo, and told him Joscelin had been taken. Ibn al-Daya sent troops who captured the Turkomans and Joscelin, bringing him to Nur al-Din. Ibn al-Athir gloats over Joscelin’s capture, calling it the greatest victory because he was “a tyrant devil, cruel and too hard on the Muslims; all of Christendom was afflicted by his capture.” Nur al-Din later occupied many of Joscelin’s towns, including Tall Bashir, Ayntab, Duluk (Doliche), Azaz, Cyrrhus, Rawandan (Ravendan), and the fortresses of al-Bara, Tall Khalid, Kafrlatha and many others.[24]

Ibn Wasil gives still another version, as related by the amir Mu’ayyid al-Dawla ibn Munqidh, who says that when Joscelin left Tall Bashir at night and felt the need to sleep, he told some of his men to continue their march; he would follow later with others, whom he ordered to stay with him. As he slept, a band of Turkomans happened to pass by. Seeing them, Joscelin’s companions fled, and the Turkomans captured Joscelin, not knowing who he was. As they marched the next morning, an Armenian who was passing by recognized him. He approached him and kissed his hand. When the Turkomans asked who the man was, the Armenian said he was Joscelin, lord of Tall Bashir. When the news of Joscelin’s capture reached Majd al-Din ibn al-Daya, he summoned the Turkomans and offered them a bounty, raising it until they were satisfied. When Nur al-Din came to Aleppo, he blinded Joscelin and killed him.[25]

Joscelin II was not the only Frankish prince to loot the Christian churches and monasteries. Bohemond III, son of Raymond of Poitiers and prince of Antioch (1163-1201), did so too around 1181, but not on the same scale. He first married the princess Theodora, niece of the Byzantine Emperor Manuel I Comnenus, but then divorced her to marry Sybil, “who had a reputation of practicing evil art.”[26] The Latin patriarch of Antioch then excommunicated not only Bohemond and the priest who married him to Sybil, but the whole Christian population of Antioch. He ordered an end to the church bells’ pealing, the celebration of Holy Communion, and even burial of the dead. Ignoring the patriarch’s condemnation, Bohemond compounded his sin by plundering the churches and monasteries. The Frankish princes and judges and the Latin patriarch of Jerusalem interceded on behalf of Bohemond, and he returned his ill-gotten gain to the churches and monasteries. He also expelled from his domain several noblemen who had taken refuge with Roupen (Reuben) III (1175-1185), Armenian ruler of Cilicia, who received them with honor and gave them splendid gifts.[27]

But the actions of Joscelin II and Bohemond III appear to be exceptions rather than the rule. There were many occasions when the Franks showed justice toward their fellow Christians, the Syrian Orthodox (Jacobites). In 1138 a Syrian monk, Michael of Mar’ash (Germanicia), an inmate of the Kasliyud Monastery in the Black Mountain who had gone to Jerusalem to enter the Monastery of Mary Magdalene, wrote a ten-page tract in Syriac about the restoration of the villages of Beth Arif and Adasiyya, which had been usurped by a prominent Frankish prince.[28] Michael says that in 1137 a prince whom he calls Gonfrey (Godfrey), one of the Franks who stormed Jerusalem in 1099 and killed countless Muslims, usurped the two villages, which belonged to the Syrian community. Although he does not identify the prince further, he seems to be Godfrey of Ascha, a companion of Godfrey of Bouillon, the first king of the Latin Kingdom of Jerusalem.[29] Godfrey of Ascha apparently took advantage of the vulnerability of the Syrian church in Jerusalem to claim the villages, but soon he was captured by Muslims and taken to Egypt in chains. Many years later, an Armenian bishop (whom Michael does not identify) visited Egypt and prevailed on the Fatimid Caliph al-Hafiz li Din Allah (1131-1149) to release Godfrey, by then an old man.[30] The Syrian Bishop Athanasius Kaddana, who had built two churches and a monastery and done other renovations in these villages, was unhappy about Godfrey’s release.

When Godfrey returned from captivity, he claimed the two villages as his own. King Fulk of Anjou (1131-1143), then in Beit Jibrin, ordered his deputy in Jerusalem to restore the villages to him. The Malkites, who adhered to the formula of the Council of Chalcedon, rejoiced when the anti-Chalcedonian Syrians lost the two villages. But the Syrians managed to reverse the king’s order through the intervention of his wife Queen Melisend (daughter of Baldwin II).[31] Michael the monk says that Melisend was charitable toward the Syrian church and people, having great compassion for them not only because of their loss of the two villages but because of the hardships, anxieties, and persecution Bishop Ignatius had suffered. She sent a messenger to tell her husband of the Syrians’ suffering and the expenses they had undergone to build churches in the two villages, and explained that Beth Arif and Adasiyya had belonged to the Syrian community since Arab times, i.e., since the Arabs occupied Jerusalem in the seventh century. She beseeched him to assist the Syrians by restoring the villages to them, and she commanded the king’s princes and ministers to aid Bishop Ignatius, assuring them that she would consider their help a great favor. Accordingly, Bishop Ignatius and Godfrey of Ascha appeared before the king in Beit Jibrin. After a few days of deliberation, the king ordered that the two villages be restored to the bishop. Godfrey took an oath before the king and those present that he would not harass the Syrians any more, and the bishop promised to pay Godfrey 200 dinars to compensate for his loss.[32]

Ignatius Sahdo, a monk from the Monastery of Mary Magdalene (and later the Syrian metropolitan of Jerusalem), tells a similar story, and his eyewitness account should be considered reliable. He says that in 1148, Jerusalem was filled with many poor refugees who had escaped the destruction of Edessa by the Zangids four year earlier. Because the Syrian convents could not afford to provide food for them, many died from hunger. Ignatius Romanus, then the metropolitan of Jerusalem, took compassion on the refugees and tried to help them, but he was in financial difficulty because he had had to purchase the village of Dayr Da Krieh (The Village of the Sick), which belonged to the monastery but had been captured by the Muslims and recaptured by the Franks. He appealed to King Baldwin III and his mother, Queen Melisend, for help in regaining the village. Having great respect for Romanus, they ordered the owner of the village (not identified) to return it to the Monastery of Mary Magdalene. The king asked the metropolitan to compensate the owner, buy the village, and secure a deed, legally witnessed and sealed. Metropolitan Romanus agreed to pay 1000 gold dinars to receive the deed — a large amount for a man who tried to help the poor and needy. But God, who works in mysterious ways, provided an unexpected donor who paid the amount, and the metropolitan was able to use the 1000 dinars to buy food for the poor and needy.[33] After relating this incident, Hans Eberhard Mayer asks whether it could have any connection with the two villages of Beth Arif and Adasiyya.[34] But this is unlikely, for if the incidents were related, Ignatius Sahdo would surely have had some knowledge of the two villages and would have referred to them.

In some instances even the Franks invoked the divine healing power of the Syrian Saint Mar Barsoum. Michael Rabo relates one such incident. After Joscelin II was taken captive and thrown into prison, the only son of a Frankish leader fell from a tree at his home in Antioch and broke his heel. His parents spent an enormous amount of money on his treatment, but to no avail, and grew very distressed. The boy’s mother, Isabel, having heard of the saint’s miraculous healing power, prayed tearfully, asking him to intercede and heal her son. Knowing that a monk of the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, named Saliba, regularly carried a portrait of the saint and visited the homes in Antioch to impart his blessings, the boy’s parents invited the monk to their home. The next day, Saint Barsoum appeared to the boy’s mother dressed as a king. She asked who this king was, and the crowd said that he was Saint Barsoum. The saint asked her to build a church on a space in her house; then he appeared to the monk carrying his portrait and told him to go to the house of Henry the Frank and build a church in its garden, showing him three altars to be contained in it. When his vision recurred, the monk Saliba became alarmed and related it to Bishop Basilius bar Shumanna of Edessa, who was then in Antioch.

The monk and the bishop were skeptical about this vision, but shortly afterwards the boy’s parents came to report the saint’s appearance to the mother. Bishop Basilius and the monk Saliba carried the portrait of Mar Barsoum to the Franks’ house and began to pray for the healing of their son, and the boy’s parents joined them in prayer. The boy, who appeared deep in sleep, instantly cried out in a loud voice and jumped to his feet, to the consternation of his parents and other family members. They saw him look up and stretch out his hand, as if someone were trying to hold him. Meanwhile, the boy’s parents prepared candles and incense. By now a great crowd had gathered at the site. Turning to his parents and the crowd, the boy said, “Mar Barsoum, accompanied by a host of monks, appeared to me carrying a golden cross which shone with bright light that filled the whole house. He held my hand and told me not to be afraid. He said he had come because of the prayers and the faith of my mother.” The boy asked Mar Barsoum how he could stand up while his heel was broken; then Mar Barsoum touched his heel and he was made whole.[35]

The boy’s parents, ecstatic, proceeded immediately to the Great Church, followed by a throng of people. From there they went to see the queen (presumably Melisend of Jerusalem). A huge crowd of Franks, Armenians, and Syrians accompanied the queen to the house where the miracle had taken place. Bowing to the ground, the queen wept as the people took earth from that spot for blessing. The boy’s parents began to build a church under the supervision of Saliba. Michael Rabo, then the abbot of the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, says that he himself, together with the monastery’s elders, attended the dedication ceremony of the new church on Sunday, December 9, 1157, in the time of Reginald of Châtillon, count of Antioch, Baldwin III, king of Jerusalem, Aimery, Latin  patriarch of Antioch, and the Syrian Patriarch Athanasius Bar Qatra. Also at the service were the Armenian Thoros II, lord of Cilicia; Queen Melisend; Henry and his wife Elizabeth (Isabel); and all the Frankish, Armenian, and Syrian leaders, together with a host of Syrian priests and deacons and Frankish and Armenian monks. The Byzantines, who did not participate in the dedication of the church, “died from anger.”[36]

This incident speaks volumes. It shows that even the Franks, who like the Greeks espoused the Council of Chalcedon, were ready to accept the intercession of a Syrian saint and honor him by building a church. They demonstrated tolerance towards the native Syrian Christians — unlike the Greeks, who had been unable to rid themselves of their long-standing doctrinal prejudice, which had weakened Syria and made it a cold prey to the Arabs. From the seventh century on, the Syrians and the Greeks fell victim to the new masters, who held them both in contempt, treating them as dhimmis (protected people) as long as they paid the Jizya (poll-tax). Yet for many years, says Michael Rabo, Muslim Turks and Kurds visited the Monastery of Mar Barsoum to commemorate the saint and seek healing. When Michael Rabo undertook a project to bring water through a duct to the monastery, he was encouraged by both Christians and Muslims. Both groups shared a belief in the divine power of Saint Barsoum to heal the sick, a phenomenon which transcended the religious boundaries between them.[37]

Although some of the Frankish princes committed outrages against the Syrians, Patriarch Michael Rabo enjoyed extremely amicable relations with the leaders of the Latin Church. Shortly after his ordination as patriarch on September 1, 1167, he visited Mardin and then Edessa, where Bishop Basilius Bar Shumanna received him with great honor. Next he went to Jerusalem; the Latin patriarch there welcomed him with great pomp, perhaps, as Bar Hebraeus says, “to spite the Greek Patriarch of Antioch, whom he disliked.”[38] According to the Anonymous Edessan, he then went to Antioch, entering the city with great pageant and honor. The Franks brought him to the Church of St. Peter and seated him on the throne of St. Peter in the Cassianus wing, in the southern part of the church.[39] He spent the winter and celebrated Easter in Antioch and ordained many bishops before leaving at the beginning of June.[40]

Over a decade later, Patriarch Michael Rabo was invited to travel to Rome to help resolve the issue of a heresy that had arisen in Syria. A group of Franks, mostly in the province of Antioch, rejected the doctrine of the Consubstantiation, i.e., that upon the consecration of the Bread and the Wine during the Eucharist, these elements turn into the Real Body and Blood of Christ, a basic belief of the universal church until it was challenged during the Reformation. Moreover, these Franks allowed the abominable practice of the communal use of women. These dissident Franks asserted that true belief is not to uphold such a doctrine, but to excel in charitable work by helping the poor and loving one another. As their numbers increased to several thousands, they established their own bishops, and many governors followed them. Naturally, the leaders of the traditional church considered their rejection of the doctrine of Consubstantiation a heresy. In Rome, their leader convened a universal council in 1178 to restrain them. Michael Rabo, who was then on a visit to Antioch, says that the Pope of Rome, whom Chabot identifies as Pope Alexander III (d. 1181), who called the Third Lateran Council in March 1179, sent a delegation to the Latin patriarch of Antioch and Jerusalem on account of the heresy of the Franks. The patriarch in turn sent the bishop of Tarsus and two priests to ask Michael Rabo to travel to Rome with him to help combat this heresy. Michael Rabo could not go to Rome, but wrote a treatise explaining “when and how Satan created this heresy and how our own church Fathers condemned it.”[41] Inviting a Syrian patriarch to a council convened by a Frankish church leader was an unusual act of tolerance, for the Roman Catholic Church considered the Syrian church “heretical.”

Almost six decades later, another Syrian patriarch received honored treatment from the Franks. Patriarch Ignatius III (1222-1252), accompanied by several bishops, visited Jerusalem and was received with great honor and pomp by the Frankish Frères (Knights Templar). When they saw that he could hardly walk because of his gout, they carried him by hand through Bab al-Amud (the Pillar Gate), designated for the entrance of kings and patriarchs into the city. They took him and his entourage to the Monastery of Mary Magdalene, which belonged to the patriarch’s community and at the time housed seventy Syrian monks. While the patriarch was there, a problem concerning the application of canon laws arose between him and the Frères. An Ethiopian monk of noble origin named Thomas entreated the patriarch to ordain him a metropolitan for Ethiopia. According to established canon laws, the Syrian patriarch had no authority to ordain a bishop of another church without the approval of the Coptic Pope of Alexandria, who had sole jurisdiction over Ethiopia. But it happened that the Alexandrian Patriarch Cyril Laqlaq (Luqluq) had recently ordained an Egyptian Coptic bishop for Jerusalem without the approval of the Syrian patriarch, who had ecclesiastical jurisdiction over the city. Apparently, the number of Copts in Jerusalem and Syria had increased so much that they appealed to their patriarch to ordain a bishop for them. They also complained that they had to attend religious services conducted in the Syriac language, which they did not understand. In retaliation against the Alexandrian patriarch’s action, Patriarch Ignatius III himself violated canon law by ordaining Thomas as metropolitan for Ethiopia, after sending Bishop Dionysius Saliba of Claudia to ask the Frankish Frères their opinion about his plan to do so.

When the Frères learned that the Syrian patriarch had ordained Thomas, they became outraged, but since he was a guest, they tried to avoid any trouble within the Christian communities in Jerusalem. The prior of the Knights of the Temple told the patriarch that he had not purchased Jerusalem or captured it by his sword and pointed out that they had received him with great respect and honor, out of respect for the laws of Christ. He added that when the patriarch sought their opinion, they told him that the ordination of Thomas was against church laws and that he should not do it. “Why then,” the prior asked, “did you hasten to do such a thing, and what was the reason for doing it? Why did you reject our advice?” The stunned patriarch’s face turned pale, and he could not answer. But Bishop Dionysius Saliba came to his rescue. Speaking in Syriac (which the Franks could not understand), he asked the patriarch to tell the Frankish Knights of the Temple that he (the bishop) was to blame for the patriarch’s ordination of Thomas. The patriarch then said that Bishop Dionysius had returned with word that the Frankish prior had approved of Thomas’s ordination. He added that he did not intend to reject their advice or the honor they had bestowed on him. When they asked whether the patriarch was telling the truth, Bishop Dionysius said he was. The Knights of the Temple then were convinced that the prior had misunderstood the patriarch’s message because of the language difference, and they accepted the bishop’s explanation. The grateful patriarch thanked Bishop Dionysius for saving him from an awful predicament and praised his shrewdness and acumen.[42] The action of the Knights of the Temple was more an evidence of respect for canon law than of interference in the affairs of the Syrian Church.

We should not overlook the fact that although the Franks lost Jerusalem in 1187 to Saladin, they managed to regain control of the city according to the ten-year treaty of Jaffa, concluded on February 18, 1229 between the Emperor Frederick II of Sicily and Sultan al-Kamil Muhammad (1218-1238), son of al-Malik al-Adil, brother of Saladin.[43] When Patriarch Ignatius Dawud visited Jerusalem, the city was under Frankish control. The comment by the Roman Catholic priest Ishaq Armala that in 1240 Patriarch Ignatius III sent Pope Innocent IV a letter proclaiming his conversion to the Roman Catholic faith, and that he renewed his conversion in 1247 with the Maphrian Yuhanna bar Ma’dani (later patriarch, d. 1263), is historically groundless.[44]

Michael Rabo seems also to have had good relations with King Baldwin IV (“the Leper,” reigned 1174-1185) of Jerusalem, and his father King Amalric before him. In September 1179, Michael Rabo left Antioch and met in Acre (Akka) with young King Baldwin, who received him warmly. The patriarch told the king of his father’s charter regarding the treatment of the Syrians and obtained a similar charter from Baldwin. Unfortunately, Michael Rabo does not disclose the contents of these charters, which must have been for the benefit of the Syrians and their patriarch, since otherwise he would have not bothered to mention them.[45]

Biliography
[1] Michael Rabo, 592-594 (French, 193, 196-198).

[2] Michael Rabo, 598-600 (French, 207-210). The Anonymous Edessan, 299-300 (Arabic, 235-238), gives a different account of the dispute between Patriarch Athanasius and Bishop Abu Ghalib, and does not describe the patriarch’s appearance before the Latin patriarch in Antioch or his beating in the church. He says only that the patriarch was summoned to Antioch, where Baldwin, count of Edessa, Joscelin I of Courtenay (later count of Edessa), and King Baldwin I of Jerusalem interceded on his behalf, to no avail, after which the patriarch left Antioch and returned to the Monastery of Dowayr (al-Dawa’ir).

[3] Michael Rabo, 602 (French, 212-213).

[4] The Anonymous Edessan, 302 (Arabic, 340-341).

[5] Michael Rabo, 612 (French, 231); Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, biography of Yuhanna Modyana; the Anonymous Edessan, 303-304 (Arabic, 341-342).

[6] For a detailed account of the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and its treasures, including his embalmed right hand, see Rev. Bulus Bahnam (later Bishop Gregorius), “Dayr Mar Barsoum Qurb Malatiya” (The Monastery of Mar Barsoum Near Melitene), in Lisan al-Mashriq, Nos. 4-6 (Mosul, Iraq, 1951): 153-208; Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, biography of Patriarch Mikha’il (Michael) Rabo.

[7] Michael Rabo, 616-617 (French, 238-239); Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 90 (English, 257-258).

[8] Michael Rabo, 626 (French, 254), does not name the papal delegate; Chabot, ed., 255, n. 3 of the French translation, identifies him as Pierre, the archbishop of Lyons, but says he died on May 28, 1139, contradicting Michael Rabo’s assertion that the papal delegation came in 1143.

[9] Michael Rabo, 626; Chabot, ed., 255 of the French translation, n. 4.

[10] Matthew of Edessa, trans. Dostourian, 196 and 338, n. i by the translator.

[11] Michael Rabo, 626 (French, 56). Phantasiasm was the doctrine of Julian, bishop of Halicarnassus in southwest Asia Minor, who asserted the incorruptibility of the Body of Christ and was accused of believing that the Body of Christ was not real but a fantasy. Julian was still living in 536, but nothing is known about him after that date. The controversy over the incorruptibility of the Body of Christ is too detailed to be related here. See T. W. Davids, “Julianus,” in William Smith and Henry Wace, eds., A Dictionary of Christian Biography, 3 (London: John Murray, 1882): 475-476. Simony, the practice of selling church offices for money, is named for Simon Magus, the magician at Samaria who offered money to the Apostles Peter and John if they would grant him the power of the Holy Spirit, which they possessed. See Acts, 8: 14-25.

[12] Michael Rabo, 626, 629 (French, 256, 259); Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, biography of Athanasius Yeshu Bar Qatra.

[13] Michael Rabo, 638 (French, 277-278).

[14] Michael Rabo, 242-243 (French, 285-287); the Anonymous Edessan, 151-153 (Arabic, 177-180; English, 300, n. 2).

[15] Michael Rabo,  647 (French, pp. 291-292).

[16] Michael Rabo, 642-643 (French, 283-285); the Anonymous Edessan, 152-153 (Arabic, 178-179).

[17] Michael Rabo, 651 (French, 289).

[18] Michael Rabo, 643-644 (French, 286-288).

[19] Michael Rabo, 649 (French, 295); Bar Hebraeus, 98 (English, 276-277).

[20] Michael Rabo, 648-649 (French, 295); Bar Hebraeus, 98 (English,  276-277); Gregory the Priest, 258, says simply that Joscelin was taken prisoner by “the hideous and ferocious detester of Christ and brought to the city of Aleppo.”

[21] Michael Rabo, 648-649 (French, 295); Bar Hebraeus, 98 (English, 276-277).

[22] The Anonymous Edessan, 154-155 (English, 301; Arabic, 180-181).

[23] William of Tyre, 2: 201; Gregory the Priest, 258, likewise asserts that Joscelin was punished because he acted against the will of God.

[24] Ibn al-Athir, al-Kamil fi al-Tarikh, 1: 480-481, and al-Tarikh al-Bahir, 101-103; Ibn al-Adim, Zubdat al-Halab, 2: 301-302.

[25] Ibn Wasil, Mufarrij al-Kurub, 1: 124.

[26] William of Tyre, 2: 453.

[27] William of Tyre, 2: 454-457; Röhricht, 392-393; Runciman, 2: 429-430; Baldwin, “The Decline of the Crusades, 1174-1189,” 1: 597, n. 7. Michael Rabo, 725-726 (French, 388-389), says the marriage of Bohemond III to the woman of ill repute was finally legitimized and peace prevailed.

[28] This eyewitness account, which was appended to a church prayer book, was published with commentary by M. L’Abbé Martin as “Les Premieres Princes des Croisades et Les Syriens Jacobites de Jérusalem,” Journal Asiatique, 12 (November-December 1888):  471-491 and 13 (January 1889): 33-79, containing the Syriac text and French translation. See Patriarch Aphram Barsoum, al-Lulu al-Manthur fi Tarikh al-Ulum wa al-Adab al-Suryaniyya , 4th ed. (Holland: Bar Hebraeus Verlag, 1987),.375, trans. Matti Moosa as The History of Syriac Literature and Sciences (Pueblo: Passeggiata Press, 2000), 140.

[29] Gérard Dédéyan, “Les colophons de manuscrits arméniens comme sources pour l’histoire des Croisades,” in John France and William G. Zajac, eds., The Crusades and Their Sources: Essays Presented to Bernard Hamilton, (Ashgate, 1998), 96-97.

[30] L’Abbé Martin, 13: 42-45 of the Syriac text.

[31] See Hans Eberhard Mayer, “Studies in the History of Queen Melisend of Jerusalem,” in Dumbarton Oaks Papers, 26 (1972): 95-182.

[32] L’Abbé Martin, 13: 46-49 of the Syriac text. Joshua Prawer, The Latin Kingdom of Jerusalem: European Colonialism in the Middle East (London, 1972), 222, mentions Melisend’s favor toward the Syrians in this case.

[33] W. R. Taylor, “A New Syriac Fragment Dealing With Incidents In The Second Crusades,” The Annual of the American Schools of Oriental Research, 11 (1929-1930): 124. For elucidation of  this tract, see Barsoum, al-Lulu al-Manthur, trans. Moosa, 34-35; Bar Hebraeus, 142 (English, 398-399).

[34] Mayer, 26: 139, n. 72.

[35] Michael Rabo, 651-653 (French, 300-304).

[36] Michael Rabo, 651-653 (French, 300-304 ).

[37] Michael Rabo, 678 (French, 321); Bulus Bahnam, “Dayr Mar Barsoum,” Lisan al-Mashriq, 4 (Mosul, 1951): 162-163.

[38] Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, biography of Mar Mikha’il (Michael) Rabo.

[39] Seating Michael Rabo on the throne suggests that the Franks regarded him as the legitimate Patriarch of Antioch, and provides proof that St. Peter founded the Church of Antioch and its patriarchate before he left for Rome. Indeed, even today the Church of Rome on January 18 commemorates St. Peter as the founder of the Church of Antioch and its first patriarch. See Encyclopedia Britannica, 9th. ed., 13: 696.

[40] The Anonymous Edessan, 307 (Arabic, 346), is somewhat vague about the dates of the patriarch’s ordination and his journeys to various cities. If the patriarch was actually ordained in September 1167, he must have spent Easter of the next year in Antioch. Surprisingly, Michael Rabo does not mention these events, possibly because of his characteristic humility.

[41] Michael Rabo, 700-701, 718 (French, 347-348, 377, esp. 377, n. 1).

[42] Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, biography of Ignatius Dawud; Rev. Ishaq Armala, al-Hurub al-Salibiyya fi al-Athar al-Suryaniyya (Beirut: al-Matba’a al-Suryaniyya, 1929), 219-220.

[43] Badr al-Din al-Ayni, Iqd al-Juman, R H C. Or., 2: 187-190, says handing Jerusalem over to the Christians was one of the greatest calamities ever to befall Islam; Thomas C. Van Cleve, “The Crusade of Frederick II,” in Baldwin, ed., A History of the Crusades, 2: 454-455; Runciman, 3: 187.

[44] Armala, p. 220.

[45] Michael Rabo, 720 (French, 379). See Röhricht, 385.

 Please feel free to browse our website:

SyriacStudies.com

Demographic and Religious Changes in Sixth and Seventh Century Romano-Byzantine Edessa / Merle Eisenberg

$
0
0

Colby College theses are protected by copyright. They may be viewed or downloaded from this site for the purposes of research and scholarship. Reproduction or distribution for commercial purposes is prohibited without written permission of the author.
Recommended Citation Eisenberg, Merle, “Demographic and Religious Changes in Sixth and Seventh Century Romano- Byzantine Edessa” (2007). Honors Theses. Paper 265. http://digitalcommons.colby.edu/honorstheses/265
This Honors Thesis is brought to you for free and open access by the Student Research at DigitalCommons@Colby. It has been accepted for inclusion in Honors Theses by an authorized administrator of DigitalCommons@Colby. For more information, please contact swcole@colby.edu,kjgillum@colby.edu.
Demographic and Religious Changes in Sixth and Seventh Century Romano-Byzantine Edessa
Merle Eisenberg History Honors Project Advisors: John Turner and Larissa Taylor April 30, 2007
Contents
Author’s Preface i
Introduction 1
1. The Emergence of a Separate Monophysite Hierarchy 8
2. The Sasanid Capture of Edessa and Religious Instability, 23 602-628 AD
3. The Effect of the Muslim Conquest on Edessene Christianity 32
4. A Transformation in Christian Perception: Edessene Jews in the Late Fifth and Sixth Centuries 39
5. Jewish Edessene Reactions to the Invasions of the 52 Early Seventh Century
6. Weapons, Military Strategy, and the Sieges of Edessa 63
7. Appendices A. The Demographic Effect of the Plague of 541-4 80 B. Edessene Problems with Sasanid Rule 82 C. Demographic Changes following the Sasanid 85 and Muslim Occupations of Edessa
Conclusion 89
The original idea for this thesis began several years ago when I questioned the role of the people living under Romano-Byzantine rule during the Sasanid and Muslim invasions of the early sixth and seventh century. I wanted to examine ethnic and demographic transformations that might have caused these people to alter their view of their Romano-Byzantine rulers and support invading armies. These changes might then explain the “inevitable” Sasanid and Muslim conquests.
The resulting work is extremely different. I have focused primarily on religious transformations, rather than ethnic or demographic changes. The reason is simple. The writers of this period did not write about ethnic or demographic changes. Instead, most writers concentrated on religion and on the different Christian creeds and the Jews in the empire. I have included several examples of demographic changes, but the sources do not concentrate on them and, therefore, these changes are largely secondary. In addition, these transformations occurred primarily during the sixth, rather than the seventh century.
The large volume of information on these changes forced me to focus the thesis as well. I have chosen to examine these changes in the Mesopotamian city of Edessa. Edessa serves as a good case study because it had significant numbers of different religious, each of which attainted control of the city a period of time. Further, the most important Syriac writers were from Edessa, providing vital primary sources from a period that has few. This thesis focuses primarily on the period from 502-639 AD. The former date coincides with the beginning of the first Roman-Persian War of the sixth century, while the latter date marks the Muslim conquest of the city. I have, however, examined a few critical events from before and after this period.
i
This work is vital because it examines the reaction of the Edessene people, of all religions, to the numerous invasions of the sixth and early seventh centuries. It seeks to determine how, and more importantly why, the Edessene people responded to the crises of this period as they did. Examining the reaction of the Edessene people to these tumultuous events provides insight into how subjects of Romano-Byzantine rule viewed the empire.
For names of historical figures, I have generally followed the Latinized spelling. However, when a person is more commonly known by another spelling, I have used that instead. A debate exists over when the empire ceased being Roman and became Byzantine. Historians have proposed various dates, from the division of the empire under Theodosius I in 395 to the death of Heraclius in 641. I have followed the idea that Maurice was the final Roman emperor and Phokas was the first Byzantine emperor. Thus, I use the term Roman when referring to the period before the ascension of Phokas in 602. The term Byzantine refers to events after the ascension of Phokas and, finally, Romano-Byzantine refers to events or ideas that encompass the entire period.
I would like to thank Professors John Turner and Larissa Taylor for their invaluable advice. Their suggestions have greatly helped me at every stage of this project and this work would not be possible without them. Thanks especially to Professor Turner for suggesting Edessa as the focus for my project. I would also like to thank Professor Howard Lupovitch for advice on the Jewish section. Thanks to all those people whom I have harassed into reading and editing sections of my paper including: Caitlin Gallagher, Josh Handelman, Lucy Hitz, Bridge Mellichamp, Katie Renwick and anyone else I have forgotten. I would like to thank Alison McArdle for lending me her lap desk, which has
ii
made it possible for me to write with a fractured collarbone. Thanks to Chris Appel for showing me YouTube videos, talking politics, and otherwise distracting me in our study carrel. Finally, thanks to Frank M. Donovan for donating money for my great study carrel.
Merle Eisenberg April 2007 Miller Library, Study Carrel O
iii
Introduction
The period from 502-639 AD was one of significant change in the Romano- Byzantine Empire. In 502, Emperor Anastasius (r. 491-518) ruled a financially sound, militarily strong, and mostly religiously unified state. By 639, the empire’s finances had been spent in countless wars, the military was shattered, and religious dissension ripped the empire apart. During this period, the empire defeated several Sasanian invasions, re- conquered North Africa, Italy, and Spain, lost the eastern provinces of Mesopotamia, Syria, Palestine and Egypt to a Sasanian invasion, regained them, and then lost the eastern provinces forever.
These chaotic events occurred on a micro level as well, exemplified through a case study of the city of Edessa. Edessa is located in the southeastern part of modern Turkey. Under Romano-Byzantine control it was in the province of Osrhoene, situated in the vital Mesopotamian region of the empire. The Romans annexed Edessa in 214 AD and it became a vital city near the Roman-Persian frontier thereafter.1 Throughout the next several hundred years Edessa continued to grow and prosper, since it lay on east- west trade routes from Persia to the Roman Empire.
The empire, meanwhile, transformed during the same period, and eventually was reduced to the Eastern Roman Empire alone. By the beginning of Anastasius’ reign in 491, the empire had transformed into an eastern focused, Christianized, and gradually Hellenized empire. The Persian rulers on the frontier had changed as well and the Sasanids ruled Persia. The Roman and Sasanian Empires, despite their problems did not
1 I have used the term Persian, rather than Parthian or Sasanian, since it encompasses both of the Parthian and the Sasanian empires. When discusseding the Sasanian Empire, I will use that term rather than the more generic, and less accurate, Persian. For the annexation of Edessa see briefly: J.B. Segal, Edessa “The Blessed City” (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1970), 14
1
engage in a significant war for over fifty years prior to Anastasius ascension.2 In 503, however, the Sasanian emperor, Kawad, invaded the Roman Empire. This began a series of wars that lasted, with a few truces, until 628. These invasions profoundly affected Edessa, and its surrounding regions.
Religious dissension transformed Edessa as well. Religion formed the central basis for an individual, and especially the clergy’s, view of the Romano-Byzantine Empire. Constantine I had established Christianity as the predominant religion and subsequent emperors strongly supported different sects. Divisions occurred, both within the empire and inside Edessa, based on adherence to particular religious creeds.
The predominant religious division in Edessa occurred over Christ’s nature, whether it was “out of two natures” or “in two natures.” The conflict began following the Ecumenical Council of Chalcedon, which decided that Christ was “in two natures,” beginning the division between Monophysites – those who believed Christ was “out of two natures” – and the Chalcedonians (i.e. those who followed the decrees of Chalcedon.). The division occurred along regional lines as well, with the eastern provinces supporting Monophysitism and Anatolia, Constantinople, and Rome following the Chalcedonian creed. Anastasius strongly supported Monophysitism and, under his rule, the empire officially adopted its tenants. Every subsequent emperor, however, promoted the Chalcedonian creed – religiously separating the eastern provinces from the rest of the empire.
Throughout the early part of the sixth century, Monophysite evangelists converted many clergy and civilians in the eastern provinces to their creed, further separating the
2 For a brief history of the fifth century see: A.A. Vasiliev, History of the Byzantine Empire (Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1952), 96-109
2
two parts of the empire. Eventually, the Monophysite clergy created a separate church hierarchy, with their own ordinations. Several emperors sporadically persecuted the Monophysites, in an attempt to return them to the “orthodox” creed, but these efforts largely failed and, by the end of the sixth century, the two creeds could not be reconciled. Traditional sources said that this division occurred because “it encountered a spirit of nationality” or because “Monophysitism became a symbol of the separatist movements in Syria, Egypt and Armenia.”3 These views, however, are greatly exaggerated, although there was a significant religious divide.
Edessa, naturally, fell into Monophysite camps, although significant divisions existed within the city as well. This religious divide increased as the sixth century progressed and, by the end of the century, had reached acute proportions. Following Phokas’ (r. 602-10) successful revolt against Maurice (r. 582-602), a general, Narses, seized Edessa in 603 – exacerbating the religions tension. He attempted to appease the Edessenes by ordering the Chalcedonian bishop stoned, killing him. An army loyal to Phokas, however, recaptured Edessa and restored Chalcedonian control over the church’s hierarchy. In 609, the Sasanians captured Edessa, installed a Monophysite bishop for the city, and expelled the Chalcedonian clergy. For the entirely of the Sasanian occupation, from 609 to 628, the Monophysite clergy controlled the church hierarchy without Chalcedonian influence. This created a sense of dominance for the Monophysites, one they were reluctant to relinquish.
The Byzantine re-conquest of Edessa in 628 returned the Chalcedonian creed to preeminence. Emperor Heraclius (r. 610-41), however, attempted to solve the division
3 W. A. Wigram, The Separation of the Monophysites (London: The Faith Press, LTD., 1923), 3; Andreas N. Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, trans. Marc Ogilvie-Grant, vol. 1, 5 vols. (Amsterdam: Adolf M. Hakkert, 1968), 4
3
and proclaimed a Monothelete creed – two natures, but one will. This attempt failed, since neither side accepted it and the Muslims captured the eastern provinces only a few years later. The Muslim conquest did not displease the Monophysite church, as the Muslims allowed them to become an autonomous and equal creed, protected under the jizya (the Muslim tax for religions of the book). The two creeds, and eventually a third creed that supported Monothelete doctrine even after its widespread condemnation, continued to argue Christology. Chalcedonians even wrote apocalyptic narratives in which the Byzantine emperor would re-conquer the eastern provinces, restore the true faith, and bring about the end of days.
This discussion begs the question: did these changes in Edessene religion affect the populace’s view, and support for, the Romano-Byzantine state? And, if it did, to what extent did the Edessenes defend the city? Did the growing religious problem undermine support for the Byzantine state and allow the Sasanians, and later the Muslims, to capture Edessa?
The second major religious change in Edessa occurred among the Jewish population. Although the Jewish population was never large, it played a significant role in the events of this period. Romano-Byzantine law recognized the Jewish community an inferior religion, but nonetheless protected it. Two events of this period substantially transformed the position of Edessene Jews. First, a war occurred between Christians and Jews in Arabia, with both antagonists committing atrocities. The Christian Edessenes, not surprisingly, depicted the Jews as the culprits in the war. Second, several major Samaritan and Jewish revolts altered the Christian Edessene trust in the Jewish Edessene
4
community. Before their revolts, the Christian Edessenes saw the Jews as an inferior religious group, but now were viewed as threatening the people’s security.
The Sasanian conquest exacerbated the tension between Jews and Christians. For example, the Jews helped the Sasanians capture Jerusalem, during which thousands of Christians were massacred. In Edessa, the Jews gained significant autonomy. Sasanian Emperor Khusrau II (r. 592-628)4 allowed most religious sects to worship without persecution and once Sasanian rule ended, the Jews would return to their former lower status. Thus, when the Byzantines returned to reoccupy Edessa, Jews defended the city along with the Sasanian garrison. This completely failed and the Byzantines recaptured the city, although Heraclius ordered the Jews not to be punished. Further, Heraclius ordered a forced baptism of the Jews, although the Edessenes largely ignored this and the decree only lasted for a few years before the Muslim conquest.
Thus, the Muslim conquest of the city benefited the Jews in addition to the Monophysites, since they also paid the jizya and regained their autonomy. The same questions arise. Did the Jews help the Sasanians and Muslims capture Edessa? Was dissatisfaction with Byzantine rule so pronounced that Jews actively undermined the Byzantines supported the Sasanians or Muslims?
These transformations were obviously significant. The Jews and Monophysites in Edessa were displeased with either the lack of imperial toleration or support for their respective religions. However, this was not sufficient to cause the various persecuted elements in Edessa to revolt. In fact, Romano-Byzantine law and rule made the possibility of a city’s rebellion almost impossible and the discontented elements in Edessa realized this dilemma.
4 Hereafter referred to as “Khusrau.”
5
The law was the first boundary for Edessenes who wanted to undermine Romano- Byzantine rule. Romano-Byzantine law had long made it illegal for a person, other than a soldier, to buy or own a weapon.5 It issued stern punishments to anyone caught with a weapon, another disincentive to carry one. The state controlled the manufacturing and refurbishing of all arms as well. Edessa had a state sponsored arms factory, a fabrica, which meant that all weapons manufacturing could be easily regulated in the city. Thus, a civilian Edessene could not easily buy a weapon. This largely negated the possibility of Edessenes revolting against Romano-Byzantine authority. However, it also made it impossible for Edessenes to defend their city without aid from a significant military force. If only a small garrison defended Edessa, the Edessene civilians could not provide enough help to ensure the city’s defense.
Further, Romano-Byzantine military strategy emphasized fluid movements, a defense in depth, and avoiding battles when possible. Almost every city, therefore, was expendable, if it meant that Romano-Byzantine defenses could be strengthened and rebuilt further into Romano-Byzantine territory. The state sought to defend every city, but military forces were withdrawn to cities that were less exposed. Finally, Romano- Byzantine armies defended cities that had the possibility of a relief force arriving.
During the sieges of 503 and 544, large armies defended Edessa – ensuring that the city would not fall. Some cities closer to the Sasanian border than Edessa were surrendered or left lightly defended. During the Sasanian and Muslim captures of Edessa, there were no large armies left to defend the city – since they had been destroyed. Thus, a small garrison was left in Edessa, with no hope of relief, to defend against a large
5 As we shall see, the state broadly defined a weapon, so that it included anything which could be used as a projectile or as a club.
6
invading army. The soldiers and Edessenes had only one other choice other than surrender – slaughter. Without the protection of a large Romano-Byzantine army, the fall of Edessa – and more poignantly the non-resistance of the city – was inevitable
Significant religious and demographic changes occurred during the sixth and early seventh centuries, which significantly influenced the Edessene populace’s support for the state. Nevertheless, Edessenes defended the city when a strong Romano-Byzantine military presence enabled the city to withstand a siege and, conversely, they quickly surrendered Edessa when no major military force existed. The majority of the Edessene population, therefore, supported the Romano-Byzantine Empire when the state could, in return, defend the city. However, once the state could not provide sufficient military resources, Edessa fell easily. The overwhelming objective of the majority of the Edessene population was to survive, regardless of which religion or empire controlled the city. Therefore, most Edessenes cared less about the macro-political events that occurred around them than about surviving.
7
1. The Emergence of a Separate Monophysite Hierarchy
Christianity both divided and united the Late Roman and Byzantine Empire. Emperors and theologians continually sought to define a single orthodox faith that encompassed the empire and its people. From the second half of the fifth century through the end of the seventh century, a religious debate ensued over whether Christ had a single or double nature. Monophysitism, the belief in a single nature of Christ, primarily existed in the empire’s eastern provinces – especially in Egypt, Syria, and Mesopotamia. Meanwhile, Dyophysitism, the belief in the dual nature of Christ, was strong in the Balkans, Asia Minor, Palestine, and Western Europe. As each region solidified its religious majority, successive emperors slowly lost the prospect of a single creed for the entire empire. The underlying religious view of a region, or province, combined with its economic and/or military importance at a specific time altered each emperor’s religious ideology.6
Edessa experienced an identical change in its religious adherence and its ecclesiastical leaders accelerated this process. Edessene, and other Monophysite chroniclers, documented this change through their assignment of culpability for the persecutions – which shifted from a misinformed to a heretical emperor. Before this separation the Monophysites sought to control the imperial throne religiously. This failed, however, and they moved toward a separate hierarchy. The movement toward a distinct hierarchy separated the Monophysites from the imperial church. During the sixth century successive emperors, especially Justinian, increasingly allowed the Monophysite
6 Many of the emperor’s undoubtedly had strong religious beliefs, but it is practically impossible to separate an emperor’s personal religious belief from his political imbued religious pronouncements. We do know that Emperor Anastasius was a candidate for the patriarchal see of Antioch, a strong Monophysite center, before attaining the throne. See: Theophanes, The Chronicle of Theophanes Confessor, trans. Cyril and Roger Scott Mango (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1997), AM 5983, 208
8
creed to strengthen in the eastern provinces, thereby creating a permanent division according to underlying religious adherence.
The original difference between the Monophysites and the Dyophysites7 was over the exact nature of Christ and, more specifically, the relationship between Christ’s humanity and divinity. The Chalcedonian definition stated “for our salvation from Mary, the virgin God-bearer, as regards his humanity; one and the same Christ, Son, Lord, only- begotten, acknowledged in two natures.”8 Although the two schools differed over a single letter, en versus ek, they fundamentally disagreed over Christ’s role in the world. The Monophysites equated Christ more strongly with God, the Father, than the Dyophysites. Further, the Dyophysites emphasized the need for a stronger priesthood since God, through Christ, could not influence men’s actions as greatly.
These differences began to coalesce along regional lines before Chalcedon, as during the council clergy from the Antiochene and Alexandrine sees aligned themselves with the Monophysite position, while the Papal and Constantinopolitan sees followed the Dyophysite creed.9 Notably, “both Monophysites and Chalcedonians were happy to enjoy imperial support,”10 buwt when this was not available they continued to proselytize and preach without it. Further, each emperor considered both his personal beliefs and,
7 I have chosen to separate the two interpretations of Christ’s nature as they existed before the acceptance of the Council of Chalcedon here. Following the acceptance of Chalcedon, the Dyophysites become “Chalcedonians” and later “Neo-Chalcedonians.” For a discussion of the various changes between these two sects in the century following Chalcedon, see John Meyendorff, “Justinian, the Empire and the Church,” Dumbarton Oaks Papers 22 (1968) 54-57. For a more complete analysis of this transformation see: W.H.C. Frend, The Rise of the Monophysite Movement (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1972).
8 Emphasis added. Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner, vol. 1, 2 vols. (Washington D.C.: Sheed & Ward and Georgetown University Press, 1990), 86. For a further explanation see: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite, 2-3 9 Frend has a longer discussion of these differences at: Ibid., 1-7. Wigram believes that the differences were negligible, but this view must be tempered by both Wigram’s theological position as a reverend and his thesis. He wants to show that the two positions should have reconciled and still can at the time of his writing. Wigram, Separation, 10-12
10 Meyendorff, “Justinian, the Empire and the Church,” 47 9
more importantly, significant events in the empire as a basis for supporting a specific creed or attempting to find a compromise.11
Emperor Anastasius I promoted a pro-Monophysite religious policy because of his personal beliefs and because his foreign and domestic policy concentrated on the eastern provinces. Anastasius initially followed a moderate position and accepted both Chalcedon and Zeno’s Henotikon – as an attempt at compromise.12 However, the two sects drifted further apart during his reign – especially as each side solidified their respective beliefs. As early as 498, Anastasius ordered Patriarch Macedonius to resolve the division, but Macedonius was “unable to do this.” Theophanes Confessor praised Macedonius for allowing each monastery to continue in its own beliefs “rather than instigate persecution against them.”13 Meanwhile, Severus of Antioch and Philoxenus of Hierapolis moved to support the Henotikon and simultaneously condemn Chalcedon. Anastasius faced the choice of deciding which position to follow and chose Severus’.14 The emperor arrested and banished Patriarch Macedonius and then “bribed the monks and clergy who shared his beliefs to elect another bishop.”15
Syriac sources, especially those from Edessa, had an extremely favorable opinion of Emperor Anastasius because of his Monophysite beliefs. Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-
11 See for example Emperor Zeno’s (r. 474-91) attempted this through the publication of the Henotikon. This avoided any discussion of Christ’s nature. Theophanes did not support it and noted that a later patriarch of Constantinople, Macedonius, wrongly “put his signature to Zeno’s Henotikon.” Theophanes, Theoph., AM 5988, 215 Later, Theophanes attributed miracles to those who refused to sign. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 5991, 218
12 Frend provided an analysis of Anastasius’ position on religion through 510 at: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite, 190-201. Pseudo-Joshua, who is a strong Monophysite, does not have a significant position on Anastasius early in his reign calling him only by his imperial title “faithful.” The Chronicle of Pseudo- Joshua the Stylite, trans. Frank R. and John W. Watt Trombley (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 2000), 17 13 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 5991, 218 14 For Anastasius’ movement toward Monophysitism see: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite, 217. 15 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6004, 236
10
Mahre called him “a Christian and a believer.”16 Similarly, the Chronicle of Pseudo- Joshua the Stylite held Anastasius in a positive light. Pseudo-Joshua’s optitmism is even more remarkable because the years in which he wrote coincided with a devastating famine. Pseudo-Joshua regarded these events as consequences of divine wrath for non- Christian practices. As he wrote:
many villages and hamlets were emptied of people, but (the people) did not [escape] punishment, not even those who went to distant regions. What is written of the Israelite people, ‘Wherever they went out, the hand of the Lord was against them for evil,’ similarly applied to them.17
These two chroniclers demonstrated a continued belief in the imperial religion at the beginning of the sixth century.
The Edessene people aided Roman soldiers during their campaigns in the Roman- Persian War of 502-6. During the campaign preceding the siege of Edessa, the hyparch,18 Appion, ordered the Edessenes to produce bread. Pseudo-Joshua noted that “since the bakers could not make enough bread, he gave orders for wheat to be supplied to all the households in Edessa and for them to make the boukellaton [army biscuits] at their own expense.”19 In the nearby city of Tella (Tella-Constantine), which the Sasanians besieged earlier in 503, the bishop of the city, Bar-Hadad, “would go round visiting them [the city’s defenders], praying for them and blessing them. He praised their diligence, gave them encouragement, and sprinkled holy water on them and on the city
16Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, trans. Witold Witakowski (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1996), 3. See the introduction of Pseudo-Dionysius for an account of this work’s origins and its use of sources. In brief, Pseudo-Dionysius used material from the second part of the history of John of Ephesus written in the latter half of the sixth century, which has been lost except for parts that later chroniclers, like Pseudo-Dionysius, copied. 17 Pseudo-Joshua., 26-42. For an account of the famine from and its causes. 18 This is the Greek name for the praetorian prefect. See: Ibid., 65 n311. 19 Ibid., 66
11
wall.”20 The empire depended on the church to secure the loyalty of the people in this, and later, wars against the Sasanids.21 In 503, the Edessene clergy strongly supported Anastasius and, therefore, the people did as well.
In the final few years of Anastasius’ reign, the Monophysites continued to gain power in Edessa – especially after Severus’ appointment as patriarch of Antioch. Severus anathematized the Council of Chalcedon and forced others to as well. If Severus believed someone followed the Chalcedonian creed, he would force them to repudiate it in front of the entire congregation. Pseudo-Dionysius re-created the scene saying: “if there was anybody who was believed to be a follower of Flavian [Severus’ predecessor as patriarch and a Chalcedonian] he would hear his own name (being called), ‘So and so, anathematize the synod!’ – which was what happened.” 22 In 514, the Edessene bishop Paul attended, and played a large role at, a synod in Tyre that proclaimed the Henotikon as the religious creed of the empire.23 Thus, Edessa remained strongly in the Monophysite camp.
Anastasius’ reign marked the height of imperial sanctioned Monophysitism. Ironically, the appointment of strong Monophysites, especially Severus of Antioch, ended any possibility of the Monophysites accepting a compromise. They accepted only the Henotikon, which the Chalcedonians rejected. In Constantinople the people rioted against the Monophysites and Anastasius barely held his throne.24 The Monophysite
20 Ibid.,74 21 For detail on this relationship see for example Segal, Edessa., 127-9. 22Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III,14 23 Ibid., 15. For more detail on this synod see: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite, 225-6. 24 Theophanes noted that Anastasius had to flee and hide in a suburban estate. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6005, 240. Similarly, the Chronicon Paschale said that the people of Constantinople proclaimed “Areobindus as emperor for Romania,” although he fled rather than accepting the title. Chronicon Paschale: 284-628 AD, trans. Michael Whitby and Mary Whitby (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1989), 102
12
Patriarch Timothy died in April 518 and the new patriarch, John, was a moderate.25 Thus, following Anastasius death in July 518, the empire returned to the Chalcedonian creed.
Justin I (r. 518-27), whom Theophanes in his typical praise for a pro-Chalcedon emperor called “an ardent champion of the orthodox faith” changed the ecclesiastical policy.26 Notably, Justin sought to reconcile the empire’s religious policy with Rome, while simultaneously rebuking Severus and the Monophysites in the East. Justin warmly received the papal legates upon their arrival in Constantinople and agreed to several papal proposals.27 Meanwhile, Justin remained lenient toward the Monophysites, although he gradually replaced many of the Monophysite bishops in the Eastern provinces.28 Notably, no subsequent emperors refuted Chalcedon, ensuring that the Monophysites would never again gain imperial ecclesiastical support.
Following Anastasius’ death and Justin’s replacement of Severus with Paul the Jew,29 as patriarch of Antioch, religious problems intensified in Edessa. Paul the Jew was a Chalcedonian and began to persecute the Monophysites in the Antiochene see, under which Edessa fell.30 Pseudo-Dionysius wrote that “the persecution went so far that
25 Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 233 or Wigram, Separation., 63 26 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6011, 249 27 The Book of Pontiffs provided an account of the meeting between Justin and the papal legates sent by Pope Hormisdas. The Book of Pontiffs, trans. Raymond Davis (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1989), 47-48. For a full account of the agreement between Justin and Hormisdas see Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 233-9. 28 Theophanes provided one such example when Ephraim is ordained bishop of Amida and “showed divine zeal against the schismatics.” Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6019, 265 29 Pseudo-Dionysius referred to him as this, which derived from the belief that Nestorianism (as the Monophysites often called the Chalcedonians) was close to Judaism. See: Segal, Edessa., 102. I will continue to call Paul this, as it makes it easier to differentiate him from other clergymen with the same name and because it shows an important reflection of Christian thought about Jews (which will be detailed later). 30 Theophanes provided a short account of Paul’s appointment as patriarch, but did not provide any further information on him aside from mentioning his episcopal years in his annual headings. Theophanes,
13
they [Monophysites] were expelled from their monasteries and (had to) descend from their columns and leave their hermitages. Also, they were dragged away from (their monastic) stations.”31 The effect in Edessa was equally bad, as Paul the Jew temporarily replaced the pro-Monophysite bishop, Paul of Edessa, until Paul of Edessa agreed to accept Chalcedon. According to Pseudo-Dionysius, Paul of Edessa initially did not proclaim Chalcedon because “he trembled before the keen ardour of the Edessenes.”32 After Paul of Edessa repeatedly refused to attend Paul the Jew in Antioch to explain his rejection of Chalcedon, Paul the Jew dispatched the magister militium (i.e. a general) Patricius to bring him to Antioch. However,
then the inhabitants of the city and all the monks from its neighbourhood gathered, burning with lively ardour for the truth, and carrying stones, ran at the palace where Patricus was staying; (there) they hurled stones at him and all his men . . . so that they might be unable to carry Paul off.33
The soldiers then attacked the Edessenes and “started to slay them with swords, especially those who wore monk’s attire.”34 Paul the Jew eventually allowed Paul to return as bishop of Edessa, but Paul of Edessa again renounced Chalcedon and was replaced.35
Paul’s replacement as bishop of Edessa, Asclepius, instigated severe persecutions against the monks of Edessa – leading to their exile from the city. Pseudo-Dionysius wrote that:
Theoph., AM 6011, 250. Pseudo-Dionysisus provided a longer account of Paul’s appointment in: Pseudo- Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 21. 31 Ibid., 22-4 32 Ibid., .25
33 Ibid. 34 Ibid., It is impossible to determine how much of Edessa’s populace actually participated in this riot against Patricius’ soldiers. Pseudo-Dionysius had a pro-Monophysite view and should be viewed with caution, but his position has substantial merit nonetheless. Pseudo-Dionysius singles out the soldiers’ attack on monks, which most likely derived from monks strong zealotry on religious matters and, therefore, it is probable that they were at the forefront of the mob and sustained the highest casualties. 35 Ibid., 26. For an overall view of this situation see Segal, Edessa, 96
14
as the city learned about their departure, all men and women, old and young, adolescents and children ran to see them and to be blessed by them. When they saw them leaving, being pushed and driven out, they wailed, raising their voices in bitter weeping.36
Eventually these monks gathered with other exiled Monophysite monks to form a separate community near Mardin.37 However, this remained the extent of the persecutions in Edessa, which Paul the Jew’s successors limited to the clergy and especially the monastic orders. Instead, the Chalcedonian clergy attempted to convert the Edessenes by influencing them with pro-Chalcedon clergy.
Notably, Pseudo-Dionysius did not condemn Justin I for imposing the Chalcedonian creed, but rather blames others who deceived him. As the chronicle said “he was a simple man and was not educated in the divine dogmas, he was seduced with words into introducing the Council of Chalcedon.”38 Justin also replaced Paul the Jew as bishop, following the reaction to Paul’s persecution of the Monophysites.39 Pseudo- Dionysius noted that a Chalcedonian bishop, who had burned a Monophysite priest for refusing to take communion with him, wrote to Justin and lied about the priest’s actions. The bishop “wrote falsely and informed (the emperor) that a certain priest had trampled the Eucharist with his feet, and because of this has been burned. Thus, he managed to deceive (the emperor) and to cause the murder to pass (without consequences).”40 Even a contemporary biased Monophysite writer remained loyal to Justin.
36 Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 28 37 For the exile of the monks from the Monastery of the Orientals see: Ibid., 27-35. Notably, even though Pseudo-Dionysius provided greater detail on the exile of these monks he said little about persecutions against non-clergy Monophysites. The lack of specifics indicated that the persecutions were not that great, as otherwise he would have provided similar details. 38 Ibid., 17 39 Ibid., 24. As noted above, Theophanes was silent on the removal of Paul from his patriarchal see. See also Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 241-2. 40 Ibid., 34-5
15
Justin’s nephew and successor, Justinian I (r. 527-65), is well known for his re- conquest of Vandal North Africa and Ostrogothic Italy and this does not need to be recounted here.41 Notably, the re-conquest of these provinces forced the empire to mollify papal religious views. Pope Agapitus had a strong religious influence on Justinian’s early years as well. 42 Further, early in his reign Justinian continued Justin’s religious policy and promoted the Chalcedonian creed. 43 Theophanes noted this explicitly and provided notable examples of Justinian’s orthodoxy.44
The Nika riots from January 14-19, 532 confirmed the continued existence of strong support for the Monophysites in Constantinople.45 The following year the people of Constantinople gathered to chant “‘Holy God, holy and mighty, holy and immortal, who was crucified on our account, have mercy on us,’” a Monophysite prayer.46 Justinian attempted to find a compromise between the two creeds by issuing a moderate edict, but this failed.47 Empress Theodora’s attempt to impose Monophysite control over
41 For the political and military history of Justinian’s reign see: George Ostrogorsky, History of the Byzantine State, trans. Joan Hussey (New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1969), 68-79. 42 On a visit to Constantinople in March 536, Agapitus attacked the Patriarch of Constantinople, Anthimus, for refusing to accept the two natures. The Liber Pontificalis recorded Agapitus as saying to Justinian “‘just to show you how inadequate you are in Christian religion, try getting your bishop to admit that there are two natures in Christ.’” Pontiffs, 53. This is probably an exaggeration since it is unlikely that the pope would address the emperor is this blunt and rude manner – especially when Justinian could easily replace him as he controlled Rome. However, Agapitus likely rebuked Justinian for placing Anthimus on the patriarchal throne. Theophanes confirmed that Anthimus was deposed, although he credits this to a synod in addition to Agapitus’ admonishment. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6029, 315. 43 This is hardly surprising since Justinian helped Justin with his ecclesiastical policy as well. See for example, Ostrogorsky, History of the Byzantine State, 71. 44 One event occurred in 527 when “the emperor Justinian took away all of the churches of the heretics and gave them to the orthodox Christians.” Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6020, 267. Another occurred two years later when Justinian “decreed that pagans and heretics could not hold civic office, but only orthodox Christians.” Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6022, 274. 45 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6024, 277. Notably, the rioters crowned Hypatios, nephew of the Anastasius, as emperor in an attempt to return to a Monophysite religious policy. During a discussion between Justinian’s herald and one circus faction the faction yelled “get baptized in one [God]” (i.e. one nature of God). 46 Chron. Pasch., 128 47 For the text of this edict see: Ibid.129-130.
16
the ecclesiastical hierarchy by appointing Vigilius to the papal throne failed as well.48 With Theodora’s death in 548, imperial support for Monophysites in Constantinople waned.49
The early events of Justinian’s reign, however, exhibited the continued separation of the Chalcedonians and the Monophysites in Edessa. In 525 a huge flood occurred at Edessa, which destroyed a significant portion of the city.50 Pseudo-Dionysius provided a divine reason for the flood and, not surprisingly given his pro-Monophysite bias, blamed it on the Chalcedonian bishop, Asclepius’, persecution and torture of Monophysite monks. Following the divine wrath of the flood, “all who had survived took stones and rushed to the bishop’s house to stone [him].” However, Asclepius escaped to Antioch where he eventually died, while the monks whom he had tortured escaped.51 Similarly, the following year, in Antioch, a huge earthquake occurred and the Chalcedonian patriarch, Euphrasius, was killed – hideously if we believe Pseudo-Dionysius.52 The Syriac chronicles thus slowly began to attribute divine wrath for disasters because of imperial support for Chalcedon.
The most significant change for the Monophysites of Edessa occurred between 536 and 538. Justinian and the imperial church condemned Severus and firmly
48 Vigilius had previously agreed to follow Monophysite ideas in exchange for his appointment as pope. See: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 276-7. 49 The result was the rise of a separate Monophysite ecumenical hierarchy, which well be examined later. 50 Justin I reigned until 527, but Justinian exerted an increasing amount of influence on his reign. See: Ostrogorsky, History of the Byzantine State, 69. Segal has Justinian personally supervising the rebuilding of the city. Segal, Edessa., 187.
51 Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 43. For the full account of the flood see: Ibid., 41-4. Theophanes did not provide a divine explanation for the flood, but rather noted the occurrence. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6017, 262. 52 Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 44-7 or Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6019, 264
17
established Chalcedonianism. Monophysitism now became a schismatic movement.53 Despite the anti-Chalcedonian rhetoric, the Monophysites did not yet reject imperial religious authority. In 542, Justinian commissioned John of Ephesus, even though he was a Monophysite, to travel through Asia Minor and the surrounding areas to convert pagans to Christianity.54 Further, the Monophysite account of the plague that devastated the empire from 541-4 does not differentiate between God’s wrath against Monophysites and Chalcedonians. In the 540s, religious unity still existed over the need to convert pagans and sorrow over the devastating plague. Further, during the Sasanian siege of 544, the Edessenes defended the city.55 Thus, the two creeds still believed in imperial rule.
The Monophysites reacted to the change in imperial policy by performing their own conversions and slowly forming a separate religious hierarchy. John of Tella had previously converted many people to Monophysitism in the eastern provinces, especially Osrhoene.56 Jacob Baradaeus, whom Empress Theodora had consecrated as bishop of Edessa, played the largest role in the separation of the Monophysites in Edessa and the surrounding region.57 Jacob traveled around the eastern provinces from 542-78 and converted thousands to Monophysitism.58 Jacob’s ordination of clergy and his proselytizing created a de facto separate church.
53 Pseudo-Dionysius did not say anything about these events. He did not discuss the arrival of Ephrem, as Euphrasius’ replacement as patriarch of Antioch, and his persecutions, but this dated to directly after the earthquake at Antioch. Ibid., 37-8. He seems to think that this change is temporary and that either Justinian, or subsequent emperors, would revert to the true faith. Thus, at this point in Justinian’s reign he was not yet ready to accept an outright schism with imperial Chalcedonian beliefs. Theophanes agrees with Pseudo-Dionysius’ date and his persecutions. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6019, 265. An account of this change is also in: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 272-6.
54 Ibid., 72. 55 See Chapter 6 on the siege of 544 56 Pseudo-Dionysius only mentioned him as bishop of Tella, but nothing else. Ibid., 6. Frend noted that he converted people in the eastern provinces. Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 283-4. 57 For a description of him from John of Ephesus’ Lives of the Eastern Saints see: Segal, Edessa., 97. 58 For more detail on his work see: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 285-7
18
Pseudo-Dionysius provided only anecdotal evidence for this change. He blamed Justinian for religious failings after the division, especially his attempt to institute aphthartodocetism.59 Pseudo-Dionysius noted that “he [Justinian] fell into the fanciful error” and that every bishop who “would not subscribe and agree should be mercilessly sent off into exile.”60 Pseudo-Dionysius dismissed the Fifth Ecumenical Council of 553 as well.61 The final division occurred with the ordination of separate Monophysite and Chalcedonian bishops for each see. This created a Chalcedonian bishop, who preached from urban churches, and a Monophysite bishop, who preached from the surrounding countryside. Pseudo-Dionysius, acknowledging the separation between the two sects, provided a separate listing of each creed’s bishops.62
Justinian’s final attempt to reconcile the two creeds, only a year before his death in 565, was rejected by both groups. Theophanes, not surprisingly, condemned this attempt.63 Justinian attempted to reconcile the two creeds and force the Monophysites to accept Chalcedon by adding new theological ideas to the debate. By 564, however, the possibility of reconciliation without a radical change by either side proved impossible.64
59 Julian of Halicarnassos developed this idea, which was a debate over the corruptibility of Christ’s flesh. Julian believed that Christ’s flesh was incorruptible from conception, while Severus maintained that it was incorruptible only after the resurrection. For more detail see: Ibid., 253-4. 60 Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 128. Compare this with his earlier view of Justin, whom others led into promoting a heretical creed. This condemnation of Justinian’s is notable because John of Ephesus sought reconciliation between the different Monophysite sects, corruptible and incorruptible nature of Christ.
61 Ibid., 123-4. He did mention the religious policy that it promoted and which ecclesiastical members attended. However, he noted only in conclusion that “it was not accepted by everybody” even though it was called the fifthEcumenical Council. 62 In 544 following the plague, Pseudo-Dionysius provided a list of bishops with one from each city under a single listing. See: Ibid., 99. By 550, he gave two lists, one for the “believers” (Monophysites) and the other for the Chalcedonians with overlapping patriarchal sees. See: Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 113-4. He repeated the separation in the next list in 570/1, see: Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 127.
63 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6057, 354. For another analysis of Justinian’s later theology see: William G Holmes, The Age of Justinian and Theodora (London: G. Bell and Sons, LTD., 1912), 702-5. 64 Meyendorff provided a great explanation of this new compromise and the reasons for its failure. Meyendorff, “Justinian, the Empire and the Church.,” 59-60
19
Emperor Justin II (r. 565-78) continued many of Justinian’s policies upon the latter’s death and attempted to reach another compromise with the Monophysites. Theophanes noted that Justin was “thoroughly Orthodox,” but he said little else about his religious policy until the last year of his reign.65 A gathering of Monophysite clergy with Patrician John of Callinicus, who spoke directly for Justin and Empress Sophia, recognized Christ of two natures (the Monophysite creed). However, the more radical Monophysites refused to accept anything less than a complete rejection of Chalcedon, which John and Justin, refused to agree. The separation between the two groups was so strong that there was no hope of reconciliation.66
Justin responded to this latest failure by instituting, through Patriarch John Scholasticus of Constantinople, a persecution of the Monophysites that he hoped would force them to reunite. However, this effort backfired and resulted in the continued separation of the two creeds.67 A Chalcedonian Syriac chronicler noted that the Monophysites “would not consent to cease (from controversy) . . . and once again Severus and those who shared his ideas were anathematized.”68 Despite the Chalcedonian anathemas, little changed for the Edessene people and they retained their own independent Monophysite churches outside the city.
Emperor Tiberius II (r. 578-82) remained strongly attached to the Chalcedonian creed. Romano-Byzantine sources say little about Tiberius’ religious views, although his
65 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6058, 355 66 For the results of this meeting and its failure to reach a compromise see: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 316-320 or Wigram, Separation., 143-5. 67 For a discussion of this persecution see Wigram, Separation.164-7. His persecutions were localized and sporadic in most places. 68 “The Melkite Chonicle,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), 27. Even though this account was written in approximately 664 AD it still retains a basic truth.
20
reign was brief.69 The final emperor of the sixth century, Maurice (r. 582-602), continued the Chalcedonian policies of his predecessor, while persecuting the Monophysites as well. Theophanes commented very favorably on his orthodoxy saying that Maurice “judged that it was better to atone for his sin in this life rather than in the next.”70 Maurice, however, was more pragmatic than either Justin or Tiberius and, having served as a general on the eastern frontier before his ascension, realized the need to include the Monophysites in the political sphere to protect the eastern provinces. Thus, he persecuted the Monophysites at the beginning of his reign, but allowed them to worship freely for the remainder.71
Edessenes regarded Maurice’s actions with almost as little concern as Justin II or Tiberius. Maurice did order his nephew, the bishop of Melitene, to force the Edessene monks to convert to the Chalcedonan creed, but this failed. Pseudo-Dionysius wrote:
he summoned the monks from the Abbey of the Orientals and did his utmost to deflect them from Orthodoxy [Monophysitism] by playing on their emotions, but they would have nothing of it. He tried threats, but they were impervious to fear. So he ordered the commander of the troops . . . to take them out to the ditch outside the southern gate . . . and he slaughtered them all in a single pool of blood. In number they were four hundred men.72
69 Theophanes noted that Tiberius named a church after Justin II’s wife, Sophia. Further, he did not have a religious view of Tiberius death, as he often did with many emperors, and said only that he ate spoiled mulberries and “fell into consumption.” Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6070-4, 369-374 The Chronicon Paschale only mentioned Tiberius’ ascension and his death. Chron. Pasch., 138-9.
70 This is a reference to his overthrow and the killing of his entire family. See: Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6094, 410 71 For Maurice’s early persecutions see: Michael Whitby, The Emperor Maurice and His Historian: Theophylact Simocatta on Persian and Balkan Warfare (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1988), 21. For more detail on Maurice’s religious policies and the Chalcedonian reaction see: Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 12-3,40.
72 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West- Syrian Chronicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), 118. Michael the Syrian noted this as well and said also that “many of the Orthodox stood their ground sturdily in this combat and did not consent to accept the evil heresy of the Dyophysites . . . many people were expelled from their churches.” “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre.” n270. Michael appeared to say that many more people were persecuted, but the figure “many” is obscure as is expelling people from their churches. This would be a lenient and ineffective punishment, since many of the Monophysites could then practice their creed in the churches of the Edessene countryside. See also: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 334 or Segal, Edessa., 98.
21
The Persian War, during Maurice’s reign, neither enticed the Monophysites to rebel against the imperial Chalcedonians nor to help the Sasanids. Sasanid raiders again reached the vicinity of Edessa in 581, but could not capture the city.73 One of the few revolts against imperial authority occurred in 589, when the garrison commander at Matryropolis, Sittas, helped the Sasanids capture the city. Theophylact noted that “this man after deserting to the Persians, persuaded four hundred barbarians to arm themselves . . . [and] persuaded the townsmen to admit the barbarians.”74 Even with the creation of a separate hierarchy, the Edessene Monophysites did not rebel.
This one hundred year period played a crucial role in Edessa’s transformation from a single imperial religious authority into two separate ecclesiastical hierarchies – one of which believed that the emperor was a heretic. Nevertheless, no revolts occurred because the Monophysites, once they had established a separate hierarchy, were largely satisfied with Roman rule. The separate hierarchy did not provide them with central urban churches, but they were largely left alone in the countryside. Thus, despite their many religious differences the Monophysites had no inclination or reason to rebel.
73 Whitby, Emperor Maurice., 273 74 Theophylact Simocatta, The History of Theophylact Simocatta, trans. Michael Whitby and Mary Whitby (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986), III.5.11-13, 79 or Whitby, Emperor Maurice., 289. Sittas was later turned over the Romans, tortured, and killed. See: Simocatta, The History of Theophylact Simocatta., IV.15.13-6, 127.
22
2. The Sasanid Capture of Edessa and Religious Instability, 602-628 AD
The relationship between the Monophysite and the Chalcedonian hierarchies changed little during the end of Maurice’s reign, although each solidified control over its respective area. Although many of the Monophysite clergy continued to condemn Maurice for his Chalcedonian faith, he permitted the Edessenes to follow either creed. During the latter half of his reign, from 590-602, he was primarily concerned with regaining control of the Balkans, which experienced invasions from the Avar kingdom and migrations of Slavic people south of the Danube.75 The empire experienced twelve years of peace with the Sasanids because Maurice had restored the Sasanid emperor, Khusrau, to his throne. In the east, he focused only on integrating Armenia, of which he had gained a larger portion as a reward for helping Khusrau, into the empire. Edessene writers say little about this period. However, events in the east rapidly changed following Phokas’ overthrow of Maurice in November 602. The Sasanids captured Edessa in 609, altering political control over the city’s ecclesiastical policy – modifying the balance of power. Edessa remained under Sasanid control for the duration of the war, which lasted until 628. The tumultuous events from 602-628 transformed the Monophysite position in Edessa’s ecclesiastical governance and provided them with greater autonomy.
Following the overthrow of Maurice and the ascension of Phokas, Khusrau had a causus belli to recover the territory he had relinquished to Maurice as a concession for regaining the throne. 76 Khusrau began his invasion of the empire through Mesopotamia
75 For a detailed source on Maurice’s campaigns see: Simocatta, The History of Theophylact Simocatta. For an overall explanation see: Ostrogorsky, History of the Byzantine State, 75-8. 76 A complete explanation of the Maurice’s last years is not necessary here, but I will provide a brief summary. Maurice, after restoring Khusrau’s to the throne, concentrated on securing the Danube River as Roman border in the Balkans. He launched a number of campaigns against the Avars from 590-602 and, in 602, succeeded in driving them north of the Danube. Maurice then ordered his soldiers to winter north of the Danube River because of insufficient funds to supply them and because he refused to relinquish the
23
in 604, starting the next and, ultimately, the final Roman-Persian war.77 A Roman general, Narses, revolted against Phokas and seized Edessa later that year.78 Upon securing control of the city, several Edessenes denounced the Chalcedonian bishop, Severus, to Narses as a friend of Phokas.79 Narses
had him brought to the palace of Marinus . . . and interrogated. Then Narseh [Narses] made them take him out of the city by a postern and gave his sentence from the Cave-Tombs, so as to avoid causing a riot in the city when he was executed. They stoned him near the head of the spring.80
Narses ordered this secretly “to avoid causing a riot in the city when he was executed” and the Edessenes “did not realize he was being stoned until it was over.”81
territorial and military advances of the previous summer’s campaign. Not surprisingly, the soldiers revolted and chose Phokas, a centurion, as their commander and marched on Constantinople where the populace opened the city’s gates and let the Danubian soldiers depose Maurice. See: Ostrogorsky, History of the Byzantine State, 80-4. See Stratos’ detailed account: Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602- 634, 40-6. 77 Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 58-60 78 It is unclear why Narses revolted against Phokas. Maurice placed Narses in the East after restoring Khusrau to the throne to ensure that Narses’ did not gain enough power to revolt. For Narses’ role in restoring Khusrau to the throne see: Whitby, Emperor Maurice., 297-306. Three explanations exist of why he revolted. First, he might have wanted to ascend the throne. Maurice had placed him in the east because he was threatened by his power. Second, Narses might have revolted to avenge Maurice. Third, Maurice’s son, Theodosius, might have survived and fled to Narses. Stratos rejected the possibility that Narses rebelled to avenge Maurice, but instead proposed that he revolted because Theodosius had survived and presented himself to Narses. See: Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 59-60. The chronicles disagree over whether Theodosius did escape. Sebeos and Theophanes present his survival as a rumor, which Khusrau spread as well. The Armenian History Attributed to Sebeos, trans. R. W. Thomson, vol. 1, 2 vols. (Liverpool Liverpool University Press, 1999), 57 and Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6095, 419. The Chronicon Paschale provided either explanation. Chron. Pasch., 143. Commentators on Sebeos conclude that it is probably impossible to determine if Theodosius survived. James and Tim Greenwood Howard-Johnston, The Armenian History Attributed to Sebeos, vol. 2, 2 vols. (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1999), 197-8. It is odd that, if Theodosius survived, none of the sources subsequently mentioned him. This leads me to conclude that there are two possibilities. Either that Theodosius did survive, but Khusrau subsequently killed him once his successes later in the war made him believe he could retain the captured provinces without a puppet emperor. More likely, however, Theodosius disappears from the historical record because Phokas executed him with his father and brothers and Khusrau used a puppet. 79 Three separate Syriac texts note this event. James of Edessa, “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), 37, “Extract from the Chronicle of Zunquin (Ad 775),” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chonicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), AG 914, 55, and the most in-depth is “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 120-1. 80 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 121 81 Ibid.
24
Aside from the statement that Severus was a friend of Phokas, was there another reason for some Edessenes to denounce Severus? Narses might have been a Monophysite, since we know little of his religious affiliation, but what does exist makes this highly unlikely.82 Chalcedonians would not have condoned the execution of their own bishop either. The Edessenes denouncing Severus were, therefore, Monophysites, who realized that Severus’ execution strengthened their position in Edessa. Further, for Narses to rebel successfully against Phokas, he would have needed the support of the eastern cities. Executing the rival bishop would solidify Monophysite support for him. Severus could have plotted against Narses in support of Phokas as well, providing him, and the Edessene Monophysites, with another reason to execute him. Narses still had to be wary of the Chalcedonian Edessenes, hence the secrecy. Regardless, Narses’ execution of Severus increased the Monophysites’ position in Edessa.
This initial increase in Monophysite power was brief, as forces loyal to Phokas regained control of the area. Phokas sent two armies to Mesopotamia – one to retake Edessa and the other to defeat a Persian army besieging Dara. Khusrau decisively defeated the army sent against him, allowing the Persians to solidify their control around the Byzantine-Persian border.83 The army sent against Edessa forced Narses to flee to Hierapolis, where he eventually surrendered, and was subsequently executed in Constantinople.84 Meanwhile, the situation in the city returned to the status quo.85 The
82 Stratos said that Narses helped build two churches in Constantinople and it would be impossible for a Monophysite to erect churches in the capital at the end of the sixth century. Narses could have built these churches to conceal his Monophysite position, but this is impossible to prove. Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 59.
83 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6096, 420, Sebeos 1., 58 or see Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634., 61-4 for an account of the Persian advances during the reign of Phokas. 84 Theophanes said that Phokas, disregarding the safe conduct that one of his general’s (he names him as Domentziolos, Phokas’ nephew) gave Narses had Narses burned alive. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6097, 421. Pseudo-Dionysius simply said that Narses was captured “by a cunning trick.” “The Secular History
25
Chalcedonians regained control of the urban Edessene churches as well, after Theodosius appointment as bishop.86
The Sasanid invasion of Mesopotamia and Osrhoene continued for the next several years and Byzantine armies failed to stem their advance. Edessa surrendered to the Sasanids in 609.87 Thus, we arrive at one of the primary questions – did the Edessenes surrender to the Persians in 609 because they were dissatisfied with imperial Chalcedonian rule? Monophysite Edessenes clearly resented Chalcedonian control over the city’s churches. The tone of Syriac Monophysite chroniclers and the Monophysite reaction, or rather lack thereof, to Severus’ stoning made this clear. Despite the separation between the Edessene Monophysites and Chalcedonians, however, the Monophysites were not so dissatisfied with imperial ecclesiastical control that they undermined Romano-Byzantine rule and surrendered for only religious reasons.88 The Monophysites accepted their position in the countryside and, furthermore, acted independently of the imperial ecclesiastical hierarchy. This was sufficient for them, since persecutions had mostly ceased as well.
Initially the Sasanids installed a Nestorian bishop in Edessa, since Nestorianism was the accepted Christian creed in Persia. However, the Edessenes refused to accept the
of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre, “121 Finally, Sebeos said that he was put to death in Edessa. Sebeos 1., 58. Theophanes and Pseudo-Dionysius mostly agree on the details and are the most plausible for that reason. 85 Sebeos disagrees and said that the army captured Narses and Edessa and “shed blood” (which the translator describes as “a general slaughter”). Sebeos 1., 58 Both Theophanes and Pseudo-Dionysius agree that there was no slaughter, although Pseudo-Dionysius does say that one Edessene was executed. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6096, 420. “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 121 Sebeos’ account is highly dubious.
86 James of Edessa, “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa,” 38. This event occurred before Edessa fell to the Sasanids, as the next entry in the chronology noted the flight of bishops to Egypt to escape the Sasanid invasions. 87 The Chronicon Paschale provided 609 as the date. Chron. Pasch., 149. Theophanes only said that all of Mesopotamia was captured in 607 (although this took five years 606-610). Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6098, 422. Sebeos agrees with Chronicon Paschale on 609. Sebeos 1., 201-2 Stratos provided an explanation for why 609 should be accepted. Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 63
88 See Chapter 6
26
Nestorian creed any more than the Chalcedonian one.89 The Sasanids then provided a Monophysite bishop, Isaiah, from Persia for Edessa.90 Khusrau subsequently expelled the Chalcedonian bishop of Edessa, and “the Synod of Chalcedon was utterly abolished east of the Euphrates.” 91 These Sasanid actions solidified Monophysite control over the Edessene churches, while forcing the Chalcedonian church underground. Sebeos noted that Khusrau even convened a council in Persia to proclaim both the truth of the Monophysite position and his support for its doctrines. Khusrau supposedly asked “but the Godhead, if it is not one every place and cannot be or cause what it wishes, what sort of divinity is it?”92 This astute act partially settled the religious problem in the conquered Monophysite eastern provinces.
The Monophysites remained in control of the Edessene churches during the Sasanid occupation of the city, which lasted until 628. Heraclius’ campaigns against the Sasanids were in the north, through the Caucuses and Armenia. Edessa, and the Mesopotamian invasion route, remained peaceful during those years.93 Heraclius himself entered Edessa after the Sasanids left and used it as a base from which to regain
89 Michael the Syrian said “to Edessa came at first the Nestorian, Ashimo; but he was not accepted by the faithful.” “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,”126, n283 90 Ibid., 125 and James of Edessa, “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa,” 39. Segal noted that the Persians first sent Yunan as bishop of Edessa and then Isaiah. Segal, Edessa., 98-9. Michael the Syrian called Yunan “Jonah,” but never referred to him again. “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 126, n283
91 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,”125. James of Edessa is fragmented here and noted that the Chalcedonian bishops “are expelled [by] the Persians from [the east?]” (the brackets are the translator’s). Edessa, “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa,” 38. Similarly, Michael the Syrian included not only Byzantine Mesopotamia but “the whole land of Mesopotamia and Syria.” “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,”126, n283. It is likely that Khusrau expelled the Chalcedonian bishops from the entire Antiochene see, otherwise the expulsion of Chalcedonians from Mesopotamia and Osrhoene would have been a half measure and illogical.
92 Sebeos 1., 117. Sebeos’ commentators note that Sebeos’ description of this council was greatly exaggerated. However, Khusrau did publicly pronounce his support for the Monophysite doctrine. Howard-Johnston, Sebeos 2., 263 93 For an account of Heraclius’ Persian campaigns in detail see: Walter E. Kaegi, Heraclius Emperor of Byzantium (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2003), 100-191. Kaegi’s account combines information from the various primary sources to create an accurate portrait of these campaigns.
27
Mesopotamia, Syria, and Palestine. The Edessenes, even the Monophysites, cordially received Heraclius.94 Bishop Isaiah, however, refused to give Heraclius communion saying,
‘Unless you first anathematize the Synod of Chalcedon and the Tome of Leo in writing, I will not give you communion.’ At this the King flared up in anger and expelled the bishop from his church, handing it over instead to his own co- religionaries, the Chalcedonians.95
Although Pseudo-Dionysius believed that Isaiah “was zealous to a fault or rather, to tell the truth an uneducated idiot,” two possibilities, rather than calling him an “idiot,” exist.96 First, Isaiah remained loyal, in some capacity, to the Sasanids who had appointed him bishop. Second, he expressed the religious position of some portion of the Monophysite population – at least those who were strongly against any accommodation with the Chalcedonians. Isaiah’s actions likely represented a middle ground between the two possibilities. Isaiah had some loyalty to the Sasanids, as they would not have appointed him bishop otherwise, but the Monophysite Edessenes must have partially accepted his religious views as well. The Edessenes had displayed their displeasure with a Nestorian bishop and, therefore, Isaiah represented a portion of the population who disagreed with Heraclius’ Chalcedonian creed.97
94 Stratos went so far as to say that he was “received with great honour at Edessa. People, clergy and monks who were very numerous had all turned out to welcome him and accompany him with cheering and psalms.” Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 248. Michael the Syrian said that these people came out to “greet him” and that Heraclius “admired and praised the great multitude of monks.” Heraclius then said “‘How can it be right to exclude so admirable a group of people from our company?’” “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,”140, n323. Although Heraclius was pleased with the response of the Monophysite monks, they were not as happy with him. Michael later noted that Heraclius “distributed great largesse to the whole people,” which would certainly make a person of any religious creed favor him. 95 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,”140. 96 Ibid. Michael the Syrian, similarly, said that Isaiah “in the fervour of his zeal, prevented the king from taking the Sacrament.” “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre.”140, n323 97 Stratos rejected this story as “very improbable.” His only evidence was that Heraclius attempted to later reconcile the two churches. Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 248. Heraclius’ other
28
Following Isaiah’s refusal, Heraclius returned the Edessene churches to the Chalcedonians – the status quo ante bellum. Pseudo-Dionysius noted that:
on this occasion they [several rich and powerful families] were unable to oppose the King’s command. Nevertheless they expected to return with their bishop to the church and to repossess it after the King had gone back to the heartlands of Byzantium.98
Theophanes wrote concerning Heraclius’ return of the urban churches to the Chalcedonians as well saying “and when he had reached Edessa, he restored the church to the orthodox; for, since the days of Chosroes [Khusrau], it had been held by the Nestorians.”99 Heraclius’ restoration of the church to the Chalcedonians could not, and did not, delight the Monophysites – especially since they were now accustomed to controlling the church.
However, soon after this decision Heraclius attempted to reconcile the Monophysite and Chalcedonian churches by instituting two possible religious compromises – monoenergism and Monotheletism. Heraclius initially attempted a compromise with the belief that Christ had two natures and a single energy, but the Monophysites rejected this because it originated from a Chalcedonian Christological view.100 Heraclius and the Monophysites then agreed upon a second compromise, Monotheletism, which united Christ’s two natures in “one will,” and on which both
actions in regard to the Monophysites, which will be discussed below, refutes this logic and for this reason cannot be disregarded. 98 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre.”140-1. Pseudo-Dionysius noted these families because among them were the Tel-Mahroyo family. It is unclear to whom he referred by “their bishop,” but likely he meant a Monophysite bishop in general – rather than Isaiah or any other specific person.
99 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6120, 429. Theophanes confused the Monophysites with the Nestorians, but is otherwise correct. 100 Theophanes said the Monophysite bishop of Antioch, Anastasius, tricked Heraclius into accepting monoenergism. He blames Sergius, patriarch of Constantinople, as well because he was of “Syrian origin, the son of Jacobite parents.” Theophanes, however, was never critical of Heraclius – as the sources from which he compiled his information wrote during the Heracliad dynasty – and, therefore, could not be critical of its founder. Ibid., AM 6121, 460-1
29
church hierarchies, or at least their patriarchs, agreed. Notably, a single will derived from the Monophysite creed and, therefore, was a significant accommodation to them.101 The Sixth Ecumenical Council in 680 eventually reversed this Monophysite leaning creed saying “we proclaim equally two natural volitions or wills in him [Christ].”102
Stratos believed that both creeds agreed upon Monotheletism,103 but this contrasts with Michael the Syrian. Michael noted that Isaiah, since the initial discussion occurred before his expulsion, rejected Monotheletism as well. This could have been another explanation for Isaiah refusing Heraclius communion (as noted above).104 Some of the Monophysites accepted the new formula, but Michael listed those who did, none of which included Edessene clergy, signifying that Monothelete clergy in Edessa were in the minority.105 Ultimately, the fanaticism of the Monophysite clergy in Edessa and the limited time Heraclius had to solidify the Monothelete creed condemned it to failure among the majority of the Edessene Monophysites. Nevertheless, Monotheletism represented a significant attempt to solve the differences between the creeds – in favor of the Monophysites
In Edessa, the years from 602-628 showed that compromise was no longer possible and provided the Edessene Monophysite church with significantly more independent power. The Edessenes reacted strongly against Heraclius’ intrusion into
101 For an overview of both creeds see: J.F. Haldon, Byzantium in the Seventh Century: The Transformation of a Culture (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990), 300-3. 102 Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, 28 103 Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 286-297
104 Michael the Syrian has Isaiah present after Heraclius’ expelled him. “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre.”142, n332. 105 Michael the Syrian listed those who accepted it as “the House of Maron, of Mabbugh, of Emesa and (of) the southern region.” Ibid. None of these was in or near Edessa and the House of Maron became the strongest supporters of Monotheletism after the Arab conquest. We know that they were in the minority because Michael wrote that the groups “by accepting the Synod [Chalcedon], unjustly obtained possession of . . . the majority of churches and monasteries.” Meaning that to seize the majority of the churches they formerly must have been in the minority.
30
their religious affairs. They did not revolt at the return of the urban church to Chalcedonian control, but they refused to accept further changes in their creed. Monophysite Edessenes had now rejected the imperial church, a cornerstone of Late Roman and Byzantine religious and political authority.106 Despite this rejection, the Edessenes never contemplated revolting against the state. Instead, they wanted to retain their ecclesiastical hierarchy’s independence.
106 See for example: Haldon, Byzantium., 282-3. Justinian had united the two powers, imperial and ecclesiastical together. Haldon noted this change best saying that “the combination of perceived threats to imperial authority in the changed political, military, and social climate of the times, together with the lack of any clear demarcation of spheres of influence and authority between church and state which lay at the root of further development of both the Byzantine Church and of the state itself.” Ibid., 285-6
31
3. The Effect of the Muslim Conquest on Edessene Christianity
The Eastern provinces had barely recovered from the Sasanid occupation when the initial Muslim conquests began. Heraclius attempted to stem the Muslim advances in Palestine and southern Syria, but failed and withdrew Byzantine forces across the Taurus Mountains and into Anatolia. The Muslims peacefully occupied Edessa in 639. The Monophysite Edessenes neither supported nor undermined the Byzantine state, since they had no idea if the Muslims would provide them with greater autonomy or return the urban churches to them. The Muslim occupation did not initially affect the religious status of either the Monophysites or the Chalcedonians and both sects continued to control their respective churches. Muslims, instead, sought to mollify both groups to ensure political stability, although later the Muslims began to favor the Monophysites. Both sects reacted differently to Muslim control, especially the Chalcedonians who, for the first time since Anastasius’ reign, had lost imperial favor. Further, the Chalcedonians divided between adherents of Monotheletism, who accepted Christ’s single will, and those who believed in his dual will.
Following Heraclius’ withdrawal from Syria, Muslim soldiers quickly and easily occupied Byzantine Mesopotamia, including Edessa.107 Syriac chronicles differed over the initial Muslim reaction to the two creeds. Michael the Syrian said that “Cyrus, the Chalcedonian bishop, was expelled from Edessa, and all the Orthodox bishops returned to
107 I will discussed the capture of Edessa in more detail below. For a detailed historical summary of the events during the Muslim conquest see: Fred M Donner, The Early Islamic Conquests (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1981). Kaegi provided an in-depth analysis and explanation for these events in: Walter E. Kaegi, Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1992). For any early account of the Battle of Yarmuk see: “A Record of the Arab Conquest of Syria, Ad 637,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), Lines 19-23, 3.
32
their sees throughout the kingdom of the Arabs.”108 Pseudo-Dionysius, in contrast, noted that the Edessene churches “have continued to languish in their [Chalcedonian] possession until the present day.”109 Pseudo-Dionysius’ explanation appears more plausible. Although Heraclius had expelled bishop Isaiah of Edessa, he allowed most other Monophysites to remain and, therefore, Michael’s statement that “all of the Orthodox bishops returned” refers to those few who had been expelled. Further, Pseudo- Dionysius provided a compelling reason why the Muslims allowed the Chalcedonian bishops to remain – retaining the religious status quo in Edessa. As he wrote:
for at the time when they [the Mesopotamian cities] were conquered and made subject to the Arabs the cities agreed to terms of surrender, under which each confession had assigned to it those temples which were found in its possession. In this way the Orthodox were robbed of the Great Church of Edessa.110
Thus, the Monophysites did not receive the churches they wanted. The Monophysites continued to exercise religious autonomous. Syriac
chroniclers began to concentrate, and wrote about, eastern bishops alone.111 During the reign of Caliph Abd al-Malik (r. 685-705), Athanasius Bar Gumoye of Edessa became rich and Abd al-Malik appointed him guardian of his younger brother Abd al Aziz, who was later emir of Egypt. Pseudo-Dionysius said “he [Abd al-Aziz] commanded that Athanasius should be not only his scribe, but the manager of his affairs and that authority and administrative direction should be his while Abd al-Aziz should have the nominal power.”112 Athanasius, according to both Pseudo-Dionysius and Michael the Syrian, was
108 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 153, n364 109 Ibid, 141 110 Ibid. 111 See for example: “Extract from the Chronicle of Zunquin (Ad 775),” AG 914-1024, 55-61 112 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,”202. Athanasius eventually ruled through Abd al- Aziz.
33
a devout Monophysite as well and donated money to the Edessene church.113 Michael the Syrian noted that Athanasius attained the image of Christ, the mandylion, as well.114 The Chalcedonians had held the image “from the time of the Greek kings [meaning Tiberius II (r. 578-82) and his successors] until it was taken away from them by Athanasius bar Gumoye.”115 The Monophysite church steadily gained more power under Muslim rule, since they were in the countryside and, therefore, physically separated from the urban mosques. A hundred years of established Monophysite independent ecclesiastical rule, coupled with a hierarchy established in the countryside that did not conflict with Islamic institutions, allowed the Monophysite Church to continue unchanged for much of early Muslim rule.
Heraclius’ attempt to institute the Monothelete creed caused a division among the Chalcedonians. Those who refused to adopt Monothelete ideas became known as Melkites, which derives from malkoyo meaning “imperial.”116 Initially the Muslims, unlike the Sasanids, allowed the Melkites to retain substantial autonomy in their religious rule, though they feared possible Melkite loyalty to their former Byzantine rulers.117
Despite Muslim apprehension toward the Melkites, the Monothelete controversy severely divided the Christian community. The controversy was more than a religious struggle over the single or double will of Christ and became a political struggle because
113 Pseudo-Dionysius said “he had great respect for the hierarchy of the Church and he built new churches and renovated old ones.” Ibid, 203 114 Segal gives a description of the image with some background on it, although in reference to a siege of the city in 943. Segal, Edessa., 215
115 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre.,” 204-5 n307 116 “The Melkite Chonicle,” 25. Palmer noted that the Melkites followed the doctrine established at the sixth Ecumenical Council in 680 AD. The name was applied to them after the Byzantine church rejected Monothelete doctrine. 117 For more detail on initial Melkite reactions see: Hugh Kennedy, “The Melkite Church from the Islamic Conquest to the Crusades: Continuity and Adaption in the Byzantine Legacy,” The 1seventh International Byzantine Conference (Dumbarton Oaks/Georgetown University: Aristide D. Caratzas, 1986)
34
Heraclius’ successors tied his religious policy to imperial power and prestige.118 The Sixth Ecumenical Council of 680 “solved” the Monothelete controversy by anathematizing all those who had promulgated and professed it.119 The papal account of the council blamed Macarius, bishop of Antioch, for following Monotheletism, anathematized, and expelled him.120 The ecumenical council caused a significant division in the former eastern provinces and later condemned the eastern bishops at the Council. The council was remarkable for what it did not do. It did not specifically condemn the Monophysites, and this absence of a denunciation, recognized the independence of the Monophysite hierarchy and the lack of Byzantine authority.121 The Byzantine government had finally accepted the division in the church, but it required a loss of political control to recognize it.
From Heraclius’ pronouncement of Monotheletism until its formal anathematization in 680, the Melkites found themselves in an unusual position. They supported Chalcedon, but imperial religious policy did not agree with them. Thus, even when early Islamic leaders worried about underlying Melkite loyalty to Byzantium, the Melkites vehemently disagreed with imperial religious policy causing the Muslims to exaggerate possible threats.122 The Melkites continued to exist in Edessa throughout the
118 Haldon, Byzantium., 309-313 provided an explanation of this transformation and the religious policy of Constans II as it relates to imperial power. 119 For primary sources on the sixth Ecumenical Council see: Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6171, 500. Theophanes mistakenly placed it in 678-9. Nikephoros provided another explanation, although he said that Constantine IV called the council because the Monotheletes were “gaining in strength.” Nikephoros, Nikephoros Patriarch of Constantinople, Short History, trans. Cyril Mango (Washington: Dumbarton Oaks, 1990), 37, P. 93. For a short explanation see: Ostrogorsky, History of the Byzantine State, 127-8 or for a detailed one see: Haldon, Byzantium., 313-7. The Council did not, however, anathematize Heraclius, Constantine III or Constans II for promoting Monotheletism, since doing so would have been a rebuke of the entire Heracliad dynasty.
120 Pontiffs., 74-9 for the papal account of the Council including specifics on Macarius. 121 Haldon, Byzantium., 316 122 See: Kennedy, “The Melkite Church from the Islamic Conquest to the Crusades: Continuity and Adaption in the Byzantine Legacy.”
35
seventh century, but the initial period of imperial Monotheletism greatly weakened their connection with Byzantium.123
The Maronites, who embraced and followed Monotheletism, were the final significant Christian sect in Edessa. Initially the Maronites strongly favored Byzantium, as they had similar religious beliefs.124 A Maronite Chronicle provided lengthy descriptions of Byzantine triumphs, while simultaneously downplaying Arab triumphs – a clear example of both the author’s and his potential audience’s loyalty. He discussed a small Byzantine victory at Lake Scutarium (?) in detail saying “the Arabs have not attacked that lake up to the present day.”125 In contrast, the Arab raid on the important city of Amorium was dismissed in two sentences.126 The Maronite Chronicle also attempted to prove that Caliph Mu’awiya (r. 661-80) favored the Maronites, rather than the Monophysites. Notably he says that the Monophysites pay Mu’awiya 20,000 denarii every year “so that he would not withdraw his protection and let them be persecuted by the members of the (Orthodox) [Maronite] Church.”127 The Maronites altered their view of Byzantium following the Sixth Ecumenical Council, however, which they rejected. They completely broke with the Chalcedonian church in 727.128
The Muslim reaction to the Monophysite and Chalcedonian churches provides several conclusions about the religious division in Edessa following the Muslim
123 Segal noted that there was a Melkite bishop in Edessa for most of this period. Segal, Edessa., 207-8 124 Palmer provided a summary of their pro-Byzantine ideas at: “The Maronite Chronicle ” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993). 125 Ibid., 33-4 126 Ibid. It said that “Ibn Khalid then set off from there [Lake Scutarium] and came to the city of Amorium and gave it word [that he would not harm them if they surrendered]. When they opened (their gates) to him he stationed an Arab garrison there and left that place.” The victory at Lake Scutarium must have been insignificant if the Arabs captured Amorium afterward. DATE OF RAID 127 Ibid., 30. He left out that the Maronites had to pay a similar amount every year. Nevertheless, it still serves as an example of the Maronites trying to gain favor from the Muslims while favoring Byzantine rule. 128 For Palmer’s noted on this see: Ibid., 29
36
conquests. First, the Chalcedonians, both Monotheletes and Melkites, remained in the city, although the percentages of each creed are unknown. Second, a sizable contingent of Chalcedonians remained – as otherwise the Muslims would not have allowed them to retain their urban churches. Finally, the Edessene Monothelete and Melkite reaction to the initial Muslim rule is unknown. However, they retained their churches and, therefore, it is unlikely that many of them were very upset.
Although both the Maronites and the Melkites had substantial problems with the Byzantine Chalcedonian creed, they continued to believe in the return of the Byzantine emperor as their savior. An Edessene apocalyptic narrative, likely written in 683 AD,129 proclaimed that the Byzantines will eventually vanquish the Muslims and bring about the end of days. The Byzantine emperor, whom the author refers to as the Greek king, will return and “the Children of Ishmael will flee . . . to the town of Mecca, where their kingdom shall come to an end; and the king of the Greeks will rule the entire earth.”130 This kingdom will endure for 208 years, the anti-Christ will come, and he will spread across the land.131 Finally, the king of the Greeks will climb Golgotha and bring about the end of days – whereupon he shall die and ascend, followed by all other living things.132 The role the author prescribed for the Byzantine emperor showed a continued belief that the Byzantines would eventually return to Edessa and the eastern provinces.
129 Palmer said that a definite date is hard to determine, but that 683 AD was the most likely. For my purpose, however, it is enough to accept a date sometime around 700 AD. “The Edessene Apocalyptic Fragment,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), 243
130 Ibid., 245 131 Ibid., 246-8. The author provided his Edessene background at this point saying “he [the anti-Christ] will reign over the whole earth; however he will not enter the city of Edessa, for God has blessed and protected her.” 132 Ibid., 248-9
37
The Byzantines and the Edessenes might have religious differences, but at the end of days, he served as the figure who saved the Christians.
The Christian sects in Edessa increasingly grew independent of the Byzantine ecclesiastical hierarchy. Following the Sixth Ecumenical Council in 680, the Monophysites were completely disregarded, the Maronites were anathematized, and although the Melkites now agreed with imperial religious policy, their forty year disagreement had weakened ties with the state. The two Chalcedonian sects, however, generally agreed with the Byzantines on the end of days. The overall trend for all three sects, however, is apparent. They gradually became independent hierarchies that ranged from complete autonomy to loose adherence with Byzantine religious policy. It became increasingly hard for Christians under a separate political authority to follow imperial religious policy, especially as Byzantine ecclesiastical and political power became ever more entwined. The underlying social and economic transformations created by the political separation of the Byzantine Empire and the Muslim Caliphate caused significant, and lasting, religious divisions between the Monophysites, Maronites, Melkites, and Byzantines.
38
4. A Transformation in Christian Perception: Edessene Jews in the Late Fifth and Sixth Centuries
The sixth and seventh centuries altered the social and economic position of the Edessene Jews and their affiliation with the Romano-Byzantine Empire as well. During the sixth century, the Jews retained the freedom to worship, but simultaneously accepted their inferior status. Jewish attitude toward the Byzantine state, unlike the Monophysite relationship, did not significantly change during the early sixth century. The Edessene Jews continued to enjoy limited freedoms and participated in the Byzantine political sphere, though subject to frequent anti-Jewish riots. They likely composed a small percentage of the Edessene population and also differed from the more numerous Jews of Palestine. During the middle of the sixth century, the Jews began to renounce total Romano-Byzantine control, but never completely rejected the state’s rule. Christians, similarly, began to regard the Jews as a larger problem, because of external Jewish threats and internal rebellions.
The exact date of the Jewish arrival in Edessa is unknown.133 The earliest story of Jews in Edessa, from the first century BC, mentioned a Hebrew woman who saved a prominent Edessene from his enemies, although the historical truth behind this story is dubious.134 Abgar IX, in 202 AD, converted to Christianity – the first king to become
133 Baron noted that there were significant numbers of Jews and Christians in Edessa by AD 117. Salo W Baron, Christian Era: The First Five Centuries, A Social and Religious History of the Jews, vol. 2, 8 vols. (New York: Columbia University Press, 1952), 164-5. Graetz noted that the Romans captured Edessa and killed many Jews in 117 and, therefore, a significant Jewish population existed at the time. However, their precise arrival is unknown. Heinrich Graetz, History of the Jews, vol. 2, 6 vols. (Philadelphia: The Jewish Publication Society of America, 1893), 398.
134 Segal quoted a source that said “‘the people of Mesopotamia also worshipped the Hebrew [woman] Kuthbi, who saved Bakru the patrician of Edessa from his enemies.’” Segal, Edessa, 43. Archaeological research reveals that Kutbab was likely a deity with Jewish origins. Thus, the story appears fictional, but does show the early presence of a Jewish community in Edessa. See: J.T. Milik & J. Teixidor, “New
39
openly Christian. Thus, Edessene Jews had the earliest interaction with a Christian kingdom.135 The Edessene Jews had three hundred years to develop a relationship with their Christian rulers and, therefore, they had long accepted their social position with regard to the Christians. However, once Christian imperial rule was removed, following the Sasanid invasions, this social structure changed as the Jews now occupied a superior position. The Edessene Jews thus had more to gain from Sasanid rule than most other Jewish populations.
Saint Augustine writings provided the basis for the treatment of the Jews. In City of God, Augustine wrote that “the Jews, who killed him [Christ] and would not believe in him . . . were utterly uprooted from their kingdom.”136 Thus, Augustine blamed the Jews for killing Christ, condemning them to a reduced status. Despite their enforced lower status, the state protected them. As he noted:
for we see and know that it is in order to bear this witness, – which they [Jews] involuntarily supply on our behalf by possessing and preserving these same books, – that they themselves are scattered among all the peoples, in whatever direction the church of Christ expands.137
The Romano-Byzantine state thus protected Jews, although it could reduce their socio- political status, since they witnessed the prophesies and life of Christ.
Romano-Byzantine law created a special category for the Jews, but did not exclude them from the state’s protection. One proclamation stated that “no Jew who is innocent shall be oppressed, nor shall any person of any creed cause him to be exposed to
Evidence on the North-Arabic Deity Aktab-Kutba,” Bulletin of the American Schools of Oriental Research 1961. 135 Baron, Christian Era: The First Five Centuries, 165. This early conversion to Christianity supports evidence that there was a strong early Jewish presence in the city, since the Jews were some of the earliest converts. For more information see: Segal, Edessa., 41-3
136 Saint Augustine, The City of God against the Pagans, trans. William Chase Greene, vol. 6 7vols. (Cambridge: Havard University Press, 1955), 18.46, 49 137 Ibid. 18.46, 51
40
insult.”138 The law did, however, prohibit Jews from holding public offices because “strengthened by the authority of the office which they have obtained, they may have the power of judging or promulgating decrees against Christians.”139 The state thus protected Jews religiously and politically, but simultaneously reduced their status. Procopius did record that Justinian “did his best to abolish the laws reverence by the Hebrews” and that if Passover fell before Easter “he would not permit the Jews to celebrate this at the proper time.”140 Thus, the state allowed the Jews to worship, but in a limited fashion.
Finally, the Late Roman Empire needed the Jews for economic reasons as well. It required Jewish merchants and a decrease in their ability to trade would have endangered commerce with non-Jews.141 Many Jews spoke Greek as well, which allowed them to integrate into the merchant economy.142 As Sharf concluded: “It was clearly inadvisable to withdraw the protection of the state from any community which had an economic contribution to make.”143
The total Jewish population of Edessa during this period, however, is impossible to determine. The best guess for their numbers, throughout the entire empire, is between
138 The Civil Law, trans. S. P. Scott, vol. 6, 7 vols. (Cincinnati: The Central Trust Company, 1973), 1.9.13, 77 139 Ibid. 1.9.17, 78 140 Procopius, The Secret History, trans. G.A. Williamson (London: The Folio Society, 1990), 130. Procopius often exaggerated in The Secret History, but these statements undoubtedly – if the nothing else – reflected Justinian’s influence over the Jews.
141 Romano-Byzantine Jews had contact with Jews living in Persia, through whom trade, especially in silk, was conducted. 142 Procopius said that “the vast majority of Justinian’s Jewish subjects were Greek-speaking” because most read the Torah in the Septuagint form. Ibid., 24. Although the Jews used the Septuagint, this does not mean that all of them could read and study it nor did they necessarily conduct local transactions in Edessa in Greek. Jews who traveled extensively through the empire probably knew Greek, but many of those who stayed in Edessa (or other Mesopotamian cities) might easily have spoken Aramaic. I have therefore chosen to use “many” instead.
143 Ibid., 36
41
two and ten percent.144 A significant proportion of Jews lived in Palestine, especially near Jerusalem. Regardless of the exact number, we can assume that Jews existed as a visible minority of Edessa’s population and likely between two and ten percent.
The Jews in Palestine, unlike those in Edessa or in other locations never under Jewish political control, rather than being satisfied with religious freedom sought political control as well. In Palestine, the Jews had partially independent political authority until Roman law abolished the legislative body, the Sanhedrin, in 429.145 Thus, a shift occurred in Jewish authority – from a political entity based in Palestine to a religious body based in the various Diaspora communities. Further, the Jews who remained in Palestine followed various leaders, rather than the political-religious control of the rabbis.146 Finally, there were more Jews in Palestine – numbering between ten and fifteen percent of the population.147
The papacy treated the Jews under its jurisdiction similarly to the Edessene Jews and, following Justinian’s re-conquest of Italy, ecclesiastical policies became analogous. Pope Leo I148 continued St. Augustine’s idea and asked “O Jews, when the judgment of
144 Sharf provided two calculations for Jewish numbers. A census during Emperor Claudius’ reign in 42 AD counted 6,944,000 Jews, which was approximately ten percent of the empire’s total population. There have been discussions about the accuracy of such a high percentage, but I accept it as the highest possible number. He then gave the next available number, taken in 1168 by Benjamin of Tudela, from whose numbers Sharf extrapolated to calculate that the Jewish population composed a minimum of two percent. Sharf, Andrew Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade (New York: Schocken Books, 1971), 3-4 145 For the reduced role of the Sanhedrin see: Avi-Yonah, M. The Jews under Roman and Byzantine Rule (Jerusalem: The Magnes Press, 1984), 228. 146 For more on this see: Ibid., 237-40. 147 This estimate is based on the assumption that 20,000 Jewish soldiers, as noted by Eutychius, helped the Sasanids capture various towns in Palestine. Avi-Yonah extrapolated and estimates that this corresponded to 150-200,000 people, which was between approximately ten and fifteen percent of the population. This number was likely exaggerated, since this 20,000 soldiers was too night. Nevertheless, if we use ten to fifteen percent as the maximum for Jews in any location, then the percentage of Jews in Edessa was certainly less. Ibid., 241 148 He wrote the famous Tome of Leo and reigned during the Council of Chalcedon in 451. He was one of the most important of the early popes.
42
the universe went against you, and your wickedness could not be recalled . . . what torment seized your heart.”149 Despite the idea of Jews’ alleged killing of Christ, Leo noted that “He Who came to save sinners did not refuse mercy even to His murderers, but changed the evil of the wicked into the goodness of the believing.”150 The church thus and sought to convert the Jews who remained.
Pope Gregory I wrote and issued similar pronouncements about the Jews in his jurisdiction. Jews could neither own Christian slaves nor convert them, both concepts that Justinian promoted as well, “lest (which God forbid) the Christian religion should be polluted by being subjected to Jews.”151 Gregory, however, provided economic compensation for Jewish owners if a slave became Christian and the Jew had to manumit the slave.152 Thus, the church ensured that the Jews did not lose property. Western ecclesiastical law followed Romano-Byzantine imperial law, both because it was under physical imperial jurisdiction and because both followed St. Augustine’s theology.
The imperial and Edessene authorities treated the Jews according to their above noted status during the troubled years from 494-506. During the famine in Edessa, which reached its height in 499, the Edessenes provided the Jews with wheat to make bread.153 There are two conclusions to be drawn from this. First, the authorities helped the Edessene Jews who could not obtain the minimum amount of bread to survive. In other words, the Christian Edessenes, during this famine, helped the Jews like they aided their
149 “The Letters and Sermons of Leo the Great,” trans. Charles Lett Feltoe, A Select Library of Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers of the Christian Church, vol. 12 (Grand Rapids: WM. B. Eerdmands Publishing Company, 1956), Sermon 50.4, 168. 150 Ibid., Sermon 67.3, 178
151 “The Book of Pastoral Rule and Selected Epistles of Gregory the Great,” trans. James Barmby, A Select Library of Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers of the Christian Church, vol. 12 (Grand Rapids: WM. B. Eerdmands Publishing Company, 1956), Book 3, Epistle 38, 131-2 152 See: Ibid., Book, 6 Epistle 32, 199
153 Pseudo-Joshua, 41-2
43
poor.154 Second, despite the widespread disregard for the Jews, the Edessenes nevertheless helped the Jews survive. The Jews occupied an extremely low social status, but one that the Christian Edessenes protected.
Despite the low socio-political status of the Edessene Jews, they did not actively aid the Sasanids during the 502-6 war. In Edessa for example, the Jews did not undermine the Roman defense of the city during the siege of 503.155 The Jews of nearby Tella, however, did attempt to surrender the city to the Sasanians by tunneling under their synagogue which was built against the city wall.156 When the Roman defenders found the Jewish tunnel they went through the city “slaughtering all the Jews they could find, men and women, old and young.”157 The bishop of Tella finally ended the slaughter, which the Romans indiscriminately engaged in for several days. The Romans defended Edessa with more men, making treachery less likely to succeed. This was an early example of Jews, in a nearby city, preferring Sasanian to Romano-Byzantine rule. Jews in a similar socio-political situation acknowledged that Sasanian rule would benefit them.158
154 Ibid. Pseudo-Joshua made this apparent and his wording made it almost impossible to differentiate between the Jews and the poor who had no bread. In fact, his statement on the Jews suffering was included in the same sentence as the poor suffering. 155 Ibid. He never mentioned the Jews providing help to the Sassanian army besieging the city. There is no evidence to contradict his silence. 156 Ibid., 72-3. He provided a detailed description of this attempt along with how the Romans discovered it. The detail of the plot and its discovery make the story almost certainly true. 157 Ibid., 73-4 158 There is no other evidence for why the Jews of Tella revolted, but they must have believed that Sasanid rule benefited them. Maybe the Sasanids contacted the Jews of Tella and offered to increase their socio- political status in the city, but the sources are silent on this possibility. Although Jews were nominally loyal to the ruling state, they must have believed that the Sasanids would be better rulers. The small size of Tella’s garrison likely played a large role in inducing them to revolt, since the Roman garrison would not have sufficient soldiers to prevent their tunneling. Baron wrote that “the Jews of Tella offered stout resistance to the Sassanian armies” and then supported this using Pseudo-Joshua. See: Baron, Christian Era: The First Five Centuries, 179. I have quoted Pseudo-Joshua above, which contradicted Baron and, therefore, Baron must be discounted for this reason. The primary reason for the Jews of Tella undermining the Roman garrison is, however, impossible to determine.
44
What altered the accepted relationship between the Jews and the Christians of Edessa? The chronicles alluded to two principal causes for the transformation in the Christian-Jewish relationship, one outside the empire and the other internal. Pseudo- Dionysius, John Malalas, Theophanes, and Procopius all provided the first explanation of this changing relationship through an account of a war between the Ethiopians and the Himyarites.159
The Himyarites lived on the western part of Arabia, near the Red Sea. Judaism in Arabia, as in Edessa, arrived at an unknown time, although its influence expanded throughout the early sixth century. Josephus noted the first movement of Jews into Arabia, as part of an ultimately unsuccessful expedition force under Aelius Gallus.160 The conversion of Arabs to Judaism, however, cannot be dated to this expedition. Throughout the fourth and fifth centuries Judaism continued to strengthen in Arabia, but its full acceptance occurred after 516, when the Himyarite king, Dhu Nuwas, adopted it as the state religion.161 The Himyarite kings primarily espoused Judaism for political, rather than religious reasons, as they it enabled them to confront the expansion of Ethiopian and Roman influence in Arabia.162
This caused a confrontation between the two religions, although the immediate causes of the war were political and economic. Pseudo-Dionysius, Malalas, Theophanes, and Procopius noted that the different religions of the antagonists, the Ethiopians were
159 Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 50. Pseudo-Dionysius used the term “Indian” to describe all of the people who lived in Arabia, India, and Africa – including both the Ethiopians and the Himyarites. Witakowski noted that these two groups were both lived between the Nile and the Horn of Africa.
160 Josephus, Josephus, trans. Allen Wikgren, ed. Ralph Marcus, vol. 8, 9 vols. (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1963), 15.317, 151 161 Salo W Baron, High Middle Ages: 500-1200, A Social and Religious History of the Jews, vol. 3, 8 vols. (New York: Columbia University Press, 1957), 66-9. 162 Avi-Yonah, The Jews under Roman and Byzantine Rule, 251-3
45
Christian and the Himyarites were Jewish, in an economic context, caused the war.163 Further, three sources, Pseudo-Dionysius, Malalas, and Theophanes, all equate the eventual Ethiopian victory with a Constantine type conversion story.164 According to Pseudo-Dionysius, Andug, the Ethiopian king, reportedly said “‘if it be granted to me that I defeat this torturer, the king of the Himyarites, I will become Christian. For it is the blood of Christians I intend to avenge on him.’”165 Andug and the Ethiopians were eventually victorious and placed a Christian on the Himyartie throne.
At this point in the narrative, however, Pseudo-Dionysius discussed the war in Africa and Arabia while Malalas and Theophanes did not. Pseudo-Dionysius, or rather the sixth century information he compiled, became interested in the oppressive actions of the Jewish Himyarites against Christians. First, the Himyarite Jews regained power and “in a bitter wrath slew and destroyed all the Christian people there, men, women, young people and little children, poor and rich.”166 Second, Pseudo-Dionysius copied an entire letter, from the Jewish Himyarite king to the Arab al-Mundhir, on the martyrdom of Christian Himyarites. The king wrote:
First I seized all the Christians who confess Christ, if they would not become Jews like us. I killed two hundred and eighty priests. . . Of their church of theirs I
163 Pseudo-Dionysius, John Malalas, and Theophanes all wrote that the Himyarite king, Dimnos, killed Christian merchants in response to his belief that Christians in various lands harassed Jews. See: Pseudo- Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 51; John Malalas, The Chronicle of John Malalas, trans. Elizabeth Jeffreys, Michael Jeffreys & Roger Scott (Melbourne: Australian Association for Byzantine Studies, 1986),, 433-4, 251; Theophanes, Theoph, AM 6035, 323. All three sources used almost exactly the same wording and, therefore, derive from a common source – John Malalas. Procopius alone did not provide this economic context, Procopius, The Persian War trans. H.B. Dewing, Procopius in Seven Volumes, ed. H.B. Dewing, vol. 1, 7 vols. (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1971), I, XX 1, P. 189 164 i.e. Constantine’s conversion before the Battle of the Milvian Bridge. This makes the possibility of this actually occurring somewhat dubious though.
165 Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 51. Malalas and Theophanes are identical. See: Malalas, The Chronicle of John Malalas, 433-4, 251; Theophanes, Theoph.,. AM 6035, 323. Procopius noted that the Ethiopians placed a Christian king on the Himyarite throne, which the three other sources hint at as well, but did not mention this conversion.
166 Ibid., 52
46
made a synagogue for ourselves. . . (then) I ordered that all of their nobles be put to death.167
According to the letter, even a three-year-old boy rejected converting when the king confronted him. When offered nuts, almonds and figs, tempting delicacies for a child, the boy responded “‘No, by Christ, I shall not eat Jewish nuts.’”168
The Jewish persecutions finally ended after Roman intervention and Ethiopian victories. First, the Romans seized prominent Jews in the Palestinian city of Tiberius and forced them to send messages to the Himyarites asking to end the persecutions.169 Second, and more importantly, the Ethiopian king attacked the Himyarites again and “seized and killed him [the Himyarite king] and routed his troops and all the Jews in the country of the Himyarites altogether.”170 The Ethiopian king then placed a zealous Christian on the Himyarite throne, ending the Jewish persecutions.171 Pseudo-Dionysius and his Edessene sources were considerably more interested in this than their Roman contemporaries. It is unknown why the Roman sources do not include as much information, likely they were less aware of the situation, but Pseudo-Dionysius’ inclusion of the material is significant. The Jewish Himyarite persecutions were closer, had a greater effect, and provided a reason for the disintegration of Christian-Jewish relations in Edessa. Further, the Jewish Himyarite king attempted to induce al-Mundhir, who lived in Roman territory, to persecute Christians under his control. Thus, the Edessene Christians became increasingly wary of external Jewish threats.
167 Ibid., 54-5. The Himyarite king’s letter is significantly longer and I have excerpted parts. 168 Ibid., 61 169 Ibid., 62. He mentioned this, however, only very briefly. 170 Ibid., 63
171 Ibid.. Procopius noted this as well, see: Procopius, The Persian War I, XX 1-2, 189 47
The second change in the Jewish-Christian relationship occurred because of internal Jewish threats to the Romano-Byzantine Empire. The Samaritans revolted in 529 and 555 and Jews joined them – leading many Christians to distrust their Jewish populations. These revolts occurred in Palestine, but they had lasting effects on Edessene writers and the Christian population. Three principal sources detailed the 529 revolt, John Malalas, Theophanes, and Procopius. In Malalas’ account the Samaritans revolted alone, although the Jews helped them to an uncertain extent.172 Procopius cited Justinian’s forced conversion of the Samaritans as their reason to revolt and did not mention the Jews.173 Theophanes extended the revolt to the Jews as well saying “the Samaritans and the Jews in Palestine crowned a certain Julian as emperor and took up arms against the Christians, against whom they committed robbery, murder, and arson.”174 Theophanes’ account is less probable because he was not a contemporary and, therefore, confused the Jews and the Samaritans, which was not uncommon. Theophanes expanded Malalas’ account, since he drew directly from Malalas to form his own chronicle here.175
Nevertheless, there were two significant consequences of this first revolt. First, Malalas, and Theophanes, noted that the survivors of the revolt fled to the Sasanians, influencing them to reject peace with the Romans and invade the empire. Malalas noted:
the Persian emperor had withdrawn from the peace agreement . . . for news had come that the Samaritans in Roman territory, incurring the anger of the emperor Justinian [for revolting] . . . had fled and gone over to Koades [Kawad] . . . . and
172 Malalas, The Chronicle of John Malalas, 446-7, 260-1 173 Justinian did persecute the Samaritans in his new law code. See: Procopius, The Secret History, 54 174 See: Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6021, 271. Several sources provide the name “Julianus” for the king the Samaritan’s crowned. He is not to be confused with the Roman Emperor Julian the Apostate (r. 361-3). 175 See the editors noted on this at: Ibid.. Sharf explained the Romano-Byzantine view of the Samaritans and the Jews. He noted that there was separate legislation for the Samaritans, but that many Romans/Byzantines believed that the two groups were closely connected. Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 29-30
48
had promised to fight for him. They numbered 50,000. They promised to hand over to the Persian emperor their own land.176
Although the Samaritans did not live in Edessa (the sources never mention them), Kawad used them as a pretext for the next Roman-Sasanian war. Further, the Sasanians had to first capture Roman Mesopotamia, including Edessa, to gain Palestine and Jerusalem. The Samaritans, and to a lesser extent the Jews, caused the Sasanians to invade Mesopotamia and wreak havoc. Second, the revolt caused massive economic destruction in Palestine. The substantial loss of income dissatisfied many of the Jews and later provided them with a reason to revolt again.177 Justinian forced the Christians “to pay in perpetuity annual taxes on a crippling scale,” regardless of their losses during the revolt.178
The Samaritan-Jewish revolt of 555 was no less devastating than the revolt of 529. Malalas mentioned that the Jews revolted with the Samaritans in Caesarea, confirming the Jewish involvement.179 Pseudo-Dionysius chronicled this revolt as well, which he did not do for the revolt of 529. He described the revolt as follows:
when the emperor Justinian learned about these matters [the revolt and the destruction it caused] he became very angry and gave an order to Amantius, a stratelates [general] in the East, who was a Christian and zealous in the Christian faith, and he went to Caesarea and throughout the whole country of Palestine.180
Pseudo-Dionysius followed Malalas and two significant points emerge. First, the revolt was widespread enough that the statelates and his soldiers from the Mesopotamian
176 Malalas, The Chronicle of John Malalas, 455, 267. Theophanes included Jews in addition to Samaritans. See: Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6021, 271 177 The revolt caused severe economic problems for the Christians in Palestine as well. 178 Procopius, The Secret History, 54-5
179 Malalas, The Chronicle of John Malalas, 487-8, 294-5. Theophanes copied Malalas and repeated that the Jews were involved, see: Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6048, 337 180 Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 114. Palmer noted that Amantius was magister militium per Orientem after 555 and renown for his persecution of pagans and heretics. Pseudo-Dinysius uses the term stratelates because it is the seventh and eighth century term that replaced the term magister militium. Both titles have roughly the same meaning.
49
frontier were needed to quell it.181 The revolt created a lasting impression on the soldiers who returned to the Mesopotamian frontier, including the Edessene garrison. Second, the tension between Christians and Jews included both Christian creeds and was more significant than intra-Christian arguments. Pseudo-Dionysius called Amantius “a Christian and zealous in the Christian faith,” which he would not use unless Amantius was a Monophysite.182 These two revolts, in 529 and 555, altered the relationship between Christians, both the imperial rulers and the local populations, and the Jews.
These two events, one external and the other internal, caused a shift in the relationship between Jews and Christians. Problems between the two religious communities existed before trhis, notably the Jewish undermining of Tella’s defenses, but this was an isolated event. Edessene Christians, in contrast, provided food and aid to the Jews during the Sasanian siege of 503. The two large revolts and the Himyarite Jewish king’s persecutions, however, caused a rethinking of the state’s attitude toward its Jewish subjects. As Sharf noted “the Jews under Justinian had amply justified their frequent denunciation.”183 These changes occurred in the imperial reaction to Jews, since sources from Constantinople (e.g. Procopius, Malalas, Theophanes, etc.) discussed them. Using Pseudo-Dionysius, we can also examine the reaction of the Edessene Christians. Pseudo- Dionysius alone discussed the Himyarite threat in greater detail, likely because of his access to local sources, but its inclusion was noteworthy. The Jewish Himyarite danger altered the psyche of the Edessene Christians. The Samaritan-Jewish revolts, especially the revolt of 555, caused Roman soldiers in Mesopotamia to react strongly against any
181 Sharf noted that soldiers were called from North Africa as well. Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 30. 182 See above for Pseudo-Dionysius’ use of words like “pious” and “zealous” toward Monophysites alone. 183 Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 35. He discussed this again in Sharf, Andrew, Jews and Other Minorities in Byzantium (Jerusalem: Bar-Ilan University Press, 1995), 98.
50
possible later Jewish revolts. The Edessene Jews neither helped the Himyarites nor the rebels, but remained quiet throughout this period.184 Nevertheless, the Edessene Christians realized that the Jews could rebel in the future and Jews realized that other rulers treated them better than the Romano-Byzantine state. The seventh century thus began with this inherent tension coupled with the destabilizing events of Maurice’s overthrow and the subsequent Sasanian invasion.
184 The lack of any discussion in Pseudo-Dionysius or elsewhere about the Edessene Jewish forces me to assume that they remained quiet. No Jewish or Christian sources exist that argue otherwise.
51
5. Jewish Edessene Reactions to the Invasions of the Early Seventh Century
The tension between Edessene Jews and Edessene Christians, which became pronounced during the middle of the sixth century, reached a climax during the Sasanian conquest and Byzantine re-conquest. Justin II, Tiberius, and Maurice continued the Justinian’s Jewish policies, but they recognized the possibility of Jewish revolts. A series of smaller incidents occurred during the last decades of the sixth century and the first decade of the seventh century, but they were local riots.
The tumultuous period from 609 to 638 complicated the relationship between the Jews and the Byzantine state. The Sasanian invasions during Phokas’ and Heraclius’ reigns created an entirely new situation for the Jews. Although it is unknown whether the Edessene Jews helped the Sasanians capture the city, Jews in other places – especially Jerusalem – were pivotal in helping Sasanian armies. The reaction of the Sasanians toward the Edessene Jews, during their control, is unclear as well. However, Khusrau’s support for previously non-imperial religions predisposed him toward a conciliatory policy to Jews as well. The period culminated in the Jewish garrisoning of Edessa with Sasanian soldiers following the end of the Byzantine-Sasanian War in 628. This Jewish refusal provides evidence that the Jews favored Sasanian to Byzantine rule.
The Sasanian occupation from 609-628 altered the Jewish relationship with the state and provided them with greater autonomy, which they were reluctant to relinquish, and the Byzantines could not provide them. Finally, in 632 Heraclius issued a decree to baptize all Jews, which largely failed, but created Jewish animosity toward the state. The Muslim capture of Edessa only solidified existing Jewish discontent with Byzantine rule – as the Jews became an equal and protected religion submitting to the jizyah, rather than
52
a completely subservient religion. Muslim control of Edessa provided the Jews with a status they had during the Sasanian occupation, as a protected equal religion – a status the Byzantine state did not provide them even before the many problems of the sixth century.
The Christian-Jewish interaction in Edessa during the reigns of Justin II, Tiberius, and Maurice differed little from that under Justinian, although there were no large revolts. Neither the Syriac (Pseudo-Dionysius) nor the Byzantine (Theophylact and Theophanes) authors mention any significant events during this period – whether in Edessa or throughout the empire. The Edessene Christians followed imperial edicts to allow Jews to worship without persecution.185 Several smaller incidents did occur, but these occurred primarily between the two circus factions, which included Jewish supporters and sources often interrelate anti-Jewish and circus faction fighting.186 One riot against the Jews occurred in Antioch in 592.187 Another riot in Antioch, in 608,188 resulted in rioters who killed, mutilated, and dragged the Chalcedonian patriarch Anastasius through the streets. Theophanes wrote “the Jews of Antioch, becoming disorderly, staged an uprising against the Christians and murdered Anastasios, the great patriarch of Antioch . . . and they killed many landowners and burnt them.”189 Only after Phokas dispatched soldiers were the Jews put down and the rioting stopped. The Chronicon Paschale, a contemporary source, recorded the incident differently and said only “it was announced
185 See Sharf’s explanation and discussion of this in detail at: Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 46. Another example of this continued protection for Jewish communities is from John of Ephesus’ Lives of the Eastern Saints. Selections concerning Christian-Jewish interactions are at: Susan A Harvey, Asceticism and Society in Crisis: John of Ephesus and the Lives of the Eastern Saints (Berkeley and Los Angelos: University of California Press, 1990), 53-4.
186 For more on the circus factions see: Alan Cameron, Circus Factions (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1976), 187 See Sharf for this riot and the Roman response to it at: Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 45-6 Sharf also discussedthis at: Sharf, Jews and Other Minorities in Byzantium, 98 188 Theophanes provided this date, while the Chronicon Paschale gave September 610. I have followed Theophanes here based on the translators’ reasoning. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6101, 427, n3.
189 Ibid., AM 6101 425
53
that Anastasius . . . had been killed by soldiers.”190 Although the Jews rioted, they formed only a portion of the mob.191 Nevertheless, these were isolated incidents and did not occur in Edessa.
The initial Jewish reaction to the Sasanian conquest of Edessa is unknown. It cannot be determined if they supported the Sasanian conquest or if they, like many others, accepted the change in rulers. The fall of Jerusalem, however, presented a very different result. Two accounts, Sebeos and Pseudo-Dionysius, provided an account of Jerusalem’s fall. Jerusalem had originally surrendered peacefully, but some of the zealous Christians believed that they could regain control of the city and rioted. Thereafter, as Sebeos wrote:
there was warfare between the inhabitants of the city of Jerusalem, Jewish and Christian. The larger number of Christians had the upper hand and slew many Jews. The surviving Jews jumped from the walls and went to the Persian army.192
After joining the Sasanians, the Jews and Sasanians captured the city and killed many of the inhabitants. Pseudo-Dionysius combined the two captures of Jerusalem into one and said “Shahrvaraz [the Sasanian general] battered at the walls of Jerusalem and took it by the sword slaughtering 90,000 Christians in it. The Jews in their hatred actually bought Christians at a low price for the privilege of killing them.”193 Jerusalem, however, was unique because it had a much higher percentage of Jews and was symbolic for them as well. The Jews in most of the empire, including Edessa, neither supported nor hindered the Sasanian invasion.
190 Chron. Pasch., 150 191 Sharf said that the circus factions fighting caused the rioting and they were entirely to blame. Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 47. The factions had a large role in the fighting, but the Jews were part of the factions and had a distinct role in the rioting – although somewhere between Theophanes and the Chronicon Paschale. 192 Sebeos 1, 69 193 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 128. 90,000 is a highly exaggerated number.
54
The Sasanians, despite the help they received from the Jews in re-capturing Jerusalem, maintained a delicate balance between Christians and Jews. In Jerusalem Khusrau “ordered the Jews to be expelled from the city.”194 They did not completely ban Jews from Jerusalem, but only those who tried to move there.195 The status of the Edessene Jews, however, remained unclear, as did the position of other Mesopotamian Jews.196 One of two scenarios occurred. First, Khusrau could have suppressed the Jews, but this was unlikely given his support for previously persecuted religions (e.g. Monophysites). Second, Khusrau could have allowed the Jews to retain, or strengthen, their status as a protected minority and thereby reinforce Jewish merchant trade between formerly Byzantine and Sasanian Mesopotamia. Furthermore, the Jews no longer feared indiscriminate imperial supported Christian rioting or persecutions, since the Sasanian state was not Christian. Given Khusrau’s pragmatic attitude toward the Monophysites and the sources’ lack of information to the contrary, Khusrau did not persecute the Jews in a systematic manner.197 The Jews, therefore, might not have loved the Sasanians but they lost nothing, and had everything to gain, under Sasanian rule.
Following the defeat of the Sasanians and the signing of a peace treaty, the borders returned to the status quo ante bellum – returning Edessa to Byzantine control. The Sasanian garrison of Edessa, however, refused to accept the peace treaty and continued to garrison the city, even when a Byzantine army surrounded it. Two sources, Sebeos and Pseudo-Dionysius, discussed the role of the Jews in helping the Sasanian
194 Sebeos 1., 116, 70 195 See the commentary on Sebeos at: Howard-Johnston, Sebeos 2, 208-9. 196 This is far from unusual, as most of the sources discussed little about the occupation other than references to a few events. 197 Sharf discussedthe attitude of the Jews toward the Sasanians, but he cannot conclude anything specific. He did note that the Sasanians persecuted the Jews in 581 and 590, but that these stopped during Khusrau’s reign. Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 49-50
55
garrison defend the city.198 Sebeos had the Jews acting alone in defending the city and, moreover, the Jews from across all Byzantine territory moved there. He wrote:
Then the twelve tribes of all the clans of the Jews went and gathered at the city of Edessa . . . they did not allow the army of the Roman empire to enter among them. Then the Greek king Heraclius ordered it to be besieged. When they realized that they were unable to resist him in battle, they parlayed for peace with him.199
Pseudo-Dionysius, in contrast, had the Jews of Edessa helping the Sasanian garrison. As he noted:
The Jews of Edessa were standing there on the wall with the Persians. Partly out of hatred for the Christians, but also in order to ingratiate themselves with the Persians, they began to insult the Romans . . . This provoked him [Theodore, Heraclius’ brother and the general commanding the siege] to an all-out attack on the city . . . The Persian resistance was crushed and they accepted an amnesty to return to their country.200
Sebeos’ account has significant problems. First, it was impossible for the Jews of Palestine, Syria, and Mesopotamia to move to Edessa. The Jews of the empire could neither logistically move to Edessa nor could they obtain sufficient supplies to survive once there.201 Second, the Jews lacked sufficient weapons to hold Edessa. Romano- Byzantine law neither allowed private citizens to possess weapons nor to drill.202 The Jews, therefore, did not have access to any arms with which to withstand a siege.203 Third, the Jews, as noted above, comprised fewer than ten percent of Edessa’s total
198 It is interesting that Sharf almost entirely ignores the account of Edessa’s re-conquest. 199 Sebeos 1., 95 200 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 139 201 The logistical nightmare of moving hundreds of thousands of people into Edessa, which undoubtedly could not hold that many people, and supplying them would be extremely onerous at the very least, if not completely impossible.
202 For a brief discussion of prohibitions on non-soldiers possessing arms and drilling see: Kaegi, Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests, 50. See Chapter 6 for more information. 203 The withdrawing Sasanians could have left arms, but this was unlikely as well – since the garrison would gain nothing from providing arms to Jews. The garrison would only lose its own arms, which any military force would be reluctant to do. Further, if the garrison did withdraw and, therefore, accept the terms of peace with Byzantium they would not want to anger the Byzantine by leaving an armed and fortified city. This would only have provoked a Byzantine attack on the withdrawing garrison.
56
population – an insufficient number to garrison the city and enforce their will on the larger number of Christians. Finally, Sebeos’ account had a separate goal in mind. He wanted to explain the role of the Jews in the subsequent Muslim invasion.204 Thus, the Jews alone could not have defended Edessa.
Pseudo-Dionysius’ account is far more probable; as the Edessene Jews could have helped the Sasanian garrison defend the city. This would solve two of Sebeos’ problems – a lack of weapons, which the Sasanians could have provided them, and the Jews’ lack of sufficient manpower to garrison the city, since they helped the Sasanians. In addition, Pseudo-Dionysius provided a plausible explanation of what occurred next. After the garrison surrendered:
a certain Jew called Joseph, anticipating a pogrom, scaled down the wall and sped off to find Heraclius at Tella . . . he urged the King to forgive his fellow-Jews the insults to which they had subjected Theodoric [Theodore] and to send an envoy to restrain his brother from exacting vengeance.205
This was necessary because Theodoric “had already begun to kill them [the Jews] and to plunder their houses, when Joseph arrived with a letter from the King, by which he forbade his brother to harm them.”206 Despite the Jewish support for the Sasanians, Heraclius promoted a return to the status quo.207 At this point, Heraclius continued to support the Jews as a protected minority religion, though he was undoubtedly wary of their loyalty.
Pseudo-Dionysius’ account is more likely as well, if Heraclius’ actions after his pardon in 628 are examined. In 632, he issued a decree ordering the forced baptism of all
204 See below for more detail on this. 205 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 139 206 Ibid. 139-140 207 Heraclius sought to promote imperial unity by accepting all people in Sasanid occupied territory back into the empire, often without punishing them at all. For this policy see: Walter E. Kaegi, Heraclius Emperor of Byzantium (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2003),
57
Jews in the empire.208 The decree, however, was limited in its effect and in most places officials did not actively adopt its regulations.209 Michael the Syrian recorded that the Jews “came first of all to Edessa, but when they were assaulted there as well, they fled to Persia. A great number of them received baptism and became Christian”210 Undoubtedly, the decree affected some Jewish communities. Some Jews in Edessa converted and others fled, as Michael the Syrian noted, but the extent of its effect in Edessa, other than these two sentences, cannot be determined.
The decree sought to achieve religious unity among all Byzantine subjects, similar to Heraclius’ promotion of a Monothelete doctrine as a compromise between Chalcedonians and Monophysites.211 The forced baptism of Jews failed, just as Monotheletism did, because it had little time to affect those regions which had significant Jewish populations. The decree was not effective in Constantinople either by 641, as Nicephoros wrote.212 Even as the decree became effective, the Muslims began their attacks on Byzantine territory. Heraclius’ actions, both his protection of the Jews in 628 and his decree of 632, had the same goal – re-establishing a peaceful and unified empire. Both acts examined together, therefore, agree with one another, though they ostensibly differ. Heraclius interaction with Jews had not changed significantly from Justinian’s.
208 Ibid. 147, n347. The Chronicle of Zunquin provided an account as well, but placed it incorrectly under Phokas’ reign. “Extract from the Chronicle of Zunquin (AD 775),” AG 928, 55. Sharf discussed why the forced conversion occurred under Heraclius and not Phokas at: Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 48. This begs the question, why would Heraclius need to baptize the Edessene Jews if they had been expelled? Thus, the expulsion either did not occur or did not succeed.
209 Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 53-4 and Sharf, Jews and Other Minorities in Byzantium, 102-3 210 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 147, n347 211 Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 53-4
212 Nicephorus wrote that the people of Constantinople rioted against the Patriarch Pyrrhus “accompanied by a group of Jews and other unbelievers.” His demarcation between Jews and the Christians of Constantinople makes it clear that both were involved. Nikephoros, Short History, 83.
58
They were a protected minority, but one that must eventually conform to the empire’s interests.
The Muslim invasions created a new crisis for the Byzantine Empire and a new role of the Jews. Sebeos’ account, noted above, continued: “Taking desert roads, they [the Jews] went to Tachkastan, to the sons of Ismael, summoned them to their aid and informed them of their blood relationship through the testament of scripture.”213 Although the two religions were unable to solve their religious differences, Sebeos wrote that the Jews helped the Muslims in their conquest of the eastern provinces. This aid culminated when the Jews and Muslims, according the Sebeos, formed a large army together, demanded Palestine back from the Byzantines, and then defeated a Byzantine army in battle.214 The Jews came from Edessa and, therefore, all the Edessene Jews left Byzantine territory. However, this explanation, like his earlier discussion of the Jewish defense of Edessa, is not feasible. Aside from significant theological differences and further logistical impossibilities, Sebeos believed that the Muslims represented the fourth and final kingdom of Daniel’s prophecy.215 The unity between the Jews and Muslims, examined in this context, makes Sebeos’ entire account largely implausible, since it existed to fulfill a specific objective.
The role of the Jews in the Muslim conquest of Edessa is unclear. The Muslims did not always support the Jews and Muhammad had expelled the Jewish Hijazi tribes, who had refused to recognize his rule.216 Theophanes recognized the differences
213 Sebeos 1., 95 214 Ibid. 215 For a longer discussion see: Howard-Johnston, Sebeos 2., 238-240 216 Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 52
59
between the two religions as well.217 Finally, some Samaritan soldiers in Palestine, with a small Byzantine force, fought one of the first Muslim raids, but were crushed. One account noted that Byzantine general “assembled his own forces and sent for 5,000 Samaritan foot-soldiers to strengthen his arm in the coming encounter with the Arabs.”218 A second Syriac account expanded this to include “Christians, Jews, and Samaritans.”219 Even Theophanes mentioned the Jewish and Samaritan soldiers, although he left the reader to infer their involvement.220 Thus, a contradictory image emerged – Jews both aided the Muslims and defended Byzantine territory. Nevertheless, the Edessene Jews did not react differently from the Edessene Christian to the Muslim capture of the city – they took little, if any, active role.
The Edessene Jews under Muslim control had the status of any other non-Muslim religion of the book. The Jews submitted to Muslim authority and paid the jizyah and thereby gained the freedom to worship. Edessene Syriac sources mentioned few specifics about Jewish actions under Muslim control and nothing about Edessene Jews. The lack of information about Edessene Jews does not, however, make Sebeos’ view on the complete expulsion of Jews more likely. Pseudo-Dionysius’ description of the Jews fleeing to Persia or converting was not necessarily true for all Edessene Jews. Heraclius’ decree only affected Edessa, if it had any effect at all, for seven years – the last five of which Heraclius was more concerned with the Muslim military threat than converting
217 See his short discussion at: Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6122, 464 218 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 146 219 “Extract from a Chonicle Composed About Ad 640,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles
(Liverpool: Liverpool University Press 1993), AG 945, 19 220 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6124, 467
60
Jews. Finally, many of the Jews likely converted back, since they were forced to become Christians only for a short period of time.
Pseudo-Dionysius, noted in Theophanes as well, wrote two stories about Jews after the Muslim conquest. In the first, the Muslims wanted to know why a mosque they were constructing would not stand. To which “the filthy Jews told them: ‘Unless you take down that cross on the Mount of Olives . . . you will never succeed in building it.’”221 Similarly, in Damascus Mu’awiya forbade the cross to be shown and “the Jewish people were overjoyed.”222 He eventually reversed this decree and ordered only those crosses that could be seen from the street removed, which pleased the Christians.223 These examples exhibit the fundamental transformation in Christian-Jewish relations under Muslim occupation, as the Muslims reduced Christian status to a level equivalent with the Jews. The Jews likely had to remove their religious symbols as well, but this was not a change for them since they had submitted to Christian religious control for centuries. Thus, the Edessene Jews held, at a minimum, the same social status under Muslim control as they had under Christian control and likely had a substantially greater position.
During the Sasanian occupation of the eastern provinces the Jews regained considerable autonomy and, during the conquest, some Jewish communities helped the Sasanians. The Sasanians did not treat the Jews significantly better than various Byzantine Christians rulers, but they were no longer subject to mob violence. In Edessa, the Jews helped the Sasanian garrison temporarily hold the city. Heraclius refrained from punishing the Edessene Jews afterward and his decree of forced conversion was largely
221 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 167. See also: Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6135, 476 222 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 169 223 Ibid., 170
61
ineffective. The Jews, therefore, neither supported Romano-Byzantine rule nor completely rejected it. Although they had long wanted a re-creation of their own state in Palestine, they experienced a continuation of mostly benign Romano-Byzantine occupation. The Sasanians acted more benevolently toward them, hence their support for the Sasanian garrison in 628. The short period of Byzantine rule from 628-639 did little to endear them to the empire, especially following Heraclius’ decree of baptism in 632. Thus, the Muslim conquest offered the Jews a return to the status they had achieved under Sasanian rule – an equal and protected religion without mob incited violence against them. The Jews had nothing to lose, and everything to gain, if Sasanians or Muslims controlled Edessa.
6. Weapons, Military Strategy, and the Sieges of Edessa
The reaction of the Edessenes to the Romano-Byzantine Empire undoubtedly transformed during the sixth and early seventh centuries. Despite these changes, the Edessenes had similar views of the numerous invasions and sieges – principally a reluctance to defend the city unless the Romano-Byzantine military aided them. The Edessenes had practical reasons for this reaction. First, Roman law prohibited non- soldiers from carrying or using a weapon, with significant penalties if civilians broke the law. Second, the empire controlled state weapons manufactories, one of which was in Edessa, and had supervision over all private weapons manufacturers. Finally, Romano-
62
Byzantine military defense depended upon “soft” defensive frontiers, which stressed strategic campaigns without climactic battles. Romano-Byzantine armies would withdraw from indefensible territory and, therefore, would protect cities, including Edessa, only when the city had sufficient defenses. When the state provided an adequate garrison, the soldiers provided the Edessenes with a role in defending their city, thereby ensuring that the populace helped protect the city as well. Nevertheless, when the military chose not to provide soldiers to defend Edessa, the Edessenes could not hold the city.
The sieges or captures of Edessa during this period – 503, 544, 603, 609, 628, and 639 – exemplified this situation. The Edessenes, who might otherwise have rejected their rulers because of religious changes that occurred, could not successfully defend their city, or revolt, because they lacked the means. Romano-Byzantine law made it difficult for the Edessene populace to help defend the city. More significantly, successful defensive military strategies depended on a strong military presence to defend Edessa adequately – which, when lacking, significantly undermined any defense by the Edessene populace alone.
Romano-Byzantine law was explicit on the carrying and use of weapons and had been for hundreds of years. Justinian’s Codex, containing pronouncements from previous emperors, had a law titled “The Use of Arms without the Knowledge of the Emperor is Forbidden.”224 Emperors Valentinian and Valens, in 364 AD, issued it which said “no one shall, hereafter, without Our knowledge and consent, have the right to bear arms of any description whatever.”225 Justinian, in his novels, detailed banned weapons
224 The Civil Law, 11. 46.1, 200 225 Ibid.
63
including – bows and arrows, all types of swords, hunting knives, spears, shields, and helmets.226 The state, therefore, carefully controlled the bearing of arms and most Edessenes did not have weapons.
The state controlled the manufacturing of weapons as well, easily regulating the buying or selling of arms. The same law that prohibited civilians from buying or owning weapons also prohibited arms manufactures from selling weapons. The law stated that:
no private person shall engage in the manufacture of weapons, and that only those shall be authorized to do so who are employed in public arsenals, or are called armorers; and also that manufacturers of arms should not sell them to any private individual.227
This included a prohibition on refurbishing weapons that a person already had in their possession.228 In addition, fifteen state controlled manufacturers existed – with one in Edessa. The state organized these manufacturers, called fabricae, similarly to the army. All of the workers held military ranks, they were branded to prevent desertion, and a military style hierarchy existed.229 The state supplied them with the necessary raw materials to create weapons as well, ensuring that they did not require private funding or support.230
The state placed strict punishments on any person, soldier or civilian breaking these laws. The state, since it provided arms to its soldiers, emplaced strict measures to ensure that soldiers did not misuse weapons. The state required retiring or dismissed
226 Ibid. Constitutions 6.14.4, 316 227 Ibid. Constitutions 6.14.1, 316 228 Ibid. 229 For a brief discussion see: Haldon, Byzantium, 239. For a longer discussion see: A. H. M. Jones, The Later Roman Empire 284-602, vol. 2, 2 vols. (Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986), 834- 6. Both of these rely on the Notitia Dignitatum Orientalis, which unfortunately has not been translated from Latin.
230 Jones, LRE. 834-6
64
soldiers to return their arms, which it often reissued to newly recruited soldiers.231 Further, “a soldier who has lost or disposed of his weapons in wartime suffers capital punishment.”232 Not surprisingly, the penalty during war was harsher, but it still focused on the state’s control of weapons. Finally, the state did not allow individuals to employ soldiers privately, since the state had trained and issued weapons to the soldiers.233 The state punished civilians for having weapons as well, especially criminal actions in which a person used a weapon violently. These weapons included “anything flung from the hand. So it includes missiles of stone, wood, or iron.”234 The state, therefore, severely punished an individual who used any weapon – whether it was a traditional weapon, like a sword, or a makeshift weapon, like a wooden club.
In Edessa, these laws were likely enforced like anywhere else, but the military fabrica in the city added an additional disincentive for private manufacturers to exist. For many soldiers transportation of arms across large distances was costly and, therefore, they often sought other places from which to attain arms.235 The soldiers in Edessa, however, could attain arms directly from the fabrica in the city and would not need to find other manufacturers. Edessa thus likely had fewer non-state sponsored manufacturers, since soldiers did not need these unofficial manufactures. Civilians, since they could not legally buy arms from the fabrica, had few, if any, other manufacturers
231 J.F. Haldon, Warfare, State and Society in the Byzantine World, 565-1204 (London: UCL Press, 1999), 258 232 The Digest of Justinian, trans. Alan Watson, vol. 2, 2 vols. (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1998), 49.16.13
233 The Civil Law, trans. S. P. Scott, vol. 7, 7 vols. (Cincinnati: The Central Trust Company, 1973), Constitutions 8.17, 48-9 234 Justinian’s Institutes trans. Peter Birks & Grant McLeod (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1987), 4.18.5, 145
235 See for example: Warren Treadgold, Byzantium and Its Army, 284-1081 (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1995), 179-180.
65
from which to buy weapons. Fewer civilian Edessenes, therefore, could buy or own a weapon, making it harder to defend the city without significant military help.
Romano-Byzantine military strategy during the sixth and seventh centuries created a second significant problem for civilians attempting to defend cities. Maurice’s236 Strategikon, along with a few other military treatises, codified the various Romano-Byzantine strategies during this period. The Strategikon proscribed a military theory in which campaign strategy, rather than battle tactics, was preeminent. The Strategikon repeatedly noted this concept stating “the leader must take advantage of favorable times and places in fighting against the enemy” and, most notably, “a general should never have to say: ‘I did not expect it.’”237 If an enemy army invaded, Romano- Byzantine armies “must be sure not to engage it in a pitched battle.”238 As a result, borders were not hard defensive lines, which the military sought to protect at all costs, but rather long frontiers zones from which the army withdrew to more defensible territory.239
This strategy caused Romano-Byzantine armies to protect only defensible cities, while withdrawing from exposed ones. The state’s primary goal remained, however, to defend its subjects. An anonymous military treatise from the sixth century advocated protecting “not only the security of the army but of the cities and the entire country, so that the people who live there may suffer no harm at all from the enemy.”240 Overall
236 The Strategikon was written between 592 and 610, either by Maurice or another senior military commander. A debate exists on who wrote it and when, but for the purpose of this paper I will assume Maurice wrote it. For a brief discussion of this argument see: Maurice’s Strategikon, trans. George T. Dennis (Philadelphia University of Pennsylvania Press, 1984), XVI-XVIII.
237 Ibid. 61, 81 238 Ibid. 107 239 Haldon, Warfare, State and Society, 60-3 240 “The Anonymous Byzantine Treatise on Stategy,” trans. George T. Dennis, Three Byzantine Military Treatises (Washington D.C.: Dumbarton Oaks, 1985), 21
66
military strategy, nonetheless, dictated whether the military chose to defend a city and, when a city fell outside the defensive sphere, the state often chose to withdraw its soldiers. The Strategikon stated this explicitly saying “preparations should be made to transfer the inhabitants of weaker places to more strongly fortified ones.”241 The state defended cities, if a large mobile relief force were nearby, which could then threaten the besieging army’s supplies and communication lines.242 Cities, therefore, were important defensive fortifications, but were not protected unless a sufficient army, with a specific strategic objective, chose to defend it. The state followed this strategic idea when defending Edessa or other cities in Mesopotamia.
Romano-Byzantine strategy provided a negligible role for urban inhabitants during a war or siege. The anonymous treatise noted that “provision for food and water for the army and for the civilian population is both the beginning and the end of any plan of defense.”243 The Strategikon provided a direct role for civilians saying “if the civil population stays in the city, they too must join with the men distributed along the wall to help the soldiers.”244 However, both manuals do not believe that civilians were very useful in a siege. The Strategikon explicitly stated that civilians, or others who promised to fight for the state, should not be provided with arms.245 Further, the primary reason to have civilians defend the city was because it “makes them ashamed to rebel.”246 The anonymous treatise went further and blamed civilians if counter-tactics against a besieging army failed.247 Thus, the army formed the strongest defense against a
241 The Strategikon meant soldiers when using the term “inhabitants” here. Maurice’s Strategikon, 108 242 See a brief discussion of this in: Haldon, Warfare, State and Society, 69-71. 243 “The Anonymous Byzantine Treatise on Stategy,” 23 244 Maurice’s Strategikon, 109
245 Ibid., 82 246 Ibid., 109 247 “The Anonymous Byzantine Treatise on Stategy,” 43
67
besieging army and the state assumed that civilians would not significantly help defend a city.
The state defended cities that it had a strategic reason to protect; otherwise it withdrew to a more defensible position. Romano-Byzantine strategy defended no city, except for Constantinople, at all costs. The state calculated the risk and cost of defending cities and chose to defend those which had strong defenses and a significant military presence. Every besieged city expected a relief force to arrive as well, which would force the enemy to retreat and then, if possible, engage them in battle with a superior army. Further, the state did not provide urban residents with a significant role in a siege, but rather sought to prevent them from aiding the enemy or becoming discontent. Civilians did not have the ability, since they lacked arms and training, to defend their city without help from the military. Edessenes followed this approach as well, which explains their actions in the various sieges of the sixth and early seventh centuries.
The first major siege of Edessa during this period occurred in 503 AD. Following the Sasanian invasion of Mesopotamia, Emperor Anastasius sent a substantial army to defend the region under the command of a general named Aereobindus. The Roman army tried to defend the frontier through a series of counter-offensives, but eventually withdrew. As Procopius related:
Aereobindus, when he ascertained that Cabades [Sasanid Emperor Kawad] was coming upon them with his whole army, abandoned his camp, and, in company with all his men turned to flight and retired on the run to Constantina. And the enemy . . . captured the camp without a man in it.248
Aereobindus’ withdrawal followed Romano-Byzantine defensive strategy perfectly – retreat to a fortified position when confronted with a superior enemy force. Kawad then
248 Procopius, The Persian War, 1.8.11, 65
68
moved his army and besieged Edessa. Inside Edessa, however, were Aereobindus and his 12,000 man army.249 Pseudo-Joshua explained that Edessa did not surrender, after Kawad’s two short investments of the city in 503, because Christ protected the city.250 However, Kawad’s siege largely failed for two reasons, both of which followed Romano- Byzantine strategy. First, Aereobindus’ army was substantial in size and would have repulsed an assault on the city.251 Second, Anastaius, after receiving word of the Sasanian invasion and siege, dispatched a second army to relieve any sieges. Edessa was held – not because of Christ’s promise, since it fell to the Sasanians later – but because of a strong military presence.
The civilian Edessenes participated in the defense of the city, but only in an ad hoc manner, since they had no weapons or training. The women “carried water and took it outside the wall for the fighters to drink,” which was their tactical role. 252 A few villagers “went out against him [Kawad’s army] with slings and felled many of his mailed men.”253 Although slings were projectile weapons that the state nominally prohibited, villagers required them to defend their flocks from wild animals. The state, therefore, likely ignored their use. It is notable, however, that they only used these weapons. Finally, Pseudo-Joshua did not discuss Aereobindus, or any other Roman army official, providing civilians with weapons to fight the Sasanians. Civilians aided in the
249 He and his army had moved there from Tella-Constantine. For a summary of the events before, during, and after the siege of 503 see: Pseudo-Joshua., 75-82. 250 Supposedly, Christ wrote a letter to Adgar, the king of Edessa, saying that Edessa would never fall to the enemy. This idea was widespread, since the Sasanid allied Arab Lakhmid King Nu’man, discussed it as a reason not to besiege Edessa. For Nu’man’s knowledge and discussion with Kawad see: Ibid., 71. For the promise as it relates to the siege see: Ibid., 78.
251 For the size of his army see: Pseudo-Joshua., 65. For a longer explanation of why an assault would have failed see: Pseudo-Joshua.,78, n375. 252 Pseudo-Joshua., 78 253 Ibid., 80
69
defense, but only a few of them and only with weapons that the state did not prohibit them from using.
The siege of 544 was longer and more difficult, since the Romans lacked a significant field army to relieve the city. Procopius’ account of this siege was detailed, although it did not mention the number of soldiers defending Edessa. The Sasanians besieged Edessa with a large army, since Emperor Khusrau I (r. 531-79) was present during the siege.254 The Edessenes again partially helped defend the city. Procopius noted this several times saying:
as the conflict advanced the city became full of confusion and tumult, and the whole population, even women and little children, were going up on the wall. Now those who were of military age together with the soldiers were repelling the enemy most vigorously.255
The Edessenes aided the defense because the Roman garrison had no intention of surrendering the city, as they had enough men to mount an adequate defense.256 Khusrau eventually withdrew, after failing to capture the city, and the Roman authorities paid him a tribute.257 Similar to the siege of 503, the Edessenes defended the city in 544 because a large Roman garrison would not surrender. Khusrau had no expectation of capturing the city, but instead sought to force the Romans to pay tribute. As Procopius noted, almost immediately after surrounding Edessa Khusrau had a vision and “decided to sell his withdrawal to the citizens of Edessa for a great sum of money.”258 The city held in 544
254 It would be unlikely that the Sasanian emperor would accompany anything other than a large army. For a full account of the siege see: Procopius, The Persian War, 2.26-7, 489-515. 255 Ibid., 2.27.32-5, 511 256 Procopius never provided a figure for the size of the Edessene garrison. However, there are short passages that reveal that the garrison was large. For example, Procopius wrote that the reason civilian Edessenes defended the wall was because the Sasanians “were great in numbers and fighting against a very small force, since most of the Romans had not heard what was going on.” Ibid., 2.27.31, 511
257 Ibid., 2.27.46, 515 258Ibid., 2.26.13-4, 493
70
because of a strong military presence, but had to pay a tribute because the emperor did not dispatch a relief force.
Narses’ revolt and capture of Edessa in 603, and its subsequent re-capture by an army loyal to Phokas, occurred because the defenders in Edessa were inadequate to hold the city. Narses seized Edessa in 603 easily because he commanded the main army on the Sasanian frontier. A number of different sources related this event. One Syriac chronicle noted that “Narseh entered Edessa” while Theophanes wrote that “Narses, who was a Roman general, rose up against the usurper and seized Edessa.”259 What is clear was that Narses had no problem controlling Edessa. The few garrison soldiers in Edessa, if there were any, quickly surrendered. Phokas responded by dispatching armies from the Balkans and other areas loyal to him, which greatly outnumbered Narses and besieged Edessa.260
Narses experienced a considerable problem. Phokas’ loyal army greatly outnumbered his own and he had no hope of relief.261 Further, Phokas’ army commander, Domentziolos, promised Narses that he would not be severely punished if he surrendered, which greatly induced Narses to capitulate.262 It was possible that Narses retreated to Hierapolis as well, thereby negating any reason for soldiers in Edessa to continue his rebellion.263 Domentziolos then “pardoned the Edessenes for their share in
259 “Extracts from the Chronicles of AD 819 and AD 846,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chonicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), AG 912, 76; Theophanes, Theoph, AM 6095, 419. For a secondary source’s view of this see: Walter E. Kaegi, Byzantine Military Unrest: 471-843 (Amsterdam: Adolf M. Hakkert, 1981), 140-1.
260 For an approximation of the army’s numbers in the various provinces see: Treadgold, Byzantium and Its Army, 284-1081, 59-64. 261 The Sasanian army under Khusrau, which according to Sebeos, had allied with Narses was currently besieging the vital border city of Dara. Thus, Khusrau could not relieve Narses. See for example: Sebeos 1, 58 or Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6096, 420.
262 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6097, 421 263 Theophanes believed that this occurred. Ibid., AM 6096, 420
71
the rebellion” and returned Edessa to Byzantine rule.264 Thus, Narses’ rebellion failed because he had no outside support. Only the soldiers stationed around the Sasanian frontier revolted with him and, furthermore, many of them were in Dara attempting to hold the city against a Sasanian army. Domentziolos did pardon almost all the Edessenes, but the people in the city could hardly be expected to have fought off either Narses’ soldiers or Domentziolos’.265 Narses rebellion and the subsequent re-capture of Edessa followed Romano-Byzantine military strategy, rather than Edessene loyalty or disloyalty to the state for religious reasons.
Edessa finally fell to the Sasanians in 609 because a Byzantine army did not garrison Edessa and most other soldiers were involved in the civil war between Heraclius and Phokas. Sebeos’ account, the most lengthy, was as follows:
they besieged the city of Urha, and attacked it. But the [Edessenes], because of the multitude of the [Persian] troops and the victory in the engagements, and since they had no expectation of salvation from anywhere, parlayed for peace, and requested an oath that they would not destroy the city. Then, having opened the city gate, they submitted.266
Sebeos’ account explained perfectly the military situation in and around Edessa. The Sasanians had defeated all of the Byzantine armies on the eastern frontier, any other army was occupied in the civil war, and the city only had a small garrison. For the Edessene people and the Byzantine garrison, surrender was the only viable alternative. Edessa’s fall was almost an afterthought. The Sasanians already controlled the Mesopotamian frontier and the countryside around Edessa. Further, the Edessenes, even if they wanted
264 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 121 265 He did execute one prominent Edessene, Thomas Bardoyo. Pseudo-Dionysius was concerned with this family, since they were prominently mentioned several other times in his narrative. A member of this family provided a source for his history. For this see: Ibid. 266 Sebeos 1., 63. Several other sources briefly discussed the surrender of Edessa. See for example: Chron. Pasch., 149 or Edessa, “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa,” 38.
72
to continue fighting, still lacked sufficient weapons or training to withstand a siege. During the previous two Sasanian sieges, in 503 and 544, the Edessenes helped defend the city, when a large Romano-Byzantine army was there as well. Ordinary Edessenes were not going to defend the city when they could not win.
The Muslims captured Edessa in 639 under similar circumstances to the Sasanians in 609.267 The Byzantine army was substantially reduced following its victory in the Persian war and did not expect a threat from Muslim Arab tribes in the south. The Byzantines defended the empire from the Muslim invasion, but their armies were completely destroyed at the battle of Yarmuk in 636.268 Following this devastating defeat, Heraclius ordered the withdrawal of most remaining Byzantine soldiers north of the Taurus mountains – the next geographically defensible position.269 Edessa likely had its normal garrison from 628-39. Heraclius did, however, set up his headquarters there before, during, and after the battle of Yarmuk – undoubtedly increasing the military contingent of the city.270 Once Heraclius withdrew he likely brought the garrison and all valuable military stores with him. His withdrawal, therefore, left Edessa less defended than in 609, since it now had few soldiers or weapons to withstand a siege.
Edessa, and the rest of Mesopotamia, did not surrender immediately following Heraclius’ withdrawal. Theophanes recorded that the governor of Osrhoene, John Kataias, collected 100,000 solidi as tribute for a one year truce. After the Muslims
267 I have already discussed the intervening Byzantine recapture of the city in 628 and the Jewish resistance above. As noted there, this followed similar military logic. 268 For the earliest primary source about the battle of Yarmuk see: “A Record of the Arab Conquest of Syria, AD 637,” 3-4. For a secondary source see for example Kaegi, Heraclius, 240-4.
269 For Heraclius’ actions after the defeat at Yarmuk see: Kaegi, Heraclius, 243-259. 270 Al-Tabari mentioned his withdrawal from Edessa. al-Tabari, The Battle of Al-Qadisiyyah and the Conquest of Syria and Palestine, trans. Yohanan Friedmann, The History of Al-Tabari, ed. Ehsan Yar- Shater, vol. 12, 38 vols. (Albany: State University of New York, 1992), 181. A sizable bodyguard or contingent of soldiers would accompany an emperor when he traveled.
73
agreed to the tribute “John returned to Edessa and, having collected the annual tax, sent it to Iad.”271 Heraclius, however, refused to accept this agreement and dismissed John Kataias from his office and, once again, Edessa was left unprotected from Muslim armies.
Three types of sources discussed the fall of Edessa in 639 – Byzantine, Syriac/Armenian, and Muslim. Each provided a slightly different account, but all three noted that the Muslims captured Edessa peacefully. Theophanes’ account, the only Byzantine notice of Edessa’s fall, wrote “Iad crossed the Euphrates with his whole army and reached Edessa. The Edessenes opened their gates and were given terms, including their territory, their military commander, and the Romans who were with him.”272 Pseudo-Dionysius’ wrote:
when Ptolemy [John Kataias’ replacement as governor] refused to pay the tribute to the Arabs, they crossed over the Euphrates and made for Edessa. The Edessenes went out and secured assurances and a covenant . . . The Edessenes had also received an assurance with regard to Ptolemy and his Romans, so they returned to their country.273
Other Syriac chroniclers provided briefer descriptions of Edessa’s capture.274 Sebeos was unusually brief saying “on the other side of the river [they occupied] Urha and all the cities of Mesopotamia.”275
Al-Tabari’s account was similar and he repeated it several times. Initially he wrote that “the first man to cause the dogs of al-Ruha [Edessa] to bark and its fowls to be
271 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6128, 472 272 Ibid., AM 6130, 473 273 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 163 274 The Chronicle of Zunquin said only “Iyad entered Edessa.” “Extract from the Chronicle of Zunquin (AD 775),” AG 948, 57. Another chronicle said only “the first of their leaders to enter Edessa and Harran was Abu Badr.” “Extracts from the Chronicles of AD 819 and AD 846,” AG 947, 77 275 Sebeos 1., 98
74
scared was Ziyad b. Hanzalah.”276 He repeated the same story later saying “Iyad marched on al-Jazirah [Mesopotamia] and descended with his troops on al-Ruha, whose inhabitants concluded a peace treaty with him on the condition that they pay the jizyah.”277 Al-Tabari repeated the story of Edessa from another different source a little later as well.278 A second Muslim account, al-Baladhuri, noted
Iyad advanced to ar-Ruha whose people gathered against and shot at the Moslems for an hour. The fighters made a sally, but the Moslems put them to flight and forced them to seek refuge in the city. No sooner had that taken place than they offered to capitulate and make peace.279
The Muslim sources accord with the Byzantine and Syriac chronicles. All the sources were, remarkably, in almost complete agreement and several
conclusions can be deduced. First, a military garrison remained in Edessa after Heraclius’ departure. This military contingent, however, was extremely small and, as al- Baladhuri wrote, resisted for a very brief time. Second, their resistance was a demonstration, rather than an actual defense, since the garrison wanted to lightly resist – otherwise the Muslims might have been tempted to sack the city if there was no resistance at all. Third, the Muslims allowed the Byzantine garrison to withdraw to the north. All of the sources differentiate between the Edessenes and the garrison, thereby confirming the difference between ordinary Edessenes and Byzantine soldiers.280 The soldiers attempted to resist, but were defeated and then sent north – while the Muslims left the Edessenes alone. Fourth, the Muslims refrained from imposing any harsh
276 i.e. the first Muslim to enter Edessa. al-Tabari, Battle of Al-Qadisiyyah., 181 277 al-Tabari, The Conquest of Iraq, Southwestern Persia, and Egypt, trans. Gautier H A Juynboll, The History of Al-Tabari, ed. Ehsan Yar-Shater, vol. 13, 38 vols. (Albany: State University of New York, 1989), 86 278 Ibid., 88 279 Ahmad ibn-Jabir al-Baladhuri, The Origins of the Islamic State, trans. Philip Khuri Hitti (New York: AMS Press, 1968), 272 280 Haldon discussed the differences between soldiers and civilians. He noted that they were in completely different social classes. Haldon, Warfare, State and Society, 256-7
75
penalties on Edessa, but rather asked for tribute. This payment was little different than what the Edessenes might otherwise have paid to the Byzantine state in taxes. Finally, the Muslims applied Edessa’s surrender terms to many of the nearby Mesopotamian cities, demonstrating that cities in similar situations liked the terms.281 Edessa peacefully surrendered because, just as during the Sasanians capture in 609, the military garrison was small, the Edessenes could not defend the city, and the remnants of the Byzantine field armies had withdrawn.
The fortress city of Dara presented an important contrast to Edessa’s peaceful surrender. Anastasius built Dara at the conclusion of the Roman-Persian War of 502- 6.282 Its primary purpose was to be the significant military base closest to the Sasanian border. Therefore, the Romano-Byzantine state almost always defended it. Its capture in 573 had “plunged [Justin II] into a deranged state” because he realized its importance.283 A Syriac chronicle noted its capture and the subsequent Sasanian sack as well.284 A Byzantine military presence always garrisoned Dara, since it was a principal fortification.
Thus, even though no army could relieve Dara, it attempted to withstand a Muslim siege because it had a large number of soldiers. Theophanes wrote that “they [the Muslim forces] went on to Daras, which they also took by war and slew many people therein.”285 Pseudo-Dionysius noted this as well saying “next he [Iyad] went to Dara, assaulted it likewise, took it and killed every Roman in the city.”286 Pseudo-Dionysius’ account differentiated between the Byzantine garrison, all of whom were killed, and the
281 See for example: al-Baladhuri, The Origins of the Islamic State, 272 & 275 282 For the building of Dara in 506 see: Procopius, The Persian War, 1.10.13-8, 81-2. 283 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6066, 366 284 See: “Extract from a Chonicle Composed About AD 640,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), AG 884, 16 285 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6130, 473 286 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 163
76
civilian population, which survived its capture. Another Syriac source noted that a siege occurred, but “in the end they made an agreement and they conquered the city.”287 Finally, the two Muslim sources differed on its capture. Al-Tabari noted that “Sa’d himself moved with the remainder of the Muslim warriors to Dara and went against it until he conquered it.”288 Al-Baladhuri differed from all other sources and noted only that the Muslims peacefully captured Dara.289
All of the sources, with the exception of al-Baladhuri agree that some type of resistance occurred, but they are divided on the extent of Dara’s defense. If both extreme accounts are discounted, Theophanes’ story that many people were killed and al- Baladhuri’s chronicle that no one died, then the other sources mostly agree. The garrison must have known that aid would not arrive, yet chose, unlike the Edessene garrison, to resist. A number of unknown local factors could have influenced their refusal (e.g. a stubborn local commander), but the garrison followed Romano-Byzantine military strategy. Even if no help was forthcoming, the garrison was strong enough to resist an attack. Unlike Edessa, which the Romano-Byzantine state chose to defend when necessary, Dara was the key defensive fortress in Mesopotamia. It had the necessary weapons and garrison to withstand a siege, which it did both successfully and unsuccessfully throughout the sixth and early seventh centuries.
When the Romano-Byzantine military, with some help from the civilian Edessene population, defended the city resistance could succeed. The Romano-Byzantine state successfully defended Edessa in 503 and 544 because a large army garrisoned the city, while in 609 and 639 there was none. The defenders in 503 had hope of a strong relief
287 “Extract from the Chronicle of Zunquin (AD 775),” AG 952, 57 288 al-Tabari, The Conquest of Iraq,. 86 289 al-Baladhuri, The Origins of the Islamic State, 275
77
force as well, which outside events made impossible in 609 and 639. Romano-Byzantine law and military strategy denied Edessene civilians the ability to help defend their city or rebel against Romano-Byzantine forces. These five case studies show why Edessenes fought or surrendered – Romano-Byzantine strategy depended upon large garrisons or armies to defend cities, not the populace. When there was neither sufficient weapons or training for the populace nor enough soldiers to defend the city, the people surrendered. The Edessenes might have had differing levels of support for the state, especially once they were predominantly Monophysite rather than Chalcedonian. Specific Edessenes might also have supported the Romano-Byzantine state, the Sasanians or the Muslims for various personal reasons. Nevertheless, the overwhelming factor in determining control of Edessa was the military prospect of successfully defending the city.
78
7. Appendices A. The Demographic Effect of the Plague of 541-4
The plague which devastated the Near East starting in 541 caused a significant decrease in the overall Roman population. Several primary sources provided lengthy accounts of its devastating effect. Procopius began his account saying “during these times there was a pestilence, by which the whole human race came near to being annihilated.”290 His account provided a quasi-scientific examination of the plague, although he denied this.291 He described its effect as follows:
and when it came about that all the tombs which had existed previously were filled with the dead, then they dug up all the places about the city one after the other, laid the dead there, each one as he could, and departed; but later on those who were making these trenches, no longer able to keep up with the number of dying . . . filled practically all the towers with corpses, and then covered them again with their roofs.292
290 Procopius, The Persian War 2.22.1, 451 291 Ibid., 2.22.1-3, 451-3 292 Ibid. ,2.23.9-11, 467-9
79
Pseudo-Dionysius’ account, derived completely from John of Ephesus, utilized biblical quotations and apocalyptic ideas. He concentrated on the devastation in Constantinople and provided allusions to the correct moral actions during this tumultuous period.293 Finally, he briefly alluded to the devastation in the eastern provinces as well, but did not provide references to a specific city.294
The plague devastated the empire. Procopius provided the only figure on the number of deaths, which he stated was fifty percent of the total population.295 Modern scholars have estimated that the plague killed close to one third of the Byzantine population, rather than half.296 The population in 540, directly before the plague, has been estimated at 26 million, while 25 years later – at Justinian’s death – it was approximately 19.5 million. This significant decrease in population occurred during Justinian’s re-conquest of the Italy, North Africa, and Spain. Thus, the plague devastated the empire, especially since the overall population in this period should have grown substantially with the addition of new territories.
The plague almost certainly had the same effect in Edessa, although the exact population cannot be determined. Nevertheless, this certainly caused a significant crisis in the city, since many of the farmers could no longer be depended upon to supply food to Edessa. Further, the second significant siege, in 544, occurred directly after the plague had finally began to slow. The defenders would have required fewer supplies to hold the city, since many of the urban residents were dead, but fewer civilians could help defend
293 For this lengthy account see: Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 74-98 294 Ibid., 80 295 Procopius, The Secret History, trans. H.B. Dewing, Procopius in Seven Volumes, ed. H.B. Dewing, vol. 6, 7 vols. (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1969), 18.44, 227. I have used this version rather than the other version here, since the translation is better here. 296 For population figures see: Treadgold, Byzantium and Its Army, 284-1081, 159-63.
80
the city for the same reason. The plague had a devastating effect on Edessa and its effect on the demographics of the city cannot be overlooked.
B. Edessene Problems with Sasanid Rule
During the Sasanian occupation of Edessa, Khusrau became angered at the Edessenes for the populace’s animosity toward the Sasanid governor, Cyrus. Khusrau, in response, ordered a serious of punitive measures against the Edessenes – beginning with the seizure of valuables from the church and culminating with an order expelling all Edessenes. Despite Khusrau’s order, however, most Edessenes remained in the city. Further, the expulsion was an isolated – which had no significant long term effect on Edessene-Sasanian relations, since Sasanian rule ended shortly thereafter.
Khusrau initially ordered the Edessene churches stripped of all of their valuables, which were then sent to Persia. Khusrau ordered this “because of the enmity which had arisen between Cyrus, the governor of Edessa, and the people of the city.” Pseudo- Dionysius blamed this on “certain uncouth citizens who envied him denounced him with
81
characteristic baseness to Chosroes [Khusrau].”297 Pseudo-Dionysius then detailed the exact weight and type of gold, silver, and other valuables taken from the Edessene churches.298
Michael the Syrian’s account of the same event is different. In his, the Edessenes accused Cyrus of various misdeeds, but Khusrau ignored them. Then the Edessenes pretended to favor Cyrus and “asked him to go to Chosroes [Khusrau] to petition him for a diminution of their tribute. This he did and he obtained the desired edict in their favour.”299 Instead of thanking Cyrus, the Edessenes sent their own emissaries to Khusrau to slander Cyrus again – but Cyrus intercepted them, told Khusrau the Edessenes were wealthy, and was ordered to take the valuables from the churches.300 The two accounts are similar in their overall theme – the Edessenes dislike Cyrus and Khusrau ordered Cyrus to take the church’s wealth. Michael the Syrian’s account, however, is more plausible. Michael the Syrian detailed the exact circumstances under which the Edessenes changed their opinion of Cyrus, while Pseudo-Dionysius did not. Nevertheless, the outcome was the same – the Sasanians removed the valuables from Edessene churches.
The second event during the Sasanian occupation was Khusrau’s order to expel all Edessenes. Pseudo-Dionysius provided this account:
Chosroes [Khusrau] commanded that the inhabitants of Edessa be deported to Persia. The letter he wrote to the governor in charge of Edessa urged him to act swiftly; but the governor, who was a mild and pleasant man of a humane disposition, decided not to have us deported all at once, but little by little, because
297 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 133 298 Ibid., 133-4. Pseudo-Dionysius did not differentiate between Monophysite and Chalcedonian churches. 299 Ibid., 134, n303 300 Ibid.
82
he expected a reprieve to come from the King. So he started to send them off street by street.301
Because of the governor’s kindness, therefore, only two streets of people were deported. Another source noted that later “as many of the Edessenes as had survived returned from [captivity].”302
Several conclusions can be deduced from this event. First, the governor strongly believed that Khusrau’s order was temporary.303 The Edessenes either greatly displeased Khusrau or he had ordered their expulsion without cause. In either case, expelling an entire city’s inhabitants was not a normal, or logical, response to problems with the populace. Second, this occurred toward the end of Sasanian occupation of Edessa. Pseudo-Dionysius provided the date as Heraclius’ eighteenth regnal year, which coincided with 628 – about the time of the Byzantine re-occupation.304 Further, Pseudo- Dionysius noted that few people had left when the Byzantines returned. This event, therefore, responded to an extreme provocation by the Edessene people for an unknown act, but, more importantly, it was a temporary measure.
These two events show that the Edessenes and the Sasanians could disagree. Both events significantly devastated the city – through either the loss of valuable religious objects or the expulsion of the population. Thus, the Edessenes did not always support
301 Ibid., 134 302 Edessa, “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa,” 40 303 The governor could have been Cyrus, but this is unclear. There are two explanations for this apparent contradiction in the Edessene reaction to the governor. Pseudo-Dionysius collected various works to write his chronicle and, therefore, one source might have disliked Cyrus, while another supported him. Second, the first line of these two events said “at this time,” while the precise date is only given before the expulsion. “At this time” is an extremely imprecise date, which means that Pseudo-Dionysius was unclear about the exact date. The nearest date before “at this time” is 622. Thus, Cyrus could have been governor in 622 and Khusrau ordered the new governor to expel the Edessenes in 628. Either explanation is possible. See: “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 129, 133-4. 304 n304 Palmer gaves the date as Heraclius’ 18th year. Ibid., 134. Palmer also discussed Pseudo-Dionysius dating in detail in Appendix 1. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles, trans. Andrew Palmer (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), 255-6
83
their Sasanian rulers. It is also clear, however, that the Edessenes could react strongly against either loss. They responded to an “oppressive” governor by dispatching enjoys to Khusrau, to accuse him of misdeeds. The Edessenes accepted their Sasanian rulers, whether they liked them more than their Byzantine rulers is impossible to know, and could not revolt. They still lacked both the weapons and training to successfully rebel. If anything could have caused a revolt it would have been the taking of over 100,000305 pounds of valuables or the expulsion of their fellow Edessenes. Instead, they remained acquiescent toward Sasanian rule.
C. Demographic Changes during the Sasanid and Muslim Captures of Edessa
The question arises whether any significant demographic changes occurred in Edessa during the Sasanian and Muslim conquests. No significant portion of the Edessene population returned to Byzantine territory during the Sasanian conquest. This likely occurred because the territory under Sasanian or Byzantine control was never solidified, but continually changed during military campaigns. Following the Muslim conquest, however, the two antagonists made a truce, thereby providing time for some people to move to areas under Byzantine control. Further, a large number of Christian Arabs attempted to flee to Anatolia. Most Edessenes, regardless of their religion or other affiliation with the Byzantine state, remained under Sasanian and, later, Muslim rule, since moving to Byzantine territory would have been difficult and costly.
305 Pseudo-Dionysius said 112,000 pounds, while Michael said 120,000 pounds. The exact amount is unimportant, but shows that an immense amount of wealth was taken. For Pseudo-Dionysius see: “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 134. For Michael the Syrian see: “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 134 n303.
84
The final Roman-Persian war from 604-628 occurred throughout Mesopotamia, Armenia, Palestine, Egypt, and Anatolia. Both empires continually had armies on campaign. The full extent of these campaigns engulfed many of the Byzantine provinces and made travel between areas in the east extremely difficult.306 There was never a truce and, therefore, travel was almost impossible. Some people might have left, but no source indicated this and an argument from silence cannot be trusted here. Thus, no significant demographic changes occurred following the Sasanian occupation of Edessa in 609.
Several small accounts exist about demographic changes following the Muslim capture of Edessa. However, they are short, lack specific numbers, and exist only in Muslim histories. Al-Tabri provided a story directly related to Edessa. He wrote that:
when Heraclius set out from al-Ruha and asked its inhabitants to follow him [back to Byzantine territory], they said: ‘We are better off here than with you,” and they refused to follow him and separated themselves both from him and from the Muslims.307
This account is significant for several reasons. First, most Edessenes did not follow Heraclius to Byzantine territory because they were satisfied in the city. Second, they purposefully did not ally with either the Byzantine or the Muslims, but rather remained neutral in the conflict. The Edessenes thus accepted either state, as they only sought to survive. The Edessenes did not have the ability to defend their city alone and intelligently allied with neither side, so that regardless of the conflict’s outcome neither antagonist would persecute them. This was the same role they always held, support for the state when adequate defenses existed to ensure victory, but neutrality when none did.
306 For a detailed account of the war see for example: Kaegi, Heraclius, 58-128. 307 al-Tabari, The Conquest of Iraq, 181
85
The Muslims likely provided some of the Edessenes who remained in the city with the land and property of the few people who had fled, but the extent of this is unknown.308
Heraclius did take some civilians with him over the Taurus Mountains. Al- Baladhuri wrote that “it is said that when Heraclius left Antioch, he joined to himself the people of these towns, so that the Moslems might not be able to go between Antioch and the land of the Byzantines through a cultivated land.”309 Heraclius’ objective was to create a new frontier, in northern Syria and southern Anatolia, which would protect the remaining Byzantine provinces.310 His goal was not to help people loyal to the Byzantine state move north, but rather to protect remaining Byzantine territory. Although he probably would have allowed anyone who wished to travel north, move with him.311
Many of the Christian Arabs, however, refused to accept Muslim rule and fled to Byzantine territory. These Christian Arabs, who were Monophysites, present a contradiction to the belief that the Monophysites were disloyal to the Byzantine Empire. Al-Tabari noted that Umar wrote to the Byzantine emperor saying
‘It has come to my notice that a certain group of Arab tribesmen has left our territory and has sought residence in your territory; by God, if you do not drive them back, we will surely dissolve our covenants with the Christians living under
308 In Damascus al-Tabari noted that those who remained “were allowed to take over the area which their rulers had abandoned.” al-Tabari, Battle of Al-Qadisiyyag, 177. As noted above, however, the church property still remained in control of the Chalcedonians. 309 al-Baladhuri, The Origins of the Islamic State, 253. This was not in Mesopotamia, but rather northern Syria.
310 This policy worked extremely well and was fundamental in protecting Anatolia from conquest. This border existed between the two states, although it often shifted, until the beginning of the Byzantine re- conquests in the late 9th century. For the creation of this frontier see: Kaegi, Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests, 277-8. For a more positive view of Heraclius’ influence on Byzantine history and his ability to stabilize the state see: Kaegi, Heraclius., 311-317
311 Kaegi noted that “those who departed with the Byzantine armies from those provinces . . . have plausibly been assumed to include primarily individuals whose careers and prospects were closest connected with the Orthodox (Melkite) church and the Byzantine government, and possibly a few other ethnic Greeks and wealthy merchants and craftsmen.” Kaegi, Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests, 175. This is very logical, but the departure of these types of people from Edessa is not discusseded in primary sources. Therefore, it could, and likely did occur, but nothing specific is known.
86
Arab sovereignty, and expel them.’ Hereupon the emperor of Byzantium expelled the Arabs who duly left Byzantine territory.312
Further, the Muslims sought to convert the Monophysite Arabs or, at least, prevent them from baptizing their children.313 The Muslims’ primary goal was to unify the remaining Arab tribes politically, as those outside of Muslim control could otherwise challenge them.314 The Monophysite Christians realized this outcome and fled to Byzantine territory, where they might continue to exercise some political autonomy. This attempt, however, failed and the Monophysite Arabs were sent back. Thus, the only significant group who wanted to continue living under Byzantine control was Monophysite Arabs, who did this for political reasons.
With the exception of the brief passage in al-Tabari, the sources did not discuss any demographic changes in Edessa. The few Edessenes who left had little effect on the economic situation in Edessa, since they comprised such a small percentage of the population.315 Three factors contributed to why the vast majority of Edessenes remained in the city. First, moving north would cost a substantial amount of money, both in traveling expenses and in the loss of immovable property. Second, Edessenes would lose any business and personal connections that they had created in Edessa and, therefore, be forced to start their lives completely anew – a dubious proposition for most people. Finally, the Muslim terms of surrender were relatively benevolent and Muslim rule did not significantly change the relationship most Edessenes had with their rulers. Edessenes
312 al-Tabari, The Conquest of Iraq., 89. For a summary of this see: Kaegi, Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests, 171-5 313 al-Tabari, The Conquest of Iraq, 90-2 314 Thanks to John Turner for providing me with this explanation of why the Muslims reacted so strongly against the Monophysite Arabs fleeing to Byzantine territory.
315 See: Kaegi, Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests, 175-6 87
instead surrendered the city, since they had nothing to gain by stubbornly resisting, and continued on with their lives, almost uninterrupted.
Conclusion
Religious changes significantly affected the relationship between the Edessenes and the Romano-Byzantine Empire. The Edessenes, especially the Monophysite Christians and Jews, experienced increasing problems with the Romano-Byzantine state. The empire’s religion, which formed a core of the late Roman and early Byzantine state, steadily diverged from that of most Edessenes. Edessenes, and other Monophysites in the eastern provinces, solved this problem by creating a separate ecclesiastical hierarchy – thereby attaining greater autonomy. This separation was successful during the last few decades before the Sasanian capture of Edessa. Thus, the two religious creeds existed independently. Notably, the last few decades before the Sasanian conquest were some of the most harmonious since the two creeds were completely separated. The Monophysites
88
did not control the major urban churches, but they had accepted their separate hierarchy in the surrounding countryside. They were no longer so unhappy that they wished to undermine the state.
The Sasanians transformed this autonomous, but accommodating, relationship into a religious policy that supported only the Monophysites and expelled the Chalcedonian clergy. This was an important change from the previous status quo, as for twenty years only Monophysites could explicitly practice their creed. During this period an entire generation grew up and adjusted to this newly redefined status quo. Further, the disassociation with the Byzantine state created an acceptance of the Sasanians as their rulers.
The return of Byzantine rule undoubtedly surprised the Monophysite Edessenes, but did not anger them. The Sasanians had antagonized all Christian Edessenes, regardless of their creed, by stealing over 100,000 pounds of valuables from the church and deporting parts of the populace. The Edessenes Monophysites were, therefore, likely pleased that the Byzantines returned – since the deportations, which had just begun, immediately stopped. Heraclius did, however, return the principle urban churches to the Chalcedonians, which displeased the Monophysites. Despite the Edessene Monophysites discontent that the Chalcedonians had regained the principal churches, Heraclius attempted to find a compromise between the two creeds. Remarkably, the Monothelete doctrine followed Monophysite ideas more than Chalcedonian one – showing the lengths to which Heraclius would go for a compromise to succeed.
Thus, on the eve of the Muslim conquests the Edessene Monophysites were certainly displeased that the Chalcedonians held their churches. They definitely wanted
89
to regain them and a significant portion of the population (i.e. those under 20) likely wanted a return to their status quo. However, several questions arise. Did the Monophysite Edessenes know enough about the Muslims to make them believe they would regain this power under new rulers? Did they expect to have more religious power than a Monothelete compromise gave them? And, finally, were affirmative answers to these questions a guarantee that they would actively support the Muslim conquests?
The evidence does not support affirmative answers to any of these questions. The Monophysite Edessenes did not have enough information to conclude that the Muslims would support their religious creed. In fact, their surprise and dismay that the Muslims kept the status quo of 639, i.e. the Chalcedonians retaining all major urban churches, shows that Monophysites would have been wrong to support the Muslims. The Muslims later supported the Monophysites in religious disputes, but at the time of the city’s capture in 639 the Muslims were neutral.
The division between Monophysites and Chalcedonians was important, but at the two key moments, in 609 and 639, both sides had accepted their respective position in the city. The Monophysites had no reason to support the invaders openly, as they had solved many of the irproblems with the Chalcedonians. It is possible that if the Sasanians had not invaded, then life in Edessa would have continued as it had for the last few decades of the sixth century – with each creed having its own hierarchy. Similarly, given time, Heraclius’ Monothelete formula might have succeeded. These hypothetical situations are, however, largely useless, with one exception. It does show that both the Monophysites and the Chalcedonians had accepted their situation in Edessa. Even though the Monophysites had gained predominance for twenty years, they did not seek to
90
undermine Byzantine rule. The Monophysites had accepted their reduced status and the Chalcedonian Byzantine Empire later attempted to compromise in their favor. During the Sasanian and Muslim conquests, the religious controversy in Edessa aggravated the Edessene Monophysites, but it was not a reason to undermine the Byzantine state in favor of new rulers, whom they either feared or about whom they knew almost nothing.
The Jews in Edessa underwent significant, and lasting, changes as well. Internal and external factors definitively transformed the relationship between the increasingly Christian Romano-Byzantine Empire and its Jewish subjects. The state ceased to trust its Jews. The relationship between the two religions, which the state had formalized in the preceding centuries, began to disintegrate until the Jews were increasingly an unprotected socio-religious class.
The Sasanian capture of Edessa transformed the Jewish relationship with their rulers, since they attained equal religious status. Twenty years of Sasanian rule benefited the Jews far more than the Monophysites and, furthermore, the Sasanians did not confiscate Jewish valuables from their synagogues. The Sasanian-Jewish attempt to defend the city in 628 exemplified the Jews’ negative view of the return of the Romano- Byzantine state. Whereas the Monophysites lost urban churches but retained their position in the countryside, the Jews faced the prospect of returning to their severely reduced social status. They engaged in a cost-benefit analysis and concluded that helping the Sasanian garrison would gain them the most. Heraclius did not persecute them for their support of the Sasanian garrison, but it is unlikely that the Jews believed that they would emerge unharmed after supporting the Sasanians. The Jews benefited from
91
Heraclius’ clemency policy – one which they could not have foreseen. It is not surprising, therefore, that they supported continued Sasanian control of Edessa.
Heraclius did pardon the Jews after their attempt to defend the city, but only because he sought a return to the status quo ante bellum. Once Heraclius changed this goal and sought to create a religiously unified empire, the Jews were again at risk. The state now compelled them to convert to Christianity or face expulsion, although local officials did not enforce the edict and, therefore, its effects were limited. This might have made Jews undermine the state during the Muslim invasions and, therefore, Jews were in a position, because of their discontent over their lost equal status, to support the Muslim invasions.
However, they did not. Once again the reasons were similar to the Monophysites. The Jews did not know enough about the Muslims to understand what their policy would be toward the Jews. Further, the Jews, as in 609, comprised a small percentage of the population and, therefore, a revolt in support of the Muslims would not have succeeded. Edessene Jews, who least favored the Romano-Byzantine Empire, did not explicitly support the foreign capture of Edessa because they could not determine how the new rulers would treat them.
The unknown quantity of the Sasanian and Muslim invaders coupled with the material inability of the Edessenes to revolt successfully forced Edessa’s populace to wait for the states, and their respective militaries, to decide the city’s fate. Monophysite and Jewish Edessenes had no incentive to participate actively in either supporting or not supporting the Romano-Byzantine Empire. The state heavily defended Edessa during the sieges in 503 and 544 and, therefore, undermining the garrison would, almost certainly,
92
have led to a mass slaughter. If they had vigorously supported either the Romano- Byzantine Empire or the Sasanian/Muslim invaders, the Edessenes would have been susceptible to reprisals if they had lost.
The Edessenes could not predict how the new invaders would treat them and, therefore, declined to become involved in supporting or undermining the state. This was especially true because the Edessenes had no other options – since they had neither tge weapons nor the training to defend the city. Any Edessene response, therefore, would have required a citywide uprising, which was unlikely and, given the significant religious divisions over these issues, practically impossible. The Edessenes chose the practical response. They quietly waited and accepted the final outcome of events that they could not control.
93
al-Baladhuri, Ahmad ibn-Jabir. The Origins of the Islamic State. Trans. Philip Khuri Hitti. New York: AMS Press, 1968.
al-Tabari. The Battle of Al-Qadisiyyah and the Conquest of Syria and Palestine. Trans. Yohanan Friedmann. The History of Al-Tabari. Ed. Ehsan Yar-Shater. Vol. 12. 38 vols. Albany: State University of New York, 1992.
—. The Conquest of Iraq, Southwestern Persia, and Egypt. Trans. Gautier H A Juynboll. The History of Al-Tabari. Ed. Ehsan Yar-Shater. Vol. 13. 38 vols. Albany: State University of New York, 1989.
“The Anonymous Byzantine Treatise on Stategy.” Trans. George T. Dennis. Three Byzantine Military Treatises. Washington D.C.: Dumbarton Oaks, 1985.
The Armenian History Attributed to Sebeos. Trans. R. W. Thomson. Vol. 1. 2 vols. Liverpool Liverpool University Press, 1999.
Augustine, Saint. The City of God against the Pagans. Trans. William Chase Greene. Vol. 6 7vols. Cambridge: Havard University Press, 1955.
Avi-Yonah, M. The Jews under Roman and Byzantine Rule. Jerusalem: The Magnes Press, 1984.
Baron, Salo W. Christian Era: The First Five Centuries. A Social and Religious History of the Jews. Vol. 2. 8 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1952. —. High Middle Ages: 500-1200. A Social and Religious History of the Jews. Vol. 3. 8
vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1957. “The Book of Pastoral Rule and Selected Epistles of Gregory the Great.” Trans. James
Barmby. A Select Library of Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers of the Christian
Church. Vol. 12. Grand Rapids: WM. B. Eerdmands Publishing Company, 1956. The Book of Pontiffs. Trans. Raymond Davis. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press,
1989. The Chronicle of Pseudo-Joshua the Stylite. Trans. Frank R. and John W. Watt
Trombley. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 2000. Chronicon Paschale: 284-628 Ad. Trans. Michael and Mary Whitby Whitby. Liverpool:
Liverpool University Press, 1989. The Civil Law. Trans. S. P. Scott. Vol. 6. 7 vols. Cincinnati: The Central Trust Company,
1973. The Civil Law. Trans. S. P. Scott. Vol. 7. 7 vols. Cincinnati: The Central Trust Company,
1973. Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils. Ed. Norman P. Tanner. Vol. 1. 2 vols. Washington
D.C.: Sheed & Ward and Georgetown University Press, 1990. The Digest of Justinian. Trans. Alan Watson. Vol. 2. 2 vols. Philadelphia: University of
Pennsylvania Press, 1998.
94
Donner, Fred M. The Early Islamic Conquests. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1981.
Edessa, James of. “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
“The Edessene Apocalyptic Fragment.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
“Extract from a Chonicle Composed About Ad 640.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles
Liverpool: Liverpool University Press 1993. “Extract from the Chronicle of Zunquin (Ad 775).” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh
Century in West-Syrian Chonicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993. “Extracts from the Chronicles of Ad 819 and Ad 846.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The
Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chonicles
Liverpool: Liverpool University Press 1993. Frend, W.H.C. The Rise of the Monophysite Movement. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, 1972. Graetz, Heinrich. History of the Jews. Vol. 2. 6 vols. Philadelphia: The Jewish
Publication Society of America, 1893. Haldon, J.F. Warfare, State and Society in the Byzantine World, 565-1204. London: UCL
Press, 1999. Haldon, J.F. . Byzantium in the Seventh Century: The Transformation of a Culture.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990. Harvey, Susan A. Asceticism and Society in Crisis: John of Ephesus and the Lives of the
Eastern Saints. Berkeley and Los Angelos: University of California Press, 1990. Howard-Johnston, James and Tim Greenwood. The Armenian History Attributed to
Sebeos. Vol. 2. 2 vols. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1999. Jones, A. H. M. The Later Roman Empire 284-602. Vol. 2. 2 vols. Baltimore: The Johns
Hopkins University Press, 1986. Josephus. Josephus. Trans. Allen Wikgren. Ed. Ralph Marcus. Vol. 8. 9 vols. Cambridge:
Harvard University Press, 1963. Justinian’s Institutes Trans. Peter Birks & Grant McLeod. Ithaca: Cornell University
Press, 1987. Kaegi, Walter E. Byzantine Military Unrest: 471-843. Amsterdam: Adolf M. Hakkert,
1981. —. Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 1992. Kaegi, Walter E. . Heraclius Emperor of Byzantium. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 2003. Kennedy, Hugh. “The Melkite Church from the Islamic Conquest to the Crusades:
Continuity and Adaption in the Byzantine Legacy.” The 1seventh International Byzantine Conference. Dumbarton Oaks/Georgetown University: Aristide D. Caratzas, 1986.
95
“The Letters and Sermons of Leo the Great.” Trans. Charles Lett Feltoe. A Select Library of Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers of the Christian Church. Vol. 12. Grand Rapids: WM. B. Eerdmands Publishing Company, 1956.
Malalas, John. The Chronicle of John Malalas. Trans. Elizabeth Jeffreys, Michael Jeffreys & Roger Scott. Melbourne: Australian Association for Byzantine Studies, 1986.
“The Maronite Chronicle ” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
Maurice’s Strategikon. Trans. George T. Dennis. Philadelphia University of Pennsylvania Press, 1984.
“The Melkite Chonicle.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
Meyendorff, John. “Justinian, the Empire and the Church.” Dumbarton Oaks Papers 22 (1968): 43-60.
Nikephoros. Nikephoros Patriarch of Constantinople, Short History. Trans. Cyril Mango. Washington: Dumbarton Oaks, 1990.
Ostrogorsky, George. History of the Byzantine State. Trans. Joan Hussey. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1969.
Procopius. The Persian War Trans. H.B. Dewing. Procopius in Seven Volumes. Ed. H.B. Dewing. Vol. 1. 7 vols. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1971.
—. The Secret History. Trans. G.A. Williamson. London: The Folio Society, 1990. —. The Secret History. Trans. H.B. Dewing. Procopius in Seven Volumes. Ed. H.B. Dewing. Vol. 6. 7 vols. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1969.
Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III. Trans. Witold Witakowski. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1996.
“A Record of the Arab Conquest of Syria, Ad 637.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
“The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
Segal, J.B. Edessa “The Blessed City”. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1970. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Trans. Andrew Palmer. Liverpool:
Liverpool University Press, 1993. Sharf, Andrew. Jews and Other Minorities in Byzantium. Jerusalem: Bar-Ilan University
Press, 1995. Sharf, Andrew Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade. New York:
Schocken Books, 1971. Simocatta, Theophylact. The History of Theophylact Simocatta. Trans. Michael and Mary
Whitby. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986. Stratos, Andreas N. Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634. Trans. Marc Ogilvie-
Grant. Vol. 1. 5 vols. Amsterdam: Adolf M. Hakkert, 1968. Theophanes. The Chronicle of Theophanes Confessor. Trans. Cyril and Roger Scott
Mango. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1997. Treadgold, Warren. Byzantium and Its Army, 284-1081. Stanford: Stanford University
Press, 1995. Vasiliev, A.A. History of the Byzantine Empire. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press,
1952.
96
Whitby, Michael. The Emperor Maurice and His Historian: Theophylact Simocatta on Persian and Balkan Warfare. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1988.
Wigram, W. A. . The Separation of the Monophysites. London: The Faith Press, LTD., 1923.
Cameron, Alan. Circus Factions. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1976. “Extract from a Chonicle Composed About Ad 640.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The
Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles
Liverpool: Liverpool University Press 1993. Kaegi, Walter E. . Heraclius Emperor of Byzantium. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 2003.
97
Bibliography
“The Anonymous Byzantine Treatise on Stategy.” Trans. George T. Dennis. Three Byzantine Military Treatises. Washington D.C.: Dumbarton Oaks, 1985.
The Armenian History Attributed to Sebeos. Trans. R. W. Thomson. Vol. 1. 2 vols. Liverpool Liverpool University Press, 1999.
“The Book of Pastoral Rule and Selected Epistles of Gregory the Great.” Trans. James Barmby. A Select Library of Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers of the Christian Church. Vol. 12. Grand Rapids: WM. B. Eerdmands Publishing Company, 1956.
The Book of Pontiffs. Trans. Raymond Davis. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1989. The Chronicle of Pseudo-Joshua the Stylite. Trans. Frank R. Trombley and John W. Watt.
Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 2000.
Chronicon Paschale: 284-628 AD. Trans. Michael Whitby and Mary Whitby. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1989.
The Civil Law. Trans. S. P. Scott. Vol. 6. 7 vols. Cincinnati: The Central Trust Company, 1973.
The Civil Law. Trans. S. P. Scott. Vol. 7. 7 vols. Cincinnati: The Central Trust Company, 1973.
Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils. Ed. Norman P. Tanner. Vol. 1. 2 vols. Washington D.C.: Sheed & Ward and Georgetown University Press, 1990.
The Digest of Justinian. Trans. Alan Watson. Vol. 2. 2 vols. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1998.
“The Edessene Apocalyptic Fragment.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West- Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
“Extract from a Chonicle Composed About AD 640.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
“Extract from the Chronicle of Zunquin (AD 775).” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
“Extracts from the Chronicles of AD 819 and AD 846.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles Liverpool: Liverpool University Press 1993.
Justinian’s Institutes Trans. Peter Birks & Grant McLeod. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1987.
“The Letters and Sermons of Leo the Great.” Trans. Charles Lett Feltoe. A Select Library of Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers of the Christian Church. Vol. 12. Grand Rapids: WM. B. Eerdmands Publishing Company, 1956.
“The Maronite Chronicle ” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
Maurice’s Strategikon. Trans. George T. Dennis. Philadelphia University of Pennsylvania Press, 1984.
“The Melkite Chonicle.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III. Trans. Witold Witakowski. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1996.
“A Record of the Arab Conquest of Syria, AD 637.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
“The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Trans. Andrew Palmer. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
al-Baladhuri, Ahmad ibn-Jabir. The Origins of the Islamic State. Trans. Philip Khuri Hitti. New York: AMS Press, 1968.
Allen, Pauline & Bronwen Neil, ed. Maximus the Confessor and His Companions: Documents from Exile. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 2002.
al-Tabari. The Battle of Al-Qadisiyyah and the Conquest of Syria and Palestine. Trans. Yohanan Friedmann. The History of Al-Tabari. Ed. Ehsan Yar-Shater. Vol. 12. 38 vols. Albany: State University of New York, 1992.
—. The Conquest of Iraq, Southwestern Persia, and Egypt. Trans. Gautier H A Juynboll. The History of Al-Tabari. Ed. Ehsan Yar-Shater. Vol. 13. 38 vols. Albany: State University of New York, 1989.
Ankori, Zvi. Karaites in Byzantium. New York: AMS Press, 1968.
Augustine, Saint. Augustine: Earlier Writings. Trans. John H S Burleigh. The Library of Christian Classics. 26 vols. Philadelphia: The Westminister Press, 1953.
—. Augustine: Later Works. Trans. John Burnaby. The Library of Christian Classics. Vol. 8. 26 vols. Philadelphia: The Westminster Press, 1955.
—. The City of God against the Pagans. Trans. William Chase Greene. Vol. 6 7vols. Cambridge: Havard University Press, 1955.
—. Confessions. Trans. William Watts. Vol. 1. 2 vols. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1977.
—. Confessions. Trans. William Watts. Vol. 1. 2 vols. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1977.
Avi-Yonah, M. The Jews under Roman and Byzantine Rule. Jerusalem: The Magnes Press, 1984.
Baron, Salo W. Christian Era: The First Five Centuries. A Social and Religious History of the Jews. Vol. 2. 8 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1952.
—. High Middle Ages: 500-1200. A Social and Religious History of the Jews. Vol. 3. 8 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1957.
—. Index to Volumes 1-8. A Social and Religious History of the Jews. New York: Columbia University Press, 1960.
Cameron, Alan. Circus Factions. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1976.
Donner, Fred M. The Early Islamic Conquests. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1981.
James of Edessa. “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
Frend, W.H.C. The Rise of the Monophysite Movement. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1972.
Graetz, Heinrich. History of the Jews. Vol. 2. 6 vols. Philadelphia: The Jewish Publication Society of America, 1893.
Haldon, J.F. . Byzantium in the Seventh Century: The Transformation of a Culture. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990.
Haldon, J.F. Warfare, State and Society in the Byzantine World, 565-1204. London: UCL Press, 1999.
Harvey, Susan A. Asceticism and Society in Crisis: John of Ephesus and the Lives of the Eastern Saints. Berkeley and Los Angelos: University of California Press, 1990.
Hefele, Charles J. AD 431 to AD 451. Trans. William R. Clark. A History of the Councils of the Church. Vol. 3. 5 vols. New York: AMS Press, 1972.
—. AD 451 to AD 680. Trans. William R. Clark. A History of the Councils of the Church. Vol. 4. 5 vols. New York: AMS Press, 1972.
—. AD 626 to the Close of the Second Council of Nicaea. Trans. William R. Clarkx. A History of the Councils of the Church. Vol. 5. 5 vols. New York: AMS Press, 1972.
Holmes, William G. The Age of Justinian and Theodora. London: G. Bell and Sons, LTD., 1912.
Howard-Johnston, James and Tim Greenwood. The Armenian History Attributed to Sebeos. Vol. 2. 2 vols. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1999.
Isaac, Benjamin. The Limits of Empire. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990. Jones, A. H. M. The Later Roman Empire 284-602. Vol. 2. 2 vols. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins
University Press, 1986.
Jones, Colin McEvedy & Richard. Atlas of World Population History. Great Britain: Penguin Books, Ltd., 1978.
Josephus. Josephus. Trans. Allen Wikgren. Ed. Ralph Marcus. Vol. 8. 9 vols. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1963.
Juynboll, Gautier H A, ed. Studies on the First Century of Islamic Society. Carbondale and Edwardsville: Southern Illinois University Press, 1982.
Kaegi, Walter E. Army, Society and Religion in Byzantium. London: Variorum Reprints 1982. —. Byzantine Military Unrest: 471-843. Amsterdam: Adolf M. Hakkert, 1981. —. Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1992. —. Heraclius Emperor of Byzantium. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2003.
Kennedy, Hugh. “The Melkite Church from the Islamic Conquest to the Crusades: Continuity and Adaption in the Byzantine Legacy.” The 17th International Byzantine Conference. Dumbarton Oaks/Georgetown University: Aristide D. Caratzas, 1986.
King, G R D & Averil Cameron, ed. Land Use and Settlement Patters. Princeton: The Darwin Press, Inc., 1994.
Malalas, John. The Chronicle of John Malalas. Trans. Elizabeth Jeffreys, Michael Jeffreys & Roger Scott. Melbourne: Australian Association for Byzantine Studies, 1986.
Meyendorff, John. Imperial Unity and Christian Divisions. Crestwood: St. Vladimir’s Seminary Press, 1989.
—. “Justinian, the Empire and the Church.” Dumbarton Oaks Papers 22 (1968): 43-60. Nikephoros. Nikephoros Patriarch of Constantinople, Short History. Trans. Cyril Mango.
Washington: Dumbarton Oaks, 1990. Olster, David M. The Politics of Usurpation in the Seventh Century: Rhetoric and Revolution in
Byzantium. Amsterdam: Adolf M. Hakkert, 1993. Ostrogorsky, George. History of the Byzantine State. Trans. Joan Hussey. New Brunswick:
Rutgers University Press, 1969.
Procopius. The Persian War Trans. H.B. Dewing. Procopius in Seven Volumes. Ed. H.B. Dewing. Vol. 1. 7 vols. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1971.
—. The Secret History. Trans. G.A. Williamson. London: The Folio Society, 1990.
—. The Secret History. Trans. H.B. Dewing. Procopius in Seven Volumes. Ed. H.B. Dewing. Vol. 6. 7 vols. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1969.
Rabello, Alfredo M. The Jews in the Roman Empire: Legal Problems, from Herod to Justinian Burlington: Ashgate Variorum, 2000.
Sarris, Peter. “The Justinianic Plague: Origins and Effects.” Continuity and Change 2002: 169- 82.
Segal, J.B. Edessa “The Blessed City”. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1970.
Shahid, Irfan. Byzantium and the Arabs in the Fifth Century. Washington DC: Dumbarton Oaks 1989.
—. Byzantium and the Arabs in the Sixth Century: Ecclesiastical History. Vol. 2. 2 vols. Washington DC: Dumbarton Oaks, 1995.
—. Byzantium and the Arabs in the Sixth Century: Political and Military History. Vol. 1. 2 vols. Washington DC: Dumbarton Oaks, 1995.
Sharf, Andrew Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade. New York: Schocken Books, 1971.
—. Jews and Other Minorities in Byzantium. Jerusalem: Bar-Ilan University Press, 1995. Simocatta, Theophylact. The History of Theophylact Simocatta. Trans. Michael and Mary
Whitby. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.
Starr, Joshua. The Jews in the Byzantine Empire: 641-1204. New York: Burt Franklin, 1970.
Stratos, Andreas N. Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634. Trans. Marc Ogilvie-Grant. Vol. 1. 5 vols. Amsterdam: Adolf M. Hakkert, 1968.
Teixidor, J.T. & J. Milik “New Evidence on the North-Arabic Deity Aktab-Kutba.” Bulletin of the American Schools of Oriental Research 1961: 22-25.
Theophanes. The Chronicle of Theophanes Confessor. Trans. Cyril and Roger Scott Mango. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1997.
Treadgold, Warren. Byzantium and Its Army, 284-1081. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1995.
Trimingham, J. Spencer. Christianity among the Arabs in Pre-Islamic Times. London: Longman, 1979.
Vasiliev, A.A. History of the Byzantine Empire. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1952. —. Justin the First. Cambridge Havard University Press, 1950.
Whitby, Michael. The Emperor Maurice and His Historian: Theophylact Simocatta on Persian and Balkan Warfare. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1988.
Wigram, W. A. . The Separation of the Monophysites. London: The Faith Press, LTD., 1923.
Ye’or, Bat. The Decline of Eastern Christianity under Islam. Trans. Miriam Kochan and David Littman. Teaneck: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press, 1996.

 Please feel free to browse our website:

SyriacStudies.com

مدارس السريان ومشاهير جهابذتهم في العصر الذهبي –فيليب الطرزي

$
0
0

مدارس السريان 

ومشاهير جهابذتهم في العصر الذهبي

 

تعدّ الامة الآرامية السريانية بين الأمم الراقية ذات التاريخ المجيد في العصور الغابرة. ذهب رهط من أهل البحث الى أن السريان هم الذين استنبطوا الكتابة . لأن بلاد الفينيقيين الذين علّموا الكتابة لليونان ليست الا بقعة صغيرة من بلاد السريان أشهر مدنها صور وصيدا وبيروت وجبيل. والفينيقيون كما هو ثابت كانوا أمة شامية أي سريانية . وكانت لغتهم اما سريانية محضة واما قريبة الى السريانية اكثر من سائر اللغات السامية.

انشئت المدارس عند السريان منذ دخولهم في النصرانية ، فانتشرت بينهم انتشاراً عجيباً غريباً جعلتهم في طليعة شعوب الشرق بالثقافة والبلاغة ، وناهيك بما انجبته تلك المدارس البعيدة الصيت من العلماء الأعلام والمؤلفين العظام الذين ذاعت شهرتهم شرقاً وغرباً . وقد أطنب في وصفهم وتعداد مآثرهم المؤرخون والكتّاب وعلماء المشرقيات.

اذا ضربنا صفحاً عن علماء السريان ذوي الصبغة الدينية فمن لم يسمع بيوحنا بن ماسويه ( 857 ) رئيس أعظم مدرسة في بغداد ازدحم الطلاب على أبوابها ، وهل من يجهل اسم يعقوب الكندي ( 861 ) فيلسوف العرب او اسم حنين بن اسحق ( 876 ) شيخ تراجمة الاسلام ورئيس الفلاسفة والاطباء أو اسم موفق الملك ابن التلميذ (1081 – 1146) الملقب بسلطان الحكماء الخ فلا غرو اذا اطلق المؤرخون والأدباء على الامة السريانية كما سلف القول لقب ” أميرة الثقافة ” و ” ام الحضارة ” .

بعد هذه المقدمة الوجيزة ، يطيب لي ان المح الى بعض المعاهد السريانية التي كانت مراكز للتعليم في القرون الخالية . وفيما يلي أورد للقارىء اسماءها وأسماء فريق من الجهابذة الذين تعلموا أو علموا فيها وهي:

  1. مدرسة قطسفون أو المدائن

تعد هذه المدرسة في مقدمات المدارس السريانية الشهيرة.  فيها نشأ ططيان الآشوري مؤلف كتاب ” الدياطسرون ” في القرن الثاني للميلاد.

  1. مدرسة الرها 

ازدهرت هذه المدرسة التي أنشأها ملوك الرها الأباجرة ازدهاراً رائعاً منذ القرن الثاني حتى القرن الخامس للميلاد . ونبغ فيها عدد وافـر من الأئمة المشاهير نذكر منهم : برديصان ( 154 – 202 ) والفيلسوف وافا والعلامة أسونا . وفي القرن الرابع تولى رئاسة تلك المدرسة مار أفرام الكبير ( 373 م ) نبي السريان . ثم رابولا أسقف الرها ( 435 م ) ثم خلفه يهيبا ( 457 م ) الخ…

  1. مدرسة نصيبين 

اشتهرت مدرسة نصيبين الكبرى في القرن الرابع وعاشت حتى القرن السابع. وفيها نبغ مار يعقوب الكبير ( 338 م ) وخلفاؤه في كرسي نصيبين . وفي هذه المدرسة علم نرساي الشهير ( 507 م ) وباباي الكبير ( 627 م ) وغيرهما من مشاهير الاساتذة .

  1. مدارس انطاكية وجوارها 

من مدارس السريان الزاهرة مدرسة انطاكية الكبرى ومدرسة دير مار بسوس الذي سكن فيه أيام عزه ستة الاف وثلاثمائة راهب . ثم مدرسة دير تلعدا الذي انشىء في القرن الرابع ومدرسة دير الجب الخارجي وغيرها . واشتهر في تلك المدارس اسحق الانطاكي الكبير ( 406 م ) والبطريـركان بولس الثالث ( 575 م ) وبطـرس الثالث ( 591 م ) ويعقوب الرهاوي ( 708 م ) وغيرهم.

  1. مدرسة قنسرين 

قامت مدرسة قنسرين في القرن السادس بسعي مؤسسها يوحنا بارافتونيا (538 م)  وعرف من جهابذتها البطريرك اثناسيوس الاول ( 631 م ) وتوما الحرقلي الذي نقل عام 616م العهد الجديد عن اليونانية الى السريانية ، والفيلسوف الكبير سويرا سابوخت في القرن السابع . وقد امتاز سويرا هذا بعلومه ومصنفاته الفلسفية والفلكية . وعلى يده وصلت الارقام الهندية الى العرب.

  1. مدرسة رأس العين 

اشتهر أمر هذه المدرسة في العصر الذهبي ، وكان مركزها على ضفة نهر الخابور بين رأس العين والحسجة بالقرب من قرية المجدل . وتفرد رهبان ديرها المعروف بدير ” قرقفة ” بضبط حركات ألفاظ الكتاب المقدس وتجويد قراءته . وعرف من رأس العين سرجيس الراس عيني ( 536 م ) إمام عصره في الطب والمنطق والفلسفة . وهو أول النقلة من اليوناني الى السريانية . ومن اخباره ان البطريرك افرام الانطاكي ( 526 – 545 م ) وجهه في مسائل خطيرة الى روما والى قسطنطينية فنجحت مساعيه.

  1. مدرسة قرتمين 

تأسست هذه المدرسة في طور عبدين سنة 397 للميلاد . واشتهر رهبانها خصوصاً بصنع الرقوق وتهيئتها لنسخ الكتب . وتفننوا بتجويد الخطوط وتجديد الكتابة السطرنجيلية على يد رئيسهم المطران يوحنا عام 988 م.

ويروى أن عمنوئيل ابن أخي المطران المشار اليه نسخ على رق الغزال سبعين مجلداً من الكتاب المقدس طبقاً للترجمة البسيطة والسبعينية والحرقلية ووقفها لدير قرتمين وظل هذا الدير زاهراً حتى القرن الثاني عشر.

واشتهر من هذا الدير علماء وأحبـار عديدون نذكر منهم ثيودوسيوس البطـريرك ( 887 – 895 م ) الذي برع في الطب وألف فيه كتاباً عرف باسمه.

  1. مدرسة دير برصوما بملطية 

أنجبت هذه المدرسة الزاهرة علماء مشاهير قام منهم بطاركة وأساقفة ومؤلفون عديدون ، نذكر منهم يعقوب بن الصليبي مطران آمد ( 1171 م ) وثيودوروس بار وهبون ( 1193 م ) وميخائيل الكبير ( 1200 م ) والمفريان غريغوريوس ابن العبري ( 1286 م ) . وفي هذه المدرسة راجت اسواق العلم من القرن الثامن حتى القرن الثالث عشر.

وحوت هذه المدرسة مكتبة عامرة حفلت بعدد وافر من المخطوطات السطرنجيلية والصكوك والفرمانات القديمة . وقد زينها البطريرك ميخائيل الكبير بكتب جمّة نسخها او نقّحها بيده . نذكر منها نسخة بديعة من الانجيل كتبها كلها بحروف ذهبية وفضية ودبجها بصور شتى ، ثم جعل ذلك المصحف الثمين ضمن صندوق فضي مذهب.

  1. مدرسة دير البارد 

موقع هذه المدرسة في أطراف ملطية وهنزيط .. تأسست في العام 969 للميلاد وظلت موطناً للتعليم والتأليف حتى السنة 1243 ، وقد اشتهر امر رؤسائها واساتذتها بانشائهم بعض صلوات وأناشيد تفردوا باستعمالها وادخلوها في الطقس السرياني ، تشهد لذلك مخطوطات عديدة حفظت الى هذا اليوم.

نكتفي بهذا النزر اليسير من المدارس السريانية في مختلف الاقطار. وقد أسس السريان في كل مدينة او قرية استوطنوها مدرسة او أكثر حتى بلغ عدد مدارسهم في بلاد ما بين النهرين وحدها زهاء خمسين مدرسة من أرقى المدارس وأوسعها . قال البحاثة السيد أحمد أمين: ” كان للسريان في ما بين النهرين نحو خمسين مدرسة تعلم فيها العلوم السريانية واليونانية… وكانت هذه المدارس يتبعها مكتبات … وكان في الاديار السريانية شيء كثير لا من الكتب المترجمة في الآداب النصرانية وحدها بل من الكتب المترجمة من مؤلفات أرسطو وجالينوس وابقراط ، لأن هؤلاء كانوا محور الدائرة العلمية في ذلك العصر. وكان السريان نقلة الثقافة اليونانية الى الامبراطورية الفارسية ثم الى الخلافة العباسية.

هكذا اتسع نطاق الثقافة عند السريان حتى أناف عدد مؤلفيهم في العصر الذهبي على اربعمائة كاتب او مؤلف اتصلت بنا اسماؤهم وبلغت تآليف بعضهم ثلاثين أو أربعين كتاباً . ولعل هناك كتبة كثيرين ضاعت أسماؤهم بضياع مؤلفاتهم بسبب الحروب والفتن والزلازل وما شاكلها من الفواجع والرزايا.

——————- 

  1. مخطوطة قديمة تخص القس بطرس سابا البرطلي وغيرها
  2. ضحى الاسلام لأحمد أمين جزء 2 صفحة 59 – 60
  3. مقدمة تاريخ كلدو واثور تأليف المطران ادي شير صفحة 8
  4. راجع ما أثبته في هذا الشأن “اللؤلؤ المنثور” لمؤلفه العلامة البطريرك أفرام برصوم .

———————-

الفصل الرابع 

مكانة بطريركية السريان وعدد ابرشياتها في العصر الذهبي 

انتشر السريان انتشارا عجيبا غريبا لا في أقطار سوريا وما بين النهرين والعراق وبلاد فارس وملبار فحسب بل في الانحاء اللبنانية أيضا. فان بطريركيتهم الانطاكية كانت الى عهد الصليبيين أعظم وأهم من بطريركيات سائر الفرق النصرانية في الشرق دون جدال . وفاق عددهم يومئذ عدد سائر الملل النصرانية حتى في انطاكية عاصمة الكرسي البطريركي.

فكان عدد اساقفة السريان في تلك الحقبة يربي على مائة وستين أسقفا يخضعون قاطبة لبطريركهم الانطاكي ولمفريان الشرق اللائذ به.

وكان لكل من اولئك الاساقفة ابرشية خاصة برعايته . لأن القوانين البيعية حرمت تنصيب اسقف دون ابرشية شرعية. يتضح ذلك كله جليا من فهارس الاساقفة الملحقة بتاريخ ميخائيل الكبير ومن التاريخ البيعي تأليف المفريان ابن العبري ومن ثقات المؤرخين في العصور الغابرة.

وبالجملة فان الكتبة المدققين سريانا وغير سريان اجمعوا على أن عدد السريان في القرنين العاشر والحادي عشر ناهز المليونين من النفوس . أما عدد الملكيين في تلك الحقبة فلم يتجاوز النصف مليون وكان عدد ابرشياتهم خمسين ابرشية. وذكر الاب هنري لامنس ان غليلم الصوري في “تاريخ الصليبيين” احصى الموارنة أربعين الفا. ذلك كله يثبت ما احرزته بطريركية السريان في العصور السالفة من المكانة والاعتبار بين الشعوب المجاورة لها.

الفصل الخامس 

انتشار عقيدة السريان في شتى الشعوب والاقطار

علاوة على اتساع بطريركية السريان في مختلف الاصقاع فانهم احرزوا في القرون الوسطى مكانة علمية وشهرة عالمية لدى اقطاب الدين وارباب الدنيا. وبهذه الوسيلة عمت عقيدتهم بالطبيعة الواحدة شعوبا جمة غير شعبهم السرياني كالاقباط والاحباش والارمن والعرب ونصارى الملبار وغيرهم. وهذا ما حمل جمهورا من الكتبة على أن يطلقوا على ذلك العصر “عصر السريان الذهبي

——————–

  1. معجم التاريخ والجغرافية الكنسي : للكردينال بودريار : مقال للمستشرق كرلفسكي (كيرلس شارون) : صفحة 613
  2. تسريح الابصار : جزء 2 صفحة 55

——————-

  1. السريان والاقباط 

على أثر استقلال السريان استقلالا بيعيا استحكمت عرى العلاقات بينهم وبين الاقباط مشايعيهم في معتقدهم بالطبيعة الواحدة . وبتوالي الايام ازدادت تلك العلاقات متانة حتى اننا نشاهد في سلسلة بطاركة الاقباط في الكرسي الاسكندري أسماء أربعة منهم كانوا من عنصر سرياني وهم : البطريرك دميانس الرهاوي في القرن السادس . والبطريرك سيمون الاول سنة 689 للميلاد . والبطريرك ابرام او افرام (976 – 979) . والبطريرك مرقس الثالث (1166 – 1189).

وقد نقل الاقباط عن السريان في نافورة قداسهم ميمر مار يعقوب السروجي و “رتبة كسر القربانة) تأليف ديونيسيوس يعقوب ابن الصليبي (1171 م) وما برحوا يذكرون في قداسهم اسماء بعض ايمة السريان كأفرام وسويرا البطريرك والانبا برصوما وماروثا . ويحتفلون لسويرا البطريرك بأربعة اعياد في السنة.

ومما يبرهن على نفوذ اللغة السريانية في طقس الاقباط استعمالهم كلمات سريانية في طقوسهم وليترجياتهم كقولهم “طوبانيتين” و “طوباني” و “نيح” و “لتأت ملكوتك” و “الاخذ” أي التناول و “ميمر” و “رشم” و “رشومات” و “عتيد” و “تنيحوا” و “حياصة” الخ.

وانتشر السريان بين الاقباط في انحاء القطر المصري انتشارا عظيما . فابتنوا في المدن والدساكر عشرات الكنائس نذكر منها:

———————

  1. السريان في القطر المصري : للخوري اسحق أرملة : 7 : 23
  2. تاريخ القبط : للشماس منسى : صفحة 390 – 393 .
  3. مخطوطات المكتبة الاهلية بباريس : رقم 65 صفحة 32
  4. السريان في القطر المصري : 7 : 24
  5. الخولوجي القبطي : صفحة 137 و 736
  6. الخولوجي القبطي : صفحة 232 و 373
  7. مخطوطة دير الشرفة : رقم 2 / 4 صفحة 314 – 316
  8. الخولوجي القبطي : صفحة 51 – 710 الخ .

———————-

كنيستين في الفسطاط . وكنيسة قريبة من السد. وكنيسة مار ماروثا بناحية شمسطا . وكنيستين في الخندق . وكنيسة في سنموطية . وكنيسة مار بهنام في مصر العتيقة وقد زرناها عام 1899 وهي اليوم بيد الاقباط الخ.

أما الاديار السريانية في القطر المصري فلم يكن عددها بأقل من عدد الكنائس . وقد حفظت لنا الآثار التاريخية اسماء ثمانية عشر ديرا من أديار السريان الوافرة العدد يرتقي عهد بعضها الى القرن السادس للميلاد . وكانت تلك الاديار حافلة بجماهير من الرهبان والزهاد والعلماء انقطع فريق منهم الى التأليف والنسخ. وانصرف الفريق الآخر الى انشاء مكتبات نفيسة اشهرها مكتبة دير والدة الله في وادي النطرون.

وكانت تلك المكتبة تحوي مخطوطات سريانية قديمة ثمينة يرتقى عهد بعضها الى القرن الخامس والسادس. بينها زهاء ثلاثمائة كتاب مخطوطة على رق غزال . وقد اشترى بعضها القس الياس السمعاني والعلامة يوسف سمعان السمعاني. ثم ابتاع ما تبقى منها المستر تاتام سنة 1842 ونقلها الى المتحف البريطاني في لندن كما سترى . ونشر علماء الانكليز فهارسها في ثلاثة مجلدات.

وقد ازدانت مكتبات الفاتيكان ولندن وباريس وبرلين وميلانو واكسفرد وكمبردج وغيرها بقسط وافر من تلك الكتب السريانية كما يستفاد من فهارس مخطوطاتها . هذا ما عدا مخطوطات نسخت في ذلك الدير وحفظت الى هذا العهد في مكتبات اخرى كمكتبة دير الشرفة بلبنان ودير مار مرقس بالقدس الشريف ومكتبة الكلدان بماردين الخ.

———————

  1. المخطوطات السريانية في المتحف البريطاني : رقم 243 ورقم 631
  2. المقريزي : مجلد 2 صفحة 511
  3. المقريزي : مجلد 2 صفحة 517 
  4. المقريزي : مجلد 2 صفحة 511
  5. تاريخ جرجس ابن العميد التكريتي السرياني : صفحة 299 – 300
  6. المخطوطات السريانية في مكتبة برلين : عدد 259 صفحة 790 والسلاسل التاريخية : صفحة 381 لمؤلف هذا الكتاب
  7. مخطوطة المتحف البريطاني : رقم 672
  8. السريان في القطر المصري : 12 صفحة 49
  9. الاقباط في القرن العشرين : تأليف رمزي تادرس

———————————

  1. السريان والاحباش 

للسريان فضل عظيم في تنصير الاحباش بسعي ثئودورا الملكة (527 – 548 م) زوجة يسطينان الاول قيصر الروم (527 – 565 م) . وكانت ثئودورا المحتد منبجية المولد ناصرت القائلين بالطبيعة الواحدة. وقد سبقت فاوفدت الى بلاد الحبشة القس يوليان السرياني فأذاع فيها العقيدة المنوفيزينية . وظل هناك سنتين يقصد الصهاريج ويعمد الناس كل يوم من الساعة الثالثة حتى الساعة العاشرة . فتنصر الاحباش على يده وفي مقدمتهم ملك الحبشة وارباب دولته.

وما قلناه عن الطقس القبطي يصدق في الطقس الحبشي ايضا.

ولا يزال الاحباش يستعملون في قداسهم نافورة مار يعقوب السروجي السرياني (521 م) فضلا عن صلوات كثيرة نقلوها الى لغتهم عن السريانية والحقوها بليترجياتهم.

وكانت تربط الشعبين السرياني والحبشي روابط العقيدة الواحدة. وما كانت الفوارق اللغوية او الحواجز الجغرافية او الاختلافات الجنسية لتقوى يوما على فصم عرى تلك الروابط التي نشأت عنها في مختلف العصور بعض العلاقات بين الاحباش والسريان . فالتاريخ يروي ان الامير جرجس ابن نجاشي الحبشة انطلق سنة 836 الى بغداد عاصمة العباسيين لتحية الخليفة المعتصم بالله. فاجتمع هناك في شهر آب بالبطريرك ديونيسيوس الاول التلمحري . وبناء على رغبته ناوله هذا البطريرك السرياني القربان المقدس ثم قدم له بعض الهدايا كذكرى لتلك المقابلة التاريخية.

——————

  1. التاريخ الكنسي لابن العبري : في كلامه عن البطريرك سرجيس التلي
  2. السريان في القطر المصري : 8 صفحة 29 و 30
  3. مجلة الحكمة في القدس : مجلد 4 سنة 1930 صفحة 174 و 473 .

——————–

  1. السريان والارمن

كان الارمن قبل استنباطهم الحروف الارمنية يستعملون القلم السرياني في كتاباتهم . وأول من فكر منهم في وضع الحروف الارمنية هو القديس مسروب في أوائل القرن الخامس فأنه قصد مدينة الرها مع بعض تلامذته وتخرجوا قاطبة في مدرستها الشهيرة بالآداب السريانية على يد دانيال مطرانها العلامة وعني مسروب واسحق جاثليق الارمن (390 – 439) بنقل الاسفار المقدسة وترجم شرح مار فرام الملفان لكتاب “الدياطسرون” عن اللغة السريانية الى اللغة الارمنية. ثم نقل الارمن تسع عشرة مقالة من كتاب “البراهين” تأليف القديس يعقوب افرهاط وغير ذلك عن اللغة السريانية الى اللغة الارمنية.

وابتنى السريان في أرمينيا كنائس عديدة وأديارا زاهرة نذكر منها كنيستين فخمتين في سيس عاصمة ملوك الارمن وكرسي بطريركيتهم . ثم ديرين كبيرين قرب طرسوس. وكانت مدينة آطنة المجاورة لتلك العاصمة آهلة في القرن الثاني عشر بالسريان دون سواهم يرعاهم مطران من جنسهم ومعتقدهم.

وكان للسريان في أرمينيا ابرشيات وافرة العدد تسلسل فيها الاساقفة جيلا بعد جيل حتى القرن الثالث عشر. وقد ذكرها ميخائيل الكبير في لائحة الاساقفة التي الحقها بتاريخه كأبرشيات سيس وطرسوس وعين زربا وخلاط الخ.

ومما يستحق الذكر ان البطريرك اغناطيوس الرابع (1264 – 1283) احتفل احتفالا شائقا في كاتدرائية سيس السريانية بترقية غريغوريوس ابن العبري الى الرتبة المفريانية بحضور أساقفة السريان والارمن. وبعد الاحتفال رحب حاتم ملك فيليقيا الارمني في بلاطه بالبطريرك والمفريان والاحبار والاعيان

——————-

  1. المشرق : مجلد 17 سنة 1914 صفحة 51
  2. المشرق : مجلد 4 سنة 1901 صفحة 428
  3. روبنس دوفال : الاداب السريانية : جزء 1 صفحة 218
  4. تاريخ الدول السرياني : لابن العبري : صفحة 523
  5. تاريخ الرهاوي : فصل 400 صفحة 301
  6. الزهرة الزكية في البطريركية الانطاكية : صفحة 74 .

——————-

  1. السريان والعرب

مثلما نشر السريان عقيدتهم بالطبيعة الواحدة بين الاقباط والاحباش والارمن نشروها كذلك بين العرب جيرانهم بني غسان ونجران وتغلب ومعد وبني كلب وغيرهم . وكان بطاركة السريان ينصبون اسقفا او أكثر لكل قبيلة من تلك القبائل العربية ودعي بعضهم بأساقفة “المضارب” فكانوا يرافقون القبائل العربية المتنقلة ويقيمون الرتب الدينية تحت الخيام ومن اساقفة العرب نذكر :

شمعون اسقف بيت ارشم وثئودور اسقف حيرة النعمان وقد وضع اليد عليه يعقوب البرادعي الاسقف المسكوني .

ثم ان البطريرك يوليان الثالث (688 – 709 م) نصب اسقفا للعرب التغالبة يقال له يوسف ونصب قرياقس البطريرك (793 – 817 م) ثلاثة اساقفة للعرب : اولهم الاسقف يوحنا للكوفة . ثانيهم الاسقف داود وقد وضع عليه اليد في “دقلا” عاصمة التغالبة وثالثهم الاسقف عثمان وهو الخامس والاربعون في عداد اساقفته .

ونصب البطريرك ديونيسيوس الاول التلمحري (818 – 845 م) خمسة اساقفة لقبائل العرب التغلبيين . ووضع يوحنا الخامس (847 – 894 م) اليد على سبعة اساقفة للعرب بني معد وبني تغلب ونجران . وقس على من ذكرنا : البطاركة اغناطيوس الثاني وثئودوسيوس وديونيسيوس الثاني ويوحنا السادس وباسيل الثاني منذ السنة 878 حتى السنة 935 م .

——————–

  1. النصرانية وآدابها بين عرب الجاهلية : للاب لويس شيخو : قسم 2 صفحة 414 
  2. تاريخ ميخائيل الكبير : صفحة 263
  3. تاريخ ميخائيل الكبير : صفحة 309
  4. تاريخ ابن العبري الكنسي : صفحة 34
  5. لائحة البطاركة والاساقفة : للبطريرك ميخائيل الكبير

———————-

والى السريان يعود الفضل في نقل الكتاب المقدس عن لغتهم الى اللغة العربية على يد بطريركهم يوحنا الثالث (631 – 649 م) واليهم كذلك يرجع الفضل في نقلهم الى اللغة العربية علومهم وعلوم اليونان خصوصا في عهد العباسيين . فان اولئك الخلفاء استعانوا بنوابغ السريان واتخذوهم اساتذة لهم فمهدوا للعرب سبل الثقافة ومرنوهم على اقتباس اصناف المعارف .

الفصل السادس 

السريان والفرس 

في جملة الامصار الخاضعة للكرسي الانطاكي نذكر بلاد فارس التي أينع فيها الأدب السرياني بجانب الادب الفارسي . وبرز فيها احبار اجلاء وعلماء افاضل انشأوا تصانيف سريانية تجلت فيها مواهبهم العقلية . ونذكر في مقدمتهم يعقوب افراهاط الحكيم الفارسي صاحب كتاب “البراهين” الذي أفرغه في قالب سرياني بأسلوب جزل بليغ . ثم الجاثليق شمعون برصباعي (329 – 341 م) . وميلس اسقف شوشن (341 م) . ولسنا ننسى مار ماروثا (420 م) الواسع الشهرة الذي بعثه ارقاديوس قيصر (395 – 408 م) في رسالة توصية الى يزدجرد ملك الفرس (399 – 420 م) . فارتحل القديس ماروثا ثلاث مرات الى عاصمة الاكاسرة وتوصل بمرونته وذكائه الى كف الاضطهاد عن النصارى . ثم صنف عن الشهداء السريان في البلاد الفارسية كتابا امتاز بلهجته البليغة المؤثرة .

وبعد استقلال السريان بيعيا كما تحدثنا قبل الان اخذ بطاركتهم أو مفارنتهم ينصبون مطارنة وأساقفة لكراسي الابرشيات السريانية في بلاد فارس . نذكر منها ابدقون وسجستان وأفرة وجرجان وخراسان وهرات ومراغا وتبريلز واذربيخان وغيرها . وقد اطلعنا على جدول اساقفة تلك الابرشيات منذ عهد لببطريرك قرياقس (739 – 817 م) حتى عهد البطريرك ميخائيل الكبير .

——————– 

  1. تاريخ الرهاوي : فصل 129 صفحة 167 – 168 وميخائيل الكبير صفحة 421 
  2. اللمعة الشهية : جزء 1 صفحة 23 – والآداب السريانية : لروبنس دوفال : صفحة 246 .

——————–

وروى المؤرخون اخبارا طريفة عن بعض علماء السريان وأطبائهم الذين كانت لهم صلات مع ملوك فارس. نذكر من ذلك ما أثبته ابن أبي اصيبعة وابن النديم عن أبي الخير الحسن بن سوار بن بابا بن بهنام المعروف بابن الخمار قالا ما خلاصته: ولد ابن الخمار عام 942 وقرأ الحكمة على يحيى بن عدي التكريتي وبرع في اللغتين السريانية والعربية وحذق اصول صناعة الطب وفروعها وتبحر في الحكمة . وتفرد بتواضعه للضعفاء وبتعاظمه على العظماء . فاذا دعاه السلطان ركب اليه في زي الملوك والعظماء . فكان يسير اليه في ثلاثمائة غلام بالخيول الجياد . وكان السلطان يمين الدولة محمود بن سبكتكين صاحب بخارا يجله غاية الاجلال. وقد صنف ابن الخمار اربعة عشر كتابا ونقل مصنفات كثيرة من السرياني الى العربي وأجاد فيها . وتوفي ابن الخمار بعد السنة 997 للميلاد .

وكان المفريان ابن العبري يتردد الى بلاد فارس ويتعهد مكتباتها الشهيرة ويتفقد ابرشياتها الخاضعة لكرسيه المفرياني.

وحلت وفاته في مراغا ليلة الثلاثاء 30 تموز 1286 وصلى عليه اقليرس النساطرة والملكيين والارمن والسريان وشيعوه بحفاوة عظمى .

الفصل السابع 

السريان والخلفاء المسلمون والنهضة العلمية العربية 

احتظى السريان بالثقة والاحترام عند الخلفاء الراشدين (632 – 661 م) والخلفاء الامويين (662 – 746 م) والعباسيين (750 – 1258 م) وأول من نال القربى لديهم حين الفتح العربي هو منصور بن يوحنا السرياني الذي أصبح وزيرا للمالية في عهد الخلفاء الراشدين أما ابنه سرجون وحفيده يوحنا المشهور بالقديس يوحنا الدمشقي (749 م) فقد توليا ديوان الاعمال والجبايات في عهد الخلفاء الامويين.

———————-

  1. طبقات الاطباء : مجلد 1 صفحة 322
  2. الفهرست : صفحة 370
  3. تاريخ الدول السرياني : المقدمة : صفحة 2
  4. جثالقة المشرق ومفارنة السريان للخوري اسحق أرملة : صفحة 41 .

——————-

وأثبت جميع مؤرخي السريان ان اثناسيوس برجوميا الرهاوي ولاه الخليفة عبد الملك بن مروان (685 – 705 م) الادارة المالية في القطر المصري . وكان عهده في تلك الوظيفة عهد خير وبركة واقبال على الدولة الاموية . وذكر ميخائيل الكبير ان مروان الخليفة (744 – 750 م) لدى ارتحاله الى حران ببلاد ما بين النهرين خف لاستباله ايونيس الرابع بطريرك السريان (740 – 755) في هدايا وافرة وتحف نفيسة حملها على خمسين جملا . فرحب به الخليفة ترحيبا حميلا وكتب له فرمانا عام 746 للميلاد خوله بموجبه الولاية على جميع الشؤون البيعية . وهو اول فرمان اعطي لبطريرك سرياني من خليفة المسلمين.

واذا انتقلنا الى عهد الخلفاء العباسيين اتضحت لنا مكانة ايمة السريان وعلاقات علمائهم بكل من اولئك الخلفاء . فقد تفجرت ينابيع المعارف على يدهم وسالت الصحف باقلام مترجميهم ومصنفيهم واطباءهم في طول البلاد وعرضها . وأغنوا العالم بنفائس الاسفار التي استخرجوها الى العربية عن اللغات السريانية واليونانية والفارسية واالعبرية والهندية . فبلغت دولة العلم أيام عز الخلافة العباسية شأوا بعيدا قلما ذكر الكتاب مثله في العصور الخوالي.

وهذه كتب التاريخ طافحة بأخبار اولئك الجهابذة كالبطريرك ديونيسيوس التلمحري وأخيه تاودوسيوس في عهد الخليفة المأمون (813 – 833 م) ومنهم العلامة حبيب أبو رائطة التكريتي في القرن التاسع . وروفيل وبنيامين الطبيبان اللذان قرأ عليهما مار ماري علم الطب والفيلسوف الكبير يحيى بن عدي (974 م) في عهد المطيع للـه (946 – 974 م) وعيسى بن زرعة (943 – 1008 م) في عهد القادر باللـه (991 – 1031 م). والشيخ يحيى بن جرير التكريتي وأخوه ابو سعد الفضل التكريتي وغيرهم.

———————

  1. تاريخ الرهاوي : فصل 149 صفحة 189 وتاريخ الدول السرياني : لابن العبري : صفحة 112 و 113
  2. تاريخ ميخائيل الكبير : صفحة 464

———————

وفي السنة 1223 قتل الطبيب الكبير امين الدولة ابو الكرم صاعد بن توما البغدادي اليعقوبي . كان ممتازا بسيرته وعلمه فأعزه الخليفة الناصر (1180 – 1225 م) كل الاعزاز وقربه وأمنه على جميع أسرار دولته وعلى أبنائه وبناته ونسائه. واتفق ان الخليفة المذكور ضعف بصره فكلف امرأة يقال لها “ست نسيم” أن تنهض بكل ما يكتبه هو وأطلعها على جميع اسرار الدولة .

وكان اذا وصل خطها الى الوزير الكبير اعتقد انه هو خط الخليفة نفسه فيقوم بانجاز كل ما فيه من أوةامر ونواه.

وبعد مدة من الزمان اتفق تاج الدين رشيق الخصي مع “ست نسيم” فجعلا يكتبان ما يخطر لهما كأنه من فم الخليفة ويعرضانه على الوزير فيكمله . وما عتم ان اطلع الوزير على تلاعب “ست نسيم” والخصي . ذلك أنه استدعى أمين الدولة بن توما المشار اليه وقرره فصرح له بأن الخليفة ضعيف البصر وان امرأة تكتب له ما شاء من الاوامر . ولما شعرت نسيم بافتضاح أمرها بلغت ابني قمر الدين فكمنا للطبيب امين الدولة ووثبا به وهو خارج من دار الخليفة وضرباه سكينتين . فصاح بهما الطبيب صيحة عظيمة فاستأنفا وطعناه طعنة نجلاء وفتكا به وبحامل فانوسه . ثم شيع الطبيب الى بيته ودفن فيه. وبعد تسعة أشهر نقل جثمانه الى بيعة دار مار توما ولحد في ضريح آبائه . وخلف ثلاثة أبناء وهم : شمس الدولة وفخر الدولة وتاج الدولة امتازوا كأبيهم وارتقوا الى أسمي المراتب.

وممن اشتهر بين السريان كذلك حسنون الطبيب الرهاوي وجبرائيل الطبيب الرهاوي مصنف الكتب الفلسفية والطبية نحو السنة 1263 في اللغة السريانية . وشمعون الطبيب المشهور مجدد دير مار قرياقس . وأمين الدولة ابو الكرم صاعد بن توما البغدادي (1223 م) والطبيب عيسى تلميذ حسنون المذكور الذي ابتنى في سيس كنيسة فخمة على اسم برصوما . والربان دانيال ابن الحطاب المارديني الخ..

——————-

  1. تاريخ مختصر الدول : صفحة 285
  2. تاريخ الدول السرياني : لابن العبري : صفحة 449 – 450

——————–

وكان اولئك العلماء والاطباء يلازمون الخلفاء في بلاطهم ويجلسون الى مائدة طعامهم ويسامرونهم ويعالجون مرضاهم ويرافقونهم احيانا في حروبهم وأسفارهم . وكان الخلفاء بدورهم يجلون اطباءهم ويرحبون بهم ويسنون لهم أعطيات سخية ويعودونهم حين مرضهم ويراسلونهم.

ويتسمحون معهم في قضايا دينهم ويحضرون احيانا الصلاة عليهم بالشمع والبخور في جنازاتهم.

ويؤثر عن بعض الخلفاء العباسيين انهم كانوا يتعهدون أديار النصارى ومناسكهم فيصادفون من الرهبان كل ترحيب واجلال.

وقد نزل يوما هارون الرشيد بدير مار زكي الذائع الصيت الواقع على ضفة نهر البليخ فاستطابه الخليفة وبر اهله . وغير خاف ان هذا الدير العظيم الذي كان يدعى “دير العمود” قد اسسته الملكة ثئودورا (548 م) السريانية المنبجية بجوار مدينة الرقة احدى الابرشيات السريانية . وعرفنا ممن تولى كرسيها المطراني سبعة عشر مطرانا سريانيا من السنة 793 حتى السنة 1200 م .

الفصل الثامن 

السريان وقياصرة الروم 

شاءت العناية الربانية فاختارت من الامة السريانية أشخاصا

ارتقوا الى عرش القياصرة في قسطنطينية وتكللت مفارقهم بالتاج المنكي . نذكر منهم الملكة هيلانة والدة قسطنطين الكبير التي ولدت في “كفرفجي” بجوار الرها عاصمة الاباجرة ملوك السريان وانضم اليها الملكة ثئودورا زوجة يسطنيان الاول (527 – 565 م) قيصر الروم وكانت تلك الملكة ابنة كاهن “سرياني” من مدينة منبج.

—————–

  1. من شاء الاطلاع على اخبار هؤلاء الجهابذة السريان فليراجع كتاب “تاريخ مختصر الدول” لابن العبري : طبعة الاب صالحاني
  2. تاريخ مختصر الدول : صفحة 226 – 265
  3. تاريخ مختصر الدول : صفحة 43
  4. اللؤلؤ المنثور : صفحة 510
  5. السريان في لبنان : تأليف فيليب دي طرازي : جزء 1 قسم 12 – 21

——————-

روى المؤرخ سعيد بن بطريق (960 م) ان موريق قيصر (582 – 602 م) وهرقل قيصر (610 – 641 م) ملكي الروم استعملا منصورا المذكور في فصل سابق على الخراج في دمشق لثقتهما بأمانته وكفاءته . وكان منصور هذا سريانيا يعقوبيا واشتهر ولداه سرجيس وايليا فنصبا بطريركين على بيت المقدس أحدهما تلو الاخر.

ولما انطلق هرقل الى مدينة الرها الغاصة بالسريان خرج الى لقائه جماهير غفيرة من الشعب والكهنة والرهبان . فأدهشته وفرة عددهم ولم يتمالك ان يصرح لوزرائه قائلا : “لا يجمل بنا أن نترك هذا الشعب المجيد منفصلا عنا ! ” . ثم توجه صباح الاحد الى كنيسة السريان وحضر القداس فيها.

ولما تولى نيقلور فوقا (963 – 969 م) عرش القسطنطينية أرسل فاستدعى اليه عام 969 يوحنا التاسع بطريرك السريان (965 – 986) للبحث في الاتحاد وقضايا المعتقد . فسار البطريرك يصحبه ثلاثة اساقفة وجملة من الرهبان ولبثوا هناك ثمانية شهور يعالجون تلك المسائل دون جدوى . ثم عاد البطريرك وأساقفته الى كراسيهم.

——————

  1. راجع الجزء الاول من كتاب “السريان في لبنان” لمؤلف هذا الكتاب : قسم 6 فصل 1 و 2
  2. ….. 
  3. تاريخ ابن بطريق . جزء 2 صفحة 61 و 69
  4. تاريخ الرهاوي البيعي : صفحة 86
  5. التاريخ الرهاوي : مخطوطة البطريركية السريانية . وميخائيل الكبير وابن العبري في كلامهما عن البطريرك يوحنا العاشر

——————–

وعلى اثر جلوس رومانس الثالث (1028 – 1034 م) على العرش القسطنطيني ارتحل البطريرك يوحنا العاشر (1004 – 1030 م) يرافقه ستة من اساقفته وعشرون راهبا وبعض رؤساء الاديار السريانية . فيمموا عاصمة قياصرة الروم ليهنئوا الملك الجديد. ثم أمر الملك فعقد مجمع في كنيسة آجيا صوفيا حضره البطريرك المسكوني ومائتان من اساقفته ويوحنا العاشر بطريرك السريان المشار اليه واساقفته الستة . وبعد اخذ ورد كثير أبرز السريان مدرجين كتبوا احدهما بالسريانية والثاني باليونانية ضمنوهما شرح معتقدهم . وعلى أثر ذلك أرفض المجمع دون أن يتوفق الآباء الى عقد الاتحاد المنشود.

الفصل التاسع 

السريان وملوك الصليبيين 

مثلما كان لايمة السريان في عصرهم الذهبي صلات مع ملوك الفرس والخلفاء المسلمين وقياصرة الروم كان لهم كذلك علاقات مع ملوك الصليبيين في أثناء اقامتهم في بلاد المشرق.

وغير خاف ان اولئك المولك عاملوا جماعات السريان وأحبارهم معاملة طيبة في الامصار التي ملكوها . فشملوهم بعطفهم ولم يتعرضوا لهم في كنائسهم واديارهم وجميع شؤونهم على رغم مخالفتهم لهم في المعتقد. قال ميخائيل الكبير: “تمتع اساقفة السريان وكهنتهم بالراحة والسكينة في عهد دولة الصليبيين. فلم يلحقوا بنا أدنى أذى لأنهم كانوا يعتبرون جميع الساجدين للصليب على حد سوى. لا يماحكونهم بالمسائل الدينية كما كان يماحكهم أساقفة الروم”.

وأول من جرت له صلات مع الصليبيين من السريان هو اثناسيوس السابع البطريرك الانطاكي (1091 – 1129 م) فانه زار غير مرة جوسلين ملك الصليبيين في “تل باشر” عاصمته واقام في بلاطه عدة أيام محفوفا بالتوقير والاجلال.

——————-

  1. الملكيون : بطريركيتهم الانطاكية ولغتهم الوطنية والطقسية : 48 – 50
  2. الحروب الصليبية في الآثار السريانية : صفحة 75 .

——————–

ولما توفي البطريرك المشار اليه كتب جوسلين الى اساقفة السريان في الحضور الى تل باشر عاصمته لانتخاب بطريرك جديد. فلبوا طلبة الملك وعقدوا مجمعا في كنيسة الفرنج ترأسه المفريان ديونيسيوس موسى (1121 – 1142) وأجمعت كلمتهم في 17 شباط 1129 على انتخاب الراهب موديانا رئيس دير “الدوائر” المجاور لانطاكية بطريركا انطاكيا وسموه يوحنا الخامس عشر (1129 – 1137 ) واحتفلوا في تلك الكنيسة برتبة التنصيب احتفالا عظيما وسلموا اليه العكاز البطريركي بحضور الملك جوسلين ووزرائه وأرباب مملكته . وفي جملة اولئك الوزراء كان ميخائيل ابن شومنا شقيق باسيل مطران الرها.

وأثبت ابن العبري ان جوسلين لما شعر بدنو أجله عام 1157 وهو في سجن حلب استأذن الحاكم المسلم في الذهاب الى كنيسة السريان . وهناك قام بفروضه الدينية لدى اغناطيوس مطرانها السرياني وتناول الاسرار من يده. وبعد ذلك عاد جوسلين الى السجن وفيه توفاه الله تعالى. ثم أقيم له مأتم حافل اشترك فيه المسلمون والمسيحيون وشيعوه قاطبة الى تلك الكنيسة ودفنوه ضمنها في ضريح خاص.

وابتنى السريان كنيسة جديدة لابناء جماعتهم في انطاكية ما عدا كنيستهم القديمتين. وقد باركها بأبهة عظيمة بطريركهم اثناسيوس الثامن (1139 – 1166). وتصدرت تلك الحفلة الكبرى ايزابيل الملكة يحف بها اركان البلاط الملكي وجمهور غفير من الاحبار والقسان والرهبان الفرنج والسريان.

———————

  1. تل باشر : قلعة عظيمة بين حلب والبيرة . في لحفها بلدة كثيرة المياه والبساتين 
  2. الحروب الصليبية في الاثار السريانية : صفحة 74
  3. تاريخ ميخائيل الكبير : صفحة 607
  4. تاريخ الدول السرياني : لابن العبري : صفحة 366
  5. الحروب الصليبية في الآثار السريانية : صفحة 137 .

———————

وفي السنة 1168 كتب ايمريك بطريرك انطاكية اللاتيني (1157 – 1180 م) رسالة الى بطريرك السريان ميخائيل الكبير (1167 – 1200) يكلفه الحضور الى انطاكية . فأجاب البطريرك ميخائيل الى دعوته . وما كاد يصل الى انطاكية حتى خرج الى لقائه أقطاب الحكومة وايمة الدين في ألوف من اهالي تلك العاصمة .

ورافقوه باحتفال رائع الى كنيسة “القسيان” وهي كبرى كنائس انطاكية وأجلسوه على الكرسي البطرسي الذي كان من خشب النخل مصفحا بالفضة .

وفي السنة 1179 اقبل البطريرك ميخائيل عينه الى انطاكية مرة ثانية ومنها ارتحل الى بيت المقدس . وعند مروره بعكا زار الملك بغدوين الصغير وأطلعه على رسالة بعث بها اليه البابا اسكندر الثالث (1159 – 1181 ) يدعوه الى مجمع يعقد في روما . فرحب الملك بالبطريرك وبالغ في تكريمه ثم حمله كتاب توصية الى اورشليم.

ومن بطاركة السريان الذين جرت لهم علاقات مع الفرنج الصليبيين اغناطيوس الثالث (1222 – 1252 ) الذي انطلق الى انطاكية مصحوبا برهط من اساقفته ومن هناك سار الى فلسطين ولما دخل الى اورشليم خرج لاستقباله سكانها وفي طليعتهم الاخوة الهيكليون الذين حملوه على ايديهم وطافوا به من باب العمود الى دير مريم المجدلية فحل فيه البطريرك وأساقفته وحاشيته وكان يقطنه يومئذ سبعون راهبا من الرهبان السريان.

واشتهر في تلك الحقبة الحكيم السرياني الانطاكي الذي تعاطى مع بعض الملوك وتقرب اليهم . واقطعه احد ملوك الصليبيين فردريك الثاني امبراطور المانيا (1211 – 1250) مدينة كما هي بأعمالها.

———————

  1. الملكيون : بطريركيتهم الانطاكية ولغتهم الوطنية والطقسية : صفحة 56
  2. تاريخ ابن العبري البيعي : جزء 1 في كلامه عن البطريرك اغناطيوس
  3. تاريخ مختصر الدول : صفحة 477

     ——————

وقد اشار بطريركنا مار اغناطيوس بطرس السادس (1678 – 1702) شهبادين الى صلات السريان القديمة بالملوك الصليبيين وأمرائهم . فكتب الى لويس الرابع عشر ملك فرنسا (1643 – 1715) في ذلك يقول: “ليكن معلوما لدى عظمتكم العالية ما صنع السريان القدماء مع الامراء الفرنساوية في محروسة القدس الشريف والمحبة والاتفاق بغاية المودة التي أبدوها أمام السلاطين العظام الذين حكموا عليها”.

وكان للسريان في عهد الامارات الصليبية حظوة في أعين ولاة الامور . وكان اقليرسهم متضلعا من الاداب السريانية والعربية واليونانية وانضم اطباؤهم وصيادلتهم الى الجيوش والمعسكرات الصليبية. وانحصرت بيدهم اعمال الترجمة في الدوائر التي اعجبت ابن جبير بترتيبها وحسن معاملتها .

الفصل العاشر 

السريان وملوك السلجوقيين والتتر 

كان للسريان شعب غفير في الامصار التي دوخها السلجوقيون والمغول أي التتر في بلاد المشرق . وأصبح ذلك مدعاة الى وجود علاقات بين أيمتهم وبين ملوك السلجوقيين والتتر . وقد انتهج أيمة السريان خطة رشيدة في عملهم استعطافا لخاطر اولئك الملوك دفعا للرزايا لا عن السريان فقط بل عن سائر الشعوب المجاورة لهم.

وممن اشتهر بين السريان يومئذ : الحكيم أبو سالم النصراني اليعقوبي الملطي المعروف بابن كرابا. خدم السلطان علاء الدين كيقباذ (1219 – 1236) وتقدم عنده . وكان أهلا لمجلسه لفصاحة لهجته في اللسان الرومي ومعرفته بأيام الناس وسير السلاطين وكان السلطان لا يصبر عنه ساعة.

——————-

  1. سجلات المكتبة الاهلية بباريس : الرسائل العربية رقم 622 ، 4
  2. تعاليق ريشار سيمون على رحلة دنديني : تعريب الخوراسقف يوسف العمشيتي صفحة 145 – 146
  3. مقال الاب لامنس (المشرق : مجلد 31 سنة 1933 صفحة 725 ) . 

———————

وممن تعاطى من السريان مع الملوك السجلوقيين يوحنا التفليسي الذي نقل الانجيل المقدس سنة 1221 م الى اللغة السريانية .

وذلك اجابة الى طلب السلطان علاء الدين كيقباذ المشار اليه.

وكانت نسخة ذلك الانجيل مصححة بخط البطريرك يوحنا بن شوشان ومشروحة غوامضه بقلمه.

ويذكر بعد ذلك تقي الدين الراسعيني الطبيب المعروف بابن الخطاب الذي اتقن صناعة الطب غاية الاتقان علما وعملا . خدم السلطان غياث الدين وابنه عز الدين وصار له منزلة عظيمة منهما فرفعاه من حد الطب الى المعاشرة والمسامرة وأقطعاه اقطاعات جزيلة . وكان في خدجمتهما بزي جميل وظأمر صالح وغلمان وخدم وصادف من دولتهما  كل ما سره.

وذكر ابن العبري ان البطريرك اغناطيوس الثالث (1222 – 1252 م) قابل السلطان عز الدين السلجوقي في ملطية حاملا اليه الهدايا والتحف النفيسة . وقد لفظ هذا البطريرك على مسامع السلطان خطابا بليغا باللغتين العربية والفارسية ودعا له بالتأييد والنصر.

وذكر المؤرخون ان اغناطيوس الرابع بطريرك السريان (1264 – 1283) توجه الى “الطاق” عاصمة التتر وزار هولاكو ونال منه فرمانا يؤيده في البطريركية الانطاكية. ثم سار البطريرك دفعة ثانية وزار الملك “اباقا” بن هولاكو وخليفته في تخت المملكة فكتب له فرمانا ثانيا بالبطريركية.

واثبت المؤرخون ايضا ان هولاكو لما سمع بشهرة الربان شمعون السرياني وبراعته في الطب ارسل يستدعيه اليه وعينه طبيبا خاصا في بلاطه الملكي . فنال الربان شمعون حظوة عظيمة عند ملوك التتر وملكاتهم وعند اولاد العترة الملكية كافة. وصرف الربان جهوده ونفوذه في دفع الضيم عن أبناء ملته وتعزيز شأنهم وصيانة كنائسهم في جميع الامصار الخاضعة لحكم التتر.

———————-

  1. تاريخ مختصر الدول : صفحة 444
  2. اللؤلؤ المنثور : صفحة 402
  3. تاريخ مختصر الدول : صفحة 479
  4. الزهرة الذكية في البطريركية السريانية الانطاكية صفحة 47

———————

وقد توثقت العلاقات الطيبة بين ملوك التتر وبين المفريان ابن العبري لما سمعوا عنه من غزارة المعارف وسمو الاخلاق . ولما جرى الاحتفال بتتويج احمد خان ملكا على التتر سنة 1279 انطلق المفريان الى “الطاق” لحضور ذلك المهرجان . واستصحب معه رهطا من اساقفته حاملين الهدايا والتحف الى الملك الجديد.

فرحب بهم الملك احمد خان وتوسع في ضيافتهم وقلد المفريان فرمانا شاهانيا.

وبعد هذا التاريخ غزا التتر دير مار بهنام بجوار الموصل عام 1295 م وسلبوه أمتعته وكنوزه. فقصد الربان يعقوب رئيس الدير ملك ملوك التتر واسترجعها . ثم وافى الملك نفسه في عظماء دولته وحرمه فزار ضريح القديس بهنام وأهدى اليه هدية وسجد له وندم على ما صار واصدر الامر بأن تنقش فوق قبته كتابة باللغة الايغورية أي التترية اقرارا بفضل مار بهنام وتأمينا لحياة رهبانه . وهاك تعريب الكتابة : “يحل سلام الخضر بهنام ولي الله ويستقر على القان وعظمائه وخواتينه”.

الفصل الحادي عشر 

السريان والملوك الارتقيون وملوك الكرج 

جرت صلات متينة بين الملوك بني ارتق في ماردين وبطاركة السريان. من ذلك ان الملك نجم الدين البي (1153 – 1176) حضر سنة 1170 في دير الزعفران الاحتفال العظيم بجلوس ميخائيل الكبير على الكرسي الانطاكي . وألقى ديونيسيوس ابن الصليبي مطران آمد العلامة خطبة سريانية في تقريظ فضائل البطريرك . ثم تطرق لوصف مناقب الملك نجم الدين الارتقي وأفاض في الدعاء له ولجنوده ولدولته.

——————

  1. تاريخ الدول السرياني : لابن العبري : صفحة 512
  2. التاريخ البيعي لابن العبري : جزء 2 في أخبار ابن العبري
  3. مجلة الاثار الشرقية : مجلد 3 سنة 1928 صفحة 197 و 227

——————

ولما ابتلي نجم الدين المومأ اليه بمرض عضال ظهر له مار آباي في الحلم واوصاه بالنصارى . فلما نقه من مرضه اخذ يهتم بتشييد كنائسهم وترميم اديارهم وحقن دمائهم. وكان يجول في الاديار انتجاعا للصحة حتى نال الشفاء التام بصلوات مار آباي وشفاعته.

ولما تولى البطريركية في دير الزعفران اغناطيوس الخامس (1293 – 1333) المعروف بابن وهيب أحبه الملك المنصور الارتقي (1285 – 1311) لمزيد علمه وفضله . وقد قربه اليه وخلع عليه ومنحه صكا ممتازا يؤيده في البطريركية.

أما ملوك الكرج فلم تكن علاقاتهم مع السريان بأقل من ملوك سائر الامصار . وقد أثبت ابن العبري في تاريخه الكنسي ان جمال الدين وزير الموصل اوفد اغناطيوس الثاني (1143 – 1164) مفريان المشرق مصحوبا بأسقفين الى جورجي ملك الكرج سنة 1161 لاطلاق الاسرى المسلمين فخرج الملك الى لقائهم واحتفى بهم بمجالي السرور والاستحسان وانجز مرغوبهم ودفع اليهم الاسرى . وكان المفريان والاسقفان يقيمون الحفلات الدينية في كنائس الكرج مدة اقامتهم في تلك البلاد . هكذا توفق المفريان في مهمته نظرا الى ما كان له من النفوذ والاحترام في بلاطي مملكة الموصل ومملكة الكرج.

——————

  1. خطبة ابن الصليبي : مخطوطة دير الشرفة : رقم 3 – 7 صفحة 136
  2. تاريخ الدول السرياني : لابن العبري : صفحة 321
  3. التاريخ الكنسي : لابن العبري : جزء 2 صفحة 353 – 355

——————-

الفصل الثاني عشر 

بعض ذخائر السريان وكنوزهم الثمينة في العصر الذهبي 

  1. اقدم أثر نصراني انما كتب بالسراينة 

أقدم الآثار النصرانية الكتابية رسالة ابجر الخامس ملك الرها وجواب السيد المسيح له. فقد اثبتت التقاليد السريانية استنادا الى اوسابيوس امام المؤرخين البيعيين ان أبجر ملك الرها وجه رسالة الى السيد المسيح يدعوه الى عاصمته ليتخلص من غوائل اليهود. فأجابه السيد المسيح قائلا. “لا بد لي من ان لأتمم في اورشليم ما لأجله انحدرت الى الارض . وبعد صعودي الى السماء أرسل اليك احد تلامذتي ليشفيك من علتك وينيرك بأنوار الايمان” وصرح اوسابيوس في تاريخه ان رسالة السيد المسيح كانت محفوظة في المكتبة الملكية بالرها. وقد تولى هو بنفسه نقل الرسالتين الى اليونانية عن اصلهما السرياني. وظلت هاتان الرسالتان الاثريتان محفوظتين في المكتبة الرهاوية حتى القرن الحادي عشر. فنقلهما رومانس الثالث ملك الروم (1028 – 1034 ) الى القسطنطينية.

قال يحيى الانطاكي: “في اخر السنة الثالثة من ملك رومانس سار اليه سليمان بن الكرجي صاحب الرها واستصحب معه الكتاب الوارد من ابجر ملك الرها الى السيد المسيح وجواب السيد له.

وكان كل واحد منهما على ورق طومار مكتوبين بالسرياني. وخرج الملك والكسيوس البطريرك وجميع أهل المملكة لاستقبالهما وتسلمهما الملك بخشوع وخضوع تعظيما لكتاب السيد المسيح واضافهما الى الاثارات المقدسة التي في بلاط الملك . وعني رومانس الملك بترجمتهما من السرياني الى اليوناني . وترجمهما لنا الى العربي الناقل الذي تولى نقلهما الى اليوناني على هيئتهما ونصهما”.

——————–

  1. تاريخ اوسابيوس : خبر 13 عدد 67
  2. مجلة الاثار الشرقية : مجلد 2 سنة 1927 صفحة 212 – 223

———————-

2-منديل السيد المسيح

حفظ هذا المنديل المبارك في كنيسة مار قزما بمدينة الرها زمنا طويلا قبل أن يستولي عليها المسلمون . ولما تولى المتقي الخلافة العباسية (940 – 944) كتب اليه ملك الروم يطلب منه المنديل المذكور . قال ابن العبري : “في السنة احدى وثلاثين وثلاثمائة للهجرة (942 م) أرسل ملك الروم الى المتقي يطلب منه منديلا مسح بها المسيح وجهه . فصارت صورة وجهه فيها وانها في بيعة الرها. وذكر أنه ان أرسلها اليه طلق عددا كثيرا من اسارى المسلمين. فاستفتى المتقي القضاة والفقهاء فأنكر بعضهم تسليمها . وأجاب بعضهم قائلا: ان خلاص المسلمين من الاسر والضر والضنك الذي هم فيه اوجب. فأمر المتقي بتسليم المنديل الى الرسل وأرسل معهم من يستلم الاسارى”.

  1. ذخائر كنيسة مار يوحنا الكبرى في الرها

ضمت هذه الكنيسة القاتوليقية الكبرى ذخائر ثمينة وصفها المؤرخون السريان وغيرهم. وقد فقدت اذ تبعثرت عام 1145 للميلاد في معركة زنكي الطاغية. وكان بين تلك الذخائر صندوقة من الفضة الخالصة مرصعة بالذهب احتوت على رفات ادي الرسول وابجر ملك الرها الذي يعد اول ملك مسيحي على الارض.

——————– 

  1. تاريخ يحي الانطاكي : صفحة 252 – 263 .
  2. تاريخ مختصر الدول: صفحة 287 وتاريخ يحيى الانطاكي : جزء 2 
  3. تاريخ الرهاوي : فصل 141 صفحة 316
  4. ميمر مار يعقوب السروجي 180 مجلدة صفحة 738 .

———————–

SYRIAC SOURCES AND RESOURCES FOR BYZANTINISTS / Sebastian Brock

$
0
0

1

SYRIAC SOURCES AND RESOURCES FOR BYZANTINISTS

Sebastian Brock

Oriental Institute, Oxford, UK

All the Oriental Christian languages have a great deal of interest to offer to the Byzantinist, but of them it is perhaps Syriac which has the most, especially for the early and middle Byzantine periods. It so happens that the last quarter century has witnessed a burgeoning of studies in the general field of Syriac studies.1 The present survey is organised under the following main headings: New developments; Where to find publications; How to find them; Some recently published texts and translations; and Tools.

New developments

Like every other area of study, Syriac studies have greatly benefited from developments in computing and information technology. Here a key role has been played by The Syriac Institute / Beth Mardutho (Piscataway NJ), founded by Dr George Kiraz. Three particular areas have seen great advances.

(1) Computer generated Syriac fonts. After a period when a large number of mutually

incompatible Syriac fonts of varying quality were circulating, there is now a Unicode

estrangelo font, for which Beth Mardutho has developed fonts in the two other main Syriac scripts, in a variety of different styles.

(2) The use of computer Syriac scripts has greatly improved the ease (and cost) of

publishing Syriac texts. Among other things, this has given rise to small-scale publishing

enterprises in unexpected places; some examples of this will be found below.

(3) Concordances in the field of Syriac studies have hitherto been almost entirely lacking. Some notable examples of how this is now beginning to be remedied by means of computer generated concordances are given below.

Where to find publications: relevant series, journals, encyclopaedias

Series with texts Two venerable series, both started in 1903, provide standard editions of Syriac texts, together with translations: the Patrologia Orientalis (PO; originally Paris, but now Rome) and the Scriptores Syri series of the Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium (CSCO SS; (Leuven). Both these also provide translations (in CSCO in the second of each pair of volumes). Series with studies The following (in alphabetical order) are wholly, or predominantly, concerned with Syriac studies: Göttinger Orientforschungen, Reihe Syriaca (GOFS, 1971– ); 35 volumes to date, several

of which contain editions of texts. Moran Etho: this monograph series is published by the St Ephrem Ecumenical Research Institute (SEERI), in Kottaym, India; some 25 volumes have appeared so far. Patrimoine Syriaque (Antelias, Lebanon): papers from annual colloquia on different topics are published (since 1993) under this title by the Centre d’études et de recherches orientales .1 A survey of Syriac studies c. 1960-1990 can be found in VI Symposium Syriacum (Orientalia Christiana Analecta 247; 1994), pp.13-29.

2

(CERO), at Antelias (Lebanon). Vol. IX (2005) deals with the role of Syriac translators in

ninth-century Baghdad.

Patrimoine Syriaque (Kaslik, Lebanon): this is a monograph series published by

l’Université Saint-Esprit, Kaslik.

Peshitta Institute (Leiden) Monographs: these primarily concern the Peshitta Old

Testament, though other Syriac versions (notably Jacob of Edessa’s) are sometimes covered.

Pro Oriente, Syriac Dialogue: in 1994 the PRO ORIENTE Foundation (Vienna) for

Ecumenical Dialogue with the Christian East initiated a series of ‘Syriac Dialogues’,

involving all the Churches of Syriac tradition. The main papers from these meetings are

published under the title Syriac Dialogue; six volumes have appeared so far.

Symposia Syriaca: starting in 1972 an international Syriac conference has been held every four years in a different locality; the main papers for these, under the title Symposium Syriacum, I-VII, have been published in Orientalia Christiana Analecta (Rome), vols. 197 (1974), 205 (1978), 221 (1983), 229 (1987), 236 (1990), 247 (1994), and 256 (1998). Papers from the Eighth Symposium Syriacum, however, have been published as volume 46 of the Journal of Eastern Christian Studies (Nijmegen, 2004).

Syriac Patrimony (Aleppo): a description of this valuable monograph series (in Arabic) is

given by A.N. Palmer in Parole de l’Orient 23 (1998), 217-31. Three volumes are mentioned below, under Tools: Catalogues of manuscripts. Other series of recent origin which are often of relevance include: Eastern Christian Studies (Leuven); Sprachen und Kulturen des Christlichen Orients (Wiesbaden); Studien zur Orientalischen Kirchengeschichte (1995–, Münster). Three volumes of the last of these contain select papers from the annual meetings of German Syriacists: 9 (2000), 17 (2002), and 33 (2004). Festschriften and collections of articles. A number of these deal wholly, or very largely, with Syriac studies. In alphabetical order of the honorand/author, these are: Mar Aprem (Metropolitan of Trissur): Festschrift = The Harp 15 (2002). J. Assfalg: Festschrift = (ed. R. Schulz and M. Görg), Festgabe f. J. Assfalg (Aegypten und

Altes Testament 20, 1990), with an index in Oriens Christianus 76 (1992), 275-9.

S. P. Brock, Syriac Perspectives on Late Antiquity (Variorum Reprints, 1984).

—, Studies in Syriac Christianity (Variorum Reprints, 1992).

—, From Ephrem to Romanos: interactions between Syriac and Greek in Late Antiquity

(Variorum Reprints, 1999).

—, Fire from Heaven: studies in Syriac theology and Lliturgy (Variorum Reprints,

2006/7).

—: Festschrift = Aram 5 (1993).

H.J.W. Drijvers, East of Antioch: studies in early Syriac Christianity (Variorum Reprints,

1984).

—: Festschrift = (ed. G. J. Reinink and A. C. Klugkist), After Bardaisan (Orientalia

Lovaniensia Analecta 89, 1999).

J. M. Fiey, Communautés syriaques en Iran et Iraq des origines à 1552 (Variorum

Reprints, 1979).

—, Memorial volume = In Memoriam Prof. J.M. Fiey (Annales de Département des

Lettres Arabes, Université Saint-Joseph, 6-B. 1991/2 [1996]).

F. Graffin: Festschrift = Parole de l’Orient 6/7 (1975/6).

A. Guillaumont: Festschrift = (ed. R.-G. Coquin and E. Lucchesi), Mélanges Antoine

Guillaumont (Cahiers d’Orientalisme 20; Geneva, 1988).

W. Hage: Festschrift = (ed. M. Tamcke and others), Syrisches Christentum Weltweit

(Studien zur Orientalischen Kirchengeschichte 1, 1995).

H. Hugonnard-Roche, La logique d’Aristote du grec au syriaque (Paris, 2004).

3

G. Khouri-Sarkis: Memorial volume = (ed. F. Graffin), Mémorial Mgr Gabriel Khouri

Sarkis (Louvain, 1969).

G. Panicker: Festschrift = The Harp 16 (2003).

J.-M. Sauget (ed. L. Duval-Arnould and F. Rilliet), Littératures et manuscrits des

chrétientés syriaques et arabes (Studi e Testi 389, 1998).

W. Strothmann: Festschrift = (ed. G.Wiessner), Erkenntnisse und Meinungen, II

(Göttinger Orientforschungen, Reihe Syriaca 17; 1978).

A. Vööbus: Festschrift = (ed. R.H. Fischer), A Tribute to Arthur Vööbus (Chicago, 1977).

Journals

Apart from the now defunct L’Orient Syrien (Paris, 1956-67), until recently no journals were

devoted solely to Syriac studies, though journals such as Le Muséon, Oriens Christianus

(which has a wonderful separate Gesamtregister, by H. Kaufhold, 1989), and Orientalia

Christiana Periodica quite often contain articles of relevance, while Parole de l’Orient also

covers Christian Arabic studies as well as Syriac. In recent years, however, three journals

specifically concerned with Syriac studies have come into being:

The Harp. A Journal of Syriac and Oriental Studies (Kottayam; 1987– ), published

annually by the St Ephrem Ecumenical Research Institute (SEERI).

Hugoye/Journal of Syriac Studies (Piscataway NJ; 1998-): this is an internet journal

(www.syrcom.cua.edu/Hugoye), published twice annually by Beth Mardutho. In due course it

is hoped to make it available in printed form as well, but so far only vol. 5 (2002) has been

published in this way.

Journal of the Canadian Society for Syriac Studies (Toronto; 2001– ), published annually.

Some other journals of recent origin often have coverage of Syriac relevance, notably Aram

(Leuven), Aramaic Studies (London), Journal of Assyrian Academic Studies (Des Plaines IL),

Journal of Eastern Christian Studies (Leuven; formerly Het christelijk Oosten).

Encyclopaedias

An Encyclopaedic Dictionary of the Syriac Heritage is currently being planned by Beth

Mardutho. Until this appears it is necessary to resort to the uneven coverage in the standard

encyclopedias, some of which have quite good coverage of Syriac matters (e.g LThK (3rd

edn, 1993-2001), and the various encyclopedias of the Christian East..

How to find publications

Syriac studies are quite well provided with bibliographical aids. Most relevant literature

published prior to c. 1960 can be found in C. Moss’s Catalogue of Syriac Printed Books and

Related Literature in the British Museum (London, 1962), arranged alphabetically under

author (both ancient and modern), with a few subject headings, such as Bible, Liturgy.

Publications from 1960 onwards are covered by the classified bibliographies published as

follows in Parole de l’Orient:

196070: 4 (1973), 393-465

1971-80: 10 (1981/2), 291-412

1981-5: 14 (1987), 289-360

1986-90: 17 (1992), 211-301

These four have been combined into a single volume: S. P. Brock, Syriac Studies: a

Classified Bibliography (1960-1990) (Kaslik, 1996).

1991-5: 23 (1998), 241-350

1996-2000: 29 (2004), 263-410.

That for 2001-5 is in preparation. An annual listing of new books of Syriac relevance is

provided in the first number of Hugoye for each year.

4

Specialized bibliographies are available for the following:

Peshitta Old Testament: P.B. Dirksen, An Annotated Bibliography of the Peshitta of the

Old Testament (Leiden, 1989).

Barhebraeus: J. M. Fiey, in Parole de l’Orient 13 (1986), 279-312; and H. Takahashi,

Barhebraeus, a Bio-Bibliography (Piscataway NJ, forthcoming).

Ephrem: K. den Biesen, Bibliography of Ephrem the Syrian (Giove in Umbria, 2002). This

is an invaluable work for anyone concerned with writings of Ephrem in Greek and Slavonic,

as well as in Syriac (and other oriental languages).

Isaac of Antioch: E. G. Mathews, in Hugoye 5:1 (2002), 3-14.

Jacob of Edessa: D. Kruisheer and L. van Rompay, in Hugoye 1:1 (1998); an updated

version of this will be found in a forthcoming monograph on Jacob of Edessa.

Jacob of Serugh: Kh. Alwan, in Parole de l’Orient 13 (1986), 313-83.

Liturgy (East Syriac): P. Yousif, A Classified Bibliography on the East Syrian Liturgy

(Rome, 1990); new edition in preparation.

Some recently published texts and translations

Hitherto unpublished texts:

It is a sad fact that many works by major Syriac authors remain unpublished; the process of

remedying this is understandably slow, given the small number of specialists in the field. The

following listing is confined to editions and translations appearing as separate volumes within

the last 25 years; the sequence is in alphabetical order of Syriac author (or Greek author in

Syriac translation). Apart from the PO and CSCO, the Syrian Orthodox Monastery of St

Ephrem (Netherlands) has been particularly active in publishing Syriac texts, most of which

are edited by Metropolitan Julius Y. Cicek; since 1986 their publishing house has been

entitled the Barhebraeus Verlag. All texts published in CSCO and PO, and most others, apart

from those edited by Cicek, are accompanied by translations. It should be noted that the

following lists do not include translations of Syriac authors into Greek and other languages.

Anonymous: (1) Prose homilies of 6th cent., ed. F. Graffin (PO 41:4; 1984). (2)

Commentary on Gen.-Exod. 9:32, ed. L. van Rompay (CSCO 205-6; 1986); this is an

especially important work in the East Syriac exegetical tradition. (3) Gannat Bussame

(Commentary on the Lectionary), Advent Sundays, ed. G. J. Reinink (CSCO 212-3, 1988).

(4) Finding of the Cross (Judas Cyriacus legend), ed. H. J. W. and J. W. Drijvers (CSCO

Subsidia 93; 1997). (5) Dialogue poems, and Narrative poems on biblical figures, ed. (without

translations) S. P. Brock (Monastery of St Ephrem, NL (1983, 1993). (6) Monastic texts,

partly hitherto unpublished, ed. S. P. Brock (Barhebraeus Verlag, 1988); translations can be

found in The Syriac Fathers on Prayer and the Spiritual Life (Kalamazoo, 1987).

Anton of Takrit (9th cent.?), Book 5 of his Rhetoric, on Poetics, has now been published

in CSCO SS 203-4 (1986), by J.W. Watts. A vocalized text of the entire work, though not in a

critical edition, has also been provided by Elia Seven (Stockholm, 2000).

Athanasius, Ps., On Virginity, ed. D. Brakke (CSCO SS 232-3; 2002).

Barhebraeus (d. 1286): (1) The last three books of the edition of his theological

compendium, The Candelabrum of the Sanctuary, fall into this period: Book IX (ed. P.-H.

Poirier, PO 43:2; 1985), Book X (ed. N. Sed; PO 40:3; 1981), and Book XI (ed. N. Sed. PO

41:3; 1983). The entire work has also been published as single volume by the Barhebraeus

Verlag (ed. J. Y. Cicek, 1997). (2) Commentary on Kings, ed. A. Sauma (Uppsala, 2003); his

complete Commentary on the Bible (only parts of which have hitherto been available) is

published in its entirety by the Barhebraeus Verlag (ed. J. Y. Cicek, 2003). (3) Two sections

of his great philosophical encyclopedia, the Cream of Wisdom, have appeared: H. Takahashi

(Minerals and Meteorology) and N. P. Joosse (Ethics, Economy, Politics), in the series

Aristoteles Semitico-Latinus, vols 15 and 16 (2004).

Basil: the early Syriac translations of his Hexaemeron and De Spiritu Sancto have been

edited by R. W. Thomson (CSCO SS 222-3; 1995) and D. G. K. Taylor (CSCO 228-9; 1999).

5

Daniel, Apocalypse of (7th cent.?): two editions appeared in close succession, by M.

Slabczyk, with Esperanto translation (Vienna, 2000), and M. Henze, with English translation

and commentary (Tübingen, 2001); the latter should become the standard one. The

Apocalypse is unrelated to the Greek, Armenian and other Apocalypses of Daniel, but partly

overlaps with the Syriac text entitled ‘The Young Daniel’.

Daniel of Salah (6th cent.), Commentary on the Psalms: this has been published (ed. J.

Cicek) by the Barhebraeus Verlag in 2004. A critical edition of this long and important work,

by D. G. K. Taylor, is in preparation.

Dionysius bar Salibi (d. 1171): (1) Commentary on Psalms 73-82, ed. S. D. Ryan

(Cahiers de la Revue Biblique 57; 2004). (2) Commentary on Ecclesisastes (Syrohexapla

version), ed. (without translation) W. Strothmann (GOFS 31; 1988). (3) Commentary on

Evagrius’ Centuries, ed J.Y. Cicek (Barhebraeus Verlag, 1991) [taken from Berlin,

Petermann 26].

Dioscorus of Gozarto (14th cent.), Verse Life of Barhebraeus, ed. J. Y. Cicek

(Barhebraeus Verlag, 1985), taken from Oxford, Bodleian, Marsh 74.

Elia of Anbar (10th cent.): Books 1-3 of his (verse) Book of Centuries, ed. A. Juckel

(CSCO SS 226-7; 1996).

Elia (8th/9th cent.), Letter to Leo of Harran, ed. A. van Roey (CSCO SS 201-2; 1985).

Ephrem, Comm. on the Diatessaron: L. Leloir, Saint E, Comm. de l’Évangile

concordante. Folios additionels (Chester Beatty Monographs 8; 1990).

George, bishop of the Arab tribes (d. 724): Verse Life of Severus, ed. K.E. McVey

(CSCO SS 216-7; 1993).

Gregory of Nazianzus: the Syriac translation, and seventh-century revision, of

Discourses 40 (ed. J.-C. Haelewyck) and 13 and 41 (ed. A. B. Schmidt) are edited in the

Corpus Christianorum Series Graeca 14 (2001) and 14 (2002).

Isaac of Nineveh (late 7th cent.): chapters 4-41 of the newly recovered ‘Second Part’, ed.

S. P. Brock, CSCO SS 224-5 (1995). For translations of further unedited parts, see below.

Isho`dad of Merv (9th cent.), Comm. on OT, VI, Psalms, ed. C. van den Eynde (CSCO SS

185-6; 1981). (This volume completes his edition of the Comm. on the OT).

Isho`yahb II (d.646), Christological letter, (photographic) ed. L. R. M. Sako (Rome,

1983).

Jacob of Edessa (d. 708): his revision of the Syriac translation of 1-2 Samuel is edited

(with English translation) by A. G. Salvesen (Leiden, 1999).

Jacob of Serugh (d. 521): (1) 6 prose Festal Homilies, ed. F. Rilliet (PO 43:4; 1986); also

ed. (without translation) S. P. Brock (Monastery of St Ephrem, 1984). (2) 4 verse homilies on

Creation, ed. Kh. Alwan (CSCO 214-5; 1989). (3) Verse homily on Ephrem, ed. J. Amar (PO

47:1 (1995).

John Chrysostom, Homilies on John (select): ed. J. Childers (DPhil thesis, Oxford,

1996); edn in CSCO in preparation.

John of the Sedre (d. 648): works ed. J. Martikainen (GOFS 34; 1991).

John the Solitary, of Apamea (5th cent.): Commentary on Ecclesiastes, ed. (without

translation) W. Strothmann (GOFS 30, 1988).

Khamis (13th cent.): his poems have been published by Shleymon Isho Khadbeshaba

(Nuhadra, Iraq, 2002).

Macarius, Ps., Homilies (Syriac collections), ed. W. Strothmann (GOFS 21:1-2; 1981).

Marutha, Canons ascribed to, ed. A. Vööbus (CSCO SS 191-2; 1982).

Methodius, Ps. Apocalypse (c. 692): ed. G. J. Reinink (CSCO SS 220-221; 1993).

Moshe bar Kepha (d. 903), Commentary on John, ed. L. Schlimme GOFS 18.I-IV;

[1978] -1981). Commentary on Romans, ed. J. Reller (GOFS 35; 1994). For translation

(alone) of an unpublished work, see below.

Narsai (d. c. 500): (1) 5 verse homilies on Gospel parables, ed. E. P. Siman (Paris, 1984);

only the first and third feature in Mingana’s edition of 1907. (2) 6 verse homilies on Old

Testament topics, ed. J. Frishman (Diss. Leiden, 1992).

6

Peter of Kallinikos (6th cent.): his massive theological polemic against Damian of

Alexandria has been edited, with facing English translation, by R. Ebied, L. Wickham, A. van

Roey (and, for the final volume, J. Noret) in the Corpus Christianorum, Series Graeca 29

(1994), 32 (1996), 35 (1998), 54 (2003). What may be part of the lost first book appeared

under the title Peter of Callinicum, Anti-Tritheist Dossier (Orientalia Lovaniensia Analecta

10; 1981).

Philoxenus of Mabbug (d. 523): the last fascicle of his Discourses against Habbib,ed. By M. Brière and F. Graffin, appeared in 1982 (PO 41:1).

Sententiae Syriacae: ed. W. Selb (Sb. Öst. Ak. Wiss., phil.-hist. Kl. 567; 1990).

Shubhalmaran (fl. c. 600): this important new collection of East Syriac monastic

discourses was edited by the late D. J. Lane, CSCO 236-7 (2004).

Theodore of Mopsuestia: (1) Commentary on Pss 118, 138-148, ed. L. van Rompay

(CSCO SS 189-90; 1982). (2) (Fragmentary) Commentary on Ecclesiastes, ed. W.

Strothmann (GOFS 28; 1988); with further Catena fragments in GOFS 29 (1988).

Theodosius of Alexandria (d. 566), Theological discourses, ed. A. Van Roey, in A. Van

Roey and P. Allen, Monophysite Texts of the Sixth Century (Orientalia Lovaniensia Analecta

56; 1994).

Timothy I (d.823), Letter on dialectic and language about God, ed. with FT, H.P.J.

Cheikho (Rome, 1983). This Letter also figures as Letter 37 in ed. T. Darmo (Trichur, 1982).

Photographic reprints are not included in the above list; several have been published by the

Gorgias Press (Piscataway NJ; www.gorgiaspress.com).

New editions of already published texts

`Abdisho` (d. 1318), Catalogue of authors, ed. J. Habbi (Baghdad, 1986).

Acts of Thomas, Hymn of the Pearl: ed. (also with Greek) J. Fereira (Sydney, 2002).

Alexander, poem on (early 7th cent.): ed. G. J. Reinink (CSCO 195-6; 1983).

Anonymous: (1) Teaching of Addai, ed. E. N. Meschcherskaya (Moscow, 1984). (2)

History of the Virgin Mary, ed. J. Y. Cicek (Barhebraeus Verlag, 2001); this is the work in 6

Books, previously edited by E. A. W. Budge (1899).

Aristides, Apology: ed. M.-J. Pierre, in Sources chrétiennes 470 (2003).

Athanasius, Index of Festal Letters: ed. M. Albert (Sources chrétiennes 317; 1985). (For

an Italian translation, see below.)

Barhebraeus: (1) Book of the Dove, ed. J. Y. Cicek (Barhebraeus Verlag, 1983). (2)

Amusing Stories, ed. J. Y. Cicek (Barhebraeus Verlag, 1984). Chapter 10, on animals, is also

ed. (with FT) by P. G. Borbone (Torino, 1991). (3) Nomocanon, ed. J. Y. Cicek (Barhebraeus

Verlag, 1986), based on several manuscripts not used by Bedjan in his edition of 1898. (4)

Ethicon, Books I, ed. H. Teule (CSCO 218-9; 1993). The Barhebraeus Verlag has also issued

the entire work (1985), taken from Bedjan’s edition of 1898. (5) Bedjan’s edition (1890) of

the Chronicle also served as the source (along with Budge’s of 1932) for the Monastery of St

Ephrem’s edition of the Chronicle (1987). (6) The Monastery has also produced a

photographic reprint (1983) of the rare 1929 (Jerusalem) edition of his poems.

Bible: Peshitta Old Testament: 5 further volumes of the Vetus Testamentum Syriace,

based on the oldest manuscripts and published by the Peshitta Institute, Leiden, have appeared

within the last 25 years.

Syriac Gospels: Comparative edition of Old Syriac, Peshitta, and Harklean, ed. G. Kiraz (4

vols, Leiden, 1996).

Peshitta and Harklean Epistles: a critical parallel edition, including citations, has been

edited in four volumes (I, II.1-3) by B. Aland and A. Juckel (Münster, 1986-2002.

Lectionaries: photographic editions of two important manuscripts have been published by

A. Vööbus (CSCO Subsidia 73, 76; 1985, 1986).

(For reasons of space, a number of other editions of (e.g.) individual books are passed over

here).

Cave of Treasures, ed. S.M. Ri (CSCO SS 207-8; 1987).

7

Chronicle of Arbela, ed. P. Kawerau (CSCO SS 199-200; 1985).

Dadisho` (late 7th cent.), On Stillness, ed. F. Del Rio Sanchez (Barcelona, 2001).

Ephrem, select poems: ed. S.P. Brock and G. Kiraz (Provo, Utah, forthcoming).

Hagiography: Acts of Mari, ed. C. and F. Jullien (CSCO SS 234-5; 2003); Life of Peter

the Iberian, ed. C. Horn and R. Phenix (forthcoming); Samuel, Simeon and Gabriel of

Qartmin, ed. (without tr.) A. N. Palmer (St Ephrem Monastery, 1983).

Jacob of Edessa, Commentary on the Hexaemeron: ed. J.Y. Cicek (Monastery of St

Ephrem, NL, 1985).

John of Dalyatha, Letters: ed. M. Hansbury (Provo, Utah, forthcoming).

John Maro: works, ed. M. Breydy (CSCO SS 209-10; 1988).

Joseph Hazzaya, Letter of the 3 stages of monastic life, ed. P. Harb, F. Graffin, M. Albert

(PO 45:2; 1992); earlier editions were wrongly attributed to Philoxenus.

Liturgical texts: Anaphorae Syriacae III.1 (Rome, 1981) was the last volume to be

published in this series. Among many other editions, three might be noted here: A. Gelston’s

edition and study of the Anaphora of Addai and Mari (Oxford, 1992), the critical edition of

the Anaphora of Theodore of Mopsuestia by J. Vadakkel (Kottayam, 1989), and the bilingual,

Syriac-English, collection of 13 Syrian Orthodox Anaphoras edited by Mar Athanasius

Samuel (Lodi NJ, 1991).

Solomon, Odes of: E. Azar (Paris, 1996); M. Lattke (with commentary; 3 vols,

Göttingen/Fribourg, 1999-2005).

SyroRoman Law Book: there is a magnificent new edition, with long introduction and

detailed commentary by W. Selb and H. Kaufhold, Das syrisch-römische Rechtsbuch, in three

volumes, published by the Austrian Academy (Vienna, 2002).

Theodore bar Koni (late 8th cent.): Urmi recension, ed. J. Hespel (CSCO SS 193-4;

1983).

Timothy I, Letters 1-39, ed. (without tr.) T. Darmo (Trichur, 1982).

Translations (alone)

Ahiqar: IT, F. Pennachietti in R. Contini anbd C Grottanelli (eds), Il saggio Ahiqar

(Brescia, 2005), 193-225.

Aphrahat, Demonstrations. ET, K. Valavalonickal (I, Changanassery, 1999); I and II

(Moran Etho 23-4, 2005). Another ET, by Adam Lehto, is forthcoming. FT, M-J. Pierre

(Sources chrétiennes 349, 359; 1988-9). GT, P. Bruns I-II (Freiburg, 1991-2).

Apocryphal Acts of the Apostles: Russian tr. E. Meshcherskaya (Moscow, 1997).

Athanasius, Index to the Festal Letters: IT, A. Camplani (Milan, 2003). For FT, see

above.

Barhebraeus, Amusing Stories: Russian tr., K. P. Matveev (Moscow, 1985).

Babai the Great, Useful Counsels: ET, G. Chediath (Moran Etho 15, 2001).

Chronicles: ET, the following have appeared in the series Translated Texts for Historians

(Liverpool): A. N. Palmer, The Seventh Century in the West-Syrian Chronicles (1993); W.

Witakowski, Ps.Dionysius of Tel-Mahre, Chronicle, Part III (1996); F. R. Trombley and J.W.

Watt, The Chronicle of Ps.-Joshua the Stylite (2000). The last two are both part of the same

eighth-century chronicle, also known as the Zuqnin Chronicle, of which Part III (together

with Part IV) is also translated by A. Harrak (Toronto, 1999). FT, Zuqnin Chronicle, Parts IIIIV:

R. Hespel (CSCO SS 213; 1989). GT, Chronicle of Ps.Joshua the Stylites (A. Luther,

1997).

Cyrillonas. FT, D. Cerbelaud, Cyr.: L’Agneau véritable (Chevetogne, 1984).

Dionysius bar Salibi: Comm. on the Liturgy: ET, B. Varghese (Moran Etho 10, 1998).

Ephrem. ET, J. Amar and E. Mathews, Select Prose Works (Washington DC, 1994); S. P.

Brock, Hymns on Paradise (Crestwood NY, 1990); J. M. Lieu, Hymns against Julian

(Translated Texts for Historians, Liverpool, 1986, 2nd edn 1989); C. McCarthy, Comm. on the

Diatessaron (Oxford/Manchester, 1993); K.E. McVey, Hymns on Nativity, Virginity, against

Julian (Mahwah 1989); A. Salvesen, Comm. on Exodus (Moran Etho 8, 1995). Dutch tr., A.

8

G. P. Janson and L. van Rompay (Comm. on Genesis; Kampen, 1993); G. A. M. Rouwhorst

(selected hymns; Kampen, 1991). FT, F. Cassingena-Trevédy (H. on Epiphany; Spiritualité

Orientale 70; 1997), (H. on Nativity; Sources chrétiennes 459; 2001); D. Cerbelaud (H. on the

Fast; Spiritualité Orientale 69; 1997); D. Cerbelaud and A-G. Hamman (Paschal hymns;

Paris, 1995); P. Féghali and C. Navarre (Nisibene hymns; Paris, 1989); B. Hindo and C.Saleh

(H. on the Nativity; Paris, 1996); G. A. M. Rouwhorst (Paschal hymns; Leiden, 1989). IT, F.

de Francesco (Paschal hymns; Milan, 2001). Romanian tr.: I. Ica (H. on Paradise: Sibiu,

1998); H. on Fast, Paschal hymns: Sibiu, 1999); H. on Nativity, Epiphany: Sibiu, 2000).

Evagrius, Letters, GT, G. Bunge (Trier, 1986).

George, Ps. of Arbela (9th cent.?), Commentary on the Liturgy: ET, R. H. Connolly (ed.

R. Matheus; Kottayam, 2000).

Hagiography: Abgar legend: FT, A. Desreumaux (Turnhout, 1993). Mari, Acts of: FT, C.

and F. Jullien (Turnhout, 2001). Qardagh: J. T. Walker (Berkeley, forthcoming). Simeon the

Stylite: ET, R. Doran, The Lives of Simeon Stylites (Kalamazoo, 1992). Various: ET, S. P.

Brock and S. A. Harvey, Holy Women of the Syrian Orient (Berkeley, 1987).

Isaac of Nineveh, Part I: some discourses are translated from Syriac in [D. Miller], The

Ascetical Homilies of St I. the Syrian (Boston, 1984), though Greek is the base for the main

translation. Homilies 1-6: ET, M. Hansbury (Crestwood NY, 1989). Homilies 1-38: IT, M.

Gallo and P. Bettiolo (Rome, 1984). Part II: FT, A. Louf (Spiritualité Orientale 81; 2003);

Romanian tr. (based on English and Italian): I. Ica (Sibiu, 2003); Russian tr., H. Alfeyev

(Moscow, 1998). Kephalaia Gnostica (= ch. 3, edition by P. Bettiolo in preparation): IT, P.

Bettiolo (Magnano, 1985; 2nd expanded edn, 1990. Catalan tr., M. Nin (Barcelona, 2005).

Part III (unpublished): FT, A. Louf (forthcoming); IT, S. Chialà (Magnano, 2004).

Jacob of Serugh. ET, M. Hansbury, Verse homilies on Mary (Crestwood NY, 1998); T.

Kollamparampil, Select Festal Homilies (prose and verse) (Rome/Bangalore, 1997). FT, M.

Albert, Les Lettres de J. de S. (Kaslik, 2004); I. Isebaert-Cauuet, J. de S. Homélies sur la Fin

du Monde (Paris, 2005).

John of Dara, Commentary on the Eucharist: ET, B. Varghese (Moran Etho 12, 1999).

John Philoponus, Arbiter: ET, U. M. Lang (Leuven, 2001).

John the Solitary, of Apamea, Dialogues and Treatises: FT, R. Lavenant (Sources

chrétiennes 311; 1984).

John bar Zo`bi (12th/13th cent.), Commentary on the Liturgy: ET, T. Mannooramparampil

(Kottayam, 1992).

Joseph the Seer (8th cent.), Spiritual Letters (including unpublished): GT, G. Bunge

(Trier, 1982).

Liber Graduum (4th cent.). ET, R.A. Kitchen and M. Parmentier (Kalamazoo, 2004).

Liturgy, Commentaries on: GT, A. Heinz, Die Eucharistiefeier in der Deutung syrischer

Liturgieerklerer (Trier, 2000). (For recent English translations of liturgical texts, reference

should be made to the section ‘Liturgy’ in the bibliographies in Parole de l’Orient).

Moshe bar Kepha, Discourse on Paradise (unpublished): Hungarian tr., A. Köver, I.

Lukács, M. Pesthy (Budapest, 2001).

Sauma, Rabban (13th cent.): IT: P. G. Borbone, Storia di Mar Yahballaha e di R.S.

(Torino, 2000).

Selections: ET S. P. Brock, The Syriac Fathers on Prayer and the Spiritual Life

(Kalamazoo, 1987); Bride of Light. Hymns on Mary (Moran Etho 6, 1994); and (forthcoming)

A Treasurehouse of Mysteries (poems on biblical topics). FT Le saint prophète Élie

(Spiritualité Orientale 53, 1992); Le saint prophète Élisée (Spiritualité Orientale 59, 1993).

Simeon d-Taybutheh (late 7th cent.): IT (including unpublished texts), P. Bettiolo (Rome,

1992).

Solomon, Odes of (2nd cent.?): FT, M-J. Pierre (Turnhout, 1994). GT, M. Lattke

(Freiburg, l995).

Theodore bar Koni, Book of Scholia I-II, tr. R. Hespel and R. Draguet (CSCO SS 187-8;

1981).

9

Theodore of Mopsuestia: There are recent French (M. Debié and others, 1996), German

(P. Bruns, 1995) and Catalan (S. Janeras, 2000) translations of the Catechetical Homilies.

Timothy II, Commentary on Baptism: ET, P. B. Kadicheeni (Bangalore, 1980).

The series of booklets, entitled Testi dei Padri della Chiesa and published by the

Monastero di Bose (Magnano), includes a number of short texts (not listed above) translated

from Syriac.

Tools

A more detailed guide to tools will be found in S. P. Brock, An Introduction to Syriac Studies

(Piscataway NJ, 2006). The following selection of topics is given in alphabetic order.

Catalogues of manuscripts

The essential guide is A. Desreumaux, Répertoire des bibliothèques et des catalogues de

manuscrits syriaques (Paris, 1991). It is remarkable that among the important catalogues that

have been published subsequently are three recently published in Baghdad (these three are

essentially just handlists):

Ainkawa (Chaldean Archbishopric of Arbela); J. Isaac (in Arabic; Baghdad, 2005).

Baghdad (Chaldean Monastery): P. Haddad and J. Isaac (in Arabic; Baghdad, 1988). [This

is the collection formerly of Notre Dame de Semences, Alqosh].

Baghdad (Chaldean Seminary): S. Warduni and H. Hermiz, (in Arabic; Baghdad, 1998).

Baghdad (Church of the East): K. Saliwa, (in Arabic; Baghdad, 2003).

Charfet (Lebanon): B. M. B. Sony, (in Arabic; Beirut, 1993).

Damascus, Syrian Orthodox Patriarchate: a French translation of a summary handlist (with

a more detailed listing of a few select manuscripts) is published in Parole de l’Orient 19

(1994), 555-661.

Dublin, Trinity College: I. Bcheiry, Catalogue of Syriac Manuscripts in Trinity College

Dublin (Patrimoine Syriaque 5; Kaslik, 2005).

India: (1) J. P. M. van der Ploeg, The Syriac Manuscripts of St Thomas Christians

(Bangalore, 1983). (2) H. Kaufhold, Syrische Handschriften juristischen Inhalts in

südindischen Bibliotheken (Öst.Ak. Wiss. Wien, 1989). (See also under Kottayam).

Iraq: J. Habbi and others (ed.), Catalogue of Syriac mss in Iraq, II (in Arabic; Baghdad,

1981) [vol. I, covering Mosul, appeared in 1977]. (See also under Ainkawa and Baghdad).

Jerusalem, Greek Orthodox Patriarchate: D. A. Johnson (Longview Wa., 1987). [Without

awareness of the catalogues by Chabot (1894) and its derivative by Koikylides (1998)].

Kottayam (St Ephrem Ecumenical Research Institute): F. Briquel-Chatonnet, A.

Desreumaux, J. Thekeparampil, Le Muséon 110 (1997), 383-446.

Manchester, John Rylands Library: J. F. Coakley, Bulletin of the John Rylands University

Library of Manchester 75:2 (1993), 105-207.

Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale: F. Briquel-Chattonet, Manuscrits syriaques [syr. 356-435]

(Paris, 1997).

Qaraqosh (Irak): B. M. B. Sony (in Arabic; Baghdad, 1988).

Sinai, St Catherine’s Monastery: S. P. Brock, Catalogue of Syriac Fragments (New Finds)

(Athens, 1995). (The catalogue of the main Syriac New Finds, by Mother Philothea of Sinai,

is forthcoming).

Mention should also be made of the photographic publication by Mar Gregorios Y.

Ibrahim, in Syriac Patrimony 8-10 (1994), of a number of detailed handwritten catalogues by

Mar Filoksinos Yohanna Dolabany (died 1969), made early in the 20th century, covering St

Mark’s Monastery (Jerusalem), Deir ez Za`faran (near Mardin), and smaller collections. (It

should be noted that several of the Jerusalem and Mardin manuscripts are now in the Syrian

Orthodox Patriarchate).

Among the many useful reprints published by the Gorgias Press (Piscataway NJ) is the

standard work of reference for Syriac palaeography, W. H. P. Hatch’s Album of Dated Syriac

10

Manuscripts, whose value is enhanced by an important introductory chapter by L. van

Rompay (2002).

Chronicles

Some recent translations of parts of Syriac chronicles have already been mentioned. There are

now a number of helpful initial guides to the various chronicles that survive: a very summary

guide is given in ch. I of S. P. Brock, Studies in Syriac Christianity (Aldershot, 1992).

Particularly useful are the relevant sections in R. Hoyland’s Seeing Islam as Others Saw It: a

survey and evaluation of Christian, Jewish and Zoroastrian writings on early Islam

(Princeton, 1997). E. I. Yousif’s Les chroniqueurs syriaques (Paris, 2002) is primarily

descriptive; a more critical study of them, by M. Debié, is forthcoming.

A few Syriac chronicles have received individual monograph treatment. J. J. van Ginkel’s

dissertation John of Ephesus: a Monophysite historian in sixth-century Byzantium

(Groningen, 1995) offers a helpful study of this important source for sixth-century history.

The late eighth-century Zuqnin Chronicle has been the object of a number of important

studies by W. Witakowski, beginning with his The Syriac Chronicle of Pseudo-Dionysius of

Tel-Mahre (Uppsala, 1887), and followed up by a number of articles identifying its sources.

By far the largest of all Syriac chronicles is that by patriarch Michael I (d. 1199). A critical

study of this much quoted source is now available for the first time in D. Weltecke’s Die

“Beschreibung der Zeiten” von Mor Michael dem Grossen (CSCO Subsidia 110, 2003).

Concordances

Until recently, these have been almost entirely lacking, but computer technology will

gradually remedy this. So far only the Syriac Bible has benefited from this; here the most

important publications are:

Old Testament: a series of multi-volume concordances has been edited by W. Strothmann,

covering the Pentateuch (1986), the Prophetical Books (1984), the Historical and Wisdom

books (1995; entitled Die Mautbe). An earlier concordance to the Peshitta Psalms was

compiled by N. Sprenger (1976). A second concordance for the Pentateuch, based on

different principles, has been published by the Peshitta Institute in Leiden (P. Borbone and

others; 1997).

New Testament: G. Kiraz, A Computer-Generated Concordance to the Syriac New

Testament (6 vols; Leiden, 1993); those who can read Syriac will enjoy the colophon. There is

also a concordance devoted to the Old Syriac Gospels, edited by J. Lund (3 vols, Piscataway

NJ, 2004).

Dictionaries

For those who venture into reading Syriac sources in the original, the most handy dictionaries

remain those of J. Payne Smith (Mrs Margoliouth) and L. Costaz, supplemented where

necessary by the more extensive Lexicon Syriacum by C. Brocklemann and the Thesaurus

Syriacus by R. Payne Smith. An English adaptation of Brockelmann’s Lexicon is currently

being prepared by M. Sokoloff (who has already produced invaluable dictionaries of Jewish

Palestinian and Babylonian Aramaic).

Several other dictionaries have appeared in recent years, notably E. Thelly’s Syriac-

English-Malayalam Lexicon (Kottayam, 1999), based on T. Audo’s important Syriac-Syriac

dictionary of 1897). Thanks to the new opportunities for publishing with Syriac scripts,

several two-way dictionaries have been produced for practical use among the diaspora from

the Syriac Churches in Europe; the most extensive of these is S. Hanna and A. Bulut’s

Wörterbuch Deutsch-Aramäisch, Aramäisch-Deutsch (Heilbronn, 2000): these incorporate

many recent neologisms.

The Syriac Bible has benefited from a number of specialized dictionaries, notably M.

Pazzini’s Lessico concordanziale del Nuovo Testamento siriaco (Jerusalem, 2004), G. Kiraz’s

Lexical Tools to the Syriac New Testament (Sheffield, 1994; providing word frequency lists),

11

and T. Falla’s A Key to the Peshitta Gospels (two volumes to date, Leiden, 1991, 2000; with

special reference to the underlying Greek).

An Annotated Bibliography of Printed Syriac Lexica, by D. G. K. Taylor, is forthcoming

(Piscataway NJ). A brief guide can be found in S. P. Brock, ‘Syriac lexicography’, in

Aramaic Studies 1 (2003), 165-78.

Exegesis

An excellent survey for the Old Testament commentary tradition given by L. van Rompay in

M. Saebo (ed.), Hebrew Bible/Old Testament: the history of its interpretation I.i (Göttingen,

1996), 612-41, and I.ii (2000), 559-77; and for the New Testament, by J. McCullough, ‘Early

Syriac commentaries on the NT’, Theological Review, Near Eastern School of Theology 5

(1982), 14-33, 79-126.

Hagiography

A planned Bibliotheca Hagiographica Syriaca, announced in Aram 5 (1993), 657-70, has

unfortunately come to a standstill. To some extent this gap is filled by J. M. Fiey’s

posthumous Saints Syriaques, edited by L. I. Conrad (Princeton NJ, 2004). A general

introduction is given by S.P. Brock, in a forthcoming volume edited by S. Efthymiades.

Reasonable coverage of Syriac saints can be found in the Bibliotheca Sanctorum (especially

in the contributions by J.-M. Sauget), and in the more recent Enciclopedia dei Santi. Le Chiesi

orientali, I-II (Rome, 1998-9), where many of the relevant articles are by J. M. Fiey and J.

Habbi.

Inscriptions

The early inscriptions, of the 1st- 3rd century, are now conveniently republished by H. J. W.

Drijvers and J. F. Healey, The Old Syriac Inscriptions of Edessa and Osrhoene (Leiden,

1999); this includes the three legal parchments of the early 240s.

Plans for a Corpus Inscriptionum Syriacarum were announced by A. N. Palmer and A.

Desreumaux at the Sixth Symposium Syriacum in 1992. The volume on inscriptions in Iraq,

by A. Harrak, is almost completed. The Syriac inscriptions of Tur `Abdin are collected by A.

N. Palmer in Oriens Christianus 71 (1987), 53-139.

A bibliography of inscriptions published up to 1977 by S.Brock in Annali dell’Istituto

Orientale di Napoli 38 (1978), 255-71, reprinted in Studies in Syriac Christianity (Aldershot,

1992), no. III. References to some of the more important ones that have been published more

recently can be found in the contributions edited by F. Briquel-Chatonnet, M. Debié, and A.

Desreumaux, Les inscriptions syriaques (Paris, 2004), and in S. Brock, ‘Edessene Syriac

inscriptions in Late Antique Syria’, forthcoming in a volume edited by H. Cotton.

Law

W. Selb’s Orientalischen Kirchenrecht, I-II (Sb. Öst. Ak. Wiss., phil.-hist. Kl, 388, 543;

1981, 1989) deals with the East and West Syriac canon law collections respectively. For the

Syro-Roman Law Book and the Sententiae Syriacae, see above, under recent editions

(republished, and new texts).

Literature

A major event has been the publication of an English translation of The Scattered Pearls: a

history of Syriac literature and sciences by the learned Syrian Orthodox Patriarch Aphram I

Barsoum (d. 1957) (Piscataway NJ, 2003). Though confined to writers in the Syrian Orthodox

tradition, this is an extremely valuable work, providing information on quite a number of

authors who were not known to Anton Baumstark in his still standard work, Geschichte der

syrischen Literatur of 1922.

M. Albert’s chapter on Syriac in Christianismes orientaux: introduction à l’étude des

langues et des littératures (Paris, 1993) is a very informative guide; likewise P. Bettiolo’s

12

‘Lineamenti di patrologia siriaca’ in A. Quacquarelli (ed.), Complementi interdisciplinari di

Patrologia (Rome, 1989), 503-603, and his ‘Letteratura siriaca’ in A. di Berardino (ed.),

Patrologia V. Dal Concilio di Calcedonia (451) a Giovanni Damasceno. I Padri Orientali

(Genoa, 2000), 413-93. A helpful collection of introductory surveys of different genres of

Syriac literature is to be found in Nos sources: arts et littératures syriaques, published by the

Centres d’études et de recherches orientales (CERO) (Antelias, 2005). Another recent basic

introduction is S. P. Brock, A Brief Outline of Syriac Literature (Moran Etho 9; Kottayam,

1997); this includes a large number of short samples in translation.

Topography

One of J-M. Fiey’s last publications before his death in 1995 was Pour un Oriens Christianus

Novus. Répertoire des diocèses syriaques orientaux et occidentaux (Beiruter Texte und

Studien 49; 1993), which provides a summary, but nevertheless extremely useful inventory.

Fiey’s earlier pioneering works on the topographical history of the Syriac Churches in Iraq

and elsewhere have now been supplemented by D. Wilmshurst’s The Ecclesiastical

Organisation of the Church of the East 13181913 (CSCO Subsidia 104, 2000). This

impressive volume of some 850 pages (including several useful maps) is based on a careful

analysis of information provided by the colophons of well over 2000 manuscripts. Also

valuable (especially for its maps) is J. Sanders, Assyrian-Chaldean Christians in Eastern

Turkey and Iran (Hernen, 1997). A different area of Eastern Turkey (and an earlier period) is

covered by Andrew Palmer’s Monk and Mason on the Tigris Frontier: the early history of

Tur `Abdin (Cambridge, 1990), which combines epigraphic and literary evidence in a

masterly way.

Translations of Greek secular literature

The role of Syriac in the transmission of Greek philosophy to the Arab world has received a

certain amount of attention in recent years, notably in a series of studies by H. Hugonnard-

Roche, most of which are now conveniently collected in a single volume (see above). The

relevant sections on the Syriac background, by P. Bettiolo and C. d’Ancona, in C. d’Ancona

(ed.), Storia della filosofia nell’Islam medievale I (Torino, 2005), 48-100, 180-91, are very

helpful. A summary guide to what translations of Aristotle’s logical works survive can be

found in S. P. Brock, ‘The Syriac Commentary tradition’, in C. Burnett (ed.), Glosses and

Commentaries on Aristotelian Logical Texts (Warburg Institute Surveys and Texts 23,

London, 1993), 3-18 (reprinted in From Ephrem to Romanos (Aldershot, 1999), no. XIII), and

for Syriac translations of popular philosophy, see P. Bruns (ed.), Von Athen nach Bagdad. Zur

Rezeption griechischer Philosophie von der Spätantike bis zum Islam (Hereditas 22; Bonn,

2003), 9-28. The Aristotelian tradition of rhetoric in Syriac is the subject of a number of

articles by J. W. Watt, e.g. in Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft 143

(1993), 45-71. A number of relevant articles will be found in Journal of the Canadian Society

for Syriac Studies 4 (2004), and in Patrimoine syriaque, Colloque IX: Les Syriaques,

transmetteurs de civilisations (Paris/Antelias, 2005). A more popular account is given by E. I.

Yousif, La floraison des philosophes syriaques (Paris, 2003), and likewise for medicine, R. Le Coz, Les médecins nestoriens au moyen âge: les maîtres des arabes (Paris, 2004).

Various

Although not directly of concern to Byzantine studies, M. Weitzman’s The Syriac Version of the Old Testament: an introduction (Cambridge, 1999), deserves special mention as

constituting a milestone in scholarship on the Syriac Bible. More of relevance, are various parts of The Hidden Pearl: the Syrian Orthodox Church and its ancient Aramaic heritage, 3

vols (ed. S. P. Brock; Rome, 2001), for which there is some basic annotation in Hugoye 5:1

(2002), 63-112. This work is intended to serve as a sort of encyclopedia of three millennia of the Aramaic/Syriac tradition in a narrative (and illustrated) form; among the topics covered in more detail are manuscripts (including illuminations).

13

The revival of interest in Syriac studies that the last quarter of the twentieth century

witnessed was in no small part inspired by R. Murray’s Symbols of Church and Kingdom: a study in Syriac tradition (Cambridge, 1975), which served as a marvellous introduction to the world of early Syriac Christianity; nearly 30 years later, in 2004, this has now been

republished in a revised edition, with a completely new first chapter.

Syriac studies owe a great debt to the Gorgias Press, directed by G. Kiraz, for the

reprinting of a number of essential classic works, long unavailable, such as W. Wright’s

magnificent three-volume Catalogue of Syriac Manuscripts in the British Museum.


(تاريخ الحضارات السامية ( الحلقة الأولى

$
0
0

تاريخ الحضارات السامية ( الحلقة الأولى ) * :

لعل من الضروري القول : انَّ الحضارة ، أية حضارة ، ليست ثمرة جهود فرد ، أو شعب ، أو مجموعة أمم ، بل هي صنع الإنسان في مختلف عصوره القديمة والحديثة والمستقبلية .. يتضافر ويتكافل لخلقها مع أخيه الإنسان للسير والانتقال من حسن إلى أحسن ..وقد تولي أمة ما اهتمامها لناحية حضارية من دون الأخرى ، وتسهم من ثم على قدر طاقتها في تشييد صرح هذه الحضارة الإنسانية العالمية التي ينعم بها الجميع على تفاوت تبعا للمؤهلات والظروف.

فلا فضل والحالة هذه لشعبٍ على آخر ، إذ لا حياة ولا استمرار للجهد الإنساني الكبير إذا لم يعضده الأفراد في أي قطر وُجدوا ، وفي أي وقت عاشوا ، وهكذا تظهر بوضوح كل تلك الصفة الاجتماعية ـ الاشتراكية التي تربط الإنسان بأخيه الإنسان مهما اختلف اللون ، وتميز العرق ، وبعدت المسافات ، إذ أن الحضارة الإنسانية للإنسان، ونتيجة جهد الإنسان وفي خدمة الإنسان.

ومن هذا المنطلق فتاريخ الحضارة بمفهومه الحقيقي ، هو التاريخ الذي يتناول بالدروس سجل الجماعات البشرية والمدنيات ، ويرى في هذا التراث مراحل التطور الحضاري الذي عرفته الإنسانية في رقيها الصاعد ، ويحصي على كل جماعة ما أسدته من خير للتراث المشترك يصعب تجريده من غاية تجعل الحضارة وقفا علينا نحن أبناء هذا القرن.

وليس ثمة شك في أن سوريا هي ملتقى طرق وملتقى شعوب أيضا . فقد استوطنتها عدة شعوب وتناوبت السيطرة عليها تاركة فيها عنصريات مختلفة القوميات انصهرت رويداً رويداً في كل متجانس وتاركة أيضا بقايا أثرية يحاول المعاصرون تنسيقها . ولنقتصر بين هذه الشعوب على الآراميين من دون غيرهم ، إذ أن حضارتهم تنطوي ، في بعض مظاهرها ، على أهمية راهنة .

الآراميــون

فالآراميون أيضاً ساميون ، جاءوا من إحدى مناطق الصحراء السورية العربية، كانوا في البدء بدواً رحلا منتظمين قبائل ، بلغوا الأصقاع العليا من بلاد ما بين النهرين حيث نجدهم ، على بعض الكثافة ، مستقرين في حرّان أولاً ، ثم هاجروا، ابتداء من القرن الرابع عشر قبل الميلاد إلى سوريا حيث أسّسوا مستعمرات حضرية . بيد انهم لم يقدموا يوماً على طرد قدامى السكان كلياً ، ولم يتوصلوا إلى غمرهم عدداً ، كما انهم لم يؤسّسوا يوماً دولةً واحدةً ، بل ممالك متعددة قد تتحارب أحياناً.
ولعلّ أهم ممالكهم تلك التي قامت في واحة دمشق الكبرى عند لحف جبل لبنان الشرقي ، وهي مملكة أسرة ( بن حدد) ـ ابن حداد ـ ومملكة هازائيل (ايل ينظر) . وبإستطاعتنا أن نذكر ، إلى جانب مملكة حرّان ، ممالك أخرى كثيرة : في حلب ، وحماة على العاصي ، وزنجرلي عند لحف أمانوس ، وغيرها ، ويمكن القول انهم بلغوا أوج الازدهار في القرنين الحادي عشر والعاشر إذ سدّوا الطريق أمام الآشوريين نحو الغرب والشمال الغربي.

وليس لدينا من الحقائق التاريخية الثابتة ما نستعين به على تعيين موطن الآراميين الأصلي ، أو زمن نزوحهم ، أو دخولهم إلى أراضي الهلال الخصيب . وأقدم ما نقرأه عنهم ورد في إحدى رسائل تل العمارنة ، في القرن الرابع عشر ق.م. والإشارة في هذه الرسالة إلى قبائل ( الأخلامو ) ، التي غزت اراضي الفرات في عهد قردونياش ، ملك بابل .

ولعلّ الداعي إلى استقرار هذه القبائل في نواحي الفرات أو دولة المتاني التي سيطرت على هذه المنطقة قروناً عديدة كانت قد بدأت تتقهقر وتتلاشى . وكان من الطبيعي أن يطمع الأخلامو في مواردها ، وان يزاحموا في ذلك الحثيين والآشوريين.

إنّ الاسم أخلامو بدأ يقترن بالاسم آرام . ولعل الداعي إلى هذا أنّ قبيلة آرام الأخلاميّة أثبتت زعامتها على سائر أخواتها القبائل الأخلامية الأخرى ، ففرضت ، مع مرور الزمن ، اسمها عليها كلها.

ويرى رجال الاختصاص أن غزوات القبائل الأخلامية ـ الآرامية بلغت اشدها عنفاً وحجماً في القرن الحادي عشر ق. م . وان هذه القبائل وطّدت سلطتها في هذا القرن نفسه على منحنى الفرات الكبير ، فأسست مملكة بيت أدين، حول مدينة تل برسيب ، وبيت بخياني في وادي الخابور ، ونصيبينة، وخوريزانة ، وجدارة إلى الشرق . واحتلت عشائر المسوخو الآرامية ضفتي الفرات من عانة حتى ربيقو، بينما استقرت عشائر اللاقي الآرامية في منطقة سنجار، وعشائر العوتات على ضفتي الدجلة بين الزاب والأدهم . وتمكن ادد أبال أيدين الآرامي ، في السنة 1.83 ، من الاستئثار بعرش بابل . ففاوضه ملك آشور المعاصر ، وحالفه وتزوج ابنته.

ويعتقد بعضهم أن قبائل كلدو التي احتلت منطقة الفرات السفلى في هذه الآونة نفسها ، هي أيضا آرامية . واتجه الآراميون غرباً ، فتغلبوا على بقايا الحثيين في كركميش ( جرابلس) ، وحلب ، وحماة . وذلك في أواخر القرن الحادي عشر . وتابعوا غزواتهم في وادي العاصي ، وسهل البقاع ، حتى تخوم فلسطين ..واحتلوا دمشق وتوابعها ، ووقفوا عند حدود فلسطين .

وأنشأ الآراميون في منطقتهم الغربية عدداً من الدويلات أشهرها صوبة . وأصلها الآرامي صهوبة ، ومعناها الحمراء . وهي خلقيس اليونان . وخلقيس باليونانية معناه النحاس الأحمر . وخلقيس هي عنجر البقاع .

ويستدل من المراجع الآشورية المسمارية ، ومن أخبار الملوك الثاني ، أنّ حزائيل كان أعظم محارب أنجبه الآراميون ، فإنّه بعد أن صدّ هجومين قام بهما شلماناصر الثالث، في السنتين 842 و 838 ، جهّز حملة على إسرائيل ووسّع ملكه في شرقي الأردن حتى أرنون ، وأنّ ياهو ، ملك إسرائيل ( 842 ـ 81)، الذي كان قد أدّى الجزية صاغـراً لشلماناصر الثالث، اصبح بيد حزائيل ، ولم يبق له إلاّ خمسون فارساً ، وعشر مركبات ، وعشرة آلاف راجل ( لأنّ حزائيل أفناهم ووضعهم كالتراب للدوس).

وأقام ذاكر ، ملك حماة الآرامي ، في أواخر القرن التاسع ، وحوالي السنة 8.5 ق.م. ، أثراً تذكارياً على بعد أربعين كيلو متراً إلى جنوبي حلب وغربيها، يخلّد به انتصاره على حلف آرامي ترأسه بن هدد الثالث ، ملك دمشق ، وابن حزائيل ، وشمل عدداً من الدويلات الآرامية بينها دمشق ، وارباد ، وقي، وعمق، وجرجم ، وشمأل ، وماليز ، ويشكر به الإله بعل شمين الذي استجاب سؤاله ، وخلّصه من يد أعدائه . وهناك أثر تذكاري آرامي أخر أقامه كيلامو الآرامي ، ملك شمأل في قصره ، في زنجرلي ، في منتصف القرن التاسع ، وباللغة الفينيقية ، وقد ذكر فيه أسماء أسلافه في الملك ، وتغنّى بعطفه على رعيته، وبقوته وصموده في وجه أعدائه المحيطين به .

وقد يجوز القول أنّ الآراميين أخذوا بمدنيات الشعوب التي حلّوا محلّها . فإنّ ما اكتشفه العالم الألماني فون ابنهايم من آثار الآراميين في تل خلف ، عند رأس الخابور وإلى غربيه ، من تماثيل ونقوش بارزة لا يختلف اختلافاً كبيراً عن آثار الميتانيين قبلهم . وقل الأمر نفسه عن آثار الآراميين في زنجرلي، فإنها تكاد تكون حثية في ذوقها وصنعها ، ومثل هذا في حماة ، فإن النسر المزدوج الرأس الذي يعزي صنعه إلى الآراميين فيها لا يختلف عن نسور الحيثيين قبلهم . وفي دمشق ، عاصمة الدولة الآرامية الكبرى ، وفي جدار جامعها الكبير نقشٌ بارزٌ آرامي فيه سفنكس فينيقي في طرازه ، مما يدلّ على أن ملوك دمشق الآراميين استعانوا ، في الأرجح ، بصنّاع فينيقيين لتشييد هيكلهم العظيم للإله هدد . وليس في مجموعة العاج الدمشقية التي تحمل اسم حزائيل ، التي وجدت في أرسلان طاش ، ما يختلف عن الكثير من نوعها الذي وجد في مجدو والسامرة وغيرهما ، مما جمع بين عناصر فنية مختلفة مصرية وفينيقية وحثية وايجية ، وتمثال ملكارت ، الذي وجد في حلب ، وهو الذي أقامه بين هدد الأول ، ملك دمشق ، حثي في طرازه بالأكثر.

وكان الآراميون في سورية يعدّون من ألد الأعداء للمملكة الإسرائيلية . وقد استمرت الحرب بينهما في معظم سني القرن التاسع قبل الميلاد . وكان النصر فيها حليف السوريين حتى انهم في إحدى حروبهم تمكنوا من حصار ( السامرة ) عاصمة المملكة الإسرائيلية . وفي حوالي عام 8.5 ق. م . قام ( حزائيل بن بنهدد) ملك آرام الدمشقي بحملة ضد إسرائيل ، فوسع ممتلكاته في شرقي الأردن حتى نهر الموجب ، ووصلت فتوحاته إلى ( جت ـ عراق المنشية ) في السهل الساحلي الفلسطيني . وكان مزمعا أن يقتحم القدس ، غير انه تحول عنها بعد أن قـدَّم له ملكها الكنوز والهدايا الذهبية . وهكذا أضحت إسرائيل وكأنها تابعة لآرام . وبعد وفاة ( حزائيل) الذي كان يعدّ أعظم محارب آرامي ، خسر خلفاؤه، بسبب هجمات الآشوريين المتكررة ، كل ما كان قد استولى عليه .

وفي عام 734 قام ملك آشور تغلات فلاسر الثالث ( فاكتسح مقاطعات دمشق الست عشرة وخرّب مدنها الخمسمائة والإحدى والتسعين . وفرّ رصين ملك دمشق الآرامي من أمام وجهه ، ودخل دمشق دخول الفأر ،وهناك حُصر كأنه في قفص) . وطال أمر حصار دمشق ، ولكنها سقطت في يد آشور في السنة 732 ، فقُتل ملكها ، وقُطعت جنائنها ، وسُبي أهلها ، وبسقوط دمشق انتهى تاريخ الآراميين السياسي.

والآراميون هؤلاء عُرفوا بعد تنصرهم باسم ( السريان ) ولغتهم السريانية . وهي لا تختلف كثيرا عن اللهجات السريانية الباقية إلى يومنا هذا .

وقد اندمج الآراميون ( السريان ) أخيراً بالعرب ، بعد الفتوحات الإسلامية نظراً لتشابه أصلهم وقرابتهم .

الحضارة الآرامية : اللغة .. الديانة .. التجارة ( الحلقة الثانية )

نرى في ماضي البشرية ، وتاريخها السحيق ، حضارات عديدة ، لكلٍ منها مجموعة من الأفكار والنظم السياسية ، ومستوى من العيش المادي والتقنية ، وطاقات على الإنتاج ، وقدرة على تأمين العلاقات الاجتماعية على اختلاف مظاهرها الدينية ، والفكرية ، والفنية .
ومن هذا المنطلق فالتاريخ بمفهومه الحقيقي ، استحضار للماضي بكلِ مظاهره وواقعه ، فعلينا إذن أن نصف بدقة المظاهر الحياتية والمكانية .. كما يجب علينا أن ندرس المؤثرات التي تفاعلت بها هذه الحضارات .. وانفعلت .

اللغـة الآراميـة

اللغة الآرامية إحدى اللغات السامية ، واللغات السامية مجموعة لغات ميتة وحية ، متقاربة في المفردات ، والاشتقاق ، والتركيب ، وأساليب التعبير ، مما يدلّ على تحدّرها من أرومة واحـدة . وتنقسم هذه اللغات إلى شعبتين رئيسيتين :

شمالية : وتشمل البابلية والآشورية ، والعبرية ، والفينيقية ، والآرامية التي نحن بصددها .

وجنوبية : وتضمّ العربية بفرعيها : العدناني ( الشمالي) ، والقحطاني (الجنوبي) ، وما إليها من لهجات عديدة ، والحبشية ، وما إليها من لهجات .

أمّا الآرامية فمصطلح لغوي يشمل عدة لهجات متقاربة . وقد كانت مواطن الآرامية قدماً تمتد من منابع دجلة والفرات شمالا ، إلى تيماء في شمالي الحجاز ، ومن الشاطئ السوري اللبناني غرباً إلى صحراء سورية ، وبلاد الأنباط (شرقي الأردن وحوران ) شرقا . وقد وُجِد في جزيرة الفيلة ، جنوبي مصر ، وثائق مكتوبة على البردي يرجع عهدها إلى القرن السادس والقرن الرابع ق. م . حيث كان هناك مستعمرة يهودية بقيت إلى زمن البطالة . وكانت الآرامية ، بعد انقراض سلطان العبران السياسي ، لغة العبران العامة ، وزمن الحكم الفارسي ، كانت اللغة الرسمية في جميع المقاطعات الواقعة غربي الفرات حتى مصر . ذلك لان الفرس ، كورثة للمملكة الآشورية ، اعتبروا الآرامية لغة رسمية . لان سواد الناس في فتوحاتهم الجديدة كانوا يتكلمون الآرامية ، ولأان الآرامية نظاماً كتابياً حسناً ، ولأنها كانت لغة التجارة والفكر آنذاك .

وقد تقدم أن قبائل آرامية كانت منتشرة في سورية الجغرافية حوالي القرن الخامس عشر ق. م. ولكنها لم تكون دولة متحدة بل كانت دويلات ، ويذكر الكتاب المقدس عدة دويلات آرامية أهمها آرام دمشق في منطقة الشام ، وآرام صوبة في البقاع ، وآرام معكة في سفوح جبل حرمون ( جبل الشيخ ) ، وآرام نهرايم أي العراق القديم . ويجب ألا يغرب عن بالنا أن لا ذكر لسورية في الكتاب ، إنما هو يذكر آرام . ولكن الإغريق أطلقوا على آرام اسم سورية ، وسمّوا أهلها سريان ، ولغتهم السريانية . غير أن العرب ، في العصور المتوسطة ، فرّقوا بين سورية كوحدة جغرافية وبين سريان وسريانية كاسم لأقلية دينية لغوية ولكنه تاريخيا ، لافرق بين سريان وسوريين ، وسريانية ولغة سورية القديمة ، أي الآرامية .
أما اللهجات التي تندرج تحت هذا المصطلح اللغوي الشامل فهي :

أ_ آرامية الكتاب : أي الفقرات والفصول التي كتبت بلهجة آرامية كان أهل فلسطين يتكلمونها ، وذلك في سفر عزرا ودانيال .

ب_آرامية الترجوم : والترجوم كلمة عبرية من أصل آرامي معناها التفسير . والترجوم هو ترجمة أسفار الكتاب العبرية إلى لهجة فلسطين العامية ، التي كانت الآرامية ، وليس الكلدانية ، كما يظن خطأ وذلك لان عامة العبران تخلوا في حياتهم اليومية عن العبرية ، واستعاضوا عنها بالآرامية ، لأنها كانت اللغة الشائعة .

ج_لهجة مسيحيي فلسطين : فإن لدينا ترجمة للأناجيل ترجمها مسيحيو فلسطين في القرن الخامس للميلاد ، ولا تختلف عن آرامية الترجوم .
د_آرامية السامريين : فإنهم ترجموا كتابهم المقدس ، أسفار موسى الخمسة إلى لهجة آرامية . وذلك عندما أصبحت الآرامية اللغة الرسمية الشائعة في جميع أنحاء الشرق الأدنى القديم .

هـ آرامية التلمود : والتلمود كلمة عبرية معناها التعليم والإرشاد ( من فعل لمد، ومنها تلميذ بالعربية) وهناك تلمودان : اورشليمي ، ويرجع عهده إلى القرن الرابع ق . م . وبابلي، ويرجع عهده إلى القرن السادس ، والتلمودان مكتوبان بلهجة آرامية مشوبة بالعبرية .

و_آرامية تدمر : فإن جميع النقوش التي بين أيدينا مكتوبة بلهجة آرامية . وقد يكون التدمريون من أصل عربي . ولكن لغتهم لم تكن العربية بل الآرامية ، كما تدل النقوش الكتابية التي وصلت إلينا من تدمر .

ز_الأنباط : وتمتد من حوران إلى البتراء ، وكان الأنباط من قبائل عربية غير أن لغتهم الرسمية واللغة التي ابقوا لنا منها آثارا عديدة فإنها كانت آرامية مشوبة ببعض المفردات العربية .

ح_وأخيرا وأهمها جميعا آرامية ( الرها ) أو ( أوديسا ) : كما كان يسميها الإغريق ( مدينة أورفا الحالية ) وهي التي تعرف في يومنا هذا بالسريالية ولا تزال حية تتكلم بها أقليات دينية وتقام بها الطقوس، وكان أهل الرها يدعون انهم أول من تنصر . وذلك زمن ملكهم ابجر الأسود بن معن . قيل أن ابجر تنصر حالا بعد موت المسيح . وقد ترجم الكتاب المقدس إلى لهجتهم ، وسميت ترجمته بالترجمة البسيطة . وعندما تنصَّر أهل الرها تخلو عن اسمهم القديم ( آراميين ) وتسموا بالسريان ، أي السوريين، وذلك لان لفظة آرامي أصبحت إذ ذاك ، مرادفة للفظة وثني،ولفظة سرياني مرادفة للفظة مسيحي ، ولم يبق منهم على الوثنية سوى مدينة حران التي ظلت تباهي بوثنيتها إلى زمن الإسلام .

أما الخط الآرامي ، رغم ما يظهر في من تباين بالنسبة إلى المناطق التي كانت موطن الآرامية ، فمشتق من الخط الفينيقي الذي هو أبٌ لكلَ هجاءٍ تال. ومن هذا الخط الآرامي اشتق فيما بعد ، وفي عصور متأخرة ، الخط العربي .

أما اللغة الآرامية القديمة فلا نعرف عنها الكثير ، ولم يتجمع بعد عند علماء اللغات السامية مادة لغوية تكفي لوضع كتاب في قواعدها وأحكامها وأساليب التركيب فيها . وقد وصل إلينا رُقَمٌ عديدة من مناطق متباينة ومن عصور مختلفة. ولكن هذه الرُقَم جاءت خلواً من الحروف المصوتة ، على ما هو معروف لدى خبراء الخط السامي عامة . فكان علماء الساميات ، الذين عنوا بها ، يستعينون بالسريانية والعبرانية على قراءتها وفهمها . واتهم بعضهم الآرامية بأنها لغة بدائية فقيرة بالمفردات جافة في أساليب التركيب ، ضيقة في الاشتقاق ، محدودة في النتاج الأدبي . ولكن نولدكه ، في مقاله الرائع عن اللغات السامية ( والذي تُرجم إلى الموسوعة البريطانية ) ينفي عنها هذه التهمة ، ويؤكد أنها كانت لغة حية نامية متطورة ، وسَّعت الفكر الهيليني في عهد ازدهارها . وما أدرانا أن يكون الآراميون قد أنتجوا أدباً جميلاً ، ولكنه لم يصلنا منه شيء .

الديـانة الآراميـة

ليس هناك ما يلفت النظر في فن الآراميين طيلة هذا العهد القديم . وما كانت الديانة لتلفت الأنظار وتتسم ببعض الأهمية لولا الشهرة التي ستعرفها بعض عبادتهم في عهد الإمبراطورية الرومانية .

فديانتهم هذه لا ابتكار ولا تفرد فيها ، بل هي مزيج جوهره كنعاني انضمت إليه تأثيرات ميتانية وحثية فينيقية . ومما سهل استساغة هذه التأثيرات أن العبادات التي عكستها تنحدر هي نفسها من العبادات الكنعانية . وهكذا فقد عرف اسم إبل هنا وهناك ، كما أن اله الزوبعة ( حدد) خصوصا ـ واسمه رامون أي ( القاصف) في دمشق ـ يعرف باسم بعل في أكثر الأحيان . وكذلك فإن عشترت هي المثال الأصلي لأغلبية الآلهات . ثم أن آلهة ما بين النهرين الكثيري العدد أيضا لم يتميزوا عن الآلهة الكنعانية ، باستثناء بعل حرّان الإله القمر سين الذي جاء من اور في بلاد الكلدانيين وأُكرِم في هذه المدينة منذ عهد سحيق ، محافظاً على اسمه دون تغيير .

إلا أن الآراميين آثروا هدد على غيره . فشاعت عبادته بينهم في منطقة الفرات . وفي سورية الشمالية في زنجرلي . ولكن مركز عبادته الرئيس كان في منبج . وهو إله البرق والرعد ، إله العاصفة والتخريب. ولا غرو فهدَّ يهدُّ هداً : هدم وضعضع وكسر بشدة صوت . ومن ألقابه رمون ومعناه (الراعد) . ومن هنا قول نعمان في سفر الملوك الثاني : ( فاسجد في بيت رمون ) ، أي في هيكل هدد رمون في دمشق ، ويظهر هدد في نقش بارز في زنجرلي ممسكاً رمحاً مثلث الشعب . ومطرقةً للتعبير عن البرق والرعد . وفي ملاطية نراه واقفاً على ظهر ثور وهو شعار التوالد .

وكان لهدد هذا شريكة في العبادة تدعى عطار . وهي اترغاتيس اليونان والرومان . آلهة التوالد . وكان شعارها هلالًا مقترناً بقرص الشمس . وأشرك الآراميون في شمالي ( زنجرلي ، مع هدد ، الإلهين الكنعانيين إيل ورشف ، وإله الشمس ، وفي النيرب ، سحر ( القمر ) ، ونكال ، وتوسكو، وفي حماة بعل شماين ، أي بعل السماوات ، وفي دمشق إيل الكنعاني ، وادوناي الفينيقي ، بالإضافة إلى عطار ، وفي بعلبك عطار وإله الشمس .

وقال الآراميون ، مع غيرهم من الشعوب السامية ببقاء أمواتهم أحياءً في قبورهم ، وباتصالهم بعالم الأموات تحت الأرض حيث لا نور ولا فرح و واعتبروا إزعاج الأموات جريمة لا تغتفر .
الدور التجاري

أما دورها التجاري فأقل غموضاً . فالموقع الجغرافي لسورية وشمالي بلاد ما بين النهرين الذي جعل منهما طريقاً طبيعية للتجارة بين الساحل الفينيقيون وآسيا الصغرى من جهة ومن مناطق اسفل الفرات ودجلة من جهة أخرى ، قد سمح لهما ، كوسطاء، بإظهار المزيد من النشاط الواسع . فقاموا براً في بعض مناطق الشرق الأدنى بما قام به الفينيقون بحراً .

وما لبثت الصناعة والتجارة في سورية أن طبقت أصولًا تقنية افضل فنالت شهرة كبرى وأسهمت في ثروة دمشق . ولكن القوافل كانت قد تقاطرت على هذه المدينة منذ قبل الفتح المقدوني . ثم أن تنقلات الآراميين قبل إقامتهم الحضرية المستقرة ، وأقدام الملوك الآشوريين مراراً على نفيهم ، وهجرة تجارهم الطوعية إلى الإمبراطوريات الواسعة الأرجاء التي انخرطوا في عداد رعاياها ، كل هذه الأسباب قد أفضت إلى إحلال جماعات ، كبيرة أو صغيرة ، ممن يتعاطون التجارة ، في مدن عديدة نائية جدا في بعض الأحيان . وقد استفادوا من هذا الوجود المتزايد في كل مكان ، حتى في عهد السيطرة اليونانية ، وأصبحوا في أيام الإمبراطورية الرومانية ، التجار في كل أمصار العالم القديم تقريبا .

وقد يصح القول أن الآراميين احتكروا تجارة الهلال الخصيب الداخلية ، مدة طويلة من الزمن فاتجروا بالأرجوان الفينيقي ، وبكتان أفريقية ، وعاجها ، وأبنوسها ، وبلؤلؤ الخليج الفارسي. وأصبحت دمشق في القرنين التاسع والثامن ق. م . ثغر البادية ، كما كانت جبيل ، وصور ، وصيدا ، ثغور البحر. ولا نزال نعثر على موازينهم البرونزية في جميع أنحاء العراق ، وسورية ، و لبنان ، وفلسطين .

الآراميـة لغـة الشـرق ( الحلقة الأخيرة )

لتاريخ الحضارات التي ظهرت في العصور القديمة طابع مؤثر ، فقد تطور من المدنيات المسكونية البدائية حضارات أخذت بالتطور والتكامل إلى أن ازدهرت وزالت الواحدة تلو الأخرى ، وقد أسهمت كل منها في نماء التراث البشري المشترك.. ومن جهة أخرى ، فالحضارات الكبرى التي نشأت واستشرى أمرها ضمّت في كينونتها ممالك ودولًا تعايشت معا وتفاعلت على فترات من تطورها .. وهكذا بدأ العالم القديم وكأنّ قوة خفية تحركه وتدفعه من حيث لا يدري نحو وحدة إنسانية تتجدد دهراً بعد دهر .. فالحضارات تتعاقب وتهوي بعد أن تحاول كل منها أن تسهم على قدر طاقتها في خدمة البشرية .

الكتـابة الآراميـة

بلغ الآراميون درجة عالية من المدنية فكانوا في سنة 1… ق . م . يستعملون في كتاباتهم الحروف الهجائية التي أخذوها عن الفينيقيين . وهو أقدم أسلوب للكتابة معروف استعملت فيه الحروف الهجائية وحدها . وأخذوا عن المصريين القلم والحبر اللذين لا يستغني عنهما مطلقا في الكتابة بحروف الهجاء ، وكما حملت قوافل البابليين في الأزمنة الأولى قطع الآجر المكتوبة بالخط المسماري إلى أطراف آسيا الغربية كذلك حملت إليها القوافل الآرامية قوائم حسابات التجار وسنداتهم المكتوبة بالحروف الهجائية فحلت الحروف الهجائية الآرامية الفينيقية محل العلامات المسمارية .

وانتشرت في جميع أنحاء آسية الغربية ثم جاوزت الفرات . إلى بلاد فارس وأواسط آسية حتى بلغت أخيراً إلى الهند وصارت بعد زمان حروف هجاء للشعوب الشرقية أيضا .

وحينما سار التجار الآراميون كانت لغتهم بالطبع تسير معهم . فلم يمر عليها زمن طويل حتى شاع استعمالها تدريجياً على تخوم البادية . وأصبح عدد المتكلمين بها في بلاد آشور نفسها يربو على المتكلمين بالآشورية . وكلما وصلت إلى يد تاجر آرامي آجرة مكتوبة بالآشورية كان يتناول قلمه ويعلق عليها حواش بالآرامية . وبعد مدة من الزمان أجمع الرأي العام على أن تدار الأشغال العمومية باللغتين الآشورية والآرامية .
هذا في الشؤون العمومية . وأما في الحكومة فإذا كان الكاتب آراميا فبالطبع كان يدوّن المحاضر بقلم على ملف البردي وإذا كان آشوريا كان يكتب على الآجر بقلم قصب كالّ الرأس.

وأصبحت اللغة الآرامية لغة الهلال الخصيب كله . حتى أنها حلت محل العبرانية الفلسطينية ، وهكذا صار هذا اللسان التجاري الآرامي بعد ذلك بقرون عديدة اللغة التي تكلم بها المسيح ومن عاصره من العبرانيين في فلسطين .

وكانت أولى نتائج ذلك انتشار لغتهم التي انصهرت لهجاتها المتعددة في لغة آرامية عامة . وهم لم يكتبوها بحروف مسمارية ، بل طبقوا عليها أبجدية مشتقة من الأبجدية الفينيقية . فحملت سهولة استعمالها الملوك الآشوريين على استخدام الكَتَبَة الآراميين المنتشرين هنا وهناك في إدارتهم ، للكتابة على البردي . وذهب الاخمينيون إلى ابعد من ذلك فجعلوا من الآرامية لغة إمبراطوريتهم الإدارية . وإذا ما أضفنا إلى ذلك نشاط الآراميين التجاري يتضح لنا كيف أن لغتهم قد عمَّ استعمالها وحلت محل لغات أخرى كثيرة . وتبين لنا نجاحاتها أسباب اضمحلال اللغات القديمة الخاصة في بلاد ما بين النهرين . فاصيبت العبرانية بالشلل حتى في فلسطين . لذلك نرى في التوراة بعض المقاطع الآرامية . فكتاب دانيال يعلموا بالعبرانية بل بالآرامية . وكذلك أيضا فإن اللغة السريانية وهي لغة المسيحيين في سوريا وبلاد ما بين النهرين طيلة أحقاب طويلة ، تشتق من اللغة الآرامية .

تاريـخ اللغـة الآراميـة

كانت الآرامية لهجة القبائل البدوية التي ذكرتها رسائل تل العمارنة في القرن الرابع عشر ق . م . والتي ذكرها الآشوريون في أحد نصوصهم وأطلقوا عليها اسم ( أكلامو) أو ( أخلامو) ، وكانت هذه القبائل تقيم في تخوم وديان دجلة والفرات .

مع قلب الأزمنة ، واتساع رقعة سكن القبائل المذكورة ، ظهرت لهجات عديدة ، وأصبحت الآرامية تدل على تفرع للغة السامية يضم عدة لهجات .

مقارنة الآرامية مع عبرية كتاب العهد القديم ، تظهر آثار تطور اكبر أصاب هذه اللغة ، على صعيد نظامها الصوتي والحرفي ، وفيما يتعلق بالإعراب الذي فُقِدَ فيها تماماً في حين احتفظت العبرية ببعض مظاهره . وقد اكتسبت الآرامية عدداً من مفردات الألفاظ والأدوات ، واغتنت بالتوريات والجمل التابعة .

ويمكن تمييز مرحلتين أساسيتين في تاريخ اللغة الآرامية :

المرحلة الأولى : سابقة لانقسام اللغة إلى لهجات متعددة ، وتمتد من القرن التاسع ق . م. وحتى موت الاسكندر الكبير عام 323 ق . م . وتعرف بمرحلة الآرامية الشائعة أو المشتركة.

المرحلة الثانية : تمتد من موت الاسكندر إلى يومنا هذا . وقد ظهرت في هذه المرحلة لهجات عديدة اصبح اغلبها من اللغات الأدبية .

ينقسم تاريخ الآرامية المشتركة إلى عدة مراحل . فهناك المرحلة القديمة وقد دونت بها كتابات القرنين التاسع والثامن ق. م. ، مثال نص إهداء ، من بر هدد إلى الإله ملقارت ( مطلع القرن الثامن ق. م. ) وكتابات ارسلان طاش ( قرابة القرن الثامن ق. م. ) وكتابات زاكر ( نهاية القرن التاسع الميلادي) والنقوش على القرميد التي عثر عليها في حماة ( القرنان التاسع والثامن ق. م. ) ومسلات السفيرة ( قرابة العام 75. ق . م. ) وكذلك سائر النصوص العائدة إلى العالم الآرامي السياسي ( جوزانا وشمبأل وارباد ودمشق) . هذه الكتابات دونت بالأبجدية الفينيقية ، مع فارق أن بعض الأحرف الحلقية والشبه صامتة استُعملت لترمز إلى الأحرف الصامتة ( الحركات ).

وانتشرت الآرامية في القرن الثامن ق. م. بفضل الفتوحات الآشورية والبابلية، فحلت مكان الأكادية كلغة دبلوماسية . وهذه الآرامية تسمى الآرامية الكلاسيكية المتأثرة بالأكادية . وآثارها في مسلات النيرب ، وألواح تل حلف ، وفي تعويذة آرامية لآشور ، وكتابات نمرود.

ومن ثمَّ تمَّ استيلاء قورش على بابل عام 539 ق .م. وأسس إمبراطورية تمتد من بلاد فارس إلى النيل والهندوس . وكانت الآرامية هي اللغة الرسمية للأجهزة الإدارية التي كانت تشرف من سوس على الجهاز السياسي الهائل . وكانت الآرامية في خدمة المبادلات التجارية والسياسية والثقافية . وقد تراكبت هذه اللغة مع اللهجات المحلية ، في مختلف المناطق ، محتفظة بوحدة بينه ومن دون أن تفسد اللهجات المذكورة . ويطلق على هذه الآرامية اسم آرامية الإمبراطورية . وقد عثر على عدد كبير من الوثائق العائدة للحقبة الأمينية في جميع مرزبانات الإمبراطورية الفارسية ، من الأفغانيتان والهند شرقاً إلى مصر غرباً .وأشهر هذه الوثائق هي برديات ( يت ) ( الفنتين) التي تعود إلى القرن الخامس ق. م. والصادرة عن إحدى المستعمرات اليهودية العسكرية المستقلة .

تتكشف آرامية الإمبراطورية عن دلائل عديدة لتطورها الصوتي والغراماطيقي. وقد تطعمت بعبارات فارسية من المصطلحات الإدارية والعسكرية . وأتخذت الآرامية طابعاً صورياً رمزياً في الكتابات الفارسية استمر حتى العام 247ق . م. وذلك أن عدداً كبيراً من الكلمات كانت تُكتب بالآرامية وتحوَّل عند القراءة إلى مرادفها البهلوي.

وعندما فتح الاسكندر الكبير الشرق حلَّت اللغة الإغريقية محل الآرامية . وانقسمت الآرامية إلى لهجات عدة . أما الخط الآرامي المنحدر من الخط الأفريقي اعتباراً من القرن السابع ق. م. فقد تولدت منه أقلام جديدة ، منها الأحرف المربعة ( سترانجلو ) التي تبنّاها العبرانيون والأحرف النبطية والتدمرية والسريانية والمائدية .

وانقسمت الآرامية إلى فرعين رئيسيين : فرع غربي وآخر شرقي. ويحتوي الفرع الغربي على اللهجات التالية :

أولا : آرامية الكتاب المقدس ( القرنان الثالث ، والثاني ق. م.م) التي يطلق عليها خطأ اسم الكلدانية . وقد استعملت هذه اللهجة في سفر عزرا ثم في سفر دانيال ( 167 ــ 166) ق . م. وأصبحت لهجة محلية في فلسطين .

ثانيـا: اللهجة التدمرية .

ثالثـا: اللهجة النبطية .

رابعـا: اللهجة اليهودية الآرامية الغربية .

خامسا: اللهجة السامرية .

سادسا: اللهجة المسيحية الآرامية .

سابعـا: اللهجة الآرامية الجديدة .

أما الفرع الشرقي الذي تطور في بابل ، منذ العصر السلوقي اعتبارا من القرن الرابع ق .م. فهو ينقسم إلى اللهجات التالية :

اولا: السريانية .

ثانيـا: اليهودية الآرامية الشرقية .

ثالثـا: المندية .

رابعـا: اللهجات الآرامية الشرقية الحديثة .

تراجعت الآرامية الشرقية والغربية أمام اللهجة العربية التي عمت كامل المنطقة، فلم يسلم بعدها إلا لهجات ثلاث جماعات صغيرة من الشعوب الآرامية ، تتمثل إحداها في شعب طور عابدين في أعالي دجلة . وقد تبدلت البنية الآرامية القديمة تبدلاً كبيراً في هذه اللهجة فظهرت فيها صيغ فعلية جديدة مشتقة من المصدر حلت مكان صيغ الماضي والمضارع . واصبحت أداة التعريف تختلف باختلاف الجنس والعدد . وهناك لهجة ثانية هي السريانية الجديدة ، وثالثة هي لهجة الموصل . وهذه الأخيرة تقع بين لهجة طور عابدين ولهجة اورميا .

ومع آخر عهد الإمبراطورية الرومانية بعثت الثقافة الآرامية مجدداً ، وتراجعت اللغة الإغريقية أمام السريانية ، وظهر عدد كبير من الكتاب يستعملون إحدى اللغتين المذكورتين . ونشأت بطريركيتا أورشليم وإنطاكية .وظهرت مدارس انطاكية والرها ونصيبين ، ورهبان أمثال القديس سابا ، ونساك ، وعموديون أمثال القديس سمعان، ما أسهم إسهاماً كبيرا في الحقبة ما بين القرنين الرابع والسابع الميلاديين ، بترسيخ أسس العقيدة المسيحية . وقد تميزت العقيدة المسيحية بالعاطفة الدينية القوية والروح القومية المعادية لبيزنطة ، مما أدى إلى ظهور الكنائس الهرطوقية التي كانت تستعمل السريانية لغة لها ، ونشأت النسطورية في القرن الخامس انطلاقا من إنطاكية ، ولاقت اتباعاً لها في شرقي الفرات . إلّا أن مذهب الطبيعة الواحدة ، الذي دافع عنه سويروس بطريريك إنطاكية ويعقوب البرادعي مؤسس الكنيسة اليعقوبية ، تغلب على المذهب الأرثوذكسي الممثل من يومها بالكنيسة الملكية ، وبموارنة لبنان الكاثوليكيين ذوي الطقس السرياني . وتدخل هيراقليوس الأول في الجدل القائم ، ونتج عن ذلك تحديد جديد للمسيحية قائم على مذهب الإرادة الواحدة لدى المسيح .

مصـادر الحلقـات

1_معجم الحضارات السامية _ هنري ، س ، عبودي
2_تاريخ الحضارات العام _ مجموعة مؤلفين
3_العصور القديمة _ جيمس برستد
4_تاريخ سوريا ولبنان وفلسطين _ فيليب حتي
5_مقارنة الأديان _ د. احمد شلبي
6_بلادنا فلسطين _ مصطفى مراد الدباغ
7_العرب قبل الإسلام _ د. جواد علي

BAR HEBRAEUS ܒܪ ܥܒܪܝܐ

$
0
0

One of the major motifs of my poetry, is the exploration of the historical evolution, adoption and transformation of elements of Hellenic culture in literary traditions of non-Hellenic areas that have been touched somehow by Greek civilization. For while it is often claimed that ours is the parent of Western civilization, I would argue that in fact it is the Middle Eastern civilizations that are united closer to us in kinship and which have drawn more heavily on the corpus of our tradition, whereas with the West, it is more precise to refer to an adoptive, rather than a sanguinary relationship.

Indeed, various Middle Eastern cultures including the Jewish, Syriac and Arabic exist in a historic dialectic and continuous process of emancipation from Greek culture.
The process through which elements of Greek civilization are adopted by, inform and ultimately are subsumed into other cultures on the margins of the Greek world is instructive and act as a parallel and commentary to similar processes unfolding here in Australia. Furthermore, the fact that a good number of the Western oriented first generation fail to identify or understand the inferences to Middle Eastern acculturation in my poems provides a most telling and satisfying parallel to the phenomenon of a large number of the first generation failing to see the level of assimilation and/or acculturation of the latter generations is Australia.
If there is one historical persona who inspires me in my delusion of poetical aspiration, then undoubtedly that is Grigorios Bar Ebroyo, known as Bar Hebraeus, an Assyrian bishop, philosopher, poet, grammarian, physician, biblical commentator, historian, and theologian, who lived in Melitene, in Arab territory, on the borders of Byzantine territory in the thirteenth century. A polymath, and scholar, through his works addressing philosophy, poetry, language, history, and theology, he has been called “one of the most learned and versatile of men.” It is through his Syriac translations and discussions of ancient and contemporary Greek writings, real or imagined, that one can gauge the permeation and high esteem of Greek culture into the Middle East.


Born in the village of Ebro in 1226, he began as a boy the study of medicine at the great centre of Hellenic knowledge at Antioch and Tripoli. In 1246 he was consecrated bishop and finally was made primate, or maphrian, of the East in 1264. In this task, he was responsible for keeping alive a millenium old Christian tradition in the face of Muslim intolerance, engaging in a dangerous and delicate balancing act between the Byzantines and the Caliphs. His episcopal duties however did not interfere with his studies. He took advantage of the numerous visitations, which he had to make throughout his vast province, to consult the libraries and converse with the learned men whom he happened to meet. Thus he gradually accumulated an immense erudition, became familiar with almost all branches of secular and religious knowledge, and in many cases thoroughly mastered the bibliography of the various subjects which he undertook to treat.
Just how erudite and all pervasive he cast his eye in search of intellectual stimulation can be evidenced by a perusal of my favourite of his works, the Kethabha dhe-Thunnaye Mighaizjzikhanl, or Book of Entertaining Stories. This is in effect a joke book, something quite surprising for a clergyman. One chapter, proving how important Greece and Greek philosophy is to the Easter world, is entitled “Profitable Sayings of the Greek philosophers,” lists reputed sayings that are profound, such as this attributed to Socrates: “A certain disciple of Socrates said unto him, “How is it that I see in thee no sign of sorrow?” Socrates replied, “Because I possess nothing for which I should sorrow if it perished. ” It also is a repository of sayings that are rather wicked, such as: “Diogenes saw a harlot’s child throwing stones at people, and he said to him, “Throw not stones, lest thou smite thine own father without knowing it.” In the authoritative English translation by Wallis Budge in 1897, some of the more racier stories, are rendered in Latin for the sake of offending readers’ tender morals. His legacy today survives in the equally compendious and prolific prelate of the Church of the East in India, Mar Aprem, who has also published a joke book among his many writings.
Bar Hebraeus’ love of Greek philosophy led him also to write the Kethabha dhe-Bhabhatha or Book of the Pupils of the Eyes, a treatise on logic or dialectics based on the writings of Greek philosophers, which he comments on extensively. This was at a time when the West, in the form of refugees fleeing Byzantium, was only just experiencing a taste of long lost Greek works. In Syria however, these works had been adopted wholesale into the local Aramaic and Arabic cultures for generations. Thus, the prolific prelate continued with his Hewath Hekmetha or Butter of Wisdom, an exposition of the whole philosophy of Aristotle, Sullarat Haunãnãyã or Ascent of the Mind, a treatise on astronomy and cosmography, various commentaries on the medical works of the ancient Greek Galen, explaining how medicine had advanced since his time, as well as a collection of quite remarkable Syriac poems.As if this were not enough, his great encyclopedic work Hewath Hekhmetha, “The Cream of Science”, deals with almost every branch of human knowledge, and comprises the whole Aristotelian discipline, after Avicenna and other Arabian writers – a remarkable synthesis which shows the permeation and interpretation of Greek philosophy throughout the East. A further work Teghrath Teghratha, or “Commerce of Commerces”, also revisits similar themes, while the Kethabha dhe-Bhabhatha, or Book of the Pupils of the Eyes is an amazing compendium of Greek philosophic thought on logic and dialectics and the Kethabha dhe-Sewadh Sophia, or Book of Speech of Wisdom, a compendium of Greek thought on physics and metaphysics. Bar Hebraeus’ theological works are also significant, coming at a time when the Christians of the Arab world were largely cut off from Byzantium. His Aucar Raze, or “Storehouse of Secrets”, is a vast commentary on the entire Bible, both doctrinal and critical. Before giving his doctrinal exposition of a passage, he first considers its critical state. Although he uses the Syriac Peshitta, as a basis, he knows that it is not perfect, and therefore controls it by the Hebrew, the Septuagint, the Greek versions of Symmachus, Theodotion, Aquila, by Oriental versions, Armenian and Coptic, and finally by the other Syriac translations, Heraclean, Philoxenian and especially the Syro-Hexapla. The work of Bar Hebraeus is of prime importance for the recovery of these versions and more specifically for the Hexapla of the great theologian Origen. His exegetical and doctrinal portions are taken from the Greek Fathers and previous Syrian Jacobite theologians, preserving works that would otherwise have been lost to us.
How he could have devoted so much time to such a systematic study of the Greek world, in spite of all the vicissitudes incident to the ensuing Mongol invasion, an extemely traumatic event for the Middle East, is almost beyond comprehension. The main claim of Bar Hebraeus to my admiration is not, in his original productions, but rather in his having preserved and systematized the work of his Greek predecessors, either by way of condensation of by way of direct reproduction. The obscurity that writers of his ilk have endured by a Greek nation obsessed with establishing or ‘proving’ western roots in its vain attempt to obtain legitimacy is decidedly underserved. Give me a prelate who writes jokes such as “Another fool…when his son was being circumcised said to him that was making the cutting, “Cut him little by little, for he hath never before been circumcised,” compared to a stuffy Korais any day.
Bar Hebraeus’ remains lie today in Mar Mattai monastery in Northern Iraq, a most ancient place that has been virtually abandoned due to the dangerous conditions existing in that country for its native Christians. I should feel my debt to him as one of my personal heroes to be partially discharged, should I be able to discover a Greek rendering of his title, maphrian. Μαφριανός, to my taste, sounds decidedly cool.
DEAN KALIMNIOU

THE SYRIAC CHANT TRADITIONS IN SOUTH INDIA / Joseph J. Palackal

$
0
0

The Syriac (Aramaic) liturgy and liturgical chants that originated in the Middle East found their way into South India through immigrant Christians sometime before the fifth century. Continuous contact between the “Syrian Christians” (descendants of Hindu converts and immigrant Christians)1 in India and the Persian Church kept the chant tradition rejuvenated in the subsequent centuries. Due to divisions and varying ecclesiastical allegiances starting from the sixteenth century, there are now two liturgical and three chant traditions among the Syrian Christians. The Syro-Malabar Church (in union with Rome) and the Church of the East (Diophysite, also known as Nestorian) continue the Chaldean liturgy, which was originally in East Syriac, while the Syrian Orthodox Church (Monophysite, also known as Jacobite) adopted the Antiochene liturgy, which was originally in West Syriac. Although the first two Churches follow the same liturgical tradition with minor variations, their musical repertoires as they exist today are different from each other. As a means of preserving their individual identity, all three Churches retained most of the original Syriac melodies in the process of vernacularizing the liturgies to Malayalam since the 1960s. Thus, the melodies that were once associated with Syriac texts of celebrated poets such as St. Ephrem the Syrian (d. 373), Narsai (d.c. 503), and Jacob of Serugh (d. 521) assumed yet another life in a completely different cultural milieu of South India.
It is a matter of historical and ethnomusicological interest that the melodies of these chants have not only survived over such a long period of time, but also have retained their unique identity amidst vibrant musical traditions of the Hindus, Muslims, and Jews in South India. Yet, neither the history nor the music of the chants has received adequate attention from musicologists. My purpose is to identify and address the problems and issues in the study of these chant traditions from historical and analytical perspectives.
On a personal note, I was born and raised in Kerala, South India, where I grew up listening to and singing the Syriac chants of the Syro-Malabar Church. Later, I familiarized myself with the chant traditions of the other Syrian Churches. While doing fieldwork in Kerala for my master’s thesis2, I noticed how singers of Puthen Pāna, a Christian musical genre, adapted melodic phrases and stylistic aspects of Syriac chants such as the ornamentation of the ultimate or the penultimate syllable of a word. The discussion of the melodies of Puthen Pāna in my thesis includes analysis of a few melodies of the Syriac chants. Thus, my personal experience and knowledge of the Syriac chant traditions give me a vantage point from which to look at the repertories as a researcher.
I shall divide the dissertation in two parts: part I will contain discussions of historical issues and part II, analytical issues.

Part I : Historical issues
In chapter 1, I shall examine the historical processes involved in the introduction of different liturgical and musical traditions at various stages in the history of the Syrian Christians. For this chapter, I shall rely heavily on the published histories of Christianity in India mentioned in the bibliography. I have spent several years studying the history of Christianity and Christian music in India. The first two chapters of my master’s thesis contain short surveys of those histories. The knowledge and experience I gained in the process will help me toward a historical overview of the Syriac liturgies and music in South India.
When it comes to the study of the history of chants themselves, one encounters the problem of the dearth of musical documentation in the past. Therefore, the musical history of the chants has to be constructed primarily from contemporary practice by employing both synchronic and diachronic methods. Through interviews with older informants, and reviewing the available published sources such as Saldanha (1937) and Vadakel (1954), I intend to gather information on the state of music before vernacularization of the liturgies (i.e., before the 1960s). My primary concern, however, is to assess the current practice, including individual and regional variations in the singing of the melodies that exist primarily in oral transmission, the singers’ perception of and judgment on such variations, and the factors behind the survival of certain melodies and gradual disappearance of certain others.
In chapter 2, I shall explore the survival strategies of the Syrian Christians that helped the preservation of the Syriac chant traditions. One of the reasons for the survival of Syriac chants in South India is the distinction the Christians made between their social identity and their musical identity. Early sixteenth-century accounts of the Portuguese missionaries testify that the Christianity they encountered in South India was a highly indigenized one. The Christians shared with their Hindu neighbors many social customs and practices. However, in matters related to liturgical celebrations, they adhered strictly to Syriac language and music. When the Portuguese missionaries attempted to enforce Latin liturgy and chant, the Syrian Christians went so far as to stage a revolt against the Portuguese. The current debate on the reform of the Chaldean liturgy (in Malayalam) in the Syro-Malabar Church once again brings the issue of musical identity to the foreground.
In chapter 3, I shall discuss the impact of Western (Latin) Christian hegemony of the Portuguese missionaries on the Syriac chant traditions. The Portuguese missionaries failed to replace Syriac liturgy with Latin liturgy and chant. However, they succeeded in introducing the Holy Week and paraliturgical services such as Benediction of the Blessed Sacrament, Novena to saints and solemn Vespers in Syriac translations. This gave rise to a new set of Syriac chants that are characterized by a higher melodic range and greater rhythmic regularity in comparison with the chants of the Mass and the Office. A relatively small proportion of these chants was retained in the process of vernacularizing the liturgies. The missionaries also introduced Western musical instruments such as pedal organ, violin, and bass drum. The impact of these and similar innovations is visible even today in the liturgical celebrations, especially in the Syro-Malabar Church.
Exploration of the historical issues mentioned above shall serve as a background for studying the analytical issues in part II.

Part II: Analytical issues
Chapter 4 will be devoted to the discussion of a significant feature of the Syriac music repertory in South India, viz., the preservation of the Oktoechos system in the Syrian Orthodox Church. The echoi are referred to in Malayalam, since at least the eighteenth century, as ettu niram (eight colors) or ettu rāgam. They are numbered serially from 1 to 8, e.g., onnām niram (first color), randām niram (second color), etc. Melodies of the Oktoechoi of the Syrian Churches outside India have received scholarly attention in the past (Jeannin I925-28, Husmann 1969, 1971, and Kuckertz 1969). I intend to illustrate the distinctive characteristics of the ettu niram by analyzing five representative chants in each niram. My inquiry will also include the aesthetic and ethical aspects of niram as understood by its practitioners. Findings of this study will be useful for cross-cultural comparisons.
In chapter 5, I shall make a comparative study of the model melodies used as a compositional device in the Syro-Malabar Church and the Church of the East. A model melody is a complete, fixed tune for creating new hymns by writing verses that will fit the melody. Although, in principle, model melodies are fixed tunes, individual differences do occur in actual performance. I shall attempt to study the range of variations in seventeen model melodies that are currently in vogue in the Syro-Malabar liturgy by analysing performances by different individuals from different dioceses. The Syro-Malabar Church and the Church of the East follow the same Chaldean liturgy. However, the melodic and rhythmic features of model melodies used in both liturgies are quite different. I intend to compare the characteristics of the model melodies of both Churches by analyzing sample melodies from the respective repertories.
Finally, chapter 6 will consist of a discussion of the influence of language in melodic transformation. Translation of Syriac liturgies to the vernacular presents new issues related to language and music. A preliminary analysis of contemporary chants in comparison with their older versions shows changes, especially in the rhythmic aspects of the melodies. There appears to be a tendency, at least in some cases, to adjust the melody to indigenous metric structures. The semantic and syntactic structures of Malayalam seem to influence the choice of ornamentation of the ultimate or the penultimate syllable of a word. I shall pursue these and other similar issues by a comparative study of the Syriac and Malayalam versions of a selected number of model melodies. Heinrich Husmann’s transcription of the Syriac chants of the Chaldean Office for Sundays and ordinary days recorded in Kerala in the early 1960s will be useful in this study.3

Relevance
The richness and the diversity in the Syriac chant traditions in South India demand more scholarly attention than what they received in the past. A history of India’s music may be incomplete without the history of Indian Christian music. A study of the historical processes involved in the retention of a musical tradition outside its original geographical and cultural domain will be valuable to the understanding of the interaction between music and history. The timeliness of this project, too, adds to its relevance. There are people still alive who can sing the older version of the melodies with the original Syriac texts. Those informants are crucial witnesses to a musical tradition that is undergoing rapid transformation.

Research Plan and Methodology
My immediate plan is to acquire a reading knowledge of Syriac language so that I can consult the Syriac sources of chants and liturgical texts available in India. Fr. Eleazer Vadakkumchery has agreed to teach me the language in this summer during my stay in Kerala. My next priority is to study the structure of the Antiochene liturgy of the Syrian Orthodox Church and to record at least five chants in each of the ettu niram, in both Syriac and Malayalam, for an analytical study. Dr. M.P. George, who is currently teaching at the Theological Seminary of the Syrian Orthodox Church at Kottayam, Kerala, has given his consent to help me in this matter.
In the past few years I have interviewed several resource persons from the Syro-Malabar Church and the Church of the East. Audio recordings of these interviews include renditions of chants by the informants. Fr. Abel Periyappuram (b. 1920) is the most important resource person for the liturgical music of the Syro-Malabar Church. It was Fr. Abel who translated the Syriac texts of the chants for Mass, Office, and funeral services of the Chaldean liturgy to the vernacular in the 1960s. He was kind enough to sing for me seventeen model melodies, both in Syriac and Malayalam. In addition to this, I intend to interview sixteen informants, eight men and eight women, between the age of 25 and 40, from a cross-section of the population of the Syro-Malabar Church. Two men and two women each will be chosen from the dioceses of Palai, Kottayam, Ernakulam, and Thrissur. I shall record their versions of the model melodies for transcription and analysis to assess the range of variations within each model melody.
I made an audio recording of the Syriac version of the model melodies, some of which are not currently in use, sung by Fr. Alexander Kattakkayam (b. 1912), a former teacher of Syriac language and an accomplished singer of Syriac chants. I shall further record the Syriac version of the model melodies sung by ten more informants (mostly priests) from the older generation, to assess the differences between the Syriac and Malayalam versions of the melodies.
I interviewed Most Rev. Dr. Mar Aprem, the Metropolitan and the head of the Church of the East (Nestorian) at Thrissur, Kerala. During the recorded interview Mar Aprem, along with Deacon Varghese and Deacon C.D. Paully, sang the melodies of Mass, Office, and funeral services. Additionally, I plan to interview five informants and record their versions of melodies for a comparative study of the model melodies of the Church of the East and the Syro-Malabar Church.
I shall conduct the field work in two stages. I shall spend three months in this summer in Kerala. During this period, I shall locate informants and conduct a few interviews, especially with the older informants. My focus will be on the chant tradition of the Syrian Orthodox Church. After returning to New York, I shall transcribe the melodies and conduct a preliminary analysis. I shall go to Kerala again for six months in March 2000, to do the rest of the fieldwork.

Tentative Outline

Introduction
Part I: Music and History
Chapter 1. Syriac Liturgies and Chant Traditions in South India: A Historical Overview
Chapter 2. Survival Strategies of the Syrian Christians: Social Identity vs. Musical Identity
Chapter 3. Western Christian Hegemony and the Syriac Chants of the Syro-Malabar Church

Part II: Scales, Niram, and Model Melodies
Chapter 4. Ettu niram of the Syrian Orthodox Church
Chapter 5. Model Melodies of the Chaldean Liturgy in the Syro-Malabar Church and the Church of the East: A comparative Study
Chapter 6. From Syriac to Malayalam: Language and Musical Transformation
Conclusion

State of Research
A renewal of interest in the Western Latin Christian chant toward the end of the 19th and the beginning of the 20th century led music scholars to search for the original or older versions of the melodies in the chants of the Eastern Churches. Dom Jean Parisot (1861-1923) was sent on an official “scientific mission” by the French Government in 1896 to study Syriac language and music of the Maronite, Syrian, and Chaldean rites in Turkey and Syria. His reports published in Rapport sur une mission scientifique en Turquie ď Asie (Paris, 1899) and Rapport sur une mission scientifique en Turquie et Syrie (Paris, 1903) include transcriptions of chants from these rites. At about the same time, three French priests –Dom Jules Jeannin, Dom Julien Puyade, and Dom Anselme Chibas-Lassalle– engaged in the study of Syriac liturgical music. They published Mélodies liturgiques syriennes et chaldéennes (Paris, 1925-1928), an extensive collection of Syriac chants sung at the monastery at Charfu in Lebanon along with a discussion on the melodies and their classification according to the system of the Syrian Octoechos. Josef Kuckertz, in “Die Melodietypen der westsyrischen liturgischen Gesänge.” Kirchenmusicalishes Jahrbuch, vol. 53, 1969), analysed the melody types of the West Syrian liturgical hymns to explain the principles of classification of melodies according to the eight “Tones” of the Syrian Oktoechos.
Heinrich Husmann has made valuable contributions to Syriac music scholarship through his transcriptions of a large number of melodies from the repertories of the Jacobite and Chaldean Churches. The work he edited, Die Melodien der jacobitischen Kirche, i: Die Melodien des Wochenbreviers (shīmtā) gesungen von Qurillāos Jaqub Kas Görgös, Metropolit von Damaskus (Vienna, 1969), contains transcriptions of the melodies of the Office of the Jacobite Church. His transcriptions of the melodies of a particular genre, known as qāle (“melodies,” sing. qālā), are published in Die Melodien der jacobitischen Kirche, ii: Die Qāle gaoānāie des Beit gazā ( Vienna, 1971). Both these publications are helpful to understand the system of the Syrian Oktoechos. Husmann’s transcriptions of the melodies of the Chaldean Breviary, as sung in the Near East and in Kerala, are published in Die Melodien des Chaldäischen Breviers Commune nach den Traditionen Vorderasiens und der Malabarküste (Rome, 1967).
A. Saldanha, a Jesuit priest, made the first attempt in India to transcribe the melodies of the solemn sung mass of the Syro-Malabar rite in Western staff notation. His transcriptions appear in the first part of The Syriac-Malayalam Hymnal (Calicut, 1937). Seventeen years later, Fr. Mathew Vadakel edited Kerala kaldāya suriyāni reethile thirukkarmma geethangal (liturgical hymns of the Chaldeo-Syrian rite of Kerala; Alwaye, 1954) which contains an extensive collection of chants (in Western staff notation) for the solemn celebration of the mass and other liturgical and paraliturgical occasions such as the solemn Vespers, Novena to saints, and Benediction of the Blessed Sacrament. As in the previous book, the Syriac texts appear in Malayalam transliteration. In “Ritual and Music in South India: Syrian Christian Liturgical Music in Kerala” (Asian Music, vol. 11, 1979), Israel Ross made an analytical study of a few Syrian Christian chants (it is not clear from which of the three traditions) and found resemblance between Syriac chants and Hebrew cantillation. According to Ross, “Syrian Christian chant in Kerala is sung in two modes: kadmoyo, equivalent to Arabic bayat (Gr. Phrygian; Ecc. Dorian) and hamisoyo, equivalent to Arabic rast (Gr. Lydian; Ecc. Ionian).” (This seems to me to be an overgeneralization).
Husmann’s article, “Syriac Church Music,” in The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians (vol. 18, London, 1980), and Ulrike Nieten’s article, “Syrische Kirchenmusik,” in Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart (vol. 9, Kassel, 1998) provide short historical backgrounds of the various Syrian Churches and their respective liturgies. Both authors discuss the musical forms and styles of these liturgies with special emphasis on the modal system, analogous to the Byzantine Oktoechos, that is in use in the Syrian Orthodox Church.

Advice and Consultations

Advisor: Dr. Stephen Blum, Graduate Center (CUNY)
Reader: Dr. Peter L. Manuel, John Jay College (CUNY)

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Christianity in India

Bernard of St. Thomas (Fr. Bernard Alenchery).1992. Marthoma christianikal
(St. Thomas Christians). 2nd ed. Ernakulam & Kottayam: C.M.I. Publications Dept. & Pellissery Publications. (First published in two volumes, 1916-1921).

Brown, Leslie. 1982. The Indian Christians of St. Thomas: An Account of the
Ancient Syrian Church of Malabar. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Geddes, Michael. 1694. The History of the Church of Malabar, FROM The time
of its being discover’d by the Portuguezes in the Year 1501. Giving an Account of The Persecutions and Violent Methods of the Roman Prelates, to Reduce them to the subjection of the Church of Rome. Together with the SYNOD of DIAMPER, Celebrated in the Year of our Lord 1599. With Some Remarks upon the Faith and Doctrine of the Christians of St. Thomas in the Indies, agreeing with the Church of England, in opposition to that of Rome. Done out of Portugueze into English. London: Printed for Sam. Smith, and Benj. Walford, at the Prince’s Arms in St. Paul’s Church yard.

Gouvea, Antonio de. 1606a. Jornada do Arcebispo de Goa Dom Frey Alexio de
Menezes Primas de India Oriental Religioso da Ordem de S. Agostinho. Coimbra: Diogo Gomez Loureyro.

——-. 1606b. Synodo Diocesano da Igreia e Bispado de Angamale dos antigos
christaôs de Sam Thome das Serras do Malavar das partes da India Oriental. Coimbra: Diogo Gomez Loureyro.

Kollaparambil, Jacob. 1992. The Babylonian Origin of the Southists Among the
St. Thomas Christians. Orientalia Christiana Analecta. No. 241. Rome: Pontificium Institutum Orientalium.

Mathew, C.P., and M.M. Thomas. 1967. The Indian Churches of Saint Thomas.
Delhi: I.S.P.C.K.

Medlycott, Adolphus E., ed. 1905. India and the Apostle Thomas: An Inquiry,
with a Critical Analysis of the “Acta Thomae”. London: David Nutt.

Mundadan, Mathias A. 1970. Sixteenth Century Traditions of St. Thomas
Christians. Bangalore: Dharmaram Publications.

——-. 1984. Indian Christians: Search for Identity and Struggle for Autonomy.
Bangalore: Dharmaram Publications.

——-. 1989. History of Christianity in India. Vol. I. From the Beginning up to
the Middle of the Sixteenth Century (Up to 1542). Bangalore: Church History Association of India. (First published in 1984).

Neill, Stephen C. 1984. A History of Christianity in India: the Beginnings to
A.D. 1707. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Podipara, Placid J. 1979. The Rise and Decline of the Indian Church of the
Thomas Christians. Vadavthoor, Kottayam: Oriental Institute for Religious Studies.

Thekkedath, Joseph. 1988. History of Christianity in India. Vol.II. From the
Middle of the Sixteenth to the End of the Seventeenth Century 1542-1700. Bangalore: Church History Association of India.

Tisserant, Eugene. 1957. Eastern Christianity in India: A History of the Syro-
Malabar Church from the Earliest Time to the Present Day. Bombay: Orient Longmans.

Zacharia, Scaria. ed. 1994a. Udayamperur sunahadosinte kanonakal, A. D.
1599 (The decrees of the Synod of Diamper). Kottayam: Indian Institute of Christian Studies.

——-. ed. 1994b. The Acts and Decrees of the Synod of Diamper, A.D. 1599.
Kottayam: Indian Institute of Christian Studies.

Syriac chants

Bonvin, Ludwig. 1918. “On Syrian Liturgical Chant.” Musical Quarterly.
4 (4): 593-603.

Breviarium juxta Ritum Syrorum Orientalium id est Chaldaeorium. 1938. Part
I: From Advent to Lent. Rome: Sacred Congregation for the Eastern Churches. First published in 1886 by the Sacred Congregation for the Propagation of Faith, Rome.

Cody, Aelred. 1982. “The Early History of the Octoechos in Syria.” East of
Byzantium: Syria and Armenia in the Formative Period. Nina Garsoïan, ed. Dumbarton Oaks Symposium 1980. Washington, D.C.: Dumbarton Oaks Center for Byzantine Studies.

Coxe, Arthur C. 1925. The Ante-Nicene Fathers. Vol. 8. New York: Scribner’s
Sons.

Husmann, Heinrich. 1966. “The Practice of Organum in the Liturgical singing
of the Syrian Churches of the Near and Middle East.” Aspects of Medieval and Renaissance Music: A Birthday Offering to Gustave Reese. Jan LaRue, ed. New York: W.W. Norton & Company. 435-439.

——-, ed. 1967. Die Melodien des Chaldäischen Breviers Commune nach den
Traditionen Vorderasiens und der Malabarküste. Orientalia Christiana Analecta, 178. Rome: Pontificium Institutum Orientalium Studiorum. Review by Josef Kuckertz, Die Musikforschung. 23 (1970). 371-3

——-, ed. 1969a. Die Melodien der jacobitischen Kirche, i: Die Melodien des
Wochenbreviers (shīmtā) gesungen von Qurillāos Jaqub Kas Görgös, Metropolit von Damaskus. Sitzungsberichte der Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophische-historische Klasse, 262 (1).Vienna: Hermann Böhlaus Nachfolger. Review by Josef Kuckertz, Die Musikforschung. 23 (1970): 371-3

——-. 1969b. “Die Tonarten der Chaldäschen breviergesänge.” Orientalia
Christiana Periodica. 35: 215-48.

——-, ed. 1971. Die Melodien der jacobitischen Kirche, ii: Die Qāle gaoānāie
des Beit gazā. Sitzungsberichte der Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophische-historische Klasse, 273 (4). Vienna: Hermann Böhlaus Nachfolger.

——-. 1972. “Die ostkirchlichen Liturgien und ihre Kultmusik,” “Die Gesänge
der syrischen Liturgie.” Geschichte der katholischen Kirchenmusik. Vol. 1. K. G. Fellerer, ed. Kassel: Bärenreiter. 57-98.

——-. 1974a. “Eine Konkordanztabelle syrischer kirchentöne und arabischen
Maqamen in einem syrischen Musiknotizbuch.” Symposium Syriacum 1972. Orientalia Christiana Analecta. Rome: Pontificium Institutum Orientalium Studiorum. 197: 371-85.

——-. 1974b. “Ein syrischer Sticherarion mit paläobyzantinischer Notation
(Sinai syr. 261).” Hamburger Jahrbuch für Musikwissenschaft. 1: 9-57.

——-. 1976. “Madraše und Seblata — Repertoireuntersuchungen zu den
Hymnen Ephraems des Syrers.” Acta Musicologica. 48:113-150.

——-. 1980. “Syriac Church Music.” The New Grove Dictionary of Music and
Musicians. Vol. 18. Stanley Sadie, ed. London: Macmillan. 472-81.

Jeannin, Jules. 1925-1928. Mélodies liturgiques syriennes et chaldéennes.
Paris: Maison ďédition Leroux.

Kuckertz, Josef. 1969. “Die Melodietypen der westsyrischen liturgischen
Gesänge.” Kirchenmusicalishes Jahrbuch. 53: 61-98.

Nieten, Ulrike. 1998. “Syrische Kirchenmusik.” Die Musik in Geschichte und
Gegenwart. Vol. 9. Ludwig Finscher, ed. Kassel: Bärenreiter. 185-200.

Parisot, Jean. 1899. Rapport sur une mission scientifique en Turquie ď Asie.
Paris: Imprimerie Nationale.

——-. 1903. Rapport sur une mission scientifique en Turquie et Syrie. Paris:
Imprimerie Nationale.

Thomas, Romeo, C.M.I. 1961. “The Syriac Language and Literature.” Syro-
Chaldaic (Aramaic) Grammar. Gabriel of St. Joseph, T.O.C.D.. 5th edition, revised by Fr. Emmanuel, C.M.I.. Mannanam: St. Joseph’s Press.

Syriac chants – India

Husmann, Heinrich. 1967. “Die Melodien des Commune des malabarischen
breviers.” Die Melodien des Chaldäischen Breviers Commune nach den Traditionen Vorderasiens und der Malabarküste. Heinrich Husmann, ed. Rome: Pontificium Institutum Orientalium Studiorum. Orientalia Christiana Analecta. 178:108-176.

Palackal, Joseph J. 1995. Puthen Pana: A Musical Study. Master’s thesis.
Hunter College of the City University of New York. (DA 1384737).

Ross, Israel J. 1979. “Ritual and Music in South India: Syrian Christian
Liturgical Music in Kerala.” Asian Music. 11 (1): 80-98.

Saldanha, A., S.J., ed. 1937. The Syriac-Malayalam Hymnal (Calicut,
Kerala: Cathedral Church. Music of the Syriac chants of the Syro-Malabar rite (text transliterated in Malayalam script), and Malayalam devotional songs in Western staff notation.

Vadakel, Mathew, Fr., ed. 1954. Kerala kaldaya suriyani reethile
thirukkarmma geethangal (Liturgical hymns of the Chaldeo- Syrian rite of Kerala). Alwaye: S. H. League. Music of the Syriac chants of the Syro-Malabar rite (text transliterated in Malayalam script) in Western staff notation.

Abel, C.M.I. 1968. Kanonanamaskaram (canonical prayers) for the seasons of
Lent and Resurrection [Easter]. Ernakulam: Syro-Malabar Liturgical Committee.

——-. 1986. Marichavarkuvendiyulla thirukkarmmangal (rites for the dead).
Ernakulam: Liturgical Book Center.

Elisva, Kuriakose, ed. 1921. Ksava d’sesmestha dahalap annide (the book of
prayers for the dead). Mannanam: St. Joseph’s Press. Reprint of the 1882 edition.

Kalappura, Andreos, ed. 1948. D’sesmestha d’annide (Office of the dead).
Aluva: Mar Thoma Sleeha Press.

Malankara orthodox suriani christianikalude namaskarakramam & visudha
kurbanakramam (the Order of the Office & the holy mass of the Malankara Orthodox Syrian Christians). 1990. Devalokam, Kottayam: Department of Publications of the Malankara Orthodox Church.

George, M.P., Fr. 1993. Suriyani sangeetham (Syriac music). Devalokam,
Kottayam: M.O.C. Publications.

J. Kuckertz, ed.: Musica Indigena: einheimische Musik und ihre mögliche
Verwendung in Liturgie und Verkundigung (Rome, 1976)

Bedjan, Paul, ed. 1892. Acta Martyrum et Sanctorum. Vol.III. Paris, Leipsic: O. Harrassowitz.

Sergius of Reshaina as Translator: The Case of the De Mundo / Adam McCollum

$
0
0

Introduction
The De Mundo (hereafter DM) occupies somewhat of a unique position in the
history of philosophical and scientific transmission from Greek to Syriac and Arabic in that the complete work is extant in all three languages. What is more, there are in fact three separate versions in Arabic,1 not to mention two Armenian translations,2 as well as an early Latin version, the work of Apuleius (c.125-c.180).3 Too often we have only testimonia that this or that text was translated into Syriac or Arabic, but we lack either the original or the translation(s); the DM gives us all this, and then some. In this paper, I would like to focus on the Syriac version4 of this fascinating and significant scientific

1 This version has only been well known since the publications of S.M. Stern, “The Arabic Translations of the Pseudo-Aristotelian Treatise De Mundo,” Le Muséon, 77 (1964): 187-204, and “A Third Arabic Translation of the Pseudo-Aristotelian Treatise De Mundo,” Le Muséon, 78 (1965): 381-393; see also F.
Klein-Franke, , “Die Überlieferung der ältesten arabischen Handschrift von Pseudo-Aristoteles ‘De Mundo,’” Le Muséon, 87 (1974): 59-65, for an important clarification of the relationship to the Greek and Syriac texts. Brafman’s 1985 dissertation, The Arabic ‘De Mundo’: An Edition with Translation and Commentary, (Ph.D. dissertation, Duke University, 1985), made the texts more widely available, but since he did not know Syriac, from which at least two of the three translations were made, he made some mistakes in interpretation. Incidentally, the Princeton Arabic ms. of the DM also contains the related Treatise on the Movement of the Universe (Risālah fī ḥarakat al-kull) by Alexander of Aphrodisias (fols. 176r-177r); for an edition and English translation, see C. Genequand, Alexander of Aphrodisias on the Cosmos (Leiden, 2000), pp. 136-143. I am currently preparing an edition (with English translation and commentary) of the Syriac and Arabic versions of the DM.
2 See F.C. Conybeare, A Collation with the Ancient Armenian Versions of the Greek Text of Aristotle’s Categories, De Interpretatione, De Mundo, De Virtutibus et Vitiis, and of Porphyry’s Introduction (Oxford, 1892), especially pp. xxxii-xxxv, as well as W.L. Lorimer, The Text Tradition of Pseudo-Aristotle, “De Mundo” (London, 1924), pp. 21-23. The printed edition of the Mekhitarists is included in the volume entitled Koriwn Vardapet, Mambre Vercanol, Dawit’ Anyalt’: Matenagrut’iwnk’ (Venice, 1833). On the subject of Aristotle in Armenian, see also A. Tessier, Il testo di Aristotele e le traduzioni armene (Padua, 1979).
3 A critical edition of the text is found at the end of W.L. Lorimer, De Mundo. Translationes Bartholomaei et Nicholai, rev. by L. Minio-Paluello (Bruges and Paris, 1965), which also contains the two medieval Latin versions. Some scholars have doubted the attribution to Apuleius, but Lorimer’s statement is apt: “…[I] am content to accept the traditional view as in all probability correct on the general ground that most nineteenth-century atheteses of classical works—at any rate, those that have not secured general support—are mistaken” (Lorimer, Text Tradition, p. 20).
4 The Syriac text was published in P.A. de Lagarde (ed.), Analecta Syriaca (Leipzig: 1858), pp. 134-158.
The solemanuscript of the Syriac DM is British Library (olim Museum) Add. ms. 14658 (see below). As
2
text, in particular on its translator, Sergius of Reshaina (d. 536), and on his modus operandi in bringing the Greek work into Syriac. I will aim to offer a few examples of his work, hopefully in such a way that readers who are not specialists in Syriac will nevertheless still be in a position to get an idea of how Sergius worked and how his rendering would have looked to a Syriac reader.5
The Greek text of the DM has been very ably edited by W.L. Lorimer,6 who also
published two separate monographs at about the same time dealing with textual and other interpretive questions, and there is a fine commentary on the DM by G. Reale and A. Bos.7 Lorimer, while keenly aware of the importance of the Syriac version, was himself no expert in Syriac.8 Similarly, Brafman, who studied the Arabic versions of the DM, also lacked any direct knowledge of Syriac.9 Based on the sections translated into German by Victor Ryssel10 and Eduard König (the latter included as an appendix to the Greek critical edition), Lorimer adopted just two readings based solely on the Syriac text.11

Lagarde makes numerous tacit alterations to the manuscript reading, this study is based on the manuscript, and references to the DM are given according to it, but an appendix at the end of the paper provides a handy concordance of the ms., Lagarde’s text, and Bekker’s page numbers for the Greek text.
5 For the Nachleben of Sergius’ DM, see the works of H. Takahashi in the bibliography and the
commentary in A. McCollum, The Syriac De Mundo: Translation, Commentary, and Analysis of
Translation Technique (Ph.D. dissertation, Hebrew Union College-Jewish Institute of Religion, 2009), which also contains comparative notes on other scientific Syriac texts.
6 W.L. Lorimer, Aristotelis qui fertur libellus De Mundo (Paris: Société d’Édition “Les Belles Lettres,” 1933).
7 G. Reale and A.P. Bos, Il trattato Sul Cosmo per Alessandro attribuito ad Aristotele (2nd edn, Milan,
1995). This volume includes a classified bibliography of the substantial amount of literature on the DM, as well as a concordance to the Greek text.
8 “linguae Syriacae scientiae prorsus expers sum,” (Aristotelis…De Mundo, p. 26).
9 Pp. 2-3, n. 3.
10 Über den textkritischen Werth der syrischen Übersetzungen griechischer Klassiker, I. Theil (Leipzig, 1880). While Ryssel’s analysis certainly offers some fruitful observations, his concern for the Syriac version as a textual witness to the Greek (note his title) makes his work differently focused than a study like this one. See also the concluding remarks.
11 395a28 τὴν γῆν, 399b30 om. λίθοιϲ (Lorimer, Aristotelis…De Mundo, p. 26). On Lorimer’s use of Ryssel and König, cf. W. Raven, “De Mundo. Tradition syriaque et arabe,” in R. Goulet (ed.), Dictionnaire des Philosophes Antiques, Supplément (Paris, 2003), p. 481: “Malheureusement Lorimer n’a pas toujours compris le texte de Ryssel et la traduction de König est pleine de fautes, ce qui dévalorise l’apparat critique en ce qui concerne les variantes syriaques.” Raven does not elaborate this judgment further.
3
Sergius of Reshaina
We first turn to the man that brought the DM into Syriac.12 He is famous in both
Syriac and Arabic literature mainly as a translator, notably of the works of Galen, ps.-Dionysius, and some Aristotelica.13 The Syriac version of Aristotle’s Categories and Porphyry’s Eisagoge were formerly attributed to Sergius but this is no longer tenable.14 The Syriac DM, as well as most of the other works attributed to Sergius, resides in British Museum (now Library) Add. ms. 14658.15 The earliest (indeed almost contemporary) source mentioning Sergius is the Historia Ecclesiastica of (ps.-)Zacharias of Mitylene, the Syriac text of which was edited both by Land16 and Brooks;17 in book 9, chapter 19, we find,

12 On Sergius in general, see E. Renan, De Philosophia Peripatetica apud Syros (Paris, 1852), pp. 23-29;
W. Wright, A Short History of Syriac Literature (London, 1894), pp. 88-93; R. Duval, La littérature
syriaque (3d ed., Paris, 1907), pp. 247-249; A. Baumstark, Geschichte der syrischen Literatur (Bonn,
1922), pp. 167-169; and Mar Igantius Aphram I Barsoum, The Scattered Pearls: A History of Syriac Literature and Sciences, trans. Matti Moosa, 2d rev. ed. (Piscataway, N.J.), pp. 273-74.
13 Sergius is also very probably the translator of the works of Evagrius into Syriac; see A. Guillaumont, Les six centuries des ‘kephalaia gnostica’ d’Évagre le Pontique, PO. 28.1 (Paris, 1958).
14 See S. Brock, A Brief Outline of Syriac Literature (Moran Etho 9, Kottayam, 1997), p. 43; H.
Hugonnard-Roche, “Note sur Sergius de Resh ‘Aina, traducteur du grec en syriaque et commentateur
d’Aristote,” in G. Endress and R. Kruk (eds), The Ancient Tradition in Christian and Islamic Hellenism (CNWS Research: Leiden, 1997), pp. 128-9. The attributions of these and other works (a work on the soul, a work on the parts of speech, a work on affirmation and negation, and a scholion on the term οὐϲία) to Sergius most likely rest on the fact that they are included in BL Add. 14658; cf. E. Renan, “Lettre à M. Reinaud, sur quelques manuscrits syriaques du Musée Britannique, contenant des traductions d’auteurs grecs profanes et des traités philosophiques,” Journal Asiatique 19 (1852b), p. 329, and W. Wright’s description of the contents of the ms. in his Catalogue of the Syriac Manuscripts in the British Museum Acquired since the Year 1838 (London, 1872), pp. 1154-1160.
15 Lorimer (Text Tradition, p. 24; Aristotelis…De Mundo, p. 25 n. 3) wonders whether A. S. Lewis’ Cod. Sinait. Syr. 14 may be another ms. of the Syriac DM. I have not examined the ms., but while it is possible, I see no conspicuous likelihood that the it contains the DM. It has the title: “Collection of holy books for the benefit of souls,” and in Lewis’ description more fully “Extracts from Macarius…, followed by sayings of the philosophers, …Aristotle” (A.S. Lewis, Catalogue of the Syriac Mss. in the Convent of S. Catharine on Mount Sinai [Studia Sinaitica I, London, 1894], p. 17), nor is there anything in the additional description of the ms. by John Stenning, contained on p. 127 of the same volume, to suggest that this selection from Aristotle is the DM.
16 J.P.N. Land, Anecdota Syriaca, vol. 3, Zachariae Episcopi Mitylenes aliorumque Scripta Historica
Graece plerumque Deperdita (Leiden, 1870). The text translated in the following lines is found on p. 289, lines 7-16.
17 E.W. Brooks, Historia Ecclesiastica Zachariae Rhetori, vol. 2 (Paris, 1921); the following translated text is from p. 136, lines 4-16.
4
“This man [Sergius] was eloquent and practiced in reading many books of the
Greeks and in the doctrine of Origen. He had been studying translation of the
books of other teachers in Alexandria for some time—he had knowledge of Syriac both in reading and speaking—and books on medicine. In his beliefs he was orthodox, as witness the prologue and translation of Dionysius, which he made quite aptly, and the book made by him on the faith in the days of the illustrious Peter the faithful. In his lifestyle, however, this Sergius was very unrestrained in the desire for women, and was licentious and immodest. He was greedy in the desire for money. Efrem tested him and found him learned.”
From this passage (and elsewhere), we see that Sergius, who is always referred to as “of Reshaina,”18 or the “Reshainan,” was educated at Alexandria19 in matters Hellenistic,20 at the very least, including theology and medicine, and he was admired for his learning.21 Our testimonia to Sergius after Zacharias are late,22 though they are presumably based on earlier sources. The memory of Sergius as an expert in Greek matters (and particularly in medicine) continued for some time. Ibn abī Uṣaibi‘a (1203-1270) in a parenthesis

18 It is still called Ra’s al-‘Ain and is located on the Khabur River at 36.825125 N, 40.049286 E in the Al-Ḥasakah governorate in northeast Syria on the border with Turkey. See also Yaqut’s Geographical Dictionary (Mu‘jam al-Buldān) (Beirut, 1977), vol. 3, pp. 13-14.
19 Cf. A. Baumstark, Lucubrationes Syro-Graecae (Leipzig, 1904), p. 367. Further on, Baumstark (p. 382) says of Sergius in that city: “Alexandriae, quo tunc undique artium et doctrinarum divitiae confluebant, litteris sacris et profanis imbutus, omnes, quotquot suae aetatis hominibus Syris scitu digni videbantur,locos scientiarum cognitos habebat et tractatos.” On Alexandria in Late Antiquity, particularly from the viewpoint of medical history, which of course is very relevant for understanding Sergius, see Peter E. Pormann and Emilie Savage-Smith, Medieval Islamic Medicine (Washington, D.C., 2007), pp. 12-15, with the literature cited there.
20 “Sergius de Reschaina se forma à l’école des Grecs” (Duval, p. 281).
21 Modern scholars, too, continue to cite Sergius as an early paragon of thorough Greek learning among Syriac authors: “Conspicuous among the scholars of this age for his knowledge of Greek, and more especially of the Aristotelian philosophy, was Sergius…” (Wright, Short History, p. 88).
22 I have followed Baumstark (Lucubrationes, pp. 368-369) in taking the references to Ϲέργιοϲ ὁ ἑρμηνεύϲ in the Greek historian Agathias (535-580) as not pointing to our Sergius (contra Renan, De Philosophia, pp. 24-25 with n. 1). There are also some grammarians named Ϲέργιοϲ, references to whom Baumstark spends several pages cautiously discussing (Lucubrationes, pp. 369-374; also see pp. 374-380 on “Sergius the Greek, son of Elias”), but the identification of any one of them with Sergius of Reshaina is fraught with uncertainties and too convoluted to explore here.
5
mentions Sergius as a translator of Greek works into Syriac.23 When Barhebraeus (1225/6-1286) comes to the time of the famous Ḥunayn ibn Isḥāq (808-873) he tells how Ḥunayn, reared in al-Ḥīra, went to Baghdad and then left to spend time among the Greeks learning their language and literature. When Ḥunayn returned to Baghdad an accomplished Hellenistic scholar he approached the chief physician of the city, Gabriel,24 who tested him and exclaimed, “If this young man lives, he will leave no memory to Sergius of Reshaina!”25 Ibn abī Uṣaibi‘a in fact considers Sergius to have been only a mediocre translator and Ḥunayn to have surpassed him.26 We might well doubt, however, Ibn Abī Uṣaibi‘a’s ability to judge the matter competently and without bias:27 he
probably knew neither Greek nor Syriac and was more akin to Ḥunayn, not religiously but at least linguistically. Before Ibn abī Uṣaibi‘a, Ḥunayn himself mentions Sergius numerous times in his famous Risālah on the translations of Galen into Syriac and

23 A. Müller (ed.), ‘Uyūn al-anbā’ fī ṭabaqāt al-aṭibbā’ (Cairo, 1882; reprint, Frankfurt, 1995), vol. I, 186, lines 4-5: “This Sergius, whom Gabriel mentions, was from Reshaina and he was the first to translate anything from Greek science into the language of the Syrians.” The text is also in Baumstark, Lucubrationes, pp. 361-362, with notes on 492-493, where he compares it with (the Arabic version of) Barhebraeus’ report (see below for the Syriac reference). The supposed reference to our Sergius in al-Nadīm’s Fihrist (see the English translation of B. Dodge, vol. 2, p. 852) is on shaky ground. While it is tempting to see Sergius here, there are problems with the spelling of the name, as well as exactly what kind of work is being attributed to him (and who is Quwairi, Bishop of Edessa, mentioned there?); the Arabic text is on p. 354 of Flügel’s edition, vol. 1, line 19 (see also the notes and variants in vol. 2, pp. 191-192). The subsequent reference to “Sergius the Monk” is even less sure (contra Dodge, p. 853, note 86).
24 On this Gabriel see Baumstark, Geschichte, p. 227, and the lengthy treatment by al-Qifṭī (J. Lippert [ed.],Ibn al-Qifṭī’s Ta’rīḫ al-Ḥukamā’ (Leipzig, 1903], pp. 132-146).
25 In Renan’s words (De Philosophia, p. 25), “quasi nihil majus dici aut fingi posset.” This is the same story recorded in Ibn Abī Uṣaibi‘a mentioned above. The line translated here may be found in E.A.W. Budge (ed. and trans.), The Chronography of Gregory Abû’l Faraj…Bar Hebraeus, 2 vols. (London: Oxford University Press, 1932), vol. 2, fol. 53v, col. b, lines 17-19 (cf. P. Bedjan (ed.) Gregorii Barhebraei Chronicon Syriacum [Paris, 1890], p. 162, lines 22-23), with Budge’s translation in vol. 1, pp. 147-148.
26 “Sergius Ra’sī, of the town Ra’s al-‘Ayn, translated many books but was mediocre in the skill of
translation [mutawassiṭan fī al-naql]. Ḥunayn would improve his translation and what is found in the improvement of Ḥunayn is the good, but what is found without [his] improvement is of medium quality,” (Müller, vol. I, p. 204, near the bottom; the text is also given in Baumstark, Lucubrationes, p. 364).
27 Cf. Renan, De Philosophia, pp. 28-29, and Baumstark, Lucubrationes, p.366.
6
Arabic.28 He often finds little to praise in Sergius’ translations, but he does note
improvement in Sergius’ ability over time.29 Sergius was seen as the first of skilled physicians in the Greek tradition, and Barhebraeus names him at the head of such a list.30 It is worth pointing out that his regular appellation ἀρχίατροϲ, “chief physician.”31 Though presumably a skilled and successful practitioner of medicine, it is as a translator that posterity especially reveres him. As (ps.-)Zacharias mentioned, Sergius translated the Dionysian corpus into Syriac,32 and the introduction to another Syriac translation of ps.-Dionysius refers to Sergius’ previous work: “that which was translated a long time ago from Greek into Syriac by the pious and skillful Sergius, presbyter and chief

28 The work was originally written in Syriac, but it does not survive in that language. There was a first and second Arabic edition, the second extant in two recensions, one of which was published by G. Bergsträsser, with German translation (Ḥunain ibn Isḥāq über die syrischen und arabischen Galen-Übersetzungen [Abhandlungen für die Kunde des Morgenlandes 17.2, Leipzig, 1925]), and the second is soon to appear (with English translation) in John Lamoreaux, Ḥunayn Ibn Isḥāq on His Galen Translations (Eastern Christian Texts 3, Provo, forthcoming).
29 I have mainly used Lamoreaux’s forthcoming work (see previous note); the following reference numbers correspond (sometimes roughly) to Bergsträsser’s page and line numbers as well. Of the many references to Sergius in the Risālah, especially relevant are the following: First, on the poor quality of Sergius’ work, 9.5, 13.4, 15.3, 19.5, 20.3-4, 51.6; and second, on Sergius’ progression as a translator, 6.6, 8.7, 16.9 (specifically mentions training in Alexandria), 22.13.
30 Budge’s translation, Chronography, pp. 56-57 in vol. 1; the accompanying Syriac volume, a ms.
facsimile, has the text on fol. 21r, col. a, line 16-col. b, line 5 (= Bedjan, p. 57, lines 12-17): “Shapur built a city in Persia and named it Gundishapur and had his Roman wife live there. Skilled men from the Greeks, physicians, came with her, and they planted the Hippocratic study of medicine in the east. There were also excellent Syrian physicians, such as Sergius of Reshaina, for he first brought over medical books from Greek into Syriac.”
31 As Renan (De Philosophia, p. 24) remarks, it is no surprise that Sergius was a physician and a bishop at the same time, since these studies (medical and ecclesiastical) were so closely joined together among Syrians of Sergius’ time. The same scholar later that year wrote of Sergius’ dual expertise that it was a “témoignage remarquable de l’alliance des études ecclésiastiques et profanes chez les Syriens au viiie siècle” (“Lettre,” p. 320). Sergius remains at once, it seems, a representative of both camps. Authors up to the early sixth century generally approached Greek learning with an eye to theology and the church, but “Avec Serge de Rēš ‘Aynā commence une nouvelle période” (J. Habbi, “Le langage philosophique syriaque,” in H.J.W. Drijvers, R. Lavenant, C. Molenberg, and G.J. Reinink (eds), IV Symposium Syriacum 1984. Literary Genres in Syriac Literature (Orientalia Christiana Analecta 229, Rome, 1987), p. 234).
32 See Fiori’s contribution in this volume and I. Perczel, “The Earliest Syriac Reception of Dionysius,” in (ed.), Re-thinking Dionysius the Areopagite (Malden, Mass.: Wiley-Blackwell, 2009), with literature cited in these. Sergius himself also wrote an introduction to the works of Dionysius, which is contained in the late (post fourteenth century) ms. BL Add. 22370 (Wright, Catalogue, pp. 500-501). Sergius himself refers to the Dionysian writings and his translation of them in his On the Spiritual Life §§ 114-122, P. Sherwood, (ed. and trans.), “Mimro de Serge de Rešayna sur la vie spirituelle,” L’Orient Syrien, 5 (1961), pp. 146-151.
7
physician.”33 In this ms. Phocas bar Sergius of Edessa,34 who revised the earlier
translation of Sergius, says of the work, “all of us Syrians who read the work35 marvel and praise it on account of the superiority of its meanings, its divinity, which in truth is worthy of marveling.”36 Finally, while it is remarkable that Sergius earned mention in the catalog of mostly Church of the East authors by ‘Abdišo‘ bar Brikhā (d. 1318)37 at all, it is somewhat curious that he is only associated there with “commentaries on logic” and not at all with medicine or translation.

The Syriac De Mundo
It is best to begin as Sergius himself did, with his preface to the translation. It is
especially fitting to include here in full since it has not hitherto appeared in English: [107v] The letter composed by Aristotle the philosopher for Alexander the King on the knowledge of the things that exist, which you, the elect, have sent me and commanded38 that I translate according to my ability from Greek speech to the language of the Syrians, I have received whence you sent it. I have, though,

33 See Wright, Catalogue, p. 494). The text is from BL Add. 12151, fol. 1b, with introduction and notes by Phocas bar Sergius of Edessa, ms. dated 804 CE.
34 On Phocas see J.S. Assemani, Bibliotheca Orientalis, vol. 1 (Rome, 1719), p. 468, and Baumstark, Geschichte, pp. 271-272.
35 It is unclear whether Phocas is praising the work itself or the translation specifically, but the reference to “all…Syrians,” who would have in general been more familiar with a work in Syriac than one in Greek and thus would have known the work in Sergius’ version, favors the latter possibility. On the other hand, the fact that Phocas himself revised the translation leads one to believe that he thought the translation in need of improvement, or at least adaptation.
36 See Wright, Catalogue, p. 494. Incidentally, Sergius also finds mention as a source in the Syriac(-Arabic) lexica: see W. Gesenius, De Bar Alio et Bar Bahlulo, Lexicographis Syro-Arabicis Ineditis, Commentatio Litteraria Philologica (Leipzig, 1834), p. 30; R. Payne Smith, Catalogi Codicum Manuscriptorum Bibliothecae Bodleianae, pt VI, Codices Syriacos, Carshunicos, Mendaeos Complectens (Oxford, 1864), cols. 606, 620.
37 The text is in J.S. Assemani, Bibliotheca Orientalis, vol. 3.1 (Rome, 1725), p. 87.
38 Cf. also “your commands” at 107vβ36 and “your command” at 108rα2. Sergius composed his preface to the translation along the same lines as other prefaces in Syriac literature and he includes in it the common themes of an order or request to undertake a project (E. Riad, Studies in the Syriac Preface [Uppsala, 1988], pp. 191-196) and mention of his own humility (at 108rα9-11; cf. Riad, Syriac Preface, pp. 197-202).
8
been hindered39 from the work until now for various reasons, which it is not now
time to mention. But now, since it is necessary, I have decided to fulfill your
commands. Even though many other important things have been preventing me,
[108r] I have let them all go for the sake of your command for me and have taken
pains to accomplish your will. But I urge you, dear sir, that if another copy40 of
this letter is found, in which is anything more or less, please, elect one, do not
blame our weakness:41 that which I have found in the copy that was sent from
you, dear sir, I have taken care to preserve completely, neither adding anything to those things written here by the philosopher, nor on the other hand taking away from them according to my ability.42

It cannot be said with certainty to whom Sergius addresses this preface, or who the one who asked for this Syriac version of the DM is. Renan43 assumes that the preface is addressed to his known correspondent Theodore of Karḫ Juddān (located on the Diyala river near the present day Iraq-Iran border),44 and Wright,45 following Renan, says that the work “was translated for Theodore,” but this is simply not certain; it may well be that this Theodore is the addressee but he is not explicitly named, in contrast, for example, to

39 This word makes no sense as it stands. The verb baggen means “to complain,” or “to appeal to,” but the meaning from context is almost certainly, “I have been hindered.” Additionally, there is the ending -yt, which does occur in some later texts, but would be irregular in a text this early. In light of these difficulties, it is probable that we have here eṯbagḥeṯ, a phonetic variant of eṯpagḥeṯ, “I have been hindered,” the ḥēṯ being miswritten as nun-yoḏ.
40 This apparently refers to another exemplar of the Greek text.
41 Similarly, Sergius says of his translation of Dionysius that it was completed (SpirLife §114.6 [Sherwood, pp. 146-147]), “according to the weakness of my intellect,” and he hopes that it will succeed despite (ibid. §121.4-5), “our ignorance.”
42 Sergius brackets his preface with this expression here and above at 107vβ26 (inclusio). He uses similar expressions elsewhere, e.g. (SpirLife §115.2, 6 [Sherwood, pp. 146-147]).
43 De Philosophia, p. 26, “Lettre,” p. 321.
44 This Theodore was formerly that to be “of Merv,” but see Hugonnard-Roche, p. 124, n. 13), where his identity is established. For Karḫ Juddān, see Yaqut, vol. 4, p. 449, and Jean Maurice Fiey, Assyrie chrétienne, vol. 3 (Beirut, 1968), pp. 71-74). I thank Hidemi Takahashi for the last reference.
45 Catalogue, p. 1157.
9
Sergius’ translation of Galen’s De Simplicibus;46 in addition, we know that Sergius had other patrons.47

The history of Greek-Syriac translation and various examples across its spectrum
have been discussed elsewhere,48 but interest in the subject justly continues to urge scholars to pry into the matter more thoroughly. Suffice it to say here that there is a tendency49 of translators to use a “free” method of rendering in the fourth and fifth centuries, while in the seventh century they show a conspicuous literalism in their work.50 This leaves the sixth century as an intermediate period, and it proves indeed to be a time of transition in translation methodology as well. Sergius, our translator, who died in 536, shows in his translation of the DM a number of characteristics that, on the one hand, echo the practice of the fourth and fifth century translators, but on the other, some that also forecast the work of the seventh century literalists.

46 See A. Merx, “Proben der syrischen Uebersetzung von Galenus’ Schrift über die einfachen Heilmittel,”Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 39 (1885): pp. 244, 272, 286.
47 The treatise On the Spiritual Life was addressed to a Mar Stephen: see §123 of the work (Sherwood, pp. 150-153).
48 For example, Baumstark, Geschichte, pp. 75-95, 102-104, 106-107, 159-173, 251-252, 256-257, 261-268; S.P. Brock, “Aspects of Translation Technique in Antiquity,” Greek, Roman and Byzantine Studies, 20 (1979): 69-87; “Towards a History of Syriac Translation Technique,” in René Lavenant (ed.), III Symposium Syriacum 1980. Les contacts du monde syriaque avec les autres cultures (Rome, 1983); Brief Outline pp. 143-145; D. King, The Syriac Versions of the Writings of Cyril of Alexandria: A Study in Translation Technique (Louvain, 2009), pp. 11-25; see also his “Paul of Callinicum and his Place in Syriac Literature,” Le Muséon, 120 (2007), with the items he mentions on pp. 327-38, and, for more on Sergius, Fiori’s contribution in this volume and King’s forthcoming paper in Le Muséon.
49 It must be stressed that this scheme highlights the main trends, and that there are translations that diverge from the pattern presented here. The Syriac version of Titus of Bostra’s Contra Manichaeos, for example, was made very early, but tends toward the literal. In general one finds in this translation “un souci evident de littéralisme chez le traducteur” (P.-H. Poirier, and C. Sensal, “Du grec au syriaque: quelques réflexions sur la version syriaque du Contra Manichaeos de Titus de Bostra,” in René Lavenant (ed.), V Symposium Syriacum 1988 [Rome, 1990], pp. 315). In conclusion: “Si nous voulions caractériser brèvement son enterprise, nous dirions qu’elle se situe quelque part entre les traductions sensus de sensu et celles verbumn de verbo, plus proche, toutefois, des dernières que des premières” (ibid., pp. 317-18).
50 The hallmark examples of this approach are the Ḥarqlean version of the New Testament and the Syro-Hexapla Old Testament. In general, see S.P. Brock, The Bible in the Syriac Tradition (Piscataway, 2006), pp. 37, 47-48, 50; and the articles A. Juckel, “Ḥarqlean Version” and A.G. Salvesen, “Syro-Hexapla” in the forthcoming Encyclopedic Dictionary of Syriac Heritage (Piscataway), for a study of translation technique in the Syro-Hexapla, see T. Skat Rørdam, Libri Judicum et Ruth secundum Versionem Syriaco-Hexaplarem (Copenhagen, 1861), pp. 3-59.
10
We are fortunate to have, in his own words, some statements by Sergius about
translation and the praxis of it.51 A passage, the Syriac text of which is unfortunately not yet published, from his Introduction to Aristotle’s Categories (British Library, Add. ms. 14658, f.60v) gives a picture of Sergius at work translating Galen. Brock52 has translated the text and his version of the pertinent sentence runs as follows: “When we were translating certain works of the doctor Galen from Greek into Syriac, I used to translate, while you would write it down for me, correcting the Syriac wording, in accordance with the requirements of the idiom of this language.”53 An obvious question: Why was correction necessary for Sergius’ Syriac? More pointedly, “Est-ce à dire que le style de Sergius était defectueux, ou que sa langue était incorrecte” (Hugonnard-Roche 1997:
131)? Hugonnard-Roche answers the question with “Il semble plus probable que
l’allusion de Sergius se rapporte à un procédé de traduction à deux, l’un traduisant au fil du grec, l’autre améliorant le style de la version orale en la mettant par écrit” (1997: 132).

51 In addition to the following words of Sergius, another statement of his on translation may be found in On the Spiritual Life, §§121-122 (pp. 150-151 in Sherwood), but since it is less focused on the praxis of translation itself and more on the theory, we only mention it without any further discussion.
52 Brief Outline, p. 202. The same passage also has an important declaration about the broad usefulness of Aristotelian logic; see Brock’s translation in Brief Outline, p. 204, and also From Ephrem to Romanos, chap. 3, p. 43 n. 76. The passage was paraphrased, it seems, in the much later Chronicon ad annum 1234 (ed. J.-B. Chabot, Paris, 1920), pp. 104-105, where we read: “At this time [Alexander has just been mentioned] Aristotle the philosopher gathered together all the scattered species [āḏšē] of philosophical teachings and made from them one great corpus [gušmā], dense with meanings and powerful teachings, because he separated the truth from falsehood. Without reading this book of logic he made, it is impossible to grasp the knowledge of books, the understanding of teachings, and the power that is in Holy Scripture, on which the hope of Christians depends, unless someone is granted favor from the Holy Spirit (who makes
everyone wise), on account of the excellence of his life.”
53 This description in some ways brings to mind Jerome’s quick work of bringing Tobit into Latin, which he describes in a letter to Bishops Chromatius and Heliodorus: “quia vicina est Chaldaeorum lingua sermoni hebraico, utriusque linguae peritissimum loquacem repperiens, unius diei laborem arripui et quicquid ille mihi hebraicis verbis expressit, haec ego accito notario sermonibus latinis exposui.” The letter may be conveniently found in R. Weber and R. Gryson (eds), Biblia Sacra iuxta Latinam Vulgatam Versionem (4t ed., Stuttgart, 1994) as the preface to Tobit. But even more relevant to out subject here is a passage from Ḥunayn’s Risālah (Lamoreaux, 22.15) on his correction of one of Sergius’ translations: there Ḥunayn records a two-person approach to revising the text, one (Ḥunayn) with the Greek and one with the
Syriac; the latter reads Sergius’ Syriac and Ḥunayn speaks up whenever there is a contradiction of the Greek.
11
If this reconstructed picture of Sergius translating is on the mark, then we might well expect to see in his translated products some elements that are akin to the freer earlier Syriac translations, as well as some elements that will match later seventh century translation activity, that is, a mixture of the two methods.

It is appropriate now to take a look, albeit a selective and brief one, at some ways
in which Sergius’ translation technique especially manifests itself.

Editing
By “editing” I mean the addition or omission of words, phrases, or even sentences that the translator felt free to make. Such editing is also known from other Syriac translations.54 It is, of course, not always possible to distinguish such additions or omissions from textual variants. Sergius adds very many words in Syriac to repeat verbs in long sentences or to make explicit words only assumed in Greek, as can be seen in the Syriac-Greek Index where there is no corresponding Greek word given. Some examples of Sergius’ changes follow in list form.

• At 108vβ33, b-ḥuḏrā w-ḇa-ḵrāḵā (“in a circle and circuit”), there is no
corresponding word in the Syriac text to the Greek numeral in μιᾷ περιαγωγῇ καὶ κύκλῳ. This is, of course, not a major change, but it does show that Sergius, here at least, is not following the Greek in a servile manner.

• Where the Greek has διάμετροϲ ἔϲται τοῦ κόϲμου, Sergius (109rα20)
expands the phrase to āmrinan d-hu hānā surṭā diyameṭros iṯāu(hy) d-‘ālmā, that is, he

54 See, for example, C.E. Morrison, The Character of the Syriac Version of the First Book of Samuel (Leiden, 2001), pp. 78-82 and G. Greenberg, Translation Technique in the Peshitta to Jeremiah (Leiden, 2002), pp. 32-45, 97-102.

12
has not translated the word ἔϲται exactly, but has gone from “it will be a diameter of the cosmos” to “we say that this line is a diameter of the universe.”
• 109vβ11 μέχριϲ ἧϲ ὁρίζεται ὁ αἰθήρ | da-‘ḏammā l-ṣēḏāu(hy) men lǝ‘el āṯē
aṯir w-ṯammān mettaḥam (“which the aether comes next to at the top and is bounded there”). Sergius, in adding “coming from above” and “and there,” does not change the meaning, but he has not adhered to the Greek text.
• 114vβ19-23 Τούτων δὲ οἱ μὲν καὶ πνεῦμα προϲαναβάλλουϲιν, οἱ δὲ
πέτραϲ | w-henon dēn hālēn, menhon ruḥē gāḏēn w-massqin men gaw ar‘ā, w-menhon kēfē rawrǝḇē (“Some of these cast winds and make them rise from within the earth, some large stones”). Sergius has added “and make them rise from within the earth” and describes the stones as “large,” as opposed to being undefined in the Greek.
• At 117rα9-10 τὴν μὲν οὖν ἀνωτάτω καὶ πρώτην ἕδραν becomes rēšā
hāḵēl hāw d-qaḏmāy ṭāḇ wa-m‘allay ‘ālmā (“the top, then, that is first and exalted, the world”), that is ἀνωτάτω and πρώτην have switched places. It is possible that there is a textual mix-up, but it is also possible that in Syriac it was more usual to say “first and highest” than “highest and first,” just as in English we always say “bigger and better,” and never “better and bigger.”
• At 118vβ17 Sergius has added a substantive to the numeral: ἐξ ἑνόϲ | ḥaḏ
hwāyā (“one essence”).
• The reason why Sergius omits the reference to Sophocles (τοῦ
ποιήϲαντοϲ) at 121rα10 is unclear, but it is possible that he thought his readers would not be familiar with the line (in contrast to the Homeric quotations) or the poet and therefore

13
simply translated it with no indication that it is a poetic citation, but since Stobaeus, with whom Sergius shares a number of readings, also lacks it,55 it may have stood thus in his Greek exemplar. While a reader perusing the De Mundo in Greek might be expected to know, or at least be able to figure out, the references to etymological explanation, a reader going through the text in Syriac cannot be expected to have the same knowledge and ability available to him. Sergius, therefore, responsibly makes additions to the text in his translation to make these sections more palatable to his Syriac audience. In his discussion of the meaning of aether, Sergius supplies the information (109rβ5-7) b-yaḏ d-ḏāmē (h)u
šmā hānā da-mšalhḇē b-yawnāyā l-aṯir (“because the word for ‘glowing hot’ in Greek resembles [the word] aether”), on the name Olympus (120rα18-25) dumyā gēr da-šmēh da-šmayyā b-lešānā yawnāyā, a(y)ḵ tḥumā iṯāw(hy) da-l‘el, meṭṭul da-l-šmayyā qārēn lēh uranos, wa-l-tḥumā oros, wa-l‘el anon (“for the likeness of the noun ‘heaven’ in the Greek language is as ‘the limit above,’ for they call ‘heaven’ ouranos, ‘limit’ oros,56 and ‘above’ anōn57), and, although the connection is not fully clear, he is obviously trying to give his readers some etymological information from Greek in his mention of Peprōmenē (121vβ25-33).

In the classification of winds in Chapter Four, we find several changes. Here
(394b19ff.) the four main types are given according to origin and are then further
subdivided. It will be instructive to examine some of the differences between the Greek

55 The direct tradition of the DM is almost uniform in having it (see Lorimer’s apparatus), and it is unlikely that it is simply a later gloss.
56 Not horos: the pronunciation of the rough breathing had long since passed away in Greek.
57 Sic! What can explain the ending in -n? There is a phenomenon in Jewish Palestinian Aramaic where indeclinable words ending in a long vowel appear with -n (E.Y. Kutscher, Studies in Galilean Aramaic [trans. Michael Sokoloff, Ramat-Gan, 1976], p. 61 with the literature at n. 79), and analogous behavior may have taken place here.
14
and Syriac texts. In the section on the Εὖροι, the order of the wind-names in Greek is καικίαϲ, ἀπηλιώτηϲ, εὖροϲ, but second in Syriac: maḏnḥāyā, then qaiqiyas, ending with apiliyoṭis, but, in the case of ἀπηλιώτηϲ and εὖροϲ, only the order of the names is different, not the order of the descriptions, the result being that the description of the Syriac apiliyoṭis actually matches the Greek description of εὖροϲ, etc. Additionally, ἀπὸ τοῦ…τόπου πνέων occurs only once in Greek, but in Syriac it (d-nāšeḇ men aṯrā) appears with all three wind descriptions. In the list of Ζέφυροι, the first two (of three) names, with their proper descriptions, have been switched: Greek ἀργέϲτηϲ, ζέφυροϲ, λίψ; but Syriac ma‘rḇāyā, then agrēsṭis (sic, with metathesis of r and g), then libā. In the list of Βορέαι, the wind θραϲκίαϲ has its proper definition, but it is in the second place in Syriac, not the third, as in Greek. The other two winds, βορέαϲ and ἀπαρκτίαϲ, have their descriptions
switched in the Syriac, and the phrase κατὰ τὸ μεϲημβρινόν __________(properly in the description of ἀπαρκτίαϲ) is completely absent in the Syriac, even in the description garbyāyā, where we would expect it due to the switching of names and definitions. Finally, the section on the Νότοι is remarkably intact in Syriac. There is an exact fit in the order, although with some additional details, and instead of εὐρόνοτοϲ being described as μεταξὺ νότου καὶ εὔρου, it is said to be hāw d-ḇaināṯ taimnā l-apiliyoṭis, that is, ἀπηλιώτηϲ stands for εὖροϲ, just as in the list of Εὖροι. The fact that we find the discrepancy here too, suggests that the switch between these two winds was intentional. Perhaps the differences between the Greek and Syriac are due to the dissimilar orientation toward the major winds in Greek and Mesopotamian science.58

58 See J. Neumann, “The Winds in the World of the Ancient Mesopotamian Civilizations,” Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society 58 (1977): 1050-1055, with bibliography; cf. W. Horowitz,
15
To conclude, we may say that Sergius has, while not reticent to add words for
clarification (and Syriac style?) or omit words for smooth Syriac reading, followed even the details of the DM, but not on a narrow level focused on individual words.

Doublets
One of the most striking aspects of the Syriac DM is the large number of doublets, that is, “la traduction d’un seul mot grec par deux termes syriaques plus ou moins proches l’un de l’autre.”59 There are at least 39 examples of doublets in the Syriac DM. Poirier and Sensal gave attention to doublets in their study of the Syriac version of Titus of Bostra’s Contra Manichaeos, and due to the large number of such translations in the DM, we will do well to consider them too. These doublets, especially in their large number, show how free Sergius felt himself to explain Greek words by offering synonyms, and to deviate from any quantitative correspondence60 between the Greek and Syriac texts. But
this characteristic of Sergius’ translation method is probably more than just a matter of precise explanation, since the use of near synonyms juxtaposed together is in fact a feature of native Syriac writing too, and even of high Semitic style generally.61 In addition, “le recours au doublet trahit la volonté de rendre un préverbe grec,”62 examples from Contra Manichaeos including meṯpseq wǝ-meṯpleg = κατατεμνομένου and neṯḥre luqbal = ἀντιλέγειν. This usage of a doublet in the DM occurs at 121vβ8-9

Mesopotamian Cosmic Geography (Winona Lake, 1998), pp. 196-198, 200-204).
59 Poirier and Sensal, p. 311; cf. J. Joosten, “Doublet Translations in Peshitta Proverbs,” in P.B. Dirksen and A. van der Kooij (eds), The Peshitta as a Translation: Papers Read at the II Peshitta Symposium, Held at Leiden, 19-21 August 1993 (Leiden, 1995), p. 63.
60 M.P. Weitzman, The Syriac Version of the Old Testament: An Introduction (Cambridge and New York, 1999), p. 23, discusses doublets under the heading “Quantitative correspondence.”
61 Specifically for Syriac, merely from a random and quick perusal of Jacob of Edessa’s Hexaemeron we find several examples: J.-B. Chabot (ed.), Iacobi Edesseni Hexaemeron seu in opus creationis libri septem. (Paris, 1928): 85b5, 146a18-19, 147b9, [13-14 similar], 147b24-25, 150a28-29.
62 Poirier and Sensal, p. 313.
16
maite…masseq | ἀνενέγκατο and 110rα32 meṯyaldin w-gāḏēn | ἀναλιϲκομένοιϲ.
This phenomenon is not restricted to one part of speech: verbs, nouns, and
adjectives all may be translated with a doublet. While these kinds of translation are common in Sergius’ DM, we find others that also call for mention here. At 117vβ13-14 simply for κόϲμοϲ we find ṣeḇtēh wǝ-rabbuṯēh wǝ-ya’yuṯēh: a triplet! Such expansions are rare, to be sure, but there is at least another one in the Contra Manichaeos: rēšānuṯā wǝ-‘attiquṯā wǝ-qaḏmāyuṯā = τὸ ἀρχαιότερον.63 Oddly, in two places Sergius reduced paired items in Greek to only one in Syriac: 114vβ32 zu‘zā‘ā | ἐγκλίϲεϲι καὶ ἀποπάλϲεϲι and 117vα27 allāhā | δεϲπότηϲ καὶ θεὸϲ. Sergius similarly turns three Greek verbs (εὕρηται καὶ διατέτακται καὶ ϲυνέχεται) into only two in Syriac at 119vα17-18: eštǝḵaḥ w-ettaqqan. A few further examples follow:
108rβ22 kannšaṯ w-ḥeḇšaṯ ϲυνεφόρηϲε
“gathered and included”
117rα7 raḥiqān w-maḇ‘ḏān πόρρω
“far away and distant”
118vβ19 qrāh w-šammhāh ὀνομάϲαϲα
“called it and named it”
119vβ35 asrēh…w-raḵḇēh ϲυνδῆϲαι
“bound it…and put it together”
120rβ12 ba-ṣlawwāṯā wa-b-taḵšfāṯā εὐχὰϲ ποιούμενοι
63 Ibid.
17
“with prayers and with supplications”
Other than Poirier and Sensal, Jan Joosten has also given attention to doublets in Syriac translations, in his case those of the book of Proverbs. He arrived at the conclusion that the doublets in the Syriac Proverbs “are typical of the working method of the author—possibly of the group of authors—who produced the version roughly as we know it today”.64 The large number of these doublet translations in the DM, in addition to those in the Contra Manichaeos and in Proverbs, show that this phenomenon deserves more attention in future studies of translations into Syriac, which will, no doubt, reveal more occurrences of this feature and will perhaps provide us with enough data to understand with more precision the causes and development of this unique characteristic.

Terms Differently Translated
It is commonly assumed that lexical consistency is a mark of literal translation.
Whether or not such consistency is a mark of literalism or not,65 it may tell us something about key terms in a translated text and how they were interpreted by the translator, and therefore how they would be received in the target language. In the case of the DM, some of the frequently occurring scientific terms naturally lend themselves to this kind of investigation. There are, of course, many cases where Sergius has been consistent in his rendering of this or that Greek term, as a perusal of both texts will show.66 This fact, however, does not definitively tell us anything about Sergius’ method of translation; he may happen to translate a Greek word by the same Syriac word because the two words

64 Joosten, “Doublet Translations,” p. 63.
65 J. Barr, The Typology of Literalism in ancient biblical translations (Mitteilungen des Septuaginta-Unternehmens XV, Göttingen, 1979), pp. 305-314.
66 See my A Greek and Syriac Index to Sergius of Reshaina’s Version of the De Mundo (Piscataway, 2009).
18
have a similar range of meaning in both languages,67 not because of any overt proclivity toward consistency in the translation of lexemes.

The terms for bodies of water θάλαϲϲ/ττα, κόλποϲ, and πέλαγοϲ occur several
times in the DM. At the outset of this discussion of how Sergius translates each of them, it must be remembered that the niceties of this semantic domain are not part of common linguisic purview. In English, for example, while speakers are comfortable with the words “river,” “lake,” “pond,” and “ocean,” far fewer are comfortable with the distinction between “bay” and “gulf,” or, say, “creek,” “brook,” “stream,” and “beck.” The Greek islands and even the mainland are, of course, always very near bodies of water of some kind, so there were certain terms in use among their inhabitants that they would have been very familiar with. Semites will not have had the same range of meaning for names
used for bodies of water as Greek islanders. The three Greek terms under discussion here are all common and presumably well-known to anyone who knows Greek, but the fact is that the terms were not all that specific (see LSJ s.vv.). Θάλαϲϲα might refer, for example, to the Mediterranean Sea, the Atlantic Ocean, or the Black Sea; Aristotle (Meteorology 351a9) uses the term of a salt lake. Πέλαγοϲ may be used of the broad, open sea, but also of parts of the sea named for its geographical environs. We even find expressions like πέλαγοϲ θαλάϲϲηϲ (Appolonius Rhodius 2.608). Herodotus (2.97) uses πέλαγοϲ, perhaps waxing poetic, of a flooded plain. The term κόλποϲ, which may refer to
any inner part of something, such as the womb or the fold of a garment, is defined doubly for water as “bay, gulf.”68 All this is to make clear what might have been obvious: these are not strictly used terms. For this reason, and the aforementioned geographical factors

67 Weitzman, p. 27.
68 LSJ, p. 974, meaning III.2.
19
that differently informed the usual vocabularies of Greek and the Semitic languages, we can hardly impugn Sergius’ lack of consistency in how he brings them into Syriac.

The first of these terms is usually yammā (“sea,” as 110rα27, 110rβ27, 110vβ27,
and 111vα32), and the related verb ἐθαλάττωϲαν at 120rβ35 is translated šaḥlef l-yammā (“it changed [much dry land] to sea”), but τὴν Ἐρυθρὰν θάλαϲϲαν becomes (111rβ3) ‘ubbā hāw d-meṯqre d-suf (“the bay that is called [the bay] of Suf”).69 Sergius also renders πέλαγο with yammā a few times (e.g. 110rβ23, 110vβ16). At 110vα37 μεγάλοιϲ…πελάγεϲιν becomes men yammē ḥrānē rawrḇē, that is, he has used yammā, but these words at 110rβ30 are rendered men ‘ubbē rawrḇē dǝ-yammā, that is, with ‘ubbā, which also stands for πέλαγοϲ at 111rα15 and 115rα35. This word ‘ubbā (“bay, gulf”) is also Sergius’ most frequent choice for κόλποϲ (e.g. 110vβ32, 111rβ21, 118rβ38) and the related adjective ἐγκολπίαι and verbal phrase become, respectively (112vα36 and 111rα4) ‘ubbānē and meṯpleg la-ṯrēn ‘ubbin. As we saw both ‘ubbā and yammā for πέλαγοϲ at
110rβ30, so, too, at 112vα35 men ‘ubbē d-yammē (“from gulfs of seas”) renders ἐκ κόλπων. Due perhaps to the looseness of meaning of the terms in Greek or Syriac, perhaps to the paucity of terms in Syriac (only two used in the instances above), perhaps to both, Sergius shows himself to be without concern for a precise rendering of these words for bodies of water.

Another scientific term that occurs several times in the DM is κεραυνόϲ. As with
the vocabulary for bodies of water, this word has more than one usual meaning. It is traditionally translated into English as “thunderbolt,” but this is due to its frequent

69 That is, the Red Sea; compare, for example, Exodus 15:22 and Joshua 24:6 in Hebrew, Greek, and Syriac.
20
occurrence in mythological texts as the weapon and sign of Zeus, not to any specific meteorological description, in which kinds of texts the word, in fact, is used of both thunder and lightning,70 although Greek has more common terms for these phenomena as well (βροντή and ἀϲτραπή). Sergius’ inconsistency in translating κεραυνόϲ into Syriac suggests that there was no accepted or thoroughly suitable word in Syriac for it.71 Sergius translates the word with (112rα18) zelgā and twice (113vβ4, 17) with zalqā dǝ-māḥe (“a lightning ray that strikes”), but elsewhere he uses barqā, the regular word for “lightning,”
for κεραυνόϲ: at 110rα24 merely barqin, but later at 116rβ21 he adds an adjective, barqē taqqifē (“intense lightning”). The compound word ἀρχικέραυνοϲ and the derivative κεραύνιοϲ become, respectively, maḇreq barqē72 (“one that causes lightning to flash”) and ‘āḇeḏ barqē wǝ-ra‘mē (“maker of lightning and thunder,” at 121vα29 and 121vα1).

Let us now consider some words that do not occur as frequently, but which
Sergius translates differently on one occasion or other. Sometimes polysemy in the Greek is the cause fordifferent translations into Syriac, as for ἀρχή we find
122rβ2) rēšē (lit. “heads”) as well as šulṭānā (“rule, authority”) and šurāyā (“beginning”); for δώρον we find (108vβ4, 117vα36) mawhḇāṯā (“gifts”) and qurbānē (“offerings”). By far the greater number of places, however, where the same Greek word has been translated with a different Syriac word are instances where Sergius simply seems to have chosen two (or more) Syriac words of similar meaning to translate the same Greek word

70 The several derivatives of the word (LSJ, p. 942) also show that both thunder and lightning are associated with the term.
71 Cf. H. Takahashi, Aristotelian Meteorology in Syriac: Barhebraeus, Butyrum Sapientiae, Books of Mineralogy and Meteorology (Leiden, 2004), p. 541 n. 18. In Syriac Jacob b. Šakko defines a kehrāwnos (=κεραυνόϲ) as “a thunderbolt [paq‘ā] that comes down from the clouds and destroys every body it comes down upon” (Syriac text in F. Nau, “Notice sur le livre des trésors,” Journal Asiatique, 9th series, 7 [1896], pp. 327-328); for Job of Edessa’s description, see A. Mingana (ed. and trans.), Book of Treasures by Job of Edessa (Cambridge, 1935), p. 422b.
72 The ms. mistakenly has qrābē for this word.
21
in different places; that is, he has not interpreted the Greek differently at each occurrence, but only offered a variant Syriac word, in some cases, a plain synonym. Examples of this practice include: ἀκίνητοϲ = d-lā mettzi‘ānuṯā and d-lā zaw‘ā (both mean “without movement,” 109rα28, 110vα5), ἄϲτρον = kawkḇā (“star,” 108vβ30) and nahhirā (“luminary,” 114rα13, 19), βιαίως = qṭirā’iṯ and ‘azzizā’iṯ (113vα4, 113vβ2), ἰδέα = znā and āḏšā (both terms can mean “kind,” 114rβ4, 118rα27), κορυφαῖοϲ = rēšā (lit. “head,” 118vβ34) and mallfānā (“teacher,” 120vα36).

Proper Names
Brock mentions the remarkable rendering of Ζεύϲ at Acts 14:12 in the Peshitta by
mārē allāhā.73 A translator working from Greek into a Semitic language also, at least in some cases, has the option of transliteration or a substitute, this time a substitute of native Mesopotamian tradition. In theDM Sergius often simply transliterates the Greek name, but other times he gives a Syriac substitute. When “Zeus” refers to the god, he gives zeus (as 120rβ15, 121vα26),74 but when the planet Jupiter is meant, the Syriac name is bēl (as 109vα31, 118vβ8). Where the DM gives more than one name for a planet, Sergius is not always consistent in how he translates the different terms. Mars is named both Πυρόειϲ and Ἄρεοϲ, which Sergius translates (109vα33-34) with hāw summāqā (“the red”) and daris,
but later (118vβ6) Πυρόειϲ is also translated with d-aris. In this list of planet names at the end of 109vα we also see both bēlaṯ(y) (“lady”) and kawkaḇṯā (fem. of “star, planet”) for Venus (Ἀφροδίτηϲ and ὁ τοῦ Φωϲφόρου [cf. 118vβ4] in Greek), and for

73 “Limitations of Syriac in Representing Greek,” in Bruce Metzger, The Early Versions of the New
Testament (Oxford, 1977), p. 87.
74 But at 121rβ25 he translates the name—here in the accusative Ζῆνα—with ḥayyā “living” to
communicate the connection between Zeus’ name and “life.”
22
Saturn (Κρόνοϲ) kēwān (cf. 118vβ11), but the other names are transliterated, with the exception of Ϲτίλβων (Mercury), which Sergius (109vα36) just translates into Syriac, maḇreq (“flashing, shining”), that is, as a common adjective used for a specific entity, not purely as a proper name.

Sergius generally transliterates the wind-names, other than those which are purely adjectives of the compass points (e.g. 112vβ34 ma‘rḇāyā | ζέφυροϲ):
113rα27 euronaṭos εὐρόνοτοϲ
113rα5 libā λίψ
113rα36 libā funiqā λιβοφοίνικα
113rα35 libānaṭon λιβόνοτον
Finally, we come to certain place names. Sergius gives the Greek place names in transliteration, either because they were known and accepted as such in Syriac or because they were unknown in Syriac and there was, therefore, no Syriac name for them, but he at times changes the form of gentilic adjectives.

The adjectives Αἰγαῖοϲ, Αἰγύπτιοϲ, and Παμφύλιο__________ϲ are not adjectives in Sergius’ version, but become a demonstrative pronoun +toponym: at 111rα26 hāw d-agēs, then 111rα23 hāw d-meṣrēn, and 111rα24 hāw dpamfuliyya,
respectively. On the other hand, Περϲικόϲ and Καϲπία become the relative
marker d- + plural gentilic adjective.

Some Concluding Remarks
If we ask what it was that attracted Sergius to the DM, a likely answer is that it
had a role in the scientific curriculum at Alexandria, of which Sergius was a master. He
23
presumably knew the text and its worth as a piece of elementary philosophico-scientific instruction and wanted it to be read by Syriac readers who had little or no facility in Greek. It is also tempting to imagine a theological or religious motive, given the strong possibility for a monotheistic interpretation of the text, but nowhere in his translation does Sergius Christianize the work or balk at its (non-Christian) Greekness, which is a tack different from the one he follows in translating Alexander of Aphrodisias’ On the Principles of the Universe (often known as the mabādi’, from the Arabic title).75 This Christianization of Alexander’s work is only a part of the rather large-scale alterations that Sergius seems to have undertaken while translating that text, if, as is generally assumed, it is not a case of dual recensions in Greek; judging from the Arabic translation of the text (the Greek is not extant), there are entire portions missing in Sergius’ version.
His DM, however, lines up exactly with the Greek when viewed as a whole, and the individual changes or adaptations that Sergius makes—with the possible exception of the description of the winds—do not substantially alter the data, arrangement, or presentation of the DM: it has been repackaged for a Syriac audience, but it most certainly remains an accurate reflection of the Greek DM. Sergius, it seems, then, did not always operate with the same translation method and with the same goals.

What about the style of the Syriac DM? From the point of view of lexicon, there
is little—and we must permit to every author some idiosyncrasies—that strikes us as out of place; indeed, a large number of words are attested very similarly too in other Syriac scientific texts for the next several centuries, even up to Barhebraeus in the thirteenth century. It might be said that Sergius’ translation of the DM into Syriac rendered a far-

75 See Genequand for the Arabic versions, and, for the Syriac, the articles by King and Fiori in the
forthcoming issue of Le Muséon.
24
reaching scientific service to Syriac thought and language.76 From a grammatical and syntactical standpoint, too, the Syriac DM uses forms and constructions that are completely regular in Syriac literature, both natively written and in translations from Greek; there are some similarities between the DM and the mirror-translations of the seventh century, such as the rendering of derived adjectival forms and standard equivalences for adverbs and alpha-privative words, but Sergius is not rigid in their application and he has virtually none of the harshness and foreign syntactic and lexical flavor of those texts. In a text such as this one that contains so many lists of toponyms,planet-names, and wind-names, not to mention the etymological arguments offered by the author, it would be impossible for a translator into any language to avoid a noticeable presence of Greek words, so there is a conspicuous foreignness to the text in this regard, but that oreignness is wrapped in such a fine specimen of good Syriac, that often we can
easily forget that we are reading a translation.

Of the Syriac version of Daniel, Richard Taylor has said, “Upon reading it, one
does not get the uncomfortable impression that it is wooden or stiff. On the contrary, it is a carefully executed and idiomatic translation, faithful to its Vorlage, while at the same time maintaining in Syriac a high standard of pleasing literary achievement.”77 The same description will fit the DM. Wright78 cites with approval Ryssel’s positive assessment of the quality of Sergius’ translation of the DM as “ein Meisterwerk des Uebersetzungskunst;” the translation is, furthermore, “eine im besten Sinne wortgetreue.” Sergius’ DM, while not as disparate from the Greek as (apparently) his translation of

76 For reasons of space, we have had to forego a discussion of the well-attested Nachleben of the Syriac DM, but see n. 5 above.
77 R. Taylor, The Peshiṭta of Daniel (Leiden, 1994), pp. 319-320.
78 Short History, p. 91, n. 3.
25
Alexander’s mabādi’, cannot baldly be called literal, at least not in any way approaching the same sense in which that term might be given to a number of seventh-century Syriac translations. Scott Montgomery has offered an acute evaluation of Ryssel’s general interpretation of Sergius’ translation method: “As a modern commentator, Ryssel seems at pains to emphasize the literal exactness of Sergius’ version over any ‘free disposition of Syrian vocabulary’; he thus appears to reveal a degree of reverence for the Greek original entirely characteristic of German scholarship in his own time.”79 This same
contemporary “reverence for the Greek original” might be pointed out from the
emendations of de Lagarde, who is usually tacit about his alterations to the manuscript reading, and Baumstark, and, while any study of translation technique such as this one necessarily requires a constant eye on both the Greek original and the Syriac translation, due prestige must be granted to the Syriac version in its own right, if it is to be taken seriously as a translation. The fact that Sergius’ DM might accord high appreciation from both quarters, one more concerned with the Greek and the other looking also to the Syriac
as a piece of Syriac literature, marks Sergius as a fine translator indeed.
We noticed above in our mention of other Syriac translations from Greek that the
general tendency is from freer in the fourth century to more literal in the seventh, and that a noticeable aspect of the trend is the striving toward formal equivalence between individual Greek and Syriac words, as well as Syriac word order mimicking the Greek. In this selective survey of Sergius’ translation methods in the DM, we have seen very little of this strict adherence to Greek forms. He omits very little—and this is perhaps in some places a question of his Greek Vorlage, not one of his editing techniques—and generally

79 Science in Translation: Movements of Knowledge through Cultures and Time (Chicago, 2000), p. 73.
26
adds only to clarify for Syriac readers the details of the etymological data from the Greek language necessary to understand what the author is stating, to translate periphrastically some term or concept that might not be obvious to a Syriac reader without Greek, or to smooth over the style of his version. Sergius is more concerned with the content and the sense of the Greek text and, therefore, offers in good Syriac form this fascinating piece of Hellenistic literature. The Syriac version of the DM, then, fits squarely in this translation continuum where we would expect it as a product of the early sixth century.

Appendix: Concordance of Texts Manuscript de Lagarde Bekker
107v 134.12-20
108r 134.20-135.17 391a1-20 (Chapter one begins)
108v 135.17-136.13 391a20-391b20 (Chapter two begins)
109r 136.13-137.8 391b20-392a15
109v 137.8-138.3 392a15-392b4
110r 138.3-27 392b4-32 (Chapter three begins)
110v 138.27-139.23 392b32-393a23
111r 139.23-140.21 393a23-393b18
111v 140.21-141.16 393b18-394a11 (Chapter four begins)
112r 141.16-142.10 394a11-394b2
112v 142.11-143.6 394b2-25
113r 143.6-30 394b25-395a10
113v 143.30-144.25 395a10-32
114r 144.25-145.21 395a32-395b21
114v 145.21-146.19 395b21-396a10
115r 146.19-147.16 396a10-396b7 (Chapter five begins)
115v 147.16-148.11 396b7-397a1
116r 148.11-149.5 397a1-28
116v 149.5-30 397a28-397b22 (Chapter six begins)
117r 149.30-150.24 397b22-398a13
27
117v 150.24-151.20 398a13-398b5
118r 151.20-152.15 398b5-30
118v 152.15-153.8 398b30-399a21
119r 153.8-154.1 399a21-399b11
119v 154.1-154.25 399b11-400a1
120r 154.25-155.20 400a1-29
120v 155.20-156.14 400a29-400b21
121r 156.14-157.8 400b21-401a18 (Chapter seven begins)
121v 157.8-158.2 401a18-401b13
122r 158.2-21 401b13-29

Bibliography
Assemani, J.S., Bibliotheca Orientalis, (3 vols., Rome: Sacra Congregatio de Propaganda Fide, 1719-1728).
Barr, James, The Typology of Literalism in ancient biblical translations (Mitteilungen des Septuaginta-Unternehmens XV, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1979).
Barsoum, Mar Ignatius Aphram I, The Scattered Pearls: A History of Syriac Literature and Sciences, trans. Matti Moosa. (2d rev. ed., Piscataway, N.J.: Gorgias Press, 2003).
Baumstark, Anton, Lucubrationes Syro-Graecae (Leipzig: Teubner, 1904).
________, Geschichte der syrischen Literatur (Bonn: A. Marcus & E. Webers, 1922).
Bedjan, Paul (ed.), Gregorii Barhebraei Chronicon Syriacum (Paris, 1890).
Bergsträsser, G (ed. and trans.), Ḥunain ibn Isḥāq über die syrischen und arabischen Galen-Übersetzungen (Abhandlungen für fie Kunde des Morgenlandes 17.2.
Leipzig: Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft, 1925).
Bos, Abraham, “The Theological Conception in De Mundo and the Relation between this Writing and the Work of Plato and Aristotle,” Tijdschrift voor Filosofie, 39
28
(1977): 314-330.
________, “Greek Philosophical Theology and the De Mundo,” in Th. G. Sinnige (ed.),
On and Off the Beaten Track: Studies in the History of Platonism (Nijmegen:
Centrale Interfaculteit, 1986).
Brafman, David Alan, The Arabic ‘De Mundo’: An Edition with Translation and
Commentary (Ph.D. dissertation, Duke University, 1985).
Brock, Sebastian P., The Syriac Version of the Pseudo-Nonnos Mythological Scholia (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1971).
________, “Limitations of Syriac in Representing Greek,” in Bruce Metzger, The Early Versions of the New Testament (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1977).
________, “Aspects of Translation Technique in Antiquity,” Greek, Roman and
Byzantine Studies, 20 (1979): 69-87 (reprint, in Brock, Syriac Perspectives,
1984).
________, “From Antagonism to Assimilation: Syriac Attitudes to Greek Learning,” in Nina Garsoïan et al. (eds), East of Byzantium: Syria and Armenia in the Formative Period (Dumbarton Oaks Symposium, 1980) (Washington, DC:
Dumbarton Oaks, 1982; reprint, in Brock, Syriac Perspectives, 1984).
________, “Towards a History of Syriac Translation Technique,” in René Lavenant (ed.),
III Symposium Syriacum 1980. Les contacts du monde syriaque avec les autres
cultures (Rome: Pont. Institutum Studiorum Orientalium, 1983).
________, Syriac Perspectives on Late Antiquity (London: Variorum, 1984).
________, A Brief Outline of Syriac Literature (Moran Etho 9, Kottayam: St. Ephrem Ecumenical Research Institute, 1997).
29
________, The Bible in the Syriac Tradition (Piscataway: Gorgias, 2006).
Brooks, E.W. (ed. and trans.), Historia Ecclesiastica Zachariae Rhetori, vol. 2 (SS Series 3, 6, Paris: Typographeum Reipublicae, 1921).
Budge, E.A.W., The Chronography of Gregory Abû’l Faraj…Bar Hebraeus, 2 vols. (London: Oxford University Press, 1932).
Chabot, J.-B. (ed.), Chronicon ad annum Christi 1234 (SS Series 3, 14, Paris:
Typographeum Reipublicae, 1920).
________ (ed.), Iacobi Edesseni Hexaemeron seu in opus creationis libri septem. (CSCO 92=SS 44, Paris: Typographeum Reipublicae, 1928).
Conybeare, F.C., A Collation with the Ancient Armenian Versions of the Greek Text of Aristotle’s Categories, De Interpretatione, De Mundo, De Virtutibus et Vitiis, and of Porphyry’s Introduction (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1892).
de Lagarde, Paul Anton, Analecta Syriaca (Leipzig: Teubner, 1858).
Daiber, Hans, “Semitische Sprache als Kulturvermittler zwischen Antike und Mittelalter: Stand und Aufgaben der Forschung,” Zeitschrift der Deutschen
Morgenländischen Gesellschaft, 136 (1986): 292-313.
________, “The Meteorology of Theophrastus in Syriac and Arabic Translation,” in William W. Fortenbaugh and Dimitri Gutas (eds), Theophrastus: His
Psychological, Doxographical, and Scientific Writings (New Brunswick and
London: Transaction, 1992).
Dodge, Bayard (ed. and trans.), The Fihrist of al-Nadīm: A Tenth Century Survey of Muslim Culture, 2 vols. (New York and London: Columbia University Press,
30
1970.
Duval, R., La littérature syriaque (3d ed., Paris: Librairie Victor Lecoffre, 1907).
Elsas, Christoph, “Studien zu griechischen Wörtern im Syrischen,” in Paul de Lagarde und die syrische Kirchengeschichte (Göttingen: Göttinger Arbeitskreis für syrische Kirchengeschichte, 1968).
Fiey, Jean Maurice, Assyrie chrétienne, vol. III (Beirut: Imprimerie Catholique, 1968).
Fiori, Emiliano, “L’épitomé syriaque du traité Sur les causes du tout d’Alexandre
d’Aphrodise attributée à Serge de Reš‘aynā: edition et traduction,” Le Muséon,
forthcoming.
________, Dionigi l’Areopagita e l’origenismo siriaco. Edizione critica e studio storicodottrinale
del trattato sui Nomi divini nella versione di Sergio di Reš‘aynā, (Ph.D.
thesis, Università di Bologna, 2009).
Flügel, Gustav (ed.), Kitâb al-Fihrist mit Anmerkungen Herausgegeben, edited by J. Roediger and A. Müller, 2 vols. (Leipzig: F.C.W. Vogel, 1872).
Genequand, Charles, Alexander of Aphrodisias on the Cosmos (Leiden: Brill, 2000).
Gesenius, W., De Bar Alio et Bar Bahlulo, Lexicographis Syro-Arabicis Ineditis,
Commentatio Litteraria Philologica (Leipzig: Vogel, 1834).
Greenberg, Gillian, Translation Technique in the Peshitta to Jeremiah (Leiden: Brill, 2002).
Guillaumont, A., Les six centuries des ‘kephalaia gnostica’ d’Évagre le Pontique (PO 28.1, Paris: Firmin-Didot, 1958).
Habbi, Joseph, “Le langage philosophique syriaque,” in H.J.W. Drijvers, R. Lavenant, C.
31
Molenberg, and G.J. Reinink (eds), IV Symposium Syriacum 1984. Literary
Genres in Syriac Literature (Orientalia Christiana Analecta 229, Rome: Pont.
Institutum Studiorum Orientalium, 1987).
Hamilton, F.J. and E.W. Brooks, The Syriac Chronicle known as that of Zacharias of Mitylene (London: Methuen, 1899).
Horowitz, Wayne, Mesopotamian Cosmic Geography (Winona Lake: Eisenbrauns, 1998).
Hugonnard-Roche, Henri, “Note sur Sergius de Resh ‘Aina, traducteur du grec en syriaque et commentateur d’Aristote,” in G. Endress and R. Kruk (eds), The
Ancient Tradition in Christian and Islamic Hellenism (CNWS Research: Leiden,
1997).
Joosten, Jan, “Doublet Translations in Peshitta Proverbs,” in P.B. Dirksen and A. van der Kooij (eds), The Peshitta as a Translation: Papers Read at the II Peshitta
Symposium, Held at Leiden, 19-21 August 1993 (Leiden: Brill, 1995).
King, Daniel, “Paul of Callinicum and his Place in Syriac Literature,” Le Muséon, 120
(2007): 327-349.
________, The Syriac Versions of the Writings of Cyril of Alexandria: A Study in
Translation Technique (Louvain: Peeters, 2009).
________, “Alexander of Aphrodisias’ On the Principles of the Universe in a Syriac Adaptation,” Le Muséon, forthcoming.
Klein-Franke, Felix, “Die Überlieferung der ältesten arabischen Handschrift von Pseudo-Aristoteles ‘De Mundo,’” Le Muséon, 87 (1974): 59-65.
32
Koriwn Vardapet, Mambre Vercanol, Dawit’ Anyalt’: Matenagrut’iwnk’ (Venice, 1833).
Kutscher, E.Y., Studies in Galilean Aramaic (trans. Michael Sokoloff, Ramat-Gan: Bar-Ilan University, 1976).
Lamoreaux, John (ed. and trans.), Ḥunayn Ibn Isḥāq on His Galen Translations (Eastern Christian Texts 3, Provo: Brigham Young University Press, forthcoming).
Land, J.P.N., Anecdota Syriaca, vol. 3, Zachariae Episcopi Mitylenes aliorumque Scripta Historica Graece plerumque Deperdita (Leiden: Brill, 1870).
Lewis, Agnes Smith, Catalogue of the Syriac Mss. in the Convent of S. Catharine onMount Sinai (Studia Sinaitica I, London: C. J. Clay and Sons, 1894).
Lippert, J. (ed.), Ibn al-Qifṭī’s Ta’rīḫ al-Ḥukamā’ (Leipzig: Dieterich’sche
Verlagbuchhandlung, 1903).
Lorimer, W.L., The Text Tradition of Pseudo-Aristotle, “De Mundo” (London: Oxford University Press, 1924).
________, Some Notes on the Text of Pseudo-Aristotle, “De Mundo” (London: Oxford University Press, 1925).
________, Aristotelis qui fertur libellus De Mundo (Paris: Société d’Édition “Les Belles Lettres,” 1933).
________, De Mundo. Translationes Bartholomaei et Nicholai, rev. by L. Minio-Paluello (Bruges and Paris: Desclée de Brouwer, 1965).
Lulofs, H.J. Drossaart, “The Syriac Translation of Theophrastus’ Meteorology,” in L. de Raemaker (ed.), Autour d’Aristote: Recueil d’ études de philosophie ancienne et médiévale offert à Monseigneur A. Mansion (Louvain: Publications Universitaires de Louvain, 1955).
33
________, Nicolaus Damascenus on the Philosophy of Aristotle: Fragments of the First Five Books Translated from the Syriac with an Introduction and Commentary (Leiden: Brill, 1969).
Mansfeld, Jaap, “ΠΕΡΙ ΚΟΣΜΟΥ. A Note on the History of a Title,” Vigiliae Christianae, 46 (1992): 391-411.
McCollum, Adam, A Greek and Syriac Index to Sergius of Reshaina’s Version of the De Mundo (Piscataway: Gorgias Press, 2009).
________. The Syriac De Mundo: Translation, Commentary, and Analysis of TranslationTechnique (Ph.D. dissertation, Hebrew Union College-Jewish Institute of Religion, 2009).
Merx, A., “Proben der syrischen Uebersetzung von Galenus’ Schrift über die einfachen Heilmittel,” Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft, 39 (1885): 237-305.
Mingana, A., Book of Treasures by Job of Edessa (Cambridge: W. Heffer & Sons
Limited, 1935).
Montgomery, Scott L., Science in Translation: Movements of Knowledge through
Cultures and Time (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2000).
Morrison, Craig E., The Character of the Syriac Version of the First Book of Samuel(Leiden: Brill, 2001).
Müller, A. (ed.), Ibn Abi Uṣaibi‘a,‘Uyūn al-anbā’ fī ṭabaqāt al-aṭibbā’ (2 vols., Cairo, 1882, reprint, Frankfurt: Institute for the History of Arabic-Islamic Science,
1995).
34
Nau, F., “Notice sur le livre des trésors,” Journal Asiatique, 9th series, 7 (1896): 286-331.
Neumann, J., “The Winds in the World of the Ancient Mesopotamian Civilizations,” Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society, 58 (1977): 1050-1055.
Payne Smith, R., Catalogi Codicum Manuscriptorum Bibliothecae Bodleianae, pt VI, Codices Syriacos, Carshunicos, Mendaeos Complectens (Oxford: Clarendon,
1864).
Perczel, István, “The Earliest Syriac Reception of Dionysius,” in (ed.), Re-thinking
Dionysius the Areopagite (Malden, Mass.: Wiley-Blackwell, 2009).
Poirier, Paul-Huber and Catherine Sensal, “Du grec au syriaque: quelques réflexions sur la version syriaque du Contra Manichaeos de Titus de Bostra,” in René Lavenant (ed.), V Symposium Syriacum 1988 (Rome: Pont. Institutum Studiorum Orientalium, 1990).
Pormann, Peter E. and Emilie Savage-Smith, Medieval Islamic Medicine (Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press, 2007).
Raven, W., “De Mundo. Tradition syriaque et arabe,” in R. Goulet (ed.), Dictionnaire des Philosophes Antiques, Supplément (Paris: Editions du Centre national de la recherche scientifique, 2003).
Reale, Giovanni and Abraham P. Bos, Il trattato Sul Cosmo per Alessandro attribuito ad Aristotele (2nd edn, Milan: Vita e Pensiero, 1995).
Renan, Ernest, De Philosophia Peripatetica apud Syros (Paris: A. Durand, 1852).
________, “Lettre à M. Reinaud, sur quelques manuscrits syriaques du Musée
35
Britannique, contenant des traductions d’auteurs grecs profanes et des traités
philosophiques.” Journal Asiatique, 19 (1852): 293-333.
Riad, Eva, Studies in the Syriac Preface (Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis, Studia Semitica Upsaliensia, Uppsala: Almqvist & Wiksell International, 1988).
Rørdam, T. Skat, Libri Judicum et Ruth secundum Versionem Syriaco-Hexaplarem (Copenhagen, 1861).
Ryssel, Victor, Über den textkritischen Werth der syrischen Übersetzungen griechischer Klassiker, I. Theil (Leipzig, 1880).
Saliba, George, “Revisiting the Syriac Role in the Transmission of Greek Sciences into Arabic,” Journal of the Canadian Society for Syriac Studies, 4 (2004): 27-32.
Sherwood, P. (ed. and trans.) “Mimro de Serge de Rešayna sur la vie spirituelle,”
L’Orient Syrien, 5 (1960): 433-59, and 6 (1961): 95-115, 121-56.
Stern, S.M., “The Arabic Translations of the Pseudo-Aristotelian Treatise De Mundo,” Le Muséon, 77 (1964): 187-204.
________, “A Third Arabic Translation of the Pseudo-Aristotelian Treatise De Mundo,” Le Muséon, 78 (1965): 381-393.
Takahashi, Hidemi, “The Greco-Syriac and Arabic Sources of Barhebraeus’ Mineralogy and Meteorology in Candelabrum of the Sanctuary, Base II,” Islamic Studies, 41 (2002): 215-269.
________, “Syriac Fragments of Theophrastean Meteorology and Mineralogy: Fragments in the Syriac Version of Nicolaus Damascenus, Compendium of Aristotelian Philosophy, and the Accompanying Scholia,” in W. Fortenbaugh and G. Wöhrle (eds), On the Opuscula of Theophrastus (Stuttgart: Franz Steiner, 2002).
________, “Observations on Bar ‘Ebroyo’s Marine Geography,” Hugoye: Journal of Syriac Studies [http://syrcom.cua.edu/syrcom/Hugoye], 6.1 (2003).
________, Aristotelian Meteorology in Syriac: Barhebraeus, Butyrum Sapientiae, Books of Mineralogy and Meteorology (Leiden: Brill, 2004).
________, “Fakhr al-Dīn al-Rāzī, Qazwīnī and Bar Shakkō,” The Harp, 19 (2006): 365-379.
________, “Notes on the Syriac and Arabic Versions of the Pseudo-Aristotelian De Mundo,” (Unpublished paper).
________, “Reception of Secular Greek Learning in Syriac,” (Unpublished paper).
Taylor, Richard, The Peshiṭta of Daniel (Leiden: Brill, 1994).
Tessier, Andrea, Il testo di Aristotele e le traduzioni armene (Padua: Editrice Antenore, 1979).
Van Rompay, Lucas, “Jacob of Edessa and the Sixth-Century Syriac Translator of Severus of Antioch’s Cathedral Homilies,” in Bas ter Haar Romeny (ed.), Jacob of Edessa and the Syriac Culture of His Day (Leiden and Boston: Brill, 2008).
Wachsmuth, Curtius (ed.), Ioanni Stobaei Anthologii Libri Duo Priores Qui Inscribi
Solent Eclogae Physicae et Ethicae, vol. 1 (2d edn, Weidemann: Berlin, 1884).
Weber, R. and R. Gryson (eds), Biblia Sacra iuxta Latinam Vulgatam Versionem (4t ed., Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft, 1994).
Weitzman, M.P., The Syriac Version of the Old Testament: An Introduction (Cambridge and New York: Cambridge University Press, 1999).
37
Wright, William, Catalogue of the Syriac Manuscripts in the British Museum Acquired since the Year 1838 (3 vols, London: Gilbert and Rivington, 1872).
________, A Short History of Syriac Literature (London: Adam and Charles Black, 1894).
Yaqut al-Ḥamawī, Mu‘jam al-Buldān (5 vols., Beirut, 1977).

On The Incoherence of Some Orientalists and Their False Charges Against Our Learned Men and Their Refutation – BIOGRAPHIES OF SYRIAN SCHOLARS AND WRITERS – Mor Ignatius Aphram Barsoum – Translated : By Dr. Matti Moosa

$
0
0

On The Incoherence of Some Orientalists and Their False Charges Against Our Learned Men and Their Refutation
Although we recognize the excellence of Orientalists, their industry, effort and adroitness in studying our Syriac sciences and literature as well as the manuscripts which they edited or translated into their living languages, we find it imperative to allude to the incoherence of some of them and their false charges against our learned men or against historical facts connected with our dear country. They were motivated either by pride in their learning and skill, or vanity, or for extremism in their modern principles and their attempt to subjugate the learned men of ancient times to modern criteria, an unfair practice. Or, they do so for negligence in investigations or even still out of great prejudice toward the Orthodox Syrians. As learned men, they should avoid such prejudice. Following are some examples:
1. William Wright, the Englishman, claimed that:
the literature of Syria is, on the whole, not an attractive one. As Renan (the French atheist and free thinker) said, ‘The Syrians shone neither in war, nor in the arts, nor in science.’ There was no al-Farabi, Ibn Sina, nor Ibn Rushd, in the cloisters of Edessa, Ken-neshre, or Nisibis. The Syrian church never produced men who rose to the level of a Eusebius, a Gregory Nazianzen, a Basil and a Chrysostom, and that their historians John of Ephesus, Tall Mahri and Bar Hebraeus are humble chroniclers.3
We refute this allegation by stating that when the Syrians became Christians they did not have a kingdom to defend and for which they would write select speeches or compose fiery poems. If by art Wright and Renan meant architecture, our surviving ancient churches stand as a testimony for the Syrians’ skill in architecture. Of course, Renan and Wright have not seen the monasteries of Qartamin, Salh, Mar Behnam and the churches of Hah, Arnas and Kafarze, particularly the two churches of Edessa considered by the geographers and historians as two of the wonders of the World.4 They did not see the churches in Baghdad which were adorned with wonderful pictures and ornaments and which became the attractions of visitors from far-away countries.5 Neither did they see the Monastery of Mar Barsoum in Malatya (Melitene) for whose building and decoration the patriarchs, especially Michael the Great, spent a great deal of effort.6 And could these two men realize the condition of the twenty thousand of our churches which survived until 12367 let alone the churches we had in our golden age?8 And if they meant by art the mastery of pictorial art, they failed to know about the precious gold and silver objects and the magnificent embroidered vestments described by the priest Aaron of Arzenjan about 1364 and which is only a small part of that great legacy. How could they forget the splendid ornaments and pictures which enhanced the value of the copies of our Gospels? Or how could they overlook the calligraphy of our manuscript which they saw and which have achieved a universal record in perfection and beauty? If they mean by art, sculpture in which the Romans and the Italians alone have excelled, then, the Syrians as well as other nations such as the English and the French, are to blame for not taking it up.
Wright’s claim that our histories are of little substance and benefit is refuted by the consensus of the Orientalists who studied and published these histories and stated that their writers have preceded the Christian historians of ancient and medieval times, and that they are most comprehensive and beneficial for the historian. These histories, consisting of no fewer than seventeen volumes, have added new chapters to world history and corrected old mistakes.9 Indeed, Wright himself has not read the histories of Michael the Great and the anonymous Edessene. Even the writer to whom he attributed the history of Talmahri was written by a monk from the Zuqnin Monastery.10 And if this is what Wright thinks of our histories, why does he regret the loss of the histories of Jacob of Edessa and Moses bar Kipha? Furthermore, could he show us what histories are better and more comprehensive than ours? Have European historians of various nationalities written before later times? Is there anything found in their histories until the Crusades except insignificant subject matter?
Wright’s claim that our Church did not produce the likes of Eusebius and other writers whom he mentioned is to be refuted by the opinions of authoritative critics. These critics said that although Eusebius’s fame derives from his history, yet he was neither a great historian nor a genius; he was a proficient and thorough compiler. His history, they say, is weak and his style is aesthetically poor.11 Furthermore, we recognize that Gregory Nazianzen derives his fame from his charming discourses and wonderful poetry. And Basilius is famous because of his theological writings, letters and discourses of skillful composition. Although these two writers have excellence reserved to geniuses alone, yet they were not the only ones in the world whom no one could emulate. Indeed, the writings of Ephraim, Jacob of Saruj, Philoxenus of Mabug, Jacob of Edessa, Moses bar Kipha and Bar Hebraeus, not only equal their writings but even surpass them except for the writings of Chrysostom, the prince of orators in Christendom. I do not know whether Wright had the chance to read the superb homilies of Ephraim in order to see whether they would fascinate him. We do not want to argue with him over the writings of Severus of Antioch in Greek although they reached the world in our tongue (Syriac) and astonished eminent speculative thinkers. Regarding philosophy, how could Wright designate the excellence of Sergius of Ras Ayn and the philosophers of the Monastery of Qinnesrin like Severus Sabukht, Jacob of Edessa and George, bishop of the Arabs, to whose thorough commentaries Renan himself has directed the attention of writers,12 let alone Bar Hebraeus whose book, The Cream of Wisdom, Wright did not see because no copy of it was available in all the European libraries at that time.
On the other hand, it was not easy for the Syrians in the fourth century to get to the schools of Caesarea, Cappadocia, Alexandria and Athens. But when the circumstances were more propitious, from the end of the sixth to the end of the ninth centuries, during which they built great monasteries and exhausted their efforts for the attainment of philosophy, the masterpieces of Greek learned men became available to them. They studied them and were even sought for their proficiency in philosophy. How could Wright then deny their genius? Finally, if we did not have the like of the eminent learned men whom he mentioned, did the rest of the Christian nation have men like them? It is proved that the opponent who did not thoroughly study the writings of our people has produced only a feeble and unsuccessful opinion which is rejected by European historians themselves.
2. You have already seen what we have related about Chabot’s opinions.13 While Chabot denied the creativity of Bar Hebraeus we find that he himself has become a slave of uncreativity by imitating those writers who preceded him, like Duval. However, Baumstark and Sprengling hold a different opinion of Bar Hebraeus. Part of Chabot’s incoherence is his claim that Syrian poets after the ninth century became greatly absorbed in using strange and ornamental usages in their language to vie with the Arabic language. This, he maintains, spoiled their poetry, which thus lost charm and lofty thinking.14 This opinion does not apply to the Western Syrians with the exception of Jacob of Bartulli and except for the composers of verse in the middle of the fifteenth century as we have previously stated.15 Prior to Jacob of Bartulli our verse composers excelled in composing most beautiful poems. What led Chabot to this erroneous impression is his unawareness of the odes of Bar Qiqi, Bar Sabuni, and his overlooking of the odes of Timothy of Karkar, Bar Andrew and Abu Nasr of Bartulli and others. One of his arbitrary opinions is his doubt about the discourses of Moses bar Kipha although they were preserved in a manuscript available in his time. As a learned man, it would have been more appropriate for him to avoid sectarian backbiting,16 ingratitude,16 and the slightest mistakes.18
3. Most of the Orientalists including Anton Baumstark, the German, claim that the story of the martyr Behnam is fictitious. They even denied the existence of some saints or their stories. Their pretext is that no manuscripts about them have survived. This is the utmost arbitrariness since these Orientalists have become certain of the loss of many manuscripts. Furthermore, ecclesiastical histories no matter how detailed, were not able to include the biographies of the multitudes of the select men of God in the far-flung countries of the East. The just critic should not expect the biographers of these saints to be proficient in the science of criticism, for he who attempts such a thing is in fact seeking the impossible. And how many a historical event was doubted by some of them, but later was proved to be authentic by a newly discovered old manuscript which forces the Orientalist to affirm its authenticity. If for some selfish purpose or lack of subject matter or inadequate learning a writer or a parasitical scribe interpolated a story which does not correspond with the true condition or time of its central figure, it should not be used as a pretext to deny the whole story. For it should not be difficult for the prudent and intelligent writer to sift out the interpolations made by ignorant writers or scribes and realize that what remains of the original should be invulnerable. Moreover, the science of criticism is not the invention of contemporary European writers nor it is completely theirs. If you resort to some of the letters of Jacob of Edessa and George, bishop of the Arabs, you will find in them scientific criticism and thorough examination of ancient events since the beginning of Christianity. We do not boast if we stated that four years after comprehensive study of our language, we obviously realized many historical facts in the manuscripts which we had read before the Orientalists produced their opinions about them.
4. Part of the incoherence of the French priest Francios Nau is that he thought that John of Ephesus exaggerated his praise of the heroism of the captives and martyr virgins who preferred to drown in the river Khabur than fall into the hands of the infidel Magi, for adherence to their religion and for the protection of their virginity, both of which deserve to be protected by precious life. Nau has falsely and shamelessly described the writer (John of Ephesus) as a “semi-savage monk,”19 claiming that he has exalted suicide. But Nau has blindly overlooked Basilius and St. John Chrysostom’s exaltation of the martyrs of religion and virginity Proedeci and Domnina of Antioch and their daughters. Is it not proper for John of Ephesus to have found an example in the martyrdom of these women?
5. Henri Pognon has unjustly accused Michael the Great of prattle and lack of understanding.20 Indeed, it is a silly accusation, demonstrating the arrogance and error of the writer. Elaboration in the writing of history is commendable and is not considered prattling except by a raving chatterbox. The history of Michael the Great, for whose publication learned men have vied and for whose printing the Art University of Paris spent a substantial amount of money, is a rare treasure not to be denigrated by the few events copied by the author from weak sources and from which other histories are not free. No one can criticize this history whose author is an eminent church dignitary, unless he is of little understanding. But Pognon, in his shortsightedness, has imagined that there was a discrepancy in Michael’s list of bishops. His pretext is that the author has neglected to mention eight out of twenty-eight bishops who attended his consecration as patriarch in 1166. In fact, four of these bishops were ordained by maphrians of the East and the rest are not known. These four bishops are Basil, John, Ignatius and Iyawannis, Bishops of Edessa, Mar Gabriel’s Monastery, Albira and Barummana, respectively.21 His claim is refuted by the fact that Basil is bar Shumanna, bishop of Kaysum, who was transferred to Edessa, and the fact that Yuhanna (John) is the bishop of Tur Abdin mentioned in the Basibrina Book of Life by his nephew Gabriel, Pognon should have called him the bishop of Qartamin. Furthermore, Ignatius is bishop of Tal Arsanius, which then included the adjacent diocese of Albira, Iyawannis was bishop of Sibaberk and was ordained in 1135. After his diocese was annexed to that of Edessa in 1155,22 he was given the diocese of Barummana. All of these bishops were listed as the bishop under the Patriarchs Yuhanna XI and Athanasius VII. Moreover, we have collated the list of bishops with the copy at Cambridge and with our comments which we derived from the oldest manuscripts and did not add to it except for five bishops. And what is this number in comparison with nine hundred-fifty bishops? This is sufficient to prove the falsehood of Pognon’s assertions. What makes him look even more deficient in the science of history is his claim:
1) that Mar Gabriel’s Monastery was called the “Umar” Monastery because its abbot obtained a decree from the Caliph Umar ibn al-Khattab, authorizing him to be in charge of the Christians in that country.23 In fact, the Caliph Umar did not travel beyond Damascus, Gabriel did not leave Tur Abdin, and these two men did not meet at all. Moreover, the right word is Umr, meaning a monastery in both Arabic and Syriac, and not Umar.
2) Pognon claimed that the monastery of the Pillar, renovated by Musa ibn Hamdan in 1257, is at al-Raqqa, that the village of Dirah Iliyya is the village of Inhil in Tur Abdin and that the Maphrian Dioscorus is an Arab.24 The truth is that the monastery is that of St. Michael in Mardin, that the village Dirah Iliyya is very near to that city and that Maphrian Dioscorus belongs to the village Arbo in Tur Abdin.
3) A copy of the Book of Life fell into Pognon’s hand, but he could not know its name. However, he drew from it an historical event about the pillage of Mar Gabriel’s Monastery by the Turks or the Persians in 1100. But he became suspicious about this incident because Ibn al-Athir did not mention it.25 As if Ibn al-Athir covered in his history everything that befell the East particularly the affairs of the Christians and their monasteries. When were Muslim historians concerned about the affairs of the Christians?26
6. Some Orientalists like the French Rubens Duval in his book La Histoire d’Edessa and Jerome Labourt in his book Le christianisme dans l’empire Perse sous la dynasti Sassanids, have been criticized for denying the Christianization of the city of Edessa before the fourth century. Apparently, they found in the Doctrine of Addai interpolations made by some scribes which made them quick to deny the truth about the conversion of Edessa to Christianity. Labourt has even maliciously denigrated the historical integrity of Bar Hebraeus while he has fearlessly declared his bias against the opponents of his own doctrine.27
7. At the beginning the Orientalists made many mistakes. For example, they confused Isaac with Balai, and considered Daniel of Salh an eighth-century learned man and David bar Bulus (Paul) a thirteenth-century writer, and incorrectly determined their affairs and dates. Most of them imitated Assemani even in his harsh defamation of our learned men.28 Furthermore, the priest Jabrail (Gabriel) Qirdahi, who in his Liber Thesaurus provided hodgepodge biographies which he fabricated and garnished in his younger days, did not even think of correcting his mistakes later.29 Baumstark’s misunderstanding of the term Siluba has already been mentioned.30 In fact, Siluba was a term used by Western Syrian writers, but it was neglected later.31 Like Baumstark, Mingana made this same mistake.32 He also misunderstood the meaning of the term Notar taro, meaning the head of a diocese, a term which has been used in this context by our later transcribers. But Baumstark translated it as the doorkeeper.33 Some Orientalists maintained that the term Tubana which occurred in the Lives of the Eastern Ascetics means “Tubawi” that is blessed, while in reality Tubana means ascetic, the same as Turaya which occurred in the poems of St. Ephraim. There it means an ascetic and not mountain man, because many ascetics lived in cells in the mountains.
It should also be remembered that some Orientalists cannot read two pages of Syriac let alone write it, as we have found out ourselves. They do study it in a mechanical manner and with great patience and for this reason their translations could not be free from incongruous terms which disagree with the original.34 It is obvious that the acquisition of the right meaning and the savoring of it are not afforded except to the natives and foreigners who are well-versed in the language. It is not afforded to those who carry dictionaries under their arms which they consult in order to obtain the right meaning while they are not sure of what is wrong and what is right. We have not mentioned this to magnify the mistakes of Orientalists but to show that they do have weaknesses. Therefore, they have no right to be dogmatic on everything that comes to their mind, wrongly imagining that they are infallible. It is true that deliberation and moderation is the principle of scholars who possess independent judgment.
What is appropriate to mention here is that some contemporary European writers attempted in their historical or religious writings to gain fame by defaming eminent (Syrian) writers. They are motivated by prejudice and vindictiveness against these Syrian learned men whose only fault is that they are not of their own theological doctrine. But they praise their contemporary European opponents, either out of flattery or out of fear of their adverse reaction. This is sheer hypocrisy. After all, what is the use of knowledge if it does not refine man to the point where he would refrain from profaning that which is sacred to other people. Above all they claim that they belong to an age which has achieved a great degree of refinement and civilization. Yet how ill their deeds and how false their words. For every just person of good taste knows that dignitaries and learned men, particularly the proficient among them, have an esteemed position for their virtue and for their role in enlightening the path for other people. Without these learned men we would, in many respects, be in complete darkness. On the other hand, we found a group of Orientalists who are moderate, like Brooks, Hayes, Springling, Graham and Mingana (at the end of his life) and Gustav Bardi.
May God have compassion on those who tell the truth and benefit people with their knowledge, using authentic evidence to support their views. This is more appropriate for them, more efficient in preventing shortcomings and achieving one’s goal. May God enlighten us to acquire beneficial religious and secular knowledge. We pray Him to keep us away from faults and errors, and to guide the thoughtless and the irresponsible to the right path. He is defending enough for us. We render Him deep gratitude as we finish this treatise.

سيرة شهداء أهل الكهف

$
0
0

سيرة شهداء أهل الكهف

عندما ملك الملك داكيوس الأثيم على المملكة الرومانية ( من 249 م الى 251 م ) وزار مدينة أفسس أصدر أمره الى نبلائها بتقديم الذبائح للأصنام وأمر بقتل المسيحيين الذين لم يخضعوا لأمره وألقيت جثثهم للغربان والنسور وسائر الجوارح ، وحاول بالوعد والوعيد إقناع سبعة شبان من النبلاء ، أن ينكروا دينهم المسيحى الذى تمسكوا به ويقدموا الذبائح للأوثان فرفضوا ، فنزع عنهم الرتب الجندية وأخرجهم من أمامه . واستمهلهم أياماً علّهم يعدلون عن رأيهم ويخضعون لأمره وانطلق الملك داكيوس الى زيارة مدن أخرى مجاورة الى افسس .
وكانت الفرصة سانحة للفتيان السبعة ليقرنوا إيمانهم بأعمال الرحمة ، فاخذوا من دور آبائهم ذهبـــاً ومالاً ، وتصــدقوا به على الفقـــراء والتجأوا الى كهف كبير فـى ( جبل أنكليوس ) مواظبين على الصلاة .
وكان ( يمليخا ) أحدهم يتشح متخفياً ويدخل المدينة ليبتاع لهم الطعام ، ويتعرف على الأخبار ، ويعود الى رفاقه فيخبرهم عمّا فى المدينة وما يقع من أحداث . وذات يوم عاد الملك داكيوس الى أفسس ، وطلب الفتيان السبعة فلم يجدهم وكان يمليخا إذ ذاك فى المدينة فخرج منها هلعاً ناجياً ، ومعه قليل من الطعام ، وصعد الى الكهف حيث رفاقه وأخبرهم عن دخول الملك الى المدينة ، وبحثه عنهم فتملكهم الخوف وركعوا على الأرض ممرغين وجوههم بالتراب متضرعين الى الله بحزن وكآبه ، ثم أكلوا ما جلبه لهم يمليخا من الطعام ، وبينما كانوا يتجاذبون أطراف الحديث أستولى عليهم النعاس وغشاهم سبات هنئ فرقدوا بهدوء رقاد الموت ولم يشعروا بموتهم . ولما لم يعثر عليهم الملك فى المدينة اخبروه بأن الفتية قد هربوا الى كهف فى جبل ( أنكيلوس ) فأمر الملك بسد باب الكهف بالحجارة ليموتوا فيصير الكهف قبراً لهم غير عالم أن الله فصل أرواحهم عن أجسادهم لقصد الهى أعلن بعد سنين بأعجوبة باهرة .
وكان ” انتودورس ” و ” اريوس ” خادما الملك مسيحيين وقد أخفيا عقيدتهما خوفاً منه فتشاوروا معاً وكتبا سيرة هؤلاء المعترفين بصحائف من رصاص وضعت داخل صندوق من النحاس وختمت ودست فى البنيان عند مدخل الكهف .
وهلك الملك داكيوس وخلفه على العرش الرومانى ملوك كثيرون الى أن جلس على العرش الملك المؤمن ثيؤدوسيوس الصغير ( 408 الى 450 م ) وظهرت فى عهده بدع عديدة حتى أن بعضهم أنكر قيامة الموتى ، وتبلبلت أفكار الملك وشقه الحزن فاتشح بالمسوح ، وأفترش الرماد وطلب من الرب أن يضئ أمامه سبيل الإيمان .
والقى الله فى نفس ” أدوليس ” صاحب المرعى الذى يقع فيه الكهف أن يشيد هناك حظيرة للماشية فنزع العمال الحجارة عن باب الكهف لبناء الحظيرة ولما انفتح أمر اللـه أن يبعث الفتية الراقدين أحياء فعادت أرواحهم الى أجسادهم واستيقظوا وسلم بعضهم على بعض كعادتهم ولم تظهر عليهم علامات الموت ولم تتغير هيئتهم ولا لباسهم التى كانوا متشحين بها فظنوا وكأنما قد ناموا مساء واستيقظوا صباحاً ، ونهض يمليخا كعادته صباح كل يوم وأخذ فضة وخرج من الكهف متجها نحو المدينة ليشترى طعاماً وعندما أقترب من بابها دهش حين رأى علامة الصليب منحوتة أعلاه ، فدخل المدينة فلم يعرفها إذ شاهد فيها أبنية جديدة ، وسمع الناس تقسم باسم السيد المسيح ، فسأل أحد المارين عن أسم المدينة فأجابه أسمها أفسس فأزداد يمليخا حيرة وتسائل آلعلى فقدت عقلى وغاب عنى صوابى؟! الأفضل أن أسرع بالخروج من هذه المدينة قبل أن يمسنى الجنون فأهلك .
وأثناء خروجه تقدم الى أحد الخبازين وأخرج دراهم من جيبه وأعطاه إياها فأخذ يتأملها فراها كبيرة الحجم ، ويختلف طابعها عن الدراهم المتداولة فى عصرهم ، وناولها لزملائه فتطلعوا الى يمليخا وقالوا أنه قد عثر على كنز من زمن طويل ، فالقوا القبض عليه وجاءوا به الى اسقف المدينة وكان يزوره وقتئذ والي أفسس فقد شاءت العناية ألالهيه أن يجمعهما معاً ليظهر على أيديهما للشعوب كلها كنز بعث الموتى ، فأصر يمليخا أمامهما بأنه رجل من أهل أفسس وانه لم يعثر على كنز وقد اشترى بمثلها قبل يوم واحد فقط خبزاً ، فقال له الوالى أن صورة الدرهم تشير الى إنها ضربت قبل عهد داكيوس الملك بسنين . فهل وجدت يا هذا قبل أجيال عديدة وأنت مازلت شاباً ؟ فعندما سمع يمليخا ذلك سجد أمامهم وقال ، أجيبونى أيها السادة عن الملك داكيوس الذى كان عشية أمس فى هذه المدينة ، أين هو الأن ؟ أجابه الأسقف قائلاً أنه مات قبل أجيال ، فقال يمليخا ان خبرى أصعب من أن يصدقه أحد هلم معى الى الكهف فى جبل ( انكليوس ) لأريكم أصحابى وسنعرف منهم الأمر الأكيد . أما أنا فاعرف أمراً واحداً هو أننا هربنا منذ أيام من الملك داكيوس ، وعشية أمس رأيت داكيوس يدخل مدينة أفسس ولا أعلم الأن إذا كانت هذه المدينة أفسس أم لا . حينئذ قال الأسقف انها لرؤيا يظهرها الله لنا اليوم على يد هذا الشاب ، قال هذا و انطلقوا جميعاً الى الكهف ، وعندما بلغوا الكهف عثروا فى الجهه اليمنى من بابه على صندوق من نحاس عليه ختمان من فضة ، فتناوله الأسقف و فتح الصندوق فوجد لوحين من رصاص و قرأ ما كتب عليهما : ” لقد هرب الى هذا الكهف من أمام وجه داكيوس الملك المعترفون مكسيمليانوس ابن الوالى ، يمليخا ، ومرتينيانوس ، يونيسيوس ، و يوانس ، و سرافيوس ، وقسطنطنوس ، و انطونيوس وقد سد عليهم الكهف بالحجارة وكتب عليه ايضاً صورة إيمان المعترفين . ودخلوا الكهف فشاهدوا المعترفين جالسين بجلال وجوههم وسمعوا منهم أخبار الحوادث التى جرت فى عهد داقيوس .

فارسل الأسقف الى الملك ثيؤدوسيوس قائلاً : لتسرع جلالتك وتأت فترى ما أظهره الله العلى على عهدك من العجائب ، فقد اشرق من التراب نور موعد الحياة وسطعت من ظلمات القبور أشعة قيامة الموتى بانبعاث أجساد القديسين الطاهرة . ولما بلغ هذا الأمر الى الملك وهو فى القسطنطينية أسرع الى أفسس ومعه الأساقفة و جاءوا الى الكهف فرأوهم وحدثوهم .
ثم ودع المعترفون الملك والأساقفة والشعب ، و أسلموا أرواحهم بيد الله ، فأمر الملك أن يصنع لهم توابيت من ذهب ، ولكن الفتية ظهروا له فى حلم وقالوا له أن أجسادنا انبعثت من التراب لا من ذهب فاتركنا فى كهفنا على التراب ، وأقر مجمع الأساقفة عيداً لهؤلاء المعترفين ،
وتعيد لهم الكنيسة القبطية يوم 20 مسرى.
((هذه القصة نقلاً من المصادر السريانية من كتاب سيرة أهل الكهف للقس يوسف تادرس الحومى))

أصل المسيحيين في سوريا وفلسطين الأب نقولا الخوري ( منذ فجر التاريخ حتى الفتح العربي- بعد الفتح العربي الاسلامي )

$
0
0

– القسم الأول –
منذ فجر التاريخ حتى الفتح العربي

كانت هذه البلاد في العصر الحجري ، أعني قبل الميلاد بثلاثة آلاف وخمس مئة سنة ق . م مأهولة بأقوام غير ساميين كما نطقت بذلك الآثار المكتشفة حديثاً في عدة أماكن من سورية وفلسطين وغيرهما وخصوصاً في قرية جازر ( وهي قرية ابو شوشة قرب الرملة ) . وبعد ألف سنة من هذا التاريخ أي حوالي الفين وخمس مئة ق . م تدفق عليها سيل عرم من سكان العراق وأواسط جزيرة العرب فنزلوا فيها وعمّروها وشادوا فيها المدن . وقد كانت مساكن الساميين من الشمال الى الجنوب حسب الترتيب الآتي :
الآراميون ( وهم السريان والكلدان ) فالفينيقيون فالعبرانيون فالأنباط . وقد خالطتهم أمم شتّى من ساميّة وغير ساميّة أقامت بين أظهرهم في بقاع مختلفة من البلاد كالكنعانيين والفلسطينيين والأدوميين وغيرهم . هذا عدا بقايا الشعوب الأصلية ممّا يطول بيانه

على أن مركز هذه البلاد الجغرافي جعلها عرضة لمطامع الفاتحين من الأمم القديمة كالحثيين والمصريين والآشوريين والفرس وغيرهم . فكانوا يتناوبون فتحها او اكتساحها فتتقاطر شعوبهم اليها وكثيراً ما تندمج تلك الشعوب بالسكان الأصليين . فالحثيون الذين كانت لهم مملكة مؤسسة في شمال سورية وفي آسيا الصغرى هاجمت قبيلة منهم فلسطين نحو القرن السابع عشر ( قبل الميلاد ) وسكنت بين القدس والخليل وكثيراً ما امتدوا شمالاً الى قرب نابلس

وتسلّط المصريون على فلسطين وعلى بعض أقسام سورية في أواخر القرن السادس عشر قبل المسيح ودامت سلطتهم نحو ثلاثة قرون ( ما عدا مدتين طويلتين تخلّلت تلك القرون الثلاثة ) . والظاهر أنهم لم يكونوا ميّالين الى البقاء في هذه البلاد نظراً لإختلاف هوائها عن وادي النيل ، بل كان احتلالهم لها ناشئاً عن تخوفهم من غزوة أخرى تأتيهم عن طريق سورية وفلسطين كغزوة ( الهكسوس ) التي اكتسحت بلادهم ، ودرءاً لما قد يفاجئها من الغزوات إلا . ولذلك نجد أنهم لم يحاولوا نشر تمدّنهم وآدابهم في هذه البلاد وكانوا يستعملون في كتاباتهم الرسمية اللغة البابلية . ثم تدفق من الصحراء على فلسطين سيل من الغزاة أكثرهم من الآراميين والعرب وذلك حوالي سنة 1360 ق . م وامتزجوا بالسكان الأصليين فقويت شوكتهم بهم واستطاعوا ان يتحرروا بمساعدتهم من نير المصريين . واحتلت دولة الآشوريين قسماُ من فلسطين وكذلك دولة البابليين احتلت قسماً آخر . إلا ان كلا الاحتلالين لم يكن إلا بمثابة الغزوات التي لا تزال تقوم بها بعض القبائل حتى الآن في بعض الجهات . ولم يكن نصيب فلسطين من تينك الغزوتين إلا التقتيل والتخريب والتدمير والسبي . وقد دخلت فلسطين في حوزة الفرس في زمن كورش الكبير الذي أسّس مملكته على أنقاض مملكتي بابل وآشور سنة 529 ق . م ولكن رغماً عن هذا الاحتلال الذي دام مدة قرنين كاملين لم يترك الفرس آثاراً تذكر في هذه البلاد

ولكن احتلالاً آخر عقب احتلال الفرس وهو احتلال اليونان تحت قيادة ملكهم الاسكندر الكبير المكدوني المعروف عند العرب بذي القرنين . الذي ترك آثاراً هامّة في كل بقعة من سوريا وفلسطين وشرقي الأردن وفي غيرها من البلاد . ولا تزال الحفريات تظهر لنا منها بين آونة وأخرى ما يحيّر الألباب . ان هذا القائد العظيم فتح هذه البلاد في أوائل الربع الثاني من القرن الرابع قبل الميلاد وأوغل فيها . وأول همّ له كان نشر الروح اليونانية والآداب والعلوم اليونانية فيها . ولما توفي اقتسم قواده مملكته من بعده وبذلوا كل جهودهم في تصيير البلاد التي استولوا عليها يونانية بكل معنى الكلمة . ولذلك فتحوا باب الهجرة لبني قومهم على مصراعيه فتوافد الى هذه البلاد كثيرون منهم وأقاموا فيها واختلطوا بأهلها ، وقد كثر تدفقهم اليها على الخصوص بعد ظهور النصرانية كما سنرى . ورغم كون البلاد قد دخلت بعد هذا الاحتلال بمئتين وتسع وستين سنة ( 269 ) في حوزة الرومان فإن اللغة الرومانية لم تستطع رغماً عن عظمتها وعظمة الدولة التي كانت تشدّ أزرها ان تحل محل اللغة اليونانية التي نشرها وعمّمها خلفاء الاسكندر السلوقيون والبطالسة أو ان تزاحمها مزاحمة الند للند . بل ظلت اللغة اليونانية ذات المقام الأول بين خاصة السكان على الأخص وكانت منزلتها آنذاك تشبه منزلة اللغتين الفرنسية والانكليزية في الوقت الحاضر

خضعت سوريا بعد موت الاسكندر لدولة السلوقيين . وخضعت فلسطين للبطالسة حكام مصر فانفصلت بذلك سوريا عن فلسطين مدة قرن وربع الى ان قام انطيوخوس الرابع ملك سوريا سنة 198 ق . م وضمّ فلسطين الى سوريا بعد معارك دامية . وقد كانت المدة التي خضعت فيها فلسطين للبطالسة مدة هدوء وسلام . ولكن بعد دخولها في حوزة السلوقيين قاسى أهلها الأهوال

قلنا ان مدة الحكم اليوناني في سوريا وفلسطين منذ دخول الاسكندر اليها الى حين دخولها في حوزة الرومان كانت عبارة عن ( 269 ) سنة ومن يراجع تاريخ البلاد في تلك العصور يستغرب كل الاستغراب كيف استطاع اليونان في خلال هذه المدة ان ينشروا علومهم وفنونهم وآدابهم بهذه السرعة ، وأن يمتزجوا بأهل البلاد الأصليين ويصيّروا معظم البلاد يونانية ، فيشيّدوا فيها المباني ويعمّروا المدن . مع أن هذه المدة لم تنقض بهدوء وسلام بل كانت الحروب بين السلوقيين والبطالسة متتابعة والثورات والقلاقل متتالية . وكان السلوقيون خصوصاً منحطّين في الآداب والأخلاق زد على ذلك انهم كانوا قساة ظالمين كما يظهر من معاملتهم لليهود وممّا كان سبباً في انتقاض اليهود عليهم بعد أن عاشوا مدة قرن وربع تحت حكم البطالسة بسلام واطمئنان . ولكن هذا الاستغراب يزول عندما يتوسع المطالع في درس أخلاق الاسكندر وقواده ويتأكد أن أعظم دافع لذلك القائد العظيم على افتتاح البلدان وخوض معارك الحروب هي مزج الشرق بالغرب – وهي نفس الفكرة التي كان يرمي اليها نابليون – وتوحيد العائلة البشرية . أو بعبارة أخرى تصيير جميع أهل البلاد التي يفتحونها يونانيين بأية وسيلة كانت . وقد توخى طرقاً كثيرة لتحقيق أمانيه أهمها مسألة الزواج فقد اقترن هو بابنة داريوس ملك الفرس وشوّق قواده وأجبر رجاله على الاقتران بالشرقيات . وفتح باب المهاجرة لليونان على مصراعيه فتدفق على سوريا وفلسطين وشرقي الاردن سيل عظيم من بلاد اليونان وجزر البحر المتوسط وغيرها من البلاد اليونانية ونسج قواده وخلفاؤه على نسقه فعمّموا الروح اليونانية بنشر شعرهم وفلسفتهم وعاداتهم وألبستهم ومسارحهم وفنونهم وألعابهم وآدابهم ولغتهم . وهكذا حوّل الاسكندر وخلفاؤه مدن فلسطين وسوريا وعبر الاردن الى مراكز للعلوم اليونانية والتمدن اليوناني . وشيّدوا المدن المختلفة . فعدد عظيم من المستعمرين اليونانيين كانوا يقيمون في غزة وأشدود وعسقلان ويافا وعكاء التي دُعيت ( بتولمايس ) . وقد توطّن كثيرون من جنود الاسكندر المتقاعدين في هبوس وجدرا وبيلا وجرش وربة عمون القديمة التي أسموها ( فيلادلفيا ) . ويمكننا القول ان انتشار اللغة اليونانية في البلاد والآداب والعلوم والتمدّن رافقه شيء من القسوة والارغام والارهاب وخصوصاً من قبل السلوقيين قياساً على معاملة هؤلاء لليهود وفتكهم فيهم بلا رحمة ولا شفقة

ولكن رغماً عن جميع الوسائل التي استعملت لملاشاة آداب سكان البلاد الاصليين وعاداتهم وأخلاقهم ولغتهم ورغماً عن هذا الاختلاط نلاحظ ان هؤلاء السكان ظلوا متمسكين بآدابهم ولغتهم . وقد ظل اليهود محافظين على كل شيء ، هذا عدا ما أصاب لغتهم من التغيير في أثناء سبي بابل فانها اختلطت بالسريانية والكلدانية وعرفت باللغة الآرامية أو الكلدانية وبها كتب التلمود . وقد برع كثيرون منهم في اللغة اليونانية فاشترك اثنين وسبعون شيخاً منهم في ترجمة الكتاب المقدس الى اللغة اليونانية في عهد بطليموس فيلادلفوس في الاسكندرية . كان بينهم سمعان الشيخ كما يروي لنا التقليد . اما من بقي من الشعوب السامية ولا سيما الآراميون فقد تنصروا عند دخول النصرانية وانفردوا بآدابهم وأخلاقهم وعاداتهم . وأكثرهم كانوا يقيمون في العراق وما بين النهرين وأعالي سورية الى فلسطين

واذا ألقينا نظرة عامّة على سوريا وفلسطين وشرق الاردن في تلك العصور نجد أن حدود الشام الغربية على سواحل بحر الروم كان يغلب فيها العنصر اليوناني . وحدودها الشرقية ممّا يلي البادية يغلب فبها العنصر العربي . وأما أواسط البلاد فكان يغلب فيها العنصر الآرامي كما يؤيد ذلك المحققون من المؤرخين العرب والافرنج . ولا تزال ثلاث قرى بالقرب من دمشق حتى الآن يتكلم أهلها اللغة الآرامية وهي معلولة وعين التينة وجب العين مع أن أسماؤها عربية

وكان هناك من أوائل القرن الرابع قبل الميلاد أمة عربية عرفت بالأنباط أو النبط . كان مقامهم في الجنوب الشرقي من فلسطين على أنقاض الأدوميين وهي دولة بطرا . وقد اختلطوا بأهل الشـام وفلسطين أجيالاً متوالية وتشـهد النقوش والآثار التي عثر عليها بعض المستشرقين في كثير من المدن التي كانت داخلة ضمن حدود هذه المملكة مثل بطرا ( وادي موسى ) وبصرى وازرع ( ازرعات ) وعمان وجـرش والكـرك والشوبك وإيلة ( العقبة ) ومدائن صالح . ان هذه المملكة كانت في زمن من الأزمان تشمل معظم شمالي جزيرة العرب ويدخل فيها مؤاب والبلقاء وحوران وشبه جزيرة سيناء وأرض مديان وأعالي الحجاز . وقد وجدت نقوش من لغتهم في دمر على حدود دمشق ممّا يدل على سعة علاقاتهم التجارية . ويذكر التاريخ ان هذه الدولة كانت منظمة تنظيماً لا بأس به فكان لها ملوك ووزراء وعملة خاصّة . وقد جرب خلفاء الاسكندر الاستيلاء على هذه المملكة فلم يفلحوا . ولمّا دخلت البلاد في حوزة الرومان سنة 64 ق . م أشهروا عليهم الحرب في أيام اغسطس قيصر فارتدوا عنهم خائبين وقد تنصر كثيرون منهم في أول انتشار الدين المسيحي ولكن الرومان عادوا فتغلبوا على هذه المملكة واحتلوها سنة 106 م فتبدّد شملهم وقضي على مدنيتهم فاندمجوا في غيرهم من أهل البلاد وانتشروا على حدود سورية وفلسطين مما يلي البادية بين سيناء والفرات . ( راجع تاريخ العرب قبل الاسلام لزيدان صفحة 76 . والدول العربية وآدابها لأنيس الخوري المقدسي صفحة 25 . وأصل الارثوذكس في سورية وفلسطين لباقلوس كاروليندس اليوناني صفحة 135

وما اندثرت هذه المملكة العربية حتى زهت بدلاً منها مملكة عربية أخرى هي مملكة تدمر الشهيرة . ومدينة تدمر قديمة العهد يزعمون ان بانيها هو الملك سليمان مع ان هذا الزعم مردود عليه من مؤرخين كثيرين لأسباب يضيق بنا المقام عن ذكرها . ولكنها على كل حال مدينة قديمة جداً ولكنها لم تزهو ولم تتقدم وتتسع حدودها الا بعد سقوط بطرا إذ اصبحت هي طريق القوافل بين الهند وبلاد فارس الى فينيقية وقد تنصر كثيرون من أهلها. وقد أخذت هذه المملكة بالانحطاط شيئاً فشيئاً بعد إنكسار شوكة زنوبيا في حربها مع الرومان على ما هو مشهور في التاريخ الى ان كانت دولة الاسلام ففتحها خالد بن الوليد
وفي أواسط القرن الثالث للميلاد ، يوم كانت دولة تدمر لا تزال زاهية زاهرة ظهر على حدود الشام والعراق أجيال جديدة من العرب وهم دولة اللخميين أو المناذرة في الحيرة الذين اتخذهم الفرس حلفاء لهم ، يردون غارات اخوانهم أهل البادية ، أو ينصروهم في الحروب التي كانت تنشب بينهم وبين الروم قبل الاسلام بين آونة وأخرى . ودولة الغساسنة في بصرى اسكي شام الذين اتخذهم الروم حلفاء لهم للسبب عينه . فأقام حلفاء الفرس على شواطئ الفرات . وحلفاء الروم في حوران . وكانوا كلما نشبت الحرب بين الروم والفرس تجند الغساسنة للروم والمناذرة للفـرس ودافع كل منهما عن أصحابه وحلفائه دفاع المستميت . ومن جراء ذلك وقعت العداوة المرّة بين هاتين الدولتين العربيتين المسيحيتين . وظلت تلك العداوة مستمرة رغماً عن تنصر الدولتين

فسكان الشام والعراق عند ظهور الاسلام كان معظمهم من بقايا الآراميين الأصليين في الشمال والشرق واليهود والسامريين في الجنوب وبقايا الأنباط في الجنوب الشرقي يليهم العرب الغساسنة والمناذرة ثم قبائل اياد ونمر وربيعة بين النهرين ويتخلل هذا المجموع شتات من امم أخرى كالجراجمة في جبل اللكام والجرامقة في الموصل وأخلاط من مولدي اليونان والرومان على الشواطئ ومولدي الفرس والأكراد في الشمال

ولا شك ان الديانة المسيحية كانت قد انتشرت في سورية وفلسطين وبلاد العرب والعراق الغربي قبل الفتح الاسلامي انتشاراً كبيراً وبنوع أخص في فلسطين . فإنه على أثر الاضطهاد الذي ثار ضدّ الرسل في اورشليم قبل خرابها وعلى أثر رجم مار استفانوس تشتت التلاميذ في أماكن عديدة من فلسطين وسورية والعراق وبلاد العرب . وكانوا حيثما ذهبوا يكرزون بالانجيل . وآمن كثيرون من أهل تلك البلاد بالمسيح وقد أطلقت كلمة “مسيحيين” على أتباع السيد المسيح للمرة الأولى في انطاكية
ومن المعلوم ان سمعان اسقف اورشليم والمؤمنين الذين كانوا فيها سنة 70 م عندما ابتدأت ثورة اليهود ضدّ الرومان لجأوا الى مدينة ” بيلا ” على ضفة الاردن الشرقية مقابل بيسان . وأقاموا فيها حتى شرع الرومان في بناء اورشليم ثانية باسم ” ايليا كابيتولنيا ” بعد ان مكثت ستين سنة ينعق فيها البوم . فعندئذ أخذوا يعودون اليها وكان ذلك سنة 134 م . ولاشك انهم أثناء وجودهم في تلك البلاد قد اشتغلوا في التبشير بالانجيل كما ان الذين ظلوا منهم في مدينة بيلا بقوا مستمرين في الكرازة والتبشير . كما ان أساقفة اورشليم أيضاً بعد رجوعهم اليها لم يكونوا فيها مكتوفي الأيدي مكمومي الأفواه . بل رغماً عن الاضطهادات المتوالية عليهم لم يكونوا ليفتروا او يملّوا من التبشير والكرازة . ممّا جعلنا نسمع عن إنشاء عدّة اسقفيات في تلك الأعصر في كل من سورية وفلسطين وفي أشهر المدن وأهمها . بعض هذه المدن لا يزال باقياً والبعض الآخر أصبح خراباً . ونقرأ في تاريخ الكنيسة ان هرمون اسقف اورشليم الذي رقّي الكرسي سنة 300 م قد سام عدة أساقفة وأرسلهم للتبشير بالأنجيل في أماكن مختلفة من سورية وفلسطين وشرق الاردن والعراق وبلاد العرب . كما ان القديس ايلاريون صديق القديس انطونيوس الكبير قد أسس ديراً في تلك الأثناء بقرب غزة في المكان المعروف الآن ( بدير البلح ) فكان أول دير تأسس في فلسطين . وقد اهتدى بواسطة وعظه وسيرته هو ورهبانه كثيرون من الوثنيين وقبائل برمتها من العرب الذين كانوا يخيّمون في تلك الربوع . ونظراً لما حلّ بالمسيحية من الاضطهادات في القرون الثلاثة الأولى لم يستطع التاريخ الكنسي ان يفيدنا مفصلاً عن الذين تنصّروا والذين لم يتنصّروا من العرب او من سواهم في تلك الأيام المظلمة

ولكن بعد تنصر قسطنطين ورفع الاضطهاد عن المسيحيين ظهرت عدة اسقفيات في فلسطين وسورية وشرق الاردن وظهرت بينهم أسماء أساقفة من العرب . وأصبح التاريخ يذكر أسماء كثيرين منهم في مناسبات عديدة . ففي المجمع المسكوني الثالث الذي عقد في أفسس سنة 431 م نرى أنه كان بين المئتي عضو الذين تألف المجمع منهم اسقفان عربيان هما : بطرس اسقف القبائل العربية التي كانت منازلها في ( الغور ) بالقرب من بحيرة لوط وسعيد الوافدي اسقف جدرة ( المعروفة الآن بخربة ام قيس في شرقي الاردن ) ( تاريخ العلاّمة خريسوستومس متروبوليت أثينا صفحة 159 ) . هذا عدا بقية الأساقفة الذين حضروا هذا المجمع والمجمعين السابقين من سوريين وفلسطينيين . ولم نستطع ان نجزم ان كانوا عرباً أم لا ، نظراً لتغيير الأسماء ، لأنه كما ان شاؤول غيّر اسمه بعد ان تنصّر وصار يسمى بولس هكذا درجت العادة بين المسيحيين الأقدمين ان يغيّروا أسماءهم عند اعتناقهم النصرانية وكانوا دائماً بفضلون أسماء الأنبياء والقديسين والشهداء الذين استشهدوا في القرون الثلاثة الأولى وأكثرها أسماء عبرانية ويونانية ورومانية . لذلك نلاحظ ان بطرس اسقف القبائل العربية العربي القح قد سمّى ابنه وخليفته ” افكسيلاوس ” وحفيده “يوحنا” . ونستطيع ان نتأكد صحة ذلك ممّا نراه اليوم في الكرسي الانطاكي وفي الكنيسة الكاثوليكية العربية حيث لا نسمع إلا أسماء عبرانية ويونانية ورومانية كغريغوريوس وجراسيموس ومارينيوس وميصائيل وصموئيل مع أن أصحابها عرب قلباً وقالباً

ولما كان للأسماء علاقة كبرى بالجنسية – على نحو ما يقولون ان الأسم تاريخ – لذلك نلاحظ ان المؤرخ اليوناني الشهير بافلوس كاروليندس مبعوث ازمير في البرلمان العثماني في كتابه الذي ألفه وبحث فيه عن أصل المسيحيين في سورية وفلسطين قد أنكر وجود عرب مسيحيين رغماً عن ورود أسماء كثيرين منهم في تاريخ الكنيسة وبين أعضاء المجامع المسكونية نفسها ، مستنداً في إنكاره على أسماء الأشخاص والمدن . ولكن رغماً عن هذا الإنكار نرى ان كثيرين من المؤرخين الكنائسيين المتقدمين والمتأخرين يجاهرون بوجود بطاركة وأساقفة وقسوس ومتوحدين ونسّاك من العرب . كما أنهم لا ينكرون وجود كنائس عربية كانت تستعمل في صلواتها اللغة العربية منذ أقدم أزمنة التاريخ المسيحي فإن القديس ثيودوسيوس الذي نبغ في أواخر القرن الخامس قد بنى ديراً – هو الدير المعروف الآن بدير أبي عبيدة – فيه أربع كنائس كان كل فريق من رهبان ذلك الدير وعددهم (700) نفس يقيم الصلاة في كنيسته بلغته الخاصة وفي جملتهم رهبان العرب يصلون في كنيستهم بالعربية ( راجع دليل الأرض المقدسة للأرشمندريت بنيامين

والبطريرك الاورشليمي ذوسيتارس يقول في تاريخه أنه في سنة 494 م رُقّي كرسي البطريركية الاورشليمية البطريرك ايليا العربي وكان أصله من نجد وهو الذي أسّس دير الروم الكبير الحالي . وفي سنة 525 م رُقّي هذا الكرسي البطريرك بطرس العربي من بيت جبرين . وفي تلك الأثناء كان المتوحد ( مارن ) اخو بطرس اسقف القبائل العربية المذكورة آنفاً رئيساً لدير القديس افتيميوس ( هو مقام النبي موسى الحالي

وفي سنة 513 م نبغ القديس كيرلّس الشهير وأخذ يكتب تراجم بعض القديسين الذين اشتهروا في هذه البلاد مثل مار سابا وافتيميوس وثيودوسيوس وجراسموس وغيرهم . والذي كان يمدّه بالمعلومات الوافية من اولئك القديسين هو تريفون بن بطرس اسقف القبائل العربية . وقد ذكر البستاني في الجزء الحادي عشر من دائرة المعارف ( ص 355 ) عن رهبان طور سيناء أنهم كانوا عرباً من بني صالح . كما ذكر خريسوستوموس ميتروبوليت اثينا في تاريخه عن دير بصرى في حوران ان رهبانه كانوا عرباً من بني صادر

وجملة القول ان فلسطين وسورية والعراق وبعض بلاد العرب من السنة التي تنصّر فيها قسطنطين وهي سنة 325 م واعتبر النصرانية دين المملكة الرسمي ورفع الاضطهاد عن المسيحيين الى سنة 614 م وقد تنصّرمعظم الأهالي فيها فلم يبق إلا بعض اليهود والسمرة في فلسطين وبعض عبدة الأوثان من اليونان والرومان في بعض أنحاء سورية وفلسطين . وقد امتازت فلسطين عن سورية بكثرة الأديرة والكنائس والمناسك والملاجئ والمستشفيات وبكثرة المهاجرين اليها من اليونان والرومان ومن الذين كانوا يحضرون لزيارة الأماكن المقدسة . فلا يلبثوا ان يقيموا فيها حتى يندمجوا في أهلها . وبين هؤلاء المهاجرين نقرأ أسماء كثيرين من الامراء والملوك والملكات والأميرات والأغنياء العظام الذين تبرعوا فأقاموا الملاجئ والمعاهد الخيرية وشيدوا الأديرة والكنائس والمدارس من أموالهم الخاصّة . واوقفوا جزءاً من أملاكهم وأموالهم على كنائس فلسطين وأديرتها وفقرائها . لذلك نرى ان الكرسي الاورشليمي وحده في تلك الأثناء كان مؤلفاً من ستين اسقفية . بينها اسقفية الفثروبولس ( بيت جبرين ) وشـارون ( سارونه ) وعسقلان وميومة ( الآن خربة المنية قرب غزة ) ولببلاخية ( الآن لببلوخية قرب غزة ) وذيوقيصرية (صفورية) وقيسارية فلسطين وسبسطية ( قرب نابلس ) وبيت ايل ( قرب راملله ) وبصرى في حوران وجرش وبيسان وبطره ( وادي موسى ) وجدره ( خربة ام قيس في شرق الاردن ) وفيلادلفيا ( عمان ) وفيكوبولس ( عمواس ) وخربة سوق مازن قرب بني سحيلة في شرق الاردن . وغيرها من الأماكن التي لا يزال قسم كبير منها مجهول الموقع حتى الآن . هذا عدا الاسقفيات التي لا تزال عامرة وفيها عدد من المسيحيين مثل اسقفيات الناصرة وبتولمايوس ( عكاء ) ويافا واللد وغـزة وبيت لحم والكرك ومأدبا وعجلون ونابلس

ولكن غزوة الفرس الشهيرة التي سبقت الفتح العربي الاسلامي بمدة قصيرة قد جعلت معظم الاسقفيات أثراً بعد عين . فإنه فيما كان النصارى في سورية وفلسطين مشتغلين بالمجادلات والمحاورات الدينية والحكومة تارة تنصر لهذا الحزب وطوراً لذلك والملوك والحكام يتداخلون في الشؤون الكنائسية واذا بالفرس قد هجموا على سورية وفلسطين هجمة غزو ونهب وذبح لا هجمة احتلال . وقد عجزت الحكومة عن صدّهم فاجتاحوا البلاد من أقصاها الى أقصاها وهم يخربون ويدمرون وينهبون ويقتلون كل من ساقه حظه العاثر للوقوع بين ايديهم . ولما وصلوا القدس هدموا كنيسة القيامة التي كان قد بناها قسطنطين وأمه هيلانه عندما تنصرا كما هدموا سائر الأديرة والكنائس وقسماً كبيراً من المدينة وفتكوا بكثيرين من الرهبان ومن الأهالي المسيحيين . وقد عثر بعضهم على مخطوطات عربية وكرجية لا تزال حتى الآن محفوظة في مكتبة دير الروم بالقدس تنبئ بفظاعة تلك الغزوة . وتقدر المخطوطات العربية عدد القتلى المسيحيين في القدس وحدها ( 55866 ) نفساً . وأما الكرجية فتقدرهم ( 67314 ) نفساً . وتذكر هذه المخطوطات عدد القتلى من كل حيّ على حدة . وقد كان أكثر بطشهم في الأديرة والكنائس والرهابين ورجال الدين ولا تزال حتى اليوم جماجم الرهبان الذين قتلوا في دير مار سابا محفوظة في كهف في كنيسة قديمة هناك باسم القديس نيقولاوس ركمة واحدة تشهد بفظاعة اولئك الغزاة وقسوتهم . ولما كان سكان الساحل قد افلتوا من أيدي هؤلاء الطغاة فلم تصل اليهم أيدي التقتيل والتخريب لذلك نراهم لم يقفوا مكتوفي الأيدي بل مدّوا أيدي المساعدة لاخوانهم المنكوبين وتبرعوا بإعادة بناء كنيسة القيامة وغيرها من الكنائس والأديرة . فهذه الضربة الشديدة التي حلّت بمسيحيّي فلسطين وسورية فضلاً عما أحدثته من الخراب والدمار والرجوع بالبلاد مئات السنين الى الوراء فقد جرفت الشيء الكثير من أخبار اولئك المسيحيين وآثارهم ومخطوطاتهم

– القسم الثاني –
سورية وفلسطين بعد الفتح العربي الاسلامي

زحف العرب على سورية وفلسطين سنة 634 م . أي بعد غزوة الفرس بعشرين سنة . وكانت البلاد متضعضعة الأحوال لم تسترجع قواها بعد من شدّة تلك الضربة المؤلمة التي ذاقتها من الفرس . وكان سكان البلاد في ذلك الوقت من جهة الديانة كلهم مسيحيون ما خلا عدد ضئيل من اليهود والسمرة . وأما من جهة اللغة فكانوا يقسمون الى ثلاثة أقسام : فسكان السواحل كلهم تقريباً على طول الخط كانوا يتكلمون اللغة اليونانية . وسكان الجنوب والشرق مما يلي البادية كانوا يتكلمون العربية . وأهل الشمال مع سكان أواسط البلاد كانوا يتكلمون الآرامية . فلما زحف العرب المسلمون على البلاد بجموعهم وقفت في بادئ الأمر القبائل العربية المتنصّرة في سورية وفلسطين الى جانب جيش الروم وقاتلوا المسلمين . وقد ذكر جيبون المؤرخ الشهير ان بين المئة والخمسين ألف مقاتل الذين جمعهم الروم لصدّ العرب عن التوغل في البلاد كان ( 60 ) الف جندي عربي مسيحي بقيادة جبلة بن الأيهم آخر ملوك الغساسنة . وقال مؤرخوا العرب أنه لما وصل خالد بن الوليد قائد جيوش المسلمين الى تيماء صدمه الروم بجموع أكثرها من العرب المتنصرة ( بهراء وتنوخ ولخم وسليم وجذام وغسان ) . إلا ان جامعة اللغة والجنس عادت فرجحت على جامعة الدين ولذلك مدّ العرب المسيحيون أيديهم الى العرب المسلمين فتصافح الفريقان وانضم المسيحيون الى اخوانهم الاسلام فشاركوهم في محاربة الروم في سورية وفلسطين كما شاركوهم في محاربة الفرس في العراق فعرف لهم المسلمون فضلهم في ذلك . ولمّا همّوا بوضع الجزية على أهل الذمة بعد الفتح أبت قبائل تغلب وإياد وانمار أداءها . وبلغ عمر بن الخطاب ذلك فاستشار أصحابه فقال له بعضهم ” انهم عرب مثلنا يأنفون من الجزية وهم قوم لهم نكاية فلا تعن عدوك عليك ” . فوافق ذلك ما في نفسه ففرض عليهم الصدقة كما تفرض على المسلمين . وكان عمر شديد المحافظة على الجامعة العربية لا يأذن للعرب النصارى في التوغل ببلاد الروم وإذا فعلوا استرجعهم وخاطب ملك الروم بشأنهم لأنه يرى ذلك حقاً له . فقد ذكروا ان الوليد بن عقبة لما سار لفتح العراق والجزيرة انضم اليها عربها النصارى الا قبيلة إياد فإنهم تحملوا الى بلاد الروم فكتب الوليد الى عمر بذلك فكتب عمر الى ملك الروم يقول ” بلغني ان حياً من أحياء العرب ترك دارنا وأتى دارك فوالله لتخرجنه أو لنخرجن النصارى اليك ” فأخرجهم ملك الروم . ويظر ان العرب المتنصّرين في أبان حكم الروم لم يكونوا مرتاحين الى ذلك الحكم فقد ذكر البلاذري وأيد أقواله بعض مؤرخي الافرنج ان أول مدينة فتحها المسلمون في فلسطين كانت غزة .وأسباب فتحها انه كان يسكن وقتئذ في جنوب غزة قوم من قبائل العرب المتنصّرين وكان قد أصابهم من قبل ولاة الروم عسف وجور . فالتجأوا الى عساكر المسلمين ودعوهم الى فلسطين فلبوا دعوتهم وزحفوا على غزة في 4 شباط سنة 634 م وظفروا بجيش الروم وفتحوا المدينة وبعد أيام قليلة أتمّوا فتح بقية مدن فلسطين( راجع كتاب فتوح البلدان للبلاذري صفحة 109

ولما رسخت قدم العرب في سورية وفلسطين أخذ عدد المتكلمين باللغتين اليونانية والآرامية يتضائل شيئاً فشيئاً . فإن الخليفة عثمان بن عفان قد طرد الروم من مدن ساحل فلسطين ونقل العرب اليها فسكنوا فيها . ولما أفضت الخلافة الى عبدالملك بن مروان منع استعمال اللغات الأجنبية في دواوين الحكومة . وجعل اللغة العربية اللغة الرسمية الوحيدة ليس في سورية وفلسطين فقط بل في العراق ومصر وبلاد فارس وفي سائر الأقطار التي كان العرب قد استولوا عليها حتى ذلك التاريخ . ناهيك بتشديده وتشديد غيره من الخلفاء والحكام على المسيحيين في أوقات مختلفة بعدم استعمال لغة أخرى غير العربية . ومن المعلوم ان العرب بعد ان استولوا على هذه البلاد قد هاجموا قبرص وكريت ورودس واخذوا يهاجمون عاصمة الروم فيها بين آونة وأخرى . وكانوا كلما فشلوا يشدّدون النكير على مسيحيي سورية وفلسطين ولا يسمحون لهم بإستعمال لغة أخرى غير العربية حتى في كنائسهم خوفاً من ان يكونوا عيوناً عليهم وينقلوا أخبارهم للروم . وكان المنصور العباسي أشدّ الخلفاء السابقين تدقيقاً من هذه الجهة . فلم يكتف بإصدار الأوامر المشدّدة بل أمر بترجمة الكتب الكنائسية اليونانية جميعها الى العربية وحظر على البطاركة والأساقفة وسائر رجال الاكليروس بمنتهى الشدّة استعمال أية لغة غير العربية . فأصبحت بعد عهد ذلك الخليفة اللغة العربية والحالة هذه لغة الكنيسة والشعب معاً . ولذلك أصبحنا نرى بعد ذلك التاريخ مؤلفات دينية عربية لا يزال الشيء الكثير منها محفوظاً في مكتبة دير الروم الأرثوذكس بالقدس وفي مكتبة كنيسة مار يعقوب الكاتدرائية فيها وفي مكتبة دير الصليب “المصلبة” حيث عدد المجلدات العربية المخطوطة ” 150 ” مجلداً بينها الأناجيل الأربعة التي كتبت في القرن الحادي عشر للميلاد – وفي مكتبة دير طور سيناء حيث عدد المجلدات العربية ” 602 ” – ( مجلة النعمة السنة الأولى الجزء الثاني ) وفي مكتبة دير صدنايا بسورية وفي غيرها من المكاتب عدا ما نقل منها الى مكتبة الفاتيكان والى غيرها من مكاتب اوروبا الشهيرة

ولكن الجزية التي فرضت في بادء الأمر على غير العرب من المسيحيين ما لبثت ان تناولت العرب ولم يستثن منها أحد حتى ولا رجال الدين في أيام بعض الخلفاء – من جهة . والزلازل المريعة التي كانت تجتاح سورية وفلسطين في ذلك العهد بين آونة وأخرى كانت من أشد العوامل على تأخر النصرانية في هذه البلاد وتقليل عدد المسيحيين فيها وهدم كثير من الأديرة والكنائس التي لم تقم لها قائمة حتى اليوم . ففي أواخر أيام الدولة الأموية في أثناء خلافة مروان الثاني ( 744 – 750 ) م . داهمت سورية وفلسطين زلزلة مريعة هدمت عدة كنائس وأديرة وبيوت ومات ألوف الناس تحت الردم وكان بعض الخلفاء لا يأذنون بإعادة بناء كنيسة قد تهدمت أو دير ما لم يكن قد ذكـر ذلك المكان في العهدة العمرية . وفي سنة 861 م جاء الروم وحاصروا دمياط باسطولهم فاندفع بعض المتطرفين من المسلمين لمناوأة المسيحيين واعتدوا على بعضهم وهدموا بعض الكنائس والأديرة في وادي الاردن وغيره وأحرقوا مدينة “عسقلان ” . وقد حدثت زلزلة مريعة في تلك السنة عقب تلك الحوادث تهدّم من جرائها عدة كنائس وأديرة وبيوت وقتل فيها خلق كثير فكانت ضربة فوق ضربة . ومما زاد الطين بلّة وأودى بحياة كثيرين من أهالي سورية وفلسطين كانت المجاعة الشديدة التي أعقبت الزلزلة في تلك السنة . ومع أن الضيق كان عمومياً إلا ان نصيب المسيحيين منه كان أوفر من سواهم لأنهم رغماً عن تلك الحالة كانوا مضطرين ان يدفعوا الجزية وقيمتها أربعة دنانير ذهباً عن كل نفس سنوياً . فالعائلة المؤلفة من عشرة أنفس مثلاً كانت مضطرة الى دفع أربعين ديناراً ذهبياً في السنة . وهذه القيمة في تلك الأيام لم يكن وجودها سهلاً بل كانت تعدّ ثروة فكيف بها اذا جاءت ومعها الزلازل والمجاعة ؟ ولذلك نرى ان كثيرين من المسيحيين في تلك الأيام اضطروا ان يلجأوا الى الروم كما اضطر بعضهم ان يعتنق الاسلام للتخلص من دفع الجزية . ومن يطالع تاريخ الكنيسة يرى ان هذه الجزية كانت دائماً هي السبب الأكبر في اعتناق كثيرين من مسيحيي هذه البلاد الدين الاسلامي أر رحيلهم الى بلاد الروم . ففي زمن الخليفة معاوية حينما هاجم العرب عاصمة الروم واغتنم الفرصة مردة جبل لبنان وزحفوا على فلسطين استشاط هذا الخليفة غضباً وشدّد في تحصيل الجزية من المسيحيين . فاستعمل بعض الحكام والجباة القسوة في تحصيلها منهم ولذلك تهافتوا على اعتناق الاسلام تهافتاً شديداً حتى كادت خزينة الدولة تخلو من المال فاضطر الخليفة ان يصدر أوامره الى جميع حكام المقاطعات بعدم قبول المسيحيين في الاسلام . ويقال ان عدد المسيحيين في فلسطين بعد هذه الحوادث قد نزل الى ( 43 ) ألف نسمة فقط ( راجع تاريخ خريسوستومس صفحة 255 )

ولكن لا هذا ولا ذاك يعدّ شيئاً مذكوراً بالنسبة الى ما أصاب المسيحيين في عهد الحاكم بأمر الله الفاطمي مدة عشر سنوات متوالية من سنة 1007 – 1017 م . فقد راجت اشاعة في الغرب مآلها ان نهاية العالم ستكون في تمام الألف سنة لميلاد المسيح . ولذلك تقاطر عدد عظيم من مسيحيي الغرب الى فلسطين وسكن عدد كبير منهم القدس وهم يرقبون نهاية العالم ويقولون ان مركز الدينونة سيكون في اورشليم فلما كانت سنة 1007 م ولم يحدث شيء اغتنم اليهود هذه الفرصة فأوغروا صدر الحاكم بأمر الله على المسيحيين فشرع في اضطهادهم . فهدم كنيسة القيامة وسائر الكنائس والأديرة في القدس وفي كل فلسطين وسلب جميع أوانيها وأموالها واستولى على أملاكها الموقوفة عليها . وبعد ان بطش بكثيرين من رجال الدين وغيرهم وخصوصاً الأجانب الغى الأعياد وأبطل الصلوات وأمر المسيحيين ان يلبسوا ثياباً سوداء تمييزاً لهم عن سواهم . وأن يعلّقوا في أعناقهم صلباناً من خشب طول كل منها ذراع واحد واشتدت وطأت الاضطهاد خصوصاً على غير العرب من المسيحيين فأمر ان يحرق بسفافيد الحديد المحميّة على النار لسان كل من نطق بغير العربية من المسيحيين . فدخلت في الاسلام في غضون ذلك مدن وقرى برمتها وهرب كثيرون من المسيحيين خلسة الى بلاد الروم . ثم انقلب ضد اليهود فشرع في اضطهادهم وأمرهم ان يعلقوا في أعناقهم جلاجل وأن يلبسوا وجوهاً مصنعة كوجوه العجول بحجة ان اجدادهم عبدوا العجل في البرية . وكأن هذا الرجل أصيب بمس من الجنون حتى ان المسلمين أنفسهم لم يسلموا من شره وأذيته بل عذب وقتل كثيرين منهم لأسباب تافهة . ولكنه عاد فجأة في سنة 1017 م فأمر بالكف عن اضطهاد المسيحيين وسمح لهم بإعادة بناء الكنائس وأعاد اليها الأملاك الوقفية التي كان قد استولى عليها . فنزع المسيحيون ثياب الحداد واتخذوا يوم ذلك الانقلاب الفجائي عيداً كانوا يعيدونه كل سنة

ولم ترتح البلاد مدة طويلة بعد هذه الحوادث بل كأن المصائب والرزايا تحالفت على رؤوس أهلها منذ فجر التاريخ حتى الآن . فإنه بعد مرور ستين عاماً على هذه الحوادث اي في سنة 1076 م اجتاح السلاجقة فلسطين فعاث جيشهم في الارض فساداً ناهباً ومخرباً وقاتلاً كل من ساقه حظه العاثر للوقوع بين أيديهم . حتى أنهم لم يكفوا عمن عاذ بالمسجد الاقصى من أهل بيت المقدس بل اكتفوا بالكف عمن عاذ بالصخرة فقط . وقد وقف المسلمون والمسيحيون الى جانب بعضهم متظافرين لصدّ هذه الغارة عنهم فلم يفلحوا . وفي سنة 1078 م عاد الفاطميون فاسترجعوا البلاد من أيدي اولئك الغزاة الذين بطشوا بالمسيحيين والمسلمين على السواء . الا ان العراك ظل مستمراً بين هاتين الدولتين الى ان باغتهم الصليبيون وهم منهوكوا القوى جميعاً فاستولوا على البلاد

ابتدأ ظهور الصليبيين في هذه البلاد سنة 1079 م وتقلّص ظلهم منها نهائياً سنة 1297 م فكانت مدة وجودهم فيها نحو قرنين كاملين قاست البلاد الأهوال في أثنائها . وكان وجودهم فيها نقمة على المسيحيين الوطنيين بنوع خاص . فإن بعض صغار العقول من المسلمين لمّا رأوا فتك الصليبيين بالمسلمين نفرت قلوبهم من مواطنيهم المسيحيين . وأخدوا ينظرون اليهم نظرة عداء ويضطهدونهم كلما جلا الصليبيون عن بلاد فيها بعض المسيحيين مع أن الصليبيين الذين كانوا يدعون أنهم انما جاؤوا الى هذه البلاد ليخلصوا المسيحيين فيها من جور المسلمين قد اضطهدوا المسيحيين الوطنيين اضطهاداً شديداً وأذاقوهم الأمريّن . وقد انتزعوا الأماكن المقدسة من أيدي الأرثوذكس واستلموا البطريركية والكنائس والأديرة وصاروا ينصبون البطاركة منهم ولم يعترفوا لمسيحيي البلاد في الأماكن المقدسة والوظائف الكنائسية . بل نبذوهم نبذ النواة واحتقروهم واحتقروا لغتهم . الأمر الذي لم يخف على ذلك القائد الكبير صلاح الدين الأيوبي الذي استعان بمسيحيي هذه البلاد على فتح بيت المقدس عندما لاحظ ما يكنونه من الكراهية للأفرنج والميل الى مواطنيهم العرب . ولما طرد الصليبيين من القدس سلّم الأماكن المقدسة لأصحابها الأرثوذكس الوطنيين وأمنهم على أرواحهم وأموالهم واستخدم كثيرين منهم في جيشه كمأموري إعاشة وخزنة أموال ، وهي وظائف لا تعطى الا لمن اشتهر بالأمانة والاستقامة والاخلاص وحسن المعاملة

وقد تشتت الصليبيين بعد سقوط بيت المقدس فرجع قسم منهم الى بلادهم والتجأ البعض الآخر الى اخوانهم في صور وطرابلس فلم يقبلوهم . فتاهو في البلاد واندمجوا في أهلها على تمادي الأيام وتعلموا لغة أهلها وعوائدهم وصاهروهم وامتزجوا بهم فتعرّبوا ولم يميز بينهم وبين الوطنيين . وقد ذكر بعض المؤرخين ان الذين تأخروا في القدس فقط من فلول الصليبيين كان عددهم 16 ألف نسمة ما عدا فرقة من فرسان مار يوحنا بقيت للإهتمام بالمرضى والضعفاء منهم

فالصليبيون والحالة هذه وان كانوا لم يمتزجوا بغيرهم من السكان في أثناء وجودهم في البلاد فإن فلولهم التي بقيت فيها قد اندنجت في مسيحيي هذه البلاد . يشهد بصحة هذا القول ما نسمعه من الألقاب غير العربية الموجودة في كل بيت من بيت لحم والناصرة والقدس وبيت جالا وغزة ويافا من مدن فلسطين وقراها وفي كثير من البلاد السورية . وبعد ان خلت البلاد من الصليبيين أصبحت الحكومة من جهة والأهالي من جهة أخرى يخشون وينفرون من كل ما هو أجنبي ولا يريدون ان يسمعوا لغة أعجمية . ولذلك ظهر في سوريا وفلسطين بعد رحيل الصليبيين منهم بطاركة وقسوس ورهبان من العرب . واشتغل كثيرون منهم في التأليف حتى أنك لتجد أكثر المخطوطات المحفوظة في المكاتب الشهيرة التي أشرنا اليها فيما سبق من آثار تلك العصور

ونبغ في ذلك الزمان عدة رجال نوابغ من الاكليروس العربي في سورية وفلسطين نذكر منهم : المطران سليمان بن حسن الغزي اسقف غزة العالم الشهير والشاعر المطبوع ، وله ديوان في وصف الديانة المسيحية وشرح معتقداتها ووصف الأماكن المقدسة وما أشبه ذلك في 154 صفحة ، وهذا الديوان لا يزال موجوداً حتى الآن بلغته العربية الفصحى في مكتبة دير الروم بالقدس وله ثلاث مقالات دينية باللغة العربية . والمطران ايليا اسقف بيت لحم العربي الذي كان عالماً شهيراً وقد دفن في كنيسة مار الياس ولا يزال قبره حتى الآن هناك منقوشاً عليه تاريخ وفاته باللغة العربية . وافتيميوس كرمه الحموي ومكارريوس ابن الزعيم الشهير بطريرك انطاكية . وابن الخوري بولس صاحب المؤلفات المشهورة . والشماس عبدالله ابن الفضل الانطاكي . وذروثاوس الثاني البطريرك الانطاكي سنة 1436 وهو ابن الصابوني . وميخائيل الرابع البطـريرك الانطاكي سنة 1454 وهو ابن المارودي . ويواكيم الرابع البطريرك الانطاكي سنة 1524 وهو ابن جمعة البيروتي . ودروثاوس الرابع وهو عبدالعزيز بن أحمر من دمشق . وأثناسيوس الثالث ابن الدباس الدمشقي . ويواكيم الخامس بن ضو من برج صافيتا … وغيرهم كثيرون يضيق بنا المقام عن تعدادهم وذكر مؤلفاتهم . ونلاحظ انه لما عقد المجمع الفلورنتيني سنة 1439 م لإتحاد الكنيستين الارثوذكسية والبابوية كان البطاركة الثلاثة الموجودون في ذلك المجمع – الاورشليمي والانطاكي والاسكندري – عرباً والبطريرك القسطنطيني فقط في ذلك المجمع كان يونانياً

ثم نلاحظ انه لما دخلت البلاد تحت حكم المماليك الجراكسة ظهر بين مسيحييها عنصر جديد أيضاً هو العنصر الكرجي . وكانوا مسيحيين أرثوذكس من قفقاسيا . وبنوا لهمم أديرة وأشتركوا مع أهل البلاد في إدارة الأماكن المقدسة واختلطوا بهم وكانوا معززي الجانب من قبل المماليك الجراكسة مواطنيهم

وفي منتصف القرن الخامس عشر للميلاد وقع خصام في حوران بين القبائل العربية وثقل بعضهم على القبائل العربية المتنصّرة في تلك الجهات فرحل بعض العرب المسيحيين وفي مقدمتهم بقايا الغساسنة ولجأ بعضهم الى لبنان والبعض الى فلسطين والبعض الى الكرك . وقد ذكر المؤرخ الشهير المرحوم جرجي زيدان في أحد أعداد مجلة ” الهلال ” لسنتها السابعة عشر صفحة 425 ان مشايخ بيت الخازن في لبنان ينتسبون الى أصل حوراني . وكذلك بيت مطران في بعلبك وزحلة هم في الأصل من جالية حوران . كما ذكر بيوتاً كثيرة في سورية تنسب الى حوران وبنوع خصوصي الى الغساسنة مثل بيوت جبارة وغنّام وحوراني وعطية وشقير وطرّاد وصفير وغصن وغيرهم

ويظهر أنه في نحو ذلك الوقت أيضاً نزحت بعض القبائل العربية من حوران ومن جهات الكرك الى فلسطين . فإن مسيحيي رام الله والطيبة وبير زيت وعين عريك وأهالي بيت جالا وبيت ساحور ينتسبون الى تلك البلاد . ولم نجد تعليلاً في التأريخ لهذا الارتحال الذي يكاد ان يكون اجماعياً او بمشورة سابقة سوى أحد أمرين : فإما ان تكون قد تدفقت عليهم قبائل جديدة من الصحراء فثقلت عليهم ورأوا ان لا قدرة لهم بمناوأتهم فارتحلوا . وأما ان يكونوا قد التحقوا بأخوانهم وحلفائهم من قبائل العرب المسلمين الذين جاء بهم صلاح الدين الأيوبي ومن قام بعده من ملوك المسلمين فأسكنهم في البلاد بعد ارتحال الصليبيين عنها وخلوها من السكان وهذا هو الأرجح . ومما يؤيد هذا القول ان حمولة الحددة في رام الله عندما ارتحلت من الكرك وجاءت الى فلسطين كان لهم حلفاء وأصدقاء من المسلمين هناك وهم أهل البيرة الحاليين فلم يتركوهم يرحلوا وحدهم بل ارتحلوا هم أيضاً معهم وجاؤوا فسكنوا جانب بعضهم – الحددة في رام الله ومن جدهم الحداد تفرعت حمائل رام الله المعروفة اليوم – ودار القرعان ودار الطويل في البيرة . وما زالوا منذ ذلك العهد الى الآن يحسبون بعضهم أبناء عم

أما أنساب المسيحيين في المدن فقد اختلط فيها الحابل بالنابل وكثيراً ما جربنا ان نقف على أنساب بعض البيوت الشهيرة فرأينا ولسوء الحظ ان معظمهم لا يعرفون عن أنسابهم شيئاً . بل ان بعضهم لا يعرف أكثر من جده او ابي جده . وقد جرب ذلك قبلنا من هم أطول باعاً وأكثر اطلاعاً اعني بهم المرحوم العلامة جورج زيدان صاحب مجلة الهلال والمؤرخ الشهير الاستاذ عيسى اسكندر المعلوف وغيرهما من الباحثين والمدققين فتوصلوا الى معرفة أنساب بعض البيوت الشهيرة في سوريا ولبنان . فقالوا ان بيوت هندية وخياط باشا وابكاريوس وورتبات وقرابيت وغيرهم يرجعون الى أصل أرمني كما تدل عليهم اسمارهم . وبيت أتيلا أصله من الاسبان . وبيت طاسو من الايطاليين . وبيت شرشل من الانكليز .وينتسب بيت كرم في أهدن ( جبل لبنان ) الى كولونيل فرنساوي وبيت طربية في طرابلس ينتسبون الى الفرنساويين من زمن الصليبيين . ما عدا من تعرّب منهم ولقّب بلقب عربي . وقد ذكروا بيوتاً في سورية ترجع في أنسابها الى أصل يوناني مثل بيوت : يني وباولي وكتسفليس وباباذوبلوس وفيليبيس وأسماؤها تدل عليها . كما ان منها بيوت تبدلت أسماؤها بأسماء عربية وحفظت أنسابها عند أهلها كبيت مشاقة في دمشق فهم يرجعون بنسبهم الى يوسف بركي من كورفو في بلاد اليونان نزل طرابلس الشام وكان تاجراً بالمشاقة فعرف اسمه بها . وبيت مسرة فرع من أسرة يونانية نشأت في طرابزون جاء جدها الى دياربكر ثم الى حلب وتفرعت في دمشق ومصر

ثم لما دخلت البلاد في حوزة الاتراك العثمانيين وانتشر الامن فيها جاء فلسطين كثيرون من الزوار اليونان والروس والسرب والبلغار والرومان وغيرهم وتوطنت عائلات كثيرة منهم في هذه البلاد وخصوصاً اليونان . فمنهم من تعرّب اسماً وفعلاً ومنهم من ظل حتى الآن محافظاً على لغته وجنسيته وعاداته . وقد جاء فلسطين وسوريا بعد الفتح التركي أجناس كثيرة أيضاً من الغرب من انكليز وفرنساويين وايطاليين واسبان وألمان وغيرهم الا أنه ندر في هذه المرة من اختلط منهم بأهل البلاد الاصليين

خلاصة القول ان أنساب النصارى في سورية وفلسطين الآن ترجع الى أنساب أصلية وأنساب دخيلة .فالأنساب الأصلية هي الآرامية . وأما الأنساب الدخيلة فهي العربية واليونانية . فالنسب العربي في السوريين والفلسطينيين قديم وعريق فيهم ولكن أكثره في شرق الشام وجنوبها وفي شرق الاردن وغربيه وبجوار غزة . وأما النسب اليوناني فأقدمه وأكثره شيوعاً على سواحل البحر المتوسط لأن اليونان جاؤوا سوريا وفلسطين واختلطوا بأهلها من أقدم أزمنة التاريخ وكانوا ينزلون شواطئها . وزاد نزوحهم بعد زمن الاسكندر حتى صارت هذه البلاد بلداً ثانياً لهم كما تقدم . وظلوا يتوافدون اليها بعد الفتح الاسلامي وما زالوا على ذلك الى الآن

وأما سائر الأنساب النصرانية فمنها الأصول الأرمنية وهي كثيرة في سورية على الأخص . ومنها الأصول الافرنجية من الاسبان والايطاليين والأنكليز والفرنساويين وغيرهم من زمن الصليبيين . وقس على ذلك سائر الأمم المسيحية التي نزلت هذه البلاد إما بقصد التجارة او الزيارة فاختلطت بأهلها مثل الروس والكرج والبلغار والرومان والصرب وغيرهم مما يطول شرحه

فالمسيحيون اذاً في سورية وفلسطين ليسوا عرباً من حيث النسب . ولكنهم يعدّون عرباً لأنهم يتكلمون العربية وقد توالدوا في بلاد عربية وتخلّقوا بأخلاق العرب

فسورية وفلسطين – وهي بلاد واحدة – أصبحت بعد الفتح العربي الاسلامي عربية لنزول العرب المسلمين فيها واتخاذها وطناً لهم . وقد نشروا فيها لسانهم وعاداتهم وآدابهم . فسكانها يعدّون عرباً وإن لم يرجعوا كلهم بأنسابهم الى قبائل العرب

والعرب بهذا الاعتبار ثلاث طبقات

أولاً – أهل البادية الذين ينتسبون الى القبائل العربية ولا يزالون محافظين على أنسابهم وفيهم المسلمون والمسيحيون

ثانياً – العرب المسلمون الذين نزلوا الأرياف واختلطوا بغير العرب بالتزاوج وأندمج فيهم سواهم من الأمم الاسلامية غير العربية – كالأتراك والأكراد والفرس والجركس وغيرهم . وهؤلاء هم سكان المدن في سورية والعراق وفلسطين ومصر والمغرب عدا عمّن اعتنق الاسلام من الأمم المسيحية المختلفة وخصوصاً من الصليبيين ثم تعرّبوا واندمجوا مع أهل المدن والقرى

ثالثاً – العرب العاربون وهم معظم المسيحيين من سكان هذه البلاد . وكثيرون يعدّون عرباً باعتبار لغتهم وعاداتهم وآدابهم لا باعتبار أنسابهم . وعلى هذا القياس يعدّ نصارى بر الأناضول الذين يتكلمون التركية أتراكاً مع ان أكثرهم من اليونان

مجلة الحكمة العدد الثاني اذار سنة 1931


هنيبعل ( قرطاجنة –رجيولوس –هملكار –هنيبعل –سبيو ) “ قصة الحضارة “ ويل ديورانت

$
0
0

هنيبعل
( قرطاجنة – رجيولوس – هملكار – هنيبعل – سبيو )
“ قصة الحضارة “
ويل ديورانت

قرطاجنة
كشف التجار الفينيقيون – وهم قوم ديدنهم البحث والتنقيب – عن ثروة إسبانيا المعدنية قبل ألف ومائة عام من تلك الأيام . ولم يمض على هذا الكشف إلا قليل من الوقت حتى كان أسطول من السفن التجارية يمخر عباب البحر الأبيض المتوسط بين صيدا وصور وبيلوس من ناحية وطارطسوس Tartessus عند منصب نهر الوادي الكبير من ناحية أخرى . وإذ كانت هذه الأسفار مما يتعذر القيام بها من غير أن تكون فيها محاط ( محطات ) كثيرة في الطريق ، وإذ كانت سواحل البحر الأبيض الجنوبية أقصر الطرق وآمنها، فقد أنشأ الفينيقيون مراكز وسطى ومحاط تجارية على سواحل إفريقيا الشمالي عند لبتس مجنا Leptes Magna ( ليدة الحالية ) وهدرومنتم Hadrumentum ( سومة ) وبوتيكا ( بوتيك ) وهبوديرهيتس Hppo Diarrhytus وهبورجيوس Hippo Regius ( بونة )، بل إنهم عبروا مضيق جبل طارق وأقاموا مركزًا لهم في لكسوس Lixus ( جنوب طنجة ) . وتزوج التجار الساميون الذين أقاموا في هذه المراكز من الأهالي وأسكتوا غيرهم بالمال . وفي عام 813 ق .م أقامت جماعة جديدة من المستعمرين – قد يكونون من فينيقية وقد يكونون من يتكيا Utica التي أخذت وقتئذ في الاتساع – أقامت هذه الجماعة بيوتًا لها على نتوء في البحر على بعد عشرة أميال من مدينة تونس الحالية . وكان الدفاع عن شبه الجزيرة الفينيقية أمراً سهلاً ، وكانت مياه نهر بجرداس ( مجردة ) تروي أرضها وتفيض عليها الخصب والنماء ، ولذلك كانت تعود إلى الانتعاش بسرعة بعد ما كان يحل بها من التخريب المتكرر . وتعزو الروايات القديمة إنشاء هذه المدينة إلى إليسا Elissa أو ديدو Dido ابنة ملك صور ، فتقول إن أخاها قتل زوجها فأبحرت مع طائفة أخرى من المغامرين إلى إفريقيا . وسمي المكان الذي استقرت فيه كارت هدشت – أي المدينة الجديدة- تمييزًا لها عن يتيكا . وحول اليونان هذا الاسم إلى كارشدون وبدله الرومان إلى كرثاجو . وأطلق اللاتين اسم إفريقيا على الإقليم المحيط بقرطاجنة ويتكيا وسموا أهلها الساميين ، كما كان يسميهم اليونان ، البوني أو الفوني ، أي الفينيقيين . وهاجر كثيرون من سراة أهل صور إلى إفريقيا عقب حصار شلمانصر ، ونبوخذ نصر والإسكندر ، واستقر معظمهم في قرطاجنة، فأصبحت بسبب هذه الهجرة مركزًا جديدًا للتجارة الفينيقية ، وأخذت قوة قرطاجنة وعظمتها في الازدياد كلما أخذت صور وصيدا في الاضمحلال .

ولما ازدادت المدينة قوة دفعت أهل إفريقيا الأولين إلى الداخل شيئاً فشيئاً ، وامتنعت عن أداء الجزية لهم ، بل أرغمتهم على أن يؤدوها هم واستخدمتهم أرقاء وأقناناً في بيوتها ومزارعها . وكانت نتيجة هذا أن نشأت لأهل قرطاجنة ضياع واسعة كان يعمل في بعضها عشرون ألف رجل ، وأضحت الزراعة عند الفينيقين العمليين علماً وصناعة ، ولخص قواعدها ماجو الكاتب القرطاجني في كتاب ذائع الصيت . وشق الأهلون القنوات فأخصبت الأرض ونشأت فيها حدائق ذات بهجة ، وحقول من القمح والكروم ، وبساتين تنتج الزيتون والرمان والكمثرى والكرز والتين . وربوا الخيل والأنعام والضأن والمعز ، واستخدموا الحمير والبغال في حمل الأثقال ، وأنّسوا كثيرًا من الحيوانات ومنها الفيل . أما الصناعات في المدن فلم تزدهر ازدهار الزراعة اللهم إلا صناعة المعادن ؛ ذلك أن القرطاجنيين ، كآبائهم الأسيويين ، كانوا يفضلون أن يتجروا فيما يصنعه غيرهم ، فكانوا يجربون الأقطار ، يقودون بغالهم شرقًا وغربًا ، ويضربون في قفار الصحراء طلبًا للفيلة والعاج والذهب والعبيد . وكانت سفنهم الضخمة تحمل المتاجر من مئات المواني بين آسيا وبريطانيا وإليهما ، لأنهم لم يكونوا يرضون أن يعودوا كما عاد معظم الملاحين عند أعمدة هرقول Pillars of Hercules ( مضيق جبل طارق )؛ وأكبر الظن أنهم هم الذين أنفقوا على رحلة هنو Hanno البحرية التي ارتادت ألفين وستمائة ميل من ساحل أفريقيا الغربي ، ورحلة هملكو Himilco التي ارتادت سواحل أوربا الشمالية . ويلوح أنهم كانوا أول من أصدر عملة من نوع العملة الورقية – في صورة رقائق من الجلد مطبوع عليها ما يدل على قيمتها ويتعامل بها في جميع أنحاء الدولة القرطاجنية ، وإن لم يكن من المستطاع تمييز عملتهم المعدنية عن عملة غيرهم من الأمم . والراجح أن التجار الأثرياء لا الأشراف أصحاب الضياع هم الذين قدموا الأموال اللازمة لتجييش الجيوش وإنشاء الأساطيل التي حولت قرطاجنة من مركز للتجارة إلى إمبراطورية استولت على ساحل البحر الأبيض الجنوبي من سيرنيكا Cyrenaica إلى جبل طارق والى ما بعد جبل طارق عدا يتكا . واستولى القرطاجنيون كذلك على طارطسوس وجادير ( فادز ) وغيرهما من المدن الأسبانية ، وأثرت بما أخذته من ذهب أسبانيا وفضتها وحديدها ونحاسها . وتملكت جزائر البليار ، بل أنها وصلت إلى جزائر ماديرة ومالطة وسرادانية وقورسقة ونصف صقلية الغربي . وكانت تعامل البلاد الخاضعة لحكمها معاملة مختلفة الدرجات في قسوتها، فكانت تفرض عليها جزية سنوية ، وتجند الأهلين في جيوشها ، وتقيد تجارتها وعلاقاتها الخارجية بأشد من القيود . ولكنها في نظير هذا كانت تحميها من أعدائها عسكريًا ، وتمنحها استقلالاً ذاتياً محلياً ، واستقراً ا اقتصاياً . وفي وسعنا أن نقدر ما كان لهذه البلاد الخاضعة لقرطاجنة من ثراء إذا عرفنا أن واحدة منها هي لبتس الصغرى Leptis Minor كانت تؤدي إلى خزانة قرطاجنة 365 وزنة ( أي ما يعادل 000 ,314 ,1 ريال أمريكي من نقود هذه الأيام .
واستغلت قرطاجنة هذه الإمبراطورية استغلالاً جعلها في القرن الثالث قبل الميلاد أكثر مدائن البحر الأبيض المتوسط ثراء ، فقد كان يدخلها كل عام من الضرائب الجمركية ومن الخراج قدر ما كان يدخل في خزائن أثينا أيام مجدها عشرين مرة . وكان سراتها يسكنون القصور ويلبسون الملابس الغالية الثمن ويطمعون الأطعمة الشهية يأتون بها من خارج بلادهم . وازدحمت المدينة بسكانها البالغ عددهم ربع مليون نسمة واشتهرت بما أقيم فيها من الهياكل الفخمة والحمامات العامة ، ولكن أكثر ما كانت تشتهر به الأمينة وأحواضها الواسعة . وكان في مقابل كل حوض من أحواضها البالغة 220 حوضًا عمودان أيونيان Ionic؛ ومن ثم أضحى الميناء الداخلي ذا الشكل مستدير فخم يحيط به 440 عموداً . وكان يوصل هذا الميناء بالسوق العامة طريق واسع به ميدان ذو عمد ، تزينه تماثيل يونانية ، وتقوم على جانبيه الأبنية المحتوية على المصالح الحكومية ، والمكاتب التجارية ، ودور القضاء والعبادة . أما الشوارع التي تجاور هذا الطريق، فكانت ضيقة كمعظم شوارع البلاد الشرقية ، وكانت ملئ بالحوانيت التي تقوم فيها الصناعات المختلفة وتعقد فيها آلاف الصفقات التجارية . وكانت بيوتها ترتفع في الجو إلى ستة أطباق؛ وكثيراً ما كانت الحجرة الواحدة تضم أسرة بأكملها . وكان في وسط المدينة ربوة عالية أو قلعة – كانت هي وغيرها من المعالم مما أوحى إلى الرومان بالصورة التي أقاموا عليها مدينتهم – تسمى “ البورصة “ Byrsa ، وتضم بيت المال ، ومضرب النقود، وكثيراً من المزارات والعمد ، وأفخم معبد في قرطاجنة كلها وهو معبد الإله إشمون Eshmun؛ وكان يحيط بالمدينة من ناحيتها الأرضية غير البحرية سور من ثلاثة جدران يرتفع خمسًا وأربعين قدمًا في الهواء ، ومن فوقه أبراج وشرفات، ومن داخل الأسوار فضاء يتسع لأربعة آلاف حصان وثلاثمائة فيل ، وعشرين ألف رجل . وفي خارج الأسوار كانت مزارع الأغنياء ومن بعدها حقول الفقراء .
وكان القرطاجنيون من الجنس السامي وثيقي الصلة باليهود الأقدمين في دمهم وفي ملامحهم، وكانت تظهر في لغتهم أحيانًا ألفاظ عبرية ، مثال ذلك أنهم كانوا يسمون القضاة شفيتي وتلك هي الكلمة العبرية شفتيهم . وكان الرجال يرسلون لحاهم ولكنهم كان من عادتهم أن يحلقوا شفتيهم العليا بشفرات من البرونز . وكان معظمهم يضعون على رؤوسهم قلانس أو عمائم، ويحتذون أحذية أو أخفافاً ، ويلبسون جلابيب طويلة فضفاضة؛ ولكن الطبقات العليا من الأهلين قلّدت اليونان في ملابسهم ، وصبغت أثوابها باللون الأرجواني ووشت أطرافها بالخرز الزجاجي . أما النساء فكن في الغالب متحجبات يحيين حياة العزلة؛ وكان في وسعهن أن يبلغن مناصب كهنوتية عالية ، أما فيما عدا ذلك فكان عليهن أن يأسرن الرجال بجمالهن . وكان الأهلون جميعًا – رجالاً كانوا أو نساء – يتحلون ويتعطرون ويضعون أحيانًا حلقات معدنية في أنوفهم . ولسنا نعرف إلا القليل عن أخلاقهم من غير أعدائهم ، فالكتاب اليونان والرومان يصفونهم بالإسراف في الطعام والشراب ، وبأنهم يحبون أن يجتمعوا في نوادي الطعام، وأنهم إباحيون في علاقاتهم الجنسية فاسدون في شؤونهم السياسية؛ وكان الرومان المعروفون بالغدر يستعملون لفظ الوفاء القرطاجني Fides Punica مرادفًا للفظ الخيانة . ويقول بولبيوس أن “ لا شيء ينتج عنه كسب يعد عاراً في قرطاجنة “ ويتهم فلوطرخس أهل قرطاجنة بأنهم “ خشنو الطباع مكتئبون ، سلسو القياد في أيدي حكامهم ، قساة على الشعوب الخاضعة لسلطانهم ، إذا خافوا بلغوا منتهى الجبن ، وإذا غضبوا بلغوا منتهى الوحشية ، عنيدون لا يرجعون عن شيء أقروه ، صارمون ، لا يستجيبون إلى دواعي اللهو أو مباهج الحياة . ولكن فلوطرخس رغم ما عرف به من العدل في أحكامه كان يونانياً على الدوام، وأما بولبيوس فكان صديقاً حميماً لسبيو الذي حرق قرطاجنة ومحا آثارها من الوجود .
ويبدو القرطاجنيون في أسوأ صورهم في دينهم ، وإن كان كل ما نعرفه عنهم من هذه الناحية قد وصل إلينا عن طريق أعدائهم . لقد كان أسلافهم في فينيقية يعبدون بعل مُلُك وعشتروت بوصفهما ممثلين لعنصري الذكر والأنثى في الطبيعة وللشمس والقمر في السماء؛ وعبد القرطاجنيون إلهين مماثلين لهما وهما بعل هامان وثانيت . وكانت ثانيت بصفة خاصة تثير حبهم وتقواهم؛ فكانوا يملؤون هياكلها بالهدايا ويقسمون بأسمها . ويلي هذين الإلهين في التعظيم ملكارت “ مفتاح المدينة “ ثم إشمون رب الثروة والصحة ، ويأتي من بعد هذه كلها حشد كبير من الآلهة الصغرى تسمى “ البعول “ أو الأرباب . بل عن ديدو نفسه كان من هذه المعبودات . وكانوا في الأزمات العصيبة يضحون لبعل- هامان بالأطفال الأحياء، وكان عدد من يضحي بهم لهذا الإله في اليوم الواحد يبلغ أحيانًا ثلاثمائة طفل . وكانت طريقتهم في هذه التضحية أن يضعوا الأطفال فوق ذراعي هذا الوثن المبسوطتين ، ثم يدحرجونهم إلى النار المتقدة أسفل الذراعين؛ وكان يغطى على صياحهم أصوات الأبواق والدفوف ، ويطلب إلى أمهاتهم أن يشهدن هذا المنظر دون توجع أو بكاء لئلا يتهمن بالكفر ويخسرون ما هو خليق بهم من رضاء الآلهة . وتطورت الأمور بعد ذلك فكان الأغنياء يأبون أن يضحوا بأطفالهم ويبتاعون بدلاً منهم أطفال الفقراء ، فلما أن حاصر أجثكليز Agathocles صاحب سرقوسة Syracuse مدينة قرطاجنة خشيت الطبقات العليا من أهل المدينة أن يكون احتيالها وتهربها من واجبها المقدس قد أغضب الآلهة فألقت في النار مائتين من أبناء الأشراف . على أن من واجبنا أن نضيف إلى هذا أن تلك القصص إنما يقصها علينا ديودور وهو يوناني من أهل صقلية لا يستنكف أن يشهد ما إعتاده اليونان من قتل أطفالهم وهو هادئ مطمئن . وليس ببعيد أن يكون منشأ هذه العادة القرطاجنية عادة التضحية بالأطفال أن أولئك القوم أرادوا أن يصبغوا ما يبذلون من الجهد لضبط النسل بصبغة التقي والصلاح .
ولما دمّر الرومان قرطاجنة أهدوا ما وجدوه فيها من المكتبات إلى أحلافهم من أهل أفريقية . ولكن هذه الكتب لم يبق منها إلا كتاب هنو الذي سجل فيه رحلته وشذرات من كتاب ماجو في الزراعة . ويؤكد لنا القديس أوغسطين تأكياً يكتنفه شيء من الغموض أنه “ كان في قرطاجنة كثير من الأشياء التي خلدت ذكراها في عقول من خلفهم من الناس“ . وقد استعان سلست Sallust وجوبا Juba بما كتبه المؤخرون القرطاجنيون ، ولكنّا لا نجد لدينا تارياً لقرطاجنة كتبه مؤرخ من أبنائها . أما عمارتها فحسبنا أن نقول عنها إن الرومان لم يتركوا فيها حجراً على حجر . ويقص علينا بعضهم أن طراز مبانيها كان مزيجًا من الطرازين الفينيقي واليوناني، وأن هياكلها كانت ضخمة مزخرفة ، وأن هيكل بعل – هامان وتمثاله كانا مصفحين بألواح من الذهب تقدر قيمتها بألف وزنة ( تالنت ) ، وأن اليونان أنفسهم مع ما عرف عنهم من زهو وكبرياء كانوا يعدون قرطاجنة من أجمل العواصم في العالم كله . ويحتوي متحف تونس على قطع من توابيت الموتى وجدت في مقابر بالقرب من موقع قرطاجنة ، أجملها كلها صورة واضحة المعارف ، لعلها صورة ثانيت ، يونانية الطابع في جوهرها . وثمة تماثيل صغرى استخرجت من القبور القرطاجنية وفي جزائر البليار، ولكنها فجة خالية من الدقة ، وكثيرًا ما تكون بشعة لا تطيق العين رؤيتها كأنها صنعت لإرهاب الأطفال أو طرد الشياطين . أما ما بقي من الخزف فيدل على أن هذا الفن كان يقصد إلى النفع لا إلى الجمال الفني ، ولكنا نعرف أن الصناع القرطاجنيين قد أخرجوا نماذج طيبة من المنسوجات ، والحلي ، والنقش على العاج والأبنوس والكهرمان والزجاج .
وليس في استطاعتنا في الوقت الحاضر أن نرسم أية صورة واضحة للحكومة القرطاجنية . وقد أثنى أرسطوطاليس على دستور قرطاجنة ووصفه بأنه “ أرقى من سائر دساتير العالم في كثير من نواحيه “ ، وذلك “ لأن الدولة تعد حسنة النظام إذا كان العامة أوفياء لدستورها على الدوام، وإذا لم يثر فيها نزاع أثيم يستحق الذكر ، وإذا لم يستطع أحد أن ينصب نفسه دكتاتوًراً “ ؛ وكان أهلها يجتمعون من آن إلى آن في جمعية وطنية من حقها أن تقبل أو ترفض ما يعرضه عليها من الاقتراحات مجلس الشيوخ المكون من ثلاثمائة من أهل المدينة الكبار ، ولا حق لها في مناقشتها أو تعديلها . على أن مجلس الشيوخ نفسه لم يكن يحتم عليه أن يعرض على الجمعية أي مشروع في وسع أعضائه أن يتفقوا عليه . وكان السكان هم الذين يختارون الشيوخ . وكانت الجمعية الوطنية تختار في كل عام شفيتيين Shofetes ليرأسا الناحيتين القضائية والإدارية في الدولة . وكان من فوق الهيئات القضائية والإدارية جميعًا محكمة مؤلفة من 104 من القضاة يبقون في مناصبهم مدى الحياة، وإن كان القانون لا يجيز هذا البقاء . وإذ كان من حق هذه المحكمة أن تشرف على جميع فروع الإدارة ، وأن تستدعي كل موظف عمومي بعد انتهاء مدة خدمته لتحاسبه على أعماله ، فقد أصبحت قبيل الحروب البونية هي المسيطرة على جميع الإدارات الحكومية والمشرفة على جميع المواطنين .
وكان مجلس الشيوخ هو الذي يرشح القائد الأعلى للجيش ، على أن تختاره الجمعية من بين المرشحين . وكلن مركزه خيراً من مركز القنصل في رومه لأنه كان في وسعه أن يبقى في منصبه طوال المدة التي يرغب مجلس الشيوخ أن يبقى فيه . لكن الرومان قد سيروا على قرطاجنة جحافل من ملاك الأراضي الوطنيين ، على حين أن الجيش القرطاجني كان مؤلفًا من مرتزقة الجند الأجانب معظمهم من اللوبيين الذين لا يشعرون نحو قرطاجنة بأقل عاطفة وطنية، ولا يدينون بالولاء إلا لمن يؤدي إليهم أجورهم ، ولقائدهم في بعض الأحيان . وما من شك في أن الأسطول القرطاجني كان في أيامه أقوى أساطيل العالم على الإطلاق ، فقد كانت خمسمائة سفينة ذات خمسة صفوف من المجدفين ، زاهية الألوان ، رفيعة، سريعة ، ترد المعتدين على مستعمرات قرطاجنة وأسواقها ومسالكها التجارية . وكان فتح هذا الجيش القرطاجني لصقلية، وإقفال هذا الأسطول حوض البحر الأبيض المتوسط الغربي في وجه التجارة الرومانية ، منشأ الصراع المرير الذي دام نحو مائة عام والمعروف بأسم الحروب البونية الثلاث .

رجيولوس Regulus
لقد ظلت الأمتان صديقتين طالما كان إحداهما من القوة ما تستطيع به أن تسيطر على الأخرى . وقد عقدتا في عام 508 معاهدة اعترفتا فيها بسيادة رومه على شاطئ لاتيوم وتعهد فيها الرومان ألا يسيّروا سفنهم في البحر الأبيض المتوسط غربي قرطاجنة ، وألا ينزلوا في سردانية أو لوبية إلا فترات قصيرة يصلحون فيها سفنهم أو يمونونها . ويقول أحد الجغرافيين اليونان إن القرطاجنيين اعتادوا أن يغرقوا كل بحار أجنبي يجدونه بين سردانية وجبل طارق . وكان اليونان في مساليا Massalia ( مرسيليا ) قد نشأت لهم تجارة شاطئية سليمة بين جنوبي غالة وشمالي أسبانيا الغربي؛ وتروي الأخبار أن قرطاجنة كانت تحارب هذه التجارة حروب قرصنة، وإن مساليا كانت حليفة وفية لرومه ( ولسنا ندري ما في هذه الأخبار من دعاوة حربية يسمونها تاريخاً تكريماً لها وتعظيماً ) . أما وقد سيطرت رومه على جميع إيطاليا فإنها لم تكن تشعر بالأمن والطمأنينة إلى سلامتها ما دامت هناك قوتان معاديتان لها- اليونان والقرطاجنيون- تتملكان صقلية ، وهي لا تكاد تبعد عن ساحل إيطاليا بميل واحد . يضاف إلى هذا أن صقلية خصبة التربة ، في وسعها أن تمون نصف إيطاليا بالحبوب؛ وإذا ما استولت رومه على صقلية سقطت سردانية وقورسقة في يدها من تلقاء نفسهما . فهذا طريق لابد من سلوكه وهو الطريق الطبيعي لتوسع رومه وبسطة ملكها .
وقد بقي أن توجد الحجة التي تتذرع بها رومه لإشعال نار الحرب . وقد جاءت هذه الحجة في عام 264 ق .م حين استولى جماعة من مرتزقة السمنيين يسمون أنفسهم الممرتيين Mamertines أي “ رجال المريخ “ على بلدة مسانا Messana الواقعة على أقرب سواحل لإيطاليا، وذبحوا السكان اليونان أو أخرجوهم من البلدة ، واقتسموا فيما بينهم نساء هؤلاء الضحايا وأبناءهم وأملاكهم ، وجعلوا ديدنهم الإغارة على المدن اليونانية القريبة من تلك البلدة . فما كان من هيرو الثاني Hiero II دكتاتور سرقوسة إلا أن حاصرهم ، ولكن قوة قرطاجنية نزلت في مسانا وردت هيرو على أعقابه واستولت على المدينة . واستغاث الممرتيون برومه وطلبوا إليها أن تعينهم على من أنقذوهم من عدوهم؛ وتردد مجلس الشيوخ في تقديم هذه المعونة لأنه يعرف ما لقرطاجنة من قوة وثروة، ولكن الأثرياء من العامة الذين يسيطرون على الجمعية المئوية أخذوا يدعون للحرب وللاستيلاء على صقلية . وقرّ قرار رومه أن تبعد القرطاجنيين عن هذا الثغر ذي الموقع الحربي الهام القريب كل القرب منها مهما كلفها هذا من ثمن؛ وجهزت رومه أسطولاً وعقدت لواءه لـ “ كيوس كلوديوس Caius Claudius “ وسيّرته لإنقاذ الممرتيين؛ ولكن القرطاجنيين استطاعوا في هذه الأثناء أن يقنعوا الممرتيين بالعدول عن طلب مساعدة رومه ، وأرسلوا رسالة بهذا المعنى إلى كلوديوس في ريجيوم Rhegium . غير أن كلوديوس لم يلق بالاً إلى هذه الرسالة ، وعبر المضيق الذي يفصل إيطاليا عن صقلية ، ودعا أمير البحر القرطاجني إلى المفاوضة؛ فلما جاءه قبض عليه وسجنه ، وبعث إلى الجيش القرطاجني يقول إنه سيقتل أمير البحر إذا أبدى الجيش أية مقاومة . ورحب الجنود المرتزقة بهذه الحجة التي تتيح لهم فرصة تجنب القتال مع الفيالق الرومانية ، وتظهرهم في الوقت نفسه بمظهر الشهامة ، وسقطت مسانا في يد رومه .
وبرز في هذه الحرب البونية ( الفينيقية ) الأولى بطلان عظيمان هما رجيولوس الروماني وهملكار القرطاجني . ولعل في وسعنا أن نضيف إليهما ثالثاً ورابعاً هما مجلس شيوخ رومه والشعب الروماني . فأما مجلس الشيوخ فلأنه ضم هيرو صاحب سرقوسة إلى جانب رومه وضمن بذلك وصول العتاد والزاد إلى الجنود الرومان في صقلية ، هذا إلى أنه قد نظم الأمة أحسن تنظيم قائم على الحكمة والسداد، وقوي عزيمتها، وقادها إلى النصر وسط الخطوب والأهوال الجسام . هذا فضل مجلس الشيوخ ، أما الرومان أنفسهم فقد أمدوا الحكومة بالمال والعتاد ، والأيدي العاملة ، وبالرجال الذين بنوا لرومه أسطولها الأول – وكان مؤلفًا من 330 سفينة كلها تقريبًا ذات صفوف من المجدفين ، ويبلغ طول الواحدة منها 150 قدمًا، في كل منها 300 مجذف و120 جنديًا، ومعظمها مجهز بخطاطيف من الحديد لم تكن معروفة من قبل ، وبجسور متحركة تمكنهم من الإمساك بسفن الأعداء والنزول إليها . وبهذه الطريقة بدّل الرومان الحرب البحرية التي لم يألفوها من قبل حرباً برية يقاتلون فيها أعدائهم يداً بيد، وتستطيع فيها فيالقهم أن تستفيد بكل ما تمتاز به من مهارة وحسن نظام . ويقول بولبيوس في هذا: “ ويدل هذا الحادث أكثر مما يدل غيره من الحوادث على ما للرومان من جرأة وبسالة إذا ما اعتزموا القيام بعمل خطير . . ذلك أنهم لم يفكروا قط قبل هذه الحرب في إنشاء أسطول؛ فلما أن استقر رأيهم على إنشائه بذلوا في ذلك جهد الجبابرة ، وهاجموا به من فورهم القرطاجنيين الذين ظلوا عدة أجيال سادة البحار لا ينازعهم فيها منازع – مع أن الرومان لم تكن لهم في حرب البحار خبرة ما “ . والتقي الأسطولان بالقرب من إكنوموس Economus أحد الثغور الواقعة على ساحل صقلية الجنوبي؛ وكانا يحملان من الجند ثلاثمائة ألف . ودارت بينهما أكبر معركة بحرية في التاريخ القديم . وانتصر الرومان فيها انتصاراً مؤزراً حاسماً ساروا بعده إلى إفريقيا لا يلوون على شيء، ونزلوا إلى البر دون أن يعنوا باستطلاع الأرض ، فالتقوا بقوة تفوق قوتهم كادت تفنيهم عن آخرهم ، وأسرت قنصلهم الطائش المتهور . وبعد قليل من ذلك الوقت دفعت العواصف الأسطول الروماني إلى شاطئ صخري فتحطمت منه 284 سفينة وغرق,000 80 من رجاله . وكانت هذه أعظم كارثة بحرية عرفها الناس في التاريخ . وأظهر الرومان بعدها ما في طبائعهم من عزيمة فبنوا في ثلاثة أشهر مائتي سفينة جديدة ذات خمسة صفوف من المجدفين، ودربوا لها ثمانين ألف بحار .
واحتفظ القرطاجنيون برجيولوس في الأسر خمس سنين ثم سمحوا له بأن يرافق بعثة قرطاجنية إلى رومه تعرض عليها الصلح بعد أن وعدهم بأن يعود إلى الأسر إذا رفض مجلس الشيوخ الشروط التي عرضوها عليه . فلما سمع رجيولوس هذه الشروط أشار على مجلس الشيوخ بأن يرفضها ، ثم عاد مع البعثة إلى قرطاجنة غير عابئ بتوسل أسرته وأصدقائه . وعذبه القرطاجنيون عذاباً شديداً بأن حرموا عليه النوم حتى فارق الحياة . وأمسك أبناؤه في رومه بأسيرين من ذوي المكانة في بلادهما في داخل صندوق ثبتت فيه حراب من الحديد، وحرموا عليهما النوم حتى قضيا نحبهما . وليس في مقدورنا أن نصدق كلتا القصتين إلا حين نذكر ما حدث من التعذيب الهمجي في هذه الأيام .

هملكار

لقد كان في قرطاجنة عدد كبير من أهلها يحملون أسماء هملكار وهزدروبال وهنيبال، ذلك بأن هذه الأسماء لا يخلو منها جيل من الأجيال ، وكانت من الأسماء الشائعة في أقدم أسرها . وكانت أسماء تدل على التقي والصلاح ، ومشتقة من أسماء الآلهة : فأما هملكار فمعناه : “ من يتمتع بحماية ملكارت “ وأما هزدروبال فمعناه “ من في معونته بعل “ ومعنى هنيبال “ الفضل لبعل “ . ولقب هملكار الذي نتحدث عنه في هذا الفصل بهملكار برقة – “ الصاعقة “ وذلك لأنه كان من طبيعته أن يعجل بضرب عدوه ويفاجئه حيثما وجده . وكان لا يزال شابًا في مقتبل العمر حين ولّته قرطاجنة في عام 247 القيادة العليا لجيوشها، فسار ومعه أسطول صغير نحو إيطاليا وأخذ يغير على سواحلها ويفاجئها بالنزول في أراضيها ، ويدمّر المراكز الرومانية الأمامية ، ويأسر كثيرًا من جنودها. ثم أنزل جنوده إلى البر في مواجهة جيش روماني كبير كان يحمي مدينة بنورمس Panormus ( بلرمو Palermo الحالية )، واستولى على ربوة تشرف على المدينة . وكانت القوة التي يقودها أصغر من أن تجازف بالاشتباك مع الرومان في واقعة كبرى ، ولكنها كانت تعود بالأسباب كلما قادها لمهاجمتهم . وأخذ يرجو مجلس الشيوخ القرطاجني أن يبعث إليه بالأمداد والزاد؛ ولكن المجلس لم يستجب لرجائه وقبض يده فلم يسعفه بالمال الذي كان يكنزه ، وأمره أن يطعم جنوده ويكسوهم من مال البلاد التي حوله .
وكان الأسطول الروماني في هذه الأثناء قد انتصر في واقعة بحرية أخرى ، ولكنه هزم هزيمة منكرة عند دربانا Drepana ، وأضعفت هذه الحروب قوة الفريقين على السواء فاستراحا تسعة أعوام . ولم تفعل قرطاجنة شيئاً في هذه التسع السنين لأنها كانت تعتمد على عبقرية هملكار ، وأما رومه فإن جماعة من أبنائها قدموا طائعين عمارة مؤلفة من مائتي سفينة حربية وعليها ستون ألف جندي . وأبحرت هذه العمارة القوية ، دون أن يعلم أحد بإبحارها، وباغتت الأسطول القرطاجني عند جزائر إيجاديان Aegadian Isles بالقرب من ساحل صقلية وأحدقت به فاضطرت قرطاجنة إلى طلب الصلح ، ونزلت عن أملاكها في صقلية إلى رومه وتعهدت أن تؤدي لها غرامة حربية مقدارها 440 تالنتاً في كل عام مدى عشرة أعوام ، وألغت كل ما كان مفروضاً على التجارة الرومانية من قيود . وكانت الحرب قد دامت عشرين عاماً أو نحوها وأشرفت رومه في خلالها على هاوية الإفلاس حتى اضطرت إلى تخفيض قيمة نقدها بنحو 83%، ولكنها برهنت على ما في أخلاق الرومان من صلابة لا تلين، وعلى تفوق الجيش المكون من رجال أحرار على مرتزقة الجند الذين يسعون للحصول على أعظم المغانم بأقل ما يمكن إراقته من الدماء .
وأوشكت قرطاجنة أن تقضي عليها شراهتها وأطماعها؛ ذلك أنها كانت قد قبضت يدها بعض الوقت عن جنودها المرتزقين، فلم تؤد إليهم أجورهم، ولم تستثن من هؤلاء من أخلصوا في خدمة هملكار . فأقبلت جموعهم على المدينة يطالبون بتلك الأجور ، ولما تلكأت الحكومة في إجابة مطلبهم وحاولت أن تفرقهم تمردوا عليها جهرة . وانضمت الشعوب الخاضعة لقرطاجنة إلى هؤلاء العصاة ، وكانت قد أبهظها عبء الضرائب الفادحة الذي رزحت تحته طوال الحرب . وباعت نساء لوبيا حليهن لتمد الثوار بالمال ، وحاصر قرطاجنة عشرون ألفًا من الجنود المرتزقين والثوار يقودهم ماثو Matho وهو لوبي محرر واسبنديوس Spendius وهو عبد كمباني Campanian . وكان ذلك الحصار في وقت لا يكاد يوجد فيها جندي يحميها . وارتعدت فرائض التجار فرقاً وخشوا أن يقضي عليهم الثوار ، فأرسلوا في طلب هملكار ليؤمنهم على حياتهم . وألفى هملكار نفسه يتنازعه عطفه على جنوده المرتزقة وحبه لمدينته ، ولكنه آثر مدينته على جنده وجند جيشاً من عشرة آلاف قرطاجني ودربهم ، وقادهم بنفسه ، ورفع الحصار عن المدينة . وإرتد الجنود المرتزقون المهزومون إلى الجبال ، وقطعوا يدي جسكو Gesco أحد القواد القرطاجنيين وقدميه ، وكسروا ساقيه ، وفعلوا ذلك الفعل نفسه بسبعمائة أسير غيره ، ثم ألقوا بمن بقي منهم أحياء في قبر واحد بلا تمييز بينهم . واحتال هملكار على أربعين ألفًا من العصاة حتى اضطرهم إلى الالتجاء إلى مضيق ، وسد عليهم مسالكه حتى أوشكوا على الهلاك من الجوع . فأكلوا من بقي لديهم من الأسرى ، ثم أكلوا عبيدهم ، واضطروا في آخر الأمر أن يرسلوا أسبنديوس Spendius بطلب الصلح ، فما كان من هملكار إلا أن صلب أسبنديوس وألقي بمئات من الأسرى تحت أرجل الفيلة ، وظلت تطؤهم حتى قضوا نخبهم . وحاول العصاة أن يشقوا لهم بالقوة مخرجاً من مأزقهم الذي وقعوا فيه ، ولكن جيش هملكار قطع أصلابهم، وقبض على ماثو وأرغمه على أن يعدو في شوارع قرطاجنة وأهلها من ورائه يضربونه بالسياط ويعذبونه حتى مات . ودامت “ حرب المرتزقة “ هذه أربعين شهرًا ( 241-237 ) ، ويقول بولبيوس “ إنها كانت أفظع الحروب وأشدها وحشية ، وإن ما سفك فيها من الدماء لم يسفك مثله في التاريخ كله “ . ولما أن خمدت نار الفتنة وجدت قرطاجنة أن الرومان قد احتلوا سردانية . فلما احتجت على هذا الاعتداء أعلن الرومان الحرب عليها . واضطر القرطاجنيون في يأسهم إلى طلب الصلح ، ولم ينالوه إلا بأن يؤدّوا لرومه فوق ما كانوا يؤدّون لها من الغرامة 1200 تالنت ، وأن يتخلوا عن سردانية وقورسقة .
وفي وسعنا أن نتصور غضب هملكار من هذه المعاملة القاسية التي عوملت بها بلاده . فعرض على حكومته أن تمده بالجند والمال ليعيد قوة قرطاجنة في أسبانيا وليستعين بها مهاجمة إيطاليا . وعارض الملّاك الأشراف في هذه الخطة لأنهم كانوا يخافون مغبة الحرب ، ولكن طبقة التجار التي حزّ في نفوسها ما فقدته من الأسواق والثغور الأجنبية أيدته . وتراضت الفئتان بعدئذ على أن يعطى هملكار قوة صغيرة عبر بها البحر إلى أسبانيا ، واستولى على المدن التي كان ولاؤها لقرطاجنة قد تزعزع في أثناء الحرب ، وقوّى صفوف جيشه بأهلها، وجهّزه وأمدّه بالمال من غلات المناجم الأسبانية ، ومات وهو يقود هجوماً على إحدى قبائل تلك البلاد . وترك وراءه في معسكره هزدروبال زوج ابنته وأولاده هنيبال وهزدروبال وماجو – الملقب “ بابن أسده “ . واختير زوج ابنته قائدًا في مكانه ، وظل ثماني سنين يحكم البلاد بحكمة وسداد كسب في أثنائها معونة الأسبان، وأقام بجوار مناجم الفضة مدينة عظيمة يعرفها الرومان باسم قرطاجنة الجديدة ( Nova Carthage ) وهي مدينة قرطاجنة الباقية إلى اليوم . ولما اغتيل في عام 221 اختار الجيش لقيادته هنيبال أكبر أبناء هملكار، وكان وقتئذ في السادسة والعشرين من عمره . وكان أبوه قد جاء به قبل أن يغادر قرطاجنة ، وهو لا يزال غلاماً في التاسعة من عمره ، إلى مذبح بعل – هامان واستحلفه أن يثأر لبلاده من رومه في يوم من الأيام . وأقسم هنيبال ولم ينس قط قسمه .

هنيبال
ترى لـمَ سكتت رومه حتى عادت قرطاجنة إلى فتح أسبانيا؟ لقد أرغمها على هذا السكوت أن النزاع بين الطبقات كان يمزق أحشاءها، وأنها كانت تمد سلطانها على شواطئ البحر الأدرياوي ، وكانت مشتبكة في حرب من الغالبين . ذلك أن أحد التربيونين وهو كيوس فلامينيوس Caius Flaminius قد سبق ابني جراكس Gracchii فأقنع الجمعية في عام 232 بالموافقة على اقتراح يقضي بتوزيع أراضي غنمتها رومه من الغالبين على فقراء المواطنين، وذلك بالرغم من معارضة مجلس الشيوخ الشديدة لهذا الاقتراح . وفي عام 230 خطت رومه الخطوة الأولى لفتح بلاد اليونان ، وذلك بتطهير البحر الأدرياوي من القراصنة وباستيلائها على جزء من سواحل ألبرياlilyria لتحمي بذلك التجارة الإيطالية من العدوان . ولما اطمأنت على سلامتها من ناحيتي الجنوب والشرق اعتزمت أن تطرد الغاليين إلى ما وراء جبال الألب ، وتجعل من ايطاليا بأكملها دولة متحدة كل الاتحاد . وأرادت أن تضمن سلامتها من ناحية الغرب فعقدت معاهدة مع هزدروبال تعهد فيها القرطاجنيون بأن يبقوا جنوب نهر الإبرة Ebro، وعقدت في الوقت نفسه حلفًا مع مدينتي سجنتم Saguntum وامبورياس Ampurias الأسبانيتين الإغريقيتي الصبغة . ولكن جيشاً غالياً مؤلفاً من خمسين ألفاً من المشاة وعشرين ألفاً من الفرسان إنقض على شبه الجزيرة من الشمال . وارتاع سكان العاصمة أشد الارتياع، ولجأ مجلس الشيوخ إلى العادة البدائية عادة التضحية البشرية ، ودفن اثنين من الغالة حيين في السوق العامة مرضاة للآلهة . والتقت الفيالق الرومانية بالغزاة قرب تلامون Telamon وقتلت منهم أربعين ألفاً وأسرت عشرة آلاف، وزحفت نحو الشمال لتخضع جميع بلاد الغاليين الواقعة في جنوب جبال الألب ، وأنمت هذا العمل في ثلاث سنين وأنشأت مستعمرات رومانية عند بلاسنتيا Placentia، وكرمونا Cremona لحماية البلاد من الغاليين وبذلك أصبحت إيطاليا دولة واحدة تمتد من جبال الألب في الشمال إلى صقلية في الجنوب . ولكن هذا النصر قد جاء في غير أوانه؛ فلو أن الغاليين قد تركوا في أماكنهم بضع سنين أخرى لكان في وسعهم أن يقفوا في وجه هنيبال؛ أما والحال كما هي فإن بلاد الغالة كلها كانت تضطرم بنار الثورة على رومه . ورأى هنيبال أن هذه هي الفرصة التي طالما تاقت نفسه إليها- فرصة اجتياز بلاد الغاليين دون أن يلقي مقاومة تستحق الذكر، وغزو إيطاليا ومعه القبائل الغالية تحالفه وتشد أزره .
وكان القائد البوني يومئذ في الثامنة والعشرين من عمره ، وفي عنفوان شبابه ، وثيق الأركان ثبت الجنان . وكان قد جمع إلى ثقافة السادة القرطاجنيين ، وتمكنهم من لغتي فينيقية وآدابهما وتاريخهما ، جمع إلى هذه الثقافة تدريباً عسكرياً دام عشر عاماً في المعسكر الحربي ، أدب في خلالها نفسه أحسن تأديب ، فعود جسمه شظف العيش ومغالبة الصعاب ، وأخضع شهواته لعقله ، وعود لسانه السكوت ، كما عود أفكاره أن تركز فيما يهدف إليه من الأغراض . ولم يكن يضارعه أحد في الجري أو في سباق الخيل ، وكان في مقدوره أن يخرج إلى الصيد أو القتال مع أشجع الشجعان؛ ويصفه ليفي وهو من أعدائه بأنه : “ كان أول من يدخل المعمعة، وآخر من يخرج من الميدان “ . وكان محببًا إلى القواد والجنود الذين ضرستهم الحروب، لأنهم إذا كانوا في حضرته تمتلكهم هيبته وثاقب نظراته فخالفوا أن هملكار قائدهم الأكبر قد عاد إليهم في عنفوان الشباب . وأحبه المجندون الجدد لأنه لم يكن يرتدي ثياباً يميز بها نفسه منهم ولا يستريح حتى يكفل للجيش كل حاجاته ، وكان يقسمهم كل ما يصيبهم من شر وخير . أما الرومان فكانوا يتهمونه بالبخل والقسوة والغدر ، لأنه لم يكن يتقيد بمبدأ من المبادئ يحول بينه وبين الاستيلاء على المؤن لجنده ، وكان يجازي على الخيانة وعدم الولاء أشد الجزاء ، وكان ينصب لأعدائه كثيرًا من الشراك . ولكننا كثيراً ما نجده مشفقاً رحيماً ، ونراه على الدوام شهماً ذا مروءة . ويقول عنه ممسن Mommsen ذلك القول الحكيم وهو “ أنه ليس فيما يروى عنه شيء لا يمكن أن تبرره ظروف وقته والقوانين الدولية التي كانت سائدة في أيامه “ . ولم يكن في وسع الرومان أن يرضوا عنه لأنه كان يكسب الوقائع الحربية بعقله لا بدماء رجاله ، ذلك أن الحيل التي كان يحتال بها عليهم ، ومهارته في التجسس عليهم ومعرفة أسرارهم ، وعلمه بفنون الحرب والحركات العسكرية ، وقدرته على مباغتة أعدائه ، كل هذا ظل فوق إدراكهم وتقديرهم حتى دمرت قرطاجنة . وحدث في عام 219 ق .م أن دبر عمال رومه في سجنتم انقلاباً سياسياً أقام في المدينة حكومة وطنية معادية لقرطاجنة . ولما أساء أهل المدينة معاملة بعض القبائل الموالية لهنيبال ، وأمرهم بالكف عن هذه المعاملة السيئة ، فلما رفضوا طلبه حاصر المدينة ، فاحتجت رومه على قرطاجنة وأنذرتها بالحرب؛ فكان رد قرطاجنة أن سجنتم تبعد عن نهر إبره Ebro مائة ميل نحو الجنوب ، وأن ليس من حق رومه أن تتدخل في هذا النزاع ، وأنها إذ وقعت معاهدة مع تلك المدينة أخلت بشروط معاهدتها مع هزدروبال . وواصل هنيبال الحصار ، وامتشقت رومه الحسام مرة أخرى ، وهي لا تدري أن هذه الحرب البونية الثانية ستكون أشد هولاً من جميع الحروب التي خاضت غمارها في تاريخها كله .
وقضي هنيبال في إخضاع أهل سجنتم ثمانية أشهر كاملة ، وذلك لأنه لم يكن يجرؤ على التقدم لغزو إيطاليا ويترك لرومه من ورائه ثغراً هاماً تستطيع أن تنزل جنودها فيه . فلما تم له الاستيلاء عليها عبر نهر الإبرة في عام 218 وتحدى الأقدار كما تحداها قيصر من بعده حين تخطى الربيكون Rubicon . وكان تحت قيادته جيش يتألف من خمسين ألفاً من المشاة وتسعة آلاف من الفرسان ، ليس فيهم أحد من الجنود المرتزقين ، ومعظمهم من الأسبان واللوبيين . ولكن ثلاثة آلاف من جنوده الأسبان نكصوا على أعقابهم حين علموا أنه ينتوي عبور جبال الألب ، وسرح هو نفسه سبعة آلاف غيرهم لأنهم احتجوا على هذه المغامرة ، وقالوا إنها مستحلية التحقيق . وكان اختراق جبال البرانس نفسها من أشق الأعمال؛ ولم يكن يتوقع قط أن يلقي ما يلقيه من المقاومة الشديدة من بعض قبائل الغاليين أحلاف مرسيلية؛ واقتضاه الوصول إلى نهر الرون حروباً دامت ثمانية أشهر ، فلما وصله كان لابد له من معركة عنيفة ليتمكن من اجتيازه . وما كاد يبتعد عن شاطئيه حتى وصل جيش روماني عند مصبه .
واتجه هنيبال بجيشه شمالاً نحو فين Vienne ثم اتجه به شرقًا نحو جبال الألب . وكانت جموع من الكلت قد عبرت هذه السلاسل الجبلية من قبله، وكان في مقدوره هو أن يعبرها دون أن يلقى في سبيل ذلك صعابًا غير عادية لو لا عداء القبائل الألبية وما عاناه من الصعاب في تسيير فيلته في الممرات الضيقة أو الشديدة الانحدار . وقضى هنيبال في تسلق الجبال تسعة أيام وصل بعدها في أوائل شهر سبتمبر إلى قممها فوجدها مغطاة بالثلوج؛ وبعد أن استراح هو ورجاله ودوابه يومين شرع في النزول في ممرات أشد وعورة من التي سلكها في الصعود، وطرق مغطاة في بعض الأحيان بجلاميد من الصخر ومرصوفة في أحيان أخرى بالجليد . وكثيرًا ما كانت أقدام الجنود والدواب فتتردى في هاويات سحيقة تلقى فيها حتفها . وكان هنيبال يستحث جنوده اليائسين بأن يشير إلى الحقول الناضرة والمجاري المتلألئة التي تنتشر من بعيد جنوب الجبال ، ويقول إن هذه الجنة التي وعدهم بها سوف تكون لهم بعد قليل . وبعد أن قضوا سبعة عشر يومًا في الصعود والهبوط وصلوا إلى السهول ، وألقوا عصا التسيار ليستريحوا، وقد خسر الجيش في هذه المجازفة الخطيرة كثيراً من الرجال والجياد حتى لم يبق من الجنود إلا ستة وعشرون ألفًا أي أقل من نصف القوة التي غادر بها قرطاجنة الجديدة منذ أربعة شهور . ولو أن هنيبال لقي من الغاليين في جنوب الألب مثل ما لقيه من مقاومة الغاليين في غربها لكان الأرجح أن تنتهي حملته قبل أن يتقدم جنوبًا في إيطاليا؛ ولكن البوئي Boii وغيرهم من القبائل رحبوا به ورأوا فيه منقذًا لهم ، فتحالفوا معه وانضووا تحت لوائه ، وأما المستعمرون الرومان المحدثون الذين أسكنتهم رومه في تلك البلاد فقد فروا أمامه نحو الجنوب، ولم يقفوا حتى عبروا البو Po .
وهكذا واجه مجلس الشيوخ هذا الخطر الثاني يهدد رومه بالدمار والفناء ولما يمض على الخطر الأول إلا نحو سبع سنين ، فاستعان بموارد البلاد كلها، وأهاب بالولايات الإيطالية أن توحد جهودها للدفاع عن بلادها . وبفضل ما لقيته من معونتها جندت رومه جيوشاً بلغت ثلاثمائة ألف من المشاة ، وأربعة عشر ألفًا من الفرسان، وستة وخمسين ألفًا وأربعمائة ألف من الجنود الاحتياطيين . والتقى أحد الجيوش الرومانية بقيادة سبيو Scipio – وهو واحد من كثير من مشهوري القواد المسمين بهذا الاسم – على شاطئ نهر تسينو Ticino، وهو رافد صغير من روافد نهر البو يلتقي به عند بافيا Pavia . وهاجم فرسان هنيبال النوميديون Numidian جنود سبيو وولوهم الأدبار، وجرح سبيو جرحًا خطيرًا، وكاد أعداؤه يجهزون عليه لولا شجاعة ولده الذي شاءت الأقدار أن يلقي هنيبال مرة أخرى عند زاما Zama بعد ستة أشهر من ذلك الوقت . والتقى هنيبال بجيش روماني آخر عند بحيرة ترزميني Trasimene تبلغ عدته ثلاثين ألف مقاتل يقوده التربيون كيوس فلامينيوس Caius Flamimius، ويتبعه عدد من النخاسين يحملون الأغلال ليسلكوا فيها الأسرى الذين يأملون أن يبيعوهم في الأسواق بيع العبيد . واستطاع هنيبال ومعه جزء من جيشه أن يخدع جيش فلامينيوس فيستدرجه إلى سهل تكتنفه التلال والغابات اختبأ فيها معظم جنوده؛ فلما ضمه هذا السهل أشار إلى طوابيره المختبئة فانقضت على الرومان من كل الجهات وأفنتهم عن آخرهم تقريباً؛ وقتل فلامينيوس نفسه .
وبذلك سيطر هنيبال على شمالي إيطاليا كله ، ولكنه كان يعرف أن أمامه عدوًا عنيدًا يبلغ عدده عشرة أضعاف عدد رجاله ، وكان أمله الوحيد في التغلب على هذا العدو هو أن يقنع بعض الولايات الإيطالية بالخروج على رومه . وكانت وسيلته إلى هذا أن أطلق سراح كل من وقع في أسره من أحلاف رومه ، وقال إنه لم يأت ليحارب إيطاليا بل جاء ليحررها من الاستعمار . ثم خاض إتروريا التي كانت تغمرها المياه ، وظل أربعة أيام كاملة لا يجد أرضًا جافة يقيم فيها معسكره ، فعبر جبال الأبنين إلى شاطئ البحر الأدرياوي ، حيث سمح لجنوده أن يقضوا فترة طويلة يستعيدون فيها نشاطهم ، ويداوون فيها جراحهم، وكان هو نفسه مصابًا برمد خطير في عينيه، ولكنه لم يعالجه فانتهى بفقد إحداهما . وبعد أن استراح جيشه اتجه به نحو الجنوب بمحاذاة ساحل إيطاليا الشرقي ، وأخذ يعرض على القبائل الإيطالية أن تنضوي تحت لوائه، ولكن واحدة منها لم تستجب لدعوته ، بل فعلت عكس هذا فكانت كل مدينة تغلق أبوابها دونه وتتأهب للقتال . وحينما اتجه إلى الجنوب أخذ حلفاؤه الغاليون يتخلون عنه لأنهم لم يكن يعنيهم إلا مصير موطنهم في الشمال . وبلغ من كثرة المؤامرات التي دبرت لاغتياله أن صار يتخفى في كل يوم بشكل جديد . وأخذ يتوسل إلى حكومته أن ترسل إليه المدد والعتاد والزاد عن طريق الثغور الواقعة على البحر الأدرياوي، ولكن حكومته خيبت رجاءه، فطلب إلى هزدروبال أخيه الأصغر – وكان قد تركه في أسبانيا – أن يعد فيها جيشًا يعبر به بلاد غالة وجبال الألب وينضم إليه؛ ولكن الرومان كانوا قد غزوا أسبانيا، فلم يجرؤ هزدروبال على مغادرتها؛ ومضت عشر سنين قبل أن يخف إلى نجدته .
واستعانت رومه على عدوها الأكبر بخطته هو نفسه ، خطة المراوغة والحيطة والإفناء البطيء . واختير كونتس فابيوس مكسموس Quintus Fabius Makimus دكتاتوراً لعلاج الموقف في عام 217، فاتبع خطة تقضي بأن يؤخر ما استطاع الالتحام في واقعة فاصلة مع هنيبال، ونجح في هذا نجاحًا اشتق معه من اسمه وصف لهذا النوع من القتال . وكان فابيوس يرى أن الغزاة سيتناقص عددهم على مر الأيام بفعل الجوع والمرض والشقاق ، ولكن الشعب الروماني لم يطق صبراً على خطة “ السكون السديدة “ أكثر من عام؛ وتغلبت الجمعية المئوية على مجلس الشيوخ وعلى منطق الحوادث والسوابق جميعها، واختارت منوسيوس روفوس Minucius Rufus دكتاتوراً مع فابيوس . وسار منوسيوس لملاقاة العدو على الرغم من نصيحة فابيوس، فوقع في كمين وهزم هزيمة منكرة أدرك بعدها لم قال هنيبال إنه يخشى فابيوس الذي لم يحاربه أشد مما يخشى مرسلس Marcellus الذي يبغى حربه . وبعد عام واحد أسقط الرومان فابيوس وعهدوا إلى لوسيوس إيمليوس بولوس Lucius Aemilius Paulus، وكيوس ترتنيوس فارو Caius Terentius Varro قيادة الجيوش الرومانية . وأشار بولوس الأرستقراطي بالحيطة والتريث ، أما فارو مختار العامة فكان شديد الرغبة في العمل العاجل، وحدث ما يحدث عادة في مثل هذه الأحوال فتغلب الرأي الأخير ، وأخذ فارو يبحث عن القرطاجنيين حتى وجدهم عند كاني Cannae من أعمال أبوليا Apulia على بعد عشرة أميال أو نحوها من شاطئ البحر الأدرياوي . وكان قوام الجيش الروماني ثمانين ألف راجل وستة آلاف فارس؛ أما هنيبال فكان لديه تسعة عشر ألف جندي ممن ضرستهم الحروب ، وستة عشر ألفًا من الغاليين الذين لا يوثق بهم ، وعشرة آلاف من الفرسان؛ وكان قد خدع فارو حتى جعله يحاربه في سهل متسع هو أحسن المواضع لحرب الفرسان ، وكان قد وضع الغاليين في القلب لظنه أنهم سيتخلون عن مواقعهم ، وقد صدق ظنه فتراجعوا واقتفى الرومان أثرهم في الثغرة التي حدثت بانسحابهم ، فأمر القائد القرطاجني الماكر مضرسة جنده بالإطباق على جناحي الجيش الروماني ، وخاض بنفسه غمار المعمعة في أشد أماكنها هولاً ، كما أمر فرسانه باختراق صفوف فرسان العدو ومهاجمة الفيالق الروماني من خلفها . وبذلك أحاط القرطاجنيون بالجيش الروماني ، ولم يجد له فرصة للتحرك ، وكاد يفنى عن آخره؛ فقد قتل من رجاله أربعة وأربعون ألفًا ، من بينهم بولوس Paulus وثمانون من الشيوخ الذين تطوعوا في الجيش ، وفر عشرة آلاف إلى كنوزيوم Canusium ومن بينهم فارو وسبيو الذي لقب فيما بعد بالإفريقي الأكبر Africanus Major . أما هنيبال فقد خسر من رجاله ستة آلاف ثلثاهم من الغاليين . وكان نصره هذا شاهداً فذاً على براعته في القيادة التي لم يتفوق عليه أحد فيها في التاريخ كله . ولم يعد الرومان بعد هذا النصر يعتمدون قط على الجنود المشاة ، كما أن هذا النصر وجه الحركات العسكرية الفنية وجهة لم تتحول عنها مدى ألفي عام .

سبيو
وزعزعت هذه الكارثة هيبة رومه في جنوبي إيطاليا وضعضعت سلطانها، فانضم السمنيون والبروتيون واللوكانيون وأهل متابنتم، وثوراي، وكروتونا، ولوكري، وكبوا Samnites Bruttians , Lucanians , Melpontum , Thurii ,Cotona , Locri , Capua إلى الغاليين الجنوبيين في حلفهم مع هنيبال ، ولم يلبث على الولاء لرومه إلا أمبريا، ولاتيوم، وإتروريا . وظل هرو صاحب سرقوسة وفياً حتى مماته ، ولكن خلفه جهر بانضمامه إلى قرطاجنة . وتحالف فليب الخامس ملك مقدونية مع هنيبال لأنه كان يخشى أن تبسط رومه سلطانها على البلاد الواقعة في شرق أوربا عن طريق إليريا Illyria، وأعلن الحرب على رومه . وأظهرت قرطاجنة نفسها شيئًا من الاهتمام بالأمر فبعثت إلى هنيبال بقليل من الزاد والعتاد؛ وظن بعض الشبان من النبلاء الذين نجوا من كارثة كنوزيوم أن لا أمل لرومه في النجاة ، وفكروا في الهرب إلى بلاد اليونان، ولكن سبيو ظل يندد بموقفهم حتى استحوا ودبت فيهم روح الشجاعة . وقضت رومه شهراً كاملاً وهي في أشد حالات الروع؛ ولم يكن فيها إلا حامية قليلة تدفع عنها هنيبال إذا ما هاجمها . وهرعت كرائم العقائل إلى الهياكل يبكين وينظفن بشعورهن تماثيل الآلهة ، وعاشرت بعض النساء اللائي قتل أزواجهن وأبناؤهن في الحروب الأجانب والرقيق خشية أن ينقطع نسلهن . وظن مجلس الشيوخ أن الآلهة غضبى فأحل مرة أخرى التضحية بالآدميين مرضاة لها ، وأمر بدفن اثنين من الغاليين واثنين من اليونان أحياء .
ولكن الرومان على حد قول بولبيوس إنما “ يُخشون أشد الخشية في ساعة المحنة . . . . وشاهد ذلك أنهم وإن منوا بأشد الهزائم ، وخسروا سمعتهم الحربية ، استطاعوا ، بفضل ما كان لدستورهم من المزايا التي لا يشاركه فيها دستور غيره ، وبالاستماع إلى حسن المشورة، أن يستردوا سيادتهم على إيطاليا . . . وأن يصبحوا بعد قليل من السنين سادة العالم “ . وفي هذه الساعة الرهيبة سكنت حرب الطبقات ، وتدافعت كل الطوائف للعمل على إنقاذ الدولة . وكانت الضرائب قبل ذلك الوقت قد ارتفعت حتى ظن أنهم لن يطيقوها ، ولكن السكان ، ومنهم الأرامل والأطفال ، تقدموا راضين لخزانة الدولة بما كانوا قد ادخروه لأيام الشدة . وجند كل رجل قادر على حمل السلاح ، وحتى الأرقاء قد قبلوا في الفيالق ووعدهم أسيادهم بأن يهبوهم حريتهم إذا كتب النصر لرومه ، ولم يرض جندي واحد أن يتناول عن عمله أجراً ، واستعدت رومه لتنازع أسد قرطاجنة الجديد كل شبر من أرضها .
وانتظرت رومه مجيء هنيبال ، ولكن هنيبال لم يأت إليها ، فقد ظن أن قوته المؤلفة من أربعين ألف مقاتل أقل من أن تحاصر مدينة تتجمع للدفاع عنها جيوش من جميع الولايات التي لا تزال موالية لها، ولا يستطيع الاحتفاظ بها لو أنه استولى عليها . هذا إلى أن أحلافه من الإيطاليين لم يكونوا مصدر قوة له بل كانوا مصدر ضعف، فقد كانت رومه وأصدقاؤها يعدان العدة لمهاجمة أولئك الأحلاف، وإذا لم يخف هو لنجدتهم فسيقضي عليهم . وقد لامه رجاله على حذره وبطئه، وقال له واحد منهم والأسف يحز في نفسه: “ إن الآلهة لم تمنح كل مواهبها لرجل واحد؛ أنك ياهنيبال تعرف كيف تنال النصر، ولكنك لا تعرف كيف تنتفع به “ . لكن هنيبال استقر رأيه على أن ينتظر حتى تنضم إليه قرطاجنة، ومقدونية، وسرقوسة فيؤلف منها حلفاً ثلاثياً يستعيد به صقلية وسردانية، وقورسقة، وإليريا فلا يكون لرومه قوة إلا في إيطاليا . وبدأ بإطلاق الأسرى جميعهم عدا الرومان، وحتى هؤلاء عرضهم على رومه نظير فدية قليلة، فلما رفض مجلس الشيوخ أن يفتديهم أرسل معظمهم عبيدًا إلى قرطاجنة، وأرغم الباقين على أن يسلوا رجاله بأن يصارع بعضهم بعضاً في حلبة الجلاد حتى الممات كما يفعل الرومان . ثم أحاط بعدة مدن واستولى عليها وسار بجيوشه ليقضي الشتاء في كبوا Capua .
وكانت كبوا أجمل المدن التي كان في مقدوره أن يختارها لهذه الغاية وأشدها خطرًا عليه . ذلك أن هذه المدينة ، وهي ثانية المدن الإيطالية ، والتي تبعد عن نابلي نحو إثنى عشر ميلاً إلى الشمال ، قد أخذت عن التسكانيين واليونان رذائل الحضارة كما أخذت عنهم فضائلها؛ وأحس جنود هنيبال أن من حقهم أن يستمتعوا في ذلك الفصل بالملاذ الجسمية بعد ما قاسوا من الصعاب وما أثخنوا من الجراح؛ ولم يعودوا كما كانوا من قبل أولئك الجند الشداد الذين لا يقهرون ، والذين احتفظوا طوال ما خاضوه من الحروب بالصورة الإسبارطية التي كانت في اعتقاد قائدهم هي وحدها صورة الجندي الحق . وقادهم هنيبال في خلال الخمس السنين التالية وانتصر بهم في بعض الوقائع الصغيرة ، وفي هذه الأثناء ضرب الرومان الحصار على كبوا . وأراد هنيبال أن يرفع عنها الحصار فتقدم إلى رومه حتى لم يبق بينه وبينها إلا بضعة أميال؛ وجند الرومان خمساً وعشرون فرقة جديدة – أي مائتي ألف رجل ، ولم تكن قوة هنيبال قد زادت على أربعين ألفًا، فاضطر إلى الانسحاب نحو الجنوب، وسقطت كبوا في أيدي الرومان عام 211، وقطعت رؤوس زعمائها الذين أباحوا قتل من كان من الرومان في المدينة؛ ومن لم يقتل منهم انتحر؛ وشتت أهلها الذين ناصروا هنيبال في جميع أنحاء إيطاليا ، وكان مرسلس Marcellus قبل عام واحد من ذلك الوقت قد استولى على سرقوسة وبعد عام منه استسلمت أرجنتم لرومه .
وأرسل إلى أسبانيا في هذه الأثناء جيش روماني بقيادة سبيو وأخيه الكبيرين ليناوشا هزدروبال ويشغلاه، فهزماه عند نهر إبره ، ولكن القائدين قتلا في الميدان بعد قليل، وكادت تضيع ثمار ما كسباه من النصر لولا أن أرسل إلى أسبانيا سبيو الإفريقي Scipio Africanus، ابن أحد القائدين وابن أخ الثاني ، ليتولى قيادة الجيوش الرومانية فيها، ولم يكن سبيو هذا قد تجاوز الرابعة والعشرين من عمره في ذلك الوقت، ولم تكن هذه السن تجيز له من الوجهة القانونية أن يشغل هذا المنصب الخطير؛ ولكن مجلس الشيوخ كان في ذلك الوقت لا يرى ضيرًا في أن يتجاوز عن حرفية الدستور إذا كان في ذلك التجاوز نجاة الدولة ، وكانت الجمعية قد رضيت مختارة أن تخضع لإرادة الشيوخ ، ولم يكن الشعب يعجب به لبهاء طلعته وفصاحة لسانه وذكائه وشجاعته فحسب ، بل كان يعجب به كذلك لتقواه ، وعدالته، وبشاشته . وكان من عادته قبل أن يقدم على أمر خطير أن يناجي الآلهة في الهياكل المقامة على الكبتول، كما كان من عادته بعد أن ينال النصر أن يكافئها بذبح مئات من الثيران قرباناً لها . وكان يعتقد ، أو لعله كان يتظاهر بالاعتقاد ، أنه محبوب الآلهة؛ وكانت انتصاراته سبباً في انتشار هذه العقيدة بين أتباعه فملأت قلوبهم ثقة به . وما لبث أن أعاد النظام إلى الجيش ، واستولى على نوفا كرتاجو ( قرطاجنة الجديدة ) بعد حصار طويل ، وحرص على أن يبعث إلى خزانة الدولة بما وقع في يديه بعد سقوطها من المعادن الثمينة والحجارة الكريمة ، واستسلمت له بعدئذ معظم المدن الأسبانية ، ولم يحل عام 205 حتى كانت أسبانيا ولاية رومانية .
ولكن قوة هزدروبال الرئيسية كانت قد أفلتت من يد سبيو واجتازت بلاد غالة وعبرت جبال الألب إلى إيطاليا . ووقعت الرسالة التي بعث بها القائد الشاب لهنيبال في يد الرومان ، وعرفت رومه خططه الحربية . والتقى جيش روماني بقوته الصغيرة عند نهر متورس Metaurus وهزمته رغم مهارته في القيادة . ولما رأى هزدروبال أن قد حاقت به الهزيمة وأن لا أمل له في الوصول إلى أخيه ، قفز في وسط الفيالق الرومانية حيث لقي حتفه . ويقول القائد المنتصر انه قطع رأس القائد الشاب ، وبعث بها بطريق أبوليا ليقذف بها من فوق الأسوار في معسكر هنيبال . ولما علم ذلك القائد بما حل بأخيه ، وكان يحبه أشد الحب ، فتّ في عضده ، وطفأت جمرته ، فسحب قواته ، وكانت قد قل عديدها ، إلى برتيوم Bruttium . ويقول ليفي إن “ الرومان لم يشتبكوا معه في حرب في ذلك العام ، وإنهم لم يجرؤا على مناوشته ، وذلك لما عرف عن قواته من البسالة وإن كان ركنه قد تضعضع وأخذت الأقدار تعاكسه ، وبدأ نجمه في الأفول “ . وأرسلت إليه قرطاجنة مائة سفينة محملة بالزاد والرجال ، ولكن عاصفة هوجاء ساقتها إلى سردانية فالتقت فيها بعمارة بحرية رومانية أغرقت وأسرت منها ثمانين، وانطلقت السفن الباقية عائدة إلى بلادها . واختير سبيو الأصغر قنصلاً في عام 205 ولما يمض على انتصاره في أسبانيا إلا وقت قصير ، فجند جيشاً جديداً وأبحر به إلى إفريقية . وطلبت الحكومة القرطاجنية إلى هنيبال أن يعود إلى بلاده ليدافع عن المدينة التي ظلت زمنًا طويلاً ترفض معاونته . ترى ماذا كان شعور هذا الجندي الأعور وقد تألب عليه أعداء لا حصر لهم فساقوه إلى ركن قصي في إيطاليا ، وشاهد بعينيه ما بذله من الجهد وما عاناه من المشاق خلال خمسة عشر عاماً كاملة ينتهي إلى لا شيء ، وكل ما ظفر به من نصر حربي يقضي عليه فلا تكون له نتيجة إلا الفرار من الميدان؟ لقد أبى نصف جنوده أن يعودوا معه إلى قرطاجنة، ويقول بعض من يعادونه من المؤرخين إنه أمر بقتل عشرين ألفًا منهم عقاباً لهم لأنهم خالفوا أمره ، ولأنه كان يخشى أن تضمهم رومه إلى فيالقها . فلما أن وطئت قدماه أرض بلاده ، بعد أن غاب عنها ستة وثلاثين عاماً بادر إلى حشد جيش جديد وسار على رأسه لملاقاة سبيو عند زاما Zama على بعد خمسين ميلاً جنوبي قرطاجنة . وتقابل القائدان في بداية المعركة مقابلة ودية ، فلما وجدا أن لا سبيل إلى الاتفاق بينهما أصدرا أمرهما ببدء القتال .
وهزم هنيبال للمرة الأولى في حياته ، فقد تضعضع القرطاجنيون ، وكان معظمهم من الجند المرتزقة ، أمام مشاة الرومان وفرسان مسينسا Massinissa ملك نوميديا المجازفين الأبطال . وقاتل هنيبال وهو في سن الخامسة والأربعين كما كان يقاتل وهو في نضرة الشباب، فهجم على سبيو بنفسه وجرحه ، ثم ثنى بمسينسا، وأعاد تنظيم قواه بعد أن اختل نظامها أكثر من مرة ، وقادها في هجمات مضادة شديدة على الأعداء . فلما لم يبق له أمل في النصر أفلت من الأسر وسار على ظهر جواده إلى قرطاجنة ، وأعلن أنه لم يخسر الموقعة فحسب بل خسر الحرب كلها معها، وأشار على مجلس الشيوخ بأن يطلب الصلح . وعامل سبيو القرطاجنيين معاملة الكرام فرضى أن تحتفظ قرطاجنة بأملاكها في إفريقية ، ولكنه طلب إليها أن تسلم لرومه جميع سفنها الحربية عدا عشر من ذات الثلاثة الصفوف من المجدفين ، وألا تشتبك في حرب خارج إفريقية أو داخلها إلا بعد موافقة رومه ، وأن تؤدي إليها غرامة حربية سنوية مقدارها مائتا تالنت أي ما يقرب من 000 .720 ريال أمريكي مدى خمسين عامًا . وأعلن هنيبال أن هذه الشروط عادلة وأشار على مجلس الشيوخ بقبولها .
وغيرت الحرب البونية الثانية وجه البحر الأبيض المتوسط من ناحيته الغربية ، فقد سيطرت رومه بعدها على أسبانيا كلها وما فيها من ثروة فأمدتها بما يلزمها من المال لفتح بلاد اليونان، وأعادت إلى إيطاليا وحدتها تحت سيادة رومه لا ينازعها فيها منازع ، وفتحت جميع الطرق والأسواق للسفن والبضائع الرومانية؛ ولكنها كانت أكثر الحروب القديمة جميعها نفقة ، فقد خربت مزارع إيطاليا الجنوبية أو ألحقت بها أشد الأضرار ، وهدمت أربعمائة من مدنها، وأهلكت ثلاثمائة ألف من رجالها؛ ولم تفق إيطاليا الجنوبية حتى اليوم من جميع ما أصابها من هذا الدمار . يضاف إلى هذا أن هذه الحرب قد أضعفت الديمقراطية إذ أظهرت أن الجمعيات الشعبية عاجزة عن أن تحسن اختيار القواد أو إدارة دفة الحروب؛ وكانت سببًا فيما طرأ على حياة الرومان وأخلاقهم من انقلاب ، فقد أضرت بالزراعة وشجعت التجارة ، وانتزعت الرجال من الريف ، وعلمتهم عنف الحروب ومفاسد حياة المعسكرات ، وجاءت بمعادن أسبانيا النفيسة لتنفق على ملاذ الحياة وعلى التوسع الاستعماري ، وأمكنت إيطاليا من أن تعيش على ما اغتصبته من قمح أسبانيا وصقلية وإفريقية ، وقصارى القول أن هذه الحرب كانت المحور الذي يدور حوله تاريخ رومه من جميع نواحيه .
هذه آثار الحرب في رومه ، أما في قرطاجنة فقد كانت بداية نهايتها . لقد كان في وسعها ، وقد احتفظت بجزء كبير من تجارتها وإمبراطوريتها ، أن تحل ما يواجهها من مشاكل الإنعاش؛ ولكن حكومتها الألجراكية قد بلغت من الفساد مبلغاً جعلها تلقي على كاهل الطبقات الدنيا عبء الغرامة الحربية ، وأن تختلس جزءاً من هذه الغرامة . وطلبت طوائف الشعب إلى هنيبال أن يخرج من عزلته وينقذ الأمة من محنتها ، واختير في عام 196 حاكماً عاماً لها . فلما تولى منصبه روع سراة المدينة إذ اقترح ألا يبقى قضاة المحكمة البالغ عددهم 104 في مناصبهم أكثر من سنة واحدة ، وألا يعاد انتخابهم إلى هذه المناصب إلا بعد عام من خروجهم منها . فلما رفض مجلس الشيوخ هذا الاقتراح عرضه على الجمعية الشعبية فأجازته ، وكانت نتيجة هذا القانون وما اتبع فيه من إجراء أن أنشأ من أقصر طريق نوعاً من الديمقراطية لا يقل عن مثيله في رومه . ثم حارب الرشوة واجتثها من أصولها ، وأنزل بالمرتشين أشد العقاب ، ورفع عن الأهلين ما فرض عليهم من الضرائب الإضافية ، ودبر موارد الدولة تدبيرًا استطاعت به قرطاجنة قبل أن يحل عام 188 أن تؤدي جميع ما فرضته عليها رومه من غرامة حربية . لكن أرباب الأموال أرادوا أن يتخلصوا منه فبعثوا في السر إلى رومة يقولون إن هنيبال يعد العدة لاستئناف القتال . وبذل سبيو كل ماله من نفوذ ليحمي عدوه القديم ، ولكنه غلب على أمره . واستجاب مجلس الشيوخ إلى رغبة أغنياء القرطاجنيين ، بأن طلب تسليم هنيبال إلى رومة، ولكن الجندي القديم فرّ من بلاده ليلاً ، واجتاز على ظهر جواده مائة وخمسين ميلاً حتى وصل إلى ثبسوس Thapsus وركب منها سفينة إلى أنطاكية حيث وجد أنتيوخوس الثالث Antiochus متردداً بين حرب رومه ومسالمتها، فأشار عليه بحربها وأصبح فيها من قواد الملك . فلما هزم الرومان أنتيوخوس في مجنيزيا اشترطوا لعقد الصلح معه أن يسلم هنيبال، فما كان من هذا القائد إلا أن فرّ أولاً إلى كريت ، ثم إلى بيثونيا Bithynia . فأخذ الرومان يطاردونه في كل مكان يلجأ إليه حتى أحاطوه في مكمنه بالجند . وآثر هنيبال الموت على الأسر، وقال في هذا : “ دعوني أخفف عن الرومان ما يشغل بالهم من زمن طويل؛ فهم يظنون أنهم لا يطيقون الصبر حتى يلاقي شيخ مثلي منيته “ . وتجرع السم الذي كان يحمله معه ومات في عام 184 ق .م في السابعة والستين من عمره ، وما هي إلا بضعة أشهر حتى تبعه إلى الراحة الأبدية سبيو قاهره الذي كان شديد الإعجاب به .

هنيبعل
( قرطاجنة – رجيولوس – هملكار – هنيبعل – سبيو )
“ قصة الحضارة “
ويل ديورانت

اليوم الرابع –في الحيوانات والزحافات والطيور يعقوب الرهاوي

$
0
0

في الحيوانات والزحافات التي أمر الله أن تحركها المياه
وفي الطيور التي أمر فخلقت هي الأخرى من طبيعة المياه

مقدمة
أن الله المعني، لم يدع حاجة لخليقته إلا وسدها. وكما سبق الحديث، فأن الملوك الذين يبنون مدناً، لا يقتصرون على اقامة السور والأسواق والساحات ومتطلبات السكن فحسب، بل يهيئون أيضاً أنابيب متينة لمياه الشرب والغسل والاستحمام، ويصنعون كذلك بحيرات قريبة من المدن لتربية الأسماك طعاماً لسكان المدن ولأجناس الطيور التي تنزع إلى العيش حيث الماء والرطوبة، لكي تكون هي الأخرى قوتاً ومتعة للبشر.
هكذا هيأ (الله) هذه المدينة الكبيرة – العالم – نعمة منه للجنس البشري وإحساناً كثيراً، بعد الأشياء التي سبق وخلقها، أعني السماء والأرض والجلد والهواء والبحار والبحيرات والأنهار والينابيع وغابات الأشجار والشجيرات المثمرة والحشائش والزروع والعروق والمروج ذات الأزهار الزكية الرائحة والمتباينة الألوان والخصائص. فلا البحار ولا الأنهار ولا طبيعة المياه ولا الهواء النقي الشفاف الذي يملأ ما بين السماء والأرض، تبقى مجردة وخالية تماماً من أي جمال خاص يلائم كل واحد منها، مثل الفائدة الكامنة في طبيعة كل منها لكي تستمر حياة السكان فيه. فقد منح المياه طبيعة تتميز بالثقل والرقة، والهواء طبيعة خفيفة طائرة، وكلاهما خلقا لخدمة وراحة البشر الذين كانوا عتيدين أن يصيروا سادة هذا العالم. لذلك قال الروح الملهم بلسان موسى في أعقاب ما سبق ذكرهأن الله الخالق أصدر أمره”لتخرج المياه زحافات ذات نفس حية، وليطر طير فوق الأرض على وجه جلد السماء”. وكان كذلك.

تعابير الكتاب تقريب لمفاهيمنا

هنا يتطلب الأمر تفكيرا وتأملاً واستقصاء. حيث يتساءل العقل لماذا أمر الله أن تخرج المياه ما كان يريد اخراجه دون أن يفعل ذلك مباشرة بقوة سلطانه؟ فهو لا يحتاج وسيطاً عندما يريد أمراً ما. فكل ما يريده يتم بمجرد إشارة من إرادته، وقد كتب بهذا الخصوص”لأنه قال فكانت وأمر فخلقت”. هذا ما يتساءله العقل الباحث عندما يساوره شك ويتأمل ويرى في كلمات الكتاب الموحى به من الروح ما يبدو خشونة. فتجيب الكلمة المدركة والعقل الثاقب ويقولأن الله ليس بحاجة إلى أية مساعدة من خلائقه. ولكن نحن هم الذين بحاجة إلى أن نسمع وندرك بالطريقة التي الفناها. كيف تمت أعمال الله كلها، وكيف خلقت ؟ فما كان لنا ذلك. أي أن نسمع وندرك لو لم تكتب قصة خلقها بالأسلوب الذي نفهمه وبالطريقة التي نتعامل بها، فالروح الملهم اتبع أسلوبنا في سرد ما كتب لأجلنا، وعلى مدى إدراكنا. ولم يكن بالامكان أن يستخدم أسلوباً آخر. فعندما قال الله”لتخرج الأرض عشباً وأشجاراً” فأنه لم يفعل هذا حاجته إلى مساعدة الأرض لكي يخلق ما يريد. لكنه فعل ذلك لكي نسمع نحن ونفهم وندرك بأنه خلق ما خلق باقتداره الفائق، ولئن كتب عنه أنه “أمر الأرض”. فعندما يقول هنا “لتخرج المياه” لا يشير بذلك إلى حاجته إلى مساعدة المياه ليكون ما يريد. لذا سنقول هنا كلمتنا بهذا الشأن بكل وضوح وبساطة، لنقف على ما يثيره الباحث المتسائل

فالله لم ينطق بأية كلمة من هذه الكلمات، ولم يكن العمل اعتباطاً. ولم يكن بحاجة إلى أن يقول ثم يخلق. فمجرد التفكير بها كان كافياً، لأن الفكر هو كمال العمل، لا سيما وأنه لم يكن حتى بحاجة إلى التفكير، فالله لا يفكر ولا يتأمل الأفكار ليختار ما يحسن له ومن ثم يخلق. لكن بمجرد النطق أو الحركة أو الإشارة الأولى من الفكر إلى ما يريد أن يعمله، يتم ذلك العمل، حتى أن لفظة “الإشارة” لا محل لها هنا ولا أهمية لها، ذلك أن الله لا يشير حتى إشارة لأنه منزه عن العيون والجبين والأيدي وعن كل الأعضاء. فأذن لا معنى هنا لكلمة إشارة. وكذلك أن ننسب إلى الله الحركة الإرادية هو الآخر أمر زائد، فإرادته ليست شيئاً متميزاً عن ذاته. وكذلك قولناأنه بقوة سلطانه يفعل ما يشاء، فهو الآخر زائد ولا قيمة له. فعندما يتأمل المرء بدقة يكتشف أن هذه الأمور لا تنسب إلى الله، فكل ما نطلقه عليه من كلمات وألفاظ، إنما هي لنا، وهي مناسبة لإطلاقها علينا فقط. ولا تتناسب أن تطلق عليه أبداً، ولا شأن له بها. لكن ما الذي نفعله عندما نريد أن نتحدث عنه أو عن أعماله ! ليس بمقدورنا أن نتحدث أو نقول أو نسمع الآخرين أو نسمع نحن من الآخرين، إلا بما أعتدناه من الكلام. فأننا نضطر إلى استعمال الأسماء أو الأفعال أو الألفاظ الأخرى عندما نتحدث عنه. وهذا نفسه يفعله الروح. فأنه يتعامل بنفس الكلمات التي نستعملها في سرد القصص. لذا فقد كتب هذا وكأنه يتلعثم معنا باعتبارنا أطفالاً، فيوضح لنا، وبأسلوبنا ما هو فوق إدراكنا. أما الواقع فليس كذلك

وبناء عليه، فأن الله لم يقل “لتخرج الأرض أو تخرج المياه”، لكونه ليس بحاجة إلى أن ينطق أبداً، لكن الكلام أدرج بهذا الشكل من أجلنا. فلو لم يكتب الروح هكذا، أمر الله أن يكون كذا، وقال الله، ليكن كذا ولتخرج الأرض عشباً، ولتخرج المياه زحافات ذات نفس حية، ولو لم نسمع هذا بأسلوب ما ألفناه ورأيناه في كتابات الكتاب وهم منا، كيف كان لنا أن نعرف شيئاً عن الله أو عن أعماله، وندرك أن كل ما نراه هو خليقة الله وليس أزلياً. فلا نضلن مثل الشعوب التي توهمت بأن هذا العالم هو أزلي بذاته وسرمدي ولم يخلقه الله، فقد أهتم موسى كثيراً ليطلع الناس على هذه الأمور. وأن الروح الذي نطق فيه، أراد خاصة أن يوضح للناس ويعرفهم بأن السماء والأرض وكل ما فيهما هي عمل الله وليست أزلية، ولم تتكون تلقائياً، كما أنها ليست سرمدية وغير مخلوقة كما أوهم الثلاب المارد البشر ليضلهم عن الله خالقهم. أذن، هذا كان سبب استعمال الكلمات بهذه الصورة. فقد قيل “قال الله لتخرج الأرض ولتخرج المياه” لكي ندرك الله وأعماله بسهولة، ونعرف بأنها به كانت وليست أزلية، وأن الروح لا يقصد بقوله”قال الله لتخرج المياه… ولتخرج الأرض” أن الله أوعز إلى خليقته لتساعده في الخلق، بل ليظهر أن الله يصدر أمراً فيخلق ما يشاء ومتى شاء دون جهد، والكل يطيع أمره، وليس من يعصي إرادته، ويمكن تفسير عبارة “لتخرج الأرض…. لتخرج المياه” هكذا، أن يكون في الأرض عشب وأشجار، وتكون في المياه زحافات ذات نفس حية وطيور، فهذا هو العقل الممعن تجاه الفكر المتشكك الذي رأى في ما كتب أمراً اعتباطياً

العناصر الأربعة

ونحن أيضاً بدورنا نعقب على عبارات الروح هذهوقال الله لتخرج المياه زحافات ذات نفس حية، وطيوراً تطير على الأرض، على وجه جلد السماء”. فنعالج شكل آخر في قوله “لتخرج الأرض… لتخرج المياه”. فلنعلم أنه ولئن اقتصر الأمر على الأرض فقط. “لتخرج عشباً” فذلك لأن الأرض وحدها كانت منظورة في ذلك الحين الذي فيه نبت العشب والأشجار فيها. أما العناصر الثلاثة الأخرى، الماء والهواء والنار، فلم تكن منظورة بعد. فأن العشب والأشجار التي تنبت في الأرض ليست وليدة هذه الأرض (التراب) فحسب، بل تشترك معها بقية العناصر أيضاً. فمن الواضح أن عناصر الماء والهواء والنار تدخل مع التراب في تركيب العشب الذي من الأرض، وخشب الأشجار، وتشترك في إنمائها. فإذا كانت الأرض وحدها منظورة حينذاك، ذكرت لوحدها. وعلى نفس الغرار، قوله”لتخرج المياه زحافات… وسمكاً … وطيوراً… ” فلأن المياه فقط كانت منظورة حينذاك، ولم تكن العناصر الثلاثة الأخرى، التراب والهواء والنار موجودة لدى ولادة هذه الحيوانات، علماً بأن طبيعة التراب موجودة مع الماء، وكذلك الهواء والنار، وعليه فهي تدخل في تركيب الأسماك والحيوانات الأخرى التي خرجت من المياه. فلا يجوز أبداً أن يظن أحد ما أن لحم وعظام وجسم الأسماك والطيور مركبة من الماء فقط، ولا تشترك معها العناصر الثلاثة الأخرى، التراب والهواء والنار، وقد اعتدنا، والعالم كله أيضاً، أن نقولأن العشب والجذور والأشجار والشجيرات تنبت من الأرض دون أن نشير إلى أسم أحد العناصر الأخرى. ونقول عن الأسماك، أنها من الماء فقط، لذا فقد نهج الكتاب أسلوبنا وراعى عاداتنا. وأنه لأمر معروف أن العشب الذي يتولد وينمو في الأرض، وكذلك الأشجار وكل النباتات التي تتولد من العشب، هي مركبة من العناصر الأربعة. والأسماك وكل الحيوانات تتولد من الماء، وكذا الأمر بالنسبة إلى طبيعة الطيور. فالكتاب يقتصر على ذكر العناصر المنظورة والمعروفة فقط، تمشياً مع ما هو مألوف في العالم الذي ينسب نمو البذور والأشجار إلى التراب، وولادة الأسماك والطيور إلى المياه

كلمة الله

ونعقب على كل ما سبق الحديث عنه، متسائلين ومدفوعين بمحبة العلم والحق. ترى من هو القائل “ليكن كذا”، فنجيب أنفسنا متسائلين أيضاً وقائلين، ترى من هو الذي نفذ فيما بعد الأمر الصادر؟. لقد تلت الكلمات المدرجة أعلاه أي “وقال الله الذي أمر لتخرج المياه”، كلمات أخرى هي”وخلق الله التنانين العظام وكل ذوات الأنفس الحية الدبابة التي فاضت بها المياه كأجناسها، وكل طير ذي جناح كجنسه، ورأى ذلك أنه حسن”. وباركها الله قائلاً”أثمري وأكثري واملأي الأرض”. فمن هو الذي أمر أن تخرج المياه، ومن الذي نفذ؟. من المعروف، وكما سبق الكلام عن الخلائق الأخرى، أن الذي أمر هو اقنوم والذي نفذ أقنوم آخر. وهنا أيضاً ينبغي أن نفهم الأمر هكذا. أن الله الأب أمر باعتباره رأس كل ما يصدر عنه، وكل شيء هو منه. والكلمة الذي منه نفذ، وهو الآخر رأس كل شيء مع أبيه والروح المساوي لهما في الجوهر والمجد والخلق. وهنا أيضاً يجدر بالفكر الباحث ومحب الحق أن يقولإذا كان الأب بالابن، والابن بالأب، ولهما إرادة واحدة، ومتساويان بالنسمة (النفس) و (الذات)، ولهما سلطان واحد. فكيف يجوز أن يقال أن واحداً يأمر والآخر ينفذ الأمر؟. علماً بأن القول أن واحداً يأمر وآخر ينفذ ما أمر به، لا يشير إلى كونهما متساويين في الكرامة، بل أن من يأمر كأنه يفعل ذلك كرئيس، والذي ينفذ كأنه مستعبد وبدرجة أدنى من الرئيس، لكي ينفذ ما أمر به. نقولأن هذا الكلام يصح علينا نحن، أما بالنسبة إلى الله. فأن للأوامر وتنفيذ الأوامر مفهوماً آخر. فلما يأمر الأب، فأن الابن والروح أيضاً يكونان قد أمرا معه في نفس الوقت، وعندما ينفذ الابن ويعمل ما أمر بعمله فأن الأب والروح القدس، مكمل يكونان أيضا ينفذان معه فلهؤلاء (الأقاليم) أزلية واحدة وإرادة واحدة وعلى هذا المقياس يكون الأمر واحدا بالنسبة إليهم وكذلك تنفيذه وإتمامه فإذا قيل عن واحد انه أمر فالثلاثة يكونون قد أمروا وإذا قيل عن واحد انه يعمل شيئا ما فثلاثتهم هم الذين يعملون فهذه الأمور كتبت بصورة سرية من قبل الإله الروح ليس من أجل أن يظهر اختلاف ما بين الذي يأمر والذي ينفذ ولكن لكي نتعلم بها نحن بأن الاقانيم تختلف عن بعضها الأمر الذي لم يكن بالإمكان أن يدركه الناس أو يعتقدوا به فالقول أن واحدا يأمر وآخر ينفذ يظهر بأكثر وضوح أن سلطانهم واحد وإرادتهم واحدة ولا يفهم منه الاختلاف في الجوهر والسلطة وقولنا أن الله الأب أمر لتكون الأعمال يعني أن الله الكلمة نفذ ما أمر به ليس بصفة مستعبد أو أدنى بل كمساو في الإرادة وغير مخالف ومساو بالكرامة والسلطة

الحيوانات المائية

وهكذا وبلحظة تم من قبل الله الصانع ما أمر به من قبل الله الخالق (لتخرج المياه زحافات ذات نفس حية وطيورِا تطير على الأرض) ويقول خلق الله حيتانا أي تنانين عظاما وكل نفس تدب الأمور التي إفاضتها المياه بجنسها فبهذا الأمر يبق شيء من طبيعة المياه حيثما وجدت دون أن يثمر أو يلد لحظة سماعه الأمر وتنفيذه إياه فإفاض نفسا حية ومتحركة بإمكانها الحفاظ على نوعها ففي البحار الشاسعة التي لا تسبر أغوارها كانت تتوالد حيتان كبيرة أي تنانين ولا أدري ما الذي أسميها وقد ذكرها الروح المرتل وهو يأمرها مع سائر الخليفة لتسبح الخالق مع ذوي النطق قائلا (سبحي الرب يا كل الأرض وكل اللجج) ويبدو من كلامه أن هذه لا تستطيع أن تعيش الا في أعماق البحار نظرا إلى ضخامتها كما أن اله الجميع وهو يخاطب أيوب ويذكره بعظائم أعماله العجيبة, يقول عن جنس هذه الحيتان أو التنانين. أنك تستطيع أن تصطاد هذا التنين الهائل بالشبكة وتشد بالرسن مبلعه. ويشهد له الكتاب بأنه ملك حيوانات المياه، وقد جعل سخرية لملائكة الله بسبب ضخامته وقوة بأسه. وتروي قصص بعض الغرباء شهود عيان، أن طول بعض هذه الحيوانات التي أفاضتها المياه يبلغ نحو مئتي ميل وتكثر في أغوار البحار الكبرى التي لا تجاب والمعروفة بالمحيطات والتي هي خارج نطاق المسكونة. وأن بحار المسكونة الهادئة والمستغلة، أفاضت هي الأخرى حيوانات كبيرة وصغيرة تسبح وتجوب فيها، كل بنسبة ما فيه من مياه، وبمقتضى خصائص ومناخ بيئته. ويولد كل منها من جنسه وبحسب طبيعته، الدلافين والأسماك الكبيرة ومختلف أنواع الأسماك الأخرى من كل جنس، التي يولد كل منها كجنسه للحفاظ على نوعه، منفذاً أمر الخالق الذي أمرها أن تثمر وتكثر وتملأ مياه البحار

وإلى جانب هذه، فهناك زحافات لا يحصى عددها، ومختلف أنواع الحيوانات التي لا نعرف عدد أنواعها ولا أسماءها ونعجز عن وصفها، لا سيما وأن البحار ليست بقريبة منا، ونحن لم نعتد رؤية هذه الأنواع لكي نعطيها أسماء حتى ولا لدى الأمم الأخرى الساكنة بالقرب من البحار، أي اليونانيين والمصريين والرومان والعيلامين والهنود. وكان جدير بهؤلاء أن يضعوا أسماء وتسميات متميزة لكل نوع من الأسماك والزحافات والحيوانات البحرية، لكونهم قريبين من البحار. أما بالنسبة إلينا فنكتفي بما قاله الروح عنها “البحر الكبير الواسع الأطراف، هناك دبابات بلا عدد، صغار حيوان مع كبار، هناك تجري السفن، لوياثان هذا خلقته ليلعب فيه”

هكذا أفاضت مياه البحار أنواعاً مختلفة من الحيوانات الزاحفة. فليس هناك أي شعب يعرف جيداً أنواع وأسماء جميعها، وكما يقول البعض، فأن أعداداً كبيرة منها تعرف بأسماء الحيوانات والطيور التي على الأرض، أما بسبب التشابه بين أجسامها أو مسلكها أو لأسباب أخرى ويقال أيضاً أن بعض حيوانات الماء تسمى خنازير وكلاباً، أو حماراً وأرنباً ونسراً وباشقاً ويمامة وعقرباً وحية، وغيرها من أنواع الزحافات التي نعرفها. وقد تكون تسميتها بأسماء الحيوانات البرية سليمة، نظراً إلى تشابهها بالصفات والعادة. ومعروف عن الأسماك عامة التي تتوالد في البحار، أن لها أسناناً تحت شفاه أفواهها مثل وحوش البر، أما الأسماك التي تعيش في الأنهار والمياه العذبة فلا يوجد لها. هكذا فأن الله، بأمر واحد، جعل المياه تثمر وتلد. وسواء كانت قليلة أم كثيرة فلا بد وأن تثمر وتلد إطاعة لأمر الخالق. وكذلك الأنهار والبحيرات، فهي الأخرى بمقدار كميتها وبالنسبة إلى صفاتها وطعم مياهها، أولدت وأخرجت مثل مياه البحار أسماكاً مختلفة وزحافات، وأنواعاً أخرى كثيرة لا تحصى ولا تعرف أسماؤها. أمثال السلور والمرمريج والحنكليس

وإلى جانب هذه، هناك أجناس صدفية، مثل السلاحف والسرطان والحلزون والودع وأنواع أخرى كثيرة غير مسماة. وهذا ما تفعله أيضاً كل من ينابيع المياه الصغيرة والجداول والسواقي ومجمعات المياه وسيول المياه الصغيرة. فأن وجد في هذه قليل من الماء لا تتأخر عن تنفيذ الأمر. وكل منها يولد ويثمر ويفيض بالنسبة إلى دورته وطبيعة وكمية مياهه ومكانها. ومنها ما يؤكل مثل Conchyliac Squillae – أني أستعمل هنا الأسماء والتسميات الغربية – وهناك الأسماك الصغيرة، والصغيرة جداً. وهناك أيضاً الضفادع وغيرها من الأجناس الأدنى منها. فلا يبقى أي مكان رطب، مهما كان صغيراً، دون أن يثمر، أما برغشاً أو بقاً أو حشرات أخرى صغيرة وحقيرة، وهي الأخرى تخضع لأمر الله القائل، لتخرج المياه زحافات ذات نفس حية. فالكل يخضع، والكل يولد، والكل يخرج بقدر مستطاعه والقوة المعطاة له من الخالق. فقد أثر ذلك الأمر في طبيعة المياه لكي تثمر وتولد وتخرج ذات نفس حية في البحار والأنهار ومجمعات المياه والينابيع. ولم يكن تأثير الأمر آنياً فقط، بل ما زال أثره سارياً، فهو يطلب إليها لتكمل ما خلق فيها عن طريقه

طرق الولادة والتربية
ولنتحدث الآن عن تنوع طرق الولادة والتربية لدى هذه (الحيوانات) فأن مجمل ما نعرفه أو ما تسلمناه ممن سبقوا وعرفوه هو أن المعنيين الذين اجتهدوا أن يختبروا ويشاهدوا ويتعلموا ويدونوا في الكتب. يقولون عن الأسماك أنها لا تولد بزواج الذكور والإناث. ولا تحبل الإناث بشيء تستعيره من الذكور، كما هي الحال بالنسبة إلى حيوانات البر. لكن هناك حباً لبعضها البعض مقترناً بالشهوة كما يقال، فتنجذب نحو بعضها البعض في الوقت المناسب دون أن تتزاوج جسدياً كالحيوانات والطيور أو كزحافات الأرض. إلا أن أجسادها تلتحم بدافع الحب والشهوة، وتختلط الذكور والإناث وتزحف أجسادها جنباً إلى جنب بمحبة وتتزاحم وتتدافع وتحتك جوانبها ببعضها، فتدفأ الإناث فتحبل وتملأ كيساً دموياً بالبيض بكمية لا تحصى. ولما يحين الميعاد المحدد لها من قبل الخالق، تجتمع الذكور والإناث مرة أخرى في الأمكنة المناسبة للحفاظ على الوليد، في مكان تكون المياه فيه هادئة، وليس فيه جرف لئلا يجرف بيضها، وحيث لا يوجد طين أو حمأة لئلا يغور فيها فيتضرر ويغدو غير صالح للتوليد. فتتواعد الذكور والإناث وتجتمع في مثل هذه الأمكنة بدافع الحب نفسه، ويقترب الذكر من الأنثى لغاية التوليد فيحتك بها ويحرضها على التوليد وإزاء ذلك ترمي الأنثى بيضاً من بطنها فيلقحها الذكر، وكل البيض الذي يصله منى الذكر ينشق فوراً ويخرج الأسماك التي تكونت فيه داخل بطون أمهاتها، فتكتسب الحياة. أما التي لا يصلها المنى فلا تلد أبداً. وإذ تتوالد الأسماك في المياه، فأن بعضها ينمو في المياه دون أن تقتات من حليب جسد الأمهات مثل الحيوانات، ولا مثل أولاد الطيور، تتلقى طعامها من أفواه أمهاتها التي تجتهد فتجمع من بذور الحقل. او مثل التي تربي أولادها بالبق والذباب وهوام الأرض، لكن ساعدها يشتد أولاً برطوبة المياه ثم تتربى ويغدو الكثير منها طعاماً لوالديها، حتى تكبر وتقوى وتقتات بالتي هي أصغر منها. هذا ما يقوله العلماء عن ولادة الأسماك وتربيتها. لذا تتوالد بكثرة لتغطي بكثرتها غذاء والديها، والحفاظ على نوعها. ويبقى بعضها أبداً طعاماً للبعض الأقوى، حيث يأكل هذا ما هو أصغر، في حين أنه يصير طعاماً لما هو أكبر وأقوى منه. ويقال أن أصناف السلور والحنكليس وجميع التي تتوالد في الطين، تتغذى وتتربى بالطين نفسه بمقتضى ترتيب الخالق. فهي الأخرى مثل السمك تأكل بعضها، وتؤكل من قبل البعض الآخر

وبحسب ما يقوله العلماء الذين أخذ الواحد عن الآخر، أن هنالك بعض أجناس السمك أو من حيوانات الماء على كل حال، تحملها أمهاتها في بطنها زمناً محدداً، فهي لا تتكون داخل البيض وتولد، بل في أحشاء البطون وفي أجساد أمهاتها. فتتكون وتكتمل في بطونها من دون بيض، مثل أولاد حيوانات البر التي أعتقد أن لها طرقاً متنوعة لتغذيتها وتربيتها ويقال أيضاً أن أولاد السرطان والسلاحف وجميع ذوات الأصداف، تتكون بطرق شتى، وجميعها تتوالد عن طريق التزاوج كما هي الحال بالنسبة إلى حيوانات البر، ولكن لا توالد كلها على نمط واحد. فهناك ما يضع البيض أولاً مثل الطيور، ثم تتكون الأولاد داخلها، ومثال هذا السرطان وتمساح الماء. وهناك ما تحبل مثل الحيوانات وتلد أولاداً متكاملين وتربيها بطرق مختلفة، بعضها داخل المياه، والبعض الآخر في البر على الأرض خارج المياه. وهكذا توجد اختلافات في طرق حمل وولادة وتربية الحيوانات المائية. ونحن نجهل أضعاف ما نعرفه لأنها لم تذكر أمامنا، وقد يعرف آخرون أكثر منا وبصورة أسهل. وإلى هنا نكون قد تحدثنا بقدر المستطاع عن الحيوانات المائية وولادتها وتربيتها وأنواعها المختلفة

في الأسماك
ولنتحدث عن هيئة وشكل السمك الذي خلقه الله لأجسامها. وعن تكوينها وملائمة شكل قشرتها ورؤوسها وآذانها وزعانفها, أي أجنحتها وأذنابها, وكيف أنها كونت من قبل الخالق الحكيم بشكل ينسجم وعيشها داخل الماء وللسباحة فيه بسهولة, كالطيور في الهواء, وعن تراكم العظام الصغيرة التي كونت لها في لحمها الطري, كما نتحدث أيضا عن الحيوانات البرية التي خلقها الله المبدع, والطيور التي تطير في الهواء والزحافات التي تدب على الأرض, كل بحسب ما أعطي له من الله من سلوك وتصرف, فقد جعل لكل منها أعضاء يسهل بها تحركها. فللحيوانات الأرجل الكبيرة والجلد والشعر, وللطيور أجنحة وريش ورقبة متينة وطويلة, وللزحافات الأرجل الصغيرة والكثيرة. أما للسمك فلا شيء من هذا القبيل, بل جعل لها رأسا دائريا وفما ملموما أصغر وأمتن قليلا من الرأس, وجسما عريضا من الوسط أكثر من رأسها وذنبها أي مؤخرتها الدقيقة والمتينة, على هذه الهيئة خلقها الله لكي تمتد بسهولة عندما تسبح في المياه وتسير فيها وتنتقل من مكان الى آخر مثل الحيوانات التي تسير على الأرض بأرجلها. وقد جعل لها أجنحة في جنبها وذنبا دقيقا يشكل هو الآخر زعنفة أي جناحا في مؤخرتها لكي تساعدها على السباحة في الماء كالأشرعة والسكان بالنسبة إلى السفينة, وتدير جسمها بسرعة حيثما تشاء, سواء على جنبها أم نحو الأمام أم نحو الوراء. فقد زودتها طبيعتها بهذه الأمور لسهولة تحركها في الماء, كما زادت فزودتها بالقشور المساعدة المتراصة في جسمها والملتصقة بشكل ملائم ومتجهة من الأمام إلى الوراء لتنزلق بواسطتها لدى سباحتها. وليس من الوراء إلى الأمام لئلا تعيق جسمها عن السير, وبدلا من الشرايين والأوردة جعل في لحمها طبيعة الثبات والقوة, وكثافة العظام الصغيرة التي تمسك بشدة رخاوة جسمها الرطب. وزاد فجعل في العظام شبه صنارات ماسكة لئلا تنتزع من لحمها بسهولة. كل هذه الأمور تفعلها الطبيعة التي خلقها الله الخالق للأسماك التي تسبح في المياه كما تسبح الطيور في الهواء, لكي تتحرك داخلها بسهولة ومرونة, وتنجو من الخطر عندما تشاء أو تشعر به, حيث أن الله منحها فهما غريزيا لتميز الضار والعدو, فتحذر منه وتنجو بنفسها, ذلك أن الله أولى اهتمامه لخليقته برمتها, فليس هناك في الخليقة من لا يحظى بعناية الله

لنتحدث أيضا عن أمور أخرى زودتها بها الطبيعة التي خلقها الله فيها, منهاأن الله جعل في داخل جميع الحيوانات والطيور والزحافات, عضوا يتقبل الهواء الذي تستنشقه بفمها وتحيا به حيث يدخل إلى هذا العضو المعروف بالرئتين وهو طري كالإسفنج تملأه الثقوب. وبهما أيضا تتمكن وهي تستنشق, بإخراج أصوات من حناجرها. إلا أن الله لم يزود أصناف السمك كلها بهذا العضو. إذ لم يخلق لها رئة في داخلها. فهي لا تستطيع أن تستنشق الهواء كما تستنشقه الحيوانات، وبذلك لا تستطيع أن تخرج صوتاً من أفواهها أو حناجرها. فهي بلا صوت مدى حياتها. وإذا خرجت من الماء لتتنفس الهواء بأفواهها يدخل إلى بلعومها، وللحال تختنق به، كما يختنق الناس والحيوانات بالماء عندما يدخل رئاتهم. فالأسماك لا تستطيع أن تدخل الهواء إلى داخلها، لأنها لا تمتلك رئة، ذلك العضو الداخلي الذي يستقبل الهواء، مثلما أن البشر والحيوانات لا يستطيعون تقبل مياه كثيرة في بطونهم أو أفواههم، لأن آذانهم ليست مفتوحة على أفواههم كالسمك. فالسمك يستنشق الماء بدلاً من الهواء، إذ تفتح أفواهها، وتخرجه بسرعة من آذانها لئلا يدخل إلى بطنها، لأنها تختنق وتهلك إذا دخل الهواء بطنها، مثلما أن الإنسان والحيوانات إذا دخل بطنهم ماء أكثر من حاجتهم لاطفاء عطشهم، فأنهم يهلكون ويفقدون الحياة نهائياً. هكذا أذن جهز الله كل واحد ما يلائم حياته ويصونها

وهناك أنواع من (الحيوانات) التي تعيش في الماء، لها مزايا كلا النوعين. فأنها تمتلك رئة العضو القابل للهواء. فلا يضرها الهواء وهي تستنشقه لدى خروجها من الماء. وتمتلك أيضاً مزايا ومكونات السمك، فلا يلحق بها ضرر عندما تنزل إلى الماء وتتجول في داخله دون أن يلحق به ضرر. هذه الأمور كلها صنعها الله المبدع الحكيم لمختلف أنواع الأسماك التي في المياه. وإذ حرمها استنشاق الهواء بفمها وبطنها، فأنه جعلها، وبمنتهى الحكمة، ألا تتمكن من الحياة وهي تعيش في الماء، دون مساعدة الهواء، شأن البشر والحيوانات والطيور الذين ولئن لا يستطيعون أن يأخذوا الماء بكثرة من أفواههم وفي بطونهم مثل السمك، إلا أنهم لا يستطيعون الحياة دون الماء. هكذا السمك أيضاً ولئن لا تقوى على اقتبال الهواء في داخلها كالبشر، إلا أنها لا تستطيع العيش في الماء دون مساعدة طبيعة الهواء. فقد جعل الله في داخلها نفاخة بلا فم مملوءة هواء بصورة دائمية مثل زق مغلق مملوء هواء، يطوف عليه بسهولة، السباحون الذين يمتطون زقاقاً منفوخة ويطوفون فوق الماء، لذا تكتسب الأسماك قوة بارتفاعها من العمق إلى الأعلى، حيث تدفعها إلى الأعلى نظراً إلى خفتها ولصعوبة بقاء الهواء في الماء. من هنا نعلم، أن الأسماك ولئن لا تستطيع استنشاق الهواء، غير أنها مركبة هي الأخرى من العناصر الأربعة كما أسلفنا. فلا تستطيع الحياة في الماء دون مساعدة الهواء، وهكذا تكون الطبيعة قد زودتها بكل هذه الأمور، إذ لم تحرمها الاشتراك بالحواس الخمس، فهي تنظر وهي داخل الماء وتسمع وتتذوق وتحس، وهي ولئن لا تستنشق الهواء، لكنها تمتلك حاسة شم الرائحة وتتجه حيث توجد الرائحة طلباً للطعام، سواء كانت الرائحة متأتية من داخل الماء أم من خارج الماء، إذ تمتزج قوة الرائحة بالماء وتخضع لحاستها. على كل حال، فهي تمتلك حاسة الشم، بل وتشترك في الحواس الخمس، أن لم يكن بصورة كلية كالحيوانات، فبصورة جزئية. فقد منحها الخالق المبدع منها بقدر ما تحتاج إليه، من أجل حياتها

لذلك يجب أن يتطرق الحديث والبحث إلى قوة ذلك الأمر القائل”لتخرج المياه كل ذي نفس حية”، خشية أن يبقى شيء منها لا يتناوله البحث، حتى تلك التي يدعوها مبتكرو السماء الحيوانية، التي تنمو وتترعرع بين الصخور داخل مياه البحار، منها الإسفنج مرجانة ، وغيرها كثير على شاكلتها. فأن أمثال هذه تتحرك بفعل أمرين ربانيين، الأولذاك الذي قال فيه “لتخرج الأرض عشباً”، والآخرهذا الذي يلزم المياه “لتخرج ذات نفس حية” فالأول صدر إلى طبيعة التراب لتخرج عشباً، والثاني صدر إلى طبيعة الماء لتخرج ذات نفس حية. وحيث أن طبيعة التراب الذي فوق الصخور البحرية كانت ممزوجة مع مياه البحار التي تعلوها، لذا خضعت لكلا الأمرين على حد سواء، فباعتبارها تراباً، تلقت أمراً لتخرج عشباً، وباعتبارها ماء، لتخرج ذات حية حساسة. فقد خضعت وتحركت وسمعت شيئاً ما مختلطاً وعجيباً. وهكذا أعطي التراب طبيعة مبدعة وفاعلة ليلد ويخرج ما ينبته التراب مثل العشب في حين أن جذوره متغلغلة في الصخور داخل الماء كالنباتات. فهو يمتلك إحساساً وحياة منحت له من قبل طبيعة المياه التي أمرت فأخرجت نفساً حية. وهكذا حدث وولد هذا المزيج الذي يجب أن يدعى حيواناً لأنه يمتلك الإحساس، ومن حيث أنه متأصل في الأرض ولا يتحرك من مكانه، استوجب أن يسمى نباتاً. ومن حيث اختلاط وتركيب كلا المسميين، تمت تسميته الحيوان النباتي من قبل اختصاصي التسميات والكتاب اليونان الذين كتبوا عن هذه الأمور وعن كل ما في المياه، سواء كانت سمكاً أم سلوراً أم حنكليساً الذي يولد في الطين، أم صدفيات أم برمائيات أو حيوانات نباتية. أو ما أشبه، هذه كلها خلقها الله المعني بالإنسان لتكون في خدمة وتحت سلطة الجنس البشري، للطعام ومعالجة الأجساد أو لغيرها من الاستعمالات الضرورية

فمنها أنواع صالحة للأكل وهي لذيذة جداً. ومنها ما هو غير صالح للأكل اطلاقاً، نظراً إلى كثرة نتانتها ولحمها الكريه، مذاقاً ورائحة، وتوجد مثل هذه بين الحيوانات البرية أيضاً. ويكون لحم بعضها قاتلاً لآكليه، ومنها ما لا يؤكل، لكن لحمها يفيد للعلاج ولغيره من الاستعمالات الأخرى. ترى من أين هذه المزيجات والعقاقير الناجعة لمعالجة أجسام البشر والحيوانات التي تستخلص من باطن الأرض، أن لم تكن من زحافات المياه ومن الأسماك، ولا سيما من التي في مياه البحر، وأسمح لنفسي أن أقولأن فوائد هذه الحيوانات المائية لا تقتصر على معالجة الأجساد فقط، بل تستغل أيضاً لصناعة العطور التي تنتج كل أنواع العطور الفاخرة ذات الرائحة الممتازة، وقد اكتشف نوع منها يفوق بطيب رائحته الزكية، طيوب العالم كلها. ويقول الاختصاصيون، أن هذا النوع من الأسماك يصعد من بحر الهند. وهناك أنواع أخرى من الحيوانات المائية ذات فوائد متعددة. للمعالجة والعطارة، فهي تدخل في حرفة الصباغة وغيرها من الحرف الأخرى، فمن أين الأصباغ الفاخرة الراقية الأرجوانية اللون التي تصبغ بها ثياب الملوك؟ أن لم يكن من دم حلزونيات البحار الذي يفوق منظر جماله جميع ألوان وجمال زهور الأرض ورياحينها. من أين مهنة تركيب العقاقير والأطعمة اللذيذة التي يحذق بها الناس؟ من أجل إثارة البطن الشرهة ؟ أن لم يكن من لذاذة لحم الأسماك والزحافات المائية الطيب والمتنوع اللذة. ترى لماذا أجهد نفسي بكل هذا الحديث عنها؟ فأن كل أنواع الحيوانات البحرية وجدت صالحة وذات فوائد جمة متعددة الجوانب وضرورية للناس، وبهذا تتأكد شهادة الروح التي قيلت فيها”ورأى الله أن ذلك حسن، فباركها الله وقال لها، أثمري واكثري واملأي المياه في البحار”. ويمكن تفسير كلمة “حسن” بكلمة صالح ومفيد. فإذا كانت كلمة الله تشهد لها بأنها مفيدة، وباركها. فجميعها صالحة ومفيدة وضرورية للناس. فلم يخلق الله شيئاً منها مهما كان صغيراً دون جدوى على الاطلاق. ولئن ظهر لنا جهلاً، أن بعضها ضار ولا فائدة منه، نكتفي بهذا الحديث عن الأسماك وغيرها من الحيوانات المائية

الطيور والماء
أما بالنسبة إلى أمر الله الصادر إلى طبيعة الماء والقائل”لتخرج المياه زحافات ذات نفس حية” مع الأسماك والحيوانات المائية، فيبدو أنه يشمل اخراج جنس آخر أيضاً، إذ اضاف عبارة “وليطر طير فوق الأرض على وجه جلد السماء”، فعلينا أذن أن نتحدث عنها بقدر ما يمد به الروح كلمتنا القاصرة الضعيفة من العون والاستنارة

يقول “لتخرج المياه زحافات ذات نفس حية، وطيوراً تطير فوق الأرض على وجه جلد السماء”. فكيف التعقيب على هذا؟ أن الطيور أيضاً تخرج من الماء. نعم يقول الروح، فإذا كانت تخرج من الماء، فأن المعقب يتساءل لماذا لم تعش هي الأخرى في الماء كالأسماك ؟ بل مثل الحيوانات فوق الأرض ؟ أنها لجسارة حقاً ممن يحاول أن يكون وصياً لله، فمن ترى “أدرك عقل الرب أو من كان له مشيراً”. من أدرك عظمة أعماله أو من فهم خفاء أحكامه؟ “فالسرائر لله وحده، يقول الروح، والمعلنات لنا ولبنينا”. وأضيف فأقول من المعروف أنه يدعو “بنينا” جميع البشر الذين لم يعطوا بعد القوة الكامنة في خليقة الله. بل الأشكال الظاهرة لأجسام جميع الكائنات المحسوسة فقط. فأننا نراها رؤية العين، أما كنهها الحقيقي، فلم تدركه عقولنا بعد. كما لم ندرك أسباب خلقتها، ولا استطعنا معرفة معناها الخفي. يقول الروح المرتل “أرى السماء عمل أصابعك”. أما البشر فلم يروا فيها بعد سوى لون منظرها الأسود والعميق. لذلك ليس من شأننا أن نتساءل ونقوللماذا خلق الله القادر على كل شيء الطيور من الماء كالأسماك دون أن يدعها تعيش في الماء مثلها. وليس من اللائق أن نشك ونبحث عن مثل هذه الأمور، وإلا لوجب أن نشك فنتساءل، لماذا لم يخلقها من الهواء وقد كانت عتيدة أن تتحرك فيه؟ ولو انها خلقت من التراب، لقيل أيضاً، لماذا خلقت من التراب في حين أعطيت أن تطير في الهواء؟. كل هذه الأمور ممكن التشكك فيها. لكن علينا ألا نعترض بسببها على الله القادر على كل شيء دائماً. وهو يعمل كل ما يشاء كما كتب، وحيثما وكيفما شاء ومن أين شاء. وليس هناك من يعارضه ويقول لهماذا تفعل؟. وأن رغب أحد في التشبيه يقولأن السمك والطيور كونت من الماء، أما لتشابه تصرفها، فتلك في الماء وهذه في الهواء، حيث أن الطيور تسبح وتشق الهواء كما يشق السمك الماء ويسبح فيه، وأما لأن كليهما تلد أولادها بوضع البيض وليس كالحيوانات

ولنقل كلمة متزنة وبعيدة عن الانتقاد أن الله خلق الطيور من الماء ليظهر مدى اتساع نطاق حكمته وعظمة اقتداره. والأصح، وهذا هو المبدأ الحقيقي، هو أن هذا من شأن من يخلق وليس من شأننا. فأنه لأمر طبيعي، أن الطيور خلقت وتخلق من المياه بموجب أمر الخالق. ولم يشر إلى هذا ما كتب عن بدء الخليقة فقط، بل هناك حديث آخر، للروح الالهي جاء في الكتاب المقدس، وهوعندما اشتهى الشعب الجاهل أكل اللحم في البرية، أمر الله أن تساق من البحر الأحمر سلوى بأعداد كبيرة لا تحصى بحيث تكفي لاشباع ربوات شعب اسرائيل التي لا تحصى، أياماً كثيرة فمثلما أن هذا دليل قاطع على أن الله جعل طبيعة المياه مولدة للأسماك، كذلك جعلها أن تخرج طيوراً. يقول”لتخرج المياه ذات نفس حية، وطيوراً تطير فوق الأرض” لكي لا يقتصر الجمال على طبيعة الماء فقط، بل يكون لطبيعة الهواء النقي كذلك جمالها الخاص، تكتسبه مما تتجول وتسبح وتحيا وتبتهج فيه. شأن السمك في المياه. هكذا صدر الأمر فكان، يقول”وخلق الله تنانين هائلة وكل نفس تدب”. هذه التي أخرجتها المياه كلا بجنسه، وكل طير يطير كجنسه

يبدو من هذا، أنه منذ البداية تميز كل نوع وحدد جنسه. فأن المياه أخرجت كل نفس تدب كجنسها، وكل طير يطير كجنسه. فقد ميزت هذه العبارة وحددت كل جنس، ليس بالنسبة إلى الحيوانات المائية فحسب، بل إلى الطيور أيضاً. ففي بادىء الأمر فصلت بين جنسين. تلك التي تسبح وتعيش في الماء، وجنس الطيور التي تطير في الهواء. وقد تفرعت من هذين الجنسين أصناف متعددة ومتنوعة من أسماك وغيرها. كما سبق وأوضحنا بقدر المستطاع

أنواع وأصناف الطيور

أما الطيور فنوعان رئيسيان، ذوات الريش التي تعرف بـ “منفصلة الأجنحة”، وذوات الأجنحة الغشائية. وهذه تنقسم إلى أنواع لا تحصى، وذوات الريش الكثيف تنقسم بدورها إلى نوعين رئيسيين، تلك التي تسمى بحسب العرف، طيوراً جارحة وهي شرهة وآكلة اللحوم، وتلك التي تدعى طيوراً أليفة وهي تأكل العشب وتقتات وتعيش على بذور الأرض، وهي بدورها تنقسم إلى أنواع كثيرة لا تحصى، كبيرة وصغيرة، ذات ألوان وأشكال مختلفة، ولا يشبه بعضها البعض. وتنقسم ذوات الأجنحة الغشائية، هي الأخرى إلى أنواع كثيرة ومتباينة لا يشبه بعضها بعضاً أبداً

هكذا أمر ففصلت أجناس الطيور وأنواعها منذ البداية، وهي تتناسل وتعيش منفصلة، كل بحسب جنسه ونوعه حتى النهاية، وكل منها يفعل ما طبع عليه، ويقتات على ما أعطاه الخالق المعني به. يقول”تنتظر منك أن تعطيها طعامها في حينه، فتعطيها فتقتات، وتفتح يدك فتشبع”. فهي لا تستفيد فقط من الطعام المحدد الذي يسد حاجتها بمقتضى ما أعطاها الخالق المعني، بل تتصرف مدى حياتها على الأرض وفي الهواء، بمختلف أنماط الحياة التي قسم لها المبدع والمنظم بما يناسب كلا منها، من تزاوج وحمل وولادة وتربية الأولاد في مناخات ومناطق وبلدان تنسجم مع حياتها، حيث تصنع لها فوق كهوف عالية وشامخة، ورؤوس الصخور التي لا تطال، بيوتاً وأعشاشاً آمنة لتربية وحماية أولادها، أمثال العقاب بأنواعه والغواص بأجناسه وما شابهها. وتشيد غيرها أعشاشاً فوق المباني العالية الشامخة، وتربي أولادها بكل أمان دون خوف. مثل النسور واللقالق والحدأة وغيرها من التي تتصرف نفس التصرف، فتجلب ما يصلح لاطعام أولادها ونموها. فالنسور تصطاد الأرانب والطيور من حجول ويمام وبوم البر، واللقلق يصيد الحيات والضفادع وفئران الحقل. والحدأة تصيد فراخ الطيور وتخطف ما يصادفها من انواع اللحوم. وتلك التي تقصد الأماكن التي تكثر فيها المروج والمياه من أجل التوالد وتربية أولادها، مثل الكركي التي تذهب كل سنة إلى بلدان Alanae والسرامطة، أما السنونو فيأتي من مصر ومن الحبشة إلى بلاد سورية حيث يلد ويربي أولاده داخل بيوت الناس بأمان ودون خوف. وغيرها من الطيور تصنع لها أعشاشا على أفنان أشجار الحقول البسيطة، فتلد وتربي أولادها. دون خوف، وهي حذرة جداً. مثل العصافير التي تلد في شقوق جدران بيوت الناس

ومن الطيور الضعيفة ما تتربى في المغاور والأمكنة الخفية وفي أعالي الاسوار والكهوف الحادة ورؤوس الصخور، وتصنع لها أعشاشاً من الطين تشبه الشقوق وتلد أولادها وتربيها على الأرض، في الجبال والحقول، دون خوف. وغيرها أليفة جداً، تألف الإنسان وتسكن مع الناس وتأكل في بيوتهم، وتلد وتربي أولادها بكل أمان، مثل الوز والدجاج والحمام والدراج وسائر الحيوانات التي تألف الناس.

ومن الطيور، ما أعطاها الله حجماً كبيراً مخيفاً لكنها قليلة الذكاء وصغيرة العقل، حتى انها تضع بيضها على التراب على قارعة الطريق وتتركها فتدوسها أرجل الناس والحيوانات فتحرم الأولاد كما حرمت الفهم، ومثالها الطير الهندي الذي يسميه العبرانيون كنفي شباحيم Struthio أي الرخ أو الطير الجميل. وتلك التي ورد ذكرها في حديث الله مع أيوب على شكل سؤال قائلاً “.. أنك تستطيع أن تقوم أمام النعامة الكبيرة والتي تأتي طائرة.. وتترك بيضها وتحميه في التراب وتنسى أن الرجل تضغطه أو حيوان البر يدوسه. تقسو على أولادها كأنها ليست لها، باطل تعبها بلا أسف لأن الله قد انساها الحكمة ولم يقسم لها فهماً عندما تحوذ نفسها إلى العلاء تضحك على الفرس وعلى راكبه”. كذلك النعامة، الطائر الراجل، فقد حرمها الله من الطيران نظراً إلى كبر جسمها، حيث لم يعطها أجنحة طبيعية تتناسب وجسمها، فهي الأخرى تضع وتربي فراخها على التراب، مشاركة في الحقارة جميع الحيوانات الحقيرة. وهناك أنواع أخرى من الطيور، لا تقوى على الارتفاع في الطيران بعيداً عن الأرض نظراً إلى كبر جسمها، فهي الأخرى تبقى دائماً ذليلة على الأرض. وتقتات على حشرات الأرض وهوامها ودبيبها الحقير، حيث لا قوة لها لتبتعد في طيرانها، مثال ذلك البجع البري الذي يقتصر في طعامه على العقارب وما يشابهها

ويجب ألا يفوتنا الحديث عن ذلك الصنف الفريد والمتميز والمتغير الذي يصنف مع الغرباء السود أي جنس الغرباء، فأنه طائر غير طاهر وشره، ويقال أن بيتها ذكوراً وإناثاً وهي تضع البيض وتفقسها وتربيها مثل بقية الطيور، لكنها لا تتزاوج كالطيور، لكنها لا تتزاوج كالطيور، فلم يشاهدها أحد من الناس تتزاوج كسائر الحيوانات والطيور. ويجب ألا يوضع موضع السخرية ما يقال عنها، من ان الذكر يمس فم الأنثى بشيء من الحب والشهوة فتقبل منه الحبل بهذه الصورة وتضع بيضاً وتخرج فراخاً فتتربى وتحافظ على نوعها. فهذه كلها وما شابهها، القبرة والغربان والبلق وغيرها من أنواع القبرة تتوسط بين الطيور الجارحة والطيور، فهي كالجارحة تأكل لحماً، وكالطيور تأكل عشباً وبذوراً

وهناك أيضاً الطاووس، هذا الطائر المتعجرف بسبب جمال ريشه وما فيه من جمال طبيعي، وهو في الوقت نفسه مجنون وشبق، وبسبب تصرفه هذا، لم يعتبره الكتاب المقدس طاهراً بل نجساً، علماً وكما يقال، أن لحمه لذيذ أكثر من سائر الطيور

وهناك طيور أخرى تعيش دائماً في المروج والأنهار وشواطىء البحيرات والأماكن الرطبة. وتعشش فيها وتلد وتربي فراخها وتغذيها كما تتغذى هي أيضاً من الأسماك والحشرات المائية الصغيرة. وأمثال هذه، القبح، وتلك التي تقتنص السمك والعلجوم ونسور الماء وما يشبهها كثير. وكذلك تلك التي تسمى Anates وديك الماء وغيرها كثير من التي تعيش في الماء وهي أقرب إلى البرمائيات، وهي تقتات بالأسماك والحشرات المائية مدى حياتها. وبسبب عيشها في الماء، فقد جعلت الطبيعة أغشية أرجلها غير مشقوقة وأصابعها غير منفصلة عن بعضها البعض، لكي تشق بها الماء وتسبح.
وهناك ما يعيش في الغابات والمناطق المكتظة بالأشجار لكونها ضعيفة، وفيها تبني أعشاشها وتلد وتربي بنيها. ومنها ما تعيش حياة دنيئة جداً، ولا تأتمن على حياتها بترك الغابات لئلا يصادفها ما يفتك بها، وهي كثيرة الغناء حيث تتكرر مناغاتها بعضها لبعض بألحان متناسقة وألفاظ تشبه ألفاظ الناطقين (الناس)

طبائع وعادات الطيور
أما عن الطير Luscinia الحذر والخائف في آن واحد فنقول أنها لا تهدأ عن العناء حتى وهي تحتضن بيضها وتحمي نفسها وعشها من المعادي. وهناك طيور أخرى تعيش بصورة دائمية على سواحل البحر. وأحياناً تسبح فوق أمواج البحر وكأنها على الأرض

فبمثل هذه الحياة زودتها الطبيعة ؛ وهي تبني أعشاشها على سواحل البحر حذراً وخشية، فتلد وتربي، ويذكر بعضهم طيراً صغيراً وضعيفاً يسميه اليونان نسر الثريا يضع بيضه في الشتاء على رمال سواحل مياه البحر، وحين يتساقط عليها المطر وتهب الرياح، يحتضنها ويحميها فتفقس عن فراخ فيربيها. ويقول الخبراء الذين يكتبون ويتحدثون عنهاأنها في خلال أسبوعين تضع بيضاً وتخرج أولادا وتربيها وتطيرها. وأن عناية الله بخليقته تمنع هبوب الرياح في البحر خلال هذه الأيام، فلا تتلاطم فيه الأمواج أو تثور اللجج سواء فيه أم على سواحله، وذلك من أجل أن تصان فراخ نسر الثريا. وإذ أدرك البحارة سبب ذلك الهدوء، أطلقوا أسم نسر الثريا على تلك الأيام

وهناك طيور أخرى تتواجد دائماً على الجداول وقنوات المياه والأماكن الرطبة، وتحفر في الطين وتتغذى على دود الأرض فقط، وهناك ما تتوالد وتتربى في الأقطار الحارة مثل الحبشة، ويسميها بعضهم ببغاء فهي الأخرى ذات صوت رخيم نظراً إلى يبوسة أجسامها ومتانتها وقلة أكلها، ويروى عنها أنها تتعلم بعض الكلام، وهذا ما ذكره كثير من الخبراء الذين شاهدوها شخصياً. ويوجد منها أنواع كالتي تعرف بالوروار، فأنها تصنع شقوقاً داخل الأرض في جرف التراب، والتلال المطلة على الأنهار حيث تبني أعشاشها وتلد وتربي، وتقتات بالنحل والذباب وما شابهها

وهناك طيور أخرى شرهة ونحيلة لذا فأنها تبني أعشاشها في القبور والأماكن النتنة، فتلد وتربي وتقتات بالمأكل القذرة. وأمثال هذه، الهدهد والشقراق وما شابهها من ذوات الرائحة النتنة

ومن الطيور ما تحب الظلام ولا تبصر إلا في الليل، وأمثال هذه، ما يسمى الرخم وقد اشتق أسمها مما تلفظه، والبوم، الطيطوي وما شابهها كثير. ولكن هناك ما هي أكثر حباً بالليل والظلام، وهي الخفاش ذات الأجنحة غير المشقوقة، كما وليست من ذوات الأجنحة الغشائية، لكنها جلدية الجناح لأن أجنحتها ضمن جلدها، وكل طعامها من البرغش والبق. وهذه ولئن كانت من جنس الطيور، وتطير في الجو كسائر الطيور لكنها تتميز وحدها بمزية خاصة لا شبيه لها لدى أي نوع من الطيور، وهي وجود أربع أرجل لها لا رجلين كالطيور، ولا تتوالد بالبيض بل بنيها في بطنها مثل الحيوانات ذوات الأربع الأرجل وتضعها متكاملة وترضعها حليباً من جسمها وتربيها كبقية الحيوانات. وحيث أن لها أسناناً وأربع أرجل كالحيوانات والزحافات، فمن الحق والعدل أن تسمى فئراناً طائرة. وألا تنسب إلى جنس الطيور

وإلى جانب ما تم الحديث والبحث عنه، من أنواع الأطعمة، وحمل وولادة وتربية وحياة الطيور المتنوعة وفي مختلف المناطق، نقولأن هنالك ما تعيش فرادى إلى أن يحين وقت تزاوجها، فيولد منها زوج واحد. أمثال اليمام المتصفة بالعفة. يقول الخبراء عنها، إذا مات أحدهما وظل الآخر فأنه يصون عفته مدى حياته، ذكراً كان أم أنثى، ويبقى في حالة انتظار شريكه دون أن تكون له شركة أبداً مع أي كان. وهناك ما يسير رفوفاً رفوفاً مثل الحجل والورشان. وغيرها تتجمع بكثرة وتهاجر مثل جيوش الجراد التي لا تحصى. وكذلك تتجمع بمجاميع كبيرة تلك التي تدعى أي السن / الحسون التي تحط بمجاميع على الزيتون والزروع. وكذلك ضرب من القطاة التي تأتي بمجاميع إلى زروع الفلاحين، والعصفور الملون المسمى سمرمر أو عصفور مادي، (ربما لأنه يأتي من مادي). الذي يرسل من قبل الله للقضاء على الجراد عندما يرأف بالبشر الذين يلحقهم التأديب، فتأتي بمجاميع كبيرة وجيش لا يحصى، فتأكل دون شبع وتقضي على الجراد وتبيده تماماً، وتخرج أصواتاً وتثور كالأبطال المقاتلين الذين يفتكون بأعدائهم

وهناك من الطيور ما جعلها الله قصيرة العمر، وجعل غيرها طويلة العمر، فيقال أن العقاب والحمام من ذوات الأعمار الطويلة أكثر من سائر طيور الأرض، وقد تعيش نحو مئة عام في هذا العالم. وتختلف الطيور بعضها عن البعض في الطيران وفي غيره من الأمور التي نعجز عن إدراكها أو إحصائها أو سردها هنا واحداً فواحداً

ولكن لا بد من تسجيل اختلاف واحد هام ورئيسي بين الطيور بحسب ما ميزها الله، وقد كتبه الروح بواسطة موسى واضع الناموس، عندما ميز المأكل الطاهرة من النجسة. وقد جاء هذا التمييز في سياق كلامه التالي”وهذه تكرهونها من الطيور، لا تؤكل، أنها مكروهةالنسر والأنوق والنسر قناص السمك، والحدأة والباشق على أجناسه وما شاكلها. والبوم والطيطوي والرخم والشقراق وما شاكلها، واللقلق والبجع والهدهد والباشق والباز وكل أجناسها وما شاكلها. والعقعق والوروار وكل أجناسها وما شاكلها، والطاووس والكركي وفورفوريون أي الوروار وكل أجناسها، السنونو والزرزور وما شاكلها، والهدهد بأنواعه والخفاش، وكل دبيب الطير الماشي على أربع فهو مكروه لكم. وهذا تأكلونه من جميع دبيب الطير الماشي على الأرض وهذا منه تأكلونالجندب على أجناسه، والحرجل على أجناسه وما شاكلها مما لها أرجل كبيرة تقفز بها غير الأربع التي تسير عليها، وما إلى ذلك، كل دبيب وجنس الطير له أربع أرجل مكروه لكم”

هذا هو التمييز الكبير والاختلاف الرئيسي الذي أشار إليه الروح الملهم، واضع الناموسبين أصناف الطيور التي خلقها الله على الأرض لتطير في الهواء.

وندرج هنا بالتفصيل وعلى قدر المستطاع، الطيور الطاهرة، ولئن لم يوردها الكتاب، وهيالحمام واليمام والورشان والقطاة والحجل والسلوى والسمانة والوز والبط المائي وديوك الماء وجميع الطيور المائية المشابهة لهذه، وديوك السلام والدراج واللقلق وجميع أصناف العصافير، وكل الطيور الصغيرة التي تأكل العشب وتلتقط البذور. لقد اخترنا هذه النماذج ووضعناها هنا ولئن لم يذكرها الكتاب الالهي، فهي تتميز وتختلف، كما قيل، عن الطيور المعروفة بالجارحة التي تأكل اللحوم، الشرهة والخاطفة والقاسية على الطيور مثل المحاربين والقتلة. فالتي يسميها الكتاب طيوراً هي تلك التي تأكل العشب والبذور، وللطيور صفة مميزة أخرى تكمن في هيئة جسمها. فأكلة اللحوم الشرهة، لها مناقير معقوفة وحادة وقاطعة مثل السكين لكيما تقضة على الفريسة بسهولة. ولها مخالب حادة وطويلة لتخترق وتبقر بطون فرائسها. كما تختلف باقي الطيور عن هذه بمنظرها، وبطبيعتها وشكل أجسامها

الذكاء عند الطيور

أما عن كيفية تصرف الطيور فنقوللقد منح الله الخالق قسماً منها بعض الفهم. فهناك أصناف مختارة وذكية من الجدير أن تكون لها مكانة لدى الذين يميزون الصالح من الطالح. يقول الكتاب عن الطيور “ ان اللقلق في السماء يعرف ميعاده، واليمام والكوكي والسنونو طيورو البر، تعرف وقت دخولها “، ووقت الدخول عند المتاب هو وقت هجرها الى المناطق الحارة لدى حلول الشتاء، وكذلك وقت عودتها الى مناطقها الأصلية. وهذا أمر معروف زوجدير بالذكر. فان معرفتها تشبه المعرفة التي يكتسبها الناس بالفكر الفاحص

الحجل
ويجدر الحديث أيضاً عن الحجول التي يقال عن ذكورها، أنه إذا رأى الاناث وقد وضعت فراخاً كثيرة وهي تلاطفها وتفخر بها وقد أحاطت بها، يمتلىء غيرة وحسداً، فيذهب سراً إلى عش الاناث ويسرق من بيضها، ويجمع في عشه بيضاً كثيراً ويجلس عليها ويحتضنها حتى تفقس. فلما تخرج من البيض وتكبر ويشتد ساعدها، تترك العش فارغاً لدى سماعها صوت أمهاتها، ويقصد كل منها أمه. وربما كان هذا مثالاً ومؤشراً للناس إلى أن كل عمل اثم يؤول إلى العبث. يقول الكتاب المقدس بهذا الخصوص “حجلة تحتضن ما لم تبيض محصل الغنى بغير حق”. ويقال عن الأنثى أن حيلتها لا تقل عن حيلة البشر. فعندما تكون فراخها ما تزال عاجزة عن الطيران، وتود أن تأخذها إلى مكان ما لاطعامها، فإذا صادفت إنساناً ما في طريقها وهي تسير معها، فأنها تصيح بهدوء وتسير بشكل يوحي إليها أن تهرب وتختفي. أما هي فتتغافل بخداع وتسير وكأنها مريضة وعرجاء، باسطة أجنحتها على الأرض وتبدو وكأنها ستسقط هنا أو هناك من جراء ضعفها، بقصد أن يركز عليها ذاك الذي صادفها ويغض النظر عن فراخها حتى تتفرق هنا وهناك وتختفي في مواضع لا ترى ولا تكتشف

اللقلق
أما بخصوص ما دونه علماء الطبيعة عن اللقالق، فأنه جدير بالثناء والاعجاب سواء من جهة فهمها أم عقلها أم عدالتها، فأنها تبكت وتدين الذين يحتقرون آباءهم وأمهاتهم. فيقول هؤلاء الذين كتبوابعد أن يطعمها آباءهم ويربوها بكل رعاية حتى يكتمل نموها وتصبح متساوية لآبائها في الجسم وترافقها إلى البرية بعد التدريب على الطيران بضع مرات وليومين أو ثلاثة أحياناً. وتجلسها كما اعتادت هي أن تجلس، تخرج (الأبناء) إلى البرية وتأتي بالطعام مكافأة للتي ولدتها وربتها، فتطعمها بكل وقار واحترام، كما سبق واقتبلت منها طعامها. ويقال أيضاً أنها (الأبناء) تسند (الآباء) في شيخوختها بأجنحتها لدى طيرانها معها في الجو، وتدفئها بجناحيها وهي راقدة في أعشاشها. لذلك فقد لقبها علماء الطبيعة بالطيور العادلة، ووصفوا كل مكافأة صالحة يقدمها الأبناء العقلاء للآباء بـ “اللقلقية”. ويروى عن غيرتها الحميدة وحكمها العادل الذي لا يحابى، والذي يثير اعجاب وثناء الجميع، أنها إذا صادف وأن بنى زوج من البواشق وآخر من اللقلق أعشاشها بالقرب من بعضها، ويضع كل منها بيضة في عشه، وصادف أيضاً أن خرجت جميعها إلى البرية وابتعدت، وجاء شخص ما وأخذ بيضة من بيض الباشق ووضعها بين بيض اللقلق، فحينما تخرج الفراخ ويأخذ ريشها بالنمو، وتميز سواد الفرخ الغريب عن بياض أفراخ اللقلق، ترى ماذا يحدث ؟ وماذا يفعل الذكر الجدير بالثناء والإعجاب ؟ إنه يجمع لقالق كثيرة ويريها ما حدث في عشه من اختلاف الطبيعة، الأمر الذي يشير إلى خيانة زوجته، فيصدر كل من أولئك حكماً عادلاً وعجيباً يشبه ما يصدر البشر من الأحكام، فأنها تغار بشدة وتهجم على تلك الأنثى وكأنها قد زنت متعدية حدود الطبيعة، فتقطع لحمها وتمزقه وتفتك أيضاً بذلك الوليد الغريب الذي وجد في عشها، فبهذا المقدار تظهر استقامة وعدالة اللقلق، أكثر من الحكام البشر المرائين

هجرة الطيور

وماذا يقول المرء عن تنظيم الطيور وحذرها، وهو يراها تضاهي البشر المفكرين. فهي تبني أعشاشاً وتربي أولاداً في أماكن كثيرة وبعيدة الواحد عن الآخر في المدن والقرى وفي الأشجار والجبال والأنهار. وعندما يحين وقت هجرتها إلى مناطق حارة في الجنوب لتشتي هناك، لا يذهب كل بمفرده أو بمجاميع صغيرة، بل أن جميع التي توجد في قطر واحد الذي فيه تضع بيضها وتربي أولادها وتمضي صيفها، تهاجر سوية. حيث تقضي يوماً في مكان ما وأحياناً أسبوعاً كاملاً إذا اقتضى الأمر لتتجمع على شاطىء نهر ما أو مرج أو أي مكان ملائم لتجمعها، حتى يجتمع الكل فتهاجر الضعيفة مع القوية، والفتية مع البالغة، حيث لا يفقد أو يتأذى أي منها. فهي تنتظر بعضها البعض ليلا حيث تبيت، وتتواعد وتحط بكل حذر على الأشجار، وعندما ترحل فسوية مثل أرتال الجيش، وسوية تحط أيضاً وعندما تبغي الرحيل فأنها تصوت بقرع مناقيرها شبه بوق الجيش. وهكذا ترحل سوية بكل هدوء وحذر، وتغير أمكنة نزولها وتحط فيها في الوقت المقرر. وفي فجر كل يوم تقتات بما تجده في هذه الأمكنة، ثم تواصل رحيلها بحذر ونظام حتى تصل إلى المكان الذي تشتي فيه. فالتي تمضي صيفها وتتوالد في سورية وما بين النهرين، تشتي في منطقة البحر الميت المتفرغ من نهر الأردن. نظراً إلى حرارة المنطقة وسهولة تأمين الطعام من الضفادع المتواجدة هناك بوفرة، ومما يروى عنها، أن القبرات تجتمع سوية لدى رحيلها وتشيعها بالحب ومحبة الغرباء.

القبرة
وإذا كنا قد تحدثنا بما فيه الكفاية وبحسب المستطاع والوقت، عن نظام وحذر وفهم وذكاء هذا الصنف من اللقلق، يجدر بنا ألا نهمل الحديث عن صنف القبرة، فنذكر ما تمتلك من المزايا الحسنة كحبها لأولادها واهتمامها بهم. يروى عنها، أن لها اهتماماً بتربية أولادها وحراستها أكثر من سائر الطيور، ليس فقط في صغرها عندما تكون في الأعشاش بعد، بل وحتى لدى مغادرتها إياها وطيرانها، فانها ترافقها لكي تطعمها وتقيها شر الأعادي، وتظل تساعدها فترة طويلة حتى تتأكد من انها لم تعد بحاجة إلى مساعدة والديها ومربياتها

الكركي
أما بالنسبة إلى الاهتمام والمساعدة المتبادلة، فنقدم الكركي مثالاً لذلك، لا سيما خلال فترة نومها أو هجرتها إلى الغرب أو عودتها. وهنا لا يسع الإنسان إلا أن يمجد الخالق المبدع الذي أودع فيها مثل هذا الذكاء والفهم لكي تساعد من ذاتها بعضها البعض دون أن يحثها أحد على ذلك. فعندما تنام في الليل تختار الأمكنة الآمنة تكون في حرز من الأعداء، وفي الغالب تبيت في الجزر إذا اقتربت من الأنهار لكي تشعر بدنو العدو وهو يهيج الماء. وإذا باتت في السهل وفي الأماكن المكشوفة، فأنها تبيت مجتمعة لكي تتسنى لها رؤية العدو عن بعد. فينام بعضها دون خوف لأن البعض الآخر تجول حولها وتحرسها وتؤمن لرفاقها نوماً مطمئناً تنتهي فترة نوبة الحراس وتريد أن تنام تصرخ بصوت عنيف وتوقظ غيرها وتعطيها مكانها ونوبتها، أما هي فتنام مع البقية. وعندما تريد أن تترك المكان وتطير لفترة طويلة، سواء لدى هجرتها أم عودتها وحيث أنها بصعوبة وجهد تشق الهواء أثناء طيرانها، لذلك لا تطير كل على حده بصورة مشوشة وعدم انتظام. بل زرافات زرافات مجتمعة مع بعضها وبصورة منظمة وغير مشوشة، إذ يطير الواحد تلو الآخر بصف مستقيم كالحبل الممدود، ويترأس الصف أحد الأقوياء ويشق الهواء الكثيف فيتبعه الباقون بسهولة دون عناء كثير، وأحياناً يقود ويساعد صفين مختلطين، وإذا ما تعب بسبب شقه للهواء، يترك المكان ويسلمه إلى الذي يليه ويصطف آخر لكي يرتاح من عنائه. وهكذا يظهر جلياً، أن لصنف الكراكي ذكاء وفهماً أعطيا له غريزياً من قبل الخالق المبدع.

الوز
ومن الطيور ما أخذت أحساساً كبيراً من عند الله الخالق لدى خلقتها. أو أن الطبيعة زودتها بهذا أما بسبب خوفها من العدو أو زيادة في الحذر

الوز والعقاب
يروى عن الوز، أن له شعوراً في الليل أكثر من جميع الطيور الموجودة عندنا، فهو سريع اليقظة لدى نومه ويشعر بأي شيء يتحرك، وينطبق هذا أيضاً على صنف البوم الكريه عندنا، وهناك أصناف أعطتها الطبيعة سابق إحساس كصنف العقاب الشره. فإذا لم تكن الطبيعة قد زودتها بمثل هذا الإحساس، فما الذي ينبئها أذن وهي في مرابعها في الكهوف بمكان الجثث الملقاة على بعد، في نفس اللحظة التي تلقة فيها تلك الجثث؟ إذ أنها تصل إلى هناك فوراً. ثم من يعلمها مسبقاً بأن الجيوش تتهيأ للقتال فتسرع نحوها قبل بضعة أيام مرات عديدة، حيث تطير في الجو فوق الجيوش، وهي بذلك تنبىء ذوي الألباب بما سيحدث

اليوم الرابع
في الحيوانات والزحافات والطيور

يعقوب الرهاوي

الايام الستّة : اليوم الثاني ، في الارض وفي البحار والجبال والزروع والاشجار التي أمر الله أن تنبت فيها مار يعقوب الرهاوي

$
0
0

في الأرض الظاهرة بفضل انحسارها عن المياه
وظهورها يابسة بأمر الله لسكنى البشر وفي البحار والخلجان والجزر والبحيرات وما فيها من أنهار. وفي الجبال الشهيرة والعظيمة وفي الزروع والعروق والأشجار
التي أمر الله أن تنبت فيها

أن الأبنية التي يقيمها الناس في هذا العالم، أما أن تكون دور سكن خاصة أو مدناً عامة أو هياكل وغيرها من أمثال هذه المشاريع المفيدة، والمساكن الصالحة للناس. فإذا كان البناء دور سكن للناس، فأنهم سيولون اهتمامهم قبل كل شيء وفور إنجاز البناء والتسقيف : بتنظيم وترتيب وتزيين كل ما هو ضروري من الداخل. أي أرضيته، وتسييع جدرانه وتزيين سقفه، وإنجاز وضبط كل المستلزمات الأخرى التي يحتاجها الساكن. أما إذا كان المطلوب بلدة، فأن البنائين يولون اهتمامهم، فور إنجاز بناء السور والدور السكنية، بتسقيف الشوارع والأماكن العالية ومجاري المياه، وإنجاز كل ما هو ضروري ومفيد ولائق بسكنى الأهالي. ويخبرنا الكتاب المقدس، بأسلوب بشري، وبكلمات موجزة ومقتضبة عن عظمة عمل الله الخالق، ويقول: “في البدء خلق الله السماء والأرض” إذ جاء بها من العدم إلى الوجود، معلناً أن الله الحكيم قد أتم بناء هذا العالم وجهزه بيتاً كبيراً ومدهشاً لسكنى الإنسان الذي كان مزمعاً أن يخلقه فيما بعد، على صورته وشبهه. أنه لعظيم في جماله، وعجيب بترتيبه وتناسق تكوينه. وبعد أن قال الله كلمته في الأرض التي لم تكن في البدء منظورة أو مكونة، قال كلمته أيضاً في النور: “ليكن نور” وكان نور، وجعل الخالق جلداً في وسط هذا الفضاء، وظلل أفلاكه بالمياه كما قال الروح المرتل، وفصل بين مياه ومياه، وجعله مكاناً مضيئاً ومسكناً متقناً ومناسباً شبه صرح ملكي؛ لسكنى الإنسان الملك ولجميع الحيوانات التي خلقت لخدمته. وبهذا كشف عن عظيم اقتدار وحكمة الله المبدع.

دور كلمة الله في الخلق

وهنا أيضاً يقدم لنا الكتاب: الله الخالق، كموجد ومنظم ومؤسس لكل ما سبق وخلقه، حيث يخبرنا، بأن الله الخالق عندما أراد إزالة ما كان يستر الأرض عن الأنظار، وأن تجتمع المياه تحت السماء في مكان واحد، وتظهر اليابسة : أوعز إلى كلمته الخالق بصيغة الأمر، كما ذكر سابقاً، نظراً إلى المساواة في الارادة والعمل والكمال وذاتية الازلية والقوة والسلطان: فكان كذلك. وقد ألقى الكتاب المقدس، ولا سيما الروح ملهمه، الأضواء على الكلمة الآمرة والفاعلة والخالقة، التي نطق بها الله الخالق والقادر على كل شيء، ونفذت دون تأخر. فقد كتب وسلم إلينا من أجل أن ندرك نحن وجميع ذوي العقل الراجح والباحث الذي يستنير بالروح، ثم تابع كلامه الذي أعلن فيه عن عظمة وقوة الكلمة الخالق، يمين الأب وقوته، وقال: “لتجتمع المياه تحت السماء إلى مكان واحد ولتظهر اليابسة، ودعا الله اليابسة أرضاً ومجتمع المياه دعاه بحاراً، ورأى الله ذلك أنه حسن”

وهكذا وبهذه الكلمات الموجزة والمقتضبة يخبرنا الكتاب المقدس عن المساواة في الإرادة والعمل لدى الله الأب العقل العظيم الخلاق، وكلمته وابنه الوحيد الخالق، فأن الأب أمر أن يكون، والابن، من حيث قوته ومساواته للأب بالسلطان، نفذ الأمر. وأن أمر الأب هذا الصادر إلى الابن المساوي له بالطبع، لا يشير إلى كونه عبداً أو خادماً، بل إلى كونه ابناً مساوياً في الكرامة والارادة. ومثله مثل العقل الذي يصدر أمره إلى كلمته. ولا يمكن للعقل البشري الاعتيادي، أن يدرك هذا إلا على هذا الشكل، فيقول: أن لكليهما ارادة واحدة. أما إذا قال أحد أن ارادة العقل الوالد للكلمة هي غير ارادة الكلمة، فمع أن ذلك كاذب ومرفوض، فهو يبرهن على جنون العقل الذي يقول به. أذن فأمر الأب للابن “لكن”. لا يعني شيئاً سوى مساواتهما في الكرامة والإرادة

يقول: “لتجتمع المياه تحت السماء إلى مكان واحد ولتظهر اليابسة”. أن هذا الكلام الموجز يولد كثيراً من الشكوك، ويحتاج إلى مزيد من البحث. فلا بد من أن نتساءل مستقصين فحواها: إلى أي مكان أمر الله أن تجتمع المياه؟ فبمقتضى هذا الأمر لم تكن المياه على وجه الأرض، حتى إذا انحسرت منها المياه وجفت، ظهرت اليابسة خالية من الرطوبة. أن الأرض كانت محاطة بعمق غمر المياه، كما يحاط الجنين بالمشيمة داخل الرحم، حيث كانت تحفظ ذاتها بصلابتها وكثافتها وبشكلها الكروي وثقل طبيعتها. فلم يكن فيها مرتفعات أو أعماق، ولا جبال أو سهول مختلفة عنها، ولا كهوف أو وديان. ولم تكن مائلة إلى هذه الجهة أو تلك، ما خلا ميلها العام نحو جميع الجهات على حد سواء. وهو الناشىء عن كرويتها واستدارتها. لكنها كانت على مستوى واحد مع المياه التي تغمر سطحها. فلم يكن فيها شق في الداخل ولا بروز في الخارج. فعليك أن تعلم هذا أيها السامع محب الحق والباحث الفطن

الخلقة في سفر التكوين

أن الكتاب بقوله: “غير منظورة” قد حتم بأنها لم تكن مكونة. والحق يقال أن سطحها كان مائلاً إلى كل الجهات لأنها كانت كروية ومستديرة، وإذ لم تكن جاهزة تماماً، لم تكن بعد صالحة لسكنى الناس. وذلك، أولا: لأنه لم يكن بالامكان إزاحة المياه عن سطحها ما دامت مستديرة بهذا الشكل. ثانياً : لم تكن لتصلح اطلاقاً لسكنى البشر والحيوانات، وهي بهذه الصورة غير منظورة ومغمورة بالمياه، كما لم تكن لتصلح حتى لنمو الأعشاب والأشجار ما لم تصبح مسطحة بعد انحسار المياه عنها مثل سهول البر. وكما نعلم أن الأرض التي تقع في أسفل الجبل تكون صالحة للزراعة لأنها تميل ميلاً مناسباً نحو إحدى الجهات، وتستقبل من سفوحها سيولاً رطبة ومياها ونسائم منعشة

هكذا كانت في المياه سابقاً، إذ لم تكن منظورة ولا جاهزة. أما كونها غير منظورة فلأنها كانت محجوبة بغمر المياه، وأما كونها غير جاهزة فلأنها مستديرة وكروية. لذلك قال الرب الخالق: “لتجتمع المياه تحت السماء من وجه الأرض، ولتظهر اليابسة”، فتكون منظورة وجاهزة وصالحة لاستعمال وسكنى البشر والحيوانات عليها، ولا نبات وتوليد الزروع والجذور، ولتغذية وتربية النباتات والأشجار المثمرة. هذا ما سلمه إلينا الكتاب عن الله الخالق، وللفور غير الكلمة الخالق، بإيعاز من القادر على كل شيء. شكل الكرة المستديرة والسطحي، وجعل الأرض تتحرر من المياه ليس بتحديد استدارتها، فتخرج خارج حدود الكروية، فتغير الجبال والمرتفعات العالية وحسب، أنما داخل الحدود النائية أيضاً والشقوق الباطنية والأغور العميقة والشاسعة لاستيعاب المياه التي أمرت أن تجتمع على مساحة الأرض، بحيث أن القسم الذي برز عالياً من الأرض صار منظوراً، والقسم الذي غار نحو العمق وغمر، أعد مكاناً، كما أمر للمياه التي كانت عتيدة أن تتحول إلى القسم المرتفع. وبموجب الأمر الصادر إليها، فأن المياه انحسرت وتجمعت على وجه الأرض المرتفعة واستقرت في الأمكنة المنخفضة. أما الأرض التي برزت فأنها تخلصت بعد فترة وجيزة من الرطوبة، وظهرت يابسة بموجب الأمر الالهي الصادر إليها، فأضحت في الوقت ذاته جاهزة، حيث ظهرت فيها جبال عالية، وكهوف وصخور ناتئة وأغوار ووديان وسهول وفجاج وأراض خصبة ما بين الجبال، ورواب وهضابات مرتفعة نحو الأعلى، وأمكنة صالحة ومناسبة لسكنى البشر
هذا كل ما وضحته بإيجاز الكلمة في حديثها عن الأرض، وإذ كانت غير منظورة وغير جاهزة، وكيف أنها بأمر من الله الخالق أضحت بغتة منظورة وجاهزة
يستوجب هذا برهاناً مقنعاً للسامعين، لذا سنخصص له جزءاً من الحديث على قدر الامكان، ليحثوا الخطى نحو ادراك هذه الأمور عن قناعة. فليأخذ مثلاً أي إنسان عاقل ومفكر وفطن، قطعة من العجين بمقدار ما تسع كلتا يديه، وليعجنه ويصنع منه كرة مستديرة، ثم يضغط بيده على الكرة العجينة اللينة ليجعل لها شكلاً آخر مغايراً لكرويتها الحقيقية. حيث تصبح طويلة نوعاً ما ومسطحة قليلاً عن دائريتها، ويكون فيها بأصابعه أماكن غائرة نحو الداخل، وأخرى بارزة قليلاً ومرتفعة نحو الأعلى. على هذا النمط يجب أن يفهم المرء تغيير شكل الأرض. حين ظهرت فيها، بأشارة قوة الخالق، مرتفعات وأعماق، على أثر صدور الأمر بانحسار المياه عنها، فبرزت متكاملة.

التجمعات المائية

يقول : “لتجتمع المياه تحت السماء من وجه الأرض إلى مكان واحد”. فبقوله “مكان واحد” أراد أن تجتمع المياه كلها في جانب الأرض المنخفض، ويرتفع الجانب الآخر ليكون يابسة، ولم يقصد أن تكون بحراً واحداً أو متجمعاً واحداً، كما هو معروف، بل قصد أن تأخذ المياه جانباً واحداً من الأرض كما قلت، وتترك الجانب الآخر لليابسة … ويقول: “واجتمعت المياه تحت السماء في منجمعاتها”
فأنه قال متجمعات(بصيغة الجمع لا المفرد)، ثم أضاف قائلاً: “ودعا متجمعات المياه بحاراً ” وهذا ما يبرهن على أن متجمع المياه لم يكن واحداً ؛ ولم يحصر الله المياه في بحر واحد. بل في بحار وبحيرات ومتجمعات كثيرة، وفي أنهار مختلفة كبيرة وصغيرة، ويشهد على صحة هذه الأمور، كل من الكتاب المقدس، والعمل المنظور، وأن وجود البحار المتعددة والمختلفة في المعمورة، أمر واضح ومعروف.
وفي مقدمتها البحر المتوسط الكبير والغزير بالمياه، وبحسب تعبير الكتاب، هذا البحر الشاسع الذي يتدفق من جهة المسكونة الغربية من مجمع المياه العام ومصدر كل المياه، ذاك الذي يسميه اليونانيون أوقيانوس (المحيط). وكان سابقاً يبدأ من منفذ ضيق من ناحية جزيرة كادير، ومن أعمدة هرقل نتوءان بارزان عند مدخل جبل طارق الواقعة إزاء أراضي اسبانيا وفي منتصف المسكونة وباتجاه الشرق، يعرض وينتشر ويتوسع ويسيطر على مساحة من الأرض نحو خمسة آلاف ميل طولاً أو يزيد، وأربعمائة ميل عرضاً وتنتهي جهته الشرقية عند جبل آمنون الذي أقيمت إلى جانبه مدينة أنطاكية.
وعند بلاد قيلقيا وسورية وفينيقية وفلسطين. هذا أول بحر المسكونة البشرية

وفي بحر أدريلي هذا خلجان، منها الذي يسمى Sikelicos, Turrenicos, Aigupticos, Kreticos, Atlanticos وخليج قيليقيا وكثير غيرها. أما الخلجان الموجودة في جهته الشمالية، فمنها الذي يمتد بين ايطاليا ومقدونية وذلك المسمى Aigaios الذي يمتد بين الأدا وتراقية وداخل تراقي و Ellespontos الذي يتفرع من هذا ويمتد بين تراقية وبيتونية ويختلط ببحر Pontos أو كما يسميه بعضهم. وفي الجهة الجنوبية يوجد خليج Sortismajor الكبيرة Sotisminor الصغيرة وفيه خمس جزر كبيرة وهي صيقليا وقريطي وقبرص. والجزر Peloponneros, Kerosonesos وكثير غيرها.أما الجزر الصغيرة فهي: رودوس Rodes, Kios, Samos, Euboia, Ithake وكثير غيرها، لا نذكر جميعها تجنباً للاكثار من الأسماء

والبحر الثاني الذي تركه المبدع الحكيم الضابط الكل، في هذه المسكونة، هو المعروف بـ Euxenos Pontos الذي سبق ذكره عندما قلنا أن خليج الدردنيل الذي في البحر المتوسط يختلط به. فهو يمتد من الغرب إلى الشرق طولاً. ويبتدىء من بلاد Musia بالقرب من تراقية، ويمتد طولاً حتى بلاد Kolkida بالقرب من جبال قفقاسية ويبلغ طوله نحو ألف وثمانمائة ميل، وعرضه قرابة ثلاثمائة ميل. وتقع إلى شماله بحيرة لا تصغره كثيراً، تدعى Maiotis التي تصب فيها روافد كثيرة من أنهار كبيرة في Sarmatia وفي البلدان الغربية Hunni Alani ، ولكثرة هذه المياه، فأنها تصب في بحر Pintos ، وهو بدوره يصبها في البحر المتوسط نظراً إلى صغر حجمه إذ يقع في جنوبه

أما البحر الثالث الذي وضعه الخالق المبدع في المسكونة، فهو والمعروف Mare et Hyrcanorum et Caspiorum أو ܩܐܣܝܦܐ ، الذي لا تختلط به أي من بحيرات المسكونة، والذي يمتد هو الآخر من الغرب إلى الشرق طولاً. من الحدود الشرقية لأرمينيا والبانيا وحتى الحدود الغربية لبلدان ܣܳܓܕܝܐ ويبلغ طول امتداده قرابة الألف وثمانمائة ميل. أما عرضه ووسطه فقرابة ستمائة ميل. يصب فيه من الجهة الشرقية النهران الكبيران Oxos Iaxartes اللذان تنصب فيهما جميع روافد المياه الآتية من جبال ܫܝܪܝܐ ܘܐܣܳܓܕܝܐ . ومن الشمال النهر الكبير المسمى Ra يصب فيه مجرى مياه الأنهار ومجاري مياه الجبال الشمالية الكبيرة، في بلاد Segthe, Turci, Sarmatari، وكثير غيرها من الأنهار التي تنبع فيها بصورة مستمرة فتولد رطوبة كثيفة، وتأتي من جهة الأرض الشمالية. ونظراً إلى كثرة المياه التي تصب فيه وتريد في ملئه، ينعدم فيه وجود الجزر. وبالكاد ظهرت فيه جزيرتان صغيرتان منذ بدء العالم وحتى الآن، وهما صالحتين للسكنى

أما البحر الرابع، أكبر جميع بحار الأرض المأهولة، فهو المسمى بحر Erutra أي الأحمر. الذي يمتد في جهته الشمالية الخيج المدعو العربي الذي اجتازه بنو اسرائيل لدى خروجهم من أرض مصر، والخليج أي البحر المسمى بحر العيلاميين الذي يتفرع من العربي وينحدر من غرب البحر الأحمر نحو الشمال، من المكان الضيق عند بلاد الحبشة حتى برية فاران حيث اجتاز بنو اسرائيل. ويبلغ طوله نحو ألف وأربعمائة ميل، وعرضه من الجنوب نحو أربعمائة ميل، ومن الشمال قرابة مئتي ميل وربما أقل. أما خليج العيلاميين أي الفرس، فيبلغ طوله نحو ألف وأربعمائة ميل اعتباراً من البحر الأحمر نحو الجنوب حتى بلاد بابل حيث يقع النهران الكبيران دجلة والفرات أما عرضه من الجنوب إلى الشمال فقرابة سبعمائة ميل

أما البحر الأحمر الكبير الذي لا يقاس، فهو ممتد من خط طول الأرض المسكونة مئة وثمانين من الغرب إلى الشرق، وخط مئة واثنين من بلاد الحبشة حتى بلاد الصين في أقصى شرق المسكونة، ويبلغ طوله من الغرب إلى الشرق نحو ثمانية آلاف ميل، وعرضه من الجنوب إلى الشمال قرابة ألفين وسبعمائة ميل في بعض الأمكنة. ويوجد في هذا البحر خلجان كثيرة وكبيرة، وجزر لا تحصى، وفيه جزيرة كبيرة قبالة الهند تدعى Taprobane تبلغ دائرتها نحو أربعة آلاف ميل. وجزيرة جافة بالقرب من الصين تدعى Kersonesos اي الجزيرة الذهبية
ويمتد بحر الأحمر هذا إلى نحو نصف المسكونة، فهو يمتد عرضاً نحو الجنوب من المكان الذي يتساوى فيه الليل والنهار، نحو تسعمائة ميل. أما البلاد الواقعة جنوب سواحله الجنوبية فتعرف بـ “المجهولة” من قبل الناس وهي غير صالحة للسكنى على الاطلاق

ونظراً إلى كبر هذه الخلجان البحرية وعددها ونوعيتها، أرى من الضروري أن نتحدث عن خصائص ومذاق مياهها التي كونتها هي الأخرى حكمة المبدع بأحسن اتقان، ففي الوقت الذي جعل الله جميع المياه التي أعطاها لاستعمال البشر، عذبة ولذيذة باستثناء مياه البحار. فهي غير صالحة للشرب إذ جعلها الله المبدع مالحة، وهو الحكيم والقادر على كل شيء، فأن الله كون أديم الأرض كله، وذلك بحسر المياه وجعلها يابسة فصارت عذبة ولذيذة باستثناء بعض المواضع المعروفة، إذ جعلها مالحة، لكي تدر على الناس بالملح للتمليح والنكهة

أما بالنسبة إلى أرض قيعان البحار، وتلك التي تقع على سواحلها من الخارج، فأنه لم يجعل فيها تربة حلوة وقابلة للتبلل بالماء، بل رملاً منثوراً غير قابل للتماسك، أنه مالح ومتين وصلب ولا يتبلل البتة برطوبة الماء. ولهذا فأن الله جعل المياه المتجمعة في البحار مالحة وغير صالحة للشرب. وهي أبداً صافية نقية لا تعكر أو تتغير على الإطلاق، لدى تحركها أو هيجان أمواجها، حتى حين يأمر الله البحار أن تهيج وينقلب سافلها عاليها. يقول المرتل “وترتعد الجبال بقوته”. وكما يبدو فأن الله الصانع جعل مياه البحار مالحة، ليس فقط لأجل تقوية الأرض بملوحتها، بل أيضاً لتحول دون أن تأسن وتصير ذات رائحة كريهة، باعتبارها متجمعة وواقفة في مكان واحد ولا… التي في الأنهار عندما تستعر بأشعة الشمس المحرقة، فأن الله أمر أن تكون صافية نقية وشفافة لتسهل الرؤية أمام السباحين الباحثين في أعماق المياه ليميزوا ما يضرهم فيستعملوا ما يقيهم. لكن الله لم يجعل هذه الملوحة والخاصية الكريهة في طبيعة مياه البحار، بل بطبيعة الرمل القوي الذي تستقر عليه. ويعرف هذا منالمياه التي تنبع من شقوق الأرض، فأنها تنفض عنها فوراً الملوحة التي ليست من طبيعتها، وتكتسب بسهولة عذوبة وخاصية طبيعتها العذبة

وإذ تحدثنا بهذا المقدار عن البحر والبحار، علينا أن نضيف قليلاً، فنتحدث عما فيها من جزر. وكما أسلفنا، فأن الله خلق فيها جزراً كثيرة كبيرة وصغيرة، لا لسكنى الناس فحسب. بل لأجل أغراض أخرى، ومستلزمات ضرورية. خلقها وأكثر منها في طول البحار وعرضها،

أولاً : (وهذا هام ونافع جداً للبشر) فأنهم عندما يجوبون في الخلجان الكبيرة الواسعة، وتثور عليهم زوبعة ما، يقصدون إحدى تلك الجزر القريبة منهم. وإذا اشتد الشتاء يشتون فيها فينجون

ثانياً : (وهي منفعة ليست أقل أهمية). لكي يأخذوا منها الماء والخشب وبعض الاحتياجات الأخرى. لذلك ربط الله البحار الطويلة العريضة، بواسطة هذه الجزر المتواجدة واحدة تلو الأخرى، ذات التربة الحلوة والتي تنبع منها مياه عذبة وتنبت زروعاً وأشجاراً. ولم يقتصر الله على تكوين الجزر في بحار المسكونة الهادئة فقط، بل وفي المحيط الخارجي غير الهادىء الذي لا تصلح سواحله غير الآمنة للتجاوب. فهناك جزر أخرى في هذا البحر الغربي أي المحيط. إلى جانب جزيرة غاديرا التي عند مدخل البحر الأدرياتيكي، منها ما يمكن للناس أن يدنوا منها ويجوبوا فيها، ومنها ما لا يمكن الدنو منها على الاطلاق، كتلك التي تقع مقابل Africa والتي تدعى Tiggitane فهناك جزيرتان هماEruthia, Paina وقبالة ليبيا توجد جزيرة Keren وأخرى Autolalas وست جزر تعرف بجزر السعداء، وتدعى الأولىMacaron لا يدنى منها، تلك التي يسميها الوثنيون جزيرة هيرا ثم Plouiarga, Kapraria, Kanaria, Pintoaria والتي في الأدرياتيكي، وقد سبق الحديث عنها، وكثير غيرها

أما في البحر المعروف بـ Euxeinos فنظراً إلى صغره، تظهر فيه جزر كثيرة وصغيرة فوق المياه، وصخور ناتئة كثيرة، الأمر الذي يصعب على من يرومون أن يجوبوا فيه، رفع سواري سفنهم في الرياح والتجواب، ويوجد في البحر الأحمر، حوالي جزيرة Taprobane الكبيرة، مجموعة جزر صغيرة يبلغ عددها نحو ألف وثلاثمائة وثمان وسبعين. ومنها كبيرة نوعاً ما، ولها تسعة عشر اسماًMonake, Ammine, Narqos, Philicos, Qalindadis, Arna, Bassa, Balaka, Alaba, Zaba, Bizaia, Nigadiba, Sosoara واحدة للطيور، واحدة للماعز
فقد أبرز الله هذه الجزر لتظهر وتشاهد في البحار التي كونها في المسكونة مولياً عنايته بالجنس البشري، لأن كل ما عمله حسن كما يشهد الكتاب، ولم يعمل شيئاً عبثاً دون جدوى. فقد أودع للجنس البشري كل ما يحتاج إليه ويساعده، مثل هذه البحار التي على وجه المسكونة، لتكون عضداً للناس على سد حاجاتهم الضرورية، التي يتبادلونها عن طريق تجواب البحار من بلد إلى أخر.

وبإمكاننا الوقوف على هذه الأمور بوضوح من الكتاب المقدس أيضاً، الذي يتحدث عن سفن حيرام ملك صور، وسليمان ملك إسرائيل ويقول: منذ كذا زمان كانت تصل من بلاد الافريقان، أو من بلاد سبأ والهند، وهي تحمل بضاعة من الحاجيات الضرورية. من جهة ثانية فأن الله أوجد البحار لتقوى بها الأرض وتتثبت وتترسخ. لذا فقد رفع المرتل ترتيلة مجد الله الخالق بقوله: “لأنه على البحار أسسها وعلى الأنهار ثبتها”. ولكي تنضج منها جداول المياه في أغوار الأرض وشقوقها، وتنبع الينابيع في الجبال والوديان والسهول لشرب الناس والحيوانات والطيور والزروع والنباتات والأشجار. وفي هذا الصدد، رتل الروح لله قائلاً: “المؤسس الأرض على قواعدها فلا تتزعزع إلى الدهر والأبد، كسوتها الغمر كثوب، فوق الجبال تقف المياه، من انتهارك تهرب، من صوت رعدك تفر، تصعد إلى الجبال، تنزل إلى البقاع إلى الوضع الذي أسسته لها، وضعت لها تخماً لا تتعداه، لا ترجع لتغطي الأرض، المفجر عيوناً في الأودية، بين الجبال تجري، تسقي كل حيوان البر، تكسر الفراء ظمأها، فوق طيور السماء تسكن، من بين الأغصان تسمع صوتاً”

لقد تطرقنا بكلامنا الواهن والمتلعثم تلعثم الاطفال، إلى الحديث عن البحر، عمل اقتدار الله الخالق، وعن الخلجان ومجمعات المياه المختلفة التي أمر الله بأن تتكون من المجمع المائي العام، ووضعها على وجه المسكونة لتساعد الإنسان وسائر الخليقة. وبهذا نكون قد تحدثنا جزئياً وبإيجاز عن عظمة ووفرة وعمل وقوة وحكمة الخالق المبدع. والخالق نفسه الذي كون البحر وخلقه، نحدث عن عظمته وامتناعه عن امتثال أمر خالقه، وهو يوجه كلمة تأديب إلى إسرائيل قائلاً: “اسمع هذا أيها الشعب الجاهل والعديم الفهم الذين لهم أعين ولا يبصرون، لهم آذان ولا يسمعون، إياي لا تخشون، يقول الرب: أو لا ترتعدون من وجهي أنا الذي وضعت الرمل تخوماً للبحر فريضة أبدية لا يتعداها فتتلاطم ولا تستطيع وتعج أمواجه ولا تتجاوزها “. هكذا تظهر لنا كلمة الله، عظمة البحر المدهشة وقوته وبأسه وكونه عبد ورهن إشارة مكونة ومدبرة

فمن الكتاب المقدس، ومما سبق وتحدثنا به، تظهر أهمية ووجوب وجود هذه البحار الكبيرة على وجه هذه الأرض المأهولة. كما يبدو أيضاً أن حكمة وعناية الخالق لم تكون البحار المذكورة فحسب، بل كونت إلى جانبها بحيرات كبيرة وصغيرة عديدة. كما كون الله على الأرض غدراناً ومستنقعات، سداً لحاجة البشر وعوناً لهم، في مختلف الأقطار والأمصار. فمنها يصطاد السمك طعاماً للناس، وفي البحار يتنقل الواحد إلى الأخر لغرض سد حاجاتهم. ومن البحيرات ما يشكل حصوناً وملاجىء للناس شأن المدن وتنقذهم من الأعداء الغزاة. ومنها ما يستثمره الناس لأغراض متنوعة كثيرة، نعرض عن ذكرها لئلا يطول الشرح

ومع ذلك أرى من الضرورة التحدث عن بعض البحيرات وما فيها من فعاليات. وبخاصة الشهيرة منها. سواء بالنسبة إلى كبرها أو الفعاليات التي تجري فيها، فنذكر أسماءها والأقطار التي تقع عليها. وفي مقدمتها البحيرتان اللتان تزودان النيل Neilos, Kolon وتلك التي تزود نهر Astapus الذي يختلط بالنيل. ويضاف إلى هذه، البحيرات التي يكونها النيل مثل بحيرة مريوط بالقرب من الاسكندرية الكبيرة التي يكونها نهر الأردن. والأخرى الكثيرة السمك التي يكونها الأردن نفسه، وتسمى جنارث وإلى جانب هذه، تلك التي يكونها نهر أورناطيس وتلك التي يخلفها نهر دجلة بعد فيضانه، وتدعى شوشتار وشوشان، وكذلك بحيرة أرسطيا الكثيرة السمك في أرمينيا الكبرى، ولا أرى حاجة لذكر أسماء جميع البحيرات فأسبب ضجراً للقارىء والسامع بسبب كثرة انتشارها الواسع في أقطار المسكونة كانتشار الأنهار. وأعتقد أن ما كتب هنا عن البحيرات يفي بالغرض

وإلى جانب البحار والبحيرات، وفر الله المبدع للمسكونة، أنهاراً كثيرة تنساب فيها، تنبع من أغوار الأرض والبحار وتنساب على وجهها، ومنها ما ينبع من الجبال مما تخلفه الأمطار والثلوج، فتروي الأراضي الواسعة التي لا ماء فيها. إلا أن فائدتها للبشر لا تقتصر على ري الأراضي العطشى، بل أن الناس يستغلون العديد والكبيرة منها خاصة للتنقل، شأن البحار والبحيرات، حيث يسافرون بواسطتها إلى بعضهم البعض ومن قطر إلى أخر بقصد التجارة، ومنها ما يمنع الأعداء من غزو الأماكن الآهلة، فتساعد بذلك المستضعفين وتنقذهم شأنها شأن الحصون والمدن. ومنها ما هو كبير وعريض جداً بحيث يكون بحيرات، مثل جيحون أي النيل الذي يغمر ويحصن القطر المصري و Istoros في بلاد أوربا الغربية وIndos أي فيشون التي تروي بلاد الهند. Laxartes Oxos التي تنساب من بلاد الشيريين و Ra الذي يزود الأقطار الشمالية الكثيرة المياه بصورة مستمرة نظراً إلى كثرة الثلوج. وكذلك دجلة والفرات المجاوران اللذان يغمران ويحصنان بلاد ما بين النهرين، ويرويان بلدان الآشوريين والكلدانيين والعيلاميين
وإلى جانب هذه، هناك أنهار أخرى كثيرة وكبيرة. فقد أحصى الجغرافيون القدماء أربعين نهراً كبيراً، ويوجد غيرها من الأنهار الصغيرة ما لا يحصى. وهناك أنهاراً ونهيرات وروافد وغدارن ووديان، منها ما يجري باستمرار، ومنها ما يجري في الشتاء فقط
أضف إلى هذا القنوات ومنافذ المياه ومجاريها التي يصنعها الناس المهرة وبابتكار عقولهم، لغرض سد حاجاتهم، ليس فقط لشرب الناس والحيوانات والنباتات والزروع، والضروريات الأخرى التي تناولها الحديث والتي يسعفهم بها عنصر الماء هذا، بل أن الماء يخدم الناس في شؤون أخرى كثيرة: فهو يسير الأرجاء، ويقدم خدمته كعبد في غسل العيون والاستحمام، وفي صناعات متنوعة، والبناء وأعمال الناس وغيرها من الشؤون التي لا يمكن أن يعيش الإنسان بدونها، والتي لا تتم إلا بمساعدة الماء. هكذا جعل الله المعني، الأرض التي كونها بارزة لنرى تنظيمه البحار والبحيرات والأنهار التي شقها فيها وأسال فيها مياها لخدمة البشر، وجعل إزاء هذه، كما سبق الكلام، فجوجاً وأغواراً ملئا بالمياه، وأماكن تسرق المياه، بواسطة عروقها، من الأمطار والرطوبة في الشتاء، فتكون طبيعتها كالإسفنج اللين الذي يمتص المياه، تتكون سيولاً ونزوزاً ومروجاً منبتة للأعشاب، وهذه كلها تكرس لخدمة الجنس البشري
أن الأرض والمياه وكل الخليقة الجسمانية، تخضع للإنسان، ولكن ليس بارادتها، بل كما يقول الكتاب، بارادة وأمر ذاك الذي استعبدها على أمل الحرية. وهكذا يكون الله الخالق والمبدع والمعني، قد أعطى الناس من عنصر الماء كل هذا العون والعطايا الضرورية، تاركاً لهم على وجه هذه الأرض التي أعطيت لسكناهم، جزءاً منها لاستخدامه. وبهذا ظهر خالقاً ومعنياً بخليقته. وهنا أيضاً يكون كلامنا كعادته متلعثماً تلعثم الأطفال، وهو يدور عن البحار والبحيرات ومجمعات المياه والأنهار والينابيع ونزوز المياه، والحاجة الماسة إليها، للبشر والحيوانات والطيور وكل حي على الأرض، وعن سقي النباتات والأشجار والزروع والعروق وكل نبتة على الأرض

أبعاد ومساحة الكرة الأرضية

أما عن مساحة وحجم الأرض التي ظهرت من المياه يابسة، وجهزت لسكنى البشر، ولتجوال الحيوانات والطيور والدبابات، فأننا، واستناداً إلى ما سمعناه من القدماء الذين مسحوا الأرض وكتبوا بوسائل ابتكرها عقلهم الشبيه بالله، وسلموها إلينا خطياً، فنقول : أن الذين أولوا اهتمامهم بهذه الأرض المأهولة وساحوا فيها وكتبوا عنها، قالوا: أن طول هذه الأرض التي ظهرت من المياه وجهزت من قبل الله لسكنى البشر، من الغرب إلى الشرق يقدر بنصف مساحة الكرة، وفي العرض من الجنوب إلى الشمال، سدس مساحة الكرة، لتأتي الأرض المسكونة طويلة، فيبلغ طولها ثلاثة أضعاف عرضها. فقد كتبوا عن طولها بأنه يبلغ من الغرب إلى الشرق مئة وثمانين خطاً، وهي نصف الثلاثمائة والستين خطاً التي للكرة الأرضية. والعرض من الجنوب إلى الشمال هو ستون خطاً فقط، وهي سدس الثلاثمائة والستين خطاً. فيكون طول الأرض المأهولة التي ظهرت من المياه، قرابة ثلاثة عشر ألف وخمسمائة ميل، وعرضها أربعة آلاف وخمسمائة ميل، وأنهم يقيسون طولها من المحيط الغربي، أي من خليجه الذي لا تطأه قدم، والذي هو خارج جزيرة غاديرا التي تقع على خط طول خمسة في أقصى حد المسكونة الغربي الذي يقال، منه تبتدىء بلاد اسبانيا وأعمدة هرقل، حتى بلاد الصين الواقعة شرقي الهند وهي مكان غير معروف وغير أهل. أما العرض، فيبدأونه من المكان الذي تستوي فيه كرة السماء ولا تنحرف لا جنوباً ولا شمالاً حيث يتساوى هنالك الليل والنهار طوال السنة، حتى جزيرة تولي الشمالية الواقعة في المحيط الغربي، وعلى خط طول ثلاثين وخط عرض ثلاثة وستين. وكتب القدماء عن قطبي الأرض المأهولة، فقالوا أنهما غير مكتشفين وغير صالحين للسكنى، وهذا ما حسن لله أن يفعله لدى ابداعه إياهما، حيث جعلهما غير صالحين للسكنى ولا تطأهما قدم، أما لخلق فيهما مناخاً غير معتدل كي لا يصلحا للسكنى. أو باحاطتهما بشقوق وأغوار جبلية ووهاد سحيقة وأراض غير صالحة للمشي. أو لكثرة ما فيهما من الحيوانات المفترسة والحشرات الفتاكة والقاتلة. ويقسم هؤلاء الكتاب الأرض المأهولة إلى ثلاثة أقسام ويسمونها، أوربا، وليبيا، (افريقيا) وآسيا الكبرى

فأوربا عندهم هي الأرض الواقعة إلى الشمال من البحر المتوسط حتى المحيط الشمالي.

وأطلقوا اسم ليبيا على الأرض الواقعة جنوبي هذا البحر حتى المكان المحترق تحت الشمس والأرض المجهولة التي تقع إلى جنوبها

ويطلقون اسم آسيا على الأرض التي تبتدىء من الحدود الشرقية للقسمين الأولين حتى نهاية شرق المسكونة. وأما شمال آسيا فأرض مجهولة وغير صالحة للسكنى نظراً إلى برودتها الشديدة. ويوجد في شرق آسيا أرض مجهولة أخرى، كساها الله بالأغوار والوهاد السحيقة والشقوق، فلا تصلح هي الأخرى للسكنى

كما حدد الله أرض أخرى مجهولة وغير آهلة، ومنع البشر من الوصول إليها خشية تيهانهم وهلاكهم، أو أن يقتلوا بالحرارة الشديدة والعطش، أو تهلكهم الوحوش والحشرات الخبيثة، وتقع هذه الأرض جنوب البحر الأحمر، قبالة كل من آسيا وافريقيا برمتهما جنوباً.وقبالة بلاد الحبشة والتي تعرف بـEspiriois Nuktadeis .

وفي جهة المسكونة الغربية، وإلى الشمال من أوربا قبالة بلدان اسبانيا وفرنسا وألمانيا، كون الله سيولاً جارفة عنيفة آتية من البحر الكبير، لا يمكن السيطرة عليها أو ركوبها، ومنع الله المدبر البشر الأشقياء من التنقل فيها عبثاً ودون طائل، وسعياً وراء حتفهم، الأمر الذي لا يجوز

وفي شمال اسبانيا، وفي بحر الأوقيانوس = المحيط بالقرب من اليابسة، كون الله جزراً صالحة للسكنى ممكن الوصول إليها، وهي Aloutinoa, Lournia اللتان تسميان Bretanicas,

وتوجد قابلة المانيا وفي نهاية المحيط الشرقية، جزيرة تدعى Kimbrike Scandia الكبيرة وهي جزيرة قاحلة. هكذا قسم القدماء المسكونة، وبهذا المقدار يحددون وضعها وضخامتها

أهم الجبال وما فيها من معادن

وحيث أن الله كون في المسكونة جبالاً كبيرة وعالية وجعلها بمثابة أحزمة أو حدود تقسم البلدان ليسكنها البشر. وقد قسمها الناس بدورهم إلى ولايات مختلفة وأقطار متعددة. لذا كان علينا أن نتحدث عن هذه، لكي نتعرف على تنظيم أرضية هذا البيت الكبير الذي شيده الله للإنسان الذي كان مزمعاً أن يخلقه على صورته
وننقلها بصورة أو أخرى إلى أفكار وأفهام الذين سيقرأون أو يسمعون، ليعطوا المجد لله دائماً، وهم يبدون إعجابهم بعظمة عمل الله وعنايته وحكمته ومجال صنائعه. بوصفه خالقاً قوياً وقادراً على كل شيء، ومنظماً حكيماً لكل أعماله، ومعنياً وحافظاً لكل ما خلق

فقد كون الله المبدع والحكيم في هذه المسكونة جبالاً ضخمة وقوية، شهيرة وعالية، بإمكانها أن تغير كمية السحب في أعاليها

ففي أوربا وفي الجانب الشرقي من نهاية المناطق الاسبانية، توجد جبال كبيرة وعالية تعرف باسم (البيرينية) وتستعمل مفرداً ومؤنثاً. وفي ولايات المانيا الالبية توجد مئات الجبال التي تنبع وتنضج منها روافد نهر Istro العظيم الكثيرة. وتدعى جبال Soudeta وأخرى تدعى Melibocos Abnoba وفي جبال Sarmatia التي تدعى Sermatici والأخرى التي تسمى Peinaia ، ثمة ثمانية جبال عالية

وفي ليبيا (افريقية) في المنطقة المسماة تينجيتاني، والأطلس الكبير والأطلس الصغير، والجبل المدعو جبل الشمس، وهي واقعة في ساحل الأوقيانوس الغربي، وجبل ديور والجبال المسماة فوكري

وفي المنطقة القيصرية، دوردوس، زالاكوس، تهاراقي، سينابي، بربور أو بدرون، مادينوبالوس كاراس، فورايئسوس، بالوا، والجبال المدعوة بوزارا

وفي منطقة الافريقيين: أودوس، وجبال تاميس، وجبال سيرناكاس، مامباروس، وأساليكوس، روكابابار، وجبل جوبيتر، وتيتريبي

وفي منطقة السيرينيين: جبال ثلاثة: قيليا، تيتيس، بيكوليكوس
وفي منطقة الاحباش، ثمة جبال ممتدة من الشمال إلى الجنوب طولاً على امتداد منطقة الأحباش حتى تمر عبر البحيرة الكبرى التي يشكلها النيل ويغذيها، وهذه الجبال تدعى جبال الأحباش، وطولها أكثر من ألفين وثلاثمائة ميل

وفي المنطقة عينها، إلى الشرق، جبال أخرى، كارباوس (كارباتوس) وجبال اليفاس إلى شمال خط الاستواء، جبال فيلي قرب البحيرة في موقع خط الاستواء، وجبل ماستي الذي يبعد شرقاً خمس درجات عن خط الاستواء

وفي أراضي ليبيا كلها الواقعة من الحدود الغربية لأرض الأحباش وحتى الأوقيانوس الغربي، جبال شهيرة وعظيمة هي: ما يسمى بجبل أكوي الآلهة (أو: تيدنوكيما)، ماندروس، ساكايولا، كافاس،
أوزاكارا، جرجيريس، روزاديروس، وجبل تالا، أورالتيس، أرانكاس، وما يسمى كارامينكي فارناكس

وفي المنطقة الخارجية للأحباش المسماة، أجيسمبا، ثمة جبال عظيمة وشهيرة ومعلومة: جبل تادكتيروس الواقع تحت خط الاستواء، يدن، زافار، أنيسكي، بارديتوس، والجبل المدعو جبل القمر
هذه الجبال هي في ليبيا، القسم الثاني المأهول من الأرض

أما في آسيا الكبرى، أي في القسم الثالث المأهول من الأرض، فثمة جبال شهيرة ومعلومة

ففي منطقة آسيا نفسها، جبل يسمى ايدا، سبليوس، تيمنوس، دنيديموس، سبيبلوس، تمولدس، ميسوجيس، كادموس، فينكس

وفي غلاطية: جبل أوليفاس، والجبل المسمى نوبيس، سيليناروم (غيوم السماويات)

وفي منطقة قبادوقيا، جبال عظيمة هي: جبل أرجيئوس، أنتناوروس أي سيكوش، سكورديسكوس.
وبين سيليسيا وقبادوقية، جبل كبير يسمى ثاوروس (طوروس)

وبين سوريا وسيليسيا، جبل أمانوس. وفي سوريا، جبال ببريوس، كاسيسوس، ليبانوس، مسانير، جبل حرمون، هيبوس، الزاداموس

وتختص بلاد ما بين النهرين بالجبال التالية : جبل مازيوس، الذي يسمى ايشوما، وجبل سنجار

وبين سوريا وما بين النهرين أي آشور، قبادوقية وارمينية، حتى بلاد الماديين، من الغرب إلى الشرق. يمتد الجبل الكبير المسمى طوروس الذي يربط هذه المناطق

وفي بلاد الماديين جبال عظيمة هي: زاغروس، يازوتيوس، أورونيتيس، كورونوس

وفي البلاد المسماة بالعربية (السعيدة – الخصبة) جبال شهيرة وعظيمة، في الثغر البحري جبل هيبوس، كاباياتا، والجبل المسمى بالأسود، بريدنوتوس، سياكروس، والجبال المدعوة التوأم، والجبال السود المسماة أرابي. وفي وسط البلاد، ما خلا الجبال المذكورة، ثمة أخرى هي: زاميس، ماريتا، والمسمى كليماتس أي السلم (سكالا)، وجبال أخرى كثيرة لا أسماء لها

وثمة جبال في الكرمانيين وهي: الجبل المدور المسمى سميراميس، وجبال عديدة غير مسماة

وفي ماطية أي آسيا، ثمة هذه الجبال الشهيرة والعظيمة: الجبل المدعو هيبيسي، وأخرى سيرواني والمسماة قوقاتية، وجبل كوراكس. وفي سيكيثيا : جبال سارماطية، وأخرى يقال لها آلاني، وأخرى ريميسية، إضافة إلى جبل أوروسوس، والمسماة اسبيزئية، وأخرى باسم تايبرس، وسويبي، وآتاريني. وبين سيكيثيا الداخلية والخارجية يمتد طولاً حتى الأرض المجهولة الجبل المسمى عماوس. وفي سيكيثيا الخارجية وفي منطقة سيروم تمتد جبال الأوزاسيين والكاسيين، والايموديين التي تتصل في منطقة سيروم بالجبال المسماة آينبي، ايتاغوروس، أتوروكوراس، والجبال المسماة ازميري.
وفي منطقة أريا يقوم جبل باغوس، ويمتد عبر المنطقة المسماة جردوسيا، جبال تدعى باربيتاني.

وفي بلاد الهند، في المنطقة التي بين نهر الكنج، تقع جبال شهيرة هي: أبوكوبي، جبل ساردوليكس الذي منه يستخرج الحجر النفيس المسمى باسمه، بيتيكو، أديسارتوس، اينديوس، أوكسينتوس، والمسماة آرفي. وفي الهند عبر الكنج، جبل يسمى بيبيريوس. وذاك المسمى مائياتدروس، والمسماة داباسي. وفي المنطقة التي في بلاد سيروم (الصين) يمتد جبل عظيم يدعى سيماتينوس.

وفي جزيرة تايروباني جبال شهيرة هي الجبال المدعوة غاليبي وماليئا. والجبل الذي ينبع منه أنهار جزر، أوناس (سواناس. وينساب منه أزانوس وباراسيس.
أن كل ما شرحناه عن الجبال التي وضعها الله في الأرض المسكونة، إنما اقتبسناه مما كتبه الأقدمون.

أما بشأن تقسيم البلدان والمناطق التي في المسكونة، فلنا أن نقتبس قليلاً من كتابات الأقدمين. فنقول: أن هذا التقسيم يقوم على اساس تقسيم العائلات البشرية إلى شعوب مختلفة، أو على أساس الحكام الذين يسيطرون عليها من حين إلى آخر، فقد قالوا: توجد في أوروبا وهي القسم (القارة) الأول من العالم مناطق منفصلة هي: الجزر البريطانية الواقعة في الأوقيانوس، هيبريتا والبيون. وثلاث مناطق، اسبانيا، بيتيكا، لوزيتانيا، تراكونيس، وأربع مناطق غاليا السلتية (سيلتا غلاطية): اكويتانيا، لوغودونيا (ليون) بلجيكا، ناريونيس، ثم جرمانيا، رتيا مع فنديليسيا، وايطاليا وجزيرة سيرنوس (كورسيكا)، جزيرة سردينيا، وجزيرة صقلية، وسرماتيا، كيرسونيسوس، تاوريكا، لاريجيس، ميتاناستي أي المهاحرة، داقيا، ميزيا العليا، وميزيا السفلى، تراقيا، كيرسونيسوس، مقدونية، أبيروس، أخائية، بيلويونيسوس وجزيرة كريت.
وتسجل تحت اسم ليبيا المناطق التالية: موريتانيا، قيصرية، افريقيا، سيرينايكا، مصر، ليبيا، أثيوبيا، جنوبي مصر، أثيوبيا الخارجية، التي تدعى أجيزيميا.
أما في آسيا، القسم الثالث من العالم، فأننا نميز الولايات والمناطق التالية: بيثونيا، آسيا، لوقية، غلاطية، بمفيلية، قبادوقية، أرمينية الصغرى، قيليقيا، سرماطية، فولكيس، ايبريا، البانيا، أرمينية الكبرى، جزيرة قبرص، سوريا، اليهودية أي فلسطين، العربية الصخرية، بين النهرين، العربية الصحراوية، بابل، أسوريا أي آثور، ميديا، شوشان، فارس، فرتية، كرمانية الخربة، العربية الخصبة السعيدة، هرقانيا، مارجياني، باكترياني، سوكدياني، ساقي، سيكتيا في جبل عيماوس، سيريقي، أي بلاد السيرقيين، أرباً أي هريو، باروباليسدا، درانجياني، أراقوسيا، جد روسيا.
وأقسام بلدان الهند هي: الهند التي هي ضمن نهر الكنج، والهند التي هي عبر نهر الكنج، وبلاد الصين، وجزيرة تابروباني. هذا عن تقسيمات البلدان أو مناطق المسكونة التي بين الجبال.
ويجب ألا نغفل عن الكتابة عن الفوائد التي يجنيها الناس من هذه كلها، سداً لحاجاتهم الضرورية. ذلك أن لله المبدع والمعني بالجنس البشري لم يأت شيئاً عبثاً لا جدوى فيه، لا الجبال ولا الصخور الضخمة والناتئة ولا الكهوف ولا الوديان العميقة، ولا الشقوق والأغوار التي شق بها الله الجبال، ولا الصحاري الجرداء القاحلة العطشى التي لا تنبت، ولا أي من الخصائص التي خص بها الله الأرض، ولا الأشياء التي يعتقد أنها ضارة لا نفع فيها “فجميعها حسنة وصالحة وضرورية ومهمة للبشر بشكل أو أخر، ولئن كانت فوائدها لم تعرف لحد الآن. إلا أن الكثيرين يعرفون الفوائد والمنافع التي يجنيها الناس من الجبال ولو أن حديثنا لا يشمل هنا جميعاً. فما الحديد والنحاس والذهب والفضة، وهذه المعادن الأخرى إلا من الجبال والأحجار وتراب الأرض الحقير. من أين الزجاج الصافي ؟ أن لم يكن من الرمل الصلب المتين والجاف الذي لا يتبلل بالماء. من أين الأبنية السليمة الراسخة للناس؟ أليست من الحجارة؟ من أين الكلس. أليس من التراب البري الجاف الذي لا ينمي. ومن الأحجار الجبسية ؟ أوليس من الأحجار السوداء وغيرها تصنع الأرجاء لطحن القمح؟ وينحت الناس جبباً في الصخور لخزن الماء والخمر والزيت. ومن الحجارة أيضاً الأجران والأحواض والمعاصر ومذاود الحيوانات، والحبوب والأواني لحفظ السمن ولغيرها من الاحتياجات الضرورية، ونؤخذ الحجارة للبناء، وأعمدة المرمر التي تزهو بألوان مختلفة وتزين الهياكل وقصور الملوك، وكثير غيرها من الأمور المفيدة الجيدة. ويطول الشرح لو جمعنا وثبتنا هنا كل فوائد الحجر. وتعتبر الجبال والصخور والحجارة داخل الأرض بمثابة أربطة وأحزمة في أسس بنيانها. وهي كالعظام بالنسبة إلى اللحم. فهي تحمله وتستقر داخله. أو كالشرايين والأوردة التي تشد الجسم كله كالجبال لئلا يتهرا. هكذا هي الجبال والحجارة بالنسبة إلى الأرض، فأنها تشدها وتقوي تربتها لئلا تتشتت وتتبدد. من هنا تبدو أهمية تكوين الأحجار في طبيعة الأرض.

وكذلك الأمر بالنسبة إلى الجبال التي منها وفيها الحجارة، كما تبدو عناية المبدع الحكيم الذي أبدعها. فمنها حصون منيعة للناس المستضعفين، ومنها ملاجىء من الأعداء القابعين على الحدود، كما ذكرنا أعلاه. ومنها ما أبدع ليكون مجرى ملائماً لجريان الينابيع والأنهار، بمقتضى حكمة الخالق الذي أعلن للملأ بأنه كان مع الله عندما ثبت ينابيع المياه. يقول الروح : “المفجر عيوناً في الأودية وبين الجبال تجري، تسقي كل حيوان البر تكسر الغراء ظمأها، فوقها طيور السماء تسكن. من بين الأغصان تسمع صوتاً”. أذن خلقة هذه الجبال كانت ضرورية من اجل انسياب المياه وتدفق الينابيع والأنهار. وكذلك الكهوف والصخور الناتئة وقمم الجبال العالية، والشقوق والمغاور التي تحتها، ضرورية، يقول الروح: “الجبال العالية للوعول، والصخور ملجأ للوبار”. وكذلك الوديان والغدران الرطبة الباردة، والأفجاج السحيقة في الجبال، هي الأخرى ضرورية لإنماء الغابات وتكثير الخشب، ومن أجل مساكن آمنة للحيوانات وربض الوحوش فيها. ويقول: “لدى شروق الشمس تتعافى وتربض في مرابضها”. والجبال أيضاً ضرورية لاحتواء الثلوج في الشتاء والتي تستعمل للعلاج في الصيف. أما الأمطار فتتكون وتسقط من السحب على الجبال والسهول. فالتي تسقط على السهول تنفذ تدريجياً. يروي الأرض وتغذيتها وما فيها من زروع ونباتات التي تجذب الرطوبة حتى من الأبخرة التي ترتفع إلى الأعلى بفعل حرارة الشمس. فهي تصعد إلى الجو لتعود فتسقط مرات عديدة من أجل الري. أما الأمطار المتساقطة على الجبال، فتبتلعها الفجاج والأغوار والتجاويف الموجودة فيها. ثم تنساب إلى داخلها وتتجه نحو أسفلها، وتكون مصدراً عذباً للشرب عن طريق الغدران التي تتكون منها. وبنفس الكيفية تحفظ الثلوج طوال الشتاء فوق قمم الجبال العالية، حيث تحول البرودة دون ذوبانها. وتتحول في الربيع إلى مستودعات لري السهول وما فيها. وتنبعث منها خلال الصيف نسائم باردة ورياح منعشة إلى جميع الأمكنة والسهول المحيطة بها. ومن هنا أيضاً تبدو ضرورة وجود الجبال على الأرض. فمن جميع هذه الأمور وغيرها يمكن الوقوف على أهمية وجود الجبال على الأرض

والشيء نفسه نقوله عن الخصائص والأشياء المختلفة الموجودة في الأرض، والخلجان المتنوعة والجزر التي كونت في بحار الأرض، التي تجنى منها للبشر فوائد هامة وأحجار كريمة ومختلف الأطعمة اللذيذة، وهي تهبهم الجواهر ليحتفظوا بها. مثل خلجان الهند ذات الأرض الصخرية غير الرملية الخالية من أغوار الماء. فالذين ينزلون إلى عمقها يستخرجون منها الجواهر. وهنا سيدور الحديث عن هذه الأمور وغيرها مما أبدع ونظم الله الحكيم المبدع والمعنى بالأرض، إلى جانب تكوين وترسيخ الجبال في الأرض. وفصل الفسح التي تتوسطها، وتقسيم بحار الأرض وبحيراتها. والجزر التي تركت بادية فيها، يضاف إليها عمل هام أخر لله في الأرض المأهولة، ليس أقل شأناً مما سبقه. أن جميع الذين يهتمون ببناء وتنظيم مباني المدن على الأرض، يتحاشون عن فكر ثاقب وتأمل عميق، البناء فوق أرض منخفضة أو مستوية أو مسطحة باستقامة واحدة، وليس لها ميلان إلى جهة ما. ويبنون في أماكن مرتفعة ومائلة إلى إحدى الجهات. ولكي تنصرف بسهولة، المياه التي تأتيها من الأمطار وفضلات أخرى كروائح الرطوبة القذرة التي تتجمع فيها من الساحات والشوارع، عن طريق قنوات مناسبة ومنافذ تحفر بصورة صحيحة في الأرض المائلة. وكذلك الذين ينظمون الباحات لا يجعلونها مسطحة تماماً، بل مائلة إلى إحدى الجهات لتنصرف منها المياه بسهولة دون تعب. وكذلك صانعوا سقوف البيوت، فأنهم لا يسقفونها مستوية مستقيمة بل مائلة إلى إحدى الجهات لتنساب وتجري منها المياه. والذين يؤسسون الحدائق الخضراء، فأنهم يزينونها لتكون مائلة لا مسطحة، لتسهيل جريان الماء فيها وريها بالمقدار الكافي. وعلى نفس المنوال، فأن الله المبدع والمنظم والمعتني بهذه الأمور كلها، لم يزن الأرض التي نسكنها بشكل سطحي مستقيم، بل أنه جعل فيها ميولاً إلى كل الجهات، بالإضافة إلى الميلان الموجود في استدارة كرتها، فالأرض ولئن تغيرت بأمر إلهي كما أسلفنا، عن استدارتها الأولى ودائرتها الكاملة الصقيلة المستوية، وتكونت فيها جبال وأعماق لتجمع البحار، لكنها بالرغم عن ذلك، لم تتغير على الاطلاق عن شكلها الكروي المستدير العام. فهي ليست مقعرة مثل اللفت، أو رقيقة كاللوح أو مثل الفلق، بل ما زالت مستديرة وكروية، وعلى سطحها مرتفعات وأعماق تكونت ضمن شكلها الكروي المستدير، وأن ميلانها الناتج عن شكلها هذا المستدير، يبدأ في نتصفها ومن أية جهة كانت، ويتجه إلى الجهات كلها. ولها أيضاً ميول أخرى تتجه بالتساوي إلى سائر الجهات. فتتوافق مع بعضها البعض أحياناً، وتختلف أحياناً أخرى. وبعبارة أخرى، ليس هناك مكان ما في المسكونة صغيراً كان أم كبيراً إلا ويوجد فيه ميلان ملحوظاً كان أم غير ملحوظ، قليلاً كان أم كثيراً، يشير إلى أية جهة تنساب بسهولة المياه التي تزداد بهطول الأمطار. وقد جعل الله المبدع الحكيم والمعني هذه الزيادة في الماء، لكيما إذا فاضت عن الحاجة، توجه إلى الحقل أو السهل صغيراً كان أم كبيراً. وفي أية جهة كانت فتنساب بسبب ميلان الأرض، أو أنها توجه إلى نهر قريب وإلى جداول تؤدي بها إلى نهر بعيد، وهكذا تسلم الواحدة إلى أخرى، ولما تزداد هذه المياه تشكل جداول، ويتجمع عدد من هذه الجداول وتختلط بأنهار صغيرة لتصب في نهر كبير مجمع من هذه المياه كلها، ولا بد أن يقوم النهر بدوره بإيصالها وصبها في البحر، والبحر لا يمتلىء. وقد شبهه الروح بشكل ما بخالقه ومبدعه، فهو يغذي بالمياه، الأرض المأهولة وما فيها من أنهار، دون أن يفقد شيئاً وهو يعطي، أو يزيد شيئاً وهو يأخذ، وشأن الأرض هو شأن سائر الكائنات في خضوعها لله خالقها، الذي منه تتقبل العطايا. أنها مائلة نحو البحر بصورة دائمية وفي كل الأمكنة، وترسل إليه الماء الفائض عن طريق الجداول والأنهار. ومنه تمتص المياه عن طريق تجاويف في باطنها، من ينابيع تتغذى منه. فمن هذه الفعاليات الطبيعية، والنظرية التي تطرق إليها الحديث عن طريق التشبيه، يستنتج أن ميلان الأرض نحو البحر في جميع الجهات والأمكنة، كان ضرورياً لتنساب إليه جميع المياه الفائضة عنها

النباتات وفوائدها للإنسان

بهذه الطريقة تكونت الأرض، وظهرت في المياه، ونظمت لتكون صالحة لسكنى الإنسان. والحيوانات التي تخدمه وتستعبد له. وهكذا رتبت وجهزت أرضية البيت بعد تثبيت أسسه وسقفه وتنظيمها. وبعد الانتهاء من تنظيم أرضية هذا البيت الملكي الذي شيده الله للإنسان، ذلك الملك الذي كان عتيداً أن يخلقه على صورته: كان من الأهمية بمكان الاعتناء بالحقل من أجل توفير وخزن طعام القاطن والذين تحت عبوديته. وقد فعل الله الصالح والمعني هذا وأنجزه بعناية كبيرة وسخاء وفير: بعد أن خلق الأرض والجبال التي فيها، وتهدئة هيجان البحار. وقد رتل الروح ما ينسجم وهذا العمل قائلاً : عن الله الخالق: “المثبت الجبال بقوته، المتنطق بالقدرة المهدىء عجيج البحار وعجيج أمواجها وعجيج الأمم، وتخاف سكان الأقاصي من آياتك، وتجعل مطالع الصباح والمساء تبتهج، تعهدت الأرض وجعلتها تفيض، تغنيها جداً، سواقي الله ملآنة ماء تهيىء طعامهم لأنك هكذا تعدها”. بهذا القدر كان اهتمام الله بالأرض بعد تكوينها. ليعد منها وفيها كل قوت ساكنيها، ويعطيها سلطاناً عظيماً وقوة دائمية ثابتة لا تزول ولا تحول، لتعطي بسلطتها الذاتية قوتاً جاهزاً لجميع الذين يسكنونها حتى أقاصيها

حيث تمتلىء جداوله ماء فيروونها بغزارة، ويتناول الروح أيضاً بكلمات يسيرة، الحديث عن تكوين أرضية البيت وتجهيز قوت ساكنيه. فالكتاب المقدس الذي ألقى الأضواء الأولى على تأسيس البيت، يتحدث بصورة مناسبة عن تجهيز القوت. هكذا. قال الله : “لتنبت الأرض عشباً وبقلاً يبزر بزراً وشجراً ذا ثمر يعمل ثمراً كجنسه.. ورأى الله ذلك أنه حسن. وكان مساء وكان صباح يوماً ثالثاً “. من كلمات الكتاب المقدس هذه اليسيرة، التي فيها يأمر الله الخالق طبيعة الرض لتنمي تلقائياً عشباً يعمل بزراً كجنسه: تظهر لنا القوة الدائمة والثابتة التي أودعها الله فيها. وتكوين طبيعة النمو التي خلقت في كل ما ينمو. فقد أمر الأرض أن تنبت، ومنحها قوة فاعلة وثابتة. كما أمر العشب أن ينمي بزراً كجنسه ومثاله. وأن قوله: “يبزر بزراً كجنسه” لا يعني سوى تلك القوة التي للوالدين ليلدوا ما هو من طبعهم وصورتهم ليجعلوا لجنسهم تسلسلاً لا نهاية له، فيبزر كجنسه ومثاله. فما ينمو مهما كان نوعه، لا بد وأن يحمل بزراً مولداً يحافظ على جنسه ويسلسله لئلا يتلاشى وينقرض جنسه من الأرض. يظهر من هذا أن كل ما ينمو يحتفظ بطبيعة إنمائه في ذاته، وبالقوة التي تسنده. والبرهان على ما نقول هو عدم انتهاء مفعول هذا الأمر منذ بدء الخليقة وحتى الآن، لكنه ما زال يعمل بتربة الأرض منذ البدء وحتى الآن، لتنمي حالما تصلها الرطوبة. هذه الأشياء كلها التي وضعها الخالق في الأرض، تمت بموجب الأمر الأول

ورب قائل يقول: لقد أنبتت الأرض آنذاك بزراً مولداً بفعل ذاك الأمر، ولكن الآن فأنها تنبت بزراً ينحدر من ذاك. هذا الكلام صحيح، لكن الكلام الأول هو الأصح، وهو أن قوة الله الكامنة في هذا البزر هي التي تنبت. فهذا هو الأصح، لأنها تنبت هي الأخرى بقوة أمر الله الأول المودعة فيها. ونقف على حقيقة هذا من تسلسل البزور. فإذا حفر أحد حفرة عميقة في الأرض إلى عمق عشرة أو خمسة عشر ذراعاً، وأخذ تراباً من أسفل الحفرة لم يزرع من قبل ووضعه على سطح الأرض، فإذا سقط عليه مطر بأمر الخالق، فأنه ينبت مثل التربة المزروعة، ذلك أن فاعلية أمر الله الأول لا تدعه عقيماً وغير منتج. الأمر الذي لم يترك الشعراء (وهم غير حكماء) خارج نطاق الحق، حيث جاء في شعرهم ما يشبه كلمة الحق، فقالوا: “عندما يقترن المحيط بالأرض تصبح للحال صالحة للولادة، فتلد أولاداً كثيرين”. ومن المعروف أن الأرض تعطي مما عندها بفاعلية أمر الله الأول، عندما تختلط بها طبيعة الماء، فهي لا تنبت بقوة البزور التي فيها

***

أن هذه الفاعلية والأمر الصادر عن الخالق، يفرضان على تربة الأرض في مختلف الأمكنة، أن تنبت وتنمي أعشاباً وزروعاً وأشجاراً تتلاءم وخصائص الأرض، واعتدال جو ذلك المكان. ففي كل بلد يعطي بسخاء مختلف المواد التي تصلح طعاماً لسكانه وتلائمهم. ففي بلادنا وما جاورها مثلاً، أعطي للأكل الحنطة والشعير وغيرها من المواد القابلة للطحن، ثم الكروم لصنع الخمر، والزيتون لصنع الزيت، وأشجار أخرى متنوعة ليقتات ويتنعم بها الناس. وفي بلاد الهند التي حرم طبيعة أرضها من انبات مثل هذه أغناها بأنواع أخرى كثيرة ضرورية وهامة للطعام أفضل وأحسن. فنظراً إلى صلاحية الأرض واعتدال المناخ، أغنى أبناء تلك المنطقة بمادة الرز لطعامهم، وغيرها من المواد الملائمة كقصب السكر لانتاج مشروب منعش بتذويبه بالثمر، ومواد تستخلص من السمسم لتزودهم بما يحتاجونه من الزيت، وأخرى قيمة ذات رائحة ذكية تصلح لعلاج أجساد البشر. وأعطى لبلدان سبأ والعربية الخصبة كالمواد التي أعطاها للهند. أما بلاد الحبشة المحرومة من المواد الموجودة عندنا، فأن الخالق الحكيم القادر على كل شيء، وفر لها بحكمة وعناية، ومن طبيعة تربتها، مواداً ضرورية مشابهة لتلك الموجودة في الهند، إذ تلائم طبيعتها ومناخها. كذلك الأمر بالنسبة إلى بلاد السرمطيين والهونيين الغربية الباردة. ففي الوقت الذي حرمت مما عندنا من المواد الغذائية ومما في البلدان الجنوبية الحارة، فأن الله المعني قد زود أبناء تلك البلاد لأكلهم وشربهم بمواد أخرى مختلفة أفضل وأدسم. وهكذا نلاحظ فاعلية ذلك الأمر الالهي في جميع بلدان هذه المسكونة، إذ يحرك تربة الأرض لتنمي وتعطي قوتاً كافياً وفيراً لجميع سكان المعمورة. يقول الروح المرتل محدثاً الله : “عين كل أحد تنظر إليك وتترجاك. لترزقها قوتها في حينه. بفيض غزير كاف. ولكل ما يلائمه. أن القضاة يعرفون أن الله هو مدبر الكل.. تعطيها فتلتقط، تفتح يدك وتشبع إرادة كل حي، والكل لك ينظرون “.. “لتعطيهم طعامهم في حينه، وإذ تعطيهم يقتاتون. وإذ تفتح يدك يمتلىء الكل من طيبك”. هكذا يقيت الخالق كل خليقته. فمنذ البدء أمر هذه الأرض التي أعطانا، أن تنبت تلقائياً وتعطي قوتاً بسخاء لجميع الذين على سطحها، مثلما تعطي المرضعة حليباً من جسمها لرضيعها. أذن وكما يفهم مما سبق، أن تراب الأرض مذ تلقيه الأمر الأول من الخالق وحتى الآن، هو الذي ينبت وينمي العشب والأشجار المثمرة، وليس بمجرد تسلسل البزور، وما زال ذاك الأمر، قائماً فيه كي لا يضعف وينتهي ولا يعود يعمل وينبت

فهو الذي ما زال ينبت كلاً للبهائم وعشباً لخدمة الإنسان، “لإخراج خبز من الأرض، وخمر تفرح قلب الإنسان لالماع وجهه أكثر من الزيت وخبز يسند قلب الإنسان” كما قال الروح المرتل. فذاك الأمر الرباني الشامل لا يدع كمية من التراب مهما كانت قليلة وحيثما كانت، دون أن تنبت بحسب قوتها وطبيعتها حتى ولئن كانت كلسية وبرية، فأنها تعطي أشجاراً غير مثمرة وجذوراً يابسة وهزيلة. وإذا كانت الأرض جبلية وصخرية تغلب حجارتها التربة، تنبت بحسب ضعفها عندما تصلها رطوبة. وإذ كانت في أعالي الجبال حيث تتغلب خاصية البرودة، فأنها تخضع لذاك الأمر الرباني بقدر ما يجتمع فيها من رطوبة وحرارة. وإذا كانت جزءاً من تراب الأرض، أو في سياج أو جدار وامتزجت بالرطوبة، وأشرقت عليها أشعة الشمس، فأن ذلك الأمر الرباني لا يدعها إلا أن تبدي مفعوله بقدر ما فيها من قوة

ولنا أن نستمع هنا إلى الكلمات اليسيرة التي قيلت عن حكمة سليمان الذي حاول حصر كل ما كان يجول في خاطره بكلمات قليلة. يقول أن سليمان حصر في معرفته كل طبيعة وقوة النباتات والجذور من أرز لبنان وحتى الزوفا الذي ينمو على السياج”. ونفهم من هذا، أن الله لا يدع حتى تلك الحفنة من التراب التي على السياج، إلا أن تنبت إذا ما وصلتها رطوبة. وحتى تلك التي على صخرة أو على حافة صخرة صغيرة كانت أم كبيرة، فأنها لا تحرم النمو بفاعلية الأمر الرباني، إذا وجدت كمية قليلة من عنصر التراب، أو شيئاً من الرمل الملتصق به الذي قد يكون قسم منه سخرياً. وإذا لم تكن قادرة على إنماء العشب، فأنها لا تعدم إظهار لون أخضر يشبه العشب، وإذا وجد تراب في قعر مجمع ماء واستحال إلى حماة أو طين، وكانت المياه ضحلة بمقدار ذراع واحد أو ذراعين بحيث يمكن للهواء وحرارة الشمس أن يخترقاها ويجتمعا مع طبيعة ذلك الطين، فأنه يتحرك بفاعلية ذلك الأمر، ويكتسب قابلية الإنماء وينبت ما يناسبه، ويرتفع فوق سطح المياه مثل البردي أو أي نبات أخر يتلاءم والمكان واختلاف تربتها وطعمها. وهذا لا يحدث في المياه العذبة المتجمعة في أرض جيدة بفاعلية ذلك الأمر فحسب، بل وحتى في مياه البحر المالحة
إذا وجدت تربة جيدة فوق الصخور التي في قعر المياه وفي أمكنة ضحلة حيث يتمكن الهواء وحرارة الشمس من الامتقاء فيها. فحتى هذا لا يعصي الأمر الرباني إذ يكتسب قابلية الإنماء بحسب قوته. وكذلك الاسفنج وهو حيوان يشعر لكنه لا يتحرك من مكانه، فهو ينمو ويتفرع بين الصخور. وهناك أشياء أخرى تشبهه، تختلف بمختلف طبيعة الأمكنة والبلدان. ففي بعض الأماكن تنبتUrticae Pinnae التي تنبت شعراً. وفي بلدان أخرى، ينبت Kesta أو Coralium وتنبت الصخور التي في قعر البحار ما يشبه أشجاراً نباتية ذات جسم لين وسهل القطع طالما هو في الماء، ولكن إذا أخرج من الماء ولمسه الهواء يكتسب جسماً كالصخر يصعب قطعه حتى بالأقلام الحديدية المستعملة لقطع الحجر

هذه الأشياء وما شابهها وما اختلف عنها، تنبتها وتنميها تربة الأرض الطيبة في أماكن متعددة وأي مكان كان فعندما تجتمع مع طبيعة الماء وغيرها من العناصر، لا ترضى أن تبقى عالة غير قابلة للإنماء، بل أن أمر الله الذي صدر منذ البدء إلى الأرض لتنبت عشباً وحشيشاً يبزر بزراً كجنسه، يحركها لتسرع إلى الإنبات، لكي يدرك الجميع بوضوح أن مصدر قوة الأرض في الإنماء لدى توفر الرطوبة، هو ذلك الأمر الأول الذي يهمزها دائماً دون انقطاع. وعندما يضطرم فيها الماء وحرارة الشمس، تجذب معهما الهواء فتمتزج ببعضها البعض فتنبت وتنمي فوق سطحها بزوراً لاستمرار بقاء كل الأنواع، وأشجاراً تثمر ثماراً متنوعة تنقذ نوعها وتحافظ عليه. ومنها جهز الخالق والمعني بخليقته قوتاً جسدياً للإنسان هذا الملك الجسداني المحتاج إلى القوت جسدياً. ذاك الذي كان عتيداً أن يخلقه من تراب الأرض، ومن ثم يرضع ويقتات منها بوصفه مخلوقاً مركباً مرتبطاً بالجسد، كذلك هو الأمر بالنسبة إلى الحيوانات الجسمانية التي كانت هي الأخرى عتيدة أن تخلق من التراب لخدمة الإنسان، من أجل الحفاظ على نوعها بواسطة الزروع والثمار التي ينتجها بفعل القوة الطبيعية التي منحها الله الخالق للأرض.

هكذا أمر الله الخالق الأرض لتنبت عشباً يبزر بزراً. ونفذ الأمر على الفور وأنبتت عشباً ينمي بزراً من نوعه. وأشجاراً ونباتات ذات قوة طبيعية لتنمي كلاً بنوعه، ثماراً تحافظ على نوعه. ويصير العشب مأكلاً للناس الناطقين والبهائم غير الناطقة وللطيور وكل ما يدب على الأرض، سواء كان رطباً أم أخضر أم يابساً. وكذلك الأشجار فهي لدى نضوجها، تشكل غذاء للناس والبهائم والحيوانات وطيور السماء وكل ما يدب على الأرض

وهكذا منحت الأرض الوالدة، بأمر الخالق قوة مولدة وأخرى مربية، كما منحت هذه القوة لكل نوع يولد منها. لكي تستطيع أن تكون أماً مرضعة ومربية للمولود لتصل به تدريجياً إلى الاكتمال، كما أمر الخالق المعني. وقد أعطي البشر وجميع الحيوانات وطيور السماء والحشرات، قوة الأكل بأفواههم وأيديهم. ليتغذوا بارادتهم الحرة ويترعرعوا. وكل منهم تحركه الرغبة تلقائياً نحوه

وقد أعطى الخالق الأعشاب قوة طبيعية ثابتة لتغذي وتربي نفسها بنفسها عن طريق عروقها المتأصلة في الأرض، حيث تمتص وتنتزع الغذاء من باطن أمها الأرض، فالتربة النقية الناعمة تشكل بنفسها مع رطوبة الماء الراوية، غذاء يكون بمثابة حليب أو أي مشرب أخر، ويدخل فيها الهواء والنار، فيتكون من هذه العناصر المختلطة بصورة متقنة وغير ضارة، غذاء متبلاً ممتازاً ومربياً. كالطعام الذي يتبل ويجهز صناعياً لتغذية الناس وتمتعهم. هكذا أعطيت قوة مغذية ومربية للأعشاب والزروع والجذور والأشجار والنباتات التي أنبتتها الأرض

فبعض منها يكتسب هذه القوة المربية في زمن قصير لا يتجاوز الشهرين أو الثلاثة فينمي نفسه بنفسه. وبعضها يحتاج إلى الغذاء مدة ستة أشهر ليصبح أصلاً لاعطاء البذور. وتطول مدة البعض الآخر على الأرض نحو تسعة أشهر حتى يكتمل. أما الأعشاب والزروع التي تدعى العروق فتحتاج إلى نحو سنتين لاكتمالها، وبعضها يحتاج إلى ثلاث سنوات. فهي تنبت وتترسخ في باطن الأرض في السنة الأولى، وخلال السنة الثانية تكتمل، ومن ثم تباشر باعطاء البذور. أما الأشجار فتحتاج جميعها إلى أربع سنوات من التغذية والتربية لكي يقوى عودها وتترسخ في باطن الأرض. وقليل منها تبكر فتعطي ثمراً في سنتها الثالثة، وغيرها تبدأ في الإنتاج في السنة الرابعة كما جاء عنها في الشريعة الالهية “أن يقدموا قربان شكر لله الخالق من ثمارها في سنتها الرابعة، ومن ثم يأكلون هم ثمارها. هكذا أودعت قوة مربية من قبل الله، في الأرض وداخل الأرض، بعد القوة المنبتة

وهكذا نلاحظ أن النباتات العشبية الصغيرة التي تكون كلأ، تعطي نتاجاً حينما تصلها حرارة الشمس صيفاً، وفي نهاية الصيف تجف مع جذورها وعروقها داخل الأرض وتموت تماماً وتصير هشيماً يابساً لذا تسمى حولية حيث أنها تنبت وتكتمل وتثمر ثم تجف وتصبح هشيماً يابساً خلال سنة واحدة. أما النباتات الجذرية، فلا تموت ولا تجف، بل تبقى حية داخل الأرض، بعد موسم الصيف الذي فيه تنفض بذورها وأوراقها، حيث تستمد غذاءها من جذورها وعروقها الأولى التي ثبتت واحتفظت بالحياة في باطن الأرض. وفي مطلع الربيع تستيقظ وتباشر بإنماء نباتات جديدة. وهكذا تتكرر هذه العملية سنوياً. كما في السنة الأولى، فتكون بذلك أشبه بالأشجار الكبيرة الحية التي لا تجف، منها بالحشائش الحولية. أما الأشجار المثمرة فتكتمل وتعطي ثمارها في السنة الرابعة بعد أن تتغذى وتتربى داخل وخارج الأرض فترة ثلاث سنوات كما أشرت. وتلقح هذه الثمار وهي على أغصانها في الموسم الشتوي من السنة، وتنضج في نيسان الموسم الربيعي، وتترعرع كما في أحضار أمهات ملتفة بثياب ناعمة تحت أكناف أغصان الأشجار، وبين الأوراق الغضة المنعشة خلال مواسم الصيف الحارة، وعندما تنضج ثمارها تماماً تتساقط تلقائياً وارادياً وتلقي بها على الأرض دون عصيان، أن صح التعبير. وكأنها تنادي الناس وتقول: هلموا والتقطوا هذه الثمار أو الأبناء التي ولدناها لكم، فقد أعددناها لطعامكم وتمتعكم.

هكذا تعطي الأشجار ثمارها للبشر بحسب أمر الخالق، ويلقي كثير منها بأوراقها بعد ثمارها، وبعض الأشجار تعطي الثمار بسهولة ولطف، في حين يشد البعض الآخر أوراقه لئلا تنتزع عنه. على هذه الصورة خلق الله الخالق المبدع الأرض والأعشاب التي فيها والزروع والجذور والأشجار والشجيرات، وذلك في أول أمر اصدره إليها لتعطي بذوراً حفاظاً على نوعها، وطعاماً وتمتعاً للناس ولجميع حيوانات الأرض
ونفذ الجميع أمر خالقها، فأعطى كل منها بذراً كجنسه وشبهه حفاظاً على طبيعة نوعه التي خلقت فيه. فبعضها تحمل البذور في قمتها أو أغصانها لدى نضوجها، كالكرنب والفجل والسلق والموخيا والكراث وبعض أنواع البصل، والحنطة والشعير والباقلاء والعدس وكل المواد القابلة للطحن، ومعها البقول والبقول البرية، والشوكية، ومنها ما تولد بذورها لحفظ نوعها داخل الأرض. مثل الكركم وبصل النرجس البري. وهناك أنواع أخرى من هذا القبيل. وأنواع تشبه البصل تسمى أبصالاً، وأنواع تزرع بجذورها في باطن الأرض وليس فوقها، ومنها ما تعطي بذوراً من تحت الأرض ومن فوقها. مثل بذر الحرمل والكرات البري. ومن أمثالها أيضاً، النعناع والتبل والقصب وغيرها كثير تحمل البذور في قمتها وترسل جذورها إلى أعماق الأرض، وتولد نباتات لحفظ نوعها

وعلى نفس الغرار تنتج الأشجار ثماراً على أغصانها وتربتها وتسمن بذور ثمارها؛ كل بنوعها، لأنها تحمل في داخلها قوة لحفظ وانقاذ كيانها، وذلك بمقتضى قرار الخالق الذي أمر الأرض لتخرج شجراً مثمراً يحمل في داخله بذوره كنوعه وشبهه. فإذا خلق الله الأشجار المثمرة، جعل البعض أن يغطي بذورها بطبقة شحمية سميكة حفاظاً عليها، وهذا ضروري وحق للإنسان الذي كان الله عتيداً أن يجعله سيداً لها ومالكاً. ليأكل ويتنعم بها. وأمثال هذه، التفاح والسفرجل والكمثري والتين، المكسوة شحماً لذيذاً وطيباً. تقدمه للإنسان كرامة له، ويوجد في داخلها البذر حافظ نوعها. وتوجد داخل بذر الأثمار قوة طبيعية ثابتة بإمكانها أن تحافظ بصورة تامة على الأنواع، كل بنوعه. حيث تكون فيه الجذور والعروق والأعناق والأغصان والأفنان والأوراق والأثمار التي تحمل البذور في داخلها. وقد أعطى الخالق بذور بعضها أن تحتمي داخل طبقتين واقيتين للحفاظ الكامل على نوعها، كالمدن المحتمية بسور وسوير، مثل الجوز واللوز والفستق والبندق وما شابهها، فهذه تقدم للناس ما في داخلها من البذور حافظة نوعها تقدمة معتبرة قابلة للأكل، وقد كونت داخل سورين، إذ تحتمي داخل قشرة قاسية عفصية قبيحة غير قابلة للأكل، وداخل جدار خشبي قاس غير قابل للاختراق، يشبه العظم. هكذا وقى الطبع المبدع بكل أمان، البذور حاملة هذه الأنواع، وأعطاها بدورها مأكلاً طيباً للبشر

وقد سور كذلك بمهارة، العناب والخوخ الشامي والخوخ الفارسي وما شاكلها: بغلافين، الأول طري وشحمي، والثاني عظمي قاس، وجعل الغلاف الأول الخارجي الطري مأكلاً لذيذاً للناس، والداخلي الخشبي غير قابل للأكل على الاطلاق، حفاظاً على البذر الطبيعي الذي وضعه في داخله. أما بذرة شجرة الزيتون الفاخر البهي، فقد حفظها هي الأخرى بغلافين كالتي سبق الحديث عنها، شحمية وعظمية أكثر قساوة، وجعل ثمرتها مصدر دسم لكي “بالزيت يبتهج وجه البشر”، وينمو لحمهم وعظامهم، وتكتسب أطعمتهم نكهة، ويستعمل للإضاءة والعلاج وحاجات أخرى مختلفة وضرورية
وإذ جعل الرمان بذوراً طبيعية عديدة، جمل كل بذرة منها وأحاطها بطبقة طيبة شهية، وضم جميعها تحت غلاف واحد طري، حتى إذا ما نمت وكبرت من الداخل، ارتخى الغلاف ونما هو الآخر تدريجياً ليفسح لها متسعاً من المكان كبيت للسكنى. وقد جعل الله بذور هذا النوع كذلك طعاماً هنيئاً للبشر، ولحفظ استمرارية هذا النوع وبالإضافة إلى أجناس الأشجار التي سبق ذكرها

وأعطى الله الحكيم والقادر على كل شيء الإنسان بوصفه معنياً صالحاً بالجنس البشري: الكرمة وهي غرسة صغيرة وأضعف الجميع. وأكرم بذرة هذه الكرمة بوضعه إياها تحت غلاف شحمي واحد ذي نكهة وشهي بمنظره وطعمه، ويكون طعاماً لذيذاً للجنس البشري، وخمراً يبهج قلب الإنسان كما كتب. وحاجات أخرى قيمة وضرورية. ويوجد في داخل هذه الغلاف، غلاف صغير عظمي صلب ومضغوط وذو أهمية كبرى، أوجده ليظهر فيه كرامة وأهمية هذا العمل. ولأن الناس في هذا العالم، اعتادوا أن يحفظوا بأمان تام واحتراز، كل شيء ثمين وضروري، لذلك استحقت بذور العنب الكرمة كل هذا الاهتمام والعناية من الخالق المعني والحافظ. وبهذا نكون قد تحدثنا هنا عن كرامة وأهمية الأشجار، وما فيها من بذور حافظة نوعها والأعشاب التي تنبت على الأرض بأمر الخالق، لتكون طعاماً وحاجات أخرى للناس والحيوانات والبهائم والطيور وكل ما يدب على الأرض. وبصدد ذكر الحنطة والكرمة والزيتون نقول: أن الله قد أعطانا من هذه ما هو الأكثر ضرورة لحياة البشر، أعني الخبز والخمر والزيت، وأعطى معها سائر المواد الأخرى، مظهراً غزير صلاحه وعظيم صنيعه بالنسبة إلى كل الأشياء الكبيرة منها والصغيرة

وبحسب روايات بعض من كتبوا، فقد خلق الله للجنس البشري أثماراً أكبر من التي عندنا في بلاد أخرى نائية – كالهند والحبشة وبلاد سبأ – ولكي نستطيع أن نستوعب هذا، أوجد عندنا الطرنج (السندي) الذي ينقذ ويحفظ بذره في ثمرته حفاظاً لنوعه ضمن غلاف شحمي كبير وثخين ودسم. ومن الأعشاب التي تنمو على الأرض، ثمرة البطيخ الحلوة اللذيذة. كل هذه الثمار، وغيرها كثير أعطانا الله من الأرض التي أمرها بانبات العشب الذي يبذر بذراً لجنسه، وشجرة تصنع ثماراص تحوي بذرتها كنوعها وشكلها. وتلك التي أنبتت، بأمر الخالق، أعشاباً وبذوراً وجذوراً تبذر بذوراً، كل لجنسه، وأشجاراً مثمرة، يعطي كل منها الثمر الذي زرعه، قوة طبعه بصورة طبيعية ثابتة، وبامكانه أن يحافظ على تسلسل نوعه الخاص بحسب طبيعته. فكل بذرة تحمل داخل الثمرة، سواء ثمرة الأشجار أم الأعشاب، خصائص طبيعتها والقوة التي تحفظ نوعها، وإذا أراد الإنسان أن يعرف الطبع بالنسبة إلى هذه الأمور، لا يسعه إلا أن يقول: أن الطبع هو ما وجد في شيء ما بصورة دائمية ثابتة سماه الإنسان قوة أو شيئاً ما مفيداً. فهو أبداً المصدر الأول لتكوين وتثبيت ذلك الشيء. ونظراً إلى ما فيه من خصائص، بامكانه أن يحرك أي شيء من أجل انبات نوعه، وأن يحافظ عليه لئلا ينتهي أو يتغير. بهذه الكلمات يعرف الطبع، وهي توضح قصد الله من قوله: “ليكن شجر مثمر” حيث عنى ذاك النوع من الشجر الذي يحمل بذرة بحسب نوعه. أي البذرة التي تحتوي على قوة انقاذ الذات وتثبيت طبيعة نوعه. ففي بذرة التفاح والسفرجل وما شابهها، وفي بذور جميع ما ينبت على الأرض: توجد قوة تكوين الطبع الخاص لكل واحد منها. وهكذا أعطى الله الخالق المعني بالجنس البشري، من الأرض كمن من مرضعة، ما يكفي من القوت ويناسب البشر والحيوانات التي تعيش معهم على الأرض، وطيور السماء وكل ما يدب على الأرض، حيث يفتح يده فيشبع رغبة كل حي، كما يرتل الروح ممجداً، فيعطي الحنطة لاستخراج الخبز الذي يسند قلب الإنسان، والكرمة التي بها يفرح قلب أن يتأكد الجميع بأن الله الأب وجه عبارة “لتكن الأنوار في جلد السماء” إلى كلمته الخالق، ومن ثم وكما كتب الروح، نفذ الكلمة الخالق ومبدع الكل، الاله القوي والقادر على كل شيء والمساوي لوالده في الجوهر، فخلق الشمس والقمر النورين الكبيرين، ومجموعات فائقة ومدهشة من الكواكب، فتحركت بإشارة منه في فلك السماء لتنير الأرض وتفصل بين النور والظلام. وقد تم هذا بفعل الروح المساوي في الجوهر والقوة والخلق للأب المبدع وكلمته الخالق. على هذه الصورة جهز هذا الكون كما يجهز بيت الملوك، بالأنوار والمشاعل والقناديل، قبل أن يخلق الإنسان ذلك الملك الذي اتخذه مسكناً. ورأى الله أن كل ما عمل هو حسن كما سلم إلينا الروح الملهم والعارف بالأمور الإلهية

الشمس لإنارة الأرض

يقول الروح في خلقه الأنوار: “أن الله جعلها لإنارة الأرض والفصل بين النور والظلام، ولتكون للآيات والأزمنة والأيام والسنين”. بعد استمداد العون من الروح، نقول كلمتنا، ترى ما الذي كان يقصده الروح بقوله في اليوم الأول: أن الله قال: “ليكن نور وكان نور”. وما الذي يقصده بقوله هنا: “لتكن الأنوار وخلق الأنوار” ؟ وهل من اختلاف بين نور ونور؟. وإزاء هذه التساؤلات نود أن نتحدث بالتفصيل التام عن الشمس وبقية الأنوار

فمن المعروف أن الله عندما خلق في البدء السماء والأرض، خلق العناصر الأربعة في آن واحد، التي منها تكونت السماء والأرض. وما فيهما. وخلقت في الوقت نفسه خصائص كل عنصر. فإذن خلق مع السماء والأرض، الماء والهواء والنار وجميع خصائصها. ومن المعروف أن النور يتولد من النار، أو أنه صفة ثابتة فيها مثل الحرارة، قابلة للتحرك فوق أو خارج العناصر. كالظلام الذي هو الآخر صفة كامنة في الأجسام القيمة والصلبة والجامدة: كلياً في الأرض وجزئياً في الماء. فهذه خلقت منذ البدء مع العناصر، ولم يخلق النور فيما بعد مع النار. والظلام المظلل مع الأرض. فالظلام الذي ظلل جسم الأرض، ظلل جزئيا وبصورة شفافة. فإذن كان النور مع النار منذ البدء، كما هو الظلام مع الأرض والماء. عندما قال الله: “ليكن نور” كما سلم لنا الروح، لما قال: “ليكن” أي ليظهر وينجلي وينير، وكما قال أحد ملافنة الكنيسة القديسين: “أن قوله، ليكن نور، يعني أن يتغلغل النور المنبثق العلك وتستخرج من أشجار شوكية في مصر. وكالسائل المعروف بـ الأمونياك المنسوب إلى آمون ملك ملوك مصر، لأنه يستورد من هناك. وكالحليب الذي يخرج من جذور Panacia والسائل أي الافراز المعروف بـ Sarcocolla . وكالتي تدعى Tragacantha أي الكثيراء، وغيرها من السوائل الدسمة والطرية التي تسل من دسامة خشب الأشجار وتنضج على قشرة الجذع الخارجية. وأشياء أخرى ضرورية للبشر تستخرج من الجذور في باطن الأرض. وإلى جانب هذا، ظهرت صناعة الطب، وما ابتكره عقل البشر وذكاؤهم بهذا الخصوص. فأنهم يختبرون عن ذكاء ومعرفة، عروق أعشاب الأرض ويستخلصون عصارة غزيرة هامة ومفيدة من رطوبة أوراقها وقشورها. وفي حالة قلة الرطوبة في أرواق وجذور العروق أو الأعشاب أو الأشجار بحيث لا يمكن استخلاص عصارة منها، ابتكروا وسيلة أخرى ذكية، أنهم يأخذون الأوراق والجذور والقشور ويغلونها في الماء حتى تذبل فيجففونها، فتكون لها نفس الفائدة التي للعصارة. مثل العود الصيني أي الصبر، وما يسميه الأطباءAcalia صمغ عربي، وغيرها من السوائل والعصارات والمسلوقات المفيدة المستخرجة من أعشاب الأرض والأشجار والعروق.

إضافة إلى هذا، هناك منافع أخرى كثيرة وضرورية للناس من خشب الأشجار. فهم يصنعون من أخشابها سقوفاً لبيوت سكناهم، وأدوات لاستعمالاتهم الضرورية المختلفة، سواء في البيت أم في الفلاحة أم في صنع أدوات وأثاث مختلفة لاستعمال الناس مثل الطاولات والكراسي والصناديق والدواليب والقصع المستعملة للطعام، وكؤوس الشرب، وغيرها مثل التي يصنعها النجارون لضروريات الحياة كالمحاريث والجراجير والعجلات وغيرها من الأدوات المفيدة في استعمال الناس ما لو ذكر بالتفصيل لعجزت عنه الكلمة من كثرة الألفاظ والأسماء. فمن أين مثلاً عمل نوح الفلك لانقاذه من ماء الطوفان، وأبناء بيته والحيوانات والطيور وكل حي يدب على الأرض، أن لم يكن من خشب الأشجار؟ ومن أين صنع الناس الذين حذوا حذوه في الصناعة : السفن لتجواب البحار الطويلة غير قابلة الاجتياز، أن لم يكن من غنى أخشاب الأشجار التي أعطاهم إياها من الأرض، الخالق والمعني بحياتهم، عندما أمر الأرض أن تخرج أشجاراً مثمرة. فقد قدم الله كل هذه المنافع الضرورية للبشر وكثيراً غيرها من الأشجار المثمرة، ومن ثمارها وأخشابها، فلم يترك الخالق الحكيم شيئاً عديم الفائدة كلياً، حتى الثمار التي لا تؤكل. وحتى الأشجار المعروفة بـ Viscum ليست بدون جدوى، فأن الدبق الذي تفرزه يشكل مصيدة يستفاد منها الصيادون لاصطياد الطيور بطريقة فنية خادعة، ومن هنا يسمي اليونان ذلك الصيد Viscarium وحتى ثمرة أشجار دفنه أي الاستيرين الكريهة والمضرة، يتخذ منها بعض الناس مصايد، إذ يسحقونها ويلقون بها في أحواض المياه ليشرب منها السمك فيعمى ويسهل اصطياده. وكذا الحال بالنسبة إلى بقية الأشجار والنباتات والجذور والأعشاب والبذور المضرة التي لا تؤكل. لذا فأن كل ما صنعه الله هو حسن كما جاء في الكتاب المقدس. ويشهد جميع الحكماء وذوو العقل الراجح، بأن الله لم يعمل شيئاً عبثاً دون أن يفيد العالم بشكل أو بأخر. حتى ولا الخريفالقاتل، ولا تلك النباتات ذوات اللبن المضر ولا البصل البري، ذلك العرق المحرق، ولا سقمونيا المميت. فهذه كلها وما شابهها ليست دون أهمية أو فائدة للبشر على اطلاق، وإذ يعتقد أنها ضارة ومؤذية من ناحية. فإذا بها صالحة ونافعة من ناحية أخرى. حيث يوجد طريق الخير إلى جانب طريق الشر، كما جاء في الأمثال وفي علم الخير والشر. وهذا وارد في الكتاب المقدس أيضاً. فإذا تأملنا أعمال الله لا نجد شيئاً شراً أو عبثاً. خالياً من المنفعة. بل لا بد وأن يسد حاجة ما من حاجات البشر. فقد أوجدت الحكمة المبدعة ثياباً جميلة البشر من قشور الكتان، وكذلك بالنسبة إلى نبات القطن. ويصنع من قشرة نبات القنب، الحبال وحاجات ضرورية أخرى. ولم تهمل همة البشر البردي أو أي نوع من الشجر والأعشاب التي تنبت في الماء مهما كان حقيراً، دون أن تستخلص منه فائدة أو تسد به حاجة من حاجات الناس، ولم تستخرج حذاقة المسيحيين الحكيمة والخلاقة مواداً ضرورية للذين يستنسخون فقط، بل استخرجت منه أيضاً مواداً ضرورية أخرى. ولم يهمل عقل الناس الحكماء الماهرين الخلاق، أوراق الأشجار وسيقان الأعشاب وأوراقها والجذور وقشرة القنب وأعشاب الطوافة والهشيم اليابس، إلا واستخلص منها فوائد متعددة ضرورية للاستعمال والتداول، ولكي يدرك الجميع بأن الله الخالق لم يأت بشيء كبيراً كان أم صغيراً عبثاً لا نفع فيه أو غير حسن. بل أن جميع هذه الحاجات والضروريات خلقت لأجل الإنسان الجسدي المحتاج إلى الأشياء الجسدية، ولكي تؤول إلى مجد خالقه الحكيم والقادر على كل شيء والمعني الصالح بخليقته، له المجد والعظمة على كل ما خلق إلى أبد الآبدين، آمين

اليوم الخامس في البهائم والوحوش وكل زحافات الأرض يعقوب الرهاوي

$
0
0

مقدمة
أن الذين يبنون قصور الملوك، ويعدونها بعناية تامة من أجل راحة وكرامة الملك العتيد أن يسكنها، فأنهم. إلى جانب ما يعدون من الحاجات والمستلزمات. يهيئون أيضاً بهائم لخدمة الملك وراحته، وحيوانات لتذبح طعاماً له ولأهل بيته، واكتمالاً لأطايب مائدته، وأحياناً يأتون ببعض الوحوش البرية للمتعة والخدمة والمساعدة في الصيد، كذلك أيضاً، الله خالق هذا الكون البارع والقادر على كل شيء، ذلك المهندس الحيك والمعني بخليقته ومدبرها. وبخاصة ذلك الجنس الذي كان عتيداً أن يخلقه بعد كل ما خلق، ويسلطه على جميع خلائقه المنظورة والجسمانية، بعد أن يكون قد زين الأرض بنباتات الأعشاب والزروع والعروق والشجيرات والأشجار. وبجمال كل من طبيعة المياه والهواء، بما تحويه المياه من السمك والزحافات. وطيور تطير فوق الأرض في جلد السماء. ثم أراد أن يزين الأرض بزينة أخرى هامة بديعة ونفيسة أكثر من الأولى، على اعتبار أن الحي المتحرك هو أفضل مما ليس فيه حياة أو حركة. فقد كانت مزينة بالنباتات والأشجار وبما هو محسوس وغير متحرك، وهو الآن يزينها بالحيوانات ذات نفس حية وذات احساس وحركة. تمشي وتسعى على الأرض. فقبل أن يخلق الإنسان. أراد أن يخلق ما هو لخدمته ومنفعته من بهائم وحيوانات ووحوش، الموجودة حالياً على الأرض حيثما يسكن البشر. لذا قال الكتاب “لتخرج الأرض ذوات أنفس حية كجنسها. بهائم ودبابات ووحوش الأرض كأجناسها. وكان كذلك”. وهذا أيضاً يدعونا إلى الاعجاب بعظمة قوة الله الخالق، الذي بكلمة وباشارة قوته فقط، بخلق كل هذه بسهولة ودون عناء، ويأتي بها من العدم إلى الوجود

يقول الروح: “أن الله أمر الأرض لتخرج..” ثم يشهد قائلاً : “فكانت كذلك للحال”. فالعبارة اللاحقة في هذا الكلام تشير إلى أن كل شيء قد تم بموجب ما أمر الله أن يكون. ولا يقوى على مثل هذا العمل سوى قوة الخالق. لذا فأن الروح رتل قائلاً “قال فكانت. وأمر فخلقت” فقوله أذن “لتخرج الأرض” كان يعني. لتكن هذه من الأرض أو في الأرض فكانت كما قال. فأن الذي أمر الأرض فتكونت من ذاتها، بامكانه أن يأمر وتخرج منها أشياء أخرى في لحظة ودون تأخير، فهي لا تستطيع أن تعصي أمره. لذا كتب أولاً: “أنه قال لتخرج الأرض”، ثم أردف “وكان كذلك” فبمثل هذه السهولة يخلق الله “لتخرج الأرض نفساً حية كجنسها. البهائم والدبابات ووحوش الأرض كجنسها.. وكان كذلك”. فأنه أمر الأرض التي لا نفس لها أن تخرج ذوات أنفس حية. والتي لا حياة لها ولا تتحرك. أن تخرج أحياء متحركة. لذا فأن قوته جديرة بالاعجاب. فلو كانت الأرض حية وذات نفس لما كانت جديرة بالاعجاب بهذا المقدار، إذ يأمرها الله لتخرج أنفساً حية، ذلك لأن كل الأنفس الحية تلد، فلو كانت الأرض حية لما استحقت الاعجاب لو ولدت أحياء، ولكن الشيء العجيب الذي يشير إلى قوة الله العظيمة هو أن يأمر أرضاً لا حياة فيها ولا نفس فتخرج نفوساً حية. وهذا (يشير) إلى أن ما كان في العدم من بهائم ووحوش ودبابات تدب على الأرض. جاء بها إلى الوجود، حيث أخرجتها الأرض بأمر منه. ومن المعروف أن هذه هي وليدة العناصر الأربعة وليس عنصر التراب فقط

تحليل لبعض آيات الخلق

ترى ما الذي ينبغي أن نبحثه هنا أيضاً، ثم نتأمل في ما كتب فيما بعد؟ يقول “وخلق الله حيوانات الأرض كجنسها والبهائم كجنسها، وجميع دبابات الأرض كأجناسها.. ورأى الله أنها حسنة”، يجب ألا يعتقد أحد وهو ينظر إلى ترتيب الكلام، بأن البهائم أقدم من الوحوش، والدبابات التي دبت على الأرض هي الأخرى أقدم من الوحوش. فأن هذا مجرد ترتيب للكلام الذي جاء فيه ذكر البهائم أولاً ومن ثم الدبابات وأخيراً الوحوش، ولكن في العبارات التالية، أبعد هذا الاعتقاد. إذ وضع الوحوش في المقدمة ومن ثم البهائم، وآخر الكل الدبابات، حيث قال “حيوانات الأرض كجنسها، والبهائم وجميع دبابات الأرض كأجناسها” فقد أظهر بما كتبه في الحالتين الأولى والثانية، أنه (الله) خلق جميعها كقادر على كل شيء بكلمة قوته في آن واحد، وليس هناك ما سبق الآخر في تكوينه. فأن هذه العبارات كتبت ورتبت بما يتماشى مع ما هو مألوف بالنسبة إلى طاقتنا، التي تنجز الأشياء واحداً بعد الآخر وليس كلها في آن واحد. ومن المعروف أن هذه الأشياء كلها كونت دفعة واحدة، وليس فيها ما سبق خدنه. فلا البهائم سبقت الوحوش ولا الوحوش سبقت دبابات الأرض. ومن هنا استوجب البحث في هذا (الموضوع) أيضاً

يقول في العبارات الأولى “قال الله لتخرج الأرض نفساً حية، بهائم ودبابات ووحوشاً” وفي العبارات التالية يقول “وخلق الله حيوانات الأرض كجنسها”. وبهذا أوضح الروح الذي كتب هذه، أن الأرض ليست هي التي أخرجت هذه (الحيوانات). بل أن الله الخالق هو الذي خلقها بفاعلية أمره. وهنا أيضاً يوجد تمييز في أقنوم اللاهوت المساوي في القوة والأزلية، بين الذي أمر الأرض أن تخرج وبين الذي نفذ ما أمر به. لكن الروح دون ذلك بشكل رمزي سري نظراً إلى طفولة اليهود وضعفهم (في الادراك)، فالله الاب بقوله “لتخرج الأرض..” كان معروفاً بأنه رأس كل شيء وخالق الكل، وهو ذلك العقل العظيم الذي ولد منه أزلياً كلمته المساوي له في الأزلية والمجد والخلق دون انفصال أو ألم. أما عباراته الأخيرة التي يقول فيها “وخلق الله حيوانات الأرض كجنسها”، فكان المقصود بها كلمة الاب الأزلي وابنه الوحيد، ذاك الذي هو قوته وذراعه وحكمته. وهو الآخر خالق الكل، وبه ومع الاب والروح القدس، كونت الخلائق كلها، سواسية. المنظورة منها وغير المنظورة، وقد أقام وأبدع هذا العالم كخالق حكيم كما رتل الروح : “بكلمة الله خلقت السموات، وبروح منه كل قواتها”. هذا هو الله خالق الكل. وقد كتب الروح قائلاً: “خلق الله حيوانات الأرض كجنسها والبهائم كجنسها، وكل دبابات الأرض كأجناسها”. أنه خلق وميز كل واحدة بميزات نوعها وجنسها. وعلى ضوء الكتاب نقول: أن الله الخالق. خلق أجناس الحيوانات الثلاثة هذه في اليوم السادس قبل أن يخلق الإنسان لتكون في خدمته ولفائدته وحاجته من أطايب الطعام وغيرها من الفوائد التي فصلها الكتاب بأسماء معروفة وتسميات خاصة. وسنفصلها نحن أيضاً ولا سيما في ما يخص تسمياتها المختلفة وخصائصها المتميزة

أصناف البهائم

لقد اعتاد الكتاب والناس على حد سواء. أن يدعوا بهائم. الحيوانات ذوات الأربع أرجل آكلة العشب، وبخاصة تلك التي تألف الإنسان وتستأنس له. وترضخ لعبوديته. لذلك يسميها اليونانيون بقراً. بدلاً من تسميتها “بهائم”

وتدعى بهائم بصورة رسمية وحقيقية كل من : الفيل وذي السنامين والجمل والثور والحمار والحصان. فهذه تسمى بهائم. استعارياً أو عملياً، لكونها عبيداً للإنسان حقاً

وكذلك تلك التي ندعوها ماشية، أعني الغنم والماعز وصنف الخنازير. هذه كلها يستعبدها الإنسان. هذه هي البهائم من الحيوانات ذوات الأربع أرجل وآكلة العشب. أما التي تعيش مع الإنسان دون أن تخضع له فهي: حمار الوحش، والغزال والظباء وتيس الجبل ومعز الجبل الذي يسمى الوعل، والتيس البري واليحمور. والريم ووحيد القرن، هذه هي حيوانات آكلة العشب المعروفة لدينا والتي تعيش في مناطق سكنانا. ويوجد أخرى كثيرة من آكلة العشب في أقطار أخرى، كما أعتقد، لا بل أجزم، غير معروفة لدينا، كما ونجهل أنواعها وأسماءها. وأن احدى فصائل حيوانات الأرض ذوات الأربع أرجل، هي ما تسمى بالحيوانات آكلة العشب، والفصيلة الثانية هي المدعوة: الوحوش، وهي حيوانات آكلة اللحم، وهي خاطفة وقاسية على نظرائها، وقد تبحث حتى عن الإنسان المتسلط عليها. ومن أصنافها وأسمائها: الأسد، الدب، النمر، الفهد، الذئب، الضبع، ابن آوى، الثعالب. النمس (دويبة كالنسور) وما شابهها

وتلك الموجودة في أقطار أخرى غير معروفة لدينا، ولا نعرف حتى أسماءها. وهناك بعض آكلة اللحم تألف الإنسان، مثل الكلب رفيق الإنسان والقط. وكذلك ما يتوسط آكلة اللحم وآكلة العشب، مثل خنازير البر والدعلج والأرانب. وما يسمى بالقرود، وربما هناك أنواع أخرى صغيرة بين آكلة اللحم، أو ما بينها وبين آكلة العشب، مثل التي تدعى أيل الجبل وهي تعيش بين الأشجار. وغيرها من أمثالها، وأصغر غير معروفة لدينا التي تنتمي إلى كلا فصيلتي الحيوانات ذوات الأربع أرجل، من آكلة العشب وآكلة اللحم

الصنف الثالث : الدبابات

أما الصنف الثالث الذي سمي دبابات تدب على الأرض. فأن أنواعه كثيرة ومختلفة ولا تحصى. ولا تعرف أسماؤها وتسمياتها. وأول هذه الأنواع هو ذات الأربع أرجل مثل الوحوش والبهائم. وهي تحبل وتلد مثلها. ومن أمثالها: الخلد والفئران وابن عرس، وربما هناك ما يشبهها ولا نعرفها. وبينها نوع آخر من ذوات الأربع أرجل كالنوع السابق. فهو لا يحبل ويلد أجنة متكاملة حية، لكنه يضع بيضاً كالطيور ويحضنها. فتخرج منها أبناء أحياء حاملة نوعها. وأمثال هذه، الورل والعضايا والتمساح والضب والحرباء أي نوع من الحرباء الذي يسميه اليونانيون أسد الأرض. وهناك نوع ثالث لا أرجل له البتة، ويضع بيضاً ويسمى حية، وتعم هذه التسمية سائر أنواع الحيات. أما النوع الرابع الكثيرة الأرجل فمنها العقارب والشبث وجميع التي تعيش مثلها في التراب. وبه تولد أنسالاً لأجناسها

ونوع الدبابات الخامس هو النمل والحشرات الصغيرة، وهي الأخرى تضع بيضاً في التراب وتولد بنين وتربي من أجل تسلسل جنسها

وهناك أيضاً نوع سادس من الدبابات له فروع كثيرة وهو مختلف الأجناس. أمثال القانصة المسماة ثيران الأرض، وتلك المدعوة عناكب المستمد اسمها مما تصنعه من نسيج وهي الأخرى أنواع وأشكال مختلفة. وتلك المسماة أسد الذباب. واضافة إلى هذه هناك نوع سابع يضم سائر أنواع وأجناس الجراد والحرجل وما شابهها. فهي الأخرى تضع بيضاً في التراب وتولد بنين وتربيها وهي من حشرات الأرض، وفي الوقت نفسه من الحشرات الطائرة في الجو، لذا تطلق عليها كلا التسميتين. أي دبيب الأرض وطير السماء

وهناك نوع ثامن بين هذه، يلد جراداً زحافاً أي دوداً، وبأشكال كثيرة ومتباينة، ويرمي بكثير من الفضلات وهو يزحف. ومن ثم يكشط جلده ويطير، لذا فأنه يعتبر وسطا؟ً وثنائي الحياة، حيث أنه يحصى مع كلا الدبابات والطيور. وهذه كلها رباعية الأجنحة. ومنها ما تكون أجنحتها خفيفة، ومنها ما هي ظاهرة دائماً وليس لها غطاء. فجميع هذه الأنواع التي أحصيناها توجد في صنف الدبابات. وكثير غيرها موجودة في أقطار الأرض المختلفة لا يدركها عقل الإنسان لكثرتها ولاختفائها في الأرض. وقد جعل الله الخالق والقادر على كل شيء. صنفي أجناس الحيوانات ذوات الأربع أرجل التي سبق ذكرها، تحتوي على أنواع أخرى كثيرة، ما خلا التي ذكرت في أطار عديدة وبعيدة. لأننا نجهلها ولم نألفها. إذ ليست مدونة لدينا ولم ترد لها أسماء في لغتنا. فهذه كلها أوعز أمر الله الخالق والقادر على كل شيء، أن تخرجها الأرض

ومن الملاحظ أن تأثيره ما زال قائماً يفعل نفس الشيء عندما وحيثما يشاء، سواء بقصد التأديب أم لفائدة ما. فهو الذي، بعمق أحكامه الإلهية، يعرف ما يجب أن يصنعه. فعندما يحسن له فأنه يأمر الأرض فتخرج بلحظة واحدة جراداً كثيراً أو فئراناً لا تحصى، تأديباً للناس وردعاً لهم. إما سناً أو جندياً أو قملاً أو صرصوراً أو شيئاً آخر. وأن كان رحمة بهم فيرسل السلوى أو طيوراً أخرى طعاماً لهم. ندرك ونفهم من هذه الأمور، أن مفعول أمر الله الأول ما زال، يرافق الأرض، ويضغط عليها لتخرج حيوانات للحال إذا شاء، وأن لم يشأ أن تخرج بالطريقة الأولى، فتقيم النسل بطريقة الولادة دون أن تضعف طبيعتها. هذه هي فاعلية الأمر الذي صدر إلى الأرض لتخرج حيوانات. مثل الأمر الصادر إلى السماء لتدور وإلى أنوارها لتنير الأرض، ومثلما أن تلك لا تهدأ من الدوران. هكذا أيضاً فأن الأنواع التي خلقت بفعل الأمر الأول، لا تحرم النسل المستمر الذي يحفظ طبيعتها. وقد قدمت كلمة الله السماء وما فيها من أنوار، وفصلي الصيف والشتاء برهاناً على ذلك

ولما كان الحديث قد تطرق بصورة عابرة إلى مثل هذه الاختلافات (في الحيوانات) التي أخرجتها الأرض، لذا استوجب أن نبدأ من جديد فنتحدث عن كل منها بقدر المستطاع، وبها ندلك على عظمة اقتدار خالقها، وتشعب حكمته غير المدركة

يوجد بينها اختلافات عديدة وأشكال متنوعة لا يشبه بعضها البعض، سواء في فترات حبلها أم ولادتها وتربيتها، أم في اختلاف أنواع طعامها. أم في مدة حياتها أم في خصائص رغباتها. وكذلك في عمالها وفي أمور أخرى كثيرة ومتنوعة لا يشبه بعضها البعض

الفيل
يقال في صنف الفيل : أن مدة حملها في بطون أمهاتها سنتان. ولا تكتمل حضانتها إلا في السنة الثانية عشرة. ومثلما أن فترة حملها تختلف عن سائر الحيوانات. هكذا أيضاً فأن فترة حضانتها تأخذ وقتاً طويلاً يتناسب وضخامة جسمها، فأن الله الخالق والقادر على كل شيء، نظم مدة حياتها بالقياس إلى فترة حملها وحضانتها وضخامة أجسامها. ويقول الخبراء. أن الله أمد حياتها إلى ما يقارب الثلاثمائة سنة

وقد رتب الله أيضاً أن يخضع للإنسان هذا الحيوان الضخم. بل جبل اللحم كما سماه بعضهم نظراً إلى ضخامته، ولكن مهما بلغ من الضخامة فهو ذليل أمام الإنسان، ولا يستغله الناس للركوب وحمل الأثقال فحسب. بل يصحبونه معهم في الحروب ضد الأعداء. حيث يروضونه على القتال والانتقام من الأعداء أكثر منهم، إذ يسقونه خمراً ممزوجاً بلبان ويسكرونه حتى يجعلوه يركض نحو كتائب المحاربين بغضب واندفاع لا يستهان به، وبذلك يكون قد أزر أصحابه. ويقول الخبراء الذين وقفوا على عادات الفيلة، أن لها خبرة متميزة في الحروب. وأنها تستطيع أن تميز أصحابها من الأعداء مهما اشتبك الفريقان أو سقط الواحد فوق الآخر أو تتبع الواحد الآخر، فتندفع بشراسة وتدوس أولئك وتقضي عليهم، في حين تجتاز أصحابها بنفس الاندفاع ولكن دون أن تلحق بهم أي ضرر، أو تدوس أياً منهم. ويقال أن الفيل لا يحارب بأرجله فقط، بل أيضاً بشفته الطويلة (الخرطوم) وبأنيابه التي على جانبي وجهه، حيث ينطح بها الأعداء ويشقهم، ويبسط شفته إلى الأمام أو اليمين أو اليسار فيصطادهم بها ويقربهم إليه ويطرحهم أمام رجليه لكي يدوسهم ويقتلهم. فقد جعل الله شفته بمثابة أيد له. ليس فقط في حربه مع الأعداء. بل وحتى عندما يحتاجها لتناول الطعام. ففيها يأخذ ما يأكله ويقربه من فمه، وبها أيضا؟ً يجرع الماء أو أي شيء آخر، وبها يأخذ من الأرض ما يريد أخذه، وقد جعل له رقبة قصيرة ومنكمشة ومربوطة بالقرب من أكتافه، لكي تكون شفته القليلة الأذى قريبة جداً من أرجله، وتتردد تحت نابيه المخوفين بشجاعة ودون خوف. هكذا خلق الله الفيل وحصنه من كل جهة لكي لا يلحقه أذى من الأعداء بسهولة. وقد وشحه من الخارج بجلد ثخين وسليم، يليه لحم كثيف مشتبك بالأوردة لئلا يبقر بسهولة بضربة من الخارج، وبسبب كثرة لحمه وثقله، جهزه الله بأرجل مستقيمة لا تنحني شبه أعمدة. وليس له مفاصل أبداً لكي يتمكن من احتمال ثقل الأحمال دائماً إلى جانب ثقل جسمه، ولم يخلقه الله قادراً على أن يركع أو يتكىء مثل بقية حيوانات الأرض، إذ أن أعصاب أرجله لا تقوى على رفع جسمه الضخم وانهاضه بسهولة عندما يتكىء. لذا فأنه لا يتكىء حتى على الأرض. ولكن عندما يريد أن ينام ويرتاح قليلاً. فأما أن يسند جسمه على أشجار قوية راسخة أو على الحائط. لذا فأنه موضع الدهشة لدى الإنسان وهو يتأمل قوته وفهمه من جهة وخضوع إرادته من جهة ثانية، ففي حين زوده الله الخالق بضخامة فائقة وقوة الجسم، وحصنته الطبيعة ببأس وصحة وفهم متميز لا ينقص كثيراً عن فهم ذوي النطق، فأنه مستعبد وخاضع للإنسان. لا يقوى على العصيان والتمرد بالاتكال على ضخامة جسمه أو شدة بأسه، لكنه يخضع لعبودية الناس كلما أمروه. ولو شاء لاستطاع أن يحرر نفسه ويصير سيد ذاته. وعندما يحاول الباحث أن يكتشف الحقيقة الكامنة وراء خضوعه. يرى أن سبب هذا الخضوع لا يعود إلى إرادته هو، بل ينسب إلى الله خالقه القادر على كل شيء الذي أقام الإنسان – صورته، رأساً ومتسلطاً على الخليقة المنظورة كافة، وله يستعبد الفيل، خضوعاً منه لأمر الخالق ولئن كان أضخم وأقوى منه

الجمل
وعلى نفس الطريقة يستعبد للإنسان كذلك ذلك الحيوان الجميل المنظر والبهي المدعو ذا السنامين الذي يزهو بقامة رفيعة وطويلة، وبشعر كثيف ذي لون جميل، وبسنامين منفصلين ومتساويين طبيعياً. يشبهان بحجمهما راكبين متساويين على متن حيوان ما. وبأرجل مستقيمة ومتوازية مثبتة تحت جسمه كأعمدة راسخة، وبرقبة طويلة عالية ومتشامخة. رتبتها الطبيعة بما يتناسب وحجم جسمه، وبرأس ملك الأعضاء مزين بحواس حية ملائمة، وعليه تاج من شعر أنيق. أن هذا ولئن هو أقل من الفيل قوة وحجماً. غير أنه يفوقه كثيراً جمالاً وتشامخاً بجسمه وأعضائه، وهو لا يرفض الرضوخ للبشر الذين هم أقل منه قوة، اطاعة منه لأمر خالقه الذي جعله أن يخدم الإنسان صورة الله الخالق وملك الجميع. وهكذا يستعبد هذا أيضاً للناس بكل أمانة ودون أية ضجة، حتى إذا شاءوا وضعوا زماماً في أنفه واتخذوه مركوباً لهم ووضعوا عليه حملاً ثقيلاً منهكاً. كما يفعلون بالنسبة إلى بقية الحيوانات التي تستعبد لهم

كما تخضع لعبودية الإنسان جميع الجمال التي تنتمي إلى جنس ذي السنامين ولئن لا تنحدر من نفس النوع، والتي تكثر بطريق الصدفة، في بلاد العرب، ودعاها الجميع بهذا الاسم المميز (الجمال العربية). وقد صار هذا اسمها الخاص الثابت. وقد احتال بعضهم بطريقة غير شرعية، رغبة منهم في زيادة ما يخدمهم. فزوجوا النوعين، فنتج نوع يختلف عن كليهما يسمى الهجين ويتصف بالخبث والخداع. وهو حاقد وقاتل ويقترف جرائم كثيرة. فأنه ولئن يخدم أصحابه من دون إرادته، إلا أنه لا يحتمل منهم سوى القليل نظراً إلى غباوته الزائدة، فهو يحقد عليهم لفترة طويلة ولا ينسى شره وخبثه حتى ينتقم من الذين ضربوه. هذه صورة من شر الجمال ولا سيما تلك الهجينة. واعتقد أنه بسبب هذا اعتبره الكتاب الإلهي من الحيوانات غير الطاهرة ولئن ينتمي إلى فصيلة آكلة العشب وليس إلى فصيلة الوحوش آكلة اللحم النجسة برمتها

: الثور
وإلى جانب هذه، فأن الله قد وضع تحت عبودية الإنسان وفي خدمته، الثور ذلك الحيوان الأليف الطاهر، الذي تقول فيه كلمة الله مثنية “حيث الغلال الكثيرة

اليوم السادس الانسان الذي خلقه الله على صورته يعقوب الرهاوي

$
0
0

في الإنسان
الذي خلقه الله على صورته ووضعه كعالم كبير
وعجيب وسط هذا العالم الصغير
مقدمة:
أن الله الصالح والحكيم والقادر على الكل وخالق الكل. والصانع والمعني والمُدبر لكل ما يصنع. الذي يرى خليقته ويعرفها قبل أن يخلقها: إذ أوجد العالم. لم يوجده دون سبب. وحتى أولئك الذين يقومون بعمل ما في هذا العالم. فأنهم لا يقدمون عليه جزافاً وبدون معنى أو سبب. فإذا كان البشر المخلوقون والمتغيرون والمتذبذبون في آرائهم. والذين هم دائماً تحت وطأة اضطرابات العقل. لا يقال عنهم أنهم كثيراً ما يأتون عملاً عبثاً لا حاجة لهم به. فكم بالحري الله الخالق الحكيم وناظر الكل. الذي خلق بمعرفة حكمته. وعمل بقوته المبدعة والقادرة على كل شيء. يجب ألاّ نقول عنه أنه يخلق أو يأتي عملاً عبثاً دون سبب مبرر أو دونما حاجة إليه

فإذا كنا قد جزمنا بهذا ووافقنا عليه. علينا أذن أن نبحث بإمعان الفكر وبشكل لائق. عن السبب المبرر الحقيقي الذي دعا صلاح الله الخالق إلى أن يخلق هذا العالم المنظور. بما فيه من اتقان وجمال السماء والأرض وما يتوسطها. وأية حاجة كانت له لكي يخلق السماء والأرض ويأتي بها إلى الوجود. فالله خالقها لم يكن أبداً بحاجة إلى بيت يسكن فيه. ولا هو محتاج الآن أيضاً إلى سكن. ذاك الذي يقول عنه النبي في مكان ما بكل هدوء. كمن يتحدث عن شخصه: ” قال الرب. ألست أملأ السماء والأرض. فأين البيت الذي تبنون لي “

وكما هو معروف وواضح أن الله الخالق. ذلك العقل الكبير والأول. لم يكن بحاجة إلى بيت مادي ليسكنه. وكذلك العقول الثانوية أي القوات السماوية غير الهيولية. الذين خلقوا على صورته. لم يكونوا كذلك بحاجة إلى بيت للسكن لأنهم ليسوا ماديين حتى يحتاجوا إلى بيت مادي. لكنهم عـقول لطيفة تشبه خالقها نوعاً ما. ولا يمكن أن تحصرهم أجسام. وقد تحصر الأجسام أجساماً أخرى وتكون بحاجة إلى بيوت مادية لسكناها. أن كانت سكاناً لا أمكنة سكن. أما العقول وكل ما ليس بجسم. فلا يمكن للأجسام أن تحصرها كما أسلفنا. وهي ليست بحاجة إلى بيوت ومساكن مادية. وإذا كان الله الخالق الخفي وغير المنظور. غير محتاج إلى هذا البيت. وكذلك العقول التي خلقت على صورته وشبهه. أي جميع القوات الملائكية لم يكونوا هم أيضاً بحاجة إليه ليحتموا فيه. كما لم يكونوا بحاجة إلى الأرض ليمشوا عليها. ولا إلى الماء ليشربوا. ولا إلى الهواء لاستنشاقه من أجل تقويم حياتهم. ولا إلى الشمس والقمر والكواكب لتنير لهم فيميزوا الليل والنهار. فمن الواضح والمعروف أذن أن هذا البيت لم يوجد إلا من أجل الإنسان الذي كان الله عتيداً أن يخلقه على صورته. بعد إكمال خلقة هذا العالم. ليكون بمثابة قصر الملوك الذي يعد مسبقاً للملك. من أجل راحته وسكناه وسائر الذين ينحدرون منه. ومن أجل الحيوانات التي خُلقت مسبقاً لخدمته. والطيور والدبابات التي خلقت على الأرض من أجله

هذا هو سبب خلقة العالم الذي سبقت خلقته من أجل راحة وحاجة الإنسان وما معه من الحيوانات والطيور والدبابات التي تدب على الأرض. فمن أجل هذا الذي كان عتيداً أن يؤتى به إلى الوجود ويقام من قبل الله. ملكاً ومتسلطاً على جميع الكائنات الجسمانية. سبق واعد قصر الملوك هذا

الثالوث والخليقة
فقد سبق إعداد كل الأشياء التي في هذا العالم. كما نوهنا أعلاه. وقد جاءت متكاملة. ولم يعد هناك شيء لإكمال إعداد قصر الملوك هذا. ما خلا مجيء الملك الساكن… بعد هذا يقول الروح الملهم: ” وقال الله نعمل الإنسان على صورتنا كشبهنا فيتسلطون على سمك البحر وعلى طير السماء وعلى البهائم وعلى كل الأرض وعلى جميع الدبابات التي تدب على الأرض “. وهنا لا بد وأن تأخذنا الدهشة من لطف الله الصالح الرحيم الذي لا يوصف. نحو الإنسان. حيث نلاحظ من هذه الكلمات الأولى الممهدة لوجوده. أنه يعطيه كرامة أعظم من سائر الكائنات المحسوسة التي خلقها قبله. فقد كتب عنها كلمة ” لتكن ” فقط. فكانت. أو “لتخرج الأرض” أو أنه يأمر المياه كذا فتخرج ما كان يريد

أما بالنسبة إلى خلقة الإنسان فقد كتب الروح الملهم كلمات تشبه الانتقال الفكري والمقدمات التي يستعملها البشر في أعمالهم. فعبارة ” لتصنع الإنسان كصورتنا وشبهنا ” التي فاه بها الله هي بمثابة انتقال فكري لديه وهذا يوحي بأن الله فكر فيما لو يخلق الإنسان أولا. فلو لم تكن هذه هي الغاية من هذه الكلمات. أذن لما كان هناك حاجة لله أن يسبق ويفكر في ما يريد أن يعمله. فليس عنده سبق الأمور ثم الندم. وهو ليس بحاجة كذلك إلى مستشارين يشيرون إليه. فقد كتب ” من سبق وعرف فكر الله أو من كان له مشيراً “. فما هو أذن القصد الذي تضمنه قول الله القائل ” لنصنع الإنسان على صورتنا كشبهنا ” ؟. لِمَ لم يقل ما قاله عن سائر الكائنات. فكانت ؟ إذ كان يقول عن الإنسان مثلا. ليكن الإنسان فيكون فور صدور الأمر دون أي ارتباك. فقد قال عن بقية الكائنات. كما سبق الحديث. ” لتكن ” فكانت. ولدى قوله ” ليكن كذا “. كان الكاتب يضيف فيما بعد ويقول: وعمل الله كذا. أما بالنسبة إلى الإنسان فلم يقل ” ليكن الإنسان ” بل ” لنعمل إنساناً ” وبهذا أظهر بصورة واضحة جلية. أن قوله هذا ليس موجهاً إلى ذاته كما اعتاد بعض الناس أن يفعلوا. بل كان موجهاً إلى شخص آخر. أذن لم يقل ذلك لذاته. ولم يكن ذاك الذي قال ” لنصنع الإنسان على صورتنا ” نفسه. بل كان معه شخص أو شخصان. وله أو لهما قال ” لنعمل الإنسان “. ومما يثبت قوله ” لنعمل ” عبارة ” على صورتنا وشبهنا “. فلو أن القائل كان اقنوماً واحداً. ولم يكن إزاءه آخر وآخر. لما قال ذلك أبداً. لأن الواحد ليس بحاجة إلى أن يقول ” لنعمل “. لكنه يعمل بصمت. حيث لا يوجد أمامه من يكلمه. ولو تكلم لقال فقط. لأعمل إنساناً على صورتنا وشبهنا

فلو كان مفرداً لقال على صورتي وشبهي وليس بصيغة الجمع. على صورتنا وشبهنا. وحيث أن الفعل ورد بصيغة الجمع. وكذلك الأسماء فيما بعد. إذ يقول ” على صورتنا وشبهنا ” بصيغة الجمع وليس المفرد. لذا فالمقصود كان كلمته الخالق الذي إليه أشار سليمان في سفر حكمته ” عندما أسس السماء كنت أنا معه “. وروحه القدوس المساوي لهما بالأزلية والسلطان والقوة والإرادة. قال الله الأب غير المنظور ورأس الكل ” لنعمل الإنسان على صورتنا وشبهنا ” مستعملاً الأسماء والأفعال كما اعتدنا نحن البشر أن نفعل. فمن الواضح أن ليس هناك من يعمل صورة وشبهاً لله الذي لا شبه له وهو غير منظور أو مدرك. ولا صورة له أو شبه إطلاقا. سوى كلمته الوحيد الذي يسمى بل هو ابن كوليد مساو في الجوهر والسلطان والإرادة والقوة والفعل. فهذا هو صورته الذي يتمثل به ويرى. الصورة التي تشير إلى اقنومه وشعاع مجده كما جاء في القول الرسولي. فلهذين قال الله ” لنصنع الإنسان ” وبسبب ذلك قال ” على صورتنا وشبهنا ” بصيغة الجمع وليس بصيغة المفرد. ولكن ليس في اللاهوت أقانيم متعددة. الذي بسبب صلاحه شاء أن يخلق الإنسان. لذا قلت أن الألفاظ ” لنعمل ” و ” على صورتنا وشبهنا ” لم تأت بصيغة الجمع. وكذلك فعل ” لنعمل ” والأسماء التي تلته توحي وكأنها تنسب إلى كثيرين. حيث قيل ” على صورتنا كشبهنا ” وليس ” على صورتي كشبهي “

يمكن التعبير عن هذا كالآتي: أن اقنومي الكلمة والروح اللذين وجه إليهما فعل ” لنعمل ” كانا ثابتين في الله الأب القائل. وهو ثابت فيهما. أذن لم يكن بحاجة ليقول لهما ” لنعمل الإنسان على صورتنا ” بل لم تكن هناك أية حاجة للنطق بهذا. ولكي أوضح بجلاء أكثر حقيقة مفهوم هذا الكلام أقول: أن الله لم ينطق بهذا الكلام إطلاقاً. إذ لم يكن اللذان وجه إليهما الكلام بحاجة إلى أن يقال لهما هكذا. لكن الروح الملهم أوردها في الكتاب على هذا النحو من أجلنا. لكي نستطيع أن ندرك سرية وخفاء أعمال الله. فمن هذه الكلمات التي أوردها الروح الملهم عن تكوين الإنسان. يتضح لنا أن اللاهوت الخالق الواحد الأزلي هو ثلاثة أقانيم مقدسة. كما تتضح الكرامة التي أولاها الله للإنسان أكثر من سائر الكائنات المحسوسة التي سبق وخلقها من أجله

قال الله ” لنعمل الإنسان على صورتنا كشبهنا ويتسلطون على سمك البحر وطيور السماء “. ففي هذا القول تعبير واضح عن أن الله لم يخلق إنساناً واحداً بل كثيرين وهم جميع أبناء الجنس البشري. فهو لم يقل ” لنعمل الإنسان ويتسلط ” بل ” لنعمل الإنسان ويتسلطون “. وفي اللغة العبرية لم ترد الكلمة ابن الإنسان بل إنساناً علماً بأن كلمة ” إنسان ” باللغة العبرية لا تأتي بصيغة المفرد بل الجمع. وهذا يدل على أن الله خلق جميع الجنس البشري سوية بشخص آدم وحواء اللذين خلقهما أو جبلهما منذ البداية. ولا أدري ماذا أقول. فأن اسم ” آدم ” بالذات له مدلول جماعي يشمل الجنس البشري برمته. ولا يعني شخصاً واحداً. ومما يثبت هذا. ما كتب عنهم يوم خلقتهم ” ودعا اسمهم آدم “. فمن اسم آدم إذن. ومن كلمة ” إنسان ” وكلمة ” يتسلطون ” الواردة بصيغة الجمع وليس المفرد. يتأكد لنا أن الله خلق جميع الجنس البشري بشخص آدم وحواء اللذين خلقهما أولا. وأمر أن يتسلطوا على سمك البحر وطير السماء والبهائم وكل الأرض. لقد قال الروح الملهم في مطلع كلامه. أن الله تكلم عن تكوين الإنسان وأظهر كرامته الفائقة أكثر من سائر الكائنات المحسوسة التي خلقها من اجله. ثم يستطرد فيقول: وخلق الله الإنسان. على صورة الله خلقه. ذكراً وأنثى خلقهما وباركهما الله قائلاً: ” اثمروا وأكثروا واملئوا الأرض وأخضعوها وتسلطوا على سمك البحر وعلى طير السماء وعلى البهائم وعلى كل الدبابات التي تدب على الأرض “. فبهذه الكلمات الأولى يقول الروح الكاتب ( الملهم ) أن الله قد تكلم عن خلقة الإنسان. وأظهر كرامته التي تفوق كرامة جميع الخلائق المحسوسة التي خلقها من أجله

ثم يواصل قوله: وخلق الله الإنسان. على مثال الله خلقه. ذكراً وأنثى خلقه. وباركهم الله وقال له: انموا واكثروا واملئوا الأرض وأخضعوها. تسلطوا على سمك البحر وطير السماء والبهائم وجميع الأرض وكل الدبابات الدابة على الأرض فمن هذه الأقوال يعرف الأمر عينه.. أي اختلاف أقانيم اللاهوت. اقنوم الذي قال أولا ” لنعمل الإنسان على صورتنا كشبهنا ” وأقنوم من عمل الإنسان. وأقنوم من عمله على صورته. يقول: أن الله خلق الإنسان. على صورة الله خلقه. فالذي خلقه والصورة التي خلق عليها. ليسا اقنوماً واحداً بل اثنين. وكذلك الكرامة والسلطان اللذان منحهما الله الخالق للإنسان

وهذا نفسه قاله الروح عنه بلسان داود الذي أظهر بنشيده سمو كرامته وسلطانه ” من هو الإنسان حتى تذكره وابن آدم حتى تفتقده وتنقصه قليلا عن الملائكة. وبمجد وبهاء تكلله. تسلطه على جميع أعمال يديك. جعلت كل شيء تحت قدميه. الغنم والبقر جميعها. وبهائم البر أيضاً وطيور السماء وسمك البحر السالك في سبل المياه “. بهذا أظهر الروح الملهم والمرتل مجد الإنسان الفائق أكثر من سائر الكائنات المحسوسة. والسلطان الذي أعطاه الله على جميع ما خلق على الأرض. كما يبدو أيضاً من العبارات التي تظهر أقانيم اللاهوت. ومن العبارات التي قيلت فيه. ومما قاله له الله لدى مباركته إياهم. لكي بهذه كلها يعرف الإنسان قولا وفعلاً بأنه أكرم من سائر الكائنات المحسوسة. ومن أجله خلقت على هذه الصورة. لكي تكون لسكناه وراحته وطعامه. وللحيوانات التي تعيش معه والتي خلقت لأجله وللطيور وكل الدبابات الحية

الإنسان روح وجسد

لقد أظهر لنا موسى في أقوال الكتاب المقدس الإلهية. عظمة العقل الذي منحه الله للإنسان الذي به صار صورة له وشبهاً. كملك ورئيس لجميع ما خلق على الأرض. وحيث أن هذا ( الإنسان ) صنفان مختلفان كما يبدو. وهو مركب وغير بسيط. ومنظور وغير منظور في آن واحد. ومحسوس وعاقـل في آن واحد. وجسماني وهيولي. وروحي دون جسم. لذلك استوجب أن يكون الحديث عنه ذا بعدين مختلفين وليس ذا بعد واحد بسيط. فلنتناول بالحديث كلا من هذين البعدين على حدا بما يتناسب والترتيب المطلوب. ومن اللائق أن يأتي في الأول الحديث عن الجانب المنظور لهذا الحيوان المركب. ومن ثم عن جانبه الخفي وغير المنظور وطبيعته غير المحسوسة وغير المادية. أعني الروحاني والعاقل. وذلك بقدر ما يتيسر لمن هو محصور في الجسد أن يتحدث عن طبيعة غير جسدية ولا مادية التي للإنسان المخلوق على صورة وشبه الله غير المنظور. فهذا هو جسدي وروحي في آن واحد جسماني ومادي. روحي وعقلاني

جسد الإنسان

لنتناول الحديث أولا عن جسدانيته لأن الهيئة المنظورة للجسد. هي بمثابة مسكن لطبيعة النفس غير المنظورة. وأن هذا الإنسان المخلوق المنظور. يرى وكأنه عالم ما صغير ضمن هذا العالم الشاسع الذي سبق ذكره. وتناوله الحديث. وقد أوجده الله الخالق وجعله بمثابة قصر ملكي للإنسان الملك الساكن.. وحيث أن هذا العالم ذو أهمية نظراً إلى تكوينه العجيب الذي يفوق تكوين الأول. فأننا نود أن نسميه “العالم الكبير “ الذي وضع في العالم الصغير. فأنه التأمل الممعن الدقيق. يرى مشابهاً للعالم الكبير من عدة جوانب. إذ توجد هيئته طبقات مختلفة. عليا وسفلى ومتوسطة. وقد أقامتها حكمة خالقها المبدع بشكل مفيد ومناسب يشبه نوعاً ما التناسق الموجود ما بين السماء والأرض. لتكون مسكناً متقناً وملائماً للإنسان ذي العقل الراجح. حيث جعله الله مسكناً يلائم ساكنه الإنسان. في وسط هذا العالم الكبير

بعد هذا الحديث الذي تطرقنا فيه إلى تكوين الهيئة المنظورة للإنسان لنتحدث كاشفين القناع عنه. مبتدئين بأقوال الروح المقدسة والإلهية الواردة في الكتاب الإلهي. فقد جاء فيه عن الإنسان ما يلي “وجبل الرب الإله آدم تراباً من الأديم – أو كما جاء في تقليد آخر. تراباً من الأرض – ونفخ في أنفه نسمة الحياة. فصار آدم نفساً حية “. فالكتاب المقدس تناول الجبل الكريم للإنسان. صورة الله. بعبارات قليلة وموجزة. أما الحديث الفاحص والمستقصي فأنه يتناول موضوع عملية جبل الإنسان. بالطريقة التي سلكها بالنسبة إلى خلق الحيوانات والطيور والأسماك وكل الدبابات التي خلق الله على الأرض. وكما فعل أيضاً بالنسبة إلى الأعشاب والزروع والعروق والأشجار والنباتات. فأن الله لم يخلق هذه من التراب أو الماء فقط. ولئن جاء في الكتاب المقدس هكذا. ذلك لأنه تصرف بحسب العرف المألوف عند الناس. لكنها كونت من العناصر الأربعة التراب والماء والهواء والنار. فمن هذه كلها ركب الله وبني جسد الإنسان. وليس من عنصر التراب فقط كما يفهم من معناه. ومن الكلام الذي وجهه الله للإنسان بعد أن أخطأ “أنك من التراب وإلى التراب تعود “ فهو لم يكن من التراب فقط. وليس إلى التراب وحده يعود جسد الإنسان لدى انحلاله. بل أنه ركب من العناصر الأربعة لدى خلقته. وسيعود أيضاً إلى أربعتها مرة أخرى عندما ينحل بعد موته

مميزات الجسم البشري

ونظراً إلى وجود اختلافات في هيئة الجسم البشري. لنتحدث عنها بإيجاز. هذه الاختلافات التي أوجدتها الذات الخالقة في هيئة جسمه. كصفات ظاهرة ومتميزة أكثر من سائر حيوانات الأرض. ولكي تؤشر في الوقت نفسه إلى الكرامة الفائقة والرئاسة التي أعطيت له من خالقه. وسيتناول الحديث ما يتيسر عن تكوين خلقته مشيراً إلى كل من الأعضاء التي فيها الاختلافات التي بها يتميز ويختلف خاصة عن بقية الحيوانات

أولاً – الصفة الأولى التي ميزت بها الطبيعة الإنسان هي. أنها أعطت كل الحيوانات التي تمشي أربع أرجل. أما هذا ( الإنسان ) فرجلين فقط. وإذ جعلت لكل الحيوانات أظلافاً مستديرة. فللبهائم أظلاف صلبة ومتينة كالحجر والخشب. وللوحوش أظلاف رخوة ومشقوقة وفعالة. أما للإنسان فراحات طرية ولحمية متينة وممتدة نحو الأمام مثل قاعدة الأعمدة الطويلة. لها أصابع وأظافر في نهايتها وأعقاب تسندها من ورائها

ثانياً – وقد أعطت الجسم البشري صفة أخرى هي: أن جميع البهائم تضع أرجلها الأمامية التي فيها الركب تحت بطونها عندما تجلس عليها. واضعة ركبها أمامها. وكذلك تفعل الوحوش عندما تجلس على أرجلها الخلفية وتستند على الأمامية وكأنها تستند على الأيدي . أما الإنسان فأنه يحني ركبه إلى الأمام. عندما يركع على ركبتيه لكي يسجد لخالقه. أو عندما يجلس على أوراكه واضعاً ركبه أمام يديه لتكون له بمثابة مائدة أو عندما يقضي بها سائر حاجاته

ثالثاً – ومن صفات الجسم البشري. أن للإنسان أظافر رقيقة ومسطحة ولينه ومستديرة نوعاً ما. في حين أن لجميع الوحوش أظافر طويلة ورفيعة بطبيعتها

رابعاً – ومن صفات الإنسان أنه يمسك بيديه كل ما يريد. وبهما يعمل ويسد كل حاجاته. ولئن كان لبعض الوحوش أن تمسك بيديها وبشكل أو آخر ما تريد. كالأسد والكلب والدببة والقردة التي هي أقرب شبهاً بالإنسان من جهة يديها ورجليها

خامساً – ومن صفات الإنسان التي تدل على كونه سيداً. أنه الوحيد الذي لا يوجد له غطاء طبيعي لجسمه. مثل الحيوانات التي لها غطاء طبيعي يغطي جسمها. وذلك ليبرهن على أنه سيد كريم ومتسلط على جميعها. وكمبدع ذكي يستطيع أن يبتكر بعقله ويعد ثياباً مفيدة ومناسبة من الغنم والماعز وغيرها. ويرتديها متى شاء. ويستر بها عورته أو يتدفأ بها أو يتزين بها. ومتى شاء ألقاها عنه من اجل راحته وهيبته

سادساً – ومن صفات الإنسان. وجود الأثدية في صدره وبالقرب من قلبه. في حين أن الطبيعة جعلت أثدية الحيوانات جميعها بين رجليها

سابعاً – ومن صفات الجسم البشري المميزة والظاهرة. القامة المستقيمة والبسيطة التي أعطته إياها الطبيعة من دون سائر حيوانات الأرض. بشبه صرح عال وقائم يرتفع بين أبنية كثيرة أوطأ منه. ويرى فوقها كمن له سلطان عليها. ولكي يكون نظره دائماً نحو السماء. حتى إذا تأمل أعمال الله وأخذ بجمالها وعظمتها. أدرك منها بالتخمين والتقدير. ما يمكن أن يدركه الوثنيون. ويعـرفوا قوة خالقهم وحكمته

ثامناً – ومن صفات قوام وهيئة جسم الإنسان. وجود وجه مستدير ورأس كروي مهيب. ولئن يوجد بين الحيوانات غير الناطقة ما له شبه بوجه الإنسان أو استدارة رأسه. مثل الأسد والنمر والفهد وما يشبهها أن وجد

تاسعاً – ومن صفات الإنسان. بالإضافة إلى ما ذكر. نمو الشعر في أصل أفخاذه لستر عورته رغم الاختلاف في نمو قامات جسمه. وكذلك في أباطه أو بعدها. ويكون ( الشعر ) أيضاً علامة لكمال القامة فينمو الذقن على وجه الذكور أو تحت أفواههم من أجل الجمال. ولكي يكون علامة رئاسة الرجل على المرأة. وتنمو الأثدية على صدور الإناث علامة شهوة الزواج نحو الرجال لتكون أدوات صالحة وملائمة تنبع غذاءً مفيداً لأطفال الجنس البشري

عاشراً – وأفضل كل صفات الجسم البشري. أن يكون رأسه دائماً فوق جميع أعضاء جسمه. في حين أن جميع الحيوانات تحني رؤوسها نحو الأسفل مبرهنة بوضوح على أنها مستعبدة للإنسان. وهو ملكها والمتسلط عليها

الحادي عشر – ومنها أن يكون له شعر فوق رأسه كتاج. يظهر بموقعه وجماله رئاسة الإنسان على جميع حيوانات الأرض. في حين أن جسده خال من الشعر

الثاني عشر – وينفرد الإنسان بصفة ظاهرة ومتميزة وهي بياض شعره في مرحلة شيخوخته. ليس فقط شعر الرأس والذقن. بل ذلك الشعر النادر أيضاً الموجود في جسم الإنسان

هذه هي الاختلافات والصفات المتميزة والظاهرة التي منحتها الطبيعة لجسم الإنسان حينما أبدعه الخالق. لكي يتميز بها عن سائر الحيوانات على الأرض. وربما لو أمعن الإنسان – بدافع حب العمل المتواصل – في البحث. لاكتشف صفات أخرى في تكوين جسم الإنسان غير موجودة في الحيوانات غير الناطقة التي أبدعها الخالق على الأرض

لقد استوفى الحديث حقه بما أوتي من قوة. من جهة هيئة الجسم البشري. البيت والمسكن الأرضي الذي أعده الله الخالق لسكنى الإنسان الحقيقي الذي خلقه على صورته. أو العالم الكبير ضمن الصغير. أي هذا العالم. أو العالم الصغير الذي كون ضمن العالم الكبير الذي يرى ويحدد بوجود السماء والأرض وما يتوسطهما. وليعتبره أي واحد كما يشاء. ويطلق عليه اسماً يناسبه. أما إنساناً خارجياً أو بيتاً طينياً. أو قميصاً لحمياً. أو ثياباً بالية أو إنجازاً مركباً زائلاً. أو لا أدري ما أسميه. حيث يرد في الحديث على مثل هذه التسميات

وكذلك من جهة الصفات الطبيعية والظاهرة التي يتميز بها ويختلف عن سائر الحيوانات والطيور والدبابات التي تدب على الأرض. يقال عنه ما يقال. هذا هو البيت الصغير الذي أعده الله الخالق للعقل – الإنسان الحقيقي الذي خلقه على صورته لكي يسكن فيه ضمن العالم – هذا البيت الكبير الذي تكون من السماء وما فيها

وكذلك من جهة هذا الإنسان المخلوق الذي دعي عالماً صغيراً ضمن الكبير. أو عالماً كبيراً. وكذلك من جهة ما فيه من عجب إذ خلق وأوجد في العالم الصغير. هذا ما حدد عن خلقته وهيئته وتكوين أعضائه. وما فيه من اختلافات

العقل
ولنتحدث عن الإنسان الداخلي أي العقل الذي خلقه الله على صورته وشبهه كما تسلمناه من شريعته. وذلك بقدر ما أعطينا من قوة الكلام. وقد نتجاسر ونحاول الحديث أكثر من قوتنا عما يسمو عن إدراكنا. ومن المناسب أن نبدأ حديثنا من الأعلى

أن الله الخالق القوي والقادر على كل شيء. ذاك الذي له القوة أن يعمل كل ما يشاء وما يوافق مشيئته. ذاك الذي نقل بسهولة الكائنات. المنظورة منها وغير المنظورة من العدم إلى الوجود بمجرد كلمة من اقتداره وإشارة من إرادته. وإذ خلق العقول غير الهيولية الثانوية شبه العقل الكبير الأول: ذاته. وجعلهم أنواراً ثانوية مثل نور أوليته الأكبر والأول. وأعطاهم سلطة ذاتية بطبيعة خلقتهم العاقلة المجردة تماماً من أي ارتباط أو خضوع مادي: أراد أن يخلق ويكون بصورة عجيبة. وعلى صورته وشبهه عقلاً آخر مثلهم. له منذ خلقته. سلطة ذاتية وحرية. وأن شاء أنقذ نفسه بنفسه لدى من هو شبه مثاله دون أن يهلك ولئن كان ساقطاً تحت وطأة المادة. ويوبخ العقول التي أظلمت وصارت بإرادتها أضداداً للنور خالقها. هكذا ولهذا السبب. ولكي يظهر الله مصدر صلاحه وقوة اقتداره وغنى حمته. رغب في أن يخلق هذا الإنسان العاقل قريباً للملائكة غير الجسمانيين أو الماديين. فدعا وحرك ذاته ليخلق العقل البشري أي نفس الإنسان. على صورته وشبهه ويخلطه بطين مادي جسماني ويجعلهما دهشة وأعجوبة. وهما بهذا التركيب والاقتران. ينظران إلى جميع العقول الناطقة الملائكية التي سبقته في الخلقة. ولكي يكون كلامنا واضحاً وصريحاً ويستمد قوة الإيضاح من الكتاب المقدس. نعود ونقتبس ثانية في حديثنا عن خلقة النفس. أقوال الله نفسها عن خلقة الإنسان التي وجهها إلى من هم منه ومعه خالقو الكل مثله. حين أراد أن يظهر نور مجده ومعرفته الكاملة في خلقته للإنسان كشيء عظيم ومحبوب لديه جداً. والتي اقتبسناها أعلاه

قال الروح موحي الكتاب المقدس: أن الله. بعد أن خلق هذا العالم وكونه. قال عن الإنسان الذي كان عتيداً أن يخلقه: ” لنعمل الإنسان على صورتنا كشبهنا. ويتسلطون على سمك البحر وطيور السماء وعلى البهائم وكل الأرض. وعلى جميع الدبابات التي تدب على الأرض “. هذا ما كتب وسلم إلينا الروح على لسان الله خالق الإنسان. ثم يقول الروح: ” وخلق الله الإنسان. على صورة الله خلقه. ذكراً وأنثى خلقهما وباركهما الله قائلاً: انموا واكثروا واملأوا الأرض. وكونوا أسياداً عليها. وتسلطوا على سمك البحر وطيور السماء وكل البهائم وكل الأرض. وكل الدبابات التي تدب على الأرض “. فقد سبقنا وأوردنا أعلاه أقوال الله هذه. لكي نظهر فيها الكرامة التي خلق بها الإنسان أكثر من سائر الحيوانات التي سبقت خلقتها على الأرض. ونوردها هنا أيضاً لنظهر بوضوح من هو الذي خلق على صورة الله وشبهه. جسد الإنسان أم نفسه ؟ وما هي صورة النفس وشبهها بالله ؟. لقد قال: ” لنعمل الإنسان على صورتنا كشبهنا “. فإذا أخذنا هذه الأقوال الإلهية والسرية بشرياً وبحسب كلامنا المألوف. نجد أن لا صورة لله ولا شبه. وأي شبه نستطيع أن ننسبه إلى جوهر طبيعة مجردة تماماً عن الجسم. لا يرى ولا يدرك. وغير قابل للتأمل أو الوصف. ولكن يظهر ويفهم من هذه. أن طبيعة الإنسان الجسمانية والهيولية ليست على صورة الله وشبهه الذي لا صورة له ولا شبه. بل طبيعة النفس العاقلة غير الجسمانية وغير المنظورة التي منها كانت النفس. وهذا أيضاً أمر يصعب علينا أن نفكر فيه أو نتحدث عنه. أي أن نقول: أن العقل هو الذي خلقه الله فيها على صورته وشبهه مثل سائر عقول الملائكة. وإذ نسمع باسم الصورة والشبه ندرك أن الله الخالق خلق العقول الناطقة وغير الهيولية واللطيفة أي القوات الروحانية شبيهة لفضائلها وحسناتها. وكذلك العقل البشري أي النفس بمقدار ما يمكن تشبيه الطبيعة الخارجية المخلوقة بطبيعة خالقها غير الخارجية وغير المدركة

صفات الله والإنسان
وحيث أننا أسميناه ما لله (صفات ) فضائل وحسنات. إذ لا ندري ماذا وكيف نقول عنها ما لم نستعمل الأسماء والتسميات الخاصة بنا. كما لا نعرف الحسنات التي نعتقدها في الله والتي بها صور وطبع العقل البشري. حتى قيل أنه صورة الله وشبهه

أولاً – بعد أن نفكر وندرك أن الله أزلي ومنذ الأبد ولا بداية له. ولا تدركه مخلوقاته. نقول: أنه عاقل وغير منظور ولا جسم له. وبخاصة عاقل وغير مدرك ولا يطاله العقل. ولئن يمكن تصوره بعض الشيء والإلماح إليه وإذ خلق الله الخالق العقل بدافع صفاته التي بها يقال أنه صورته. لذا قيل عن العقل أنه عاقل. وهو غير منظور ولا جسم له

ثانياً – يقال عن الله. وهو كذلك. أنه غير متناه ولا مدرك نهائياً. حقيقياً وبصورة كاملة. وبهذا أيضاً شبه الله العقل البشري وجعله صورة له. فيقال عنه هو أيضاً أنه غير متناه ولا مدرك بشكل أو آخر. إذ لا يمكن أن نحصره أو نتحراه دون أن نضل

ثالثاً – يقال: عن الله. وهو كذلك. أنه لطيف وسهل وحاذق ويرى كل شيء. وقد تشبه العقل البشري بهذه أيضاً لدى خلقته. وبهذه نفسها يقال عنه أنه صورة الله وشبهه. لأنه هو الآخر لطيف وسهل وحاذق بطبعه ويرى كل شيء بالخيال

رابعاً – يقال: عن الله. وهو كذلك. أنه صالح وعادل. إذ له وحده الصلاح الذي يسمو عن الكل. لهذا قال هو ( المسيح ) ” ليس صالح إلا الله وحده “. الذي له من طبيعته العدل والبر الذي يفوق الجبال علواً كما يرتل. لذلك قال لأبيه. أنك عادل يا أبتاه. والعالم لم يعرفك. وبهذا أيضاً شبه العقل البشري أي طبيعة النفس. ومن هذه الناحية أيضاً يقال أنه صورة خالقه. ويدعي هو الآخر صالحاً وعادلاً بعض الشيء. إذا ما سعى بقدر إمكانه وأتقن التشبه بشبهه ولو جزئياً

خامساً – يقال: عن الله. وهو كذلك. أنه قوي وجبار وقادر على كل شيء. وبهذه أيضاً صور الله وشبه العقل البشري. لذا أودع فيه غضباً وغيرة كحافزين مشجعين للشجاعة. وبها أيضاً يقال أنه صورة خالقه جزئياً. كما يقال عن الناس أيضاً أنهم صور الله وأشباهه عندما يرون أنفسهم أقوياء بإرادتهم ويحملون ثقل الضعفاء

سادساً – يقال: عن الله. وهو كذلك. أنه رحيم ولطيف بالبشر. وبهذا أيضاً شبه العقل البشري بخالقه واكتسب صورته. وبها أيضاً يقال أنه صورة الله. وبسببها جعل له ناموس طبيعي ليحب قريبه كنفسه. ويتصف بالرحمة هو الآخر جزئياً إذا شاء أن يتقن صورته ويحب قريبه كنفسه ويرأف بأخوته. لذلك قال المسيح لتلاميذه: “كونوا رحماء كما أن أباكم هو رحيم “

سابعاً – يقال: عن الله. وهو كذلك. أنه حكيم بطبعه وعارف كل شيء. وهذه أيضاً وضعها الله الخالق في العقل البشري. وطبعه عليها وصوره بها. ويقال تشبيهاً أنه بسبب هذه يدعى عارفاً وحكيماً جزئياً. ويشترك معه عندما يتأمل بتمعن شبهه ويتقبل منه أشعة المعرفة والحكمة. ويتأمل بما هو موجود

ثامناً – يقال: عن الله. وهو كذلك. أنه طاهر وقدوس ومنزه عن كل دنس ونجاسة بصورة تامة تسمو عن الجميع. وقد جعل الله العقل البشري شبهاً بهذه. فيقال عنه هو أيضاً أنه طاهر وقديس بحدود وبقدر ما يمكن للمخلوقين. إذا ما اجتهد بكل قوته وطهر نفسه من الدنس والنجاسة جسداً وروحاً

تاسعاً – يقال: عن الله. وهو كذلك. أنه غير شرير ولا خاطئ ويبغض الشر والاثم. وقد طبع وثبت هذه أيضاً في العقل البشري المشبه بصورته. وجعله هو الآخر أن يبغض الشر ويبغض الاثم. لذا يقال عنه أنه صورة وشبه الله ولو في هذه فقط. لأن له ضميراً في ذاته قاضياً يبغضها حتى عندما ينحرف ويميل إليها بإرداته

عاشراً – يقال: عن الله. وهو كذلك. أنه هادئ وديع ومسالم وطويل الأناة ولم تذكر له إساءة. ولا يكن حقداً ولا يضغن. وبالحقيقة فأن الله قد جعل العقل البشري صورته ومثاله في هذه أيضاً. ويمكنه أن يصورها في ذاته لو شاء فيكون صورة وشبها لله بها. حيث يرى هادئاً وطيباً ووديعاً ومسالماً وطويل الأناة. ولا يذكر الإساءات أو يكن حقداً لأخوته. لذا قال السيد المسيح. ذلك الهادئ والوديع والمسالم. لتلاميذه “انظروا إلي وتعلموا مني فأني وديع ومتواضع القلب. فتجدون راحة لأنفسكم “

هذه هي صور تشبيه العقل البشري وتمثيله بصورة الله خالقه. والتي بها يقال عن كلا نفس الإنسان وعقله. أنهما صورة وشبه الله خالقهما. وسوف نتحدث عنهما بإيجاز زيادة في الإيضاح لمن يرغبون أن يتعلموا
إن صور تشبيه العقل البشري بالله هي: أن يكون مثل خالقه عاقلاً وغير منظور وغير ذي جسم ولا متناه. وغير مدرك. ولطيفاً وحاذقاً وسهلاً. ويرى كل شيء بالخيال عن بعد. وفي الصلاح والعدل والاقتدار والشجاعة والرحمة واللطف والمعرفة والحكمة والفهم. الذي يتطلب في أعمال الله. والطهر والقداسة والابتعاد عن الدنس وقذارة الجسد والروح. وعدم الإساءة. وعدم الاثم. والهدوء والوداعة والمسالمة والطيب وطول الأناة. وعدم ذكر الشر أو الحفيضة. أضف إلى هذه. إقامة الله إياه رئيساً ومتسلطاً على جميع الكائنات المحسوسة. وإعطاؤه السلطان الذاتي والحرية الشخصية. وجعله إياه أن يكون حيث لا يرى ولا يعرف أين هو. ويكمل جميع أعضاء جسمه. ويؤثر وينظم ويحرك جميعها سوية متى وحيثما شاء. مثلما أن الله يكمل كل مخلوقاته ويؤثر فيها وينظمها ويحركها سوية متى وحيثما شاء. وهو غير مدرك ولا متناه. ولا يعرف أين يوجد. وإلى جانب هذا. وما يفوق كل هذه شبهاً. كونه ينظر دائماً إلى مثاله ويستنير به. ويرجع إلى شبهه ويندمج به مثل نور السراج الذي يؤخذ من اللهب ثم يعود ويندمج به من جديد. ورغم أنه مخلوق وله بداية. فقد جعل غير ماءت وغير فاسد ولا نهاية له إلى الأبد. هذا هو التشبيه الكامل للعقل البشري بالله خالقه. وهذه هي صورة النفس البشرية الحقيقية والرئيسية والثابتة لمثلها الخالق

في النفس
لقد اطلعنا الكتاب المقدس من خلال الأقوال التي اقتبسناها عن خلقة الإنسان: على السلطان الذي أعطي له من خالقه على سائر الخليقة المحسوسة. ومن الضروري أن يشمل كلامنا هنا. الحديث عن اتحاد وتركيب هذا الإنسان. وعن هذا أيضاً يجب أن نقتبس من الكتاب المقدس. ونضعه أساساً لما سنقوله فيما بعد. قال الكتاب الإلهي بهذا الصدد: ” وجبل الـرب الإله آدم تراباً من الأرض ونفخ في أنفه نسمة حية… “. فقد أخبرنا في الأولى. أن الله خلق الإنسان على صورته وشبهه. وفي هذه علمنا ماهية الجسد البشري المخلوق. أي بيت الإنسان. وماهية نفس الإنسان الحقيقي. وأضاف موضحاً. فدعا الجسد تراباً. وأخبرنا في الوقت نفسه من أين أخذه الإله جابله. وأعطى النفس اسما مناسباً – نسمة حية. وهنا لم يقل: ” خلق ” كما فعل في الأول. بل ” جبل “. وأن كلمة “جبل “ تظهر بوضوح بأن الجسد البشري هو طين مجبول من تراب الأرض والماء. يقول “جبل تراباً من الأرض. ونفخ في انفه نسمة حية “. فمن المعلوم أن الخالق استعار الجسد من الأرض التي سبقت خلقتها. أما نسمة الحياة فقد أضافها إلى الجبلة من عنده. فقد سمى روح الله. النفس التي خلقها الله على صورته وشبهه. نسمة الحياة. لذلك أضاف فيما بعد قوله. وكان الإنسان نفساً حية. وبتأثيرها يتحرك الجسد الذي اتحدت به. أما قول الروح “ونفخ في وجهه “ فمعناه. ومثلما يحدث عندنا. أن الذي ينفخ في وجه قريبه. يرسل إليه من ذاته ولسلطانه نفخة الريح إلى وجه من يتقبلها وليس من مكان آخر. هكذا أيضاً وضع الله الخالق في خلقته للإنسان. نفساً حية من ذاته بكل تشابهها. يضاف إليها أنها حية صادرة عن الحي والمحيي ومانح الحياة. وعاقلة من عاقل. وغير مائتة ممن هو غير ماءت. فإذن النفس الناطقة والعاقلة التي لا جسم لها هي من الله الخالق العاقل الذي لا جسم له. ولا يشهد على هذا كتاب الروح الإلهي المقدس فقط. بل هنالك أيضاً رجل من العبرانيين عالم وحكيم ومعروف. سمى جميع النفوس. بنات الله. ليس لأنه وجدها فقط عاقلة من عاقل. بل وإلى جانب هذا. رأى أن محبة أبيها نحوها هي أضعاف محبة الأباء هنا للأبناء والبنات

ولا أجد بأساً من دعم كلامنا بأقوال بعض الوثنيين من كلدان ويونانيين ممن هم خارج حظيرتنا. التي تؤيد الحق وتثبته. قال بعضهم في حديثهم عن الإله بيلوس مشبهين إياه بما لنا: أنه هو الذي خلق هذا العالم. فعندما كون وميز السماء والأرض وما يتوسطهما. انتقل للحال إلى عمل الإنسان كما نقول وكما فعل موسى وكتب. وكتبوا بصورة رمزية وبما يتناسب. هكذا “أن الإله بيلوس هذا عندما قطع رأس نفسه عجن في التراب الدم الذي سكب وجبل الناس. لهذا فأنهم عقلاء ومشتركون بالحكمة الإلهية: أما بيلوس الذي يسمى زوس فقد فصل السماء والأرض عن بعضهما عندما قطع الظلام من وسطه. والحيوانات التي لم تتحمل قوة النور هلكت. والحيوانات التي لم تهلك – كما يبدو هنا – هي قوات الثلاب والشياطين المتمردة الذين صاروا أضداداً لله خالقهم. يقول عندما رأى بيلوس مكاناً خرباً وفارغاً ومثمراً – يبدو أنه يقصد الأرض – أمر أحد الآلهة ليقطع رأسه ويعجن تراباً بالدم المنسكب ويخلق بشراً وحيوانات بإمكانهم احتمال الهواء. ثم أكمل بيلوس نفسه ( خلقة ) الكواكب والشمس والقمر والكواكب الخمسة التائهة “

فهذه تشكل بمفهومها تشبيهاً تقريبياً نوعاً ما لما نقوله نحن. وليست بعيدة كثيراً عن كلمة الحق. فهي الأخرى تخبر وتؤكد على تكوين جزء من البشر من الله. وهم عقلاء لأنهم من الله العاقل. وأصلهم من الله. كما قال وأكد واحد آخر منهم. وأنهم يشتركون في الحكمة الإلهية. ومن العدالة أن يكون المشتركون في حكمة الله. صورة الله. أن الذين يتعاملون منا بالكلمات المألوفة. لا يرون في قطع الله رأسه وانسكاب الدم منه الذي عجنه بالتراب وجبل البشر. سوى أن الله وضع جزءاً منه في جبلة البشر لكي يشتركوا في المعرفة والحكمة. حكمة الله التي يشترك فيها البشر العقلاء وذوو الفهم والذكاء. أولئك الذين صاروا على صورة الله العاقل وشبهه باقتبالهم النفخة الإلهية. فما الذي ترى يجب أن يعتقده الإنسان حقاً فيها. سوى كونها روح الله القدوس منعش ومحيي جميع النفوس الحية والناطقة. ومنير جميع العقول الناطقة. ذاك الذي تسميه الكتب هو الآخر حكمة الله. ولئن كان كثير من ملافنة الكنيسة. مفسري كلام الله في الكتب المقدسة يؤولون عبارة ” نفخ في وجهه نسمة الحياة ” التي قالها الروح عن جبل الإنسان. بأنها تعني تكوين النفس. استناداً إلى كونها وضعت فيما بعد عبارة ” وصار الإنسان نسمة حية “. بيد أن الطوباوي كيرلس الذي أخذ المزيد من روح الله. الملفان الكبير ومخزن كلام الروح. أول عبارة “نفخ في وجهه نسمة “ بشركة الروح القدس . وقد أكد هذا وثبت العبارة بقوله الصريح ” أن النفخة التي نفخها الإله في آدم صورت الإنسان تصويراً ” ويقول ” ونحن نرى ونقول أيضاً أنها شركة الروح القدس “

فإذا كانت نفخة الله هي التي صورت الإنسان تصويراً بحسب تأكيد هذا الرجل الروحاني الذي أكد كونها شركة الروح القدس. فقد ظهر جلياً. أن هذه هي الصورة الحقيقية والشبه الحقيقي بالله الذي خلقنا على صورته والذي بواسطته تكون دائماً للعقل البشري الناطق والمفكر. شركة وفاعلية الروح الإلهي. الذي ينير دائماً الأنفس الناطقة المتشبهة بالله وينقي ويطهر عقولها باستمرار. لكي تقتبل أشعة معرفة الله. لأن الله خلقنا ذوي سلطة ذاتية. ولنا إرادة حرة دائمة تتجه حيثما شئنا. سواء أمال فكرنا نحو الصالحات أم نحو الشر. وأن الخالق المدبر لا يسيرنا بالقوة ولئن يرغب في خلاصنا. ويعيننا على ذلك في كل ظرف ومناسبة. فإذا طهرنا نحن بإرادتنا الحرة. عقولنا كالمرأة لنقتبل في ذواتنا نور شركة الروح الإلهي. نكون حقاً صور الله كما خلقنا. ولكن أن أفسدنا فكرنا وغضضنا الطرف بإرادتنا عن أشعة نور المعرفة الخالق. وعن أشعة نور وصايا الله ونواميسه. وملنا نحو الشهوات الجسدية ونحو متاهات ظلام هذا العالم. نكون قد حكمنا على أنفسنا بأننا لسنا صورة الله كما خلقنا. ونظهر أنفسنا بأننا بعيدون وغرباء عن شركة وفاعلية الروح الإلهي الذي أعطيناه لدى خلقتنا. هكذا أعطى الله الصلاح للإنسان لدى خلقته إياه. وكان صلاحاً غير ثابت أو راسخ. لأنه لم يثبت في الطبع بل وضع في الإرادة التي تلتقط الصلاح مثل الصورة. لذلك فهو مهزوز فينا؛ نظراً إلى إرادتنا السيئة الميالة نحو الشرور منذ طفولتها. وبسبب الخطيئة المسيطرة علينا. وهو بلا عيب من حيث اتحادنا بالصالح ( الله )

لقد ظهر من كلمة الحق التي سلمها إلينا الروح الإلهي في الكتاب المقدس. ما الذي تعنيه صورة النفس وشبهها بالله. وما هي الصور التي تكمل العقل وتصونه بعيداً عن العبث والفساد. كما ظهر أن الأشياء التي دمجها الله في خلقته للإنسان بصورة عجيبة. تختلف عن بعضها البعض وهي غير متساوية في الجوهر والطبيعة. وذلك لكي يظهر قوته وحكمته وغنى صلاحه غير المحدود. ويثير دهشة جميع العقول الناطقة التي سبقت خلقتها. لهذا الاندماج غير المدرك. فقد دمج الروح. روحاً وطيناً لا لطبيعة الأثير. بل للطبيعة العاقلة غير الجسمانية التي دمجت معاً وركبت تركيباً عجيباً مثيراً للدهشة. طبيعة واحدة مركبة من أربعة أجسام. أي من التراب والماء والهواء والنار. منظورة وملموسة وذات أبعاد ثلاثة. وقد جمع الله وركب بحكمة ومهارة طبيعة أخرى روحية عاقلة وغير هيولية. وخلق حيواناً مركباً وعجيباً – الإنسان – من طبائع مضادة ولا تشبه العنصر. هذه التي كانت بعيدة عن بعضها البعض ومختلفة بأشواط غير محدودة. فقد قربها وركب منها طبيعة واحدة مركبة ومتحدة دون تبلبل أو تغيير. ووحدت بشكل عجيب يفوق الوصف لكي تكون واحداً حقاً. وتكون صفات كل منها حقيقية للمركب كله. ولئن تحافظ على عدم امتزاجها. فقد جمع الله معاً. منذ بداية هذا العالم. الطبيعة المنظورة وغير المنظورة. لكي يسبق فيمهد الطريق. كما اعتقد للسر العظيم ليجعله قابلاً للإيمان به وتقبله عندما يتم. وإذا صح هذا هنا. فأن الباحث المستقصي عن الخفايا. يستنتج من الكلام عن تكوين وتركيب هذا الكيان المركب – الإنسان – بأنه سر. لأن الله العارف بالأمور قبل حدوثها. سبق فرأى أن الإنسان الذي خلقه وركبه من مواد مختلفة لا يشبه بعضها البعض. سيخطئ ويسقط وسيبتعد عنه الجنس البشري برمته. وسينزل ويخلي نفسه من أجل إيجاد وخلاص صورته. لذا سبق واتخذ رمزاً ومثالاً لطريقة وسر مجيئه. من تركيب الإنسان من الطبائع المختلفة. لكي يكون شبهاً ودليلاً مناسباً لاتحاد طبيعته مع الطبيعة البشرية التي سبق وخلقت على صورته وشبهه. وسبقت وركبت هي الأخرى من الطبائع المختلفة التي لا تشبه بعضها. وبهذا أصبحت رمزاً. لتقوم دليلاً على اتحاده وتركيبه بها. الأمر الذي كان مزمعاً أن يفعله من أجل خلاصه

ولقد سبق واتخذ سر اتحاد الإنسان رمزاً وإشارة إلى اتحاد الله مع هذه البشرية. باتحاد النفس مع الجسد. ليكون صورة ودليلاً واضحاً وجلياً على اتحاد الله الخالق مع الإنسان بالجسد لدى مجيئه من أجل خلاصه. لذا. عندما جاء خالق الإنسان وأكمل الرمز. لم يتخذ الباحثون في أسرار الكنيسة للبرهان على تأنس الله واتحاده بجسد الطبع البشري ذي النفس. سوى تركيب الإنسان الذي تم من طبائع متباينة. وقد سبق وأشار بهذا إلى جميع الطبائع المتباعدة والمختلفة معاً في الخالق والمخلوق. فتجتمع مع بعضها البعض وتكون طبيعة متحدة وأقنوماً واحداً متحداً وغير منقسم. أقنوم واحد للمسيح الرب. الإنسان والإله. واتحاد تام للإله الإنسان الذي تم باتحاد عجيب غير منفصم. وإذ كان إلهاً بسيطاً صار إلهاً متحداً من أجل خلاص الإنسان المتحد

هكذا سبق الله الخالق. واتخذ رمزاً ودليلاً على اتحاده مع جسد ذي نفس. باتحاد صورته مع الجسد الحي. لأن نحن الذين صرنا بشراً ذوي نفوس كصورته. إذ استعبدنا لشهوات الجسد صرنا جميعاً جسدين. فكان من الضرورة أن يتحد الإله العاقل الذي لا جسد له ولا جسم فيصير ذا جسد من أجل خلاص وتحرير الإنسان من شهوات الجسد. إذ يجعله روحانياً وإلهياً باتحاده به ويعطيه أن يسمى إلهاً كما اشتهى ورغب من قبل عندما خدعته الحية عدوه. هكذا ركبت طبيعة إنسان من هذه المضادات. من التراب والروح. من النفس والجسد. ومن كونه منظوراً وغير منظور. من الحساس والعاقل. من الجسماني والروحاني. من زائل وماءت ومن غير المائت إلى الأبد. وهذا هو سر تركيبه

وبالإضافة إلى هذه الأسرار التي كشفها الحديث وجلاها بوضوح. نتحدث الآن عن تركيب الإنسان الذي يدهش إخوانه العقول الروحية والناطقة الذين إذ يدهشهم تركيبه يمجدون حكمة الخالق. ولكي يمثل اتحاده الله مع الجسد. ويشير الكلام بدقة وإمعان إلى أن هناك سراً آخر أبدعه الخالق الحكيم. سنتناوله بالحديث أيضاً

حيث أن الكلمات التي نطق بها غريغوريوس اللاهوتي الحقيقي هي الهام إلهي. وهي الأكثر مقدرة على وصف هذا السر. لذا سنقتبسها هنا لكي نؤيد بها رأينا. قال في مكان ما وهو يتحدث عن حلقة الإنسان. هكذا “لما كان العقل والحس قد انفصلا عن بعضهما البعض منذ مدة. وانحصر كل منهما ضمن حدوده. وظهرت فيهما عظمة الكلمة خالقهما. فكانا المشيدين الصامتين بعظمة عمله. ودعاة ذوي أصوات صارخة. فلم يكن بعد امتزاج بينهما ولا اتحاد. أي شيء من تلك الأشياء المضادة. وهذا دليل كلمة أعظم. وغنى الطبيعة. كما لم يكن غنى صلاحه قد ظهر بعد. فلما أراد الكلمة المبدع أن يصنع حيواناً واحداً من كليهما. أي من الطبيعة المنظورة. خلق الإنسان. إذ أخذ الجسد من المادة الموجودة من قبل. ووضع من ذاته الحياة التي تعرف بالنفس العاقلة وصورة الله كعالم ثان. يقيم الكبير في الصغير على الأرض ملاكاً آخر. وساجداً متحداً. وناظراً للخليقة المحسوسة. يقف على سر العاقل. ملك كل ما على الأرض. يستمد سلطته من فوق. أراضي وسماوي. زمني وغير ماءت منظور وعاقل. يتوسط العظمة والوضاعة. له روح وجسد على حد سواء. الروح من أجل النعمة. والجسد من أجل الرفعة. فتلك لكي يستمر بواسطتها ممجداً ولي نعمته وهو يكرم بالعظمة. أما هذه فلكي يتألم. ولكي يتذكر ويتأدب عندما يتألم. حيوان يوجد هنا ويتنقل إلى مكان آخر. وختام السر. أنه يتأله بجنوحه نحو الله. إلى هذا يقودني قبس ضئيل من حقيقة سناء الله. فأرى وأحب. وهذا جدير بالذي يحل ويربط في آن واحد. بل ويربط بشكل أرفع وأعظم “

بهذا ظهر السر الثالث. حيث أن النفس الناطقة والمفكرة. عندما ترى ضعف الجسد البشري الذي اقترنت به وتشعر بشهواته. وكأنها شهواتها. لارتباطهما معاً. وينالها العقاب بسبب الشهوة. وتدرك زعزعة الأمور هنا وعدم ثباتها. تهرب مما لا ثبات له أو بقاء وتنضم إلى الأشياء الباقية الثابتة التي لا نهاية لها. لتنقذ خفتها من ثقل من اقترنت به بموجب قصد الله الذي قرنهما معاً لكي يخلصا معاً كذلك. بسبب صورته التي انطبعت وصورت فيهما. أما السر في تركيب الإنسان واتحاد النفس بالجسد معاً الذي يظهر قصد الله الخالق الذي قرنهما لهذه الغاية فأننا نوضحه كالآتي

الحياة
بما أن كلمة ” الحياة ” وسمعها لا تفهم بسهولة وليست على نمط واحد. كما أن قواها ليست كلها واحدة ومتساوية في كل مكان. لذلك فأننا سنبذل بعض الجهد بهذا الصدد. يطلق الوثنيون كلمة ” الحياة ” على البشر الناطقين والحيوانات غير الناطقة. وكذلك على الأشجار والشجيرات. وباختصار نقول: أنهم يطلقونها على كل شيء. له قوة التغذية والنمو. وله نفس. وعلى الأشجار والشجيرات وعلى كل شيء له قدرة النمو من الأرض وإنتاج زرع يحافظ على جنسه كما قال الكتاب المقدس. ويقولون. أن القوة الغذائية والقوة النامية هما واحدة. ومن الواضح أنه لو لم تكن له قوة غريزية ترفعه وتعد القوت من التراب والماء والهواء والنار. حتى إذا دخل إلى جوفه تغذى به وأضاف إلى جسمه فينمو ويكون أغصاناً وأوراقاً: لما دعوه ذات نفس. كما يدعون كذا الخشب اليابس والأحجار التي لا تتغذى ولا تنمو. وبما أن هذه تتغذى وتنمو وتضيف إلى جسمها. لذا يقولون أنها حية ويؤكدون على وجود نفس فيها. ولكن ليس نفساً كاملة. بل من حيث أن لها نفس القوة الغذائية والنامية

القوى الإنسانية
أما بالنسبة إلى الحيوانات والطيور والدبابات التي تدب على الأرض فيقولون أن لحياتها قوتين. الأولى: المغذية والنامية كالتي للشجيرات. والأخرى قوة الحس والحركة التي تدلل على أنها حية. لذا يسمونها ذات نفس ويؤكدون على أن لها نفساً ليس كنفس النباتات غير المتكاملة والتي لها قوة واحدة فقط. كونها أكثر كمالاً منها. ولها قوتان في آن واحد. القوة المغذية والنامية. والقوة الحسية والمتحركة. لكنها ليست كاملة. ويقولون أن لنفس هذه ( الحيوانات ) غضباً وشهوة. لذا فهي تشتهي الآكل وتطلبه بل وتخطفه. وتهدد وتغار وتميل إلى الانتقام. أما عن الإنسان فيقولون. أن له ثلاث قوى وحياة – ونحن أيضاً نؤيد هذا – القوة المغذية والنامية كالتي للنباتات. والقوة الحسية والحركية كالتي للحيوانات. والقوة العاقلة والمفكرة التي أعطيت له كهبة من الله خالقه. باعتباره خلق على صورته وشبهه. لذلك نقول أن للإنسان نفساً متكاملة. مؤكدين أن لنفسه القوى الثلاث. فلهذه النفس غضب وشهوة وفكر منطقي. وليس غريباً أن نصفها بمركبة أفلاطون المؤلفة من حمارين وسائسهما. ولهذا الإنسان المركب شهوة كالتي للحيوانات والتي بسببها يتزوج مثلها لاقامة النسل. ويشتهي وينتزع الطعام مثلها نظراً إلى رابطهما الموحد. ثم هناك الشهوة نحو الصلاح نظراً إلى نمو النفس والجسد جنباً إلى جنب. وكذلك الغضب الذي به يغار ضد الاثم ويكره الشر. لأن كليهما مربوطان تحت مركبة ناطقة ومفكرة كربط الحمير بالمركبة. وهي قابضة على زمام إدارتها كسائس حكيم وقوي. وكمساعدة للنفس. لا بل يبدو أن الله أعطاها هي الأخرى لذاك المركب من أجل استمرار وحفظ الحيوان المركب – الإنسان – ولا يمكن للإنسان أن يتحرك نحو الانتقام من الشر دون غضب. ولا نحو اقتناء الصالحات دون رغبة أو شهوة. لذا فأن كلتيهما منحتا من الخالق الحكيم لتقويم النفس مع الفكر المتأمل المدبر. لكيما يكون الفكر بالنسبة إلى الغضب والشهوة مثل السائس بالنسبة إلى الحمير والمركبة. فيسير ويجاهد بنجاح في ميدان هذا العالم دون أن يسقط إطلاقا. ومثلما يشتهي ويريد الله خالق الإنسان. ومانح الإكليل لجهاد الجنس البشري برمته. هكذا طبعت النفس على كل الفضائل. فكانت صورة الله خالقها. وهكذا ركب الإنسان من ضدين. النفس والجسد. فصار ذا حياة مركبة موضوعة في الوسط وقريبة من كل من الحيوانات غير الناطقة والمائتة. والقوات الروحية العاقلة والناطقة وغير المائتة

وحيث أننا تحدثنا بما أوتينا من قوة. ولئن بتلعثم. عن هيئة الجسم البشري. أي الإنسان الخارجي. وعما فيه من تغييرات وخصائص معروفة. وعن تكوين النفس وتشبيهها بالله. وعن اتحادها العجيب وارتباطها بالجسد المركب الزائل. داعمين حديثنا بأقوال الروح الإلهي القوية والطاهرة. يجدر بنا الآن أن نتحدث عن النفس بإسهاب أكثر. ونبين بقدر الامكان. ماهية النفس وماهية العقل. وهل أن العقل شيء آخر غير النفس أم لا ؟. وما هي خصائص النفس المتميزة والمعروفة التي لا تنسب لأي طبيعة أخرى غريبة. بل إليها فقط

تحديد النفس
إن لفظة ” النفس ” الواردة في قاموس لغتنا النهرية. أي الآرامية. هي مقتبسة من اللغة العريقة. ولا ندري أصل هذه اللفظة ومدلولها لدى اليونان الحكماء وذوي المصطلحات الكثيرة. لأن تشبيه اللفظة بكلمة ” برد ” جاء نتيجة للهذر الكثير والجهالة ولو اعتمدنا ما أقره أولئك الأغبياء وغير الحكماء وغير المستقرين. من أن الأنفس إذ بردت من خدمتها المستمرة وقيامها الحار النشيط أمام خالقها. سميت ” منفصلة ” أي باردة. لذلك فأنها فصلت وأقصيت وتغربت عن الله خالقها وعن الأرواح غير الهيولية والعاقلة والحارة. لتسكن هذا العالم. لأنها التزمت بالارتباط مع الجسد الثقيل الصلب والمليء أوجاعاً وآلاماً. والزائل والمائت. على كل حال. ومهما دعيت ووصفت. سواء ” المنفصلة ” أو نفساً أو لفظة أخرى. فمن الضروري التحدث عن ماهيتها. معطين عنها تعريفاً محدداً وواضحاً. كما ونتحدث بقدر الإمكان عن الطبيعة غير الجسمانية بكلمات تصدر عن جسم

فالنفس هي جوهر مخلوق حي ذاتي الحركة. وإذ هي عاقلة ومن دون جسم. أعدها الله خالقها للارتباط بالجسد. وليس العقل شيئاً آخر غير هذه. أو طبيعة أخرى مغايرة وغريبة عنها. لكن هذا – كما سنحدده بقدر الإمكان – هو العين العاقلة القابلة للنور العاقل والمرشدة للنفس. يرى بالخيال والتشبيه الممعن. الأمور البعيدة كأنها قريبة. هذا هو موقع العقل من النفس. فبواسطته ترى النفس ما ترى. وبه تسمع باعتباره حاسة البصر أو السمع للجسم كله. وبه أيضاً تتذوق أو تشتم أو تمس الأشياء التي تقترب منها. ومثلما أن العين أو الأذن ليست ذات طبيعة أخرى أو غريبة عن طبيعة الجسد. هكذا أيضاً العقل ليس غريباً أو شيئاً آخر سوى طبيعة النفس. أننا استعملنا مصطلح “النفس والعقل “ بالرغم من وجود مدلولات كثيرة تشير إليهما. لأن عنصر “النفس “ أي العقل – قوام الإنسان “ – هو أكثر وضوحاً وانتشاراً. وهذا ما تصبو أن يوجد فينا فيعطينا شبه الله خالقها. الذي بسببه يقال أننا صورة الله. فالله الخالق الذي يشبه صورته هذه. هو عاقل وغير منظور وغير جسماني. والنفس أيضاً أي العقل – صورته – هي الأخرى عاقلة وغير منظورة وغير جسمانية. وهي موضع تعجب من قبل جميع ذوي العقول المبصرة والمفكرة. هذه هي طبيعة النفس. وهذا هو العقل عين هذه ( النفس )

صفات النفس والعقل البشريين

أولاِ – إن صفات النفس الإنسانية الناطقة هي الآتية: أولاً: – أنها الوحيدة التي تتعامل مع الفكر الفاحص من دون سائر العقول المخلوقة الناطقة. فأن الله والملائكة غير الهيوليين. وحتى الأبالسة الماردين. لا يفكرون. وليسوا بحاجة إلى التفكير فيما إذا ينبغي عمل هذا الشيء أم لا. فأنهم يعـرفون بمجرد نظرتهم إليه. إذ لا يوجد حجاب أمام طبيعة العقل. فإذن من صفات النفس البشرية وحدها. أن ترى إذا كان ينبغي أن تفعل هذا الشيء أو لا تفعله وذلك عن طريق الانتقال الفكري والتمحيص

ثانياً – ومن صفات النفس أي العقل البشري. لما كان العقل مرتبطاً ذاتياً بالجسد البشري المتحد به. فأنه يتخيل فكرياً فيرى ويصور في ذاته الأمور البعيدة عنه كأنها قريبة منه. فيغدو وكأنه يسافر ويتنقل دون أن يبتعد عن مكانه. في حين أنه ملازم لمسكنه – الجسد – ولا ينفصل أو ينتقل من بيته. فأنه يرتفع بسرعة نحو السماء. وبسهولة يهبط على الأرض. ويغطس في لجة البحر ويغوص دون خوف. ويطوف أرجاء العالم دون عناء. حيث يرى ويبحث بإمعان كل الأمور. ويتأمل ويدرك بدقة كل أعمال الله خالقه

ثالثاً – ومن الصفات المتميزة والظاهرة للنفس المفكرة أي العقل البشري: عندما ينام الجسد البشري المرتبط بها ويركن إلى الهدوء. ويرتاح هو الآخر معه لارتباطهما ببعضهما. يكون كالإنسان المحصور في بيت مظلم لا يهدأ عن متاهات التفكير. فيتحرك هو الآخر ويتيه في الخفاء محاولاً أن يرى ويزور ما كان يريد أن يراه ويزوره في يقظته. ولئن اعتقد بعضهم أن لبعض الحيوانات غير الناطقة كالكلاب مثلاً. شيئاً من هذا القبيل. أي أنها ترى أحلاماً وتتخيل جزئياً ما تراه في اليقظة

ومن صفات النفس البشرية الناطقة. أنها تتألم بآلام جسدها وتشقى في الأمراض والأوجاع معه وتتعذب مثله في الضيقات. لأنها مرتبطة معه إرادياً وطبيعياً. ولئن كانت غير متألمة بطبيعتها. ومتسامية عن كل ألم ومرض. وهي رصيفة تلك الروحانية غير الهيولية وغير الجسمانية. البعيدة عن كل ألم أو ضيق. والتي تتمتع بالنعمة المليئة بالأطايب والمسرات

وإلى جانب هذه. فللنفس الناطقة والمفكرة أي العقل الذي فيها. صفة أخرى. هي كرهها للشر والخطيئة والاثم. ومحبتها للصلاح والعدل والفضيلة ولئن تزل وتخطئ وتنحرف نحو الآلام والأمراض. ولها أيضاً أن تتوب عن زلاتها إذا ما أخطأت. تطلب الغفران من خالقها الرحيم. وهو بدوره. كمحب للبشر. يمنحها هذه الهبة والقوة والتوبة والمغفرة

بالإضافة إلى فضائل صورته. أعطى الله الخالق العقل البشري. أن يتحرى من ذاته المعارف ويكتشف الأمور الضرورية والنافعة متشبهاً. على قدر الإمكان. بالله خالقه ومثاله

عظمة العقل العجيبة
عندما يتأمل ويبحث فكر الناس العقلاء الباحثين. في الكائنات التي سبق الله وخلقها من أجله. ويأخذه العجب العظيم: يستوجب عليه أن يمجد الله الخالق المبدع الذي وهبه كل هذا الفهم والحكمة لدى خلقته إياه. أو من أجل أعماله العظيمة والعجيبة. أي السماء والأرض وما فيهما. ترى من لا يأخذه العجب وهو يرى إبداعات العقل البشري المدهشة التي تفوق الوصف. أقول هذا بالنسبة إلى أنواع ومقاييس الصناعات المتقنة التي تظهر في الأبنية المختلفة. وإنشاءات المدن والهياكل والحمامات ذات المغاور المختلفة المتعددة الصيفية منها والشتوية. وفي صناعة الهندسة التي تظهر في الأدوار السفلى والعليا والوسطى. الظاهرة منها والخفية. وتقاسيم الشبابيك وزخرفة الأبواب والاواوين المتنوعة والسقوف المتباينة. والأبنية ذات الحيطان المنقوشة والصور المتنوعة على الأحجار الكريمة اللماعة. وأحياناً في البلاط اللماع. وأحياناً في الذهب والفضة والزجاج الثمين البراق. وفي مواد أخرى مختلفة وزاهية. من لا يندهش لإعداد وتركيب الأنابيب وقنوات المياه التي ابتدعتها واخترعتها عقول حاذقة لمهرة الناس في هذا العالم. ترى من لا يندهش عندما يرى الصناعات التي يأتيها الناس الحاذقون بواسطة النار. وعندما يرى المواد المتنوعة المستخرجة من الأرض. الذهب والفضة والنحاس والحديد والزنك والرصاص والزجاج وغيرها من المواد. وما يصنع منها من أشياء وحاجيات ضرورية. من لا يندهش وهو يرى الصناعات التي اخترعها العقل البشري بواسطة الماء والهواء لفائدة البشر واستعمالاتهم. أحجار وأخشاب مصنعة تخدمهم بأتم استعداد. أو الذين يعدون الطعام بواسطة المكاييل ( الغربال ) وغيرهم يرفعون الماء الضروري للسقي من الآبار والبرك العميقة بالمكائن والوسائل الأخرى. وأحياناً يخرجونها من أعماق أنهار جارفة لا تسير جديرة بالدهشة. وكذلك طرق استخدام الهواء التي اكتشفها الإنسان من أجل حرفة الموسيقى والأغاني المتنوعة. في الأرغن المصنوع مثلاً وغيره من الآلات الصالحة لمثل هذه الأمور. ترى كيف نعبر عن دهشتنا واشادتنا بما توصل إليه العقل البشري بمعرفته. من المصنوعات المدهشة المختلفة من الحجر والخشب والجلود والعظام المأخوذة من الحيوانات. ومن طين الأرض الحقير ومن أغصان وأوراق الأشجار وسائر الأعشاب والعروق المتنوعة. وماذا عن اكتفاء الإنسان من الثياب مما ابتكره من الصوف وشعر الحيوانات. ومن قشور أعشاب الأرض ومن أمعاء الديدان. فهذه الأمور التي تدعو إلى الدهشة. تدعو في الوقت نفسه إلى الثناء والعجب. كما تستحق الذكر أيضاً. إبداعات المعرفة البشرية في أنواع النسيج المختلفة والثياب والأغطية المتقنة المتباينة العدة والمصنعة بحكمة. يقول الكتاب الإلهي بخصوصها – أننا نعزز كلامنا بالكلمات الذهبية بدلاً من كلمات الرصاص. أو بعبارة أنسب. لأن كلمات الروح تشد كلامي الهش – قال الله لأيوب: ” من وضع في الطخاء حكمة. أو من أظهر في الشهب فطنة “. ” من أعطى النساء فطنة النسيج ومعرفة النقش “. يقول الله هذا مظهراً به بعض المعرفة الفاعلة التي أوجدها في العقل البشري. وما هي جديرة بالإعجاب والثناء أكثر من هذه. والتي بها ترفع التسابيح لخالق الإنسان ومعطي الحكمة للعقل البشري: إبداعات رجال الفطنة المهرة في الفلاحة. من فلاحة الأرض إلى جمع الغلال والثمار وخزنها. وأنا بدوري أتساءل عن هذه الأمور على غرار قول الله: ترى من الذي أودع الحكمة في خفايا الإنسان. ومن أظهر في شهب العقل البشري فطنة؟ من الذي أعطى البشر كل هذه الحكمة والمعرفة لكي يعرفوا أن ينظموا شؤون الفلاحة ويجمعوا محصول الزرع. والحصاد والدرس. ويتقنوا خزن الخمر والزيت. وأضيف فأقول: من أعطى مثل هذه المعرفة وهذه القوة للذين يجوبون البحر بالسفن. أو أولئك الذين ينجزون أعمالاً ما بواسطة المياه الكثيرة. لكي يعرفوا كيف يهيئون لهم. بطريقة حكيمة. مراكب خشبية فوق المياه. ووسائل ومعدات أخرى. يقتنصون بها مساعدة الرياح. ويسيطرون بذلك على هيجان وقساوة البحار. ويطاون مخاوف أعماق الغمر؟

لقد توصل العقل البشري إلى كل هذه الأمور باكتشافاته. وأمور أخرى كثيرة وعجيبة ورائعة تفوق الوصف. استطاع أن يعدها ويتقنها بمعرفة ومهارة. والبحث وانتهاز الفرص. ليس فقط المفيدة منها. بل والمضرة الآثمة أيضاً. كتلك التي صنعها الناس وأعدوها لصنع الأسلحة لمحاربة بعضهم البعض. وكالتي اخترعها الأعداء المقاتلون لمهاجمة المدن. وكتلك التي صنعها أهالي المدن للدفاع ضد المهاجمين. ولم أطيل الشرح. فأعدد اختراعات حكمة العقل البشري الذي وجد في خلقته صورة وشبهاً لله الذي بهذا أظهره أنه فعلاً مثال صورته. فالله يعمل كل ما يشاء. والعقل البشري يعمل بفطنة كل ما اكتشفه بصلئيل الفنان الماهر مشيد خيمة الشهادة ليكون شاهداً على اختراعات العقل البشري. وحيرام الصوري الذي يثني عليه الكتاب الإلهي. والذي صنع جميع أدوات النحاس لبيت الرب بحسب توصية ورغبة سليمان بن داود ملك إسرائيل. وفنانون آخرون ماهرون أتوا أعمالاً عجيبة جديرة بالثناء في بلدان متعددة ومناطق مختلفة. واشتهروا في هذا العالم بسبب أعمالهم واختراعاتهم العجيبة. التي هي نتيجة الحكمة والمعرفة. مثل فيداس ودادلوس وغيرهم من الصناع الحاذقين. أنه لتطفل منا أن نأتي على ذكر أمثال هؤلاء ومن اشتهروا بالاختراعات

نتطرق هنا إلى ما هو ضروري فقط فنقول: لقد منح الله الخالق العقل البشري حكمة واستنارة بهذا المقدار في ما أتاه من اختراعات وأعمال. حتى بلغ إلى أن يصب بشكل مناسب. أعمال الطبيعة وخلائق الله. ليس فقط بالأقلام التي بها نصنع تماثيل الناس والحيوانات والطيور. من النحاس والحديد والذهب والفضة ومواد أخرى كثيرة. بل من طين الأرض الحقير المجبول. ومن مزج وتركيب الكلس والجبصين ومواد أخرى. وإضافة إلى هذه. نماذج من الأدوية والألوان المختلفة. وقد تقدم بعضهم في أصالة الفن حتى أنهم خدعوا حاسة البصر لدى البشر والحيوانات. نظراً إلى التشابه الحقيقي التام

حياة الإنسان وولادته
على هذه الصورة خلق الله العقل البشري. وثبت فيه حكمة مقارنة ومفكرة ومدركة. ومزجه بطين مركب. متغير وزائل. ومن تركيب هذه. كون هذا الإنسان المنظور وغير المنظور الذي يقال عنه أنه شبه وصورة خالقه. وهكذا أعده لينمو شيئاً فشيئاً ويتقدم نحو الأمام ويكتمل ماراً بمختلف القامات. وكاشفاً تدريجياً عن المعرفة والحكمة التي غرست فيه. ولما كنا قد ذكرنا نمو هذا الإنسان المنظور. في سياق قصته. استوجب أن نعطي هذه الناحية أيضاً. وبحسب الترتيب. ما تحتاجه من الحديث. وكذلك لفترة الحياة التي حددها لها الخالق كما سبق ذكره. فقد جاء في الكتاب الإلهي: أن الله خلق الحيوانات والنباتات ذكراً وأنثى يوم خلقها. وأن الإنسانين الأولين اللذين خلقهما من التراب وكونهما من الأرض. قد جمعهما جسداً واحداً وإرادة واحدة. شأنهما شأن سائر الحيوانات والطيور ذات نفس حية. بواسطة الزواج واتحاد الذكور والإناث بالشهوة والحب والقاء الزرع البشري من الرجل. والدم من المرأة ليقيموا نسلاً لجنسهم داخل رحم المرأة. على هذا النمط رتب الله الخالق أن يتسلسل ويتكاثر الجنس البشري. لذا قال لهم: “أثمروا واكثروا واملأوا الأرض وكونوا أسياداً عليها “. هكذا حدد الله المبدع الحكيم أن تتم صياغة وتركيب الإنسان الحي داخل رحم رطب لحمي وطيني الذي هو حجرة الطبيعة البشرية. مثل غطاء النباتات النضرة في جوف الأرض الرطبة الطينية. لأن قوام الإنسان وتركيبه هو من العناصر الأربعة: التراب والماء والهواء والنار. وربما بسبب هذا حدد الله الخالق المبدع الحكيم أربعين يوماً لاكتمال الجنين في الرحم. مقسماً ومحدداً لكل من العناصر الأربعة بالتساوي عشرة أيام كاملة. وهذا ما يسلم به أيضاً علماء الطبيعة الحاذقون. وكذلك جماعة من ملافنة الكنيسة القديسين الذين حددوا العدد أربعين يوماً لاكتمال صورة وهيئة وقوام الجسد البشري داخل رحم المرأة الحامل. ومن المعروف أنه منذ بدء الحمل يعجن ويتحد معاً النفس والجسد من أجل تركيب قوام طبيعة الإنسان المركبة. وحيث أن كليهما كانا معاً داخل الرحم. فأن الجسد يتغذى ويزداد نمواً ويكتمل ظاهرياً وتدريجياً. أما النفس فهي خفية وغير منظورة. وله قوة غريزية واحدة للحياة فقط حتى اليوم الأربعين. وهي المسماة المغذية والنامية. لذا فأن الجنين لا يتحرك ولا يشعر حتى ذلك اليوم. وبعد اليوم الأربعين حيث تظهر وتنمو في الجنين قوة الحس والحركة. يعرف عند ذاك بكونه حساساً ومتحركاً. ويحرك نفسه داخل رحم أمه مثل يوحنا بن زكريا الذي ارتعش في بطن أمه اليصابات في الشهر السادس كما يشهد الروح المبشر. هذا هو حال الجنين في الرحم. حيث يتغذى وينمو بالقوة الغريزية. ويحس ويتحرك بالقوة الحية حتى الشهر التاسع. حيث يكتمل الحمل البشري. هكذا حدد الله أن يتم حمل الإنسان وولادته خلال تسعة أشهر. ولئن يطرأ أحياناً طارىء على الطبيعة فتنقص المدة المحددة من الخالق أو تزيد

هكذا تحدد وثبت زمن الحمل البشري في البطن. وهكذا يكتمل الجسد البشري داخل أرحام الأمومة. وهو يحمل كلا القوتين النفسيتين اللتين تظهر أفعالهما فيه. واللتين أشرنا إليهما أعلاه. أي القوة الغريزية والقوة الحية. دون أن تظهر فيه قوة النطق والتفكير الذي يعتبر نفس الإنسان الحقيقية المتكاملة. وهكذا يولد الإنسان بعد الحمل في البطن مدة تسعة أشهر. ويخرج إلى هذا العالم التعيس المليء بالجرائم… وهكذا ينمو تدريجياً وبصعوبة وتحفظ. كما تظهر أيضاً النفس الناطقة والمفكرة مع نمو جسدها. حيث يدركها المعنيون تماماً من أعمالها. وينظرون إليها وإلى أعمالها ببصائرهم. وهكذا يبدو نمو هذا ( الإنسان ) صعباً بهذا المقدار. ويأخذ مدة أطول وأكثر من سائر حيوانات الأرض. كما أنه أكثر كرامة بخلقته من سائر الكائنات المحسوسة. ومن هذا يدرك كل واحد جيداً ويتحقق من الكلام القائل. أن أكرم وأحب شيء هو الذي يكتسب بجهد وصعوبة. هكذا يولد الإنسان حيث يتغذى من جسد أمه بواسطة حليب أثدائها حتى السنة الثانية من عمره أو أكثر. توجد بعض الحيوانات التي تنتصب على الأرض فور ولادتها على رجليها وتسير مع أمهاتها. أما الإنسان فحتى بعد مضي سنتين بالكاد يستطيع تثبيت أرجله ليسير على الأرض. وفي حدود السنة الرابعة. أكثر أو أقل قليلاً لدى بعضهم. تظهر النفس الناطقة ذاتها بواسطة الكلام الذي يخرج. والحركات والإشارات الجزئية التي تظهر بداية أعمالها وما في طبيعتها من قوى. وإلى أن ينمو الإنسان حتى السنة السابعة. وله تفكير بسيط ومرن. طاهر وبعيد عن كل شر. ولا يدرك حتى عري جسده الذي كان لآدم. الإنسان الأول وامرأته حواء. خلال فترة حياتهم السعيدة الخالية من الألم والضيق. الحياة المقدسة الطاهرة التي يسميها الكتاب الإلهي رمزياً. فردوس النعيم. هذه هي حال الإنسان في الأسبوع السنوي الأول من حياته. حيث لا وجود للشر فيه. ولا تحسب له خطيئة من قبل الله ديان الأحياء. كما لا يدان حتى من الشرائع الموجودة هنا. ولا من تلك التي هناك نظراً إلى حكم الله العادل. لذا فأن سن السنوات السبع الأولى لا تصلح كثيراً للتربية والتعليم. ولا أن تربى بقضيب التعليم. ولكن يجب أن يقرب منه قضيب التحذير والتخويف من الأمور المضرة. وفي الأسبوع السنوي الثاني من الحياة البشرية. يظهر بجلاء اكتسابه الطبيعي لقوة النطق والتفكير المنسوبة إلى النفس العاقلة. وهذه هي السن الملائمة للتربية والتي تخضع لقضيب المربي. كما أن الذنوب تحسب لمن في هذه السن. وكذلك ما يقضي به الحكام من عقاب

النمو والبلوغ
أن الفتى الذي بلغ السنة الخامسة عشرة. وقد اجتاز الأسبوع السنوي الثاني. يكون أكثر صلاحاً لاقتبال التربية والعلم اعتباراً من السنة السابعة وحتى الخامسة عشرة. حيث أن فكره لم يتدنس بعد بالشهوات التي تستوجب عقاباً من الموجهين. فقد قال سليمان في مطلع أمثاله عن سن الفتى هذه ” لنعطي الجهال حكمة والفتيان معرفة وفكراً “. فلمثل هؤلاء يناسب إعطاء المعرفة والفكر. لأنهم مثل الشمع الطري. لهم استعداد تام لتنطبع فيهم بجدية صورة الفضيلة وتنقش فيهم المعرفة والحكمة. لذلك دعي الذين هم في الأسبوع السنوي الثاني من حياتهم أحداثاُ. وتكون سن الأسبوع السنوي الثالث من حياة الإنسان. أي من السنة الرابعة عشرة وحتى الحادية والعشرين. مهزوزة وتنتفض بسهولة لريح الشهوات وتميل نحو مختلف النزعات بدون استقرار. وهي بحاجة إلى تغطية تامة وحرص دائم. فأنه ينمو وينضج دون سقوط في فترة الأسبوع السنوي الثالث. وليس من العسير إصلاحه واقتباله التأديب وهذا شأنه أيضاً في الأسبوع السنوي الرابع. وعندما يكمل الإنسان الأسابيع السنوية الأربعة. ويبلغ العقد الثالث. يكون قد بلغ ملء قامة الرجال يعرف… … ويصبح أهلاً للرئاسة وإدارة الكثيرين إذا كانت لديه المعرفة والحكمة. هكذا ينمو الإنسان. وهكذا يرحل عن حياة هذا العالم بأعمار متباينة. أي رجلاً كاملاً أو في منتصف العمر أو في الشيخوخة. لكي ينتقل إلى العالم الآخر بمقتضى أمر خالقه. حيث أن الحياة حددت له بسبعين سنة أو ثمانين كقول الكتاب. قال ذلك الروح المرتل بلسان النبي موسى عندما كان يطلب إلى الله من أجل شعب إسرائيل ويترجاه أن يغض النظر عن خطاياهم خلال سنيهم التي هي سبعون سنة وبالكاد ثمانون سنة. هذا هو التحديد الأخير لفترة حياة البشر

عمر الإنسان
وأود أن أقول شيئاً آخر وأنا أنظر إلى فترة حياة رؤساء الآباء الأولين الطويلة الواردة في الكتاب الإلهي التي امتدت لدى معظمهم إلى نحو تسعمائة سنة أو أكثر. كما يشهد الكتاب المقدس. بالنسبة إلى الذين ولدوا من الملائكة أبناء الله الذين شكوا ونكثوا عهدهم مع الله. واتخذوا نساء من بنات قايين وولد منهم رجال مقاتلون وعملوا شروراً كثيرة على الأرض: فقد روى لنا الكتاب المقدس أن الله قال عنهم: ” لا تسكن روحي في هؤلاء الناس إلى الأبد لأنهم بشر. بل تكون أيامهم مائة وعشرين سنة “. في حق هؤلاء فقط أصدر الله هذا الحكم وليس في حق سائر الجنس البشري الذي جاء فيما بعد. أنه لأمر واضح وظاهر أن الكتاب دون وروى عن حياة بعض رؤساء الآباء أنها امتدت بعد الطوفان إلى نحو ستمائة سنة وإلى سبعمائة أو أكثر بالنسبة إلى البعض الآخر. وكذلك زاوس اليوناني طاغية الكريتيين الذي ناهزت حياته السبعمائة سنة كما تروي مدونات وروايات المؤرخين اليونانيين. إضافة إلى هذا نقول: لا زالت حتى الآن حياة بعض الناس الهنود طويلة أكثر من سائر الشعوب. تمتد إلى ثلاثمائة وخمسين سنة أو أربعمائة سنة. ومعظمهم يعمرون حتى مائتي سنة أو مائتي وخمسين. أما في البلاد العربية الخصيبة فيعيشون حتى المائة والثلاثين سنة. ويبدو أن بعضهم حتى الآن ما زال يشملهم تحديد الله للمئة والعشرين لحياة الذين أثموا قبل الطوفان. وليس جميع الجنس البشري. سواء في ذلك الزمان أو بعده

ويجب أن نتحدث عما هو موجود الآن. ففي البلدان الغربية مثل اسبانيا وفرنسا ( غاليا ). وفي البلدان الجنوبية. سومطرة وسيفيثية بالكاد ومع الشيخوخة تمتد حياة الناس إلى نحو ستين سنة. ويستنتج من هذا. أن لمناخات المناطق تأثيراً على الشيخوخة وطول حياة الناس. مع تحديدات الله التي تحدثنا عنها. ولكن يجب أن ندرك أن أمر إطالة حياة البشر على الأرض وكيف ومتى تنتهي أيام حياتهم ويرحلون من هنا. منوط بارادة الله. لأنه يولي اهتمامه بجميعهم على حد سواء. لا بل وبكل واحد بصورة خصوصية. وبحياتهم وخروجهم وانتقالهم

اتحاد النفس بالجسد
وحيث أن الحديث تناول بما فيه الكفاية. خلقة الله للعقل البشري. وما وهبه خالقه من معرفة وحكمة. واكتشافات العقل وأعماله المدهشة. وقوام الإنسان وتركيبه من نفس وجسد. وتسلسله عن طريق الزواج والحمل والولادة والنمو. وعن مختلف سني أعماره وعدد سني حياته. يجب. لا بل من الضرورة. أن نضيف فنتحدث عن اتحاد النفس بالجسد. فمثلما أنها تحافظ على طبيعتها وخصائصها بدون امتزاج أو تبلبل أو اختلاط أو انصهار. وبعيداً عن كل تغيير أو تبديل. كذلك الجسد فأنه مستقل ومحافظ على خصائصه دون امتزاج أو تبلبل أو تغيير. نظراً إلى وحدتهما الحقيقية وتركيبهما الكامل. وكلاهما يشكلان وحدة باطنية غير منقسمة بصورة متشابهة ومتساوية وكأنها كلها شيء واحد بسيط وغير متغير. فهكذا تنسب إلى النفس آلام الجسد وكأنها من صلب طبيعتها. وتنسب إلى الجسد خصائص النفس وكأنها من صلب طبيعته. فينسب إلى النفس جوع الجسد وعطشه. وشهوة الأكل والشرب. والتعب والمرض والضعف والشعور بالبرد والحر وغيرها. فيقال عنها أنها تجوع وتعطش وتعاني المرض وتضعف وتتألم. وكذلك الجسد فأنه يهيج ويخاف ويفزع ويكتئب ويفرح ويفلح ويهش بنشاط للشجاعة والجبروت. هذه كلها تنسب إليه وكأنها من طبيعته وصادرة عنه وليست النفس هي مصدرها. ومثل هذه الأعمال لا تؤكدها النفس والجسد فقط عن طريق الأعمال المنظورة التي يأتيانها. أو العامة وتقليدهم الذين هم الآخرون يؤكدون ذلك. ولا الحديث المألوف الذي يدور حولها. ولكن الكتاب الإلهي أيضاً يشهد ويعلم هذه كلها. نهجاً على ما اعتادت إليه العامة. إذ يقول الروح المرتل: “اشبع الله النفس الجائعة “ و ” بالحديد قيدت نفس يوسف “. والذي يسرق لكي يشبع النفس الجائعة. اسرق. يقول سليمان: في حين أن النفس لا تجوع ولا تشبع بالطعام الجسدي ولا تقيد بالحديد ولا تتألم بسبب أي من هذه الأمور التي تنسب إلى الجسد فقط. ولكن هكذا ينسب أو يكتب كل ما هو للجسد على النفس. وما هو للنفس على الجسد. نظراً إلى وحدتهما الحقيقية والطبيعية التي عملها لهما الله خالقهما. والتركيب الذي يوفق بينهما في الوقت الذي هما بعيدان كثيراً الواحد عن الآخر سواء بالطبيعة أم بالخصائص المختلفة والمضادة. بما هو منظور أو غير منظور. بالحس والتعقل. بالجسد والروح. بالجسم ومن دون جسم. هكذا وحد الله خالقهما. الكلمة الخالق. النفس والجسد في وحدة حقيقية طبيعية وعجيبة وفائقة الوصف في حين أنهما شيئان مختلفان في الهدف وغير متساويين لبعضهما في الجوهر

وهكذا فأن المبدع الحكيم والقادر على كل شيء. سبق وأعدهما متناسبين الواحد للآخر. ينسب ما لأحدهما للآخر ويجعله وكأنه له. ولئن يظن الخصوم بأنهما لا يشبهان بعضهما. سواء بالصفات أو الآلام أو أي شيء آخر. أو الأسماء أو الكلمات التي تشير إليهما. فأنه ( الله ) عمل هذه بحكمة وبشكل رمزي في آن واحد. حيث سبق وأعطى صورة موضحة ورمزاً مشابهاً لسر تجسده. فقد مهد الطريق وأعطى دليلاً على ما قيل عنه من كلام. فمثلما اتحدت النفس البسيطة والعاقلة مع الجسد المركب المحسوس اتحاداً طبيعياً دون امتزاج أو تبلبل. ونسب كل منهما لنفسه ما هو للآخر دون أن يعترض أحد. أو يشك في هذا. لأن العرف والكتاب يشهدان ويوافقان على هذا كما بينا. هكذا اللاهوت البسيط العاقل الأزلي وغير المخلوق. عندما اتحد طبيعياً وحقيقياً بالناسوت المركب والمحسوس والمخلوق. باتحاد طبيعي وأقنومي عجيب لا يحد. دون امتزاج أو تبلبل أو تغيير. حيث أعطى ما هو للناسوت. ونسب إليه ما للناسوت. تشهد على هذا أقوال الإنجيل المقدسة. وليس هناك من يعترض أو يشك من العقول التي تشترك بالمعرفة. فبكل عدالة تنسب إلى ناسوته القوات والأعمال العجيبة التي كان المسيح يصنعها من شفاء المرضى وطرد الشياطين واقامة الموتى. وأن آلام ناسوته ترتقي وجوباً إلى لاهوته. الجوع والعطش. النوم والتعب. الارتباك والضيق. الحزن والخوف. وكذلك الألم والصلب والموت وجميع الأشياء الأخرى المنزهة عن الملام والخطيئة. وكل روح هي من الله. تسلم وتعترف بهذا وتعرف يسوع المسيح الذي جاء بالجسد

الهدف من خلق الإنسان والمصير
إلى هنا ينتهي الحديث المختصر والمحدود الذي قيل عن هذه. وفيه الكفاية لمن يعي كيف يسمع ويعترف. أما الآن فلنوجه حديثنا نحو هدفه. ونقول بلطف. كل ما يدور من كلام من جهة الإنسان. وأن ما يدور عنه هو ولا شك ضروري إذ يدور حول حياته في هذا العالم. وضرورياته فيه. ولماذا وضع فيه. وحتى متى يدع الله الإنسان في هذا العالم ؟ وعن موته وانحلاله منه. وعن بعث جسده من التراب. وقيامته. وعن يوم دينونة الجنس البشري برمته. وعن المجازاة المعروفة والمعترف بها التي تعطى من قبل العدالة لمن يستحق من المدركين والمعترفين. والتي تسميها الكتب المقدسة ملكوت السماء وجحيماً وناراً. عن هذه الأمور يدور الكلام في ما يخص الإنسان

ما هو ضروري للإنسان
لقد أعطي الإنسان. مسلكاً في هذا العالم الذي جاء إليه. وقد أباح له الله المعني والمدبر – أوضح كلامي هنا بأقوال الكتاب الروحي – أن يعمل في أرض اللعنات التي طرح فيها ليأكل خبزاً من عشب الحقل بعرق وجهه. حيث يجني منها بالتعب والعناء والعذاب ما هو ضروري ونافع له فقط. فقد قال له: ” أنك تأكل منها بالآلام والأوجاع طيلة أيام حياتك. وتنبت لك شوكاً وحسكاً. وتأكل عشب الحقل. بعرق وجهك تأكل خبزك حتى تعود إلى الأرض التي أخذت منها. لأنك تراب وإلى التراب تعود “. لقد قرر الله للإنسان وأباح له فقط الضروريات التي تخص مسلكه في هذا العالم. وهذه الضروريات هي: أن يبني له بيوتاً من الأرض ليسكنها مع البهائم التي تخدمه. وبها يتقي برد الشتاء القارص. والحر في الصيف. ويجمع منها القوت الضروري له ولبهائمه. ويتزود منها بالأشياء الضرورية لسد حاجاته. مثل الحديد والنحاس وأمور أخرى تشبهها. ويعمل له ثياباً وكسوة منها ومن الحيوانات التي فوقها. ليتدفأ بها في زمن البرد ويغطي عري جسده. إجلالا للطبيعة وتخلصاً وتهرباً من العهارة

هذه هي كما يبدو. الأشياء التي أباح بها الله سرياً للإنسان. من أجل سكناه على الأرض ومسلكه في هذا العالم. ولكي أجمل كلامي بكلام رجل حكيم أورد هنا ما يلي: ” أن العناصر الأساسية لحياة الإنسان هي الخبز والماء والكساء. والبيت لستر عورته “. وبناء على قول هذا الرجل الحكيم. فأن البيت والثياب هي ضرورية لستر عورة الإنسان. وليس من اجل الزينة والتبجح الفارغ والباطل الذي لا طائل تحته؛ إذ يزين باطلاً قبل سكانه. ببلاط ذهبية وأحجار براقة لماعة. وجهد لا جدوى منه. ولكي نعطي لكلامنا إيضاحاً أكثر عن هذه الضروريات. لا بد من إضافة شيء آخر هنا مناسب وضروري. من أقوال هذا الرجل الحكيم. فقد قال بهذا الصدد ما يلي: ” أن رأس كل الأشياء الضرورية لحياة الناس هو الماء والنار والحديد والملح ولب الحنطة والحليب والعسل وعصير العنب. والزيت. وأدوات الغطاء والملابس “. ويضيف سارداً أشياء أخرى مناسبة جداً. ليظهر أن هذه كافية للأتقياء وخائفي الله الذين لا يطمعون في أمور زائدة. ولئن يسعى الجشعون بجشع وراء أمور أخرى. فأنه يقول: أن هذه كلها خلقت صالحة للصالحين وخائفي الله. ولعنة وشراً للأشرار والأثمة. هذه فقط كانت الأشياء الضرورية لسكنى الناس في هذا العالم. أما الذهب والفضة وما يشبهها. فقد وجدت كنتيجة للطمع الشديد. وأثارت على الجنس البشري بل وحياته برمتها حروباً ومظالم وغيرها من الشرور الكثيرة. فأن جميع حاجات الإنسان قد سدت ولم ينقصه شيء حتى ولو لم تكتشف هذه. فليس هناك كلمة واحدة تشير إلى اكتشاف الذهب والفضة قبل الطوفان. حتى ولا ذكر لها إطلاقا. ومع ذلك لم تكن حياته في هذا العالم تنقصها حاجة. ولم تكن له حاجة ماسة إلى الذهب. أذن فليكن معلوماً: أن اكتشاف هذه ليس فقط دون فائدة. بل هو ضار ومسبب للشرور. وأن محبة المال هي أم وأصل كل الشرور كما دعاها القول الرسولي

لماذا الإنسان في العالم ؟
إلى هنا يكون الحديث قد أوضح بإيجاز الأمور الضرورية لمعيشة الناس. أما لماذا وضع الإنسان في عالم العذاب والعناء والأمراض. بعد سقوطه وخطيئته؟ وعلى أية قاعدة تقرر هذا. وحتى متى يخضع لحكم هذا القضاء؟. فسنوضح هذه الأمور الآن بصورة سريعة. فالإنسان لم يرسل إلى هذا العالم ليمكث فيه أو يسكنه إلى الأبد. بل من أجل أن يؤدب فيه كالطفل في مدرسة التربية وتمحى خطيئته وذنب آدم وعصيانه بالكامل. ولكي يدرك عندما يتأدب. أن هذا العالم هو حقاً غابة البكاء وليس مسكناً. وساعة أحلام غير مستقرة أو مستمرة وليس كمال الأشياء. وإذا اعترف بهذا. غض نظر تفكيره عما هو هنا. وإذ ينظر نحو خالقه منتظراً خلاصه. فإنه يتشبث ويصمد دون تزعزع. على رغبة ومحبة الأمور الثابتة والباقية. هذا هو السبب الذي من أجله طرد الإنسان ووضع في هذا العالم. وقد امتد حكم القضاء بهذا المقدار حتى شمل الجنس البشري. لكي يعيش سوية وهو شقي ومعذب بشرور هذا العالم. في الحمل والولادة والتربية والضيقات والأوجاع والنزعات والآلام والأمراض وضعف الشيخوخة. ومن ثم بالموت وفساد الجسد. والبقاء في الأرض حتى اكتمال عدد المختارين المفرزين الموجودين في كيان الإنسان منذ خلقته. المعنيين والمعروفين لدى الله خالقهم. منذ بداية وجود الإنسان. وحين اكتمال هذا العدد. سينقطع فوراً نسل الجنس البشري وتتوقف مسيرة هذا العالم التعيس الشقي. وهذا هو سبب تيهان وغربة الجنس البشري الشقي في هذا العالم

هذه هي حياة الإنسان في هذا العالم. لذا فأنها ستكتمل فيما بعد الموت والفساد في القبور. وانحلال وتلاشي أعضاء الجسد في الأرض. وتبديد عظامنا في الهاوية كما يقول المرتل. فسيرسل الجسد إلى التراب بقرار من الله. ومن هناك ينتقل كل من العناصر إلى ما هو من جنسه. الماء والهواء والنار. حتى يبقى التراب وحده حقاً على الأرض مثيله في الجنس. أما النفس فستنتقل أما عند أنفس الصالحين مع جموع الملائكة القديسين. أو عند أنفس الأثمة مع زمر الأبالسة المتمردين. كل واحد بحسب حكم الله الصادر بحقها حتى يأتي وقت قيامة الجنس البشري كله والدينونة والمجازاة العادلة المقضية على كل واحد بحسب أعماله. وبموجب مسلكه وأفعاله هنا. وبهذا يكون الحديث قد شمل كل هذه الأمور. وتأكد بشهادة الرجال القدامى والمحدثين. آبائنا مثبتي الكنيسة المتبحرين الصادقين والجديرين بالثقة الذين علموا وسلموا إلينا

البعث والقيامة
وحيث أن الحديث تطرق إلى البعث والقيامة. استوجب أن نتوسع قليلاً بشأنها. فنتحدث عن الأمور الهامة مشيرين إلى الأقوال الصادقة التي قيلت فيها. والأقوال المزيفة التي يجب ألا تقبل. إذ ليس لجميع الذين يعترفون ببعث الأموات وقيامة الأجساد من التراب. آراء صائبة فيها. لذا ولكي يكون كلامنا عنها واضحاً ومستنيراً. رأينا أن نضع نصب أعيننا أولاً اختلاف الآراء بشأنها بالترتيب المناسب مع العدد المشير إليها. ومن ثم الكلام الصادق والصائب. إلى جانب الشهادات المقبولة. مضيفين ما يناسب من أقوال الروح الإلهي. إسنادا وتأكيداً لكلامنا بخصوصها

أولاً – لقد خاصم قوم من الهراطقة اليهود المعروفين بالصدوقيين. المسيح. منكرين حدوث قيامة الأموات. وقالوا في حالة حدوثها يكون الزواج بين الرجال والنساء أمراً ضرورياً. إلا أن المسيح برده. سفه هذه الهراطقة وأبطلها قائلاً لأولئك الضالين: ” أنكم تضلون لأنكم لا تعرفون الكتب ولا قوة الله. تعلمون أنه في القيامة لا يتزوج الرجال نساء ولا تكون النساء للرجال. بل يكونون كملائكة الله في السماء. هكذا هم “

ثانياً – وقال آخرون بجنون: أن الأجساد في القيامة تكون روحية أثيرية. لا أجساداً كثيفة ذات احساس ثابت وسليم. ودعماً لرأيهم يستشهدون بقول بولس القائل: ” وأن كنا قد عرفنا المسيح حسب الجسد. لكن الآن لا نعرفه بعد “. ويدعون بأن أجسادنا أيضاً ستكون مثل جسد المسيح في القيامة. فهؤلاء يدحضهم قول الرب لتلاميذه: ” المسوني واعرفوا أن ليس للروح لحم وعظام كما ترون لي “. فإذا كان للمسيح بعد القيامة لحم وعظام ملموسة. فهي ليست أثيرية أو روحية. بل جسم سليم وقائم يحتوي على العناصر الأربعة. وإذا دعموا قولهم بدخوله والأبواب مغلقة. فليعلموا أن هذا يدخل في نطاق أعماله الإلهية الخارقة للطبيعة. وليس لأجسادنا أن تدخل بعد القيامة والأبواب مغلقة. أما قول بولس فلا يشير إلى أن جسد المسيح ليس لحماً بعد القيامة. بل إلى أن جسد الرب لا يخضع بعد قيامته من بين الأموات إلى الشهوات الجسدية الطبيعية التي كانت له قبل القيامة. وآخرون يهذون عن قلة العقل ويقولون: سوف لن تكون للأجساد. الهيئة التي كانت لها قبل القيامة. ويتساءلون عن ضلالة. ما الحاجة إلى أن تكون لهم أيد وهم لا يعملون شيئاً. لماذا تكون لهم أرجل وهم ليسوا بحاجة إلى المشي ؟ لماذا تكون لهم أعضاء التناسل وهم لا يتزوجون ؟ أنهم يقولون هذا لأنهم لا يدركون أن ذاك الذي أهله الله ليشترك في صورته مهما كان كبيراً أو صغيراً. لا يدعه يهان أو يهلك. ولا يفكرون بما كتب. بأن كل ما خلقه الله هو حسن. فإذا كان حسناً. كل ما خلقه الله الذي هو أكثر علماً وحكمة. أذن فأعضاء الإناث قد خلقها الله مكون الطبيعة ضرورة وهي حسنة. إذ استحقت هي الأخرى لشركة صورته. لذا فلا تترك للفساد لتهلك وتصير وكأنها لم تكن. لكنها ستستقر في أماكنها لدى تجديد الأجساد البشرية. وسيبقى أيضاً شكل الجسد الذكري. وشكل الجسد الأنثوي. وسيظل الرجل رجلاً والمرأة امرأة. فالمسيح بقوله: “يكونون كملائكة الله لا يزوجون ولا يتزوجون “ لا ينفي وجود رجال ونساء. بل يشير فقط إلى أنهم لا يتزوجون. لذا. وحيث أن جميع الأجساد البشرية اشتركت في صورته. فأنها ستقوم كاملة بهيئاتها وأعضائها الكبيرة والصغيرة دون أن يطرأ عليها نقص ما .ويبعث من جديد صفاء الطبيعة ونقاؤها الكامل. متحرراً من كل الشهوات والعيوب. ومن كل الزوائد والنواقص. ولم أطيل الكلام وقد تجمله كلمات رسولية قليلة ألهمها الروح. تلك التي بها تظهر الأمور الحقيقية والسليمة. قال بولس الإلهي في قيامة الأجساد البشرية: “تزرع بفساد وتقوم بلا فساد. تزرع بهوان وتقوم بالمجد. تزرع بضعف وتقوم بقوة. يزرع جسد نفساني ويقوم جسد روحاني. هناك جسد نفساني وجسد روحاني “

هذا ما قاله الروح الرسولي في الأجساد البشرية. حيث يسمى جسداً نفسانياً. الجسد الذي له جميع الشهوات الجسدية والنفسية كالجوع والعطش والنوم والمرض وما شابهها. والغضب والشهوة والتشوش. الخوف والضيق. وسائر شهوات النفس الأخرى. وهذه كلها تخص ذاك المركب. أما الروحاني فهو الذي قد تحرر من كل هذه. ثم يستطرد الرسول قائلاً: ” لا يستطيع اللحم والدم أن يرثا ملكوت السماء. ولا الفاسد يرث عدم فساد “. فهو يسمي الجسد المستعبد للشهوات الجسدية والنفسية لحماً ودماً وفساداً. أما ملكوت السماء فقد سماه عدم الفساد. وهو ما سيمنح الله للذين يحبونه. ثم يقول: ” لا نرقد كلنا أي نموت. بل كلنا نتغير “. ويشير هنا إلى تحرير الأجساد البشرية من الشهوات. ولما أراد أن يظهر ماهية مفاعيل القيامة وقوتها. قال: ” أن هذا الفاسد سيلبس عدم فساد. وهذا المائت عدم الموت. فيتم القول المكتوب: أن قد ابتلع الموت بالغلبة. فأين شوكتك أيها الموت. وأين غلبتك أيتها الهاوية ؟ “

فقد أوضح الروح الرسولي بهذه الكلمات صراحة. أن تحريراً كاملاً من جميع الشهوات الجسدية والنفسية سيتم للأجساد البشرية في القيامة من بين الأموات وبتسميته دائين كبيرين هما الفساد والموت. يكون قد أخرج وحرر جميع الأجساد التي ستقوم من بين الأموات. من سائر الشهوات. لذا فأن الأجساد ستتحرر في القيامة من جميع شهوات الجسد. وليس من هيئة أعضائها التي أعطتها إياها الطبيعة بأمر خالقها. فهذا هو شكل قيامة الأجساد البشرية بموجب إعلان الأقوال الإلهية

” لما وصل الكاتب. أي المعلم الحكيم. إلى هنا. انتهت حياته وانتهى حديثه. فأكمل البقية الأسقف جاورجي أسقف العرب والطائيين وبني عقيل الذي في عهده تمت كتابة هذا الكتاب وهذه اللوحة أيضاً “

الدينونة
لنتحدث الآن عن الدينونة التي ستتم – كما ذكر – بعد البعث وقيامة أجسادنا من القبور. فنذكر أولاً أن الكثيرين اعتادوا جهلاً. تسمية الدينونة عقاباً. قياساً بالذين يصدرون قرارات حكم ضد البعض ويقرنونها بالعذابات والضيقات والآلام المختلفة. بسبب إجرامهم وشرورهم المتنوعة. لذا يقولون: أن فلاناً أصدر مرات كثيرة أحكاماً قاسية ومريرة ضد المتهم الفلاني. أو أن الحاكم الفلاني لم ينصف كثيراً المتهم الفلاني الذي مثل أمامه. وتوجد هنا وهناك في الكتاب المقدس. عبارات توحي بالظن بأن ما حدث هو حقيقة. كالتي قالها يعقوب أخو الرب في رسالته الجامعة: ” لأن الحكم هو بلا رحمة لمن لم يعمل رحمة. وكما قال الرسول بولس وأشعيا: ” لأنه بنار يدين الرب ويمتحن بها كل جسد “. وكما جاء في إنجيل يوحنا على لسان مخلصنا: ” الذين عملوا الصالحات إلى قيامة الدينونة “. أنه فحص واستقصاء وامتحان يجريه الديان مع بعضهم عما اقترفوه. ومع البعض الآخر عما عانوه واحتملوه من الغبن والمظالم. والدليل على هذا هو. أن أياً كان يستطيع. لو شاء. أن يجد في الكتب الإلهية ما لا حصر له منها. ويقارن بين الأمور الصغيرة والكبيرة. ومنها شهادة الكتاب. وما أمر الله قضاة بني إسرائيل بواسطة أشعيا النبي قائلاً…. وكذلك … و… كما نبه الله مراراً. وأيضاً وما قاله داود. وما قاله داود وأرميا. وكذلك.. ما قاله داود. والكثير مما هو على غرار ذلك

بيد أن الشهادة الأكثر وضوحاً على حقيقة هذا. ما قاله الروح المرتل نفسه بشأن الأثمة الكاملين الظاهرين. ” لذلك لا تقوم الأشرار في الدين “. فإذا كانت الدينونة عقاباً وعذاباً كزعم بعضهم. فكيف يقول “لا يقوم الأشرار للدينونة “ أي العذاب؟. فهذا لا يتناسب. ولكن المعروف أنه قال هذا بالنسبة إلى الأشرار الذين تميزوا من البطن. فمثل هؤلاء لا يستحقون حتى أن يقوموا في الدينونة مع الصالحين. فأن أعمالهم لا تحتاج إلى بحث وتمحيص أمام الديان. لأنها مكشوفة ومفضوحة أمام كل واحد. لذا فأن دينونة الله العتيد للجنس البشـري عادلة ومستقيمة

وسيكون امتحان وفحص وتمحيص بعد البعث وقيامة أجسادهم من الموت. ويتم ذلك بحسب اعتراف وأقوال كل واحد بشكل ملائم وعادل جداً. ومثلما يحدث في هذا العالم بالنسبة إلى الذين حصلوا على رئاسات عليا أو دنيا. ويودون تسليم بعض السلطات لمن هم أدنى منهم. أي يقيمونهم وكلاء على بيوتهم وأعمالهم. أما كمأجورين أو كعبيد أن حدث. أو أحياناً كأبناء. وكما اعتادوا. عندما تنتهي المدة المقررة. أو عندما يرغب الرؤساء ويحسن لهم أن يمثلوا أمامهم للمقاضاة والامتحان. أي التمحيص والفحص والحساب. في ما أسلم لكل منهم واؤتمن عليه. هكذا الله أيضاً رئيس الرؤساء وملك الملوك وسيد السادات. مزمع أن يمتحن ويدين. أي أن يفحص ويبحث مع كل الناس. في كل الأشياء التي أسلمهم إياها وائتمنهم عليها. وقد سبق فكر مهم إذ منحهم إياها وعن تصرفهم منذ اليوم الأول لخلقتهم وحتى اليوم الأخير يوم بعثهم. ليس فقط بالنسبة إلى ما ذكرناه وسردناه. مما فعل. بل أيضاً بالنسبة إلى أمور أخرى لا تحصى. وإذ فعل الله هذا. لا لكونه محتاجاً إلى الدينونة والفحص ليعرف أعمال وأفعال البشر. لأنه هو الذي يعرف خفايا القلب. وهو فاحص الكلى والقلوب كما هو مكتوب. وكل شيء مكشوف وظاهر أمامه. من أعمال وأقوال وحتى حركات الفكر. ولكن ليظهر للملائكة والناس على السواء. أنه يدين المسكونة بحق والشعوب بالاستقامة. ويجازي بعدل كل إنسان بحسب مسلكه وثمار أعماله كما تصرح الكتب الإلهية: ” معروف هو الرب. قضاء أمضى. الشرير يعلق بعمل يديه “. ثم ” لأنه لا ينسى المسكين إلى الأبد. رجاء البائسين لا يخيب إلى الأبد “

من المعلوم لدى العارفين. أن ما ينسب إلى الله بأنه يجلس على كرسي القضاء ويدين ويفحص ويمتحن ويختبر أعمال الناس وأفعالهم. إنما ينسب إليه بحسب اصطلاحنا نحن البشر. كما كتب عنه أيضاً هنا وهناك في الكتب المقدسة في العهد القديم والجديد. وكما يكتب عنه الآخرون. أو كما ينسب هو إلى نفسه. فلا يوجد هناك أو عنده كرسي أو مجلس ملموس. أو دينونة وامتحان بمعناه الحرفي. بل ما يليق بالله من سلطان غير هيولي ودينونة معينة وامتحان عقلي. وهو وحده يعرف كيف سيكون. لا بد وأن سيكون حقيقة لا كذباً. كما تشير وتنادي كتب جميع الأنبياء والرسل المقدسة. والأكثر وضوحاً وجلاء رب الأنبياء والرسل نفسه يسوع المسيح العتيد أن يدين الأحياء والأموات عندما يظهر في مجيئه. كما كتب بولس. ذاك الذي هو ديان الحق كما رتل داود. ذاك الذي صرخ في الإنجيل المقدس بلسان يوحنا قائلاً: ” أن الآب لا يدين أحداً بل أعطى الحكم كله للابن “. ثم يستطرد: ” وكما أن للأب حياة بذاته. هكذا أعطى الابن أن تكون له الحياة بذاته. وأعطاه سلطاناً أن يدين “

أولاً – إن هذا الديان هو ابن الإنسان الذي ستظهر علامته في المساء. والعتيد أن يرسل ملائكته مع بوق كبير ويجمع مختاريه من الرياح الأربع من رأس السماوات وحتى رأسها الآخر

ثانياً – هذا هو الديان ابن الإنسان العتيد أن يأتي بمجد أبيه مع ملائكته القديسين ليجازي كل واحد كأفعاله

ثالثاً – هذا هو الديان الذي ستقوم ملكة التيمن أمام عرشه في الدين لتحاكم جيل اليهود وتدينهم

رابعاً – هذا هو الديان الذي سيقوم أمامه رجال نينوى ومعهم جيل اليهود ليحاكموه ويدينوه

خامساً – أن هذا الديان والسيد الصالح هو الذي يشد وسطه ويتكئ عبيده الصالحين ويتقدم ويخدمهم إذ يراهم وقد شدوا أوساطهم وأناروا مشاعلهم منتظرين مجيئه من العرس

سادساً – هذا هو الديان الذي أقام على بيته ذلك العبد الأمين الحكيم. ليعطي الطعام في حينه. وعندما يراه يعمل هكذا. يعطيه الطوبى حيث يقيمه على كل ماله

سابعاً – هذا الديان. هو ذلك الرجل الغني الذي كان له وكيل… ولأنه كان يبدد أمواله دعاه سيده وقال له أعطني حساب وكالتك لأنك لن تستطيع بعد الآن أن تكون لي وكيلاً

ثامناً – هذا الديان. هو ذلك الرجل الذي إذ أراد أن يسافر. دعا عبيده وأعطاهم وزنات. ولدى عودته سيثني على الذين تاجروا بها حسنا ويدخلهم إلى فرحه. أما العبد الشرير الكسول الذي طمر وزنته ولم يتاجر بها فيخرجه إلى الظلمة البرانية ويداه ورجلاه مشدودة

تاسعاً – هذا هو الديان الذي يأتي في منتصف الليل مع الصراخ. ويدخل معه إلى خدر العذارى الحكيمات اللواتي أضأن مصابيحهن

عاشراً – هذا هو الديان ابن الله الذي سيعترف أمام أبيه الذي في السماء بكل من يعترف به أمام الناس. ومن أنكره من الناس. ينكره هو الآخر أمام أبيه الذي في السماء

الحادي عشر – هذا الديان هو المسيح الذي نحن جميعاً عتيدون أن نقف أمام عرشه الرهيب عراة مطمئنين ليجازي كل واحد بجسده بحسب ما عمل. صالحات كانت أم سيئات

الثاني عشر – هذا الديان هو ابن الإنسان الذي. إذا ما جاء بمجده وجميع ملائكته القديسين معه. يجلس على عرش مجده وتجتمع أمامه جميع الشعوب. ويميز بعضهم من بعض كما يميز الراعي الخراف عن الجداء. ويقيم الخراف عن يمينه والجداء عن يساره. ويوجه للذين عن يمينه العبارة المفرحة قائلاً: ” تعالوا يا مباركي أبي رثوا الملك المعد لكم منذ إنشاء العالم “. أما الذين عن يساره فيقول لهم: ” اذهبوا عني أيها الملاعين إلى النار الأبدية المعدة لإبليس وملائكته “

هذه كلمة موجزة عن الدينونة والامتحان. أي البحث والفحص الذي سيجريه الديان للجنس البشري بعد البعث وقيامة أجسادهم من القبور

مجازاة الصالحات والسيئات
والآن من الضروري أن نتحدث باختصار عن مجازاة الصالحات أو السيئات الواردة في كلام الديان. والتي ستعطى من الديان العادل لكل واحد بحسب ما يستحق. تلك التي تدعى حصراً ملكوتاً وجحيماً

يزعم البعض أن مجازاة الصالحات أي التمتع بالخيرات الذي سيتم للصالحين والأبرار في العالم الآتي. سيدوم إلى الأبد نظراً إلى أن صلاح الله ورحمته غير متناهية وغير قابلة للتحديد. والتي بها يعطينا أكثر مما نستحق من خيراته وأنعامه. أما مجازاة السيئات أي العقاب والعذاب الذي سيأخذه الآئمة والبغاة بسبب أعمالهم الشريرة. فلا يستمر إلى ما لا نهاية. بل سيكون ونهاية للعذاب. وفور ما يتعذب ويتطهر كل واحد بما يستحق. فيدخل الجميع إلى ملكوت السماء. وبذلك يتم ما قاله الرسول الإلهي. حينئذ سيكون الله “إله الجميع “. إذ ليس جديراً بمكاييل الله العادلة ومقاييسه المستقيمة أن يتعذب الإنسان في ذلك العالم إلى الأبد وبلا نهاية. من أجل مدة قصيرة يخطئ خلالها في هذا العالم. علماً بأن فترة العالم برمتها هي قصيرة قياساً بطول فترة العالم الآتي غير المتناهية. وأن يتنعم الصالح إلى الأبد إلى ما لا نهاية. بمقدار ما يأتيه من نعمة الله ولطفه

إن ملافنة البيعة الفقهاء القديسين جميعهم. يعلمون ويرشدون ويخالفون هذه الفكرة والعقيدة الباطلة. أي تلك تزعم بأن للعذاب نهاية. مستشهدين بقول الرب الذي أوردناه بعد الفصل الأخير القائل: ” ويذهب هؤلاء إلى العذاب الأبدي والصالحون إلى الحياة الأبدية “. ومن المعروف أن عبارة ” إلى الأبد ” تنطبق هنا على الفريقين بلا حد ولا نهاية. وأن مجازاة الأعمال الصالحة تدعى ملكوتاً. أما مجازاة الأعمال الشريرة فجهنم النار. ويعرف الفهماء أن هذه التسميات اقتبستها الكتب الإلهية من عرفنا. إذ لا يوجد في هذا العالم أعظم وأسمى وأرفع كرامة ونعيماً وشهرة مما للملوك وأبناء العائلة المالكة. لذا فأن الكلمات المدونة. في محاولتها نقل إلينا ما نستطيع سماعه. دعت حصراً عظم وسمو الخيرات المعدة للقديسين وصانعي الصالحات التي ستكون في العالم العتيد: ملكوتاً. وحيث أنه ليس في هذا العالم ما هو أقسى وأكثر إيلاماً من الأحتراق بالنار. لذلك فأن الكتاب. في محاولته التعبير لنا بقدر المستطاع عن شدة الألم والعذابات المريرة وقساوتها المحفوظة للأثمة وصانعي الأثم في ذلك العالم. دعاها مجتمعة. جهنم النار. وإذ أراد مخلصنا أن يطلعنا. كما أعتقد. على الاختلافات الكثيرة بالنسبة إلى الكثرة والقلة. والزيادة والنقصان. الموجودة في مجاراة الصالحات والسيئات. قال: أن كل واحد سيجازى بحسب أعماله. وكما جاء في مكان ما من إنجيل يوحنا: ” في بيت أبي منازل كثيرة “. فالاختلافات كثيرة بالنسبة إلى الكثرة والقلة والزيادة والنقصان. في صالحات هذا العالم وسيئاته. أي مسراته وضيقاته. كما نلاحظ من الأعمال نفسها

ومثلما نؤمن ونعترف نحن المسيحيين. بأن هناك مجاراة للصالحات والسيئات في العالم الآتي. وهي غير زائلة ولا نهاية لها. بحسب تعليم وشهادة الكتب الموحى بها من الروح. هكذا أيضاً تصورها وقال بها بعض الوثنيين الذين ليس لهم رجاء القيامة كقول الرسول. فقد دعوا مجازاة الأعمال الصالحة. جزر السعداء وبقاع اليزيوس. وكما أعتقد. فأنهم قالوا بهذا لأنهم سمعوا منا أي من كتبنا تذكر الفردوس. أما مجاراة الأعمال الشريرة التي سيتحملها أولئك الذين عاشوا بالأثم. فدعوها جحيم. ويقولون أن هو مكان متوسط في غاية الظلمة ولا أشعة فيه. يكونون فيه وكأنهم غارقون في الطين ويمتصون ماء. وفيه يتعذب الأثمة. هو نهر أكثر برودة من الكل يتعذب فيه جميع الخطاة. هو نهر يغلي أكثر من الكل. يسقط فيه ويتعذب جميع الأثمة. وأعتقد أن هذه الفكرة اقتبسها الوثنيون من سفر دانيال النبي حيث ذكر فيه: “نهر نار جار “ الذي هو أعظم رعباً ورهبة من هذه العذابات وغيرها من الهذيانات الوثنية. فإذا كان قليميس الروماني الذي تتلمذ لبطرس رئيس الرسل يهذي برأيه ويشكك لما كان وثنياً. لأنه لم يكن يدري ما الذي سيحدث بعد موته. إذ كتب عن نفسه في المقال الأول من كتابه ما يلي: كنت أقول: إذا كانت تلك تسبب لي ضيقاً أكثر من هذه. أذن علي أن أحتمل هناك أشياء قاسية لأنني لم أتصرف بالعدالة والبرارة. وأني أسلم. بما يقول بعض الفلاسفة عن مثل وأمكث معاقباً في الهاوية إلى الأبد.
وقد أطلقت كتب الوثنيين. كما ذكرنا أعلاه. هذه التسميات على العقوبات والعذابات والظلمة. أما كتبنا المسيحية فقد دعتها الهاوية التحتانية. البارنية. بكاء وصرير الأسنان. دوداً لا يموت. ناراً لا تنطفىء. نهر نار. جهنم نار

أما الأطايب والتنعمات المعدة للأبرار والتي دعاها الوثنيون جزر السعداء. وبقاع الفردوس كما قلنا. فنسميها نحن المسيحيين: جنة النعيم. جنة المسرات. الخدر الذي لا يزول. العرس الذي لا يحول. مظال النور. منزل الأطايب. مسكن الأفراح. الأماكن الشهية. ملكوت السماء. ومن المعلوم وكما قيل وكتبنا. أن العذابات والتنعمات دعيت كذلك تمشياً مع عرفنا ومصطلحاتنا نحن البشر. كل شعب بحسب تقليده واختلاف لغته. وليس لكونها مادية. فالعقل البشري لا يستطيع أن يدرك كمية وكيفية وماهية مجازاة الشرور. ولا كمية وكيفية وماهية مجازاة الصلاح. بل أنها مثل مرآة ولغز قبل أن نعرف كما عرفنا. وبحسب القول الرسولي: ” العين لم تر. والأذن لم تسمع ولم يخطر على قلب إنسان ما أعده الله للذين يحبونه “. كذلك هو الأمر بالنسبة إلى ما يعده للذين يبغضونه. ولكن هذا أمر لا بد من حدوثه. حيثما يأخذ كل واحد جزاء أعماله وأمانته من الديان العادل. الذي هو ملك الكل وسيد الكل وإله الكل مخلصنا يسوع المسيح

خاتمة
هذه كلها في ما يخص العلة الأولى والخالقة. الأزلية والقادرة على كل شيء. وغير المخلوقة. التي هي الإله الواحد ضابط الكل الذي يفهم بوحدانية الجوهر. ويدرك في الوقت نفسه ويمجد بثلاثية الأقانيم: ففي مقال ما من الكتاب الأول تحدثت أيضاً عن الخليقة التي جاءت إلى الوجود بواسطة العلة الأولى. فتلك غير منظورة وظاهرة. أما هذه فمنظورة ومحسوسة. وفي كتابنا هذا الثاني في مقالات سبع بذلت جهداً بقدر المستطاع وبحسب طاقة تفكيري الطبيعية. يا بني محب الله قسطنطين. يكفي لاستنارتك وفائدتك. ولجميع الذين سيصادفونه في المستقبل. سائلاً إياك وإياهم. أن تقدموا أولاً صلواتكم عوضاً عن ضعفي للجهد الذي بذله حسب طاقته. ومن ثم إذا لاحظتم هنا وهناك في الكلام عن الخليقة ما يخالف تعليم بعض ملافنة البيعة القديسين. فلا تلوموني. فأن كلاً منا تحدث عن الخليقة بحسب إدراكه واعتقاده. وبما رآه ملائماً لطبيعة الأعمال. وأن ما نستفيد من الحديث عن الخليقة. كما يقول الملافنة القديسون. هو أن ندرك الحقيقة. وأن لا يكون هنالك خطر أن أخطأنا. أما في ما يخص الحديث عن اللاهوت أي ملء الألوهية. أو أي حديث عن الإيمان. فأني عارف وواثق بأني لم أجرؤ أن آتي بشيء جديد أو غريب. ما خلا بما نطق به الروح القدس. وتحدثت به كتب الأنبياء والرسل المقدسة. والملافنة المقتدرين بالله. فإياه تبعت أنا الصغير وسلمت به وأسلمته إليك وللآخرين لتقرأوه. وهذا هو الأفضل بالنسبة إلي وإلى كل محب الحق المبين

نصلي كخطاة. ونتضرع للثالوث الأقدس غير المخلوق والأزلي والمساوي في الجوهر. الذي منه تمنح كل حكمة ومعرفة وفهم. وتقدم لخليقة الملائكة الناطقة كلها. وخليقة البشر. كل مثلما يستحق وبقدر ما يستحق. لكي يعطينا المعرفة والحكمة في كل شيء بحسب الدعاء الرسولي. حتماً إذا ما استنرنا به واسترشدنا بالقول والأفعال يؤول ما أتيناه إلى فائدتنا وخلاصنا وعوننا والآخرين. من أجل كرامة… وكرامة… هنا وفي العوالم الآتية في كل ساعة والآن وفي كل أوان وإلى أبد الآبدين آمين

ديباجة الختام
أنتهي المقال السابع من ” الأيام الستة ” أي تكوين الخلائق. تأليف المطران يعقوب أسقف مدينة الرها. المجد للآب الذي ساعد والابن الذي قوى. والروح القدس الذي آزر. آمين

أنتهي هذا الكتاب في الساعة السادسة من يوم الخميس في الثامن من شهر آذار. عام ألف ومئة وثمانية وأربعين بالتقويم المكدوني ( 837م ). كتبه الخاطئ المحتاج إلى رحمة الله. والضعيف والشقي ديوسقورس. الكاتب… والقس في الوظيفة. وأتوسل إليك أيها القارئ أن تخشى الله وتصلي من أجلي. بجاه محبة الغربة

لمجد وعزة وجلال وعظمة الثالوث الأقدس المساوي في الجوهر. الأب والابن والروح القدس. أهتم ووضع هذا الكنز الروحي. إكراما له ومن أجل فائدته وجميع محبي الله الذين يرغبون في … الله من أجل أسمه القدوس اجتهد ووضع. ليكافأه الله برأفته: الحسنات والصالحات في هذا العالم وفي العالم الذي لا يزول: المتعة مع القديسين. والراحة في مظال النور له… ولصاحب الكتاب ويكتب أسمه في سعر الحياة في أورشليم السماوية. ويصنع الراحة والذكر الصالح لموتاه. ويرش عليهم طل الرحمة يوم ظهوره من السماء بصلاة والدة الإله مريم البتول وجميع القديسين آمين

يا ابن الله. وابن البتول مريم. المسيح الإله الحقيقي. ترحم على الكاتب… القس ديوسقورس وأهله برحمتك أن يقف أمامك باسفرار الوجه يوم دينونتك العادلة

“ الأيام الستة “ مار يعقوب الرهاوي

اليوم السادس
الانسان الذي خلقه الله على صورته

يعقوب الرهاوي

Viewing all 134 articles
Browse latest View live